[latexrefman-commits] [SCM] latexrefman updated: r1160 - in trunk: . latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/l [more]
Karl Berry
INVALID.NOREPLY at gnu.org.ua
Sun Oct 1 18:00:38 CEST 2023
Author: karl
Date: 2023-10-01 16:00:37 +0000 (Sun, 01 Oct 2023)
New Revision: 1160
Added:
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-creation.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Environment-syntax.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtBeginDvi-_0026-_005cAtEndDvi.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtBeginDvi.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtEndDvi.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtEndOfClass-_0026-_005cAtEndOfPackage.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtEndOfClass.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtEndOfPackage.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cCheckCommand.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cClassError-and-_005cPackageError-and-others.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cClassError.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cClassInfo.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cClassInfoNoLine.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cClassWarning.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cClassWarningNoLine.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cCurrentOption.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareOption.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareRobustCommand.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDocumentMetadata.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cExecuteOptions.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cIfFileExists-_0026-_005cInputIfFileExists.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cIfFileExists.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cInputIfFileExists.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cLoadClass-_0026-_005cLoadClassWithOptions.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cLoadClass.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cLoadClassWithOptions.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cNeedsTeXFormat.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cOptionNotUsed.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cPackageError.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cPackageInfo.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cPackageInfoNoLine.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cPackageWarning.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cPackageWarningNoLine.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cPassOptionsToClass-_0026-_005cPassOptionsToPackage.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cPassOptionsToClass.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cPassOptionsToPackage.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cProcessOptions.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cProvidesClass-_0026-_005cProvidesPackage.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cProvidesClass.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cProvidesFile.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cProvidesPackage.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cRequirePackage-_0026-_005cRequirePackageWithOptions.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cRequirePackage.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cRequirePackageWithOptions.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cdocumentclass.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cusepackage.html
Modified:
trunk/Makefile
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/About-this-document.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Accents.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Additional-Latin-letters.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Additional-packages.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Arrows.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/BibTeX-error-messages.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Blackboard-bold.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Boxes.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/CTAN.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Calligraphic.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-commands.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-structure.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color-models.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color-package-options.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-boxes.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-pages.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-text.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-Index.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-input.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-interface.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-options.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Commands-for-color.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Commands-for-graphics.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Control-sequences.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Counters.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Cross-references.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Define-colors.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Definitions.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Delimiters.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-class-options.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-classes.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-templates.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Dots.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Environments.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Expressions.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Floats.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Font-sizes.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Font-styles.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Fonts.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-in-a-table.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-in-section-headings.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-of-footnotes.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Front_002fback-matter.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Glossaries.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics-package-configuration.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics-package-options.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Greek-letters.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Index.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Indexes.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Input_002foutput.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Jobname.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/LaTeX-command-syntax.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Larger-book-template.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Layout.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Leading-blanks.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths_002fem.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths_002fex.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Letters.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Line-breaking.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Low_002dlevel-font-commands.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Making-paragraphs.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Marginal-notes.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-accents.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-formulas.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-functions.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-miscellany.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-styles.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-symbols.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Modes.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Non_002dEnglish-characters.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/OpenType-bold-math.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Output-files.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Over_002d-and-Underlining.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Overview.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-breaking.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-layout-parameters.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-styles.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Produce-the-index-manually.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Recovering-from-errors.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Reserved-characters.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning_002ftocdepth.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spaces.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spacing-in-math-mode.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spacing-in-math-mode_002f_005cthinspace.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Special-insertions.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Splitting-the-input.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Starting-_0026-ending.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Starting-and-ending.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Subscripts-_0026-superscripts.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Symbols-by-font-position.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Table-of-contents-etc_002e.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/TeX-engines.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Text-symbols.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Typefaces.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Units-of-length.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Upper-and-lower-case.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Using-BibTeX.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAT.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtBeginDocument.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtEndDocument.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareFontEncoding.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareGraphicsRule.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextAccent.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCommand.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextComposite.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextSymbol.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cLastDeclaredEncoding.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cProvideTextCommand.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cProvideTextCommandDefault.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cUseTextAccent.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cUseTextSymbol.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0028SPACE_0029.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002a.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002f.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040dottedtocline.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040ifstar.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fafterskip.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fbeforeskip.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002findent.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002flevel.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fname.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fstyle.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_005c.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caccent.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddcontentsline.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddress.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtocontents.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtocounter.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtolength.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddvspace.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cappendix.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbackmatter.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbaselineskip.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbaselinestretch.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbibitem.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigbreak-_0026-_005cmedbreak-_0026-_005csmallbreak.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigbreak.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigl-_0026-_005cbigr-etc_002e.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigl.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigr.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigskip.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cboldmath.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccaption.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccc.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccentering.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cchapter.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccircle.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccite.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccleardoublepage.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cclearpage.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccline.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cclosein.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccloseout.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cclosing.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccontentsline.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cdashbox.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cday.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cdiscretionary.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cdotfill.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cencl.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cendinput.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cenlargethispage.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005censpace.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005censuremath.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cextracolsep.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfbox.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cflushbottom.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnote.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnotemark.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnotetext.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrac.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cframe.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cframebox.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrenchspacing-_0026-_005cnonfrenchspacing.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrenchspacing.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrontmatter.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfussy.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgls.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgraphicspath.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgraphpaper.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chfill.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chline.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chphantom.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chrulefill.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chspace.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chss.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chyphenation.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cignorespaces.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cignorespacesafterend.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinclude.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cincludegraphics.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cincludeonly.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cindent.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cindex.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinput.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinputencoding.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005citem.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clabel.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cleft-_0026-_005cright.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cleft.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cline.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clinebreak.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clinethickness.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clocation.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmainmatter.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakeatletter.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakeatother.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakebox.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakelabels.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmaketitle.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmathstrut.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmathversion.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmbox.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmedbreak.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmedskip.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmessage.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmonth.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmulticolumn.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmultiput.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cname.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnegthinspace.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewcommand.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewcounter.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewenvironment.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewfont.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewglossaryentry.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewlength.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewline.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewpage.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewsavebox.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewtheorem.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnocite.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnocorr.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnocorrlist.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnofiles.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnoindent.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnolinebreak.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnonfrenchspacing.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnopagebreak.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnormalsfcodes.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnumberline.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cobeycr.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005coldstylenums.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005conecolumn.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005copenin.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005copening.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005copenout.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005coval.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagebreak.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagenumbering.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpageref.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagestyle.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpar.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparagraph.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparbox.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparindent.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparskip.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpart.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cphantom.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprintindex.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprotect.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprovidecommand.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cps.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cput.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cqbezier.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cqquad.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cquad.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedbottom.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedleft.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedright.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craisebox.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cread.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cref.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crefstepcounter.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crenewcommand.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crenewenvironment.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cresizebox.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crestorecr.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cright.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crotatebox.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crule.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csavebox.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csbox.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cscalebox.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csection.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csetcounter.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csetlength.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettodepth.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettoheight.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettowidth.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cshortstack.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csignature.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cslash.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csloppy.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csmallbreak.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csmallskip.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csmash.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cspacefactor.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csqrt.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstackrel.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstepcounter.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstretch.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstrut.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csubparagraph.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csubsection.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csubsubsection.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctelephone.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthepage.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthicklines.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthinlines.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthinspace.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthispagestyle.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctoday.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctwocolumn.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctypein.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctypeout.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cunboldmath.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cusebox.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cusecounter.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvalue.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvector.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cverb.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvfill.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvline.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvphantom.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvspace.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwlog.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite-and-security.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite18.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cyear.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_007e.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/abstract.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/array.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/article-template.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/beamer-template.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/bigskip.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/bm.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/book-template.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/center.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/colon.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-RGB.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-cmyk.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-gray.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-named.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-rgb.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/description.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/displaymath.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-article.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-book.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-letter.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-report.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-slides.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-cdots.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-ddots.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-ldots.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-vdots.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumi.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumii.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumiii.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumiv.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumi.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumii.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumiii.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumiv.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/eqnarray.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/equation.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fbox-framebox-fboxrule.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fbox-framebox-fboxsep.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/figure.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/filecontents.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-bottomfraction.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-bottomnumber.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-dbltopnumber.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-floatpagefraction.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-floatsep.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-intextsep.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-textfloatsep.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-textfraction.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-topfraction.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-topnumber.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-totalnumber.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/flushleft.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/flushright.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fontenc-package.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/footnote-footnoterule.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/footnote-footnotesep.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bb.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bbllx.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bblly.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bburx.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bbury.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-clip.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-command.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-draft.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-ext.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-height.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-hiresbb.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-interpolate.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-keepaspectratio.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-natheight.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-natwidth.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-page.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-pagebox.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-quiet.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-read.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-totalheight.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-trim.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-type.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-viewport.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-width.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/index.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/inputenc-package.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/interaction-modes.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemi.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemii.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemiii.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemiv.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmargin.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmargini.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginii.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginiii.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginiv.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginv.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginvi.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/letter.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-beginparpenalty.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-endparpenalty.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itemindent.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itempenalty.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itemsep.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-labelsep.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-labelwidth.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-leftmargin.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-listparindent.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-makelabel.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-parsep.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-partopsep.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-rightmargin.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-topsep.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontencoding.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontfamily.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontseries.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontshape.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontsize.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-linespread.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-selectfont.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-usefont.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/lrbox.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-0.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-1.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-2.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-n.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-r.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-group-skip.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-indent-length.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-indent-space.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-0.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-01.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-1.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-12.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-2.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-x1.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-x2.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-lethead-prefix.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-lethead-suffix.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-letheadflag.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-line-max.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-page-precedence.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-postamble.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-preamble.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/marginal-notes-marginparpush.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/marginal-notes-marginparsep.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/marginal-notes-marginparwidth.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/math.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-depth.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-height.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-totalheight.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-width.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/medskip.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/minipage.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-inner-paragraph-mode.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-internal-vertical-mode.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-lr-mode.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-math-mode.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-outer-paragraph-mode.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-paragraph-mode.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-vertical-mode.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-directory.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-aux.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-dvi.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-log.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-pdf.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-columnsep.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-columnseprule.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-columnwidth.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-evensidemargin.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-footskip.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-headheight.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-headsep.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-hsize.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-linewidth.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-marginparpush.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-marginparwidth.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-marginsep.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-oddsidemargin.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-paperheight.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-paperwidth.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-textheight.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-textwidth.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-topmargin.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-topskip.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/picture.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/quotation-_0026-quote.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/quotation.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/quote.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-depth.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-height.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-totalheight.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-width.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/sectioning-secnumdepth.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/sectioning-tocdepth.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/sloppypar.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/smallskip.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-medspace.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-negthinspace.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-qquad.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-quad.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-thickspace.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-thinspace.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-afterskip.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-beforeskip.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-indent.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-level.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-name.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-style.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/subscript.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/superscript.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabbing.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/table.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-arrayrulewidth.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-arraystrech.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-doublerulesep.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-tabcolsep.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tex-engines-latex.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tex-engines-lualatex.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tex-engines-xelatex.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/thebibliography.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/theorem.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/titlepage.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/trivlist.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-columnsep.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-columnseprule.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-columnwidth.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dblfloatpagefraction.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dblfloatsep.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dbltextfloatsep.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dbltopfraction.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dbltopnumber.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-bp.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-cc.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-cm.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-dd.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-em.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-ex.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-in.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-mm.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-mu.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-pc.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-pt.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-sp.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/verbatim.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/verse.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/xr-package.html
trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/xspace-package.html
trunk/latex2e.dbk
trunk/latex2e.dvi
trunk/latex2e.html
trunk/latex2e.info
trunk/latex2e.pdf
trunk/latex2e.txt
trunk/latex2e.xml
Log:
regenerate for web site
Modified: trunk/Makefile
===================================================================
--- trunk/Makefile 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/Makefile 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -148,11 +148,12 @@
# then update ChangeLog, etc.,
# then svn commit the modified source files,
# then:
-# make
-# make htmlsplit
-# make dist
-# make easyurls # depends htmlsplit and dist
-# make commitready # many files will have status !
+webprepare:
+ $(MAKE)
+# $(MAKE) htmlsplit
+# $(MAKE) dist
+ $(MAKE) easyurls # depends on htmlsplit and dist
+ $(MAKE) commitready # many files will have status !
# svn commit # to commit regenerated files
# then:
# svn -q update # restore easy url stubs
@@ -212,7 +213,7 @@
svr:
svn revert $(addprefix latex2e*., $(all_suffixes))
svn status
-svri:
+svri svrsplit:
svn revert --depth infinity $(htmlsplit)
svd:
- svn diff $(txt_files) *.texi
+ svn diff -x -p $(txt_files) *.texi
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/About-this-document.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/About-this-document.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/About-this-document.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>About this document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>About this document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="About this document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="About this document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="About this document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="About this document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -127,6 +127,8 @@
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-reporting-bugs"></a>
Do not send bug reports or anything else about this document to them.
Instead, please send all comments to <a class="email" href="mailto:latexrefman at tug.org">latexrefman at tug.org</a>.
+This is a public list; you can (un)subscribe, view the archives, etc.,
+at <a class="url" href="https://lists.tug.org/latexrefman">https://lists.tug.org/latexrefman</a>.
</p>
<p>This document is a reference, not a tutorial. There is a vast array
of other information available about LaTeX, at all levels. Here
@@ -146,8 +148,7 @@
</p>
</dd>
<dt><a class="url" href="https://tug.org/begin.html">https://tug.org/begin.html</a></dt>
-<dd><p>Introduction to the TeX system, including LaTeX, with further
-references.
+<dd><p>Overview of getting started with TeX and LaTeX.
</p>
</dd>
</dl>
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Accents.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Accents.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Accents.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Additional-Latin-letters.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Additional-Latin-letters.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Additional-Latin-letters.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Additional Latin letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Additional Latin letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Additional Latin letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Additional Latin letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Additional Latin letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Additional Latin letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Additional-packages.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Additional-packages.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Additional-packages.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -1,10 +1,11 @@
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,21 +40,13 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Additional packages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Additional packages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Additional packages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Additional packages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Additional packages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Additional packages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
-<meta name="viewport" content="width=device-width,initial-scale=1">
-
-<link href="index.html" rel="start" title="Top">
-<link href="Index.html" rel="index" title="Index">
-<link href="index.html#SEC_Contents" rel="contents" title="Table of Contents">
-<link href="Document-classes.html" rel="up" title="Document classes">
-<link href="Class-and-package-construction.html" rel="next" title="Class and package construction">
-<link href="Document-class-options.html" rel="prev" title="Document class options">
<style type="text/css">
<!--
/* $Id: latex2e.css 935 2021-07-23 17:48:15Z jimhefferon $
@@ -61,7 +54,6 @@
Originally written by Jim Hefferon and Karl Berry, 2018. */
-div.example {margin-left: 3.2em}
BODY {
margin-top: 1em;
margin-left: 1em; /* auto results in two-digit <ol> lost off left */
@@ -85,43 +77,12 @@
-->
</style>
+<meta http-equiv="Refresh" content="0; url=_005cusepackage.html#Additional-packages">
+<meta name="viewport" content="width=device-width,initial-scale=1">
</head>
<body lang="en">
-<div class="section-level-extent" id="Additional-packages">
-<div class="nav-panel">
-<p>
-Next: <a href="Class-and-package-construction.html" accesskey="n" rel="next">Class and package construction</a>, Previous: <a href="Document-class-options.html" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document class options</a>, Up: <a href="Document-classes.html" accesskey="u" rel="up">Document classes</a> [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
-</div>
-<hr>
-<h3 class="section" id="Additional-packages-1">3.2 Additional packages</h3>
-<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-loading-additional-packages"></a>
-<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-packages_002c-loading-additional"></a>
-<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-additional-packages_002c-loading"></a>
-<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cusepackage"></a>
-<p>Load a package <var class="var">pkg</var>, with the package options given in the comma-separated
-list <var class="var">options</var>, as here.
-</p>
-<div class="example">
-<pre class="example-preformatted">\usepackage[<var class="var">options</var>]{<var class="var">pkg</var>}.
-</pre></div>
-
-<p>To specify more than one package you can separate them with a comma,
-as in <code class="code">\usepackage{<var class="var">pkg1</var>,<var class="var">pkg2</var>,...}</code>, or use multiple
-<code class="code">\usepackage</code> commands.
-</p>
-<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-global-options-1"></a>
-<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-options_002c-global"></a>
-<p>Any options given in the <code class="code">\documentclass</code> command that are unknown
-to the selected document class are passed on to the packages loaded with
-<code class="code">\usepackage</code>.
-</p>
-
-</div>
-
-
-<hr/><div class='referenceinfo'> <a href='https://latexref.xyz/'> <i>Unofficial LaTeX2e reference manual</i></a></div>
+<p>The node you are looking for is at <a href="_005cusepackage.html#Additional-packages">Additional packages</a>.</p>
</body>
-</html>
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Arrows.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Arrows.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Arrows.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Arrows (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Arrows (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Arrows (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Arrows (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Arrows (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Arrows (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/BibTeX-error-messages.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/BibTeX-error-messages.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/BibTeX-error-messages.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>BibTeX error messages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>BibTeX error messages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="BibTeX error messages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="BibTeX error messages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="BibTeX error messages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="BibTeX error messages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Blackboard-bold.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Blackboard-bold.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Blackboard-bold.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Blackboard bold (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Blackboard bold (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Blackboard bold (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Blackboard bold (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Blackboard bold (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Blackboard bold (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Boxes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Boxes.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Boxes.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@
<link href="Index.html" rel="index" title="Index">
<link href="index.html#SEC_Contents" rel="contents" title="Table of Contents">
<link href="index.html" rel="up" title="Top">
-<link href="Color.html" rel="next" title="Color">
+<link href="Graphics.html" rel="next" title="Graphics">
<link href="Spaces.html" rel="prev" title="Spaces">
<style type="text/css">
<!--
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@
<div class="chapter-level-extent" id="Boxes">
<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="Color.html" accesskey="n" rel="next">Color</a>, Previous: <a href="Spaces.html" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Spaces</a>, Up: <a href="index.html" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</a> [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="Graphics.html" accesskey="n" rel="next">Graphics</a>, Previous: <a href="Spaces.html" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Spaces</a>, Up: <a href="index.html" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</a> [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
<hr>
<h2 class="chapter" id="Boxes-1">20 Boxes</h2>
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/CTAN.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/CTAN.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/CTAN.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>CTAN (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>CTAN (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="CTAN (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="CTAN (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="CTAN (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="CTAN (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@
<link href="Index.html" rel="index" title="Index">
<link href="index.html#SEC_Contents" rel="contents" title="Table of Contents">
<link href="Overview.html" rel="up" title="Overview">
-<link href="Environment.html" rel="prev" title="Environment">
+<link href="_005cDocumentMetadata.html" rel="prev" title="\DocumentMetadata">
<style type="text/css">
<!--
/* $Id: latex2e.css 935 2021-07-23 17:48:15Z jimhefferon $
@@ -90,10 +90,10 @@
<div class="section-level-extent" id="CTAN">
<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Previous: <a href="Environment.html" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Environment</a>, Up: <a href="Overview.html" accesskey="u" rel="up">Overview of LaTeX</a> [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Previous: <a href="_005cDocumentMetadata.html" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\DocumentMetadata</code>: Producing tagged PDF output</a>, Up: <a href="Overview.html" accesskey="u" rel="up">Overview of LaTeX</a> [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
<hr>
-<h3 class="section" id="CTAN_003a-The-Comprehensive-TeX-Archive-Network">2.6 CTAN: The Comprehensive TeX Archive Network</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="CTAN_003a-The-Comprehensive-TeX-Archive-Network">2.7 CTAN: The Comprehensive TeX Archive Network</h3>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-CTAN"></a>
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Calligraphic.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Calligraphic.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Calligraphic.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Calligraphic (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Calligraphic (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Calligraphic (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Calligraphic (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Calligraphic (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Calligraphic (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-commands.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-commands.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-commands.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Class and package commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Class and package commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Class and package commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Class and package commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Class and package commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Class and package commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -51,8 +51,8 @@
<link href="index.html" rel="start" title="Top">
<link href="Index.html" rel="index" title="Index">
<link href="index.html#SEC_Contents" rel="contents" title="Table of Contents">
-<link href="Class-and-package-construction.html" rel="up" title="Class and package construction">
-<link href="Class-and-package-structure.html" rel="prev" title="Class and package structure">
+<link href="Definitions.html" rel="up" title="Definitions">
+<link href="xspace-package.html" rel="prev" title="xspace package">
<style type="text/css">
<!--
/* $Id: latex2e.css 935 2021-07-23 17:48:15Z jimhefferon $
@@ -60,10 +60,6 @@
Originally written by Jim Hefferon and Karl Berry, 2018. */
-a.copiable-link {visibility: hidden; text-decoration: none; line-height: 0em}
-div.example {margin-left: 3.2em}
-span.r {font-family: initial; font-weight: normal; font-style: normal}
-span:hover a.copiable-link {visibility: visible}
BODY {
margin-top: 1em;
margin-left: 1em; /* auto results in two-digit <ol> lost off left */
@@ -91,422 +87,40 @@
</head>
<body lang="en">
-<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="Class-and-package-commands">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Class-and-package-commands">
<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Previous: <a href="Class-and-package-structure.html" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Class and package structure</a>, Up: <a href="Class-and-package-construction.html" accesskey="u" rel="up">Class and package construction</a> [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Previous: <a href="xspace-package.html" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">xspace</code> package</a>, Up: <a href="Definitions.html" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
<hr>
-<h4 class="subsection" id="Class-and-package-commands-1">3.3.2 Class and package commands</h4>
+<h3 class="section" id="Class-and-package-commands-1">12.14 Class and package commands</h3>
+
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-class-and-package-commands"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package-and-class-commands"></a>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-commands_002c-class-and-package"></a>
-<p>These are the commands designed to help writers of classes or packages.
+<p>These are commands designed to help writers of classes or packages.
</p>
-<dl class="table">
-<dt id='index-_005cAtBeginDvi'><span><code class="code">\AtBeginDvi{specials}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cAtBeginDvi'> ¶</a></span></dt>
-<dd><p>Save in a box register things that are written to the <samp class="file">.dvi</samp> file
-at the beginning of the shipout of the first page of the document.
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cAtEndOfClass'><span><code class="code">\AtEndOfClass{<var class="var">code</var>}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cAtEndOfClass'> ¶</a></span></dt>
-<dt><code class="code">\AtEndOfPackage{<var class="var">code</var>}</code></dt>
-<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cAtEndOfPackage"></a>
-<p>Hook to insert <var class="var">code</var> to be executed when LaTeX finishes
-processing the current class or package. You can use these hooks
-multiple times; the <code class="code">code</code> will be executed in the order that you
-called it. See also <a class="ref" href="_005cAtBeginDocument.html"><code class="code">\AtBeginDocument</code></a>.
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cCheckCommand'><span><code class="code">\CheckCommand{<var class="var">cmd</var>}[<var class="var">num</var>][<var class="var">default</var>]{<var class="var">definition</var>}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cCheckCommand'> ¶</a></span></dt>
-<dt><code class="code">\CheckCommand*{<var class="var">cmd</var>}[<var class="var">num</var>][<var class="var">default</var>]{<var class="var">definition</var>}</code></dt>
-<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cCheckCommand_002a"></a>
-<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-new-command_002c-checking"></a>
-<p>Like <code class="code">\newcommand</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand.html"><code class="code">\newcommand</code> & <code class="code">\renewcommand</code></a>) but does
-not define <var class="var">cmd</var>; instead it checks that the current definition of
-<var class="var">cmd</var> is exactly as given by <var class="var">definition</var> and is or is not
-<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-long-command"></a>
-<em class="dfn">long</em> as expected. A long command is a command that accepts
-<code class="code">\par</code> within an argument. The <var class="var">cmd</var> command is expected to be
-long with the unstarred version of <code class="code">\CheckCommand</code>. Raises an
-error when the check fails. This allows you to check before you start
-redefining <code class="code">cmd</code> yourself that no other package has already
-redefined this command.
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cClassError'><span><code class="code">\ClassError{<var class="var">class name</var>}{<var class="var">error text</var>}{<var class="var">help text</var>}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cClassError'> ¶</a></span></dt>
-<dt><code class="code">\ClassWarning{<var class="var">class name</var>}{<var class="var">warning text</var>}</code></dt>
-<dt><code class="code">\ClassWarningNoLine{<var class="var">class name</var>}{<var class="var">warning text</var>}</code></dt>
-<dt><code class="code">\ClassInfo{<var class="var">class name</var>}{<var class="var">info text</var>}</code></dt>
-<dt><code class="code">\ClassInfoNoLine{<var class="var">class name</var>}{<var class="var">info text</var>}</code></dt>
-<dt><code class="code">\PackageError{<var class="var">package name</var>}{<var class="var">error text</var>}{<var class="var">help text</var>}</code></dt>
-<dt><code class="code">\PackageWarning{<var class="var">package name</var>}{<var class="var">warning text</var>}</code></dt>
-<dt><code class="code">\PackageWarningNoLine{<var class="var">package name</var>}{<var class="var">warning text</var>}</code></dt>
-<dt><code class="code">\PackageInfo{<var class="var">package name</var>}{<var class="var">info text</var>}</code></dt>
-<dt><code class="code">\PackageInfoNoLine{<var class="var">package name</var>}{<var class="var">info text</var>}</code></dt>
-<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cPackageError"></a>
-<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cClassWarning"></a>
-<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cPackageWarning"></a>
-<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cClassWarningNoLine"></a>
-<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cPackageWarningNoLine"></a>
-<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cClassInfo"></a>
-<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cPackageInfo"></a>
-<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cClassInfoNoLine"></a>
-<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cPackageInfoNoLine"></a>
-<p>Produce an error message, or warning or informational messages.
-</p>
-<p>For <code class="code">\ClassError</code> and <code class="code">\PackageError</code> the message is
-<var class="var">error text</var>, followed by TeX’s <code class="code">?</code> error prompt. If the
-user then asks for help by typing <code class="code">h</code>, they see the <var class="var">help
-text</var>.
-</p>
-<p>The four warning commands are similar except that they write
-<var class="var">warning text</var> on the screen with no error prompt. The four info
-commands write <var class="var">info text</var> only in the transcript file. The
-<code class="code">NoLine</code> versions do not show the number of the line generating the
-message, while the other versions do show that number.
-</p>
-<p>To format the messages, including the <var class="var">help text</var>: use
-<code class="code">\protect</code> to stop a command from expanding, get a line break with
-<code class="code">\MessageBreak</code>, and get a space with <code class="code">\space</code> when a space
-character does not allow it, like after a command. Note that LaTeX
-appends a period to the messages.
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cCurrentOption'><span><code class="code">\CurrentOption</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cCurrentOption'> ¶</a></span></dt>
-<dd><p>Expands to the name of the currently-being-processed option. Can only
-be used within the <var class="var">code</var> argument of either <code class="code">\DeclareOption</code>
-or <code class="code">\DeclareOption*</code>.
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cDeclareOption'><span><code class="code">\DeclareOption{<var class="var">option</var>}{<var class="var">code</var>}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cDeclareOption'> ¶</a></span></dt>
-<dt><code class="code">\DeclareOption*{<var class="var">code</var>}</code></dt>
-<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cDeclareOption_002a"></a>
-<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-class-options-2"></a>
-<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package-options-1"></a>
-<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-options_002c-class"></a>
-<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-options_002c-package-1"></a>
-<p>Make an option available to a user to invoke in their
-<code class="code">\documentclass</code> command. For example, the <code class="code">smcmemo</code> class
-could have an option <code class="code">\documentclass[logo]{smcmemo}</code> allowing
-users to put the institutional logo on the first page. The class file
-must contain <code class="code">\DeclareOption{logo}{<var class="var">code</var>}</code> (and later,
-<code class="code">\ProcessOptions</code>).
-</p>
-<p>If you request an option that has not been declared, by default this
-will produce a warning like <code class="code">Unused global option(s):
-[badoption].</code> Change this behavior with the starred version
-<code class="code">\DeclareOption*{<var class="var">code</var>}</code>. For example, many classes
-extend an existing class, using a command such as
-<code class="code">\LoadClass{article}</code>, and for passing extra options to the
-underlying class use code such as this.
-</p>
-<div class="example">
-<pre class="example-preformatted">\DeclareOption*{%
-\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}%
-}
-</pre></div>
-<p>Another example is that the class <code class="code">smcmemo</code> may allow users to keep
-lists of memo recipients in external files. Then the user could invoke
-<code class="code">\documentclass[math]{smcmemo}</code> and it will read the file
-<code class="code">math.memo</code>. This code handles the file if it exists and otherwise
-passes the option to the <code class="code">article</code> class.
-</p>
-<div class="example">
-<pre class="example-preformatted">\DeclareOption*{\InputIfFileExists{\CurrentOption.memo}{}{%
- \PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}}}
-</pre></div>
-
-</dd>
-<dt><code class="code">\DeclareRobustCommand{<var class="var">cmd</var>}[<var class="var">num</var>][<var class="var">default</var>]{<var class="var">definition</var>}</code></dt>
-<dt id='index-_005cDeclareRobustCommand'><span><code class="code">* \DeclareRobustCommand*{<var class="var">cmd</var>}[<var class="var">num</var>][<var class="var">default</var>]{<var class="var">definition</var>}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cDeclareRobustCommand'> ¶</a></span></dt>
-<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cDeclareRobustCommand_002a"></a>
-<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-new-command_002c-definition"></a>
-<p>Like <code class="code">\newcommand</code> and <code class="code">\newcommand*</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand.html"><code class="code">\newcommand</code> & <code class="code">\renewcommand</code></a>) but these declare a robust command, even if some code
-within the <var class="var">definition</var> is fragile. (For a discussion of robust and
-fragile commands see <a class="pxref" href="_005cprotect.html"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>.) Use this command to define new
-robust commands or to redefine existing commands and make them
-robust. Unlike <code class="code">\newcommand</code> these do not give an error if macro
-<var class="var">cmd</var> already exists; instead, a log message is put into the
-transcript file if a command is redefined.
-</p>
-<p>Commands defined this way are a bit less efficient than those defined
-using <code class="code">\newcommand</code> so unless the command’s data is fragile and the
-command is used within a moving argument, use <code class="code">\newcommand</code>.
-</p>
-<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-etoolbox"></a>
-<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-etoolbox-package"></a>
-<p>The <code class="code">etoolbox</code> package offers the commands
-<code class="code">\newrobustcmd</code>, <code class="code">\newrobustcmd*</code>, as well as the commands
-<code class="code">\renewrobustcmd</code>, <code class="code">\renewrobustcmd*</code>, and the commands
-<code class="code">\providerobustcmd</code>, and <code class="code">\providerobustcmd*</code>. These are
-similar to <code class="code">\newcommand</code>, <code class="code">\newcommand*</code>,
-<code class="code">\renewcommand</code>, <code class="code">\renewcommand*</code>, <code class="code">\providecommand</code>, and
-<code class="code">\providecommand*</code>, but define a robust <var class="var">cmd</var> with two
-advantages as compared to <code class="code">\DeclareRobustCommand</code>:
-</p><ol class="enumerate">
-<li> They use the low-level e-TeX protection mechanism rather than the
-higher level LaTeX <code class="code">\protect</code> mechanism, so they do not incur
-the slight loss of performance mentioned above, and
-</li><li> They make the same distinction between <code class="code">\new…</code>,
-<code class="code">\renew…</code>, and <code class="code">\provide…</code>, as the standard
-commands, so they do not just make a log message when you redefine
-<var class="var">cmd</var> that already exists, in that case you need to use either
-<code class="code">\renew…</code> or <code class="code">\provide…</code> or you get an error.
-</li></ol>
-
-</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cIfFileExists'><span><code class="code">\IfFileExists{<var class="var">filename</var>}{<var class="var">true code</var>}{<var class="var">false code</var>}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cIfFileExists'> ¶</a></span></dt>
-<dt><code class="code">\InputIfFileExists{<var class="var">filename</var>}{<var class="var">true code</var>}{<var class="var">false code</var>}</code></dt>
-<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cInputIfFileExists"></a>
-<p>Execute <var class="var">true code</var> if LaTeX finds the file <samp class="file"><var class="var">file
-name</var></samp> or <var class="var">false code</var> otherwise. In the first case it executing
-<var class="var">true code</var> and then inputs the file. Thus the command
-</p>
-<div class="example">
-<pre class="example-preformatted">\IfFileExists{img.pdf}{%
- \includegraphics{img.pdf}}{\typeout{!! img.pdf not found}
-</pre></div>
-
-<p>will include the graphic <samp class="file">img.pdf</samp> if it is found and otherwise
-give a warning.
-</p>
-<p>This command looks for the file in all search paths that LaTeX uses,
-not only in the current directory. To look only in the current
-directory do something like <code class="code">\IfFileExists{./filename}{<var class="var">true
-code</var>}{<var class="var">false code</var>}</code>. If you ask for a filename without a
-<code class="code">.tex</code> extension then LaTeX will first look for the file by
-appending the <code class="code">.tex</code>; for more on how LaTeX handles file
-extensions see <a class="ref" href="_005cinput.html"><code class="code">\input</code></a>.
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cLoadClass'><span><code class="code">\LoadClass[<var class="var">options list</var>]{<var class="var">class name</var>}[<var class="var">release date</var>]</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cLoadClass'> ¶</a></span></dt>
-<dt><code class="code">\LoadClassWithOptions{<var class="var">class name</var>}[<var class="var">release date</var>]</code></dt>
-<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cLoadClassWithOptions"></a>
-<p>Load a class, as with <code class="code">\documentclass[<var class="var">options
-list</var>]{<var class="var">class name</var>}[<var class="var">release info</var>]</code>. An example is
-<code class="code">\LoadClass[twoside]{article}</code>.
-</p>
-<p>The <var class="var">options list</var>, if present, is a comma-separated list. The
-<var class="var">release date</var> is optional. If present it must have the form
-<var class="var">YYYY/MM/DD</var>.
-</p>
-<p>If you request a <var class="var">release date</var> and the date of the package
-installed on your system is earlier, then you get a warning on the
-screen and in the log like this.
-</p>
-<div class="example">
-<pre class="example-preformatted">You have requested, on input line 4, version `2038/01/19' of
-document class article, but only version `2014/09/29 v1.4h
-Standard LaTeX document class' is available.
-</pre></div>
-
-<p>The command version <code class="code">\LoadClassWithOptions</code> uses the list of
-options for the current class. This means it ignores any options passed
-to it via <code class="code">\PassOptionsToClass</code>. This is a convenience command
-that lets you build classes on existing ones, such as the standard
-<code class="code">article</code> class, without having to track which options were passed.
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cExecuteOptions'><span><code class="code">\ExecuteOptions{<var class="var">options-list</var>}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cExecuteOptions'> ¶</a></span></dt>
-<dd><p>For each option <var class="var">option</var> in the <var class="var">options-list</var>, in order, this command
-executes the command <code class="code">\ds@<var class="var">option</var></code>. If this command is not
-defined then that option is silently ignored.
-</p>
-<p>It can be used to provide a default option list before
-<code class="code">\ProcessOptions</code>. For example, if in a class file you want the
-default to be 11pt fonts then you could specify
-<code class="code">\ExecuteOptions{11pt}\ProcessOptions\relax</code>.
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cNeedsTeXFormat'><span><code class="code">\NeedsTeXFormat{<var class="var">format</var>}[<var class="var">format date</var>]</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cNeedsTeXFormat'> ¶</a></span></dt>
-<dd><p>Specifies the format that this class must be run under. Often issued
-as the first line of a class file, and most often used as:
-<code class="code">\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}</code>. When a document using that class is
-processed, the format name given here must match the format that is
-actually being run (including that the <var class="var">format</var> string is case
-sensitive). If it does not match then execution stops with an error
-like ‘<samp class="samp">This file needs format `LaTeX2e' but this is `xxx'.</samp>’
-</p>
-<p>To specify a version of the format that you know to have certain
-features, include the optional <var class="var">format date</var> on which those features
-were implemented. If present it must be in the form <code class="code">YYYY/MM/DD</code>.
-If the format version installed on your system is earlier than
-<var class="var">format date</var> then you get a warning like this.
-</p>
-<div class="example">
-<pre class="example-preformatted">You have requested release `2038/01/20' of LaTeX, but only
-release `2016/02/01' is available.
-</pre></div>
-
-</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cOptionNotUsed'><span><code class="code">\OptionNotUsed</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cOptionNotUsed'> ¶</a></span></dt>
-<dd><p>Adds the current option to the list of unused options. Can only be used
-within the <var class="var">code</var> argument of either <code class="code">\DeclareOption</code> or
-<code class="code">\DeclareOption*</code>.
-</p>
-
-</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cPassOptionsToClass'><span><code class="code">\PassOptionsToClass{<var class="var">option list</var>}{<var class="var">class name</var>}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cPassOptionsToClass'> ¶</a></span></dt>
-<dt><code class="code">\PassOptionsToPackage{<var class="var">option list</var>}{<var class="var">package name</var>}</code></dt>
-<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cPassOptionsToPackage"></a>
-<p>Adds the options in the comma-separated list <var class="var">option list</var> to the
-options used by any future <code class="code">\RequirePackage</code> or <code class="code">\usepackage</code>
-command for package <var class="var">package name</var> or the class <var class="var">class name</var>.
-</p>
-<p>The reason for these commands is: you may load a package any number of
-times with no options but if you want options then you may only supply
-them when you first load the package. Loading a package with options
-more than once will get you an error like <code class="code">Option clash for package
-foo.</code> (LaTeX throws an error even if there is no conflict between the
-options.)
-</p>
-<p>If your own code is bringing in a package twice then you can collapse
-that to once, for example replacing the two
-<code class="code">\RequirePackage[landscape]{geometry}</code> and
-<code class="code">\RequirePackage[margins=1in]{geometry}</code> with the single command
-<code class="code">\RequirePackage[landscape,margins=1in]{geometry}</code>.
-</p>
-<p>However, imagine that you are loading <samp class="file">firstpkg</samp> and inside that
-package it loads <samp class="file">secondpkg</samp>, and you need the second package to be
-loaded with option <code class="code">draft</code>. Then before doing the first package
-you must queue up the options for the second package, like this.
-</p>
-<div class="example">
-<pre class="example-preformatted">\PassOptionsToPackage{draft}{secondpkg}
-\RequirePackage{firstpkg}
-</pre></div>
-
-<p>(If <code class="code">firstpkg.sty</code> loads an option in conflict with what you want
-then you may have to alter its source.)
-</p>
-<p>These commands are useful for general users as well as class and package
-writers. For instance, suppose a user wants to load the <code class="code">graphicx</code>
-package with the option <code class="code">draft</code> and also wants to use a class
-<code class="code">foo</code> that loads the <code class="code">graphicx</code> package, but without that
-option. The user could start their LaTeX file with
-<code class="code">\PassOptionsToPackage{draft}{graphicx}\documentclass{foo}</code>.
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cProcessOptions'><span><code class="code">\ProcessOptions</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cProcessOptions'> ¶</a></span></dt>
-<dt><code class="code">\ProcessOptions*<var class="var">\@options</var></code></dt>
-<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cProcessOptions_002a"></a>
-<p>Execute the code for each option that the user has invoked. Include it
-in the class file as <code class="code">\ProcessOptions\relax</code> (because of the
-existence of the starred command).
-</p>
-<p>Options come in two types. <em class="dfn">Local options</em> have been specified for this
-particular package in the <var class="var">options</var> argument of
-<code class="code">\PassOptionsToPackage{<var class="var">options</var>}</code>,
-<code class="code">\usepackage[<var class="var">options</var>]</code>, or
-<code class="code">\RequirePackage[<var class="var">options</var>]</code>. <em class="dfn">Global options</em> are those given
-by the class user in <code class="code">\documentclass[<var class="var">options</var>]</code> (If an option
-is specified both locally and globally then it is local.)
-</p>
-<p>When <code class="code">\ProcessOptions</code> is called for a package <samp class="file">pkg.sty</samp>, the
-following happens:
-</p><ol class="enumerate">
-<li> For each option <var class="var">option</var> so far declared
-with <code class="code">\DeclareOption</code>, it looks to see if that option is either a
-global or a local option for <code class="code">pkg</code>. If so then it executes the
-declared code. This is done in the order in which these options were
-given in <samp class="file">pkg.sty</samp>.
-</li><li> For each remaining local option, it executes the command
-<code class="code">\ds@</code><var class="var">option</var> if it has been defined somewhere (other than by
-a <code class="code">\DeclareOption</code>); otherwise, it executes the default option code
-given in <code class="code">\DeclareOption*</code>. If no default option code has been
-declared then it gives an error message. This is done in the order in
-which these options were specified.
-</li></ol>
-
-<p>When <code class="code">\ProcessOptions</code> is called for a class it works in the same
-way except that all options are local, and the default <var class="var">code</var> for
-<code class="code">\DeclareOption*</code> is <code class="code">\OptionNotUsed</code> rather than an error.
-</p>
-<p>The starred version <code class="code">\ProcessOptions*</code> executes the
-options in the order specified in the calling commands, rather than in
-the order of declaration in the class or package. For a package this
-means that the global options are processed first.
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cProvidesClass'><span><code class="code">\ProvidesClass{<var class="var">class name</var>}[<var class="var">release date</var> <var class="var">brief additional information</var>]</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cProvidesClass'> ¶</a></span></dt>
-<dt><code class="code">\ProvidesClass{<var class="var">class name</var>}[<var class="var">release date</var>]</code></dt>
-<dt><code class="code">\ProvidesPackage{<var class="var">package name</var>}[<var class="var">release date</var> <var class="var">brief additional information</var>]</code></dt>
-<dt><code class="code">\ProvidesPackage{<var class="var">package name</var>}[<var class="var">release date</var>]</code></dt>
-<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cProvidesPackage"></a>
-<p>Identifies the class or package, printing a message to the screen and
-the log file.
-</p>
-<p>When you load a class or package, for example with
-<code class="code">\documentclass{smcmemo}</code> or <code class="code">\usepackage{test}</code>, LaTeX
-inputs a file. If the name of the file does not match the class or
-package name declared in it then you get a warning. Thus, if you invoke
-<code class="code">\documentclass{smcmemo}</code>, and the file <samp class="file">smcmemo.cls</samp> has
-the statement <code class="code">\ProvidesClass{xxx}</code> then you get a warning like
-<code class="code">You have requested document class `smcmemo', but the document
-class provides 'xxx'.</code> This warning does not prevent LaTeX from
-processing the rest of the class file normally.
-</p>
-<p>If you include the optional argument then you must include a date,
-before any spaces, of the form <code class="code">YYYY/MM/DD</code>. The rest of the
-optional argument is free-form, although it traditionally identifies the
-class, and is written to the screen during compilation and to the log
-file. Thus, if your file <samp class="file">smcmemo.cls</samp> contains the line
-<code class="code">\ProvidesClass{smcmemo}[2008/06/01 v1.0 SMC memo class]</code> and
-your document’s first line is <code class="code">\documentclass{smcmemo}</code> then you
-will see <code class="code">Document Class: smcmemo 2008/06/01 v1.0 SMC memo class</code>.
-</p>
-<p>The date in the optional argument allows class and package users to ask
-to be warned if the version of the class or package is earlier than
-<var class="var">release date</var>. For instance, a user could enter
-<code class="code">\documentclass{smcmemo}[2018/10/12]</code> or
-<code class="code">\usepackage{foo}[[2017/07/07]]</code> to require a class or package
-with certain features by specifying that it must be released no earlier
-than the given date. (Although, in practice package users only rarely
-include a date, and class users almost never do.)
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cProvidesFile'><span><code class="code">\ProvidesFile{<var class="var">filename</var>}[<var class="var">additional information</var>]</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cProvidesFile'> ¶</a></span></dt>
-<dd><p>Declare a file other than the main class and package files, such as
-configuration files or font definition files. Put this command in that
-file and you get in the log a string like <code class="code">File: test.config
-2017/10/12 config file for test.cls</code> for <var class="var">filename</var> equal to
-‘<samp class="samp">test.config</samp>’ and <var class="var">additional information</var> equal to
-‘<samp class="samp">2017/10/12 config file for test.cls</samp>’.
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cRequirePackage'><span><code class="code">\RequirePackage[<var class="var">option list</var>]{<var class="var">package name</var>}[<var class="var">release date</var>]</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cRequirePackage'> ¶</a></span></dt>
-<dt><code class="code">\RequirePackageWithOptions{<var class="var">package name</var>}[<var class="var">release date</var>]</code></dt>
-<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cRequirePackageWithOptions"></a>
-<p>Load a package, like the command <code class="code">\usepackage</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="Additional-packages.html">Additional packages</a>). The LaTeX development team strongly recommends use of
-these commands over Plain TeX’s <code class="code">\input</code>; see the Class
-Guide. An example is
-<code class="code">\RequirePackage[landscape,margin=1in]{geometry}</code>.
-</p>
-<p>The <var class="var">option list</var>, if present, is a comma-separated list. The
-<var class="var">release date</var>, if present, must have the form <var class="var">YYYY/MM/DD</var>. If
-the release date of the package as installed on your system is earlier
-than <var class="var">release date</var> then you get a warning like <code class="code">You have
-requested, on input line 9, version `2017/07/03' of package jhtest, but
-only version `2000/01/01' is available</code>.
-</p>
-<p>The <code class="code">\RequirePackageWithOptions</code> version uses the list of options
-for the current class. This means it ignores any options passed to it
-via <code class="code">\PassOptionsToClass</code>. This is a convenience command to allow
-easily building classes on existing ones without having to track which
-options were passed.
-</p>
-<p>The difference between <code class="code">\usepackage</code> and <code class="code">\RequirePackage</code> is
-small. The <code class="code">\usepackage</code> command is intended for the document file
-while <code class="code">\RequirePackage</code> is intended for package and class files.
-Thus, using <code class="code">\usepackage</code> before the <code class="code">\documentclass</code> command
-causes LaTeX to give error like <code class="code">\usepackage before
-\documentclass</code>, but you can use <code class="code">\RequirePackage</code> there.
-</p></dd>
-</dl>
-
-
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="_005cAtBeginDvi-_0026-_005cAtEndDvi.html" accesskey="1"><code class="code">\AtBeginDvi</code> & <code class="code">\AtEndDvi</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="_005cAtEndOfClass-_0026-_005cAtEndOfPackage.html" accesskey="2"><code class="code">\AtEndOfClass</code> & <code class="code">\AtEndOfPackage</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="_005cCheckCommand.html" accesskey="3"><code class="code">\CheckCommand</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="_005cClassError-and-_005cPackageError-and-others.html" accesskey="4"><code class="code">\ClassError</code> and <code class="code">\PackageError</code> and others</a></li>
+<li><a href="_005cCurrentOption.html" accesskey="5"><code class="code">\CurrentOption</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="_005cDeclareOption.html" accesskey="6"><code class="code">\DeclareOption</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="_005cDeclareRobustCommand.html" accesskey="7"><code class="code">\DeclareRobustCommand</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="_005cExecuteOptions.html" accesskey="8"><code class="code">\ExecuteOptions</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="_005cIfFileExists-_0026-_005cInputIfFileExists.html" accesskey="9"><code class="code">\IfFileExists</code> & <code class="code">\InputIfFileExists</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="_005cLoadClass-_0026-_005cLoadClassWithOptions.html"><code class="code">\LoadClass</code> & <code class="code">\LoadClassWithOptions</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="_005cNeedsTeXFormat.html"><code class="code">\NeedsTeXFormat</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="_005cOptionNotUsed.html"><code class="code">\OptionNotUsed</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="_005cPassOptionsToClass-_0026-_005cPassOptionsToPackage.html"><code class="code">\PassOptionsToClass</code> & <code class="code">\PassOptionsToPackage</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="_005cProcessOptions.html"><code class="code">\ProcessOptions</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="_005cProvidesClass-_0026-_005cProvidesPackage.html"><code class="code">\ProvidesClass</code> & <code class="code">\ProvidesPackage</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="_005cProvidesFile.html"><code class="code">\ProvidesFile</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="_005cRequirePackage-_0026-_005cRequirePackageWithOptions.html"><code class="code">\RequirePackage</code> & <code class="code">\RequirePackageWithOptions</code></a></li>
+</ul>
</div>
Index: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-creation.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-creation.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-creation.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
Property changes on: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-creation.html
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-structure.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-structure.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-structure.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Class and package structure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Class and package structure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Class and package structure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Class and package structure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Class and package structure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Class and package structure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -51,8 +51,7 @@
<link href="index.html" rel="start" title="Top">
<link href="Index.html" rel="index" title="Index">
<link href="index.html#SEC_Contents" rel="contents" title="Table of Contents">
-<link href="Class-and-package-construction.html" rel="up" title="Class and package construction">
-<link href="Class-and-package-commands.html" rel="next" title="Class and package commands">
+<link href="Class-and-package-creation.html" rel="up" title="Class and package creation">
<style type="text/css">
<!--
/* $Id: latex2e.css 935 2021-07-23 17:48:15Z jimhefferon $
@@ -61,6 +60,7 @@
div.example {margin-left: 3.2em}
+span.r {font-family: initial; font-weight: normal; font-style: normal}
BODY {
margin-top: 1em;
margin-left: 1em; /* auto results in two-digit <ol> lost off left */
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@
<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="Class-and-package-structure">
<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="Class-and-package-commands.html" accesskey="n" rel="next">Class and package commands</a>, Up: <a href="Class-and-package-construction.html" accesskey="u" rel="up">Class and package construction</a> [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Up: <a href="Class-and-package-creation.html" accesskey="u" rel="up">Class and package creation</a> [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
<hr>
<h4 class="subsection" id="Class-and-package-structure-1">3.3.1 Class and package structure</h4>
@@ -105,7 +105,8 @@
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package-options"></a>
<p>A class file or package file typically has four parts.
-</p><ol class="enumerate">
+</p>
+<ol class="enumerate">
<li> In the <em class="dfn">identification part</em>, the file says that it is a LaTeX
package or class and describes itself, using the <code class="code">\NeedsTeXFormat</code>
and <code class="code">\ProvidesClass</code> or <code class="code">\ProvidesPackage</code> commands.
@@ -131,6 +132,7 @@
fonts, and loading other files.
</li></ol>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-class-file-example"></a>
<p>Here is a starting class file, which should be saved as <samp class="file">stub.cls</samp>
where LaTeX can find it, for example in the same directory as the
<samp class="file">.tex</samp> file.
@@ -142,18 +144,22 @@
\ProcessOptions\relax
\LoadClass{article}
</pre></div>
-<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-class-file-example"></a>
<p>It identifies itself, handles the class options via the default of
passing them all to the <code class="code">article</code> class, and then loads the
<code class="code">article</code> class to provide the basis for this class’s code.
</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-clsguide-document"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-Class-Guide_002c-document"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-class-writing-tutorial-document"></a>
<p>For more, see the official guide for class and package writers, the
-Class Guide, at
-<a class="url" href="https://www.latex-project.org/help/documentation/clsguide.pdf">https://www.latex-project.org/help/documentation/clsguide.pdf</a> (much
-of the descriptions here derive from this document), or the tutorial
-<a class="url" href="https://www.tug.org/TUGboat/tb26-3/tb84heff.pdf">https://www.tug.org/TUGboat/tb26-3/tb84heff.pdf</a>.
+Class Guide, at <a class="url" href="https://ctan.org/pkg/clsguide">https://ctan.org/pkg/clsguide</a> (much of the
+description here derives from this document), or the tutorial at
+<a class="url" href="https://tug.org/TUGboat/tb26-3/tb84heff.pdf">https://tug.org/TUGboat/tb26-3/tb84heff.pdf</a>.
</p>
+<p>See <a class="xref" href="Class-and-package-commands.html">Class and package commands</a>, for some of the commands
+specifically intended for class and package writers.
+</p>
</div>
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Colon character & \colon (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Colon character & \colon (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Colon character & \colon (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Colon character & \colon (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Colon character & \colon (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Colon character & \colon (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color-models.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color-models.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color-models.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Color models (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Color models (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Color models (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Color models (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Color models (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Color models (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@
Next: <a href="Commands-for-color.html" accesskey="n" rel="next">Commands for color</a>, Previous: <a href="Color-package-options.html" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">color</code> package options</a>, Up: <a href="Color.html" accesskey="u" rel="up">Color</a> [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
<hr>
-<h3 class="section" id="Color-models-1">21.2 Color models</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="Color-models-1">22.2 Color models</h3>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-color-models"></a>
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color-package-options.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color-package-options.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color-package-options.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Color package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Color package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Color package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Color package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Color package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Color package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@
Next: <a href="Color-models.html" accesskey="n" rel="next">Color models</a>, Up: <a href="Color.html" accesskey="u" rel="up">Color</a> [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
<hr>
-<h3 class="section" id="color-package-options">21.1 <code class="code">color</code> package options</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="color-package-options">22.1 <code class="code">color</code> package options</h3>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-color-package-options"></a>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-options_002c-color-package"></a>
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -52,8 +52,8 @@
<link href="Index.html" rel="index" title="Index">
<link href="index.html#SEC_Contents" rel="contents" title="Table of Contents">
<link href="index.html" rel="up" title="Top">
-<link href="Graphics.html" rel="next" title="Graphics">
-<link href="Boxes.html" rel="prev" title="Boxes">
+<link href="Special-insertions.html" rel="next" title="Special insertions">
+<link href="Graphics.html" rel="prev" title="Graphics">
<style type="text/css">
<!--
/* $Id: latex2e.css 935 2021-07-23 17:48:15Z jimhefferon $
@@ -91,10 +91,10 @@
<div class="chapter-level-extent" id="Color">
<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="Graphics.html" accesskey="n" rel="next">Graphics</a>, Previous: <a href="Boxes.html" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Boxes</a>, Up: <a href="index.html" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</a> [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="Special-insertions.html" accesskey="n" rel="next">Special insertions</a>, Previous: <a href="Graphics.html" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Graphics</a>, Up: <a href="index.html" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</a> [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
<hr>
-<h2 class="chapter" id="Color-1">21 Color</h2>
+<h2 class="chapter" id="Color-1">22 Color</h2>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-color"></a>
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-boxes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-boxes.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-boxes.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Colored boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Colored boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Colored boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Colored boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Colored boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Colored boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@
Next: <a href="Colored-pages.html" accesskey="n" rel="next">Colored pages</a>, Previous: <a href="Colored-text.html" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Colored text</a>, Up: <a href="Commands-for-color.html" accesskey="u" rel="up">Commands for color</a> [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
<hr>
-<h4 class="subsection" id="Colored-boxes-1">21.3.3 Colored boxes</h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="Colored-boxes-1">22.3.3 Colored boxes</h4>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-color-3"></a>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-colored-boxes"></a>
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-pages.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-pages.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-pages.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Colored pages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Colored pages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Colored pages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Colored pages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Colored pages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Colored pages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@
Previous: <a href="Colored-boxes.html" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Colored boxes</a>, Up: <a href="Commands-for-color.html" accesskey="u" rel="up">Commands for color</a> [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
<hr>
-<h4 class="subsection" id="Colored-pages-1">21.3.4 Colored pages</h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="Colored-pages-1">22.3.4 Colored pages</h4>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-color-4"></a>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-colored-page"></a>
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-text.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-text.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-text.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Colored text (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Colored text (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Colored text (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Colored text (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Colored text (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Colored text (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@
Next: <a href="Colored-boxes.html" accesskey="n" rel="next">Colored boxes</a>, Previous: <a href="Define-colors.html" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Define colors</a>, Up: <a href="Commands-for-color.html" accesskey="u" rel="up">Commands for color</a> [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
<hr>
-<h4 class="subsection" id="Colored-text-1">21.3.2 Colored text</h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="Colored-text-1">22.3.2 Colored text</h4>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-color-2"></a>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-colored-text"></a>
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-Index.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-Index.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-Index.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Command Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Command Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Command Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Command Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Command Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Command Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-input.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-input.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-input.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Command line input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Command line input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Command line input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Command line input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Command line input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Command line input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@
<p>The <code class="code">jobname</code> option is there because otherwise both files would be
called <samp class="file">main.pdf</samp> and the second would overwrite the
-first. (see <a class="pxref" href="Jobname.html">Jobname</a>.)
+first (see <a class="pxref" href="Jobname.html">Jobname</a>).
</p>
<p>In this example we use the command line to select which parts of a
document to include. For a book named <samp class="file">mybook.tex</samp> and structured
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-interface.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-interface.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-interface.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Command line interface (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Command line interface (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Command line interface (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Command line interface (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Command line interface (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Command line interface (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-options.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-options.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-options.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Command line options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Command line options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Command line options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Command line options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Command line options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Command line options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Command line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Command line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Command line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Command line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Command line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Command line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Commands-for-color.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Commands-for-color.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Commands-for-color.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Commands for color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Commands for color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Commands for color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Commands for color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Commands for color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Commands for color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@
Previous: <a href="Color-models.html" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Color models</a>, Up: <a href="Color.html" accesskey="u" rel="up">Color</a> [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
<hr>
-<h3 class="section" id="Commands-for-color-1">21.3 Commands for color</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="Commands-for-color-1">22.3 Commands for color</h3>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-color-package-commands"></a>
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Commands-for-graphics.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Commands-for-graphics.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Commands-for-graphics.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Commands for graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Commands for graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Commands for graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Commands for graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Commands for graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Commands for graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@
Previous: <a href="Graphics-package-configuration.html" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">graphics</code> package configuration</a>, Up: <a href="Graphics.html" accesskey="u" rel="up">Graphics</a> [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
<hr>
-<h3 class="section" id="Commands-for-graphics-1">22.3 Commands for graphics</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="Commands-for-graphics-1">21.3 Commands for graphics</h3>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-graphics-package-commands"></a>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-commands_002c-graphics-package"></a>
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Control-sequences.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Control-sequences.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Control-sequences.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Control sequences (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Control sequences (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Control sequences (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Control sequences (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Control sequences (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Control sequences (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Counters.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Counters.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Counters.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Counters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Counters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Counters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Counters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Counters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Counters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Cross-references.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Cross-references.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Cross-references.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Cross references (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Cross references (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Cross references (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Cross references (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Cross references (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Cross references (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Define-colors.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Define-colors.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Define-colors.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Define colors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Define colors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Define colors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Define colors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Define colors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Define colors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@
Next: <a href="Colored-text.html" accesskey="n" rel="next">Colored text</a>, Up: <a href="Commands-for-color.html" accesskey="u" rel="up">Commands for color</a> [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
<hr>
-<h4 class="subsection" id="Define-colors-1">21.3.1 Define colors</h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="Define-colors-1">22.3.1 Define colors</h4>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-color-1"></a>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-define-color"></a>
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Definitions.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Definitions.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Definitions.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Definitions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Definitions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Definitions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Definitions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Definitions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Definitions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -115,7 +115,8 @@
<li><a href="_005cnewfont.html"><code class="code">\newfont</code></a></li>
<li><a href="_005cprotect.html"><code class="code">\protect</code></a></li>
<li><a href="_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend.html"><code class="code">\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="xspace-package.html">xspace package</a></li>
+<li><a href="xspace-package.html"><code class="code">xspace</code> package</a></li>
+<li><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html">Class and package commands</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Delimiters.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Delimiters.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Delimiters.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Delimiters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Delimiters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Delimiters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Delimiters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Delimiters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Delimiters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-class-options.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-class-options.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-class-options.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Document class options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Document class options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Document class options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Document class options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Document class options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Document class options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@
<link href="Index.html" rel="index" title="Index">
<link href="index.html#SEC_Contents" rel="contents" title="Table of Contents">
<link href="Document-classes.html" rel="up" title="Document classes">
-<link href="Additional-packages.html" rel="next" title="Additional packages">
+<link href="_005cusepackage.html" rel="next" title="\usepackage">
<style type="text/css">
<!--
/* $Id: latex2e.css 935 2021-07-23 17:48:15Z jimhefferon $
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@
<div class="section-level-extent" id="Document-class-options">
<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="Additional-packages.html" accesskey="n" rel="next">Additional packages</a>, Up: <a href="Document-classes.html" accesskey="u" rel="up">Document classes</a> [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="_005cusepackage.html" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\usepackage</code>: Additional packages</a>, Up: <a href="Document-classes.html" accesskey="u" rel="up">Document classes</a> [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
<hr>
<h3 class="section" id="Document-class-options-1">3.1 Document class options</h3>
@@ -112,6 +112,10 @@
<pre class="example-preformatted">\documentclass[<var class="var">option1</var>,<var class="var">option2</var>,...]{<var class="var">class</var>}
</pre></div>
+<p>LaTeX automatically passes options specified for
+<code class="code">\documentclass</code> on to any other loaded classes that can handle
+them.
+</p>
<p>Here is the list of the standard class options.
</p>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-10pt-option"></a>
@@ -118,7 +122,7 @@
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-11pt-option"></a>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-12pt-option"></a>
<p>All of the standard classes except <code class="code">slides</code> accept the following
-options for selecting the typeface size (default is <code class="code">10pt</code>):
+options for selecting the typeface size; the default is <code class="code">10pt</code>:
</p>
<div class="example">
<pre class="example-preformatted">10pt 11pt 12pt
@@ -131,7 +135,7 @@
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-legalpaper-option"></a>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-letterpaper-option"></a>
<p>All of the standard classes accept these options for selecting the paper
-size (these show height by width):
+size (dimensions are listed height by width):
</p>
<dl class="table">
<dt><code class="code">a4paper</code></dt>
@@ -167,7 +171,7 @@
<p>When using one of the engines pdfLaTeX, LuaLaTeX, or XeLaTeX
(see <a class="pxref" href="TeX-engines.html">TeX engines</a>), options other than <code class="code">letterpaper</code> set
the print area but you must also set the physical paper size. Usually,
-The <code class="code">geometry</code> package is the best way to do that; it
+the <code class="code">geometry</code> package is the best way to do that; it
provides flexible ways of setting the print area and physical page size.
Otherwise, setting the paper size is engine-dependent. For example,
with pdfLaTeX, you could include <code class="code">\pdfpagewidth=\paperwidth</code> and
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-classes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-classes.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-classes.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Document classes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Document classes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Document classes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Document classes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Document classes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Document classes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -98,12 +98,13 @@
<hr>
<h2 class="chapter" id="Document-classes-1">3 Document classes</h2>
-<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-document-classes"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cdocumentclass"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-document-classes"></a>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-classes-of-documents"></a>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cdocumentclass"></a>
-<p>The document’s overall class is defined with this command, which is
-normally the first command in a LaTeX source file.
+<p>The document’s overall class is defined with the <code class="code">\documentclass</code>
+command, which is normally the first command in a LaTeX source
+file.
</p>
<div class="example">
<pre class="example-preformatted">\documentclass[<var class="var">options</var>]{<var class="var">class</var>}
@@ -115,8 +116,8 @@
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-letter-class"></a>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-slides-class"></a>
<p>The following document <var class="var">class</var> names are built into LaTeX.
-(Many other document classes are available as separate packages;
-see <a class="pxref" href="Overview.html">Overview of LaTeX</a>.)
+Many other document classes are available as separate packages
+(see <a class="pxref" href="Overview.html">Overview of LaTeX</a>).
</p>
<dl class="table">
<dt><code class="code">article</code></dt>
@@ -141,7 +142,7 @@
</dd>
<dt><code class="code">slides</code></dt>
<dd><a class="anchor" id="document-classes-slides"></a><p>For slide presentations—rarely used nowadays. The
-<code class="code">beamer</code> package is perhaps the most prevalent
+<code class="code">beamer</code> package is perhaps the most prevalent replacement
(<a class="url" href="https://ctan.org/pkg/beamer">https://ctan.org/pkg/beamer</a>). See <a class="xref" href="beamer-template.html"><code class="code">beamer</code> template</a>, for a
small template for a beamer document.
</p>
@@ -154,8 +155,8 @@
<ul class="mini-toc">
<li><a href="Document-class-options.html" accesskey="1">Document class options</a></li>
-<li><a href="Additional-packages.html" accesskey="2">Additional packages</a></li>
-<li><a href="Class-and-package-construction.html" accesskey="3">Class and package construction</a></li>
+<li><a href="_005cusepackage.html" accesskey="2"><code class="code">\usepackage</code>: Additional packages</a></li>
+<li><a href="Class-and-package-creation.html" accesskey="3">Class and package creation</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-templates.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-templates.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-templates.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Document templates (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Document templates (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Document templates (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Document templates (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Document templates (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Document templates (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Dots.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Dots.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Dots.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Dots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Dots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Dots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Dots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Dots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Dots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Index: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Environment-syntax.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Environment-syntax.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Environment-syntax.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
Property changes on: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Environment-syntax.html
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Environments.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Environments.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Environments.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Environments (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Environments (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Environments (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Environments (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Environments (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Environments (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Expressions.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Expressions.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Expressions.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Expressions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Expressions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Expressions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Expressions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Expressions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Expressions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Floats.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Floats.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Floats.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Floats (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Floats (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Floats (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Floats (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Floats (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Floats (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Font-sizes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Font-sizes.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Font-sizes.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Font sizes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Font sizes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Font sizes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Font sizes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Font sizes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Font sizes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Font-styles.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Font-styles.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Font-styles.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Font styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Font styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Font styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Font styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Font styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Font styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Fonts.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Fonts.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Fonts.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Fonts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Fonts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Fonts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Fonts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Fonts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Fonts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-in-a-table.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-in-a-table.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-in-a-table.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Footnotes in a table (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Footnotes in a table (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Footnotes in a table (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Footnotes in a table (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Footnotes in a table (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Footnotes in a table (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@
Little is known other than her death.}%
\stepcounter{mpFootnoteValueSaver}%
\footnotetext[\value{mpFootnoteValueSaver}]{%
- Relationship is unresolved in XXI.}
+ Relationship is unresolved.}
\end{center}
</pre></div>
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-in-section-headings.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-in-section-headings.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-in-section-headings.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Footnotes in section headings (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Footnotes in section headings (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Footnotes in section headings (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Footnotes in section headings (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Footnotes in section headings (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Footnotes in section headings (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-of-footnotes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-of-footnotes.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-of-footnotes.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Footnotes of footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Footnotes of footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Footnotes of footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Footnotes of footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Footnotes of footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Footnotes of footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Front_002fback-matter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Front_002fback-matter.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Front_002fback-matter.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Front/back matter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Front/back matter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Front/back matter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Front/back matter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Front/back matter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Front/back matter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Glossaries.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Glossaries.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Glossaries.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Glossaries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Glossaries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Glossaries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Glossaries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Glossaries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Glossaries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics-package-configuration.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics-package-configuration.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics-package-configuration.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Graphics package configuration (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Graphics package configuration (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Graphics package configuration (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Graphics package configuration (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Graphics package configuration (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Graphics package configuration (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@
Next: <a href="Commands-for-graphics.html" accesskey="n" rel="next">Commands for graphics</a>, Previous: <a href="Graphics-package-options.html" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">graphics</code> package options</a>, Up: <a href="Graphics.html" accesskey="u" rel="up">Graphics</a> [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
<hr>
-<h3 class="section" id="graphics-package-configuration">22.2 <code class="code">graphics</code> package configuration</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="graphics-package-configuration">21.2 <code class="code">graphics</code> package configuration</h3>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-graphics-1"></a>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-graphics-package-1"></a>
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics-package-options.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics-package-options.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics-package-options.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Graphics package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Graphics package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Graphics package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Graphics package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Graphics package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Graphics package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@
Next: <a href="Graphics-package-configuration.html" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">graphics</code> package configuration</a>, Up: <a href="Graphics.html" accesskey="u" rel="up">Graphics</a> [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
<hr>
-<h3 class="section" id="graphics-package-options">22.1 <code class="code">graphics</code> package options</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="graphics-package-options">21.1 <code class="code">graphics</code> package options</h3>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-graphics-package-options"></a>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-options_002c-graphics-package"></a>
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -52,8 +52,8 @@
<link href="Index.html" rel="index" title="Index">
<link href="index.html#SEC_Contents" rel="contents" title="Table of Contents">
<link href="index.html" rel="up" title="Top">
-<link href="Special-insertions.html" rel="next" title="Special insertions">
-<link href="Color.html" rel="prev" title="Color">
+<link href="Color.html" rel="next" title="Color">
+<link href="Boxes.html" rel="prev" title="Boxes">
<style type="text/css">
<!--
/* $Id: latex2e.css 935 2021-07-23 17:48:15Z jimhefferon $
@@ -92,10 +92,10 @@
<div class="chapter-level-extent" id="Graphics">
<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="Special-insertions.html" accesskey="n" rel="next">Special insertions</a>, Previous: <a href="Color.html" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Color</a>, Up: <a href="index.html" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</a> [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="Color.html" accesskey="n" rel="next">Color</a>, Previous: <a href="Boxes.html" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Boxes</a>, Up: <a href="index.html" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</a> [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
<hr>
-<h2 class="chapter" id="Graphics-1">22 Graphics</h2>
+<h2 class="chapter" id="Graphics-1">21 Graphics</h2>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-graphics"></a>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-graphics-package"></a>
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Greek-letters.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Greek-letters.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Greek-letters.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Greek letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Greek letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Greek letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Greek letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Greek letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Greek letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Index.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Index.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Index.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -326,10 +326,11 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Math-symbols.html#index-_005cast"><code>\ast</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Math-symbols.html">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Math-symbols.html#index-_005casymp"><code>\asymp</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Math-symbols.html">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cAtBeginDocument.html#index-_005cAtBeginDocument"><code>\AtBeginDocument</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cAtBeginDocument.html">\AtBeginDocument</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html#index-_005cAtBeginDvi"><code>\AtBeginDvi</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cAtBeginDvi-_0026-_005cAtEndDvi.html#index-_005cAtBeginDvi"><code>\AtBeginDvi</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cAtBeginDvi-_0026-_005cAtEndDvi.html">\AtBeginDvi & \AtEndDvi</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cAtEndDocument.html#index-_005cAtEndDocument"><code>\AtEndDocument</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cAtEndDocument.html">\AtEndDocument</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html#index-_005cAtEndOfClass"><code>\AtEndOfClass</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html#index-_005cAtEndOfPackage"><code>\AtEndOfPackage</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cAtBeginDvi-_0026-_005cAtEndDvi.html#index-_005cAtEndDvi"><code>\AtEndDvi</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cAtBeginDvi-_0026-_005cAtEndDvi.html">\AtBeginDvi & \AtEndDvi</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cAtEndOfClass-_0026-_005cAtEndOfPackage.html#index-_005cAtEndOfClass"><code>\AtEndOfClass</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cAtEndOfClass-_0026-_005cAtEndOfPackage.html">\AtEndOfClass & \AtEndOfPackage</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cAtEndOfClass-_0026-_005cAtEndOfPackage.html#index-_005cAtEndOfPackage"><code>\AtEndOfPackage</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cAtEndOfClass-_0026-_005cAtEndOfPackage.html">\AtEndOfClass & \AtEndOfPackage</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cmaketitle.html#index-_005cauthor_007bname1-_005cand-name2-_005cand-_002e_002e_002e_007d"><code>\author{<var class="var">name1</var> \and <var class="var">name2</var> \and ...}</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cmaketitle.html">\maketitle</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="tabbing.html#index-_005ca_0060-_0028grave-accent-in-tabbing_0029"><code>\a` <span class="r">(grave accent in tabbing)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="tabbing.html">tabbing</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Accents.html#index-_005cb-_0028bar_002dunder-accent_0029"><code>\b <span class="r">(bar-under accent)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Accents.html">Accents</a></td></tr>
@@ -407,8 +408,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Sectioning.html#index-_005cchapter"><code>\chapter</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Sectioning.html">Sectioning</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cchapter.html#index-_005cchapter-1"><code>\chapter</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cchapter.html">\chapter</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Math-accents.html#index-_005ccheck"><code>\check</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Math-accents.html">Math accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html#index-_005cCheckCommand"><code>\CheckCommand</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html#index-_005cCheckCommand_002a"><code>\CheckCommand*</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cCheckCommand.html#index-_005cCheckCommand"><code>\CheckCommand</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cCheckCommand.html">\CheckCommand</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Math-symbols.html#index-_005cchi"><code>\chi</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Math-symbols.html">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Math-symbols.html#index-_005ccirc"><code>\circ</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Math-symbols.html">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005ccircle.html#index-_005ccircle"><code>\circle</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005ccircle.html">\circle</a></td></tr>
@@ -415,11 +415,11 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="BibTeX-error-messages.html#index-_005ccitation"><code>\citation</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="BibTeX-error-messages.html">BibTeX error messages</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005ccite.html#index-_005ccite"><code>\cite</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005ccite.html">\cite</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="BibTeX-error-messages.html#index-_005ccite-and-internal-_005ccitation"><code>\cite <span class="r">and internal <code class="code">\citation</code></span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="BibTeX-error-messages.html">BibTeX error messages</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html#index-_005cClassError"><code>\ClassError</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html#index-_005cClassInfo"><code>\ClassInfo</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html#index-_005cClassInfoNoLine"><code>\ClassInfoNoLine</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html#index-_005cClassWarning"><code>\ClassWarning</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html#index-_005cClassWarningNoLine"><code>\ClassWarningNoLine</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cClassError-and-_005cPackageError-and-others.html#index-_005cClassError"><code>\ClassError</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cClassError-and-_005cPackageError-and-others.html">\ClassError and \PackageError and others</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cClassError-and-_005cPackageError-and-others.html#index-_005cClassInfo"><code>\ClassInfo</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cClassError-and-_005cPackageError-and-others.html">\ClassError and \PackageError and others</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cClassError-and-_005cPackageError-and-others.html#index-_005cClassInfoNoLine"><code>\ClassInfoNoLine</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cClassError-and-_005cPackageError-and-others.html">\ClassError and \PackageError and others</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cClassError-and-_005cPackageError-and-others.html#index-_005cClassWarning"><code>\ClassWarning</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cClassError-and-_005cPackageError-and-others.html">\ClassError and \PackageError and others</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cClassError-and-_005cPackageError-and-others.html#index-_005cClassWarningNoLine"><code>\ClassWarningNoLine</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cClassError-and-_005cPackageError-and-others.html">\ClassError and \PackageError and others</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage.html#index-_005ccleardoublepage"><code>\cleardoublepage</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage.html">\clearpage & \cleardoublepage</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage.html#index-_005cclearpage"><code>\clearpage</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage.html">\clearpage & \cleardoublepage</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005ccline.html#index-_005ccline"><code>\cline</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005ccline.html">\cline</a></td></tr>
@@ -450,7 +450,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Math-functions.html#index-_005ccoth"><code>\coth</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Math-functions.html">Math functions</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Math-functions.html#index-_005ccsc"><code>\csc</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Math-functions.html">Math functions</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Math-symbols.html#index-_005ccup"><code>\cup</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Math-symbols.html">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html#index-_005cCurrentOption"><code>\CurrentOption</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cCurrentOption.html#index-_005cCurrentOption"><code>\CurrentOption</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cCurrentOption.html">\CurrentOption</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Accents.html#index-_005cd-_0028dot_002dunder-accent_0029"><code>\d <span class="r">(dot-under accent)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Accents.html">Accents</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Text-symbols.html#index-_005cdag"><code>\dag</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Text-symbols.html">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Math-symbols.html#index-_005cdagger"><code>\dagger</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Math-symbols.html">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
@@ -470,10 +470,8 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cDeclareFontEncoding.html#index-_005cDeclareFontEncoding"><code>\DeclareFontEncoding</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cDeclareFontEncoding.html">\DeclareFontEncoding</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions.html#index-_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions"><code>\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions.html">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cDeclareGraphicsRule.html#index-_005cDeclareGraphicsRule"><code>\DeclareGraphicsRule</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cDeclareGraphicsRule.html">\DeclareGraphicsRule</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html#index-_005cDeclareOption"><code>\DeclareOption</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html#index-_005cDeclareOption_002a"><code>\DeclareOption*</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html#index-_005cDeclareRobustCommand"><code>\DeclareRobustCommand</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html#index-_005cDeclareRobustCommand_002a"><code>\DeclareRobustCommand*</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cDeclareOption.html#index-_005cDeclareOption"><code>\DeclareOption</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cDeclareOption.html">\DeclareOption</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cDeclareRobustCommand.html#index-_005cDeclareRobustCommand"><code>\DeclareRobustCommand</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cDeclareRobustCommand.html">\DeclareRobustCommand</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cDeclareTextAccent.html#index-_005cDeclareTextAccent"><code>\DeclareTextAccent</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cDeclareTextAccent.html">\DeclareTextAccent</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault.html#index-_005cDeclareTextAccent-1"><code>\DeclareTextAccent</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault.html">\DeclareTextAccentDefault</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault.html#index-_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault"><code>\DeclareTextAccentDefault</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault.html">\DeclareTextAccentDefault</a></td></tr>
@@ -502,6 +500,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Additional-Latin-letters.html#index-_005cDJ"><code>\DJ</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Additional-Latin-letters.html">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Document-classes.html#index-_005cdocumentclass"><code>\documentclass</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Document-classes.html">Document classes</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Jobname.html#index-_005cdocumentclass_002c-and-texput-jobname"><code>\documentclass<span class="r">, and <code class="code">texput</code> jobname</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Jobname.html">Jobname</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cDocumentMetadata.html#index-_005cDocumentMetadata"><code>\DocumentMetadata</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cDocumentMetadata.html">\DocumentMetadata</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Math-accents.html#index-_005cdot"><code>\dot</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Math-accents.html">Math accents</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Math-symbols.html#index-_005cdoteq"><code>\doteq</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Math-symbols.html">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill.html#index-_005cdotfill"><code>\dotfill</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill.html">\hrulefill & \dotfill</a></td></tr>
@@ -514,6 +513,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="tabular.html#index-_005cdoublerulesep"><code>\doublerulesep</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="tabular.html">tabular</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Math-symbols.html#index-_005cdownarrow"><code>\downarrow</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Math-symbols.html">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Math-symbols.html#index-_005cDownarrow"><code>\Downarrow</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Math-symbols.html">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cExecuteOptions.html#index-_005cds_0040option"><code>\ds@<var class="var">option</var></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cExecuteOptions.html">\ExecuteOptions</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Math-symbols.html#index-_005cell"><code>\ell</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Math-symbols.html">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Font-styles.html#index-_005cemph"><code>\emph</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Font-styles.html">Font styles</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Math-symbols.html#index-_005cemptyset"><code>\emptyset</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Math-symbols.html">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
@@ -532,7 +532,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Document-class-options.html#index-_005cevensidemargin"><code>\evensidemargin</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Document-class-options.html">Document class options</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Page-layout-parameters.html#index-_005cevensidemargin-1"><code>\evensidemargin</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Page-layout-parameters.html">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Page-layout-parameters.html#index-_005cevensidemargin-2"><code>\evensidemargin</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Page-layout-parameters.html">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html#index-_005cExecuteOptions"><code>\ExecuteOptions</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cExecuteOptions.html#index-_005cExecuteOptions"><code>\ExecuteOptions</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cExecuteOptions.html">\ExecuteOptions</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Math-symbols.html#index-_005cexists"><code>\exists</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Math-symbols.html">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Math-functions.html#index-_005cexp"><code>\exp</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Math-functions.html">Math functions</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="xr-package.html#index-_005cexternaldocument"><code>\externaldocument</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="xr-package.html">xr package</a></td></tr>
@@ -618,7 +618,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Accents.html#index-_005ci-_0028dotless-i_0029"><code>\i <span class="r">(dotless i)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Accents.html">Accents</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Jobname.html#index-_005cIfBeginWith_002a-macro-from-xstring"><code>\IfBeginWith*<span class="r"> macro from <samp class="file">xstring</samp></span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Jobname.html">Jobname</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Math-symbols.html#index-_005ciff"><code>\iff</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Math-symbols.html">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html#index-_005cIfFileExists"><code>\IfFileExists</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cIfFileExists-_0026-_005cInputIfFileExists.html#index-_005cIfFileExists"><code>\IfFileExists</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cIfFileExists-_0026-_005cInputIfFileExists.html">\IfFileExists & \InputIfFileExists</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend.html#index-_005cignorespaces"><code>\ignorespaces</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend.html">\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend.html#index-_005cignorespacesafterend"><code>\ignorespacesafterend</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend.html">\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Additional-Latin-letters.html#index-_005cij-_0028ij_0029"><code>\ij <span class="r">(ij)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Additional-Latin-letters.html">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
@@ -640,7 +640,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Math-symbols.html#index-_005cinfty"><code>\infty</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Math-symbols.html">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cinput.html#index-_005cinput"><code>\input</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cinput.html">\input</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="inputenc-package.html#index-_005cinputencoding"><code>\inputencoding</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="inputenc-package.html">inputenc package</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html#index-_005cInputIfFileExists"><code>\InputIfFileExists</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cIfFileExists-_0026-_005cInputIfFileExists.html#index-_005cInputIfFileExists"><code>\InputIfFileExists</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cIfFileExists-_0026-_005cInputIfFileExists.html">\IfFileExists & \InputIfFileExists</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Math-symbols.html#index-_005cint"><code>\int</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Math-symbols.html">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Floats.html#index-_005cintextsep"><code>\intextsep</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Floats.html">Floats</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Floats.html#index-_005cintextsep-1"><code>\intextsep</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Floats.html">Floats</a></td></tr>
@@ -736,11 +736,12 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Math-symbols.html#index-_005cll"><code>\ll</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Math-symbols.html">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Math-functions.html#index-_005cln"><code>\ln</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Math-functions.html">Math functions</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Math-symbols.html#index-_005clnot"><code>\lnot</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Math-symbols.html">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html#index-_005cLoadClass"><code>\LoadClass</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html#index-_005cLoadClassWithOptions"><code>\LoadClassWithOptions</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cLoadClass-_0026-_005cLoadClassWithOptions.html#index-_005cLoadClass"><code>\LoadClass</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cLoadClass-_0026-_005cLoadClassWithOptions.html">\LoadClass & \LoadClassWithOptions</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cLoadClass-_0026-_005cLoadClassWithOptions.html#index-_005cLoadClassWithOptions"><code>\LoadClassWithOptions</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cLoadClass-_0026-_005cLoadClassWithOptions.html">\LoadClass & \LoadClassWithOptions</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005clocation.html#index-_005clocation"><code>\location</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005clocation.html">\location</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Math-functions.html#index-_005clog"><code>\log</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Math-functions.html">Math functions</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand.html#index-_005clong"><code>\long</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand.html">\newcommand & \renewcommand</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cCheckCommand.html#index-_005clong-command_002c-checking-for"><code class="code">\long</code> command, checking for</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cCheckCommand.html">\CheckCommand</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand.html#index-_005clong_002c-not-defining-a-command-as"><code>\long<span class="r">, not defining a command as</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand.html">\newcommand & \renewcommand</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Math-symbols.html#index-_005clongleftarrow"><code>\longleftarrow</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Math-symbols.html">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Math-symbols.html#index-_005clongleftrightarrow"><code>\longleftrightarrow</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Math-symbols.html">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Math-symbols.html#index-_005clongmapsto"><code>\longmapsto</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Math-symbols.html">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
@@ -795,6 +796,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip.html#index-_005cmedskipamount"><code>\medskipamount</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip.html">\bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Spacing-in-math-mode.html#index-_005cmedspace"><code>\medspace</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Spacing-in-math-mode.html">Spacing in math mode</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cmessage.html#index-_005cmessage"><code>\message</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cmessage.html">\message</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cClassError-and-_005cPackageError-and-others.html#index-_005cMessageBreak_002c-and-message-text"><code class="code">\MessageBreak</code>, and message text</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cClassError-and-_005cPackageError-and-others.html">\ClassError and \PackageError and others</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Math-symbols.html#index-_005cmho"><code>\mho</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Math-symbols.html">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Math-symbols.html#index-_005cmid"><code>\mid</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Math-symbols.html">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Math-functions.html#index-_005cmin"><code>\min</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Math-functions.html">Math functions</a></td></tr>
@@ -809,7 +811,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Math-symbols.html#index-_005cnatural"><code>\natural</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Math-symbols.html">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Math-symbols.html#index-_005cne"><code>\ne</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Math-symbols.html">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Math-symbols.html#index-_005cnearrow"><code>\nearrow</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Math-symbols.html">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html#index-_005cNeedsTeXFormat"><code>\NeedsTeXFormat</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cNeedsTeXFormat.html#index-_005cNeedsTeXFormat"><code>\NeedsTeXFormat</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cNeedsTeXFormat.html">\NeedsTeXFormat</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Math-symbols.html#index-_005cneg"><code>\neg</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Math-symbols.html">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Spacing-in-math-mode.html#index-_005cnegmedspace"><code>\negmedspace</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Spacing-in-math-mode.html">Spacing in math mode</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Spacing-in-math-mode.html#index-_005cnegthickspace"><code>\negthickspace</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Spacing-in-math-mode.html">Spacing in math mode</a></td></tr>
@@ -825,6 +827,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cnewline.html#index-_005cnewline"><code>\newline</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cnewline.html">\newline</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005c_0028SPACE_0029.html#index-_005cNEWLINE">\<kbd class="key">NEWLINE</kbd></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005c_0028SPACE_0029.html">\(SPACE)</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cnewpage.html#index-_005cnewpage"><code>\newpage</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cnewpage.html">\newpage</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cDeclareRobustCommand.html#index-_005cnewrobustcmd-_0028etoolbox-package_0029"><code>\newrobustcmd <span class="r">(<code class="t">etoolbox</code> package)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cDeclareRobustCommand.html">\DeclareRobustCommand</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cnewsavebox.html#index-_005cnewsavebox"><code>\newsavebox</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cnewsavebox.html">\newsavebox</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cnewtheorem.html#index-_005cnewtheorem"><code>\newtheorem</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cnewtheorem.html">\newtheorem</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Accents.html#index-_005cnewtie"><code>\newtie</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Accents.html">Accents</a></td></tr>
@@ -872,7 +875,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005copening.html#index-_005copening"><code>\opening</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005copening.html">\opening</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout.html#index-_005copenout"><code>\openout</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout.html">\openin & \openout</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Math-symbols.html#index-_005coplus"><code>\oplus</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Math-symbols.html">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html#index-_005cOptionNotUsed"><code>\OptionNotUsed</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cOptionNotUsed.html#index-_005cOptionNotUsed"><code>\OptionNotUsed</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cOptionNotUsed.html">\OptionNotUsed</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Math-symbols.html#index-_005coslash"><code>\oslash</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Math-symbols.html">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Math-symbols.html#index-_005cotimes"><code>\otimes</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Math-symbols.html">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005coval.html#index-_005coval"><code>\oval</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005coval.html">\oval</a></td></tr>
@@ -880,11 +883,11 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Over_002d-and-Underlining.html#index-_005coverline_007btext_007d"><code>\overline{<var class="var">text</var>}</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Over_002d-and-Underlining.html">Over- and Underlining</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Math-symbols.html#index-_005cowns"><code>\owns</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Math-symbols.html">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Text-symbols.html#index-_005cP"><code>\P</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Text-symbols.html">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html#index-_005cPackageError"><code>\PackageError</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html#index-_005cPackageInfo"><code>\PackageInfo</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html#index-_005cPackageInfoNoLine"><code>\PackageInfoNoLine</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html#index-_005cPackageWarning"><code>\PackageWarning</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html#index-_005cPackageWarningNoLine"><code>\PackageWarningNoLine</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cClassError-and-_005cPackageError-and-others.html#index-_005cPackageError"><code>\PackageError</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cClassError-and-_005cPackageError-and-others.html">\ClassError and \PackageError and others</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cClassError-and-_005cPackageError-and-others.html#index-_005cPackageInfo"><code>\PackageInfo</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cClassError-and-_005cPackageError-and-others.html">\ClassError and \PackageError and others</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cClassError-and-_005cPackageError-and-others.html#index-_005cPackageInfoNoLine"><code>\PackageInfoNoLine</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cClassError-and-_005cPackageError-and-others.html">\ClassError and \PackageError and others</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cClassError-and-_005cPackageError-and-others.html#index-_005cPackageWarning"><code>\PackageWarning</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cClassError-and-_005cPackageError-and-others.html">\ClassError and \PackageError and others</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cClassError-and-_005cPackageError-and-others.html#index-_005cPackageWarningNoLine"><code>\PackageWarningNoLine</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cClassError-and-_005cPackageError-and-others.html">\ClassError and \PackageError and others</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak.html#index-_005cpagebreak"><code>\pagebreak</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak.html">\pagebreak & \nopagebreak</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cpagenumbering.html#index-_005cpagenumbering"><code>\pagenumbering</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cpagenumbering.html">\pagenumbering</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cpageref.html#index-_005cpageref"><code>\pageref</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cpageref.html">\pageref</a></td></tr>
@@ -908,8 +911,9 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cpart.html#index-_005cpart-1"><code>\part</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cpart.html">\part</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Math-symbols.html#index-_005cpartial"><code>\partial</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Math-symbols.html">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="list.html#index-_005cpartopsep"><code>\partopsep</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="list.html">list</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html#index-_005cPassOptionsToClass"><code>\PassOptionsToClass</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html#index-_005cPassOptionsToPackage"><code>\PassOptionsToPackage</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cPassOptionsToClass-_0026-_005cPassOptionsToPackage.html#index-_005cPassOptionsToClass"><code>\PassOptionsToClass</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cPassOptionsToClass-_0026-_005cPassOptionsToPackage.html">\PassOptionsToClass & \PassOptionsToPackage</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cLoadClass-_0026-_005cLoadClassWithOptions.html#index-_005cPassOptionsToClass_002c-ignoring"><code>\PassOptionsToClass<span class="r">, ignoring</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cLoadClass-_0026-_005cLoadClassWithOptions.html">\LoadClass & \LoadClassWithOptions</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cPassOptionsToClass-_0026-_005cPassOptionsToPackage.html#index-_005cPassOptionsToPackage"><code>\PassOptionsToPackage</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cPassOptionsToClass-_0026-_005cPassOptionsToPackage.html">\PassOptionsToClass & \PassOptionsToPackage</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Document-class-options.html#index-_005cpdfpageheight"><code>\pdfpageheight</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Document-class-options.html">Document class options</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Document-class-options.html#index-_005cpdfpagewidth"><code>\pdfpagewidth</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Document-class-options.html">Document class options</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Math-symbols.html#index-_005cperp"><code>\perp</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Math-symbols.html">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
@@ -931,16 +935,17 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Glossaries.html#index-_005cprintglossaries"><code>\printglossaries</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Glossaries.html">Glossaries</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Glossaries.html#index-_005cprintglossaries-1"><code>\printglossaries</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Glossaries.html">Glossaries</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cprintindex.html#index-_005cprintindex"><code>\printindex</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cprintindex.html">\printindex</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html#index-_005cProcessOptions"><code>\ProcessOptions</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html#index-_005cProcessOptions_002a"><code>\ProcessOptions*</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cProcessOptions.html#index-_005cProcessOptions"><code>\ProcessOptions</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cProcessOptions.html">\ProcessOptions</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Math-symbols.html#index-_005cprod"><code>\prod</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Math-symbols.html">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Math-symbols.html#index-_005cpropto"><code>\propto</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Math-symbols.html">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cprotect.html#index-_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cprotect.html">\protect</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cClassError-and-_005cPackageError-and-others.html#index-_005cprotect_002c-and-message-text"><code class="code">\protect</code>, and message text</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cClassError-and-_005cPackageError-and-others.html">\ClassError and \PackageError and others</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cwrite.html#index-_005cprotected_0040write"><code>\protected at write</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cwrite.html">\write</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cprovidecommand.html#index-_005cprovidecommand"><code>\providecommand</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cprovidecommand.html">\providecommand</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html#index-_005cProvidesClass"><code>\ProvidesClass</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html#index-_005cProvidesFile"><code>\ProvidesFile</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html#index-_005cProvidesPackage"><code>\ProvidesPackage</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cDeclareRobustCommand.html#index-_005cproviderobustcmd-_0028etoolbox-package_0029"><code>\providerobustcmd <span class="r">(<code class="t">etoolbox</code> package)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cDeclareRobustCommand.html">\DeclareRobustCommand</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cProvidesClass-_0026-_005cProvidesPackage.html#index-_005cProvidesClass"><code>\ProvidesClass</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cProvidesClass-_0026-_005cProvidesPackage.html">\ProvidesClass & \ProvidesPackage</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cProvidesFile.html#index-_005cProvidesFile"><code>\ProvidesFile</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cProvidesFile.html">\ProvidesFile</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cProvidesClass-_0026-_005cProvidesPackage.html#index-_005cProvidesPackage"><code>\ProvidesPackage</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cProvidesClass-_0026-_005cProvidesPackage.html">\ProvidesClass & \ProvidesPackage</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand.html#index-_005cProvideTextCommand"><code>\ProvideTextCommand</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand.html">\DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault.html#index-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault"><code>\ProvideTextCommandDefault</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault.html">\DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cps.html#index-_005cps"><code>\ps</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cps.html">\ps</a></td></tr>
@@ -972,9 +977,10 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005crefstepcounter.html#index-_005crefstepcounter"><code>\refstepcounter</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005crefstepcounter.html">\refstepcounter</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand.html#index-_005crenewcommand"><code>\renewcommand</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand.html">\newcommand & \renewcommand</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment.html#index-_005crenewenvironment"><code>\renewenvironment</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment.html">\newenvironment & \renewenvironment</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html#index-_005cRequirePackage"><code>\RequirePackage</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cDeclareRobustCommand.html#index-_005crenewrobustcmd-_0028etoolbox-package_0029"><code>\renewrobustcmd <span class="r">(<code class="t">etoolbox</code> package)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cDeclareRobustCommand.html">\DeclareRobustCommand</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cRequirePackage-_0026-_005cRequirePackageWithOptions.html#index-_005cRequirePackage"><code>\RequirePackage</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cRequirePackage-_0026-_005cRequirePackageWithOptions.html">\RequirePackage & \RequirePackageWithOptions</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Jobname.html#index-_005cRequirePackage_002c-and-texput-jobname"><code>\RequirePackage<span class="r">, and <code class="code">texput</code> jobname</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Jobname.html">Jobname</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html#index-_005cRequirePackageWithOptions"><code>\RequirePackageWithOptions</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cRequirePackage-_0026-_005cRequirePackageWithOptions.html#index-_005cRequirePackageWithOptions"><code>\RequirePackageWithOptions</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cRequirePackage-_0026-_005cRequirePackageWithOptions.html">\RequirePackage & \RequirePackageWithOptions</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cresizebox.html#index-_005cresizebox"><code>\resizebox</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cresizebox.html">\resizebox</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr.html#index-_005crestorecr"><code>\restorecr</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr.html">\obeycr & \restorecr</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Math-symbols.html#index-_005crestriction"><code>\restriction</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Math-symbols.html">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
@@ -1048,6 +1054,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly.html#index-_005cspace"><code>\space</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly.html">\include & \includeonly</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cinput.html#index-_005cspace-1"><code>\space</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cinput.html">\input</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005ctypeout.html#index-_005cspace-2"><code>\space</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005ctypeout.html">\typeout</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cClassError-and-_005cPackageError-and-others.html#index-_005cspace_002c-and-message-text"><code class="code">\space</code>, and message text</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cClassError-and-_005cPackageError-and-others.html">\ClassError and \PackageError and others</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cspacefactor.html#index-_005cspacefactor"><code>\spacefactor</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cspacefactor.html">\spacefactor</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Math-symbols.html#index-_005cspadesuit"><code>\spadesuit</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Math-symbols.html">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Math-symbols.html#index-_005csqcap"><code>\sqcap</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Math-symbols.html">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
@@ -1221,7 +1228,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cusebox.html#index-_005cusebox"><code>\usebox</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cusebox.html">\usebox</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cusecounter.html#index-_005cusecounter"><code>\usecounter</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cusecounter.html">\usecounter</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Low_002dlevel-font-commands.html#index-_005cusefont"><code>\usefont</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Low_002dlevel-font-commands.html">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Additional-packages.html#index-_005cusepackage"><code>\usepackage</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Additional-packages.html">Additional packages</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cusepackage.html#index-_005cusepackage"><code>\usepackage</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cusepackage.html">\usepackage</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent.html#index-_005cUseTextAccent"><code>\UseTextAccent</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent.html">\UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent.html#index-_005cUseTextSymbol"><code>\UseTextSymbol</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent.html">\UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Accents.html#index-_005cv-_0028breve-accent_0029"><code>\v <span class="r">(breve accent)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Accents.html">Accents</a></td></tr>
@@ -1315,11 +1322,12 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand.html#index-accents_002c-defining-4">accents, defining</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand.html">\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault.html#index-accents_002c-defining-5">accents, defining</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault.html">\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Math-accents.html#index-accents_002c-mathematical">accents, mathematical</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Math-accents.html">Math accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cDocumentMetadata.html#index-accessibility">accessibility</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cDocumentMetadata.html">\DocumentMetadata</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Symbols-by-font-position.html#index-accessing-any-character-of-a-font">accessing any character of a font</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Symbols-by-font-position.html">Symbols by font position</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Glossaries.html#index-acronyms_002c-list-of">acronyms, list of</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Glossaries.html">Glossaries</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Accents.html#index-acute-accent">acute accent</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Accents.html">Accents</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Math-accents.html#index-acute-accent_002c-math">acute accent, math</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Math-accents.html">Math accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Additional-packages.html#index-additional-packages_002c-loading">additional packages, loading</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Additional-packages.html">Additional packages</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cusepackage.html#index-additional-packages_002c-loading">additional packages, loading</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cusepackage.html">\usepackage</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Boxes.html#index-adjustbox-package"><code class="code">adjustbox</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Boxes.html">Boxes</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Additional-Latin-letters.html#index-ae-ligature">ae ligature</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Additional-Latin-letters.html">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="tabbing.html#index-algorithm2e-package"><code class="code">algorithm2e</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="tabbing.html">tabbing</a></td></tr>
@@ -1370,6 +1378,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cwrite18.html#index-Asymptote-package-3"><code class="code">Asymptote</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cwrite18.html">\write18</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cnewfont.html#index-at-clause_002c-in-font-definitions">at clause, in font definitions</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cnewfont.html">\newfont</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005c_0040.html#index-at_002dsign"><code>at-sign</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005c_0040.html">\@</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cAtBeginDvi-_0026-_005cAtEndDvi.html#index-atenddvi-package"><code class="code">atenddvi</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cAtBeginDvi-_0026-_005cAtEndDvi.html">\AtBeginDvi & \AtEndDvi</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cmaketitle.html#index-author_002c-for-titlepage">author, for titlepage</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cmaketitle.html">\maketitle</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Output-files.html#index-auxiliary-file">auxiliary file</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Output-files.html">Output files</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
@@ -1484,13 +1493,15 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Text-symbols.html#index-circumflex_002c-ASCII_002c-in-text">circumflex, ASCII, in text</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Text-symbols.html">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cbibitem.html#index-citation-key">citation key</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cbibitem.html">\bibitem</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html#index-class-and-package-commands">class and package commands</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Class-and-package-construction.html#index-class-and-package-difference">class and package difference</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Class-and-package-construction.html">Class and package construction</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Class-and-package-creation.html#index-class-and-package-difference">class and package difference</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Class-and-package-creation.html">Class and package creation</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Class-and-package-structure.html#index-class-and-package-structure">class and package structure</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Class-and-package-structure.html">Class and package structure</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Class-and-package-structure.html#index-class-file-example">class file example</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Class-and-package-structure.html">Class and package structure</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Class-and-package-structure.html#index-class-file-layout">class file layout</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Class-and-package-structure.html">Class and package structure</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Class-and-package-structure.html#index-Class-Guide_002c-document">Class Guide, document</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Class-and-package-structure.html">Class and package structure</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Document-class-options.html#index-class-options">class options</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Document-class-options.html">Document class options</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Class-and-package-structure.html#index-class-options-1">class options</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Class-and-package-structure.html">Class and package structure</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html#index-class-options-2">class options</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cDeclareOption.html#index-class-options-2">class options</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cDeclareOption.html">\DeclareOption</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Class-and-package-structure.html#index-class-writing-tutorial-document">class writing tutorial document</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Class-and-package-structure.html">Class and package structure</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Document-classes.html#index-classes-of-documents">classes of documents</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Document-classes.html">Document classes</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Cross-references.html#index-cleveref-package"><code class="code">cleveref</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Cross-references.html">Cross references</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cref.html#index-cleveref-package-1"><code class="code">cleveref</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cref.html">\ref</a></td></tr>
@@ -1499,6 +1510,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Document-class-options.html#index-clock-option-to-slides-class"><code>clock <span class="r">option to <code class="code">slides</code> class</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Document-class-options.html">Document class options</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cclosing.html#index-closing-letters">closing letters</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cclosing.html">\closing</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Text-symbols.html#index-closing-quote">closing quote</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Text-symbols.html">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Class-and-package-structure.html#index-clsguide-document"><code>clsguide <span class="r">document</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Class-and-package-structure.html">Class and package structure</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Units-of-length.html#index-cm"><code>cm</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Units-of-length.html">Units of length</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="fontenc-package.html#index-cm_002dsuper-package"><code class="code">cm-super</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="fontenc-package.html">fontenc package</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cwrite18.html#index-cmd_002eexe_002c-used-by-_005cwrite18"><code>cmd.exe<span class="r">, used by <code class="code">\write18</code></span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cwrite18.html">\write18</a></td></tr>
@@ -1521,7 +1533,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html#index-commands_002c-class-and-package">commands, class and package</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand.html#index-commands_002c-defining-new-ones">commands, defining new ones</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand.html">\newcommand & \renewcommand</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cprovidecommand.html#index-commands_002c-defining-new-ones-1">commands, defining new ones</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cprovidecommand.html">\providecommand</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Class-and-package-construction.html#index-commands_002c-document-class">commands, document class</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Class-and-package-construction.html">Class and package construction</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Class-and-package-creation.html#index-commands_002c-document-class">commands, document class</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Class-and-package-creation.html">Class and package creation</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Commands-for-graphics.html#index-commands_002c-graphics-package">commands, graphics package</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Commands-for-graphics.html">Commands for graphics</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend.html#index-commands_002c-ignore-spaces">commands, ignore spaces</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend.html">\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="xspace-package.html#index-commands_002c-ignore-spaces-1">commands, ignore spaces</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="xspace-package.html">xspace package</a></td></tr>
@@ -1532,6 +1544,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Math-symbols.html#index-comprehensive-package"><code class="code">comprehensive</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Math-symbols.html">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="verbatim.html#index-computer-programs_002c-typesetting">computer programs, typesetting</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="verbatim.html">verbatim</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Graphics-package-configuration.html#index-configuration_002c-graphics-package">configuration, graphics package</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Graphics-package-configuration.html">Graphics package configuration</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cPassOptionsToClass-_0026-_005cPassOptionsToPackage.html#index-conflict-between-package-options">conflict between package options</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cPassOptionsToClass-_0026-_005cPassOptionsToPackage.html">\PassOptionsToClass & \PassOptionsToPackage</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Output-files.html#index-contents-file">contents file</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Output-files.html">Output files</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Control-sequences.html#index-control-sequences">control sequences</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Control-sequences.html">Control sequences</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Control-sequences.html#index-control-symbol_002c-defined">control symbol, defined</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Control-sequences.html">Control sequences</a></td></tr>
@@ -1564,6 +1577,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Text-symbols.html#index-dagger_002c-in-text-1">dagger, in text</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Text-symbols.html">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="CTAN.html#index-DANTE-e_002eV_002e">DANTE e.V.</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="CTAN.html">CTAN</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cread.html#index-datatool-package"><code class="code">datatool</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cread.html">\read</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cNeedsTeXFormat.html#index-date-of-format_002c-requiring">date of format, requiring</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cNeedsTeXFormat.html">\NeedsTeXFormat</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cmaketitle.html#index-date_002c-for-titlepage">date, for titlepage</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cmaketitle.html">\maketitle</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005ctoday.html#index-date_002c-today_0027s">date, today’s</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005ctoday.html">\today</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005ctoday.html#index-datetime-package"><code class="code">datetime</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005ctoday.html">\today</a></td></tr>
@@ -1573,6 +1587,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Units-of-length.html#index-dd"><code>dd</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Units-of-length.html">Units of length</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Font-sizes.html#index-declaration-form-of-font-size-commands">declaration form of font size commands</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Font-sizes.html">Font sizes</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Font-styles.html#index-declaration-form-of-font-style-commands">declaration form of font style commands</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Font-styles.html">Font styles</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cDeclareOption.html#index-default-option-processing">default option processing</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cDeclareOption.html">\DeclareOption</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Define-colors.html#index-define-color">define color</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Define-colors.html">Define colors</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand.html#index-defining-a-new-command">defining a new command</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand.html">\newcommand & \renewcommand</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cprovidecommand.html#index-defining-a-new-command-1">defining a new command</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cprovidecommand.html">\providecommand</a></td></tr>
@@ -1594,7 +1609,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cnewfont.html#index-design-size_002c-in-font-definitions">design size, in font definitions</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cnewfont.html">\newfont</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Units-of-length.html#index-didot-point">didot point</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Units-of-length.html">Units of length</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Accents.html#index-dieresis-accent">dieresis accent</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Accents.html">Accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Class-and-package-construction.html#index-difference-between-class-and-package">difference between class and package</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Class-and-package-construction.html">Class and package construction</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Class-and-package-creation.html#index-difference-between-class-and-package">difference between class and package</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Class-and-package-creation.html">Class and package creation</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Lengths.html#index-dimen-plain-TeX">dimen <span class="r">plain TeX</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Lengths.html">Lengths</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cwrite18.html#index-directory-listings_002c-from-system">directory listings, from system</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cwrite18.html">\write18</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005c_002a.html#index-discretionary-breaks_002c-multiplication">discretionary breaks, multiplication</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005c_002a.html">\*</a></td></tr>
@@ -1605,7 +1620,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="quotation-_0026-quote.html#index-displaying-quoted-text-without-paragraph-indentation">displaying quoted text without paragraph indentation</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="quotation-_0026-quote.html">quotation & quote</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="displaymath.html#index-displaymath-environment"><code><code class="code">displaymath</code> <span class="r">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="displaymath.html">displaymath</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Math-formulas.html#index-displaymath-environment-1"><code><code class="code">displaymath</code> <span class="r">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Math-formulas.html">Math formulas</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Class-and-package-construction.html#index-document-class-commands">document class commands</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Class-and-package-construction.html">Class and package construction</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Class-and-package-creation.html#index-document-class-commands">document class commands</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Class-and-package-creation.html">Class and package creation</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Document-class-options.html#index-document-class-options">document class options</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Document-class-options.html">Document class options</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Starting-and-ending.html#index-document-class_002c-defined">document class, defined</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Starting-and-ending.html">Starting and ending</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Document-classes.html#index-document-classes">document classes</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Document-classes.html">Document classes</a></td></tr>
@@ -1612,6 +1627,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="document.html#index-document-environment"><code><code class="code">document</code> <span class="r">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="document.html">document</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Jobname.html#index-document-root-name">document root name</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Jobname.html">Jobname</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Document-templates.html#index-document-templates">document templates</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Document-templates.html">Document templates</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cDocumentMetadata.html#index-documentmetadata_002dsupport_002ddoc-document"><code>documentmetadata-support-doc <span class="r">document</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cDocumentMetadata.html">\DocumentMetadata</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Text-symbols.html#index-dollar-sign">dollar sign</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Text-symbols.html">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Accents.html#index-dot-accent">dot accent</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Accents.html">Accents</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Math-accents.html#index-dot-over-accent_002c-math">dot over accent, math</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Math-accents.html">Math accents</a></td></tr>
@@ -1643,12 +1659,13 @@
<tr><th id="Index_cp_letter-E">E</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Text-symbols.html#index-e_002ddash">e-dash</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Text-symbols.html">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="TeX-engines.html#index-e_002dTeX">e-TeX</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="TeX-engines.html">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cDeclareRobustCommand.html#index-e_002dTeX_002c-and-robust-commands">e-TeX, and robust commands</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cDeclareRobustCommand.html">\DeclareRobustCommand</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Dots.html#index-ellipses">ellipses</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Dots.html">Dots</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Text-symbols.html#index-ellipsis">ellipsis</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Text-symbols.html">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Dots.html#index-ellipsis_002c-in-Unicode-_0028U_002b2026_0029">ellipsis, in Unicode (U+2026)</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Dots.html">Dots</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Dots.html#index-ellipsis_002c-traditional-_0028three-periods_0029">ellipsis, traditional (three periods)</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Dots.html">Dots</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Units-of-length.html#index-em-1"><code>em</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Units-of-length.html">Units of length</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Units-of-length.html#index-em">em</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Units-of-length.html">Units of length</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Units-of-length.html#index-em-1"><code>em</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Units-of-length.html">Units of length</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Text-symbols.html#index-em_002ddash">em-dash</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Text-symbols.html">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Text-symbols.html#index-em_002ddash_002c-three_002dquarters">em-dash, three-quarters</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Text-symbols.html">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Text-symbols.html#index-em_002ddash_002c-two_002dthirds">em-dash, two-thirds</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Text-symbols.html">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
@@ -1725,12 +1742,12 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Additional-Latin-letters.html#index-es_002dzet-German-letter">es-zet German letter</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Additional-Latin-letters.html">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="TeX-engines.html#index-etex-command"><code>etex <span class="r">command</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="TeX-engines.html">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Additional-Latin-letters.html#index-eth_002c-Icelandic-letter">eth, Icelandic letter</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Additional-Latin-letters.html">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html#index-etoolbox-package"><code class="code">etoolbox</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cDeclareRobustCommand.html#index-etoolbox-package"><code class="code">etoolbox</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cDeclareRobustCommand.html">\DeclareRobustCommand</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Text-symbols.html#index-euro-symbol">euro symbol</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Text-symbols.html">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Text-symbols.html#index-eurosym-package"><code class="code">eurosym</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Text-symbols.html">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Text-symbols.html#index-eurosym-package-1"><code class="code">eurosym</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Text-symbols.html">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Units-of-length.html#index-ex-1"><code>ex</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Units-of-length.html">Units of length</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Units-of-length.html#index-ex">ex</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Units-of-length.html">Units of length</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Units-of-length.html#index-ex-1"><code>ex</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Units-of-length.html">Units of length</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Text-symbols.html#index-exclamation-point_002c-upside_002ddown">exclamation point, upside-down</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Text-symbols.html">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005c_0040.html#index-exclamation-points_002c-ending-a-sentence">exclamation points, ending a sentence</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005c_0040.html">\@</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Document-class-options.html#index-executivepaper-option"><code>executivepaper <span class="r">option</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Document-class-options.html">Document class options</a></td></tr>
@@ -1805,6 +1822,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cfootnote.html#index-footnotes_002c-symbols-instead-of-numbers">footnotes, symbols instead of numbers</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cfootnote.html">\footnote</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="filecontents.html#index-force-option-for-filecontents"><code class="code">force</code> option for <code class="code">filecontents</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="filecontents.html">filecontents</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="TeX-engines.html#index-format-files_002c-TeX">format files, TeX</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="TeX-engines.html">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cNeedsTeXFormat.html#index-format_002c-requiring">format, requiring</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cNeedsTeXFormat.html">\NeedsTeXFormat</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="equation.html#index-formulas_002c-environment-for">formulas, environment for</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="equation.html">equation</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Math-formulas.html#index-formulas_002c-math">formulas, math</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Math-formulas.html">Math formulas</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Cross-references.html#index-forward-reference">forward reference</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Cross-references.html">Cross references</a></td></tr>
@@ -1821,7 +1839,8 @@
<tr><th id="Index_cp_letter-G">G</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Document-class-options.html#index-geometry-package"><code class="code">geometry</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Document-class-options.html">Document class options</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Document-class-options.html#index-global-options">global options</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Document-class-options.html">Document class options</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Additional-packages.html#index-global-options-1">global options</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Additional-packages.html">Additional packages</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cusepackage.html#index-global-options-1">global options</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cusepackage.html">\usepackage</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cProcessOptions.html#index-global-options-2">global options</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cProcessOptions.html">\ProcessOptions</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Glossaries.html#index-glossaries">glossaries</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Glossaries.html">Glossaries</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Glossaries.html#index-glossary">glossary</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Glossaries.html">Glossaries</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cnewglossaryentry.html#index-glossary_002c-entries">glossary, entries</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cnewglossaryentry.html">\newglossaryentry</a></td></tr>
@@ -1967,6 +1986,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="About-this-document.html#index-LaTeX-vs_002e-LaTeX2e">LaTeX vs. LaTeX2e</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="About-this-document.html">About this document</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="TeX-engines.html#index-latex_002ddev"><code>latex-dev</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="TeX-engines.html">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="About-this-document.html#index-latex_002ddoc_002dptr-document"><code>latex-doc-ptr <span class="r">document</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="About-this-document.html">About this document</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cDocumentMetadata.html#index-latex_002dlab-package"><code class="code">latex-lab</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cDocumentMetadata.html">\DocumentMetadata</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Text-symbols.html#index-LaTeX2e-logo">LaTeX2e logo</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Text-symbols.html">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="LaTeX-command-syntax.html#index-LaTeX3-syntax">LaTeX3 syntax</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="LaTeX-command-syntax.html">LaTeX command syntax</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="About-this-document.html#index-latexrefman_0040tug_002eorg-email-address"><code><a class="email" href="mailto:latexrefman at tug.org">latexrefman at tug.org</a> <span class="r">email address</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="About-this-document.html">About this document</a></td></tr>
@@ -2026,7 +2046,8 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="list.html#index-lists-of-items_002c-generic">lists of items, generic</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="list.html">list</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="enumerate.html#index-lists-of-items_002c-numbered">lists of items, numbered</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="enumerate.html">enumerate</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="fontenc-package.html#index-lmodern-package"><code class="code">lmodern</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="fontenc-package.html">fontenc package</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Additional-packages.html#index-loading-additional-packages">loading additional packages</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Additional-packages.html">Additional packages</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cusepackage.html#index-loading-additional-packages">loading additional packages</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cusepackage.html">\usepackage</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cProcessOptions.html#index-local-options">local options</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cProcessOptions.html">\ProcessOptions</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cwrite18.html#index-locale-information_002c-from-system">locale information, from system</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cwrite18.html">\write18</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Output-files.html#index-log-file">log file</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Output-files.html">Output files</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cwrite.html#index-log-file_002c-writing-to">log file, writing to</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cwrite.html">\write</a></td></tr>
@@ -2033,7 +2054,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Text-symbols.html#index-logo_002c-LaTeX">logo, LaTeX</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Text-symbols.html">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Text-symbols.html#index-logo_002c-LaTeX2e">logo, LaTeX2e</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Text-symbols.html">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Text-symbols.html#index-logo_002c-TeX">logo, TeX</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Text-symbols.html">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html#index-long-command">long command</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cCheckCommand.html#index-long-command">long command</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cCheckCommand.html">\CheckCommand</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Text-symbols.html#index-low_002d9-quotation-marks_002c-single-and-double">low-9 quotation marks, single and double</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Text-symbols.html">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Low_002dlevel-font-commands.html#index-low_002dlevel-font-commands">low-level font commands</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Low_002dlevel-font-commands.html">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Upper-and-lower-case.html#index-lowercase">lowercase</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Upper-and-lower-case.html">Upper and lower case</a></td></tr>
@@ -2056,7 +2077,6 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter.html#index-main-matter-of-a-book">main matter of a book</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter.html">\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox.html#index-make-a-box">make a box</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox.html">\mbox & \makebox</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cprintindex.html#index-makeidx-package"><code class="code">makeidx</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cprintindex.html">\printindex</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cthepage.html#index-makeindex-and-special-page-numbers"><code class="command">makeindex</code> and special page numbers</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cthepage.html">\thepage</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="makeindex.html#index-makeindex-program"><code class="command">makeindex</code> program</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="makeindex.html">makeindex</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="makeindex.html#index-makeindex_002c-program"><code>makeindex, <span class="r">program</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="makeindex.html">makeindex</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="makeindex.html#index-makeindex_002c-style-file"><code>makeindex, style file</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="makeindex.html">makeindex</a></td></tr>
@@ -2089,6 +2109,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Over_002d-and-Underlining.html#index-mathtools-package-3"><code class="code">mathtools</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Over_002d-and-Underlining.html">Over- and Underlining</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005csmash.html#index-mathtools-package-4"><code class="code">mathtools</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005csmash.html">\smash</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom.html#index-mathtools-package-5"><code class="code">mathtools</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom.html">\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cDocumentMetadata.html#index-metadata_002c-adding">metadata, adding</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cDocumentMetadata.html">\DocumentMetadata</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cline.html#index-MetaPost-package"><code class="code">MetaPost</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cline.html">\line</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Upper-and-lower-case.html#index-mfirstuc-package"><code class="code">mfirstuc</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Upper-and-lower-case.html">Upper and lower case</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Subscripts-_0026-superscripts.html#index-mhchem-package"><code class="code">mhchem</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Subscripts-_0026-superscripts.html">Subscripts & superscripts</a></td></tr>
@@ -2118,9 +2139,9 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Jobname.html#index-name-of-document-root">name of document root</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Jobname.html">Jobname</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_007e.html#index-NBSP">NBSP</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_007e.html">~</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly.html#index-nested-_005cinclude_002c-not-allowed">nested <code class="code">\include</code>, not allowed</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly.html">\include & \includeonly</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Class-and-package-construction.html#index-new-class-commands">new class commands</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Class-and-package-construction.html">Class and package construction</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html#index-new-command_002c-checking">new command, checking</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html#index-new-command_002c-definition">new command, definition</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Class-and-package-creation.html#index-new-class-commands">new class commands</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Class-and-package-creation.html">Class and package creation</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cCheckCommand.html#index-new-command_002c-checking-definition-of">new command, checking definition of</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cCheckCommand.html">\CheckCommand</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cDeclareRobustCommand.html#index-new-command_002c-definition">new command, definition</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cDeclareRobustCommand.html">\DeclareRobustCommand</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand.html#index-new-commands_002c-defining">new commands, defining</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand.html">\newcommand & \renewcommand</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cprovidecommand.html#index-new-commands_002c-defining-1">new commands, defining</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cprovidecommand.html">\providecommand</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr.html#index-new-line_002c-output-as-input">new line, output as input</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr.html">\obeycr & \restorecr</a></td></tr>
@@ -2156,16 +2177,22 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Document-class-options.html#index-openright-option"><code>openright <span class="r">option</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Document-class-options.html">Document class options</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="TeX-engines.html#index-OpenType-fonts">OpenType fonts</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="TeX-engines.html">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cwrite18.html#index-operating-system-information">operating system information</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cwrite18.html">\write18</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cPassOptionsToClass-_0026-_005cPassOptionsToPackage.html#index-option-clash">option clash</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cPassOptionsToClass-_0026-_005cPassOptionsToPackage.html">\PassOptionsToClass & \PassOptionsToPackage</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cDeclareOption.html#index-option-processing-by-default">option processing by default</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cDeclareOption.html">\DeclareOption</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cCurrentOption.html#index-option_002c-currently-being-processed">option, currently being processed</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cCurrentOption.html">\CurrentOption</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand.html#index-optional-arguments_002c-defining-and-using">optional arguments, defining and using</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand.html">\newcommand & \renewcommand</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html#index-options_002c-class">options, class</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cDeclareOption.html#index-options_002c-class">options, class</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cDeclareOption.html">\DeclareOption</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Color-package-options.html#index-options_002c-color-package">options, color package</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Color-package-options.html">Color package options</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Command-line-options.html#index-options_002c-command-line">options, command line</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Command-line-options.html">Command line options</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Document-class-options.html#index-options_002c-document-class">options, document class</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Document-class-options.html">Document class options</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Class-and-package-structure.html#index-options_002c-document-class-1">options, document class</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Class-and-package-structure.html">Class and package structure</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Additional-packages.html#index-options_002c-global">options, global</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Additional-packages.html">Additional packages</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cusepackage.html#index-options_002c-global">options, global</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cusepackage.html">\usepackage</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cProcessOptions.html#index-options_002c-global-and-local">options, global and local</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cProcessOptions.html">\ProcessOptions</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Graphics-package-options.html#index-options_002c-graphics-package">options, graphics package</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Graphics-package-options.html">Graphics package options</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cOptionNotUsed.html#index-options_002c-list-of-unused">options, list of unused</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cOptionNotUsed.html">\OptionNotUsed</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Class-and-package-structure.html#index-options_002c-package">options, package</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Class-and-package-structure.html">Class and package structure</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html#index-options_002c-package-1">options, package</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cDeclareOption.html#index-options_002c-package-1">options, package</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cDeclareOption.html">\DeclareOption</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cProcessOptions.html#index-options_002c-processing">options, processing</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cProcessOptions.html">\ProcessOptions</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Text-symbols.html#index-ordinals_002c-feminine-and-masculine">ordinals, feminine and masculine</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Text-symbols.html">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Additional-Latin-letters.html#index-oslash">oslash</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Additional-Latin-letters.html">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="fontenc-package.html#index-OT1">OT1</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="fontenc-package.html">fontenc package</a></td></tr>
@@ -2178,9 +2205,10 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="filecontents.html#index-overwrite-option-for-filecontents"><code class="code">overwrite</code> option for <code class="code">filecontents</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="filecontents.html">filecontents</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
<tr><th id="Index_cp_letter-P">P</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html#index-package-and-class-commands">package and class commands</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Class-and-package-structure.html#index-package-file-layout">package file layout</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Class-and-package-structure.html">Class and package structure</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Class-and-package-structure.html#index-package-options">package options</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Class-and-package-structure.html">Class and package structure</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html#index-package-options-1">package options</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cDeclareOption.html#index-package-options-1">package options</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cDeclareOption.html">\DeclareOption</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="abstract.html#index-package_002c-abstract"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">abstract</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="abstract.html">abstract</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Boxes.html#index-package_002c-adjustbox"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">adjustbox</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Boxes.html">Boxes</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="tabbing.html#index-package_002c-algorithm2e"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">algorithm2e</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="tabbing.html">tabbing</a></td></tr>
@@ -2211,6 +2239,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cstrut.html#index-package_002c-Asymptote-1"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">Asymptote</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cstrut.html">\strut</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox.html#index-package_002c-Asymptote-2"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">Asymptote</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox.html">\mbox & \makebox</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cwrite18.html#index-package_002c-Asymptote-3"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">Asymptote</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cwrite18.html">\write18</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cAtBeginDvi-_0026-_005cAtEndDvi.html#index-package_002c-atenddvi"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">atenddvi</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cAtBeginDvi-_0026-_005cAtEndDvi.html">\AtBeginDvi & \AtEndDvi</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cchapter.html#index-package_002c-babel"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">babel</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cchapter.html">\chapter</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="thebibliography.html#index-package_002c-babel-1"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">babel</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="thebibliography.html">thebibliography</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Accents.html#index-package_002c-babel-2"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">babel</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Accents.html">Accents</a></td></tr>
@@ -2234,7 +2263,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="itemize.html#index-package_002c-enumitem"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">enumitem</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="itemize.html">itemize</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="list.html#index-package_002c-enumitem-1"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">enumitem</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="list.html">list</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cmakelabels.html#index-package_002c-envlab"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">envlab</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cmakelabels.html">\makelabels</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html#index-package_002c-etoolbox"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">etoolbox</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Class-and-package-commands.html">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cDeclareRobustCommand.html#index-package_002c-etoolbox"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">etoolbox</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cDeclareRobustCommand.html">\DeclareRobustCommand</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Text-symbols.html#index-package_002c-eurosym"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">eurosym</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Text-symbols.html">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Text-symbols.html#index-package_002c-eurosym-1"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">eurosym</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Text-symbols.html">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="LaTeX-command-syntax.html#index-package_002c-expl3"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">expl3</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="LaTeX-command-syntax.html">LaTeX command syntax</a></td></tr>
@@ -2262,6 +2291,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph.html#index-package_002c-indentfirst-4"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">indentfirst</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph.html">\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent.html#index-package_002c-indentfirst-5"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">indentfirst</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent.html">\indent & \noindent</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cindex.html#index-package_002c-index"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">index</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cindex.html">\index</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cDocumentMetadata.html#index-package_002c-latex_002dlab"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">latex-lab</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cDocumentMetadata.html">\DocumentMetadata</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Arrows.html#index-package_002c-latexsym"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">latexsym</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Arrows.html">Arrows</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="tabbing.html#index-package_002c-listings"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">listings</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="tabbing.html">tabbing</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="verbatim.html#index-package_002c-listings-1"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">listings</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="verbatim.html">verbatim</a></td></tr>
@@ -2323,7 +2353,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="xr-package.html#index-package_002c-xr_002dhyper"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">xr-hyper</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="xr-package.html">xr package</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="xspace-package.html#index-package_002c-xspace"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">xspace</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="xspace-package.html">xspace package</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Jobname.html#index-package_002c-xstring"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">xstring</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Jobname.html">Jobname</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Additional-packages.html#index-packages_002c-loading-additional">packages, loading additional</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Additional-packages.html">Additional packages</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cusepackage.html#index-packages_002c-loading-additional">packages, loading additional</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cusepackage.html">\usepackage</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak.html#index-page-break_002c-forcing">page break, forcing</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak.html">\pagebreak & \nopagebreak</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak.html#index-page-break_002c-preventing">page break, preventing</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak.html">\pagebreak & \nopagebreak</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Page-breaking.html#index-page-breaking">page breaking</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Page-breaking.html">Page breaking</a></td></tr>
@@ -2362,6 +2392,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="tabbing.html#index-pattern_002c-current-tab-stops_002c-tabbing">pattern, current tab stops, <span class="r">tabbing</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="tabbing.html">tabbing</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Units-of-length.html#index-pc"><code>pc</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Units-of-length.html">Units of length</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cincludegraphics.html#index-PDF-graphic-files">PDF graphic files</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cincludegraphics.html">\includegraphics</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cDocumentMetadata.html#index-PDF_002c-tagged">PDF, tagged</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cDocumentMetadata.html">\DocumentMetadata</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="TeX-engines.html#index-pdflatex"><code>pdflatex</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="TeX-engines.html">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Output-files.html#index-pdflatex-command"><code>pdflatex <span class="r">command</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Output-files.html">Output files</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="TeX-engines.html#index-pdflatex_002ddev"><code>pdflatex-dev</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="TeX-engines.html">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
@@ -2397,6 +2428,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="makeindex.html#index-preamble"><code>preamble</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="makeindex.html">makeindex</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Starting-and-ending.html#index-preamble_002c-defined">preamble, defined</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Starting-and-ending.html">Starting and ending</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="TeX-engines.html#index-prerelease-testing">prerelease testing</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="TeX-engines.html">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cProcessOptions.html#index-processing-options">processing options</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cProcessOptions.html">\ProcessOptions</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Recovering-from-errors.html#index-prompt_002c-_002a">prompt, ‘<samp class="samp">*</samp>’</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Recovering-from-errors.html">Recovering from errors</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Overview.html#index-pronunciation">pronunciation</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Overview.html">Overview</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cline.html#index-PSTricks-package"><code class="code">PSTricks</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cline.html">\line</a></td></tr>
@@ -2450,6 +2482,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Lengths.html#index-rigid-lengths">rigid lengths</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Lengths.html">Lengths</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Accents.html#index-ring-accent">ring accent</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Accents.html">Accents</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Math-accents.html#index-ring-accent_002c-math">ring accent, math</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Math-accents.html">Math accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cDeclareRobustCommand.html#index-robust-command_002c-defining">robust command, defining</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cDeclareRobustCommand.html">\DeclareRobustCommand</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cprotect.html#index-robust-commands">robust commands</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cprotect.html">\protect</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Font-styles.html#index-roman-font">roman font</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Font-styles.html">Font styles</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Splitting-the-input.html#index-root-file">root file</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Splitting-the-input.html">Splitting the input</a></td></tr>
@@ -2603,6 +2636,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Footnotes-in-a-table.html#index-tablefootnote-package"><code class="code">tablefootnote</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Footnotes-in-a-table.html">Footnotes in a table</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="table.html#index-tables_002c-creating">tables, creating</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="table.html">table</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="tabular.html#index-tabular-environment"><code><code class="code">tabular</code> <span class="r">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="tabular.html">tabular</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cDocumentMetadata.html#index-tagged-PDF">tagged PDF</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cDocumentMetadata.html">\DocumentMetadata</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="article-template.html#index-template-_0028simple_0029_002c-article">template (simple), <code class="code">article</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="article-template.html">article template</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="beamer-template.html#index-template_002c-beamer">template, <code class="code">beamer</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="beamer-template.html">beamer template</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="book-template.html#index-template_002c-book">template, <code class="code">book</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="book-template.html">book template</a></td></tr>
@@ -2699,6 +2733,8 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Units-of-length.html#index-units_002c-of-length">units, of length</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Units-of-length.html">Units of length</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="About-this-document.html#index-unofficial-nature-of-this-manual">unofficial nature of this manual</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="About-this-document.html">About this document</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="itemize.html#index-unordered-lists">unordered lists</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="itemize.html">itemize</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cDeclareOption.html#index-Unused-global-option-warning_002c-handling"><code class="code">Unused global option</code> warning, handling</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cDeclareOption.html">\DeclareOption</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cOptionNotUsed.html#index-unused-options_002c-adding-to-list">unused options, adding to list</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cOptionNotUsed.html">\OptionNotUsed</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="TeX-engines.html#index-uplatex"><code>uplatex</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="TeX-engines.html">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="TeX-engines.html#index-uplatex_002ddev"><code>uplatex-dev</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="TeX-engines.html">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Upper-and-lower-case.html#index-uppercase">uppercase</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Upper-and-lower-case.html">Upper and lower case</a></td></tr>
@@ -2716,6 +2752,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cverb.html#index-verbatim-text_002c-inline">verbatim text, inline</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cverb.html">\verb</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="verbatim.html#index-verbatimbox-package"><code class="code">verbatimbox</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="verbatim.html">verbatim</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="verse.html#index-verse-environment"><code><code class="code">verse</code> <span class="r">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="verse.html">verse</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cNeedsTeXFormat.html#index-version-of-format_002c-requiring">version of format, requiring</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cNeedsTeXFormat.html">\NeedsTeXFormat</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Text-symbols.html#index-vertical-bar_002c-double_002c-in-text">vertical bar, double, in text</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Text-symbols.html">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Text-symbols.html#index-vertical-bar_002c-in-text">vertical bar, in text</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Text-symbols.html">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Modes.html#index-vertical-mode">vertical mode</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Modes.html">Modes</a></td></tr>
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Indexes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Indexes.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Indexes.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Indexes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Indexes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Indexes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Indexes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Indexes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Indexes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Input_002foutput.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Input_002foutput.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Input_002foutput.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Input/output (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Input/output (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Input/output (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Input/output (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Input/output (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Input/output (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Jobname.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Jobname.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Jobname.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Jobname (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Jobname (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Jobname (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Jobname (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Jobname (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Jobname (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -114,19 +114,19 @@
</p>
<p>In general, LaTeX is invoked as <code class="code"><var class="var">latex-engine</var>
<var class="var">options</var> <var class="var">argument</var></code>, where <var class="var">latex-engine</var> is
-<code class="command">pdflatex</code>, <code class="command">lualatex</code>, etc. (see <a class="pxref" href="TeX-engines.html">TeX engines</a>).
-If <var class="var">argument</var> does not start with a backslash, as is the case above
-with <code class="code">thesis</code>, then TeX considers it to be the name of the file
-to input as the main document. This file is referred to as the <em class="dfn">root
-file</em> (see <a class="pxref" href="Splitting-the-input.html">Splitting the input</a>, and <a class="ref" href="_005cinput.html"><code class="code">\input</code></a>). The name of
-that root file, without the <samp class="file">.tex</samp> extension if any, is the
-jobname. If <var class="var">argument</var> does start with a backslash, or if TeX is
-in interactive mode, then it waits for the first <code class="code">\input</code> command,
-and the jobname is the argument to <code class="code">\input</code>.
+<code class="command">pdflatex</code>, <code class="command">lualatex</code>, etc. (see <a class="pxref" href="TeX-engines.html">TeX engines</a>). If <var class="var">argument</var> does not start with a backslash, as is
+the case above with <code class="code">thesis</code>, then TeX considers it to be the
+name of the file to input as the main document. This file is referred
+to as the <em class="dfn">root file</em> (see <a class="pxref" href="Splitting-the-input.html">Splitting the input</a>, and
+<a class="ref" href="_005cinput.html"><code class="code">\input</code></a>). The name of that root file, without the <samp class="file">.tex</samp>
+extension if any, is the jobname. If <var class="var">argument</var> does start with a
+backslash, or if TeX is in interactive mode, then it waits for the
+first <code class="code">\input</code> command, and the jobname is the argument to
+<code class="code">\input</code>.
</p>
<p>There are two more possibilities for the jobname. It can be directly
specified with the <code class="code">-jobname</code> option, as in <code class="code">pdflatex
--jobname=myname</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="Command-line-input.html">Command line input</a> for a real example).
+-jobname=myname</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="Command-line-input.html">Command line input</a> for a practical example).
</p>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-texput_002c-jobname-default"></a>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-fallback-jobname"></a>
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/LaTeX-command-syntax.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/LaTeX-command-syntax.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/LaTeX-command-syntax.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>LaTeX command syntax (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>LaTeX command syntax (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="LaTeX command syntax (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="LaTeX command syntax (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="LaTeX command syntax (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="LaTeX command syntax (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@
<link href="Index.html" rel="index" title="Index">
<link href="index.html#SEC_Contents" rel="contents" title="Table of Contents">
<link href="Overview.html" rel="up" title="Overview">
-<link href="Environment.html" rel="next" title="Environment">
+<link href="Environment-syntax.html" rel="next" title="Environment syntax">
<link href="TeX-engines.html" rel="prev" title="TeX engines">
<style type="text/css">
<!--
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@
<div class="section-level-extent" id="LaTeX-command-syntax">
<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="Environment.html" accesskey="n" rel="next">Environment</a>, Previous: <a href="TeX-engines.html" accesskey="p" rel="prev">TeX engines</a>, Up: <a href="Overview.html" accesskey="u" rel="up">Overview of LaTeX</a> [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="Environment-syntax.html" accesskey="n" rel="next">Environment syntax</a>, Previous: <a href="TeX-engines.html" accesskey="p" rel="prev">TeX engines</a>, Up: <a href="Overview.html" accesskey="u" rel="up">Overview of LaTeX</a> [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
<hr>
<h3 class="section" id="LaTeX-command-syntax-1">2.4 LaTeX command syntax</h3>
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Larger-book-template.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Larger-book-template.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Larger-book-template.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Larger book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Larger book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Larger book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Larger book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Larger book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Larger book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Layout.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Layout.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Layout.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Layout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Layout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Layout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Layout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Layout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Layout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Leading-blanks.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Leading-blanks.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Leading-blanks.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Leading blanks (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Leading blanks (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Leading blanks (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Leading blanks (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Leading blanks (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Leading blanks (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Lengths (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Lengths (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Lengths (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Lengths (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Lengths (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Lengths (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -130,10 +130,10 @@
</pre></div>
<p>This next example uses those commands to show a black bar 100 points
-long between ‘<samp class="samp">XXX</samp>’ and ‘<samp class="samp">YYY</samp>’. This length is rigid.
+long between ‘<samp class="samp">ABC</samp>’ and ‘<samp class="samp">XYZ</samp>’. This length is rigid.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example-preformatted">XXX\showhbox{100pt}{\blackbar{100pt}}YYY
+<pre class="example-preformatted">ABC\showhbox{100pt}{\blackbar{100pt}}XYZ
</pre></div>
<p>As for rubber lengths, shrinking is simpler one: with <code class="code">1cm minus
@@ -143,10 +143,10 @@
98 points between the two bars.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example-preformatted">XXX\showhbox{300pt}{%
+<pre class="example-preformatted">ABC\showhbox{300pt}{%
\blackbar{101pt}\hspace{100pt minus 2pt}\blackbar{101pt}}YYY
-XXX\showhbox{300pt}{%
+ABC\showhbox{300pt}{%
\blackbar{105pt}\hspace{100pt minus 1pt}\blackbar{105pt}}YYY
</pre></div>
@@ -161,10 +161,10 @@
producing a space of 110 points between the bars.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example-preformatted">XXX\showhbox{300pt}{%
+<pre class="example-preformatted">ABC\showhbox{300pt}{%
\blackbar{95pt}\hspace{100pt plus 10pt}\blackbar{95pt}}YYY
-XXX\showhbox{300pt}{%
+ABC\showhbox{300pt}{%
\blackbar{95pt}\hspace{100pt plus 1pt}\blackbar{95pt}}YYY
</pre></div>
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@
stretch or shrink in proportion.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example-preformatted">XXX\showhbox{300pt}{%
+<pre class="example-preformatted">ABC\showhbox{300pt}{%
\blackbar{100pt}% left
\hspace{0pt plus 50pt}\blackbar{80pt}\hspace{0pt plus 10pt}% middle
\blackbar{100pt}}YYY % right
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths_002fem.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths_002fem.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths_002fem.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Lengths/em (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Lengths/em (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Lengths/em (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Lengths/em (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Lengths/em (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Lengths/em (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths_002fex.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths_002fex.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths_002fex.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Lengths/ex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Lengths/ex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Lengths/ex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Lengths/ex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Lengths/ex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Lengths/ex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Letters.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Letters.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Letters.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Line-breaking.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Line-breaking.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Line-breaking.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Line breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Line breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Line breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Line breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Line breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Line breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Low_002dlevel-font-commands.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Low_002dlevel-font-commands.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Low_002dlevel-font-commands.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Low-level font commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Low-level font commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Low-level font commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Low-level font commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Low-level font commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Low-level font commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Making-paragraphs.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Making-paragraphs.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Making-paragraphs.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Making paragraphs (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Making paragraphs (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Making paragraphs (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Making paragraphs (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Making paragraphs (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Making paragraphs (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Marginal-notes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Marginal-notes.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Marginal-notes.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Marginal notes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Marginal notes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Marginal notes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Marginal notes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Marginal notes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Marginal notes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-accents.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-accents.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-accents.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Math accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Math accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Math accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Math accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Math accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Math accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-formulas.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-formulas.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-formulas.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Math formulas (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Math formulas (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Math formulas (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Math formulas (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Math formulas (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Math formulas (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-functions.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-functions.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-functions.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Math functions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Math functions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Math functions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Math functions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Math functions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Math functions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-miscellany.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-miscellany.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-miscellany.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Math miscellany (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Math miscellany (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Math miscellany (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Math miscellany (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Math miscellany (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Math miscellany (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-styles.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-styles.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-styles.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Math styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Math styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Math styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Math styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Math styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Math styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-symbols.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-symbols.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-symbols.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Math symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Math symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Math symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Math symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Math symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Math symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Modes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Modes.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Modes.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Non_002dEnglish-characters.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Non_002dEnglish-characters.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Non_002dEnglish-characters.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Non-English characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Non-English characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Non-English characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Non-English characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Non-English characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Non-English characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/OpenType-bold-math.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/OpenType-bold-math.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/OpenType-bold-math.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>OpenType bold math (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>OpenType bold math (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="OpenType bold math (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="OpenType bold math (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="OpenType bold math (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="OpenType bold math (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Output-files.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Output-files.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Output-files.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Output files (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Output files (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Output files (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Output files (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Output files (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Output files (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Over_002d-and-Underlining.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Over_002d-and-Underlining.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Over_002d-and-Underlining.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Over- and Underlining (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Over- and Underlining (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Over- and Underlining (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Over- and Underlining (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Over- and Underlining (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Over- and Underlining (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Overview.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Overview.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Overview.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Overview (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Overview (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Overview (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Overview (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Overview (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Overview (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -138,8 +138,9 @@
<li><a href="Output-files.html" accesskey="2">Output files</a></li>
<li><a href="TeX-engines.html" accesskey="3">TeX engines</a></li>
<li><a href="LaTeX-command-syntax.html" accesskey="4">LaTeX command syntax</a></li>
-<li><a href="Environment.html" accesskey="5">Environment</a></li>
-<li><a href="CTAN.html" accesskey="6">CTAN: The Comprehensive TeX Archive Network</a></li>
+<li><a href="Environment-syntax.html" accesskey="5">Environment syntax</a></li>
+<li><a href="_005cDocumentMetadata.html" accesskey="6"><code class="code">\DocumentMetadata</code>: Producing tagged PDF output</a></li>
+<li><a href="CTAN.html" accesskey="7">CTAN: The Comprehensive TeX Archive Network</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-breaking.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-breaking.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-breaking.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Page breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Page breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Page breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Page breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Page breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Page breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-layout-parameters.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-layout-parameters.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-layout-parameters.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Page layout parameters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Page layout parameters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Page layout parameters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Page layout parameters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Page layout parameters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Page layout parameters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-styles.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-styles.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-styles.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Page styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Page styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Page styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Page styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Page styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Page styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Produce-the-index-manually.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Produce-the-index-manually.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Produce-the-index-manually.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Produce the index manually (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Produce the index manually (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Produce the index manually (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Produce the index manually (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Produce the index manually (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Produce the index manually (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Recovering-from-errors.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Recovering-from-errors.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Recovering-from-errors.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Recovering from errors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Recovering from errors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Recovering from errors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Recovering from errors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Recovering from errors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Recovering from errors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Reserved-characters.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Reserved-characters.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Reserved-characters.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Reserved characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Reserved characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Reserved characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Reserved characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Reserved characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Reserved characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Sectioning (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Sectioning (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Sectioning (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Sectioning (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Sectioning (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Sectioning (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -229,7 +229,7 @@
<li><a href="_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph.html" accesskey="5"><code class="code">\subsubsection</code>, <code class="code">\paragraph</code>, <code class="code">\subparagraph</code></a></li>
<li><a href="_005cappendix.html" accesskey="6"><code class="code">\appendix</code></a></li>
<li><a href="_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter.html" accesskey="7"><code class="code">\frontmatter</code>, <code class="code">\mainmatter</code>, <code class="code">\backmatter</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="_005c_0040startsection.html" accesskey="8"><code class="code">\@startsection</code>, typesetting sectional unit headings</a></li>
+<li><a href="_005c_0040startsection.html" accesskey="8"><code class="code">\@startsection</code>: Typesetting sectional unit headings</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Sectioning/secnumdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Sectioning/secnumdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Sectioning/secnumdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Sectioning/secnumdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Sectioning/secnumdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Sectioning/secnumdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning_002ftocdepth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning_002ftocdepth.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning_002ftocdepth.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Sectioning/tocdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Sectioning/tocdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Sectioning/tocdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Sectioning/tocdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Sectioning/tocdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Sectioning/tocdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spaces.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spaces.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spaces.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Spaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Spaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Spaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Spaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Spaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Spaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spacing-in-math-mode.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spacing-in-math-mode.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spacing-in-math-mode.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Spacing in math mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Spacing in math mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Spacing in math mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Spacing in math mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Spacing in math mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Spacing in math mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spacing-in-math-mode_002f_005cthinspace.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spacing-in-math-mode_002f_005cthinspace.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spacing-in-math-mode_002f_005cthinspace.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Spacing in math mode/\thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Spacing in math mode/\thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Spacing in math mode/\thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Spacing in math mode/\thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Spacing in math mode/\thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Spacing in math mode/\thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Special-insertions.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Special-insertions.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Special-insertions.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Special insertions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Special insertions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Special insertions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Special insertions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Special insertions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Special insertions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@
<link href="index.html#SEC_Contents" rel="contents" title="Table of Contents">
<link href="index.html" rel="up" title="Top">
<link href="Splitting-the-input.html" rel="next" title="Splitting the input">
-<link href="Graphics.html" rel="prev" title="Graphics">
+<link href="Color.html" rel="prev" title="Color">
<style type="text/css">
<!--
/* $Id: latex2e.css 935 2021-07-23 17:48:15Z jimhefferon $
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@
<div class="chapter-level-extent" id="Special-insertions">
<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="Splitting-the-input.html" accesskey="n" rel="next">Splitting the input</a>, Previous: <a href="Graphics.html" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Graphics</a>, Up: <a href="index.html" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</a> [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="Splitting-the-input.html" accesskey="n" rel="next">Splitting the input</a>, Previous: <a href="Color.html" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Color</a>, Up: <a href="index.html" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</a> [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
<hr>
<h2 class="chapter" id="Special-insertions-1">23 Special insertions</h2>
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Splitting-the-input.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Splitting-the-input.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Splitting-the-input.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Splitting the input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Splitting the input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Splitting the input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Splitting the input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Splitting the input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Splitting the input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Starting-_0026-ending.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Starting-_0026-ending.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Starting-_0026-ending.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Starting & ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Starting & ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Starting & ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Starting & ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Starting & ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Starting & ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Starting-and-ending.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Starting-and-ending.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Starting-and-ending.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Starting and ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Starting and ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Starting and ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Starting and ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Starting and ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Starting and ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Subscripts-_0026-superscripts.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Subscripts-_0026-superscripts.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Subscripts-_0026-superscripts.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Subscripts & superscripts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Subscripts & superscripts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Subscripts & superscripts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Subscripts & superscripts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Subscripts & superscripts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Subscripts & superscripts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Symbols-by-font-position.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Symbols-by-font-position.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Symbols-by-font-position.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Symbols by font position (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Symbols by font position (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Symbols by font position (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Symbols by font position (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Symbols by font position (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Symbols by font position (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Table-of-contents-etc_002e.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Table-of-contents-etc_002e.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Table-of-contents-etc_002e.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Table of contents etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Table of contents etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Table of contents etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Table of contents etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Table of contents etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Table of contents etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/TeX-engines.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/TeX-engines.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/TeX-engines.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>TeX engines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>TeX engines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="TeX engines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="TeX engines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="TeX engines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="TeX engines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Text-symbols.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Text-symbols.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Text-symbols.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Text symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Text symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Text symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Text symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Text symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Text symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Typefaces.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Typefaces.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Typefaces.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Typefaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Typefaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Typefaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Typefaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Typefaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Typefaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Units-of-length.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Units-of-length.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Units-of-length.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Units of length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Units of length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Units of length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Units of length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Units of length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Units of length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Upper-and-lower-case.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Upper-and-lower-case.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Upper-and-lower-case.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Upper and lower case (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Upper and lower case (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Upper and lower case (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Upper and lower case (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Upper and lower case (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Upper and lower case (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Using-BibTeX.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Using-BibTeX.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Using-BibTeX.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Using BibTeX (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Using BibTeX (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Using BibTeX (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Using BibTeX (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Using BibTeX (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Using BibTeX (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAT.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAT.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAT.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\AT (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\AT (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\AT (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\AT (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\AT (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\AT (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtBeginDocument.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtBeginDocument.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtBeginDocument.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\AtBeginDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\AtBeginDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\AtBeginDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\AtBeginDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\AtBeginDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\AtBeginDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Index: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtBeginDvi-_0026-_005cAtEndDvi.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtBeginDvi-_0026-_005cAtEndDvi.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtBeginDvi-_0026-_005cAtEndDvi.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
Property changes on: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtBeginDvi-_0026-_005cAtEndDvi.html
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtBeginDvi.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtBeginDvi.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtBeginDvi.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
Property changes on: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtBeginDvi.html
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtEndDocument.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtEndDocument.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtEndDocument.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\AtEndDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\AtEndDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\AtEndDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\AtEndDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\AtEndDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\AtEndDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Index: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtEndDvi.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtEndDvi.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtEndDvi.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
Property changes on: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtEndDvi.html
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtEndOfClass-_0026-_005cAtEndOfPackage.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtEndOfClass-_0026-_005cAtEndOfPackage.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtEndOfClass-_0026-_005cAtEndOfPackage.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
Property changes on: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtEndOfClass-_0026-_005cAtEndOfPackage.html
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtEndOfClass.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtEndOfClass.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtEndOfClass.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
Property changes on: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtEndOfClass.html
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtEndOfPackage.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtEndOfPackage.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtEndOfPackage.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
Property changes on: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtEndOfPackage.html
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cCheckCommand.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cCheckCommand.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cCheckCommand.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
Property changes on: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cCheckCommand.html
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cClassError-and-_005cPackageError-and-others.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cClassError-and-_005cPackageError-and-others.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cClassError-and-_005cPackageError-and-others.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
Property changes on: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cClassError-and-_005cPackageError-and-others.html
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cClassError.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cClassError.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cClassError.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
Property changes on: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cClassError.html
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cClassInfo.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cClassInfo.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cClassInfo.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
Property changes on: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cClassInfo.html
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cClassInfoNoLine.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cClassInfoNoLine.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cClassInfoNoLine.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
Property changes on: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cClassInfoNoLine.html
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cClassWarning.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cClassWarning.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cClassWarning.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
Property changes on: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cClassWarning.html
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cClassWarningNoLine.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cClassWarningNoLine.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cClassWarningNoLine.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
Property changes on: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cClassWarningNoLine.html
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cCurrentOption.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cCurrentOption.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cCurrentOption.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
Property changes on: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cCurrentOption.html
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareFontEncoding.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareFontEncoding.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareFontEncoding.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\DeclareFontEncoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\DeclareFontEncoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\DeclareFontEncoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareFontEncoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\DeclareFontEncoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareFontEncoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\DeclareGraphicsExtensions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\DeclareGraphicsExtensions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\DeclareGraphicsExtensions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareGraphicsExtensions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\DeclareGraphicsExtensions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareGraphicsExtensions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@
Next: <a href="_005cDeclareGraphicsRule.html" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\DeclareGraphicsRule</code></a>, Previous: <a href="_005cgraphicspath.html" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\graphicspath</code></a>, Up: <a href="Graphics-package-configuration.html" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">graphics</code> package configuration</a> [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
<hr>
-<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions-1">22.2.2 <code class="code">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions-1">21.2.2 <code class="code">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</code></h4>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions"></a>
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareGraphicsRule.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareGraphicsRule.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareGraphicsRule.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\DeclareGraphicsRule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\DeclareGraphicsRule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\DeclareGraphicsRule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareGraphicsRule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\DeclareGraphicsRule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareGraphicsRule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@
Previous: <a href="_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions.html" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</code></a>, Up: <a href="Graphics-package-configuration.html" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">graphics</code> package configuration</a> [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
<hr>
-<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsRule-1">22.2.3 <code class="code">\DeclareGraphicsRule</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsRule-1">21.2.3 <code class="code">\DeclareGraphicsRule</code></h4>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cDeclareGraphicsRule"></a>
Index: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareOption.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareOption.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareOption.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
Property changes on: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareOption.html
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareRobustCommand.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareRobustCommand.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareRobustCommand.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
Property changes on: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareRobustCommand.html
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextAccent.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextAccent.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextAccent.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\DeclareTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\DeclareTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\DeclareTextAccentDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\DeclareTextAccentDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextAccentDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextAccentDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextAccentDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextAccentDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCommand.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCommand.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCommand.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\DeclareTextCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\DeclareTextCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\DeclareTextCommandDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\DeclareTextCommandDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextCommandDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextCommandDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextCommandDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextCommandDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextComposite.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextComposite.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextComposite.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\DeclareTextComposite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\DeclareTextComposite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextComposite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextComposite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextComposite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextComposite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\DeclareTextCompositeCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\DeclareTextCompositeCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextCompositeCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextCompositeCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextCompositeCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextCompositeCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextSymbol.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextSymbol.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextSymbol.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\DeclareTextSymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\DeclareTextSymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextSymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextSymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextSymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextSymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\DeclareTextSymbolDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\DeclareTextSymbolDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextSymbolDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextSymbolDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextSymbolDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextSymbolDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Index: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDocumentMetadata.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDocumentMetadata.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDocumentMetadata.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
Property changes on: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDocumentMetadata.html
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cExecuteOptions.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cExecuteOptions.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cExecuteOptions.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
Property changes on: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cExecuteOptions.html
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cIfFileExists-_0026-_005cInputIfFileExists.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cIfFileExists-_0026-_005cInputIfFileExists.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cIfFileExists-_0026-_005cInputIfFileExists.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
Property changes on: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cIfFileExists-_0026-_005cInputIfFileExists.html
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cIfFileExists.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cIfFileExists.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cIfFileExists.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
Property changes on: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cIfFileExists.html
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cInputIfFileExists.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cInputIfFileExists.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cInputIfFileExists.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
Property changes on: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cInputIfFileExists.html
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cLastDeclaredEncoding.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cLastDeclaredEncoding.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cLastDeclaredEncoding.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\LastDeclaredEncoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\LastDeclaredEncoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\LastDeclaredEncoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\LastDeclaredEncoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\LastDeclaredEncoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\LastDeclaredEncoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Index: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cLoadClass-_0026-_005cLoadClassWithOptions.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cLoadClass-_0026-_005cLoadClassWithOptions.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cLoadClass-_0026-_005cLoadClassWithOptions.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
Property changes on: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cLoadClass-_0026-_005cLoadClassWithOptions.html
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cLoadClass.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cLoadClass.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cLoadClass.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
Property changes on: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cLoadClass.html
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cLoadClassWithOptions.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cLoadClassWithOptions.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cLoadClassWithOptions.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
Property changes on: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cLoadClassWithOptions.html
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cNeedsTeXFormat.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cNeedsTeXFormat.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cNeedsTeXFormat.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
Property changes on: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cNeedsTeXFormat.html
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cOptionNotUsed.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cOptionNotUsed.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cOptionNotUsed.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
Property changes on: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cOptionNotUsed.html
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cPackageError.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cPackageError.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cPackageError.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
Property changes on: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cPackageError.html
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cPackageInfo.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cPackageInfo.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cPackageInfo.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
Property changes on: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cPackageInfo.html
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cPackageInfoNoLine.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cPackageInfoNoLine.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cPackageInfoNoLine.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
Property changes on: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cPackageInfoNoLine.html
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cPackageWarning.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cPackageWarning.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cPackageWarning.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
Property changes on: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cPackageWarning.html
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cPackageWarningNoLine.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cPackageWarningNoLine.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cPackageWarningNoLine.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
Property changes on: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cPackageWarningNoLine.html
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cPassOptionsToClass-_0026-_005cPassOptionsToPackage.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cPassOptionsToClass-_0026-_005cPassOptionsToPackage.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cPassOptionsToClass-_0026-_005cPassOptionsToPackage.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
Property changes on: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cPassOptionsToClass-_0026-_005cPassOptionsToPackage.html
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cPassOptionsToClass.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cPassOptionsToClass.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cPassOptionsToClass.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
Property changes on: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cPassOptionsToClass.html
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cPassOptionsToPackage.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cPassOptionsToPackage.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cPassOptionsToPackage.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
Property changes on: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cPassOptionsToPackage.html
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cProcessOptions.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cProcessOptions.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cProcessOptions.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
Property changes on: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cProcessOptions.html
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cProvideTextCommand.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cProvideTextCommand.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cProvideTextCommand.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\ProvideTextCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\ProvideTextCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\ProvideTextCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\ProvideTextCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\ProvideTextCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\ProvideTextCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cProvideTextCommandDefault.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cProvideTextCommandDefault.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cProvideTextCommandDefault.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\ProvideTextCommandDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\ProvideTextCommandDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\ProvideTextCommandDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\ProvideTextCommandDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\ProvideTextCommandDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\ProvideTextCommandDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Index: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cProvidesClass-_0026-_005cProvidesPackage.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cProvidesClass-_0026-_005cProvidesPackage.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cProvidesClass-_0026-_005cProvidesPackage.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
Property changes on: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cProvidesClass-_0026-_005cProvidesPackage.html
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cProvidesClass.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cProvidesClass.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cProvidesClass.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
Property changes on: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cProvidesClass.html
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cProvidesFile.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cProvidesFile.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cProvidesFile.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
Property changes on: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cProvidesFile.html
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cProvidesPackage.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cProvidesPackage.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cProvidesPackage.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
Property changes on: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cProvidesPackage.html
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cRequirePackage-_0026-_005cRequirePackageWithOptions.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cRequirePackage-_0026-_005cRequirePackageWithOptions.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cRequirePackage-_0026-_005cRequirePackageWithOptions.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
Property changes on: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cRequirePackage-_0026-_005cRequirePackageWithOptions.html
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cRequirePackage.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cRequirePackage.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cRequirePackage.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
Property changes on: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cRequirePackage.html
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Index: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cRequirePackageWithOptions.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cRequirePackageWithOptions.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cRequirePackageWithOptions.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
Property changes on: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cRequirePackageWithOptions.html
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cUseTextAccent.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cUseTextAccent.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cUseTextAccent.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\UseTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\UseTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\UseTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\UseTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\UseTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\UseTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cUseTextSymbol.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cUseTextSymbol.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cUseTextSymbol.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\UseTextSymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\UseTextSymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\UseTextSymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\UseTextSymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\UseTextSymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\UseTextSymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0028SPACE_0029.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0028SPACE_0029.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0028SPACE_0029.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\(SPACE) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\(SPACE) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\(SPACE) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\(SPACE) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\(SPACE) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\(SPACE) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002a.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002a.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002a.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\* (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\* (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\* (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\* (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\* (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\* (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\- (hyphenation) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\- (hyphenation) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\- (hyphenation) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\- (hyphenation) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\- (hyphenation) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\- (hyphenation) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002f.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002f.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002f.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\/ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\/ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\/ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\/ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\/ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\/ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\@ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\@ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\@ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\@ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\@ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\@ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040dottedtocline.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040dottedtocline.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040dottedtocline.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\@dottedtocline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\@dottedtocline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\@dottedtocline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\@dottedtocline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\@dottedtocline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\@dottedtocline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040ifstar.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040ifstar.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040ifstar.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\@ifstar (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\@ifstar (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\@ifstar (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\@ifstar (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\@ifstar (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\@ifstar (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\@startsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\@startsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\@startsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\@startsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@
Previous: <a href="_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter.html" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\frontmatter</code>, <code class="code">\mainmatter</code>, <code class="code">\backmatter</code></a>, Up: <a href="Sectioning.html" accesskey="u" rel="up">Sectioning</a> [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
<hr>
-<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005c_0040startsection_002c-typesetting-sectional-unit-headings">6.8 <code class="code">\@startsection</code>, typesetting sectional unit headings</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005c_0040startsection_003a-Typesetting-sectional-unit-headings">6.8 <code class="code">\@startsection</code>: Typesetting sectional unit headings</h3>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005c_0040startsection"></a>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-section_002c-redefining"></a>
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fafterskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fafterskip.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fafterskip.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\@startsection/afterskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\@startsection/afterskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/afterskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/afterskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/afterskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/afterskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fbeforeskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fbeforeskip.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fbeforeskip.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\@startsection/beforeskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\@startsection/beforeskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/beforeskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/beforeskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/beforeskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/beforeskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002findent.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002findent.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002findent.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\@startsection/indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\@startsection/indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002flevel.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002flevel.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002flevel.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\@startsection/level (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\@startsection/level (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/level (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/level (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/level (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/level (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fname.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fname.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fname.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\@startsection/name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\@startsection/name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fstyle.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fstyle.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fstyle.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\@startsection/style (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\@startsection/style (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/style (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/style (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/style (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/style (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_005c.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_005c.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_005c.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\\ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\\ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\\ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\\ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\\ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\\ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caccent.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caccent.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caccent.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\accent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\accent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\accent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\accent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\accent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\accent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddcontentsline.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddcontentsline.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddcontentsline.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\addcontentsline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\addcontentsline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\addcontentsline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\addcontentsline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\addcontentsline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\addcontentsline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddress.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddress.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddress.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\address (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\address (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\address (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\address (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\address (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\address (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtocontents.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtocontents.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtocontents.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\addtocontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\addtocontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\addtocontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\addtocontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\addtocontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\addtocontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtocounter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtocounter.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtocounter.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\addtocounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\addtocounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\addtocounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\addtocounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\addtocounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\addtocounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtolength.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtolength.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtolength.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\addtolength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\addtolength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\addtolength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\addtolength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\addtolength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\addtolength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddvspace.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddvspace.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddvspace.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\addvspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\addvspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\addvspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\addvspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\addvspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\addvspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cappendix.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cappendix.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cappendix.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\appendix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\appendix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\appendix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\appendix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\appendix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\appendix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbackmatter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbackmatter.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbackmatter.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\backmatter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\backmatter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\backmatter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\backmatter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\backmatter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\backmatter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\baselineskip & \baselinestretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\baselineskip & \baselinestretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\baselineskip & \baselinestretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\baselineskip & \baselinestretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\baselineskip & \baselinestretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\baselineskip & \baselinestretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbaselineskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbaselineskip.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbaselineskip.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\baselineskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\baselineskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\baselineskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\baselineskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\baselineskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\baselineskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbaselinestretch.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbaselinestretch.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbaselinestretch.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\baselinestretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\baselinestretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\baselinestretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\baselinestretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\baselinestretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\baselinestretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbibitem.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbibitem.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbibitem.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\bibitem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\bibitem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\bibitem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\bibitem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\bibitem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\bibitem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigbreak-_0026-_005cmedbreak-_0026-_005csmallbreak.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigbreak-_0026-_005cmedbreak-_0026-_005csmallbreak.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigbreak-_0026-_005cmedbreak-_0026-_005csmallbreak.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigbreak.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigbreak.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigbreak.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\bigbreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\bigbreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\bigbreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\bigbreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\bigbreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\bigbreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigl-_0026-_005cbigr-etc_002e.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigl-_0026-_005cbigr-etc_002e.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigl-_0026-_005cbigr-etc_002e.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\bigl & \bigr etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\bigl & \bigr etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\bigl & \bigr etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\bigl & \bigr etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\bigl & \bigr etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\bigl & \bigr etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigl.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigl.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigl.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\bigl (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\bigl (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\bigl (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\bigl (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\bigl (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\bigl (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigr.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigr.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigr.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\bigr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\bigr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\bigr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\bigr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\bigr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\bigr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigskip.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigskip.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\bigskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\bigskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\bigskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\bigskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\bigskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\bigskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\boldmath & \unboldmath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\boldmath & \unboldmath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\boldmath & \unboldmath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\boldmath & \unboldmath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\boldmath & \unboldmath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\boldmath & \unboldmath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cboldmath.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cboldmath.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cboldmath.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\boldmath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\boldmath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\boldmath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\boldmath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\boldmath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\boldmath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccaption.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccaption.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccaption.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\caption (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\caption (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\caption (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\caption (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\caption (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\caption (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccc.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccc.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccc.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\cc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\cc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\cc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\cc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\cc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\cc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccentering.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccentering.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccentering.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\centering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\centering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\centering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\centering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\centering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\centering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cchapter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cchapter.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cchapter.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\chapter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\chapter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\chapter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\chapter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\chapter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\chapter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccircle.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccircle.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccircle.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\circle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\circle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\circle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\circle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\circle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\circle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccite.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccite.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccite.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\cite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\cite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\cite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\cite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\cite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\cite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccleardoublepage.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccleardoublepage.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccleardoublepage.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\cleardoublepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\cleardoublepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\cleardoublepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\cleardoublepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\cleardoublepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\cleardoublepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\clearpage & \cleardoublepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\clearpage & \cleardoublepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\clearpage & \cleardoublepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\clearpage & \cleardoublepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\clearpage & \cleardoublepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\clearpage & \cleardoublepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cclearpage.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cclearpage.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cclearpage.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\clearpage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\clearpage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\clearpage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\clearpage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\clearpage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\clearpage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccline.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccline.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccline.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\cline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\cline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\cline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\cline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\cline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\cline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cclosein.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cclosein.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cclosein.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\closein (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\closein (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\closein (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\closein (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\closein (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\closein (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccloseout.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccloseout.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccloseout.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\closeout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\closeout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\closeout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\closeout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\closeout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\closeout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cclosing.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cclosing.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cclosing.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\closing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\closing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\closing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\closing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\closing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\closing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccontentsline.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccontentsline.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccontentsline.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\contentsline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\contentsline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\contentsline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\contentsline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\contentsline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\contentsline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cdashbox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cdashbox.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cdashbox.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\dashbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\dashbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\dashbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\dashbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\dashbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\dashbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\day & \month & \year (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\day & \month & \year (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\day & \month & \year (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\day & \month & \year (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\day & \month & \year (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\day & \month & \year (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cday.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cday.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cday.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\day (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\day (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\day (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\day (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\day (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\day (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cdiscretionary.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cdiscretionary.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cdiscretionary.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\discretionary (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\discretionary (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\discretionary (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\discretionary (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\discretionary (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\discretionary (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Index: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cdocumentclass.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cdocumentclass.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cdocumentclass.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
Property changes on: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cdocumentclass.html
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cdotfill.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cdotfill.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cdotfill.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\dotfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\dotfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\dotfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\dotfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\dotfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\dotfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cencl.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cencl.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cencl.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\encl (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\encl (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\encl (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\encl (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\encl (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\encl (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cendinput.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cendinput.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cendinput.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\endinput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\endinput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\endinput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\endinput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\endinput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\endinput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cenlargethispage.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cenlargethispage.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cenlargethispage.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\enlargethispage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\enlargethispage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\enlargethispage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\enlargethispage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\enlargethispage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\enlargethispage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\enspace & \quad & \qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\enspace & \quad & \qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\enspace & \quad & \qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\enspace & \quad & \qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\enspace & \quad & \qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\enspace & \quad & \qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005censpace.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005censpace.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005censpace.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\enspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\enspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\enspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\enspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\enspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\enspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005censuremath.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005censuremath.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005censuremath.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\ensuremath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\ensuremath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\ensuremath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\ensuremath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\ensuremath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\ensuremath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cextracolsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cextracolsep.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cextracolsep.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\extracolsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\extracolsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\extracolsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\extracolsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\extracolsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\extracolsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\fbox & \framebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\fbox & \framebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\fbox & \framebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\fbox & \framebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\fbox & \framebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\fbox & \framebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfbox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfbox.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfbox.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\fbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\fbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\fbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\fbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\fbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\fbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cflushbottom.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cflushbottom.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cflushbottom.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\flushbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\flushbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\flushbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\flushbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\flushbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\flushbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnote.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnote.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnote.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\footnote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\footnote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\footnote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\footnote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\footnote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\footnote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnotemark.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnotemark.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnotemark.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\footnotemark (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\footnotemark (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\footnotemark (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\footnotemark (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\footnotemark (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\footnotemark (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnotetext.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnotetext.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnotetext.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\footnotetext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\footnotetext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\footnotetext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\footnotetext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\footnotetext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\footnotetext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrac.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrac.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrac.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\frac (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\frac (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\frac (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\frac (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\frac (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\frac (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cframe.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cframe.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cframe.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\frame (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\frame (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\frame (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\frame (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\frame (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\frame (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\framebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\framebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\framebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\framebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\framebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\framebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cframebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cframebox.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cframebox.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\framebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\framebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\framebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\framebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\framebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\framebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrenchspacing-_0026-_005cnonfrenchspacing.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrenchspacing-_0026-_005cnonfrenchspacing.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrenchspacing-_0026-_005cnonfrenchspacing.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\frenchspacing & \nonfrenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\frenchspacing & \nonfrenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\frenchspacing & \nonfrenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\frenchspacing & \nonfrenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\frenchspacing & \nonfrenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\frenchspacing & \nonfrenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrenchspacing.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrenchspacing.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrenchspacing.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\frenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\frenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\frenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\frenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\frenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\frenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@
<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter">
<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="_005c_0040startsection.html" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\@startsection</code>, typesetting sectional unit headings</a>, Previous: <a href="_005cappendix.html" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\appendix</code></a>, Up: <a href="Sectioning.html" accesskey="u" rel="up">Sectioning</a> [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="_005c_0040startsection.html" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\@startsection</code>: Typesetting sectional unit headings</a>, Previous: <a href="_005cappendix.html" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\appendix</code></a>, Up: <a href="Sectioning.html" accesskey="u" rel="up">Sectioning</a> [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
<hr>
<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cfrontmatter_002c-_005cmainmatter_002c-_005cbackmatter">6.7 <code class="code">\frontmatter</code>, <code class="code">\mainmatter</code>, <code class="code">\backmatter</code></h3>
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrontmatter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrontmatter.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrontmatter.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\frontmatter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\frontmatter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\frontmatter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\frontmatter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\frontmatter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\frontmatter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\fussy & \sloppy (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\fussy & \sloppy (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\fussy & \sloppy (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\fussy & \sloppy (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\fussy & \sloppy (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\fussy & \sloppy (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfussy.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfussy.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfussy.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\fussy (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\fussy (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\fussy (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\fussy (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\fussy (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\fussy (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgls.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgls.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgls.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\gls (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\gls (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\gls (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\gls (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\gls (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\gls (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgraphicspath.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgraphicspath.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgraphicspath.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\graphicspath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\graphicspath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\graphicspath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\graphicspath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\graphicspath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\graphicspath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@
Next: <a href="_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions.html" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</code></a>, Up: <a href="Graphics-package-configuration.html" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">graphics</code> package configuration</a> [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
<hr>
-<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cgraphicspath-1">22.2.1 <code class="code">\graphicspath</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cgraphicspath-1">21.2.1 <code class="code">\graphicspath</code></h4>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cgraphicspath"></a>
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgraphpaper.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgraphpaper.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgraphpaper.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\graphpaper (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\graphpaper (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\graphpaper (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\graphpaper (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\graphpaper (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\graphpaper (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chfill.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chfill.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chfill.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\hfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\hfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\hfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\hfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\hfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\hfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chline.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chline.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chline.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\hline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\hline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\hline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\hline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\hline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\hline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chphantom.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chphantom.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chphantom.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\hphantom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\hphantom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\hphantom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\hphantom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\hphantom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\hphantom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\hrulefill & \dotfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\hrulefill & \dotfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\hrulefill & \dotfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\hrulefill & \dotfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\hrulefill & \dotfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\hrulefill & \dotfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chrulefill.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chrulefill.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chrulefill.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\hrulefill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\hrulefill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\hrulefill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\hrulefill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\hrulefill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\hrulefill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chspace.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chspace.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chspace.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\hspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\hspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\hspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\hspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\hspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\hspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chss.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chss.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chss.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\hss (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\hss (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\hss (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\hss (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\hss (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\hss (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chyphenation.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chyphenation.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chyphenation.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\hyphenation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\hyphenation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\hyphenation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\hyphenation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\hyphenation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\hyphenation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@
<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend">
<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="xspace-package.html" accesskey="n" rel="next">xspace package</a>, Previous: <a href="_005cprotect.html" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>, Up: <a href="Definitions.html" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="xspace-package.html" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">xspace</code> package</a>, Previous: <a href="_005cprotect.html" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>, Up: <a href="Definitions.html" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
<hr>
<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend-1">12.12 <code class="code">\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend</code></h3>
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cignorespaces.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cignorespaces.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cignorespaces.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\ignorespaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\ignorespaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\ignorespaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\ignorespaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\ignorespaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\ignorespaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cignorespacesafterend.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cignorespacesafterend.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cignorespacesafterend.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\ignorespacesafterend (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\ignorespacesafterend (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\ignorespacesafterend (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\ignorespacesafterend (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\ignorespacesafterend (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\ignorespacesafterend (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\include & \includeonly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\include & \includeonly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\include & \includeonly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\include & \includeonly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\include & \includeonly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\include & \includeonly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinclude.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinclude.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinclude.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\include (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\include (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\include (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\include (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\include (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\include (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cincludegraphics.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cincludegraphics.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cincludegraphics.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\includegraphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\includegraphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\includegraphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\includegraphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\includegraphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\includegraphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@
Next: <a href="_005crotatebox.html" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\rotatebox</code></a>, Up: <a href="Commands-for-graphics.html" accesskey="u" rel="up">Commands for graphics</a> [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
<hr>
-<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cincludegraphics-1">22.3.1 <code class="code">\includegraphics</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cincludegraphics-1">21.3.1 <code class="code">\includegraphics</code></h4>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-graphics-2"></a>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-graphics-package-2"></a>
@@ -457,8 +457,8 @@
<p>These following options allow a user to override LaTeX’s method of
choosing the graphic type based on the filename extension. An example
-is that <code class="code">\includegraphics[type=png,ext=.xxx,read=.xxx]{lion}</code>
-will read the file <samp class="file">lion.xxx</samp> as though it were
+is that <code class="code">\includegraphics[type=png,ext=.xyz,read=.xyz]{lion}</code>
+will read the file <samp class="file">lion.xyz</samp> as though it were
<samp class="file">lion.png</samp>. For more on these, see <a class="pxref" href="_005cDeclareGraphicsRule.html"><code class="code">\DeclareGraphicsRule</code></a>.
</p>
<dl class="table">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cincludeonly.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cincludeonly.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cincludeonly.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\includeonly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\includeonly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\includeonly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\includeonly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\includeonly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\includeonly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\indent & \noindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\indent & \noindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\indent & \noindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\indent & \noindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\indent & \noindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\indent & \noindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cindent.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cindent.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cindent.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cindex.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cindex.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cindex.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinput.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinput.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinput.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinputencoding.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinputencoding.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinputencoding.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\inputencoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\inputencoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\inputencoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\inputencoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\inputencoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\inputencoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005citem.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005citem.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005citem.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\item (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\item (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\item (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\item (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\item (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\item (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clabel.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clabel.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clabel.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\label (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\label (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\label (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\label (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\label (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\label (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cleft-_0026-_005cright.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cleft-_0026-_005cright.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cleft-_0026-_005cright.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\left & \right (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\left & \right (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\left & \right (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\left & \right (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\left & \right (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\left & \right (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cleft.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cleft.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cleft.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\left (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\left (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\left (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\left (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\left (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\left (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cline.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cline.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cline.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\linebreak & \nolinebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\linebreak & \nolinebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\linebreak & \nolinebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\linebreak & \nolinebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\linebreak & \nolinebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\linebreak & \nolinebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clinebreak.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clinebreak.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clinebreak.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\linebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\linebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\linebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\linebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\linebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\linebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clinethickness.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clinethickness.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clinethickness.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\linethickness (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\linethickness (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\linethickness (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\linethickness (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\linethickness (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\linethickness (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clocation.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clocation.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clocation.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\location (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\location (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\location (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\location (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\location (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\location (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmainmatter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmainmatter.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmainmatter.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\mainmatter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\mainmatter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\mainmatter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\mainmatter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\mainmatter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\mainmatter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\makeatletter & \makeatother (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\makeatletter & \makeatother (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\makeatletter & \makeatother (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\makeatletter & \makeatother (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\makeatletter & \makeatother (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\makeatletter & \makeatother (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakeatletter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakeatletter.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakeatletter.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\makeatletter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\makeatletter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\makeatletter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\makeatletter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\makeatletter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\makeatletter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakeatother.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakeatother.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakeatother.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\makeatother (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\makeatother (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\makeatother (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\makeatother (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\makeatother (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\makeatother (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\makebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\makebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\makebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\makebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\makebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\makebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakebox.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakebox.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\makebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\makebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\makebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\makebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\makebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\makebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakelabels.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakelabels.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakelabels.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\makelabels (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\makelabels (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\makelabels (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\makelabels (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\makelabels (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\makelabels (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmaketitle.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmaketitle.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmaketitle.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\maketitle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\maketitle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\maketitle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\maketitle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\maketitle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\maketitle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmathstrut.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmathstrut.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmathstrut.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\mathstrut (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\mathstrut (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\mathstrut (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\mathstrut (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\mathstrut (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\mathstrut (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmathversion.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmathversion.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmathversion.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\mathversion (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\mathversion (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\mathversion (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\mathversion (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\mathversion (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\mathversion (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\mbox & \makebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\mbox & \makebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\mbox & \makebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\mbox & \makebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\mbox & \makebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\mbox & \makebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmbox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmbox.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmbox.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\mbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\mbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\mbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\mbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\mbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\mbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmedbreak.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmedbreak.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmedbreak.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\medbreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\medbreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\medbreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\medbreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\medbreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\medbreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmedskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmedskip.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmedskip.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\medskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\medskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\medskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\medskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\medskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\medskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmessage.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmessage.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmessage.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\message (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\message (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\message (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\message (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\message (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\message (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmonth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmonth.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmonth.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\month (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\month (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\month (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\month (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\month (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\month (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmulticolumn.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmulticolumn.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmulticolumn.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\multicolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\multicolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\multicolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\multicolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\multicolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\multicolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmultiput.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmultiput.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmultiput.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\multiput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\multiput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\multiput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\multiput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\multiput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\multiput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cname.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cname.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cname.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnegthinspace.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnegthinspace.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnegthinspace.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\newcommand & \renewcommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\newcommand & \renewcommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\newcommand & \renewcommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\newcommand & \renewcommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\newcommand & \renewcommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\newcommand & \renewcommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -62,6 +62,7 @@
a.copiable-link {visibility: hidden; text-decoration: none; line-height: 0em}
div.example {margin-left: 3.2em}
+span.r {font-family: initial; font-weight: normal; font-style: normal}
span:hover a.copiable-link {visibility: visible}
BODY {
margin-top: 1em;
@@ -117,7 +118,7 @@
\newcommand*{\<var class="var">cmd</var>}[<var class="var">nargs</var>][<var class="var">optargdefault</var>]{<var class="var">defn</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>or all the same possibilities with <code class="code">\renewcommand</code> instead of
+<p>or the same six possibilities with <code class="code">\renewcommand</code> instead of
<code class="code">\newcommand</code>:
</p>
<div class="example">
@@ -135,11 +136,11 @@
</p>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-starred-form_002c-defining-new-commands"></a>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_002a_002dform_002c-defining-new-commands"></a>
-<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005clong"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005clong_002c-not-defining-a-command-as"></a>
<p>The starred form of these two forbids the arguments from containing
-multiple paragraphs of text (in plain TeX terms: the commands
-are not <code class="code">\long</code>). With the default form, arguments can be
-multiple paragraphs.
+multiple paragraphs of text (i.e., a <code class="code">\par</code> token; in plain
+TeX terms: the commands are not <code class="code">\long</code>). With the default
+form, arguments can be multiple paragraphs.
</p>
<p>These are the parameters (examples follow):
</p>
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewcommand.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewcommand.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewcommand.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\newcommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\newcommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\newcommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\newcommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\newcommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\newcommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewcounter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewcounter.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewcounter.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\newcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\newcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\newcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\newcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\newcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\newcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\newenvironment & \renewenvironment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\newenvironment & \renewenvironment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\newenvironment & \renewenvironment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\newenvironment & \renewenvironment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\newenvironment & \renewenvironment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\newenvironment & \renewenvironment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewenvironment.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewenvironment.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewenvironment.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\newenvironment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\newenvironment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\newenvironment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\newenvironment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\newenvironment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\newenvironment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewfont.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewfont.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewfont.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\newfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\newfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\newfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\newfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\newfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\newfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewglossaryentry.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewglossaryentry.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewglossaryentry.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\newglossaryentry (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\newglossaryentry (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\newglossaryentry (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\newglossaryentry (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\newglossaryentry (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\newglossaryentry (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewlength.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewlength.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewlength.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\newlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\newlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\newlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\newlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\newlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\newlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewline.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewline.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewline.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\newline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\newline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\newline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\newline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\newline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\newline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewpage.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewpage.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewpage.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\newpage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\newpage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\newpage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\newpage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\newpage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\newpage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewsavebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewsavebox.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewsavebox.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\newsavebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\newsavebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\newsavebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\newsavebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\newsavebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\newsavebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewtheorem.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewtheorem.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewtheorem.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\newtheorem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\newtheorem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\newtheorem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\newtheorem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\newtheorem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\newtheorem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnocite.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnocite.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnocite.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\nocite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\nocite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\nocite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\nocite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\nocite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\nocite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnocorr.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnocorr.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnocorr.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\nocorr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\nocorr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\nocorr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\nocorr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\nocorr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\nocorr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnocorrlist.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnocorrlist.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnocorrlist.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\nocorrlist (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\nocorrlist (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\nocorrlist (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\nocorrlist (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\nocorrlist (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\nocorrlist (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnofiles.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnofiles.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnofiles.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\nofiles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\nofiles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\nofiles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\nofiles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\nofiles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\nofiles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnoindent.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnoindent.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnoindent.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\noindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\noindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\noindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\noindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\noindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\noindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnolinebreak.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnolinebreak.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnolinebreak.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\nolinebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\nolinebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\nolinebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\nolinebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\nolinebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\nolinebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnonfrenchspacing.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnonfrenchspacing.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnonfrenchspacing.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\nonfrenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\nonfrenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\nonfrenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\nonfrenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\nonfrenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\nonfrenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnopagebreak.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnopagebreak.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnopagebreak.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\nopagebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\nopagebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\nopagebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\nopagebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\nopagebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\nopagebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnormalsfcodes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnormalsfcodes.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnormalsfcodes.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\normalsfcodes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\normalsfcodes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\normalsfcodes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\normalsfcodes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\normalsfcodes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\normalsfcodes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnumberline.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnumberline.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnumberline.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\numberline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\numberline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\numberline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\numberline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\numberline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\numberline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\obeycr & \restorecr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\obeycr & \restorecr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\obeycr & \restorecr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\obeycr & \restorecr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\obeycr & \restorecr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\obeycr & \restorecr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cobeycr.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cobeycr.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cobeycr.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\obeycr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\obeycr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\obeycr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\obeycr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\obeycr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\obeycr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005coldstylenums.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005coldstylenums.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005coldstylenums.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\oldstylenums (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\oldstylenums (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\oldstylenums (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\oldstylenums (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\oldstylenums (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\oldstylenums (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005conecolumn.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005conecolumn.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005conecolumn.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\onecolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\onecolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\onecolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\onecolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\onecolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\onecolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\openin & \openout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\openin & \openout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\openin & \openout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\openin & \openout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\openin & \openout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\openin & \openout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005copenin.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005copenin.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005copenin.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\openin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\openin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\openin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\openin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\openin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\openin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005copening.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005copening.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005copening.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\opening (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\opening (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\opening (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\opening (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\opening (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\opening (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005copenout.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005copenout.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005copenout.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\openout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\openout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\openout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\openout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\openout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\openout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005coval.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005coval.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005coval.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\oval (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\oval (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\oval (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\oval (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\oval (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\oval (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\pagebreak & \nopagebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\pagebreak & \nopagebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\pagebreak & \nopagebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\pagebreak & \nopagebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\pagebreak & \nopagebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\pagebreak & \nopagebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagebreak.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagebreak.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagebreak.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\pagebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\pagebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\pagebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\pagebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\pagebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\pagebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagenumbering.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagenumbering.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagenumbering.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\pagenumbering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\pagenumbering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\pagenumbering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\pagenumbering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\pagenumbering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\pagenumbering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpageref.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpageref.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpageref.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\pageref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\pageref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\pageref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\pageref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\pageref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\pageref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagestyle.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagestyle.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagestyle.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\pagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\pagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\pagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\pagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\pagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\pagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpar.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpar.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpar.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\par (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\par (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\par (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\par (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\par (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\par (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparagraph.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparagraph.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparagraph.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\paragraph (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\paragraph (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\paragraph (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\paragraph (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\paragraph (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\paragraph (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparbox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparbox.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparbox.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\parbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\parbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\parbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\parbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\parbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\parbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\parindent & \parskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\parindent & \parskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\parindent & \parskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\parindent & \parskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\parindent & \parskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\parindent & \parskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparindent.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparindent.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparindent.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\parindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\parindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\parindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\parindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\parindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\parindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparskip.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparskip.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\parskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\parskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\parskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\parskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\parskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\parskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpart.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpart.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpart.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\part (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\part (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\part (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\part (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\part (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\part (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cphantom.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cphantom.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cphantom.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\phantom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\phantom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\phantom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\phantom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\phantom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\phantom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprintindex.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprintindex.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprintindex.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\printindex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\printindex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\printindex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\printindex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\printindex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\printindex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprotect.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprotect.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprotect.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\protect (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\protect (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\protect (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\protect (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\protect (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\protect (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprovidecommand.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprovidecommand.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprovidecommand.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\providecommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\providecommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\providecommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\providecommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\providecommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\providecommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cps.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cps.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cps.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\ps (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\ps (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\ps (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\ps (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\ps (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\ps (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cput.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cput.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cput.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\put (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\put (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\put (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\put (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\put (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\put (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cqbezier.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cqbezier.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cqbezier.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\qbezier (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\qbezier (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\qbezier (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\qbezier (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\qbezier (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\qbezier (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cqquad.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cqquad.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cqquad.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cquad.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cquad.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cquad.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\quad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\quad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\quad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\quad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\quad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\quad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedbottom.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedbottom.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedbottom.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\raggedbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\raggedbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\raggedbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\raggedbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\raggedbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\raggedbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedleft.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedleft.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedleft.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\raggedleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\raggedleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\raggedleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\raggedleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\raggedleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\raggedleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedright.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedright.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedright.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\raggedright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\raggedright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\raggedright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\raggedright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\raggedright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\raggedright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craisebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craisebox.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craisebox.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\raisebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\raisebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\raisebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\raisebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\raisebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\raisebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cread.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cread.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cread.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cref.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cref.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cref.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\ref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\ref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\ref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\ref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\ref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\ref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crefstepcounter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crefstepcounter.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crefstepcounter.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\refstepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\refstepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\refstepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\refstepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\refstepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\refstepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crenewcommand.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crenewcommand.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crenewcommand.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\renewcommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\renewcommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\renewcommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\renewcommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\renewcommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\renewcommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crenewenvironment.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crenewenvironment.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crenewenvironment.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\renewenvironment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\renewenvironment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\renewenvironment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\renewenvironment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\renewenvironment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\renewenvironment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cresizebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cresizebox.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cresizebox.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\resizebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\resizebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\resizebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\resizebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\resizebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\resizebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@
Previous: <a href="_005cscalebox.html" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\scalebox</code></a>, Up: <a href="Commands-for-graphics.html" accesskey="u" rel="up">Commands for graphics</a> [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
<hr>
-<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cresizebox-1">22.3.4 <code class="code">\resizebox</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cresizebox-1">21.3.4 <code class="code">\resizebox</code></h4>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-graphics_002c-scaling-1"></a>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-graphics_002c-resizing-1"></a>
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crestorecr.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crestorecr.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crestorecr.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\restorecr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\restorecr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\restorecr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\restorecr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\restorecr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\restorecr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cright.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cright.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cright.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\right (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\right (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\right (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\right (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\right (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\right (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crotatebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crotatebox.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crotatebox.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\rotatebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\rotatebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\rotatebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\rotatebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\rotatebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\rotatebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@
Next: <a href="_005cscalebox.html" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\scalebox</code></a>, Previous: <a href="_005cincludegraphics.html" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\includegraphics</code></a>, Up: <a href="Commands-for-graphics.html" accesskey="u" rel="up">Commands for graphics</a> [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
<hr>
-<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005crotatebox-1">22.3.2 <code class="code">\rotatebox</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005crotatebox-1">21.3.2 <code class="code">\rotatebox</code></h4>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-rotation"></a>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-rotating-graphics"></a>
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crule.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crule.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crule.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\rule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\rule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\rule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\rule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\rule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\rule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csavebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csavebox.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csavebox.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\savebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\savebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\savebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\savebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\savebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\savebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\sbox & \savebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\sbox & \savebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\sbox & \savebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\sbox & \savebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\sbox & \savebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\sbox & \savebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csbox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csbox.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csbox.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\sbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\sbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\sbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\sbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\sbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\sbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cscalebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cscalebox.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cscalebox.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\scalebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\scalebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\scalebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\scalebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\scalebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\scalebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@
Next: <a href="_005cresizebox.html" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\resizebox</code></a>, Previous: <a href="_005crotatebox.html" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\rotatebox</code></a>, Up: <a href="Commands-for-graphics.html" accesskey="u" rel="up">Commands for graphics</a> [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
<hr>
-<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cscalebox-1">22.3.3 <code class="code">\scalebox</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cscalebox-1">21.3.3 <code class="code">\scalebox</code></h4>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-graphics_002c-scaling"></a>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-graphics_002c-resizing"></a>
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csection.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csection.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csection.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\section (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\section (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\section (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\section (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\section (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\section (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@
<p>In general, to change the behavior of the <code class="code">\section</code> command, there
are a number of options. One is the <code class="code">\@startsection</code> command
-(see <a class="pxref" href="_005c_0040startsection.html"><code class="code">\@startsection</code>, typesetting sectional unit headings</a>). There are also many packages on CTAN that
+(see <a class="pxref" href="_005c_0040startsection.html"><code class="code">\@startsection</code>: Typesetting sectional unit headings</a>). There are also many packages on CTAN that
address this, including <code class="code">titlesec</code>. See the documentation but the
example below gives a sense of what they can do.
</p>
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csetcounter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csetcounter.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csetcounter.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\setcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\setcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\setcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\setcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\setcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\setcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csetlength.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csetlength.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csetlength.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\setlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\setlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\setlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\setlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\setlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\setlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettodepth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettodepth.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettodepth.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\settodepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\settodepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\settodepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\settodepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\settodepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\settodepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettoheight.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettoheight.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettoheight.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\settoheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\settoheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\settoheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\settoheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\settoheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\settoheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettowidth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettowidth.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettowidth.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\settowidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\settowidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\settowidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\settowidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\settowidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\settowidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cshortstack.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cshortstack.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cshortstack.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\shortstack (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\shortstack (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\shortstack (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\shortstack (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\shortstack (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\shortstack (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csignature.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csignature.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csignature.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\signature (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\signature (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\signature (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\signature (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\signature (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\signature (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cslash.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cslash.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cslash.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\slash (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\slash (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\slash (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\slash (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\slash (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\slash (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csloppy.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csloppy.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csloppy.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\sloppy (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\sloppy (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\sloppy (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\sloppy (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\sloppy (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\sloppy (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csmallbreak.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csmallbreak.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csmallbreak.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\smallbreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\smallbreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\smallbreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\smallbreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\smallbreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\smallbreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csmallskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csmallskip.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csmallskip.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csmash.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csmash.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csmash.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\smash (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\smash (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\smash (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\smash (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\smash (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\smash (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -157,11 +157,11 @@
<code class="code">\leavevmode</code>, as in the bottom line below.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example-preformatted">xxx xxx xxx
+<pre class="example-preformatted">Text above.
-\smash{yyy} % no paragraph indent
+\smash{smashed, no indent} % no paragraph indent
-\leavevmode\smash{zzz} % usual paragraph indent
+\leavevmode\smash{smashed, with indent} % usual paragraph indent
</pre></div>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-mathtools-4"></a>
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cspacefactor.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cspacefactor.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cspacefactor.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\spacefactor (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\spacefactor (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\spacefactor (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\spacefactor (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\spacefactor (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\spacefactor (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csqrt.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csqrt.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csqrt.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\sqrt (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\sqrt (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\sqrt (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\sqrt (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\sqrt (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\sqrt (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstackrel.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstackrel.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstackrel.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\stackrel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\stackrel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\stackrel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\stackrel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\stackrel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\stackrel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstepcounter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstepcounter.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstepcounter.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\stepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\stepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\stepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\stepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\stepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\stepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstretch.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstretch.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstretch.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\stretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\stretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\stretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\stretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\stretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\stretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstrut.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstrut.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstrut.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\strut (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\strut (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\strut (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\strut (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\strut (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\strut (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csubparagraph.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csubparagraph.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csubparagraph.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\subparagraph (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\subparagraph (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\subparagraph (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\subparagraph (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\subparagraph (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\subparagraph (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csubsection.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csubsection.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csubsection.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\subsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\subsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\subsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\subsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\subsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\subsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@
<p>There are a number of ways to change the behavior of the
<code class="code">\subsection</code> command. One is the <code class="code">\@startsection</code> command
-(see <a class="pxref" href="_005c_0040startsection.html"><code class="code">\@startsection</code>, typesetting sectional unit headings</a>). There are also many packages on CTAN that
+(see <a class="pxref" href="_005c_0040startsection.html"><code class="code">\@startsection</code>: Typesetting sectional unit headings</a>). There are also many packages on CTAN that
address this, including <code class="code">titlesec</code>. See the documentation but the
example below gives a sense of what they can do.
</p>
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-titlesec-package-5"></a>
<p>There are a number of ways to change the behavior of the these commands.
-One is the <code class="code">\@startsection</code> command (see <a class="pxref" href="_005c_0040startsection.html"><code class="code">\@startsection</code>, typesetting sectional unit headings</a>).
+One is the <code class="code">\@startsection</code> command (see <a class="pxref" href="_005c_0040startsection.html"><code class="code">\@startsection</code>: Typesetting sectional unit headings</a>).
There are also many packages on CTAN that address this, including
<code class="code">titlesec</code>. See the documentation on CTAN.
</p>
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csubsubsection.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csubsubsection.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csubsubsection.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\subsubsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\subsubsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\subsubsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\subsubsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\subsubsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\subsubsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctelephone.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctelephone.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctelephone.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\telephone (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\telephone (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\telephone (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\telephone (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\telephone (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\telephone (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthepage.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthepage.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthepage.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\thepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\thepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\thepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\thepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\thepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\thepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -60,7 +60,6 @@
Originally written by Jim Hefferon and Karl Berry, 2018. */
-div.example {margin-left: 3.2em}
BODY {
margin-top: 1em;
margin-left: 1em; /* auto results in two-digit <ol> lost off left */
@@ -112,50 +111,16 @@
<code class="code">\thepage</code>, which is the command LaTeX uses for the
representation of page numbers.
</p>
-<p>For example, for the <cite class="cite">TUGboat</cite> journal
-(<a class="url" href="https://tug.org/TUGboat">https://tug.org/TUGboat</a>), we often circulate draft versions of
-articles. For this, we change the page numbering to start at 901, but
-want to print the page numbers with a ‘?’, as in printing ‘?1’ for the
-first page. This helps avoid people from thinking that the page
-numbers are final. We want the ‘?’ to appear in the table of contents
-and cross-references as well as the headers; therefore, we redefine
-<code class="code">\thepage</code>:
+<p>However, <code class="code">\thepage</code> should do any typesetting or other
+complicated maneuvers, but merely expand to the intended page number
+representation. The results of a complicated redefinition of
+<code class="code">\thepage</code> are not predictable, but LaTeX’s report of page
+numbers in diagnostic messages, at least, will become unusable.
</p>
-<div class="example">
-<pre class="example-preformatted">\renewcommand\thepage{%
- \ifnum\value{page}>900
- % In CM, numerals are exactly .5em,
- % so make our `?' have that width too.
- % The \texorpdfstring avoids the hyperref warning:
- % Token not allowed in a PDF string ... removing `\@ifnextchar'
- \texorpdfstring{\makebox[.5em][l]{\small ?}}{?}%
- %
- \textsl{\@arabic{\numexpr\value{page}-900\relax}}% assume e-TeX
- \else
- \@arabic{\value{page}}%
- \fi
-}
-</pre></div>
-
-<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-makeindex-and-special-page-numbers"></a>
-
-<p>There is another complication. Changing <code class="code">\thepage</code> will probably
-break <code class="command">makeindex</code>, since it only understands a few kinds of
-basic counter representations. Thus, a method to extract a standard
-integer from the document’s special representation has to be
-provided. Continuing our <cite class="cite">TUGboat</cite> example:
+<p>There is some discussion of this issue at
+<a class="url" href="https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/687258">https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/687258</a>.
</p>
-<div class="example">
-<pre class="example-preformatted">\usepackage{index}
-...
-\newcommand\specialthepage{\inteval{\value{page}-900}}
-\newindex[specialthepage]*{default}{idx}{ind}{Index}
-</pre></div>
-<p>Thanks to Ulrike Fischer for providing this code.
-There is more discussion at
-<a class="url" href="https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/687258">https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/687258</a>.
-</p>
</div>
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthicklines.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthicklines.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthicklines.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\thicklines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\thicklines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\thicklines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\thicklines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\thicklines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\thicklines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthinlines.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthinlines.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthinlines.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\thinlines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\thinlines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\thinlines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\thinlines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\thinlines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\thinlines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\thinspace & \negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\thinspace & \negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\thinspace & \negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\thinspace & \negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\thinspace & \negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\thinspace & \negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthinspace.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthinspace.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthinspace.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthispagestyle.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthispagestyle.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthispagestyle.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\thispagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\thispagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\thispagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\thispagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\thispagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\thispagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctoday.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctoday.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctoday.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\today (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\today (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\today (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\today (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\today (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\today (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctwocolumn.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctwocolumn.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctwocolumn.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\twocolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\twocolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\twocolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\twocolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\twocolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\twocolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctypein.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctypein.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctypein.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\typein (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\typein (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\typein (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\typein (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\typein (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\typein (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctypeout.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctypeout.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctypeout.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\typeout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\typeout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\typeout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\typeout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\typeout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\typeout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cunboldmath.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cunboldmath.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cunboldmath.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\unboldmath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\unboldmath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\unboldmath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\unboldmath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\unboldmath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\unboldmath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cusebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cusebox.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cusebox.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\usebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\usebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\usebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\usebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\usebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\usebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cusecounter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cusecounter.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cusecounter.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\usecounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\usecounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\usecounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\usecounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\usecounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\usecounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Index: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cusepackage.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cusepackage.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cusepackage.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
Property changes on: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cusepackage.html
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvalue.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvalue.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvalue.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\value (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\value (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\value (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\value (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\value (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\value (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvector.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvector.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvector.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\vector (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\vector (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\vector (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\vector (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\vector (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\vector (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cverb.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cverb.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cverb.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\verb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\verb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\verb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\verb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\verb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\verb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvfill.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvfill.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvfill.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\vfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\vfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\vfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\vfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\vfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\vfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvline.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvline.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvline.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\vline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\vline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\vline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\vline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\vline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\vline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvphantom.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvphantom.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvphantom.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\vphantom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\vphantom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\vphantom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\vphantom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\vphantom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\vphantom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvspace.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvspace.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvspace.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\vspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\vspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\vspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\vspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\vspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\vspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwlog.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwlog.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwlog.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\wlog (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\wlog (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\wlog (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\wlog (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\wlog (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\wlog (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite-and-security.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite-and-security.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite-and-security.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\write and security (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\write and security (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\write and security (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\write and security (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\write and security (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\write and security (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\write (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\write (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\write (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\write (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\write (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\write (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite18.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite18.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite18.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\write18 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\write18 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\write18 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\write18 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\write18 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\write18 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cyear.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cyear.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cyear.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\year (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>\year (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="\year (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\year (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\year (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\year (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_007e.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_007e.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_007e.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>~ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>~ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="~ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="~ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="~ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="~ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/abstract.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/abstract.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/abstract.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>abstract (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>abstract (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="abstract (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="abstract (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="abstract (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="abstract (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/array.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/array.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/array.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>array (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>array (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="array (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="array (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="array (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="array (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/article-template.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/article-template.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/article-template.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>article template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>article template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="article template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="article template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="article template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="article template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/beamer-template.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/beamer-template.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/beamer-template.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>beamer template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>beamer template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="beamer template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="beamer template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="beamer template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="beamer template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/bigskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/bigskip.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/bigskip.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>bigskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>bigskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="bigskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="bigskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="bigskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="bigskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/bm.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/bm.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/bm.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>bm (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>bm (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="bm (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="bm (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="bm (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="bm (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/book-template.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/book-template.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/book-template.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/center.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/center.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/center.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>center (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>center (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="center (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="center (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="center (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="center (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/colon.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/colon.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/colon.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>colon (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>colon (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="colon (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="colon (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="colon (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="colon (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-RGB.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-RGB.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-RGB.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>color models RGB (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>color models RGB (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="color models RGB (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="color models RGB (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="color models RGB (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="color models RGB (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-cmyk.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-cmyk.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-cmyk.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>color models cmyk (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>color models cmyk (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="color models cmyk (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="color models cmyk (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="color models cmyk (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="color models cmyk (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-gray.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-gray.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-gray.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>color models gray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>color models gray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="color models gray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="color models gray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="color models gray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="color models gray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-named.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-named.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-named.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>color models named (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>color models named (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="color models named (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="color models named (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="color models named (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="color models named (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-rgb.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-rgb.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-rgb.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>color models rgb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>color models rgb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="color models rgb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="color models rgb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="color models rgb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="color models rgb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/description.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/description.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/description.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>description (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>description (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="description (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="description (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="description (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="description (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/displaymath.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/displaymath.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/displaymath.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>displaymath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>displaymath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="displaymath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="displaymath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="displaymath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="displaymath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-article.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-article.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-article.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>document classes article (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>document classes article (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="document classes article (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="document classes article (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="document classes article (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="document classes article (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-book.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-book.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-book.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>document classes book (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>document classes book (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="document classes book (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="document classes book (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="document classes book (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="document classes book (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-letter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-letter.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-letter.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>document classes letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>document classes letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="document classes letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="document classes letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="document classes letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="document classes letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-report.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-report.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-report.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>document classes report (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>document classes report (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="document classes report (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="document classes report (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="document classes report (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="document classes report (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-slides.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-slides.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-slides.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>document classes slides (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>document classes slides (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="document classes slides (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="document classes slides (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="document classes slides (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="document classes slides (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-cdots.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-cdots.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-cdots.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>ellipses cdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>ellipses cdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="ellipses cdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="ellipses cdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="ellipses cdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="ellipses cdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-ddots.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-ddots.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-ddots.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>ellipses ddots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>ellipses ddots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="ellipses ddots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="ellipses ddots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="ellipses ddots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="ellipses ddots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-ldots.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-ldots.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-ldots.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>ellipses ldots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>ellipses ldots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="ellipses ldots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="ellipses ldots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="ellipses ldots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="ellipses ldots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-vdots.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-vdots.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-vdots.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>ellipses vdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>ellipses vdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="ellipses vdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="ellipses vdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="ellipses vdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="ellipses vdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumi.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumi.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumi.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>enumerate enumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>enumerate enumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="enumerate enumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate enumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="enumerate enumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate enumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumii.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumii.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumii.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>enumerate enumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>enumerate enumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="enumerate enumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate enumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="enumerate enumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate enumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumiii.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumiii.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumiii.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>enumerate enumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>enumerate enumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="enumerate enumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate enumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="enumerate enumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate enumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumiv.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumiv.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumiv.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>enumerate enumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>enumerate enumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="enumerate enumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate enumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="enumerate enumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate enumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumi.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumi.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumi.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>enumerate labelenumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>enumerate labelenumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="enumerate labelenumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate labelenumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="enumerate labelenumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate labelenumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumii.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumii.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumii.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>enumerate labelenumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>enumerate labelenumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="enumerate labelenumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate labelenumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="enumerate labelenumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate labelenumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumiii.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumiii.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumiii.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>enumerate labelenumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>enumerate labelenumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="enumerate labelenumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate labelenumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="enumerate labelenumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate labelenumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumiv.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumiv.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumiv.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>enumerate labelenumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>enumerate labelenumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="enumerate labelenumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate labelenumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="enumerate labelenumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate labelenumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>enumerate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>enumerate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="enumerate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="enumerate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/eqnarray.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/eqnarray.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/eqnarray.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>eqnarray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>eqnarray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="eqnarray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="eqnarray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="eqnarray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="eqnarray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/equation.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/equation.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/equation.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>equation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>equation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="equation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="equation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="equation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="equation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fbox-framebox-fboxrule.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fbox-framebox-fboxrule.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fbox-framebox-fboxrule.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>fbox framebox fboxrule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>fbox framebox fboxrule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="fbox framebox fboxrule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="fbox framebox fboxrule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="fbox framebox fboxrule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="fbox framebox fboxrule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fbox-framebox-fboxsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fbox-framebox-fboxsep.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fbox-framebox-fboxsep.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>fbox framebox fboxsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>fbox framebox fboxsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="fbox framebox fboxsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="fbox framebox fboxsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="fbox framebox fboxsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="fbox framebox fboxsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/figure.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/figure.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/figure.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>figure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>figure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="figure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="figure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="figure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="figure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/filecontents.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/filecontents.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/filecontents.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>filecontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>filecontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="filecontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="filecontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="filecontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="filecontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-bottomfraction.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-bottomfraction.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-bottomfraction.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>floats bottomfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>floats bottomfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="floats bottomfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats bottomfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats bottomfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats bottomfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-bottomnumber.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-bottomnumber.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-bottomnumber.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>floats bottomnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>floats bottomnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="floats bottomnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats bottomnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats bottomnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats bottomnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-dbltopnumber.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-dbltopnumber.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-dbltopnumber.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>floats dbltopnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>floats dbltopnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="floats dbltopnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats dbltopnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats dbltopnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats dbltopnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-floatpagefraction.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-floatpagefraction.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-floatpagefraction.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>floats floatpagefraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>floats floatpagefraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="floats floatpagefraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats floatpagefraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats floatpagefraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats floatpagefraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-floatsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-floatsep.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-floatsep.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>floats floatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>floats floatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="floats floatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats floatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats floatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats floatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-intextsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-intextsep.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-intextsep.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>floats intextsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>floats intextsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="floats intextsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats intextsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats intextsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats intextsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-textfloatsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-textfloatsep.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-textfloatsep.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>floats textfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>floats textfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="floats textfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats textfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats textfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats textfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-textfraction.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-textfraction.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-textfraction.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>floats textfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>floats textfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="floats textfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats textfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats textfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats textfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-topfraction.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-topfraction.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-topfraction.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>floats topfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>floats topfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="floats topfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats topfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats topfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats topfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-topnumber.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-topnumber.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-topnumber.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>floats topnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>floats topnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="floats topnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats topnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats topnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats topnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-totalnumber.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-totalnumber.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-totalnumber.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>floats totalnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>floats totalnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="floats totalnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats totalnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats totalnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats totalnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/flushleft.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/flushleft.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/flushleft.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>flushleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>flushleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="flushleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="flushleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="flushleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="flushleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/flushright.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/flushright.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/flushright.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>flushright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>flushright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="flushright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="flushright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="flushright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="flushright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fontenc-package.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fontenc-package.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fontenc-package.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>fontenc package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>fontenc package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="fontenc package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="fontenc package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="fontenc package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="fontenc package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/footnote-footnoterule.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/footnote-footnoterule.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/footnote-footnoterule.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>footnote footnoterule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>footnote footnoterule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="footnote footnoterule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="footnote footnoterule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="footnote footnoterule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="footnote footnoterule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/footnote-footnotesep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/footnote-footnotesep.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/footnote-footnotesep.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>footnote footnotesep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>footnote footnotesep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="footnote footnotesep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="footnote footnotesep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="footnote footnotesep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="footnote footnotesep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bb.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bb.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bb.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics bb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>includegraphics bb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics bb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics bb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics bb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics bb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bbllx.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bbllx.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bbllx.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics bbllx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>includegraphics bbllx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics bbllx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics bbllx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics bbllx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics bbllx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bblly.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bblly.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bblly.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics bblly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>includegraphics bblly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics bblly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics bblly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics bblly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics bblly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bburx.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bburx.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bburx.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics bburx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>includegraphics bburx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics bburx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics bburx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics bburx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics bburx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bbury.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bbury.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bbury.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics bbury (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>includegraphics bbury (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics bbury (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics bbury (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics bbury (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics bbury (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-clip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-clip.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-clip.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics clip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>includegraphics clip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics clip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics clip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics clip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics clip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-command.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-command.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-command.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics command (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>includegraphics command (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics command (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics command (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics command (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics command (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-draft.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-draft.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-draft.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics draft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>includegraphics draft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics draft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics draft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics draft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics draft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-ext.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-ext.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-ext.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics ext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>includegraphics ext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics ext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics ext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics ext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics ext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-height.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-height.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-height.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>includegraphics height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-hiresbb.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-hiresbb.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-hiresbb.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics hiresbb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>includegraphics hiresbb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics hiresbb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics hiresbb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics hiresbb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics hiresbb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-interpolate.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-interpolate.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-interpolate.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics interpolate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>includegraphics interpolate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics interpolate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics interpolate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics interpolate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics interpolate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-keepaspectratio.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-keepaspectratio.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-keepaspectratio.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics keepaspectratio (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>includegraphics keepaspectratio (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics keepaspectratio (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics keepaspectratio (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics keepaspectratio (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics keepaspectratio (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-natheight.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-natheight.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-natheight.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics natheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>includegraphics natheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics natheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics natheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics natheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics natheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-natwidth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-natwidth.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-natwidth.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics natwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>includegraphics natwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics natwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics natwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics natwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics natwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-page.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-page.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-page.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics page (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>includegraphics page (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics page (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics page (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics page (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics page (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-pagebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-pagebox.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-pagebox.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics pagebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>includegraphics pagebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics pagebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics pagebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics pagebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics pagebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-quiet.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-quiet.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-quiet.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics quiet (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>includegraphics quiet (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics quiet (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics quiet (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics quiet (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics quiet (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-read.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-read.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-read.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>includegraphics read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-totalheight.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-totalheight.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-totalheight.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>includegraphics totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-trim.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-trim.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-trim.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics trim (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>includegraphics trim (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics trim (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics trim (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics trim (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics trim (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-type.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-type.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-type.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics type (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>includegraphics type (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics type (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics type (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics type (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics type (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-viewport.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-viewport.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-viewport.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics viewport (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>includegraphics viewport (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics viewport (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics viewport (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics viewport (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics viewport (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-width.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-width.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-width.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>includegraphics width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/index.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/index.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/index.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Top (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>Top (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="Top (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Top (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Top (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Top (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -106,21 +106,22 @@
href="https://latexref.xyz/">separate web pages for each section or
subsection</a>. It's also available as a <a
href="https://latexref.xyz/dev/latex2e.html">single web page</a> and as
-a <a href="https://latexref.xyz/dev/latex2e.pdf">pdf</a>. Note that
-there is also a separately-maintained <a
-href="https://latexref.xyz/fr/">French edition</a>.</p>
+a <a href="https://latexref.xyz/dev/latex2e.pdf">pdf</a>.
+Translations to French and Spanish are available at
+<a class="url" href="https://ctan.org/pkg/latex2e-help-texinfo">https://ctan.org/pkg/latex2e-help-texinfo</a>; they're maintained
+separately.
<p> This document is not official. It has not been reviewed by the
-LaTeX maintainers. Our goal is to cover all (non-private) LaTeX
-commands. Your comments and contributions, including bug reports, are
-very welcome. See <a href='https://latexref.xyz/dev/'>our project
-page</a> for more, including <a
-href='https://latexref.xyz/dev/#license'>license information</a> and
-information on how you can
-<a href='https://latexref.xyz/dev/writing.html'>contribute to this manual</a>
-as well as
-<a href='https://latexref.xyz/dev/mirroring.html'>mirror it</a>.</p>
-<!-- End of opening header -->
+LaTeX maintainers. Our ultimate goal is to cover all (non-private)
+LaTeX commands. Your comments and contributions, including bug
+reports, are very welcome. See <a
+href='https://latexref.xyz/dev/'>our project page</a> for more,
+including <a href='https://latexref.xyz/dev/#license'>license
+information</a> and information on how you can <a
+href='https://latexref.xyz/dev/writing.html'>contribute to this
+manual</a> as well as <a
+href='https://latexref.xyz/dev/mirroring.html'>mirror it</a>.</p> <!--
+End of opening header -->
@@ -135,7 +136,7 @@
<h1 class="top" id="LaTeX2e_003a-An-unofficial-reference-manual">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</h1>
<p>This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of
-July 2023) for LaTeX2e, a document preparation system.
+September 2023) for LaTeX2e, a document preparation system.
</p>
<div class="element-contents" id="SEC_Contents">
@@ -151,17 +152,17 @@
<li><a id="toc-Output-files-1" href="Output-files.html">2.2 Output files</a></li>
<li><a id="toc-TeX-engines-1" href="TeX-engines.html">2.3 TeX engines</a></li>
<li><a id="toc-LaTeX-command-syntax-1" href="LaTeX-command-syntax.html">2.4 LaTeX command syntax</a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-Environment-1" href="Environment.html">2.5 Environment</a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-CTAN_003a-The-Comprehensive-TeX-Archive-Network" href="CTAN.html">2.6 CTAN: The Comprehensive TeX Archive Network</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Environment-syntax-1" href="Environment-syntax.html">2.5 Environment syntax</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cDocumentMetadata_003a-Producing-tagged-PDF-output" href="_005cDocumentMetadata.html">2.6 <code class="code">\DocumentMetadata</code>: Producing tagged PDF output</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-CTAN_003a-The-Comprehensive-TeX-Archive-Network" href="CTAN.html">2.7 CTAN: The Comprehensive TeX Archive Network</a></li>
</ul></li>
<li><a id="toc-Document-classes-1" href="Document-classes.html">3 Document classes</a>
<ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
<li><a id="toc-Document-class-options-1" href="Document-class-options.html">3.1 Document class options</a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-Additional-packages-1" href="Additional-packages.html">3.2 Additional packages</a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-Class-and-package-construction-1" href="Class-and-package-construction.html">3.3 Class and package construction</a>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cusepackage_003a-Additional-packages" href="_005cusepackage.html">3.2 <code class="code">\usepackage</code>: Additional packages</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Class-and-package-creation-1" href="Class-and-package-creation.html">3.3 Class and package creation</a>
<ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
<li><a id="toc-Class-and-package-structure-1" href="Class-and-package-structure.html">3.3.1 Class and package structure</a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-Class-and-package-commands-1" href="Class-and-package-commands.html">3.3.2 Class and package commands</a></li>
</ul></li>
</ul></li>
<li><a id="toc-Fonts-1" href="Fonts.html">4 Fonts</a>
@@ -206,7 +207,7 @@
<li><a id="toc-_005csubsubsection_002c-_005cparagraph_002c-_005csubparagraph" href="_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph.html">6.5 <code class="code">\subsubsection</code>, <code class="code">\paragraph</code>, <code class="code">\subparagraph</code></a></li>
<li><a id="toc-_005cappendix-1" href="_005cappendix.html">6.6 <code class="code">\appendix</code></a></li>
<li><a id="toc-_005cfrontmatter_002c-_005cmainmatter_002c-_005cbackmatter" href="_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter.html">6.7 <code class="code">\frontmatter</code>, <code class="code">\mainmatter</code>, <code class="code">\backmatter</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005c_0040startsection_002c-typesetting-sectional-unit-headings" href="_005c_0040startsection.html">6.8 <code class="code">\@startsection</code>, typesetting sectional unit headings</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005c_0040startsection_003a-Typesetting-sectional-unit-headings" href="_005c_0040startsection.html">6.8 <code class="code">\@startsection</code>: Typesetting sectional unit headings</a></li>
</ul></li>
<li><a id="toc-Cross-references-1" href="Cross-references.html">7 Cross references</a>
<ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
@@ -347,7 +348,27 @@
<li><a id="toc-_005cnewfont-1" href="_005cnewfont.html">12.10 <code class="code">\newfont</code></a></li>
<li><a id="toc-_005cprotect-1" href="_005cprotect.html">12.11 <code class="code">\protect</code></a></li>
<li><a id="toc-_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend-1" href="_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend.html">12.12 <code class="code">\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-xspace-package-1" href="xspace-package.html">12.13 xspace package</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-xspace-package-1" href="xspace-package.html">12.13 <code class="code">xspace</code> package</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Class-and-package-commands-1" href="Class-and-package-commands.html">12.14 Class and package commands</a>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cAtBeginDvi-_0026-_005cAtEndDvi-1" href="_005cAtBeginDvi-_0026-_005cAtEndDvi.html">12.14.1 <code class="code">\AtBeginDvi</code> & <code class="code">\AtEndDvi</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cAtEndOfClass-_0026-_005cAtEndOfPackage-1" href="_005cAtEndOfClass-_0026-_005cAtEndOfPackage.html">12.14.2 <code class="code">\AtEndOfClass</code> & <code class="code">\AtEndOfPackage</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cCheckCommand-1" href="_005cCheckCommand.html">12.14.3 <code class="code">\CheckCommand</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cClassError-and-_005cPackageError-and-others-1" href="_005cClassError-and-_005cPackageError-and-others.html">12.14.4 <code class="code">\ClassError</code> and <code class="code">\PackageError</code> and others</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cCurrentOption-1" href="_005cCurrentOption.html">12.14.5 <code class="code">\CurrentOption</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cDeclareOption-1" href="_005cDeclareOption.html">12.14.6 <code class="code">\DeclareOption</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cDeclareRobustCommand-1" href="_005cDeclareRobustCommand.html">12.14.7 <code class="code">\DeclareRobustCommand</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cExecuteOptions-1" href="_005cExecuteOptions.html">12.14.8 <code class="code">\ExecuteOptions</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cIfFileExists-_0026-_005cInputIfFileExists-1" href="_005cIfFileExists-_0026-_005cInputIfFileExists.html">12.14.9 <code class="code">\IfFileExists</code> & <code class="code">\InputIfFileExists</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cLoadClass-_0026-_005cLoadClassWithOptions-1" href="_005cLoadClass-_0026-_005cLoadClassWithOptions.html">12.14.10 <code class="code">\LoadClass</code> & <code class="code">\LoadClassWithOptions</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cNeedsTeXFormat-1" href="_005cNeedsTeXFormat.html">12.14.11 <code class="code">\NeedsTeXFormat</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cOptionNotUsed-1" href="_005cOptionNotUsed.html">12.14.12 <code class="code">\OptionNotUsed</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cPassOptionsToClass-_0026-_005cPassOptionsToPackage-1" href="_005cPassOptionsToClass-_0026-_005cPassOptionsToPackage.html">12.14.13 <code class="code">\PassOptionsToClass</code> & <code class="code">\PassOptionsToPackage</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cProcessOptions-1" href="_005cProcessOptions.html">12.14.14 <code class="code">\ProcessOptions</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cProvidesClass-_0026-_005cProvidesPackage-1" href="_005cProvidesClass-_0026-_005cProvidesPackage.html">12.14.15 <code class="code">\ProvidesClass</code> & <code class="code">\ProvidesPackage</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cProvidesFile-1" href="_005cProvidesFile.html">12.14.16 <code class="code">\ProvidesFile</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cRequirePackage-_0026-_005cRequirePackageWithOptions-1" href="_005cRequirePackage-_0026-_005cRequirePackageWithOptions.html">12.14.17 <code class="code">\RequirePackage</code> & <code class="code">\RequirePackageWithOptions</code></a></li>
+ </ul></li>
</ul></li>
<li><a id="toc-Counters-1" href="Counters.html">13 Counters</a>
<ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
@@ -464,34 +485,34 @@
<li><a id="toc-lrbox-1" href="lrbox.html">20.6 <code class="code">lrbox</code></a></li>
<li><a id="toc-_005cusebox-1" href="_005cusebox.html">20.7 <code class="code">\usebox</code></a></li>
</ul></li>
- <li><a id="toc-Color-1" href="Color.html">21 Color</a>
+ <li><a id="toc-Graphics-1" href="Graphics.html">21 Graphics</a>
<ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
- <li><a id="toc-color-package-options" href="Color-package-options.html">21.1 <code class="code">color</code> package options</a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-Color-models-1" href="Color-models.html">21.2 Color models</a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-Commands-for-color-1" href="Commands-for-color.html">21.3 Commands for color</a>
+ <li><a id="toc-graphics-package-options" href="Graphics-package-options.html">21.1 <code class="code">graphics</code> package options</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-graphics-package-configuration" href="Graphics-package-configuration.html">21.2 <code class="code">graphics</code> package configuration</a>
<ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
- <li><a id="toc-Define-colors-1" href="Define-colors.html">21.3.1 Define colors</a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-Colored-text-1" href="Colored-text.html">21.3.2 Colored text</a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-Colored-boxes-1" href="Colored-boxes.html">21.3.3 Colored boxes</a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-Colored-pages-1" href="Colored-pages.html">21.3.4 Colored pages</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cgraphicspath-1" href="_005cgraphicspath.html">21.2.1 <code class="code">\graphicspath</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions-1" href="_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions.html">21.2.2 <code class="code">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cDeclareGraphicsRule-1" href="_005cDeclareGraphicsRule.html">21.2.3 <code class="code">\DeclareGraphicsRule</code></a></li>
</ul></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Commands-for-graphics-1" href="Commands-for-graphics.html">21.3 Commands for graphics</a>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cincludegraphics-1" href="_005cincludegraphics.html">21.3.1 <code class="code">\includegraphics</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005crotatebox-1" href="_005crotatebox.html">21.3.2 <code class="code">\rotatebox</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cscalebox-1" href="_005cscalebox.html">21.3.3 <code class="code">\scalebox</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cresizebox-1" href="_005cresizebox.html">21.3.4 <code class="code">\resizebox</code></a></li>
+ </ul></li>
</ul></li>
- <li><a id="toc-Graphics-1" href="Graphics.html">22 Graphics</a>
+ <li><a id="toc-Color-1" href="Color.html">22 Color</a>
<ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
- <li><a id="toc-graphics-package-options" href="Graphics-package-options.html">22.1 <code class="code">graphics</code> package options</a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-graphics-package-configuration" href="Graphics-package-configuration.html">22.2 <code class="code">graphics</code> package configuration</a>
+ <li><a id="toc-color-package-options" href="Color-package-options.html">22.1 <code class="code">color</code> package options</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Color-models-1" href="Color-models.html">22.2 Color models</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Commands-for-color-1" href="Commands-for-color.html">22.3 Commands for color</a>
<ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
- <li><a id="toc-_005cgraphicspath-1" href="_005cgraphicspath.html">22.2.1 <code class="code">\graphicspath</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions-1" href="_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions.html">22.2.2 <code class="code">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cDeclareGraphicsRule-1" href="_005cDeclareGraphicsRule.html">22.2.3 <code class="code">\DeclareGraphicsRule</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Define-colors-1" href="Define-colors.html">22.3.1 Define colors</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Colored-text-1" href="Colored-text.html">22.3.2 Colored text</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Colored-boxes-1" href="Colored-boxes.html">22.3.3 Colored boxes</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Colored-pages-1" href="Colored-pages.html">22.3.4 Colored pages</a></li>
</ul></li>
- <li><a id="toc-Commands-for-graphics-1" href="Commands-for-graphics.html">22.3 Commands for graphics</a>
- <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
- <li><a id="toc-_005cincludegraphics-1" href="_005cincludegraphics.html">22.3.1 <code class="code">\includegraphics</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005crotatebox-1" href="_005crotatebox.html">22.3.2 <code class="code">\rotatebox</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cscalebox-1" href="_005cscalebox.html">22.3.3 <code class="code">\scalebox</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cresizebox-1" href="_005cresizebox.html">22.3.4 <code class="code">\resizebox</code></a></li>
- </ul></li>
</ul></li>
<li><a id="toc-Special-insertions-1" href="Special-insertions.html">23 Special insertions</a>
<ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
@@ -609,8 +630,8 @@
<li><a id="stoc-Page-styles-1" href="#toc-Page-styles-1">18 Page styles</a></li>
<li><a id="stoc-Spaces-1" href="#toc-Spaces-1">19 Spaces</a></li>
<li><a id="stoc-Boxes-1" href="#toc-Boxes-1">20 Boxes</a></li>
-<li><a id="stoc-Color-1" href="#toc-Color-1">21 Color</a></li>
-<li><a id="stoc-Graphics-1" href="#toc-Graphics-1">22 Graphics</a></li>
+<li><a id="stoc-Graphics-1" href="#toc-Graphics-1">21 Graphics</a></li>
+<li><a id="stoc-Color-1" href="#toc-Color-1">22 Color</a></li>
<li><a id="stoc-Special-insertions-1" href="#toc-Special-insertions-1">23 Special insertions</a></li>
<li><a id="stoc-Splitting-the-input-1" href="#toc-Splitting-the-input-1">24 Splitting the input</a></li>
<li><a id="stoc-Front_002fback-matter-1" href="#toc-Front_002fback-matter-1">25 Front/back matter</a></li>
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/inputenc-package.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/inputenc-package.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/inputenc-package.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>inputenc package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>inputenc package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="inputenc package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="inputenc package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="inputenc package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="inputenc package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/interaction-modes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/interaction-modes.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/interaction-modes.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>interaction modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>interaction modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="interaction modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="interaction modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="interaction modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="interaction modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemi.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemi.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemi.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>itemize labelitemi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>itemize labelitemi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="itemize labelitemi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize labelitemi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize labelitemi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize labelitemi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemii.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemii.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemii.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>itemize labelitemii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>itemize labelitemii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="itemize labelitemii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize labelitemii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize labelitemii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize labelitemii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemiii.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemiii.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemiii.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>itemize labelitemiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>itemize labelitemiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="itemize labelitemiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize labelitemiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize labelitemiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize labelitemiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemiv.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemiv.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemiv.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>itemize labelitemiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>itemize labelitemiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="itemize labelitemiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize labelitemiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize labelitemiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize labelitemiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmargin.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmargin.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmargin.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>itemize leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>itemize leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmargini.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmargini.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmargini.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>itemize leftmargini (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>itemize leftmargini (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmargini (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmargini (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmargini (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmargini (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginii.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginii.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginii.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>itemize leftmarginii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>itemize leftmarginii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmarginii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmarginii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmarginii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmarginii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginiii.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginiii.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginiii.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>itemize leftmarginiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>itemize leftmarginiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmarginiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmarginiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmarginiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmarginiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginiv.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginiv.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginiv.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>itemize leftmarginiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>itemize leftmarginiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmarginiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmarginiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmarginiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmarginiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginv.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginv.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginv.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>itemize leftmarginv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>itemize leftmarginv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmarginv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmarginv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmarginv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmarginv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginvi.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginvi.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginvi.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>itemize leftmarginvi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>itemize leftmarginvi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmarginvi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmarginvi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmarginvi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmarginvi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>itemize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>itemize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="itemize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/letter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/letter.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/letter.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-beginparpenalty.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-beginparpenalty.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-beginparpenalty.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list beginparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>list beginparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="list beginparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list beginparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="list beginparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list beginparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-endparpenalty.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-endparpenalty.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-endparpenalty.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list endparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>list endparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="list endparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list endparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="list endparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list endparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itemindent.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itemindent.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itemindent.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list itemindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>list itemindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="list itemindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list itemindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="list itemindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list itemindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itempenalty.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itempenalty.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itempenalty.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list itempenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>list itempenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="list itempenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list itempenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="list itempenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list itempenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itemsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itemsep.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itemsep.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list itemsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>list itemsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="list itemsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list itemsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="list itemsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list itemsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-labelsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-labelsep.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-labelsep.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list labelsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>list labelsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="list labelsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list labelsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="list labelsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list labelsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-labelwidth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-labelwidth.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-labelwidth.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list labelwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>list labelwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="list labelwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list labelwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="list labelwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list labelwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-leftmargin.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-leftmargin.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-leftmargin.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>list leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="list leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="list leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-listparindent.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-listparindent.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-listparindent.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list listparindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>list listparindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="list listparindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list listparindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="list listparindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list listparindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-makelabel.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-makelabel.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-makelabel.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list makelabel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>list makelabel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="list makelabel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list makelabel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="list makelabel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list makelabel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-parsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-parsep.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-parsep.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list parsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>list parsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="list parsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list parsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="list parsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list parsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-partopsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-partopsep.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-partopsep.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list partopsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>list partopsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="list partopsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list partopsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="list partopsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list partopsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-rightmargin.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-rightmargin.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-rightmargin.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list rightmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>list rightmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="list rightmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list rightmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="list rightmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list rightmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-topsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-topsep.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-topsep.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list topsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>list topsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="list topsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list topsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="list topsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list topsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>list (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="list (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="list (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontencoding.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontencoding.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontencoding.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>low level font commands fontencoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>low level font commands fontencoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="low level font commands fontencoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands fontencoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="low level font commands fontencoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands fontencoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontfamily.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontfamily.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontfamily.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>low level font commands fontfamily (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>low level font commands fontfamily (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="low level font commands fontfamily (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands fontfamily (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="low level font commands fontfamily (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands fontfamily (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontseries.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontseries.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontseries.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>low level font commands fontseries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>low level font commands fontseries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="low level font commands fontseries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands fontseries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="low level font commands fontseries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands fontseries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontshape.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontshape.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontshape.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>low level font commands fontshape (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>low level font commands fontshape (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="low level font commands fontshape (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands fontshape (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="low level font commands fontshape (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands fontshape (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontsize.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontsize.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontsize.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>low level font commands fontsize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>low level font commands fontsize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="low level font commands fontsize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands fontsize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="low level font commands fontsize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands fontsize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-linespread.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-linespread.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-linespread.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>low level font commands linespread (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>low level font commands linespread (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="low level font commands linespread (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands linespread (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="low level font commands linespread (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands linespread (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-selectfont.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-selectfont.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-selectfont.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>low level font commands selectfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>low level font commands selectfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="low level font commands selectfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands selectfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="low level font commands selectfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands selectfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-usefont.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-usefont.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-usefont.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>low level font commands usefont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>low level font commands usefont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="low level font commands usefont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands usefont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="low level font commands usefont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands usefont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/lrbox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/lrbox.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/lrbox.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>lrbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>lrbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="lrbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="lrbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="lrbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="lrbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-0.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-0.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-0.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex delim 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>makeindex delim 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex delim 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex delim 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex delim 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex delim 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-1.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-1.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-1.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex delim 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>makeindex delim 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex delim 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex delim 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex delim 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex delim 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-2.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-2.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-2.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex delim 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>makeindex delim 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex delim 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex delim 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex delim 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex delim 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-n.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-n.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-n.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex delim n (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>makeindex delim n (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex delim n (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex delim n (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex delim n (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex delim n (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-r.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-r.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-r.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex delim r (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>makeindex delim r (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex delim r (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex delim r (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex delim r (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex delim r (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-group-skip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-group-skip.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-group-skip.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex group skip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>makeindex group skip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex group skip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex group skip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex group skip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex group skip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-indent-length.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-indent-length.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-indent-length.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex indent length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>makeindex indent length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex indent length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex indent length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex indent length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex indent length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-indent-space.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-indent-space.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-indent-space.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex indent space (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>makeindex indent space (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex indent space (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex indent space (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex indent space (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex indent space (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-0.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-0.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-0.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex item 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>makeindex item 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex item 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex item 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-01.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-01.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-01.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex item 01 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>makeindex item 01 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex item 01 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item 01 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex item 01 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item 01 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-1.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-1.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-1.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex item 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>makeindex item 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex item 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex item 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-12.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-12.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-12.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex item 12 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>makeindex item 12 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex item 12 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item 12 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex item 12 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item 12 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-2.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-2.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-2.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex item 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>makeindex item 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex item 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex item 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-x1.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-x1.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-x1.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex item x1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>makeindex item x1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex item x1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item x1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex item x1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item x1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-x2.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-x2.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-x2.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex item x2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>makeindex item x2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex item x2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item x2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex item x2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item x2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-lethead-prefix.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-lethead-prefix.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-lethead-prefix.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex lethead prefix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>makeindex lethead prefix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex lethead prefix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex lethead prefix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex lethead prefix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex lethead prefix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-lethead-suffix.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-lethead-suffix.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-lethead-suffix.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex lethead suffix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>makeindex lethead suffix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex lethead suffix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex lethead suffix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex lethead suffix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex lethead suffix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-letheadflag.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-letheadflag.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-letheadflag.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex letheadflag (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>makeindex letheadflag (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex letheadflag (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex letheadflag (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex letheadflag (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex letheadflag (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-line-max.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-line-max.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-line-max.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex line max (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>makeindex line max (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex line max (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex line max (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex line max (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex line max (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-page-precedence.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-page-precedence.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-page-precedence.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex page precedence (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>makeindex page precedence (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex page precedence (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex page precedence (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex page precedence (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex page precedence (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-postamble.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-postamble.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-postamble.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex postamble (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>makeindex postamble (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex postamble (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex postamble (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex postamble (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex postamble (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-preamble.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-preamble.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-preamble.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex preamble (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>makeindex preamble (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex preamble (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex preamble (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex preamble (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex preamble (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>makeindex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/marginal-notes-marginparpush.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/marginal-notes-marginparpush.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/marginal-notes-marginparpush.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>marginal notes marginparpush (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>marginal notes marginparpush (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="marginal notes marginparpush (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="marginal notes marginparpush (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="marginal notes marginparpush (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="marginal notes marginparpush (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/marginal-notes-marginparsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/marginal-notes-marginparsep.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/marginal-notes-marginparsep.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>marginal notes marginparsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>marginal notes marginparsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="marginal notes marginparsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="marginal notes marginparsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="marginal notes marginparsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="marginal notes marginparsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/marginal-notes-marginparwidth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/marginal-notes-marginparwidth.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/marginal-notes-marginparwidth.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>marginal notes marginparwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>marginal notes marginparwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="marginal notes marginparwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="marginal notes marginparwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="marginal notes marginparwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="marginal notes marginparwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/math.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/math.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/math.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>math (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>math (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="math (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="math (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="math (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="math (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-depth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-depth.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-depth.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>mbox makebox depth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>mbox makebox depth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="mbox makebox depth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="mbox makebox depth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="mbox makebox depth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="mbox makebox depth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-height.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-height.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-height.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>mbox makebox height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>mbox makebox height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="mbox makebox height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="mbox makebox height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="mbox makebox height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="mbox makebox height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-totalheight.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-totalheight.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-totalheight.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>mbox makebox totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>mbox makebox totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="mbox makebox totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="mbox makebox totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="mbox makebox totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="mbox makebox totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-width.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-width.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-width.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>mbox makebox width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>mbox makebox width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="mbox makebox width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="mbox makebox width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="mbox makebox width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="mbox makebox width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/medskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/medskip.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/medskip.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>medskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>medskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="medskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="medskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="medskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="medskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/minipage.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/minipage.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/minipage.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>minipage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>minipage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="minipage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="minipage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="minipage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="minipage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-inner-paragraph-mode.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-inner-paragraph-mode.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-inner-paragraph-mode.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>modes inner paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>modes inner paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="modes inner paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="modes inner paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="modes inner paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="modes inner paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-internal-vertical-mode.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-internal-vertical-mode.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-internal-vertical-mode.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>modes internal vertical mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>modes internal vertical mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="modes internal vertical mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="modes internal vertical mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="modes internal vertical mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="modes internal vertical mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-lr-mode.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-lr-mode.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-lr-mode.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>modes lr mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>modes lr mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="modes lr mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="modes lr mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="modes lr mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="modes lr mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-math-mode.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-math-mode.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-math-mode.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>modes math mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>modes math mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="modes math mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="modes math mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="modes math mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="modes math mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-outer-paragraph-mode.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-outer-paragraph-mode.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-outer-paragraph-mode.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>modes outer paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>modes outer paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="modes outer paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="modes outer paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="modes outer paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="modes outer paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-paragraph-mode.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-paragraph-mode.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-paragraph-mode.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>modes paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>modes paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="modes paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="modes paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="modes paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="modes paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-vertical-mode.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-vertical-mode.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-vertical-mode.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>modes vertical mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>modes vertical mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="modes vertical mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="modes vertical mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="modes vertical mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="modes vertical mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-directory.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-directory.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-directory.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>output directory (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>output directory (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="output directory (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="output directory (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="output directory (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="output directory (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-aux.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-aux.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-aux.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>output files aux (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>output files aux (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="output files aux (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="output files aux (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="output files aux (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="output files aux (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-dvi.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-dvi.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-dvi.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>output files dvi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>output files dvi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="output files dvi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="output files dvi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="output files dvi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="output files dvi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-log.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-log.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-log.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>output files log (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>output files log (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="output files log (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="output files log (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="output files log (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="output files log (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-pdf.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-pdf.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-pdf.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>output files pdf (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>output files pdf (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="output files pdf (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="output files pdf (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="output files pdf (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="output files pdf (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-columnsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-columnsep.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-columnsep.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>page layout parameters columnsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters columnsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters columnsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters columnsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters columnsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters columnsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-columnseprule.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-columnseprule.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-columnseprule.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>page layout parameters columnseprule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters columnseprule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters columnseprule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters columnseprule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters columnseprule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters columnseprule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-columnwidth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-columnwidth.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-columnwidth.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>page layout parameters columnwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters columnwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters columnwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters columnwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters columnwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters columnwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-evensidemargin.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-evensidemargin.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-evensidemargin.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>page layout parameters evensidemargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters evensidemargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters evensidemargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters evensidemargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters evensidemargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters evensidemargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-footskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-footskip.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-footskip.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>page layout parameters footskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters footskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters footskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters footskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters footskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters footskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-headheight.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-headheight.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-headheight.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>page layout parameters headheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters headheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters headheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters headheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters headheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters headheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-headsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-headsep.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-headsep.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>page layout parameters headsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters headsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters headsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters headsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters headsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters headsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-hsize.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-hsize.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-hsize.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>page layout parameters hsize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters hsize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters hsize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters hsize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters hsize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters hsize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-linewidth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-linewidth.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-linewidth.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>page layout parameters linewidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters linewidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters linewidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters linewidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters linewidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters linewidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-marginparpush.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-marginparpush.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-marginparpush.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>page layout parameters marginparpush (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters marginparpush (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters marginparpush (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters marginparpush (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters marginparpush (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters marginparpush (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-marginparwidth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-marginparwidth.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-marginparwidth.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>page layout parameters marginparwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters marginparwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters marginparwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters marginparwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters marginparwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters marginparwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-marginsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-marginsep.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-marginsep.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>page layout parameters marginsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters marginsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters marginsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters marginsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters marginsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters marginsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-oddsidemargin.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-oddsidemargin.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-oddsidemargin.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>page layout parameters oddsidemargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters oddsidemargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters oddsidemargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters oddsidemargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters oddsidemargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters oddsidemargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-paperheight.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-paperheight.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-paperheight.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>page layout parameters paperheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters paperheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters paperheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters paperheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters paperheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters paperheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-paperwidth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-paperwidth.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-paperwidth.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>page layout parameters paperwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters paperwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters paperwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters paperwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters paperwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters paperwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-textheight.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-textheight.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-textheight.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>page layout parameters textheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters textheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters textheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters textheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters textheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters textheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-textwidth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-textwidth.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-textwidth.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>page layout parameters textwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters textwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters textwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters textwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters textwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters textwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-topmargin.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-topmargin.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-topmargin.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>page layout parameters topmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters topmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters topmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters topmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters topmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters topmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-topskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-topskip.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-topskip.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>page layout parameters topskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters topskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters topskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters topskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters topskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters topskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/picture.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/picture.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/picture.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>picture (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>picture (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="picture (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="picture (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="picture (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="picture (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/quotation-_0026-quote.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/quotation-_0026-quote.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/quotation-_0026-quote.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>quotation & quote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>quotation & quote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="quotation & quote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="quotation & quote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="quotation & quote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="quotation & quote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/quotation.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/quotation.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/quotation.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>quotation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>quotation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="quotation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="quotation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="quotation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="quotation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/quote.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/quote.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/quote.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>quote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>quote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="quote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="quote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="quote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="quote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-depth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-depth.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-depth.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>raisebox depth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>raisebox depth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="raisebox depth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="raisebox depth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="raisebox depth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="raisebox depth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-height.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-height.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-height.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>raisebox height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>raisebox height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="raisebox height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="raisebox height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="raisebox height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="raisebox height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-totalheight.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-totalheight.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-totalheight.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>raisebox totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>raisebox totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="raisebox totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="raisebox totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="raisebox totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="raisebox totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-width.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-width.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-width.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>raisebox width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>raisebox width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="raisebox width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="raisebox width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="raisebox width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="raisebox width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/sectioning-secnumdepth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/sectioning-secnumdepth.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/sectioning-secnumdepth.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>sectioning secnumdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>sectioning secnumdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="sectioning secnumdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="sectioning secnumdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="sectioning secnumdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="sectioning secnumdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/sectioning-tocdepth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/sectioning-tocdepth.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/sectioning-tocdepth.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>sectioning tocdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>sectioning tocdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="sectioning tocdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="sectioning tocdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="sectioning tocdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="sectioning tocdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/sloppypar.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/sloppypar.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/sloppypar.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>sloppypar (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>sloppypar (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="sloppypar (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="sloppypar (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="sloppypar (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="sloppypar (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/smallskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/smallskip.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/smallskip.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-medspace.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-medspace.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-medspace.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>spacing in math mode medspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>spacing in math mode medspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="spacing in math mode medspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="spacing in math mode medspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="spacing in math mode medspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="spacing in math mode medspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-negthinspace.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-negthinspace.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-negthinspace.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>spacing in math mode negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>spacing in math mode negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="spacing in math mode negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="spacing in math mode negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="spacing in math mode negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="spacing in math mode negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-qquad.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-qquad.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-qquad.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>spacing in math mode qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>spacing in math mode qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="spacing in math mode qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="spacing in math mode qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="spacing in math mode qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="spacing in math mode qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-quad.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-quad.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-quad.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>spacing in math mode quad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>spacing in math mode quad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="spacing in math mode quad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="spacing in math mode quad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="spacing in math mode quad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="spacing in math mode quad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-thickspace.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-thickspace.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-thickspace.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>spacing in math mode thickspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>spacing in math mode thickspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="spacing in math mode thickspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="spacing in math mode thickspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="spacing in math mode thickspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="spacing in math mode thickspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-thinspace.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-thinspace.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-thinspace.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>spacing in math mode thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>spacing in math mode thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="spacing in math mode thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="spacing in math mode thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="spacing in math mode thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="spacing in math mode thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-afterskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-afterskip.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-afterskip.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>startsection afterskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>startsection afterskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="startsection afterskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="startsection afterskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="startsection afterskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="startsection afterskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-beforeskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-beforeskip.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-beforeskip.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>startsection beforeskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>startsection beforeskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="startsection beforeskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="startsection beforeskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="startsection beforeskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="startsection beforeskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-indent.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-indent.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-indent.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>startsection indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>startsection indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="startsection indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="startsection indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="startsection indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="startsection indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-level.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-level.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-level.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>startsection level (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>startsection level (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="startsection level (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="startsection level (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="startsection level (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="startsection level (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-name.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-name.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-name.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>startsection name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>startsection name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="startsection name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="startsection name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="startsection name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="startsection name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-style.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-style.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-style.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>startsection style (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>startsection style (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="startsection style (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="startsection style (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="startsection style (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="startsection style (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/subscript.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/subscript.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/subscript.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>subscript (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>subscript (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="subscript (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="subscript (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="subscript (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="subscript (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/superscript.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/superscript.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/superscript.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>superscript (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>superscript (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="superscript (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="superscript (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="superscript (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="superscript (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabbing.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabbing.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabbing.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>tabbing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>tabbing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="tabbing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="tabbing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="tabbing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="tabbing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/table.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/table.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/table.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>table (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>table (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="table (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="table (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="table (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="table (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-arrayrulewidth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-arrayrulewidth.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-arrayrulewidth.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>tabular arrayrulewidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>tabular arrayrulewidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="tabular arrayrulewidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="tabular arrayrulewidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="tabular arrayrulewidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="tabular arrayrulewidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-arraystrech.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-arraystrech.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-arraystrech.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>tabular arraystrech (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>tabular arraystrech (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="tabular arraystrech (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="tabular arraystrech (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="tabular arraystrech (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="tabular arraystrech (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-doublerulesep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-doublerulesep.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-doublerulesep.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>tabular doublerulesep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>tabular doublerulesep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="tabular doublerulesep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="tabular doublerulesep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="tabular doublerulesep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="tabular doublerulesep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-tabcolsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-tabcolsep.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-tabcolsep.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>tabular tabcolsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>tabular tabcolsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="tabular tabcolsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="tabular tabcolsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="tabular tabcolsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="tabular tabcolsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>tabular (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>tabular (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="tabular (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="tabular (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="tabular (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="tabular (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tex-engines-latex.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tex-engines-latex.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tex-engines-latex.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>tex engines latex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>tex engines latex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="tex engines latex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="tex engines latex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="tex engines latex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="tex engines latex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tex-engines-lualatex.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tex-engines-lualatex.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tex-engines-lualatex.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>tex engines lualatex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>tex engines lualatex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="tex engines lualatex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="tex engines lualatex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="tex engines lualatex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="tex engines lualatex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tex-engines-xelatex.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tex-engines-xelatex.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tex-engines-xelatex.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>tex engines xelatex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>tex engines xelatex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="tex engines xelatex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="tex engines xelatex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="tex engines xelatex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="tex engines xelatex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/thebibliography.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/thebibliography.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/thebibliography.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>thebibliography (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>thebibliography (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="thebibliography (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="thebibliography (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="thebibliography (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="thebibliography (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/theorem.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/theorem.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/theorem.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>theorem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>theorem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="theorem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="theorem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="theorem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="theorem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/titlepage.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/titlepage.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/titlepage.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>titlepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>titlepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="titlepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="titlepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="titlepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="titlepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/trivlist.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/trivlist.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/trivlist.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>trivlist (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>trivlist (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="trivlist (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="trivlist (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="trivlist (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="trivlist (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-columnsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-columnsep.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-columnsep.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>twocolumn columnsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>twocolumn columnsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="twocolumn columnsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn columnsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="twocolumn columnsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn columnsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-columnseprule.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-columnseprule.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-columnseprule.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>twocolumn columnseprule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>twocolumn columnseprule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="twocolumn columnseprule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn columnseprule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="twocolumn columnseprule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn columnseprule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-columnwidth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-columnwidth.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-columnwidth.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>twocolumn columnwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>twocolumn columnwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="twocolumn columnwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn columnwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="twocolumn columnwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn columnwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dblfloatpagefraction.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dblfloatpagefraction.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dblfloatpagefraction.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>twocolumn dblfloatpagefraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>twocolumn dblfloatpagefraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="twocolumn dblfloatpagefraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn dblfloatpagefraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="twocolumn dblfloatpagefraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn dblfloatpagefraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dblfloatsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dblfloatsep.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dblfloatsep.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>twocolumn dblfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>twocolumn dblfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="twocolumn dblfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn dblfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="twocolumn dblfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn dblfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dbltextfloatsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dbltextfloatsep.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dbltextfloatsep.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>twocolumn dbltextfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>twocolumn dbltextfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="twocolumn dbltextfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn dbltextfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="twocolumn dbltextfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn dbltextfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dbltopfraction.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dbltopfraction.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dbltopfraction.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>twocolumn dbltopfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>twocolumn dbltopfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="twocolumn dbltopfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn dbltopfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="twocolumn dbltopfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn dbltopfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dbltopnumber.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dbltopnumber.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dbltopnumber.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>twocolumn dbltopnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>twocolumn dbltopnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="twocolumn dbltopnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn dbltopnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="twocolumn dbltopnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn dbltopnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-bp.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-bp.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-bp.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>units of length bp (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>units of length bp (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="units of length bp (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="units of length bp (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="units of length bp (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="units of length bp (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-cc.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-cc.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-cc.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>units of length cc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>units of length cc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="units of length cc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="units of length cc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="units of length cc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="units of length cc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-cm.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-cm.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-cm.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>units of length cm (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>units of length cm (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="units of length cm (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="units of length cm (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="units of length cm (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="units of length cm (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-dd.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-dd.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-dd.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>units of length dd (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>units of length dd (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="units of length dd (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="units of length dd (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="units of length dd (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="units of length dd (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-em.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-em.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-em.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>units of length em (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>units of length em (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="units of length em (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="units of length em (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="units of length em (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="units of length em (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-ex.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-ex.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-ex.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>units of length ex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>units of length ex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="units of length ex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="units of length ex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="units of length ex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="units of length ex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-in.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-in.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-in.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>units of length in (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>units of length in (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="units of length in (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="units of length in (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="units of length in (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="units of length in (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-mm.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-mm.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-mm.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>units of length mm (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>units of length mm (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="units of length mm (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="units of length mm (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="units of length mm (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="units of length mm (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-mu.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-mu.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-mu.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>units of length mu (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>units of length mu (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="units of length mu (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="units of length mu (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="units of length mu (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="units of length mu (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-pc.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-pc.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-pc.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>units of length pc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>units of length pc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="units of length pc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="units of length pc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="units of length pc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="units of length pc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-pt.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-pt.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-pt.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>units of length pt (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>units of length pt (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="units of length pt (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="units of length pt (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="units of length pt (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="units of length pt (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-sp.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-sp.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-sp.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>units of length sp (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>units of length sp (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="units of length sp (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="units of length sp (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="units of length sp (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="units of length sp (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/verbatim.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/verbatim.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/verbatim.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>verbatim (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>verbatim (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="verbatim (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="verbatim (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="verbatim (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="verbatim (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/verse.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/verse.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/verse.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>verse (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>verse (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="verse (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="verse (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="verse (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="verse (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/xr-package.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/xr-package.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/xr-package.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>xr package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>xr package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="xr package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="xr package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="xr package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="xr package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/xspace-package.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/xspace-package.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/xspace-package.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>xspace package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
+<title>xspace package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))</title>
-<meta name="description" content="xspace package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="xspace package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="xspace package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="xspace package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023))">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -52,6 +52,7 @@
<link href="Index.html" rel="index" title="Index">
<link href="index.html#SEC_Contents" rel="contents" title="Table of Contents">
<link href="Definitions.html" rel="up" title="Definitions">
+<link href="Class-and-package-commands.html" rel="next" title="Class and package commands">
<link href="_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend.html" rel="prev" title="\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend">
<style type="text/css">
<!--
@@ -92,10 +93,10 @@
<div class="section-level-extent" id="xspace-package">
<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Previous: <a href="_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend.html" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend</code></a>, Up: <a href="Definitions.html" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="Class-and-package-commands.html" accesskey="n" rel="next">Class and package commands</a>, Previous: <a href="_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend.html" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend</code></a>, Up: <a href="Definitions.html" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
<hr>
-<h3 class="section" id="xspace-package-1">12.13 xspace package</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="xspace-package-1">12.13 <code class="code">xspace</code> package</h3>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cxspace"></a>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-xspace"></a>
@@ -104,7 +105,7 @@
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-spaces_002c-ignore-around-commands-1"></a>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-commands_002c-ignore-spaces-1"></a>
-<p>Synopsis:
+<p>This is an add-on package, not part of core LaTeX. Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
<pre class="example-preformatted">\usepackage{xspace}
@@ -116,15 +117,15 @@
adds a space unless the command is followed by certain punctuation
characters.
</p>
-<p>After a command control sequence that is a control word (see <a class="pxref" href="Control-sequences.html">Control sequence, control word and control symbol</a>, as opposed to control symbols such as <code class="code">\$</code>), TeX
-gobbles blank characters. Thus, in the first sentence below, the output
-has ‘<samp class="samp">Vermont</samp>’ placed snugly against the period, without any
-intervening space.
+<p>After a control sequence that is a control word (see <a class="pxref" href="Control-sequences.html">Control sequence, control word and control symbol</a>, as opposed to control symbols such as <code class="code">\$</code>), TeX
+gobbles blank characters. Thus, in the first sentence below, the
+output has ‘<samp class="samp">Vermont</samp>’ placed snugly against the period, without
+any intervening space, despite the space in the input.
</p>
<div class="example">
<pre class="example-preformatted">\newcommand{\VT}{Vermont}
Our college is in \VT .
-The \VT{} summers are nice.
+\VT{} summers are nice.
</pre></div>
<p>But because of the gobbling, the second sentence needs the empty curly
@@ -146,10 +147,10 @@
<p>The default exception list contains the characters <code class="code">,.'/?;:!~-)</code>,
the open curly brace and the backslash-space command discussed above,
-and the commands <code class="code">\footnote</code> or <code class="code">\footnotemark</code>. Add to that
-list as with <code class="code">\xspaceaddexceptions{\myfni \myfnii}</code> which adds
-<code class="code">\myfni</code> and <code class="code">\myfnii</code> to the list, and remove from that
-list as with <code class="code">\xspaceremoveexception{!}</code>.
+and the commands <code class="code">\footnote</code> or <code class="code">\footnotemark</code>. You can
+add to that list as with <code class="code">\xspaceaddexceptions{\myfni \myfnii}</code>
+which adds <code class="code">\myfni</code> and <code class="code">\myfnii</code> to the list; and you
+can remove from that list as with <code class="code">\xspaceremoveexception{!}</code>.
</p>
<p>A comment: many experts prefer not to use <code class="code">\xspace</code>. Putting it in
a definition means that the command will usually get the spacing right.
@@ -156,7 +157,7 @@
But it isn’t easy to predict when to enter empty braces because
<code class="code">\xspace</code> will get it wrong, such as when it is followed by another
command, and so <code class="code">\xspace</code> can make editing material harder and more
-error-prone than instead always inserting the empty braces.
+error-prone than instead of always inserting the empty braces.
</p>
</div>
Modified: trunk/latex2e.dbk
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e.dbk 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e.dbk 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -5,16 +5,16 @@
]>
<book id="latex2e.dbk" lang="en">
<title>&latex;2e: An unofficial reference manual</title>
-<subtitle>July 2023</subtitle>
-<titleabbrev>&latex;2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023)</titleabbrev>
+<subtitle>September 2023</subtitle>
+<titleabbrev>&latex;2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023)</titleabbrev>
<bookinfo><title>&latex;2e: An unofficial reference manual</title>
-<subtitle>July 2023</subtitle>
-<titleabbrev>&latex;2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023)</titleabbrev>
+<subtitle>September 2023</subtitle>
+<titleabbrev>&latex;2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023)</titleabbrev>
<authorgroup>
<collab><collabname><ulink url="https://latexref.xyz">https://latexref.xyz</ulink></collabname></collab>
</authorgroup>
<legalnotice><para>This document is an unofficial reference manual for &latex;, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
</para>
<para>This manual was originally translated from <filename>LATEX.HLP</filename> v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -83,6 +83,8 @@
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>reporting bugs</primary></indexterm>
Do not send bug reports or anything else about this document to them.
Instead, please send all comments to <email>latexrefman at tug.org</email>.
+This is a public list; you can (un)subscribe, view the archives, etc.,
+at <ulink url="https://lists.tug.org/latexrefman">https://lists.tug.org/latexrefman</ulink>.
</para>
<para>This document is a reference, not a tutorial. There is a vast array
of other information available about &latex;, at all levels. Here
@@ -101,8 +103,7 @@
<para>A longer introduction to &latex;, translated to many languages.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><ulink url="https://tug.org/begin.html">https://tug.org/begin.html</ulink>
-</term><listitem><para>Introduction to the &tex; system, including &latex;, with further
-references.
+</term><listitem><para>Overview of getting started with &tex; and &latex;.
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
@@ -427,8 +428,8 @@
package documentation and other &latex; manuals.
</para>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="2.5" id="Environment">
-<title>Environment</title>
+<sect1 label="2.5" id="Environment-syntax">
+<title>Environment syntax</title>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -465,7 +466,46 @@
</screen>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="2.6" id="CTAN">
+<sect1 label="2.6" id="_005cDocumentMetadata">
+<title><literal>\DocumentMetadata</literal>: Producing tagged PDF output</title>
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\DocumentMetadata</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>tagged PDF</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>PDF, tagged</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>metadata, adding</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>accessibility</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>The <literal>\DocumentMetadata</literal> command was added to &latex; in 2022.
+It enables so-called “tagging” of the PDF output, aiding
+accessibility of the PDF.
+</para>
+<para>It is unlike nearly any other command in &latex; in that it must
+occur before the <literal>\documentclass</literal> command that starts a &latex;
+document proper (see <link linkend="_005cdocumentclass">\documentclass</link>). Therefore it must be
+called with <literal>\RequirePackage</literal> rather than <literal>\usepackage</literal>
+(see <link linkend="_005cRequirePackage">\RequirePackage</link>).
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>latex-lab</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>latex-lab</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>documentmetadata-support-doc document</primary></indexterm>
+<para>This support is still in development, so we will not try to list all
+the possible settings. Please see the
+<literal>documentmetadata-support-doc</literal> document, part of the
+<literal>latex-lab</literal> package (<ulink url="https://ctan.org/pkg/latex-lab">https://ctan.org/pkg/latex-lab</ulink>). Here
+is a simple example which enables most tagging currently implemented:
+</para>
+<screen>\DocumentMetadata{testphase={phase-III,firstaid}}
+\documentclass{article}
+...
+</screen>
+<para>As you can see from the key name <literal>testphase</literal>, this is all still
+in an experimental phase. But the &latex; developers strongly
+encourage users to give it a try and report problems.
+</para>
+
+</sect1>
+<sect1 label="2.7" id="CTAN">
<title>CTAN: The Comprehensive &tex; Archive Network</title>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>CTAN</primary></indexterm>
@@ -504,12 +544,13 @@
<chapter label="3" id="Document-classes">
<title>Document classes</title>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>document classes</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="_005cdocumentclass"/><indexterm role="cp"><primary>document classes</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>classes of documents</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\documentclass</primary></indexterm>
-<para>The document’s overall class is defined with this command, which is
-normally the first command in a &latex; source file.
+<para>The document’s overall class is defined with the <literal>\documentclass</literal>
+command, which is normally the first command in a &latex; source
+file.
</para>
<screen>\documentclass[<replaceable>options</replaceable>]{<replaceable>class</replaceable>}
</screen>
@@ -519,8 +560,8 @@
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>letter class</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>slides class</primary></indexterm>
<para>The following document <replaceable>class</replaceable> names are built into &latex;.
-(Many other document classes are available as separate packages;
-see <link linkend="Overview">Overview</link>.)
+Many other document classes are available as separate packages
+(see <link linkend="Overview">Overview</link>).
</para>
<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>article</literal>
</term><listitem><anchor id="document-classes-article"/><para>For a journal article, a presentation, and miscellaneous general use.
@@ -540,7 +581,7 @@
</para>
</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>slides</literal>
</term><listitem><anchor id="document-classes-slides"/><para>For slide presentations—rarely used nowadays. The
-<literal>beamer</literal> package is perhaps the most prevalent
+<literal>beamer</literal> package is perhaps the most prevalent replacement
(<ulink url="https://ctan.org/pkg/beamer">https://ctan.org/pkg/beamer</ulink>). See <link linkend="beamer-template">beamer template</link>, for a
small template for a beamer document.
</para>
@@ -563,6 +604,10 @@
</para>
<screen>\documentclass[<replaceable>option1</replaceable>,<replaceable>option2</replaceable>,...]{<replaceable>class</replaceable>}
</screen>
+<para>&latex; automatically passes options specified for
+<literal>\documentclass</literal> on to any other loaded classes that can handle
+them.
+</para>
<para>Here is the list of the standard class options.
</para>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>10pt option</primary></indexterm>
@@ -569,7 +614,7 @@
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>11pt option</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>12pt option</primary></indexterm>
<para>All of the standard classes except <literal>slides</literal> accept the following
-options for selecting the typeface size (default is <literal>10pt</literal>):
+options for selecting the typeface size; the default is <literal>10pt</literal>:
</para>
<screen>10pt 11pt 12pt
</screen>
@@ -580,7 +625,7 @@
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>legalpaper option</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>letterpaper option</primary></indexterm>
<para>All of the standard classes accept these options for selecting the paper
-size (these show height by width):
+size (dimensions are listed height by width):
</para>
<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>a4paper</literal>
</term><listitem><para>210 by 297mm (about 8.25 by 11.75 inches)
@@ -608,7 +653,7 @@
<para>When using one of the engines pdf&latex;, Lua&latex;, or Xe&latex;
(see <link linkend="TeX-engines">&tex; engines</link>), options other than <literal>letterpaper</literal> set
the print area but you must also set the physical paper size. Usually,
-The <literal>geometry</literal> package is the best way to do that; it
+the <literal>geometry</literal> package is the best way to do that; it
provides flexible ways of setting the print area and physical page size.
Otherwise, setting the paper size is engine-dependent. For example,
with pdf&latex;, you could include <literal>\pdfpagewidth=\paperwidth</literal> and
@@ -697,32 +742,44 @@
</para>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="3.2" id="Additional-packages">
-<title>Additional packages</title>
+<sect1 label="3.2" id="_005cusepackage">
+<title><literal>\usepackage</literal>: Additional packages</title>
+<anchor id="Additional-packages"/><!-- original node name -->
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>loading additional packages</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>packages, loading additional</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>additional packages, loading</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\usepackage</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Load a package <replaceable>pkg</replaceable>, with the package options given in the comma-separated
-list <replaceable>options</replaceable>, as here.
+<para>To load a package <replaceable>pkg</replaceable>, with the package options given in the
+comma-separated list <replaceable>options</replaceable>:
</para>
-<screen>\usepackage[<replaceable>options</replaceable>]{<replaceable>pkg</replaceable>}.
+<screen>\usepackage[<replaceable>options</replaceable>]{<replaceable>pkg</replaceable>}[<replaceable>mindate</replaceable>]
</screen>
<para>To specify more than one package you can separate them with a comma,
as in <literal>\usepackage{<replaceable>pkg1</replaceable>,<replaceable>pkg2</replaceable>,...}</literal>, or use multiple
<literal>\usepackage</literal> commands.
</para>
+<para>If the <replaceable>mindate</replaceable> optional argument is given, &latex; gives a
+warning if the loaded package has an earlier date, i.e., is too old.
+The <replaceable>mindate</replaceable> argument must be in the form <literal>YYYY/MM/DD</literal>.
+More info on this: <ulink url="https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/47743">https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/47743</ulink>.
+</para>
+<para><literal>\usepackage</literal> must be used in the document preamble, between the
+<literal>\documentclass</literal> declaration and the <literal>\begin{document}</literal>.
+Occasionally it is necessary to load packages before the
+<literal>\documentclass</literal>; see <literal>\RequirePackage</literal> for that
+(see <link linkend="_005cRequirePackage">\RequirePackage</link>).
+</para>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>global options</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>options, global</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Any options given in the <literal>\documentclass</literal> command that are unknown
-to the selected document class are passed on to the packages loaded with
-<literal>\usepackage</literal>.
+<para>Any options given in the global <literal>\documentclass</literal> command that are
+unknown to the selected document class are passed on to the packages
+loaded with <literal>\usepackage</literal>.
</para>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="3.3" id="Class-and-package-construction">
-<title>Class and package construction</title>
+<sect1 label="3.3" id="Class-and-package-creation">
+<title>Class and package creation</title>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>document class commands</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>commands, document class</primary></indexterm>
@@ -734,27 +791,29 @@
<literal>smcmemo.cls</literal> and begin your documents with
<literal>\documentclass{smcmemo}</literal>.
</para>
-<para>What separates a package from a document class is that the commands in a
-package are useful across classes while those in a document class are
-specific to that class. Thus, a command to set page headers is for a
-package while a command to make the page headers say <literal>Memo from the
-SMC Math Department</literal> is for a class.
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>class and package difference</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>difference between class and package</primary></indexterm>
+<para>What separates a package from a document class is that the commands in
+a package are useful across classes while those in a document class
+are specific to that class. Thus, a command to set page headers is
+for a package while a command to make the page headers be
+<literal>Memo from the SMC Math Department</literal> is for a class.
</para>
-<para>Inside of a class or package file you can use the at-sign <literal>@</literal> as a
-character in command names without having to surround the code
-containing that command with <literal>\makeatletter</literal> and
-<literal>\makeatother</literal>. See <link linkend="_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother">\makeatletter & \makeatother</link>. This allow
-you to create commands that users will not accidentally redefine.
-Another technique is to preface class- or package-specific commands with
-some string to prevent your class or package from interfering with
-others. For instance, the class <literal>smcmemo</literal> might have commands
+<para>Inside of a class or package definition you can use the at-sign
+<literal>@</literal> as a character in command names without having to surround
+the code containing that command with <literal>\makeatletter</literal> and
+<literal>\makeatother</literal> (see <link linkend="_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother">\makeatletter & \makeatother</link>). This
+allows you to create commands that users will not accidentally
+redefine.
+</para>
+<para>It is also highly desirable to prefix class- or package-specific
+commands with your package name or similar string, to prevent your
+definitions from clashing with those from other packages. For
+instance, the class <literal>smcmemo</literal> might have commands
<literal>\smc at tolist</literal>, <literal>\smc at fromlist</literal>, etc.
</para>
-
<sect2 label="3.3.1" id="Class-and-package-structure">
<title>Class and package structure</title>
@@ -767,7 +826,8 @@
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package options</primary></indexterm>
<para>A class file or package file typically has four parts.
-</para><orderedlist numeration="arabic"><listitem><para>In the <firstterm>identification part</firstterm>, the file says that it is a &latex;
+</para>
+<orderedlist numeration="arabic"><listitem><para>In the <firstterm>identification part</firstterm>, the file says that it is a &latex;
package or class and describes itself, using the <literal>\NeedsTeXFormat</literal>
and <literal>\ProvidesClass</literal> or <literal>\ProvidesPackage</literal> commands.
</para>
@@ -791,6 +851,7 @@
usually does most of its work: declaring new variables, commands and
fonts, and loading other files.
</para></listitem></orderedlist>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>class file example</primary></indexterm>
<para>Here is a starting class file, which should be saved as <filename>stub.cls</filename>
where &latex; can find it, for example in the same directory as the
<filename>.tex</filename> file.
@@ -800,423 +861,23 @@
\DeclareOption*{\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}}
\ProcessOptions\relax
\LoadClass{article}
-</screen><indexterm role="cp"><primary>class file example</primary></indexterm>
-
+</screen>
<para>It identifies itself, handles the class options via the default of
passing them all to the <literal>article</literal> class, and then loads the
<literal>article</literal> class to provide the basis for this class’s code.
</para>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>clsguide document</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Class Guide, document</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>class writing tutorial document</primary></indexterm>
<para>For more, see the official guide for class and package writers, the
-Class Guide, at
-<ulink url="https://www.latex-project.org/help/documentation/clsguide.pdf">https://www.latex-project.org/help/documentation/clsguide.pdf</ulink> (much
-of the descriptions here derive from this document), or the tutorial
-<ulink url="https://www.tug.org/TUGboat/tb26-3/tb84heff.pdf">https://www.tug.org/TUGboat/tb26-3/tb84heff.pdf</ulink>.
+Class Guide, at <ulink url="https://ctan.org/pkg/clsguide">https://ctan.org/pkg/clsguide</ulink> (much of the
+description here derives from this document), or the tutorial at
+<ulink url="https://tug.org/TUGboat/tb26-3/tb84heff.pdf">https://tug.org/TUGboat/tb26-3/tb84heff.pdf</ulink>.
</para>
-
-</sect2>
-<sect2 label="3.3.2" id="Class-and-package-commands">
-<title>Class and package commands</title>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>class and package commands</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>commands, class and package</primary></indexterm>
-
-<para>These are the commands designed to help writers of classes or packages.
+<para>See <link linkend="Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</link>, for some of the commands
+specifically intended for class and package writers.
</para>
-<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>\AtBeginDvi{specials}</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\AtBeginDvi</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Save in a box register things that are written to the <filename>.dvi</filename> file
-at the beginning of the shipout of the first page of the document.
-</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\AtEndOfClass{<replaceable>code</replaceable>}</literal>
-</term><term><literal>\AtEndOfPackage{<replaceable>code</replaceable>}</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\AtEndOfClass</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\AtEndOfPackage</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Hook to insert <replaceable>code</replaceable> to be executed when &latex; finishes
-processing the current class or package. You can use these hooks
-multiple times; the <literal>code</literal> will be executed in the order that you
-called it. See also <link linkend="_005cAtBeginDocument">\AtBeginDocument</link>.
-</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\CheckCommand{<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}[<replaceable>num</replaceable>][<replaceable>default</replaceable>]{<replaceable>definition</replaceable>}</literal>
-</term><term><literal>\CheckCommand*{<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}[<replaceable>num</replaceable>][<replaceable>default</replaceable>]{<replaceable>definition</replaceable>}</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\CheckCommand</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\CheckCommand*</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>new command, checking</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Like <literal>\newcommand</literal> (see <link linkend="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand & \renewcommand</link>) but does
-not define <replaceable>cmd</replaceable>; instead it checks that the current definition of
-<replaceable>cmd</replaceable> is exactly as given by <replaceable>definition</replaceable> and is or is not
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>long command</primary></indexterm>
-<firstterm>long</firstterm> as expected. A long command is a command that accepts
-<literal>\par</literal> within an argument. The <replaceable>cmd</replaceable> command is expected to be
-long with the unstarred version of <literal>\CheckCommand</literal>. Raises an
-error when the check fails. This allows you to check before you start
-redefining <literal>cmd</literal> yourself that no other package has already
-redefined this command.
-</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\ClassError{<replaceable>class name</replaceable>}{<replaceable>error text</replaceable>}{<replaceable>help text</replaceable>}</literal>
-</term><term><literal>\ClassWarning{<replaceable>class name</replaceable>}{<replaceable>warning text</replaceable>}</literal>
-</term><term><literal>\ClassWarningNoLine{<replaceable>class name</replaceable>}{<replaceable>warning text</replaceable>}</literal>
-</term><term><literal>\ClassInfo{<replaceable>class name</replaceable>}{<replaceable>info text</replaceable>}</literal>
-</term><term><literal>\ClassInfoNoLine{<replaceable>class name</replaceable>}{<replaceable>info text</replaceable>}</literal>
-</term><term><literal>\PackageError{<replaceable>package name</replaceable>}{<replaceable>error text</replaceable>}{<replaceable>help text</replaceable>}</literal>
-</term><term><literal>\PackageWarning{<replaceable>package name</replaceable>}{<replaceable>warning text</replaceable>}</literal>
-</term><term><literal>\PackageWarningNoLine{<replaceable>package name</replaceable>}{<replaceable>warning text</replaceable>}</literal>
-</term><term><literal>\PackageInfo{<replaceable>package name</replaceable>}{<replaceable>info text</replaceable>}</literal>
-</term><term><literal>\PackageInfoNoLine{<replaceable>package name</replaceable>}{<replaceable>info text</replaceable>}</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ClassError</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\PackageError</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ClassWarning</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\PackageWarning</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ClassWarningNoLine</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\PackageWarningNoLine</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ClassInfo</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\PackageInfo</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ClassInfoNoLine</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\PackageInfoNoLine</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Produce an error message, or warning or informational messages.
-</para>
-<para>For <literal>\ClassError</literal> and <literal>\PackageError</literal> the message is
-<replaceable>error text</replaceable>, followed by &tex;’s <literal>?</literal> error prompt. If the
-user then asks for help by typing <literal>h</literal>, they see the <replaceable>help
-text</replaceable>.
-</para>
-<para>The four warning commands are similar except that they write
-<replaceable>warning text</replaceable> on the screen with no error prompt. The four info
-commands write <replaceable>info text</replaceable> only in the transcript file. The
-<literal>NoLine</literal> versions do not show the number of the line generating the
-message, while the other versions do show that number.
-</para>
-<para>To format the messages, including the <replaceable>help text</replaceable>: use
-<literal>\protect</literal> to stop a command from expanding, get a line break with
-<literal>\MessageBreak</literal>, and get a space with <literal>\space</literal> when a space
-character does not allow it, like after a command. Note that &latex;
-appends a period to the messages.
-</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\CurrentOption</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\CurrentOption</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Expands to the name of the currently-being-processed option. Can only
-be used within the <replaceable>code</replaceable> argument of either <literal>\DeclareOption</literal>
-or <literal>\DeclareOption*</literal>.
-</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\DeclareOption{<replaceable>option</replaceable>}{<replaceable>code</replaceable>}</literal>
-</term><term><literal>\DeclareOption*{<replaceable>code</replaceable>}</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\DeclareOption</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\DeclareOption*</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>class options</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package options</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>options, class</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>options, package</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Make an option available to a user to invoke in their
-<literal>\documentclass</literal> command. For example, the <literal>smcmemo</literal> class
-could have an option <literal>\documentclass[logo]{smcmemo}</literal> allowing
-users to put the institutional logo on the first page. The class file
-must contain <literal>\DeclareOption{logo}{<replaceable>code</replaceable>}</literal> (and later,
-<literal>\ProcessOptions</literal>).
-</para>
-<para>If you request an option that has not been declared, by default this
-will produce a warning like <literal>Unused global option(s):
-[badoption].</literal> Change this behavior with the starred version
-<literal>\DeclareOption*{<replaceable>code</replaceable>}</literal>. For example, many classes
-extend an existing class, using a command such as
-<literal>\LoadClass{article}</literal>, and for passing extra options to the
-underlying class use code such as this.
-</para>
-<screen>\DeclareOption*{%
-\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}%
-}
-</screen>
-<para>Another example is that the class <literal>smcmemo</literal> may allow users to keep
-lists of memo recipients in external files. Then the user could invoke
-<literal>\documentclass[math]{smcmemo}</literal> and it will read the file
-<literal>math.memo</literal>. This code handles the file if it exists and otherwise
-passes the option to the <literal>article</literal> class.
-</para>
-<screen>\DeclareOption*{\InputIfFileExists{\CurrentOption.memo}{}{%
- \PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}}}
-</screen>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\DeclareRobustCommand{<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}[<replaceable>num</replaceable>][<replaceable>default</replaceable>]{<replaceable>definition</replaceable>}</literal>
-</term></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>* \DeclareRobustCommand*{<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}[<replaceable>num</replaceable>][<replaceable>default</replaceable>]{<replaceable>definition</replaceable>}</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\DeclareRobustCommand</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\DeclareRobustCommand*</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>new command, definition</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Like <literal>\newcommand</literal> and <literal>\newcommand*</literal> (see <link linkend="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand &
-\renewcommand</link>) but these declare a robust command, even if some code
-within the <replaceable>definition</replaceable> is fragile. (For a discussion of robust and
-fragile commands see <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>.) Use this command to define new
-robust commands or to redefine existing commands and make them
-robust. Unlike <literal>\newcommand</literal> these do not give an error if macro
-<replaceable>cmd</replaceable> already exists; instead, a log message is put into the
-transcript file if a command is redefined.
-</para>
-<para>Commands defined this way are a bit less efficient than those defined
-using <literal>\newcommand</literal> so unless the command’s data is fragile and the
-command is used within a moving argument, use <literal>\newcommand</literal>.
-</para>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>etoolbox</literal></primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>etoolbox</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
-<para>The <literal>etoolbox</literal> package offers the commands
-<literal>\newrobustcmd</literal>, <literal>\newrobustcmd*</literal>, as well as the commands
-<literal>\renewrobustcmd</literal>, <literal>\renewrobustcmd*</literal>, and the commands
-<literal>\providerobustcmd</literal>, and <literal>\providerobustcmd*</literal>. These are
-similar to <literal>\newcommand</literal>, <literal>\newcommand*</literal>,
-<literal>\renewcommand</literal>, <literal>\renewcommand*</literal>, <literal>\providecommand</literal>, and
-<literal>\providecommand*</literal>, but define a robust <replaceable>cmd</replaceable> with two
-advantages as compared to <literal>\DeclareRobustCommand</literal>:
-</para><orderedlist numeration="arabic"><listitem><para>They use the low-level e-&tex; protection mechanism rather than the
-higher level &latex; <literal>\protect</literal> mechanism, so they do not incur
-the slight loss of performance mentioned above, and
-</para></listitem><listitem><para>They make the same distinction between <literal>\new…</literal>,
-<literal>\renew…</literal>, and <literal>\provide…</literal>, as the standard
-commands, so they do not just make a log message when you redefine
-<replaceable>cmd</replaceable> that already exists, in that case you need to use either
-<literal>\renew…</literal> or <literal>\provide…</literal> or you get an error.
-</para></listitem></orderedlist>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\IfFileExists{<replaceable>filename</replaceable>}{<replaceable>true code</replaceable>}{<replaceable>false code</replaceable>}</literal>
-</term><term><literal>\InputIfFileExists{<replaceable>filename</replaceable>}{<replaceable>true code</replaceable>}{<replaceable>false code</replaceable>}</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\IfFileExists</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\InputIfFileExists</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Execute <replaceable>true code</replaceable> if &latex; finds the file <filename><replaceable>file
-name</replaceable></filename> or <replaceable>false code</replaceable> otherwise. In the first case it executing
-<replaceable>true code</replaceable> and then inputs the file. Thus the command
-</para>
-<screen>\IfFileExists{img.pdf}{%
- \includegraphics{img.pdf}}{\typeout{!! img.pdf not found}
-</screen>
-<para>will include the graphic <filename>img.pdf</filename> if it is found and otherwise
-give a warning.
-</para>
-<para>This command looks for the file in all search paths that &latex; uses,
-not only in the current directory. To look only in the current
-directory do something like <literal>\IfFileExists{./filename}{<replaceable>true
-code</replaceable>}{<replaceable>false code</replaceable>}</literal>. If you ask for a filename without a
-<literal>.tex</literal> extension then &latex; will first look for the file by
-appending the <literal>.tex</literal>; for more on how &latex; handles file
-extensions see <link linkend="_005cinput">\input</link>.
-</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\LoadClass[<replaceable>options list</replaceable>]{<replaceable>class name</replaceable>}[<replaceable>release date</replaceable>]</literal>
-</term><term><literal>\LoadClassWithOptions{<replaceable>class name</replaceable>}[<replaceable>release date</replaceable>]</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\LoadClass</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\LoadClassWithOptions</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Load a class, as with <literal>\documentclass[<replaceable>options
-list</replaceable>]{<replaceable>class name</replaceable>}[<replaceable>release info</replaceable>]</literal>. An example is
-<literal>\LoadClass[twoside]{article}</literal>.
-</para>
-<para>The <replaceable>options list</replaceable>, if present, is a comma-separated list. The
-<replaceable>release date</replaceable> is optional. If present it must have the form
-<replaceable>YYYY/MM/DD</replaceable>.
-<!-- BTW, there are at-macros documented in macros2e.pdf to check the version -->
-<!-- and do some actions conditionnally on version later or not to some -->
-<!-- date. -->
-</para>
-<para>If you request a <replaceable>release date</replaceable> and the date of the package
-installed on your system is earlier, then you get a warning on the
-screen and in the log like this.
-</para>
-<screen>You have requested, on input line 4, version `2038/01/19' of
-document class article, but only version `2014/09/29 v1.4h
-Standard LaTeX document class' is available.
-</screen>
-<para>The command version <literal>\LoadClassWithOptions</literal> uses the list of
-options for the current class. This means it ignores any options passed
-to it via <literal>\PassOptionsToClass</literal>. This is a convenience command
-that lets you build classes on existing ones, such as the standard
-<literal>article</literal> class, without having to track which options were passed.
-</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\ExecuteOptions{<replaceable>options-list</replaceable>}</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ExecuteOptions</primary></indexterm>
-<para>For each option <replaceable>option</replaceable> in the <replaceable>options-list</replaceable>, in order, this command
-executes the command <literal>\ds@<replaceable>option</replaceable></literal>. If this command is not
-defined then that option is silently ignored.
-</para>
-<para>It can be used to provide a default option list before
-<literal>\ProcessOptions</literal>. For example, if in a class file you want the
-default to be 11pt fonts then you could specify
-<literal>\ExecuteOptions{11pt}\ProcessOptions\relax</literal>.
-</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\NeedsTeXFormat{<replaceable>format</replaceable>}[<replaceable>format date</replaceable>]</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\NeedsTeXFormat</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Specifies the format that this class must be run under. Often issued
-as the first line of a class file, and most often used as:
-<literal>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}</literal>. When a document using that class is
-processed, the format name given here must match the format that is
-actually being run (including that the <replaceable>format</replaceable> string is case
-sensitive). If it does not match then execution stops with an error
-like ‘<literal>This file needs format `LaTeX2e' but this is `xxx'.</literal>’
-</para>
-<para>To specify a version of the format that you know to have certain
-features, include the optional <replaceable>format date</replaceable> on which those features
-were implemented. If present it must be in the form <literal>YYYY/MM/DD</literal>.
-If the format version installed on your system is earlier than
-<replaceable>format date</replaceable> then you get a warning like this.
-</para>
-<screen>You have requested release `2038/01/20' of LaTeX, but only
-release `2016/02/01' is available.
-</screen>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\OptionNotUsed</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\OptionNotUsed</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Adds the current option to the list of unused options. Can only be used
-within the <replaceable>code</replaceable> argument of either <literal>\DeclareOption</literal> or
-<literal>\DeclareOption*</literal>.
-</para>
-<!-- I cannot reproduce this behavior as it is documented in clsguide. -->
-<!-- In the absence of a @code{\DeclareOption*} declaration, @LaTeX{} issues -->
-<!-- on the console a warning like @code{LaTeX Warning: Unused global -->
-<!-- option(s): [unusedoption].} with the list of not-used options when it -->
-<!-- reaches @code{\begin@{document@}}. -->
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\PassOptionsToClass{<replaceable>option list</replaceable>}{<replaceable>class name</replaceable>}</literal>
-</term><term><literal>\PassOptionsToPackage{<replaceable>option list</replaceable>}{<replaceable>package name</replaceable>}</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\PassOptionsToClass</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\PassOptionsToPackage</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Adds the options in the comma-separated list <replaceable>option list</replaceable> to the
-options used by any future <literal>\RequirePackage</literal> or <literal>\usepackage</literal>
-command for package <replaceable>package name</replaceable> or the class <replaceable>class name</replaceable>.
-</para>
-<para>The reason for these commands is: you may load a package any number of
-times with no options but if you want options then you may only supply
-them when you first load the package. Loading a package with options
-more than once will get you an error like <literal>Option clash for package
-foo.</literal> (&latex; throws an error even if there is no conflict between the
-options.)
-</para>
-<para>If your own code is bringing in a package twice then you can collapse
-that to once, for example replacing the two
-<literal>\RequirePackage[landscape]{geometry}</literal> and
-<literal>\RequirePackage[margins=1in]{geometry}</literal> with the single command
-<literal>\RequirePackage[landscape,margins=1in]{geometry}</literal>.
-</para>
-<para>However, imagine that you are loading <filename>firstpkg</filename> and inside that
-package it loads <filename>secondpkg</filename>, and you need the second package to be
-loaded with option <literal>draft</literal>. Then before doing the first package
-you must queue up the options for the second package, like this.
-</para>
-<screen>\PassOptionsToPackage{draft}{secondpkg}
-\RequirePackage{firstpkg}
-</screen>
-<para>(If <literal>firstpkg.sty</literal> loads an option in conflict with what you want
-then you may have to alter its source.)
-</para>
-<para>These commands are useful for general users as well as class and package
-writers. For instance, suppose a user wants to load the <literal>graphicx</literal>
-package with the option <literal>draft</literal> and also wants to use a class
-<literal>foo</literal> that loads the <literal>graphicx</literal> package, but without that
-option. The user could start their &latex; file with
-<literal>\PassOptionsToPackage{draft}{graphicx}\documentclass{foo}</literal>.
-</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\ProcessOptions</literal>
-</term><term><literal>\ProcessOptions*<replaceable>\@options</replaceable></literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ProcessOptions</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ProcessOptions*</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Execute the code for each option that the user has invoked. Include it
-in the class file as <literal>\ProcessOptions\relax</literal> (because of the
-existence of the starred command).
-</para>
-<para>Options come in two types. <firstterm>Local options</firstterm> have been specified for this
-particular package in the <replaceable>options</replaceable> argument of
-<literal>\PassOptionsToPackage{<replaceable>options</replaceable>}</literal>,
-<literal>\usepackage[<replaceable>options</replaceable>]</literal>, or
-<literal>\RequirePackage[<replaceable>options</replaceable>]</literal>. <firstterm>Global options</firstterm> are those given
-by the class user in <literal>\documentclass[<replaceable>options</replaceable>]</literal> (If an option
-is specified both locally and globally then it is local.)
-</para>
-<para>When <literal>\ProcessOptions</literal> is called for a package <filename>pkg.sty</filename>, the
-following happens:
-</para><orderedlist numeration="arabic"><listitem><para>For each option <replaceable>option</replaceable> so far declared
-with <literal>\DeclareOption</literal>, it looks to see if that option is either a
-global or a local option for <literal>pkg</literal>. If so then it executes the
-declared code. This is done in the order in which these options were
-given in <filename>pkg.sty</filename>.
-</para></listitem><listitem><para>For each remaining local option, it executes the command
-<literal>\ds@</literal><replaceable>option</replaceable> if it has been defined somewhere (other than by
-a <literal>\DeclareOption</literal>); otherwise, it executes the default option code
-given in <literal>\DeclareOption*</literal>. If no default option code has been
-declared then it gives an error message. This is done in the order in
-which these options were specified.
-</para></listitem></orderedlist>
-<para>When <literal>\ProcessOptions</literal> is called for a class it works in the same
-way except that all options are local, and the default <replaceable>code</replaceable> for
-<literal>\DeclareOption*</literal> is <literal>\OptionNotUsed</literal> rather than an error.
-</para>
-<para>The starred version <literal>\ProcessOptions*</literal> executes the
-options in the order specified in the calling commands, rather than in
-the order of declaration in the class or package. For a package this
-means that the global options are processed first.
-</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\ProvidesClass{<replaceable>class name</replaceable>}[<replaceable>release date</replaceable> <replaceable>brief additional information</replaceable>]</literal>
-</term><term><literal>\ProvidesClass{<replaceable>class name</replaceable>}[<replaceable>release date</replaceable>]</literal>
-</term><term><literal>\ProvidesPackage{<replaceable>package name</replaceable>}[<replaceable>release date</replaceable> <replaceable>brief additional information</replaceable>]</literal>
-</term><term><literal>\ProvidesPackage{<replaceable>package name</replaceable>}[<replaceable>release date</replaceable>]</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ProvidesClass</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ProvidesPackage</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Identifies the class or package, printing a message to the screen and
-the log file.
-</para>
-<para>When you load a class or package, for example with
-<literal>\documentclass{smcmemo}</literal> or <literal>\usepackage{test}</literal>, &latex;
-inputs a file. If the name of the file does not match the class or
-package name declared in it then you get a warning. Thus, if you invoke
-<literal>\documentclass{smcmemo}</literal>, and the file <filename>smcmemo.cls</filename> has
-the statement <literal>\ProvidesClass{xxx}</literal> then you get a warning like
-<literal>You have requested document class `smcmemo', but the document
-class provides 'xxx'.</literal> This warning does not prevent &latex; from
-processing the rest of the class file normally.
-</para>
-<para>If you include the optional argument then you must include a date,
-before any spaces, of the form <literal>YYYY/MM/DD</literal>. The rest of the
-optional argument is free-form, although it traditionally identifies the
-class, and is written to the screen during compilation and to the log
-file. Thus, if your file <filename>smcmemo.cls</filename> contains the line
-<literal>\ProvidesClass{smcmemo}[2008/06/01 v1.0 SMC memo class]</literal> and
-your document’s first line is <literal>\documentclass{smcmemo}</literal> then you
-will see <literal>Document Class: smcmemo 2008/06/01 v1.0 SMC memo class</literal>.
-</para>
-<para>The date in the optional argument allows class and package users to ask
-to be warned if the version of the class or package is earlier than
-<replaceable>release date</replaceable>. For instance, a user could enter
-<literal>\documentclass{smcmemo}[2018/10/12]</literal> or
-<literal>\usepackage{foo}[[2017/07/07]]</literal> to require a class or package
-with certain features by specifying that it must be released no earlier
-than the given date. (Although, in practice package users only rarely
-include a date, and class users almost never do.)
-</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\ProvidesFile{<replaceable>filename</replaceable>}[<replaceable>additional information</replaceable>]</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ProvidesFile</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Declare a file other than the main class and package files, such as
-configuration files or font definition files. Put this command in that
-file and you get in the log a string like <literal>File: test.config
-2017/10/12 config file for test.cls</literal> for <replaceable>filename</replaceable> equal to
-‘<literal>test.config</literal>’ and <replaceable>additional information</replaceable> equal to
-‘<literal>2017/10/12 config file for test.cls</literal>’.
-</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\RequirePackage[<replaceable>option list</replaceable>]{<replaceable>package name</replaceable>}[<replaceable>release date</replaceable>]</literal>
-</term><term><literal>\RequirePackageWithOptions{<replaceable>package name</replaceable>}[<replaceable>release date</replaceable>]</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\RequirePackage</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\RequirePackageWithOptions</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Load a package, like the command <literal>\usepackage</literal> (see <link linkend="Additional-packages">Additional
-packages</link>). The &latex; development team strongly recommends use of
-these commands over Plain &tex;’s <literal>\input</literal>; see the Class
-Guide. An example is
-<literal>\RequirePackage[landscape,margin=1in]{geometry}</literal>.
-</para>
-<para>The <replaceable>option list</replaceable>, if present, is a comma-separated list. The
-<replaceable>release date</replaceable>, if present, must have the form <replaceable>YYYY/MM/DD</replaceable>. If
-the release date of the package as installed on your system is earlier
-than <replaceable>release date</replaceable> then you get a warning like <literal>You have
-requested, on input line 9, version `2017/07/03' of package jhtest, but
-only version `2000/01/01' is available</literal>.
-</para>
-<para>The <literal>\RequirePackageWithOptions</literal> version uses the list of options
-for the current class. This means it ignores any options passed to it
-via <literal>\PassOptionsToClass</literal>. This is a convenience command to allow
-easily building classes on existing ones without having to track which
-options were passed.
-</para>
-<para>The difference between <literal>\usepackage</literal> and <literal>\RequirePackage</literal> is
-small. The <literal>\usepackage</literal> command is intended for the document file
-while <literal>\RequirePackage</literal> is intended for package and class files.
-Thus, using <literal>\usepackage</literal> before the <literal>\documentclass</literal> command
-causes &latex; to give error like <literal>\usepackage before
-\documentclass</literal>, but you can use <literal>\RequirePackage</literal> there.
-</para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
-
</sect2>
</sect1>
</chapter>
@@ -3631,7 +3292,7 @@
</sect1>
<sect1 label="6.8" id="_005c_0040startsection">
-<title><literal>\@startsection</literal>, typesetting sectional unit headings</title>
+<title><literal>\@startsection</literal>: Typesetting sectional unit headings</title>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\@startsection</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>section, redefining</primary></indexterm>
@@ -8579,7 +8240,7 @@
Little is known other than her death.}%
\stepcounter{mpFootnoteValueSaver}%
\footnotetext[\value{mpFootnoteValueSaver}]{%
- Relationship is unresolved in XXI.}
+ Relationship is unresolved.}
\end{center}
</screen>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>tablefootnote</literal></primary></indexterm>
@@ -8660,7 +8321,7 @@
\newcommand*{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}[<replaceable>nargs</replaceable>]{<replaceable>defn</replaceable>}
\newcommand*{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}[<replaceable>nargs</replaceable>][<replaceable>optargdefault</replaceable>]{<replaceable>defn</replaceable>}
</screen>
-<para>or all the same possibilities with <literal>\renewcommand</literal> instead of
+<para>or the same six possibilities with <literal>\renewcommand</literal> instead of
<literal>\newcommand</literal>:
</para>
<screen>\renewcommand{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>defn</replaceable>}
@@ -8676,11 +8337,11 @@
</para>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>starred form, defining new commands</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>*-form, defining new commands</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\long</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\long, not defining a command as</primary></indexterm>
<para>The starred form of these two forbids the arguments from containing
-multiple paragraphs of text (in plain &tex; terms: the commands
-are not <literal>\long</literal>). With the default form, arguments can be
-multiple paragraphs.
+multiple paragraphs of text (i.e., a <literal>\par</literal> token; in plain
+&tex; terms: the commands are not <literal>\long</literal>). With the default
+form, arguments can be multiple paragraphs.
</para>
<para>These are the parameters (examples follow):
</para>
@@ -9604,7 +9265,7 @@
</sect1>
<sect1 label="12.13" id="xspace-package">
-<title>xspace package</title>
+<title><literal>xspace</literal> package</title>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\xspace</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>xspace</literal></primary></indexterm>
@@ -9613,7 +9274,7 @@
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>spaces, ignore around commands</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>commands, ignore spaces</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Synopsis:
+<para>This is an add-on package, not part of core &latex;. Synopsis:
</para>
<screen>\usepackage{xspace}
...
@@ -9623,15 +9284,15 @@
adds a space unless the command is followed by certain punctuation
characters.
</para>
-<para>After a command control sequence that is a control word (see <link linkend="Control-sequences">Control
+<para>After a control sequence that is a control word (see <link linkend="Control-sequences">Control
sequences</link>, as opposed to control symbols such as <literal>\$</literal>), &tex;
-gobbles blank characters. Thus, in the first sentence below, the output
-has ‘<literal>Vermont</literal>’ placed snugly against the period, without any
-intervening space.
+gobbles blank characters. Thus, in the first sentence below, the
+output has ‘<literal>Vermont</literal>’ placed snugly against the period, without
+any intervening space, despite the space in the input.
</para>
<screen>\newcommand{\VT}{Vermont}
Our college is in \VT .
-The \VT{} summers are nice.
+\VT{} summers are nice.
</screen>
<para>But because of the gobbling, the second sentence needs the empty curly
braces or else there would be no space separating ‘<literal>Vermont</literal>’ from
@@ -9650,10 +9311,10 @@
</screen>
<para>The default exception list contains the characters <literal>,.'/?;:!~-)</literal>,
the open curly brace and the backslash-space command discussed above,
-and the commands <literal>\footnote</literal> or <literal>\footnotemark</literal>. Add to that
-list as with <literal>\xspaceaddexceptions{\myfni \myfnii}</literal> which adds
-<literal>\myfni</literal> and <literal>\myfnii</literal> to the list, and remove from that
-list as with <literal>\xspaceremoveexception{!}</literal>.
+and the commands <literal>\footnote</literal> or <literal>\footnotemark</literal>. You can
+add to that list as with <literal>\xspaceaddexceptions{\myfni \myfnii}</literal>
+which adds <literal>\myfni</literal> and <literal>\myfnii</literal> to the list; and you
+can remove from that list as with <literal>\xspaceremoveexception{!}</literal>.
</para>
<!-- David Carlisle https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/86620/339 -->
<para>A comment: many experts prefer not to use <literal>\xspace</literal>. Putting it in
@@ -9661,10 +9322,656 @@
But it isn’t easy to predict when to enter empty braces because
<literal>\xspace</literal> will get it wrong, such as when it is followed by another
command, and so <literal>\xspace</literal> can make editing material harder and more
-error-prone than instead always inserting the empty braces.
+error-prone than instead of always inserting the empty braces.
</para>
</sect1>
+<sect1 label="12.14" id="Class-and-package-commands">
+<title>Class and package commands</title>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>class and package commands</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package and class commands</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>commands, class and package</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>These are commands designed to help writers of classes or packages.
+</para>
+
+<sect2 label="12.14.1" id="_005cAtBeginDvi-_0026-_005cAtEndDvi">
+<title><literal>\AtBeginDvi</literal> & <literal>\AtEndDvi</literal></title>
+
+<anchor id="_005cAtBeginDvi"/><anchor id="_005cAtEndDvi"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\AtBeginDvi</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\AtEndDvi</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Synopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\AtBeginDvi{<replaceable>code</replaceable>}
+\AtEndDvi{<replaceable>code</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para><literal>\AtBeginDvi</literal> saves, in a box register, <replaceable>code</replaceable> to be executed
+at the beginning of the shipout of the first page of the document.
+Despite the name, it applies to DVI, PDF, and XDV output. It fills
+the <literal>shipout/firstpage</literal> hook; new code should use that hook
+directly.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>atenddvi</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>atenddvi</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Similarly, <literal>\AtEndDvi</literal> (previously available only with the
+<literal>atenddvi</literal> package) is code executed when finalizing the main
+output document.
+</para>
+
+</sect2>
+<sect2 label="12.14.2" id="_005cAtEndOfClass-_0026-_005cAtEndOfPackage">
+<title><literal>\AtEndOfClass</literal> & <literal>\AtEndOfPackage</literal></title>
+
+<anchor id="_005cAtEndOfClass"/><anchor id="_005cAtEndOfPackage"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\AtEndOfClass</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\AtEndOfPackage</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Synopses:
+</para>
+<screen>\AtEndOfClass{<replaceable>code</replaceable>}
+\AtEndOfPackage{<replaceable>code</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Hooks to insert <replaceable>code</replaceable> to be executed when &latex; finishes
+processing the current class resp. package.
+</para>
+<para>These hooks can be used multiple times; each <literal>code</literal> segment will
+be executed in the order called. Many packages and classes use these
+commands.
+</para>
+<para>See also <link linkend="_005cAtBeginDocument">\AtBeginDocument</link>.
+</para>
+
+</sect2>
+<sect2 label="12.14.3" id="_005cCheckCommand">
+<title><literal>\CheckCommand</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\CheckCommand</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>new command, checking definition of</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>long command</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>\long</literal> command, checking for</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Synopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\CheckCommand{<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}[<replaceable>num</replaceable>][<replaceable>default</replaceable>]{<replaceable>definition</replaceable>}
+\CheckCommand* (same parameters)
+</screen>
+<para>Like <literal>\newcommand</literal> (see <link linkend="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand & \renewcommand</link>) but does
+not define <replaceable>cmd</replaceable>; instead it checks that the current definition of
+<replaceable>cmd</replaceable> is exactly as given by <replaceable>definition</replaceable> and is or is not
+<firstterm><literal>\long</literal></firstterm> as expected. A long command is a command that
+accepts <literal>\par</literal> within an argument.
+</para>
+<para>With the unstarred version of <literal>\CheckCommand</literal>, <replaceable>cmd</replaceable> is
+expected to be <literal>\long</literal>; with the starred version, <replaceable>cmd</replaceable> must
+not be <literal>\long</literal>
+</para>
+<para><literal>\CheckCommand</literal> raises an error when the check fails. This
+allows you to check before you start redefining <literal>cmd</literal> yourself
+that no other package has already redefined this command.
+</para>
+
+</sect2>
+<sect2 label="12.14.4" id="_005cClassError-and-_005cPackageError-and-others">
+<title><literal>\ClassError</literal> and <literal>\PackageError</literal> and others</title>
+
+<anchor id="_005cClassError"/><anchor id="_005cClassWarning"/><anchor id="_005cClassWarningNoLine"/><anchor id="_005cClassInfo"/><anchor id="_005cClassInfoNoLine"/><anchor id="_005cPackageError"/><anchor id="_005cPackageWarning"/><anchor id="_005cPackageWarningNoLine"/><anchor id="_005cPackageInfo"/><anchor id="_005cPackageInfoNoLine"/>
+<para>Produce error, warning, and informational messages for classes:
+</para>
+<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>\ClassError{<replaceable>class name</replaceable>}{<replaceable>error-text</replaceable>}{<replaceable>help-text</replaceable>}</literal>
+</term><term><literal>\ClassWarning{<replaceable>class name</replaceable>}{<replaceable>warning-text</replaceable>}</literal>
+</term><term><literal>\ClassWarningNoLine{<replaceable>class name</replaceable>}{<replaceable>warning-text</replaceable>}</literal>
+</term><term><literal>\ClassInfo{<replaceable>class name</replaceable>}{<replaceable>info-text</replaceable>}</literal>
+</term><term><literal>\ClassInfoNoLine{<replaceable>class name</replaceable>}{<replaceable>info-text</replaceable>}</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ClassError</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ClassWarning</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ClassWarningNoLine</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ClassInfo</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ClassInfoNoLine</primary></indexterm>
+</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
+<para>and the same for packages:
+</para><variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>\PackageError{<replaceable>package name</replaceable>}{<replaceable>error-text</replaceable>}{<replaceable>help-text</replaceable>}</literal>
+</term><term><literal>\PackageWarning{<replaceable>package name</replaceable>}{<replaceable>warning-text</replaceable>}</literal>
+</term><term><literal>\PackageWarningNoLine{<replaceable>package name</replaceable>}{<replaceable>warning-text</replaceable>}</literal>
+</term><term><literal>\PackageInfo{<replaceable>package name</replaceable>}{<replaceable>info-text</replaceable>}</literal>
+</term><term><literal>\PackageInfoNoLine{<replaceable>package name</replaceable>}{<replaceable>info-text</replaceable>}</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\PackageError</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\PackageWarning</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\PackageWarningNoLine</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\PackageInfo</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\PackageInfoNoLine</primary></indexterm>
+</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
+<para>For <literal>\ClassError</literal> and <literal>\PackageError</literal> the message is
+<replaceable>error-text</replaceable>, followed by &tex;’s ‘<literal>?</literal>’ error prompt. If the
+user then asks for help by typing <literal>h</literal>, they see the <replaceable>help
+text</replaceable>.
+</para>
+<para>The four <literal>Warning</literal> commands are similar except that they write
+<replaceable>warning-text</replaceable> on the screen with no error prompt. The four
+<literal>Info</literal> commands write <replaceable>info-text</replaceable> only in the transcript
+file. The <literal>NoLine</literal> versions omit the number of the line
+generating the message, while the other versions do show that number.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>\protect</literal>, and message text</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>\space</literal>, and message text</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>\MessageBreak</literal>, and message text</primary></indexterm>
+<para>To format the messages, including the <replaceable>help-text</replaceable>: use
+<literal>\protect</literal> to stop a command from expanding, get a line break
+with <literal>\MessageBreak</literal>, and get a space with <literal>\space</literal> when a
+space character is ignore, most commonly after a command.
+</para>
+<para>&latex; appends a period to the messages.
+</para>
+
+</sect2>
+<sect2 label="12.14.5" id="_005cCurrentOption">
+<title><literal>\CurrentOption</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\CurrentOption</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>option, currently being processed</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Expands to the name of the option currently being processed. This can
+only be used within the <replaceable>code</replaceable> argument of either
+<literal>\DeclareOption</literal> or <literal>\DeclareOption*</literal>.
+</para>
+
+</sect2>
+<sect2 label="12.14.6" id="_005cDeclareOption">
+<title><literal>\DeclareOption</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\DeclareOption</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>class options</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package options</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>options, class</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>options, package</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Synopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\DeclareOption{<replaceable>option</replaceable>}{<replaceable>code</replaceable>}
+\DeclareOption*{<replaceable>option</replaceable>}{<replaceable>code</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Define an option a user can include in their <literal>\documentclass</literal>
+command. For example, a class <literal>smcmemo</literal> could have an option
+<literal>logo</literal> allowing users to put the institutional logo on the first
+page. The document would start with
+<literal>\documentclass[logo]{smcmemo}</literal>. To enable this, the class file
+must contain <literal>\DeclareOption{logo}{<replaceable>code</replaceable>}</literal> (and later,
+<literal>\ProcessOptions</literal>).
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>default option processing</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>option processing by default</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>Unused global option</literal> warning, handling</primary></indexterm>
+<para>If you request an option that has not been declared, by default this
+will produce a warning like <literal>Unused global option(s):
+[badoption].</literal> This can be changed by using
+<literal>\DeclareOption*{<replaceable>code</replaceable>}</literal>, which executes <replaceable>code</replaceable> for
+any unknown option.
+</para>
+<para>For example, many classes extend an existing class, using code such as
+<literal>\LoadClass{article}</literal> (see <link linkend="_005cLoadClass">\LoadClass</link>). In this case, it
+makes sense to pass any otherwise-unknown options to the underlying
+class, like this:
+</para>
+<screen>\DeclareOption*{%
+ \PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}%
+}
+</screen>
+<para>As another example, our class <literal>smcmemo</literal> might allow users to keep
+lists of memo recipients in external files, so the user could invoke
+<literal>\documentclass[math]{smcmemo}</literal> and it will read the file
+<literal>math.memo</literal>. This code inputs the file if it exists, while if it
+doesn’t, the option is passed to the <literal>article</literal> class:
+</para>
+<screen>\DeclareOption*{\InputIfFileExists{\CurrentOption.memo}
+ {}{%
+ \PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}}}
+</screen>
+
+</sect2>
+<sect2 label="12.14.7" id="_005cDeclareRobustCommand">
+<title><literal>\DeclareRobustCommand</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\DeclareRobustCommand</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>new command, definition</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>robust command, defining</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Synopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\DeclareRobustCommand{<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}[<replaceable>num</replaceable>][<replaceable>default</replaceable>]{<replaceable>definition</replaceable>}
+\DeclareRobustCommand* (same parameters
+</screen>
+<para><literal>\DeclareRobustCommand</literal> and its starred form are generally like
+<literal>\newcommand</literal> and <literal>\newcommand*</literal> (see <link linkend="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand &
+\renewcommand</link>), with the addition that they define a so-called
+<firstterm>robust</firstterm> command, even if some code within the <replaceable>definition</replaceable> is
+fragile. (For a discussion of robust and fragile commands,
+see <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>.)
+</para>
+<para>Also unlike <literal>\newcommand</literal>, these do not give an error if macro
+<replaceable>cmd</replaceable> already exists; instead, a log message is put into the
+transcript file if a command is redefined. Thus,
+<literal>\DeclareRobustCommand</literal> can be used to define new robust commands
+or to redefine existing commands, making them robust.
+</para>
+<para>The starred form, <literal>\DeclareRobustCommand*</literal>, disallows the
+arguments from containing multiple paragraphs, just like the starred
+form of <literal>\newcommand</literal> and <literal>\renewcommand</literal>. The meaning of
+the arguments is the same.
+</para>
+<para>Commands defined this way are a bit less efficient than those defined
+using <literal>\newcommand</literal> so unless the command’s data is fragile and the
+command is used within a moving argument, use <literal>\newcommand</literal>.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>etoolbox</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>etoolbox</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>e-&tex;, and robust commands</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\newrobustcmd (<literal>etoolbox</literal> package)</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\renewrobustcmd (<literal>etoolbox</literal> package)</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\providerobustcmd (<literal>etoolbox</literal> package)</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Related to this, the <literal>etoolbox</literal> package offers three commands
+and their starred forms: <literal>\newrobustcmd</literal>(<literal>*</literal>)
+<literal>\renewrobustcmd</literal>(<literal>*</literal>), and
+<literal>\providerobustcmd</literal>(<literal>*</literal>). They are similar to
+<literal>\newcommand</literal>, <literal>\renewcommand</literal>, and <literal>\providecommand</literal>
+and their own starred forms, but define a robust <replaceable>cmd</replaceable>. They have
+two possible advantages compared to <literal>\DeclareRobustCommand</literal>:
+</para>
+<orderedlist numeration="arabic"><listitem><para>They use the low-level e-&tex; protection mechanism rather than the
+higher-level &latex; <literal>\protect</literal> mechanism, so they do not incur
+the slight loss of performance mentioned above, and
+</para>
+</listitem><listitem><para>They make the same distinction between <literal>\new…</literal>,
+<literal>\renew…</literal>, and <literal>\provide…</literal>, as the standard
+commands. That is, they do not just write a log message when you
+redefine <replaceable>cmd</replaceable> that already exists; you need to use either
+<literal>\renew…</literal> or <literal>\provide…</literal>, or you get an error.
+This may or may not be a benefit.
+</para></listitem></orderedlist>
+
+</sect2>
+<sect2 label="12.14.8" id="_005cExecuteOptions">
+<title><literal>\ExecuteOptions</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ExecuteOptions</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Synopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\ExecuteOptions{<replaceable>option-list</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ds@<replaceable>option</replaceable></primary></indexterm>
+<para>For each option <replaceable>option</replaceable> in <replaceable>option-list</replaceable>, in order, this
+command executes the command <literal>\ds@<replaceable>option</replaceable></literal>. If this
+command is not defined then that option is silently ignored.
+</para>
+<para>This can be used to provide a default option list before
+<literal>\ProcessOptions</literal>. For example, if in a class file you want the
+default to be 11pt fonts then you could specify
+<literal>\ExecuteOptions{11pt}\ProcessOptions\relax</literal>.
+</para>
+
+</sect2>
+<sect2 label="12.14.9" id="_005cIfFileExists-_0026-_005cInputIfFileExists">
+<title><literal>\IfFileExists</literal> & <literal>\InputIfFileExists</literal></title>
+
+<anchor id="_005cIfFileExists"/><anchor id="_005cInputIfFileExists"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\IfFileExists</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\InputIfFileExists</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Synopses:
+</para>
+<screen>\IfFileExists{<replaceable>filename</replaceable>}{<replaceable>true-code</replaceable>}{<replaceable>false-code</replaceable>}
+\InputIfFileExists{<replaceable>filename</replaceable>}{<replaceable>true-code</replaceable>}{<replaceable>false-code</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para><literal>\IfFileExists</literal> executes <replaceable>true-code</replaceable> if &latex; finds the
+file <filename><replaceable>filename</replaceable></filename> or <replaceable>false-code</replaceable> otherwise. In the
+first case it executing <replaceable>true-code</replaceable> and then inputs the file.
+Thus the command
+</para>
+<screen>\IfFileExists{img.pdf}{%
+ \includegraphics{img.pdf}}
+ {\typeout{!! img.pdf not found}
+</screen>
+<para>will include the graphic <filename>img.pdf</filename> if it is found and otherwise
+give a warning.
+</para>
+<para>This command looks for the file in all search paths that &latex;
+uses, not only in the current directory. To look only in the current
+directory do something like
+<literal>\IfFileExists{./<replaceable>filename</replaceable>}{<replaceable>true-code</replaceable>}{<replaceable>false-code</replaceable>}</literal>.
+If you ask for a filename without a <literal>.tex</literal> extension then
+&latex; will first look for the file by appending the <literal>.tex</literal>;
+for more on how &latex; handles file extensions see <link linkend="_005cinput">\input</link>.
+</para>
+<para><literal>\InputIfFileExists</literal> is similar, but, as the name states,
+automatically <literal>\input</literal>s <replaceable>filename</replaceable> if it exists. The
+<replaceable>true-code</replaceable> is executed just before the <literal>\input</literal>; if the file
+doesn’t exist, the <replaceable>false-code</replaceable> is executed. An example:
+</para>
+<screen>\InputIfFileExists{mypkg.cfg}
+ {\PackageInfo{Loading mypkg.cfg for configuration information}}
+ {\PackageInfo{No mypkg.cfg found}}
+</screen>
+
+</sect2>
+<sect2 label="12.14.10" id="_005cLoadClass-_0026-_005cLoadClassWithOptions">
+<title><literal>\LoadClass</literal> & <literal>\LoadClassWithOptions</literal></title>
+
+<anchor id="_005cLoadClass"/><anchor id="_005cLoadClassWithOptions"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\LoadClass</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\LoadClassWithOptions</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Synopses:
+</para>
+<screen>\LoadClass[<replaceable>options-list</replaceable>]{<replaceable>class-name</replaceable>}[<replaceable>release-date</replaceable>]
+\LoadClassWithOptions{<replaceable>class-name</replaceable>}[<replaceable>release-date</replaceable>]
+</screen>
+<para>Load a class, as with
+<literal>\documentclass[<replaceable>options-list</replaceable>]{<replaceable>class-name</replaceable>}[<replaceable>release-date</replaceable>]</literal>.
+An example: <literal>\LoadClass[twoside]{article}</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>The <replaceable>options-list</replaceable>, if present, is a comma-separated list. The
+<replaceable>release-date</replaceable> is also optional. If present it must have the form
+<literal>YYYY/MM/DD</literal>.
+<!-- BTW, there are at-macros documented in macros2e.pdf to check the version -->
+<!-- and do some actions conditionnally on version later or not to some -->
+<!-- date. -->
+</para>
+<para>If you request <replaceable>release-date</replaceable> and the date of the package
+installed on your system is earlier, then you get a warning on the
+screen and in the log like this:
+</para>
+<screen>You have requested, on input line 4, version `2038/01/19' of
+document class article, but only version `2014/09/29 v1.4h
+Standard LaTeX document class' is available.
+</screen>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\PassOptionsToClass, ignoring</primary></indexterm>
+<para>The command version <literal>\LoadClassWithOptions</literal> uses the list of
+options for the current class. This means it ignores any options passed
+to it via <literal>\PassOptionsToClass</literal>. This is a convenience command
+that lets you build classes on existing ones, such as the standard
+<literal>article</literal> class, without having to track which options were passed.
+</para>
+
+</sect2>
+<sect2 label="12.14.11" id="_005cNeedsTeXFormat">
+<title><literal>\NeedsTeXFormat</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\NeedsTeXFormat</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>format, requiring</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>version of format, requiring</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>date of format, requiring</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Synopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\NeedsTeXFormat{<replaceable>format</replaceable>}[<replaceable>format-date</replaceable>]
+</screen>
+<para>Specifies the format that this class must be run under. Often issued
+as the first line of a class file, and most often used as:
+<literal>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}</literal>. When a document using that class
+is processed, the format being run must exactly match the <replaceable>format</replaceable>
+name given, including case. If it does not match then execution stops
+with an error like ‘<literal>This file needs format `LaTeX2e' but this is
+`plain'.</literal>’.
+</para>
+<para>To require a version of the format that you know to have certain
+features, include the optional <replaceable>format-date</replaceable> on which those
+features were implemented. If present, it must be in the form
+<literal>YYYY/MM/DD</literal>. If the format version installed on your system is
+earlier than <replaceable>format date</replaceable> then you get a warning like this.
+</para>
+<screen>You have requested release `2038/01/20' of LaTeX, but only
+release `2016/02/01' is available.
+</screen>
+
+</sect2>
+<sect2 label="12.14.12" id="_005cOptionNotUsed">
+<title><literal>\OptionNotUsed</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\OptionNotUsed</primary></indexterm>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>unused options, adding to list</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>options, list of unused</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Adds the current option to the list of unused options. Can only be used
+within the <replaceable>code</replaceable> argument of either <literal>\DeclareOption</literal> or
+<literal>\DeclareOption*</literal>.
+</para>
+<!-- xx I cannot reproduce this behavior as it is documented in clsguide. -->
+<!-- In the absence of a @code{\DeclareOption*} declaration, @LaTeX{} issues -->
+<!-- on the console a warning like @code{LaTeX Warning: Unused global -->
+<!-- option(s): [unusedoption].} with the list of not-used options when it -->
+<!-- reaches @code{\begin@{document@}}. -->
+
+
+</sect2>
+<sect2 label="12.14.13" id="_005cPassOptionsToClass-_0026-_005cPassOptionsToPackage">
+<title><literal>\PassOptionsToClass</literal> & <literal>\PassOptionsToPackage</literal></title>
+
+<anchor id="_005cPassOptionsToClass"/><anchor id="_005cPassOptionsToPackage"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\PassOptionsToClass</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\PassOptionsToPackage</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Synopses:
+</para>
+<screen>\PassOptionsToClass{<replaceable>options</replaceable>}{<replaceable>clsname</replaceable>}
+\PassOptionsToPackage{<replaceable>option</replaceable>}{<replaceable>pkgname</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Adds the options in the comma-separated list <replaceable>options</replaceable> to the
+options used by any future <literal>\RequirePackage</literal> or
+<literal>\usepackage</literal> command for the class <replaceable>clsname</replaceable> or the package
+<replaceable>pkgname</replaceable>, respectively.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>option clash</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>conflict between package options</primary></indexterm>
+<para>The reason for these commands is that although you may load a package
+any number of times with no options, if you can specify options only
+the first time you load the package. Loading a package with options
+more than once will get you an error like <literal>Option clash for
+package foo.</literal>. &latex; throws an error even if there is no conflict
+between the options.
+</para>
+<para>If your own code is bringing in a package twice then you can combine
+the calls; for example, replacing the two
+</para>
+<screen>\RequirePackage[landscape]{geometry}
+\RequirePackage[margins=1in]{geometry}
+</screen>
+<para>with the single command
+</para>
+<screen>\RequirePackage[landscape,margins=1in]{geometry}
+</screen>
+<para>However, suppose you are loading <filename>firstpkg</filename> and inside that
+package it loads <filename>secondpkg</filename>, and you need <literal>secondpkg</literal> to be
+loaded with option <literal>draft</literal>. Then before load the first package
+you must tell &latex; about the desired options for the second
+package, like this:
+</para>
+<screen>\PassOptionsToPackage{draft}{secondpkg}
+\RequirePackage{firstpkg}
+</screen>
+<para>If <literal>firstpkg.sty</literal> loads an option in conflict with what you want
+then you may have to alter its source, or yours.
+</para>
+<para>These commands are useful for general users as well as class and package
+writers. For instance, suppose a user wants to load the <literal>graphicx</literal>
+package with the option <literal>draft</literal> and also wants to use a class
+<literal>foo</literal> that loads the <literal>graphicx</literal> package, but without that
+option. The user could start their &latex; file with
+<literal>\PassOptionsToPackage{draft}{graphicx} \documentclass{foo}</literal>.
+</para>
+
+</sect2>
+<sect2 label="12.14.14" id="_005cProcessOptions">
+<title><literal>\ProcessOptions</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ProcessOptions</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>processing options</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>options, processing</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Synopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\ProcessOptions<replaceable>\@options</replaceable>
+\ProcessOptions*<replaceable>\@options</replaceable>
+</screen>
+<para>Execute the code for each option that the user has invoked. Invoke it
+in the class file as <literal>\ProcessOptions\relax</literal> (because of the
+existence of the starred version, described below).
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>options, global and local</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>local options</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>global options</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Options come in two types. <firstterm>Local options</firstterm> have been specified
+for this particular package in <literal>\usepackage[<replaceable>options</replaceable>]</literal>,
+<literal>\RequirePackage[<replaceable>options</replaceable>]</literal>, or the <replaceable>options</replaceable> argument
+of <literal>\PassOptionsToPackage{<replaceable>options</replaceable>}</literal>. <firstterm>Global options</firstterm>
+are those given by the class user in
+<literal>\documentclass[<replaceable>options</replaceable>]</literal>. If an option is specified both
+locally and globally then it is local.
+</para>
+<para>When <literal>\ProcessOptions</literal> is called for a package <filename>pkg.sty</filename>, the
+following happens:
+</para>
+<orderedlist numeration="arabic"><listitem><para>For each option <replaceable>option</replaceable> so far declared with
+<literal>\DeclareOption</literal>, <literal>\ProcessOptions</literal> looks to see if that
+option is either global or local for <literal>pkg</literal>. If so, then it
+executes the declared code. This is done in the order in which these
+options were given in <filename>pkg.sty</filename>.
+</para>
+</listitem><listitem><para>For each remaining local option, it executes the command
+<literal>\ds@</literal><replaceable>option</replaceable> if it has been defined somewhere (other than by
+a <literal>\DeclareOption</literal>); otherwise, it executes the default option code
+given in <literal>\DeclareOption*</literal>. If no default option code has been
+declared then it gives an error message. This is done in the order in
+which these options were specified.
+</para></listitem></orderedlist>
+<para>When <literal>\ProcessOptions</literal> is called for a class it works in the same
+way except that all options are local, and the default <replaceable>code</replaceable> for
+<literal>\DeclareOption*</literal> is <literal>\OptionNotUsed</literal> rather than an error.
+</para>
+<para>The starred version <literal>\ProcessOptions*</literal> executes the
+options in the order specified in the calling commands, rather than in
+the order of declaration in the class or package. For a package, this
+means that the global options are processed first.
+</para>
+
+</sect2>
+<sect2 label="12.14.15" id="_005cProvidesClass-_0026-_005cProvidesPackage">
+<title><literal>\ProvidesClass</literal> & <literal>\ProvidesPackage</literal></title>
+
+<anchor id="_005cProvidesClass"/><anchor id="_005cProvidesPackage"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ProvidesClass</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ProvidesPackage</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Synopses:
+</para>
+<screen>\ProvidesClass{<replaceable>clsname</replaceable>}[<replaceable>release-date</replaceable> [<replaceable>info-text</replaceable>]]
+\ProvidesPackage{<replaceable>pkgname</replaceable>}[<replaceable>release-date</replaceable> [<replaceable>info-text</replaceable>]]
+</screen>
+<para>Identifies the class or package being defined, printing a message to
+the screen and the log file.
+</para>
+<para>When you load a class or package, for example with
+<literal>\documentclass{smcmemo}</literal> or <literal>\usepackage{test}</literal>,
+&latex; inputs a file (<filename>smcmemo.cls</filename> and <filename>test.sty</filename>,
+respectively). If the name of the file does not match the class or
+package name declared in it then you get a warning. Thus, if you
+invoke <literal>\documentclass{smcmemo}</literal>, and the file
+<filename>smcmemo.cls</filename> has the statement <literal>\ProvidesClass{foo}</literal> then
+you get a warning like <literal>You have requested document class
+`smcmemo', but the document class provides 'foo'.</literal> This warning does
+not prevent &latex; from processing the rest of the class file
+normally.
+</para>
+<para>If you include the optional argument then you must include a date,
+before any spaces, of the form <literal>YYYY/MM/DD</literal>. The rest of the
+optional argument is free-form, although it traditionally identifies
+the class. It is written to the screen during compilation and to the
+log file. Thus, if your file <filename>smcmemo.cls</filename> contains the line
+<literal>\ProvidesClass{smcmemo}[2008/06/01 v1.0 SMC memo class]</literal> and
+your document’s first line is <literal>\documentclass{smcmemo}</literal> then
+you will see <literal>Document Class: smcmemo 2008/06/01 v1.0 SMC memo
+class</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>The date in the optional argument allows class and package users to
+ask to be warned if the version of the class or package is earlier
+than <replaceable>release date</replaceable>. For instance, a user could enter
+<literal>\documentclass{smcmemo}[2018/10/12]</literal> or
+<literal>\usepackage{foo}[[2017/07/07]]</literal> to require a class or package
+with certain features by specifying that it must be released no
+earlier than the given date. Perhaps more importantly, the date
+serves as documentation of the last release. (In practice, package
+users rarely include a date, and class users almost never do.)
+</para>
+
+</sect2>
+<sect2 label="12.14.16" id="_005cProvidesFile">
+<title><literal>\ProvidesFile</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ProvidesFile</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Synopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\ProvidesFile{<replaceable>filename</replaceable>}[<replaceable>info-text</replaceable>]
+</screen>
+<para>Declare a file other than the main class and package files, such as a
+configuration or font definition file. It writes the given
+information to the log file, essentially like <literal>\ProvidesClass</literal>
+and <literal>\ProvidesPackage</literal> (see the previous section).
+</para>
+<para>For example:
+</para>
+<screen>\ProvidesFile{smcmemo.cfg}[2017/10/12 config file for smcmemo.cls]
+</screen>
+<para>writes this into the log:
+</para>
+<screen>File: smcmemo.cfg 2017/10/12 config file for smcmemo.cls
+</screen>
+
+</sect2>
+<sect2 label="12.14.17" id="_005cRequirePackage-_0026-_005cRequirePackageWithOptions">
+<title><literal>\RequirePackage</literal> & <literal>\RequirePackageWithOptions</literal></title>
+
+<anchor id="_005cRequirePackage"/><anchor id="_005cRequirePackageWithOptions"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\RequirePackage</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\RequirePackageWithOptions</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Synopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\RequirePackage[<replaceable>option-list</replaceable>]{<replaceable>pkgname</replaceable>}[<replaceable>release-date</replaceable>]
+\RequirePackageWithOptions{<replaceable>pkgname</replaceable>}[<replaceable>release-date</replaceable>]
+</screen>
+<para>Load a package, like the command <literal>\usepackage</literal> (see <link linkend="Additional-packages">Additional
+packages</link>). An example:
+
+<literal>\RequirePackage[landscape,margin=1in]{geometry}</literal>
+</para>
+<para>The initial optional argument <replaceable>option-list</replaceable>, if present, must be a
+comma-separated list. The trailing optional argument
+<replaceable>release-date</replaceable>, if present, must have the form <literal>YYYY/MM/DD</literal>.
+If the release date of the package as installed on your system is
+earlier than <replaceable>release-date</replaceable> then you get a warning like ‘<literal>You
+have requested, on input line 9, version `2017/07/03' of package
+jhtest, but only version `2000/01/01' is available</literal>’.
+</para>
+<para>The <literal>\RequirePackageWithOptions</literal> variant uses the list of options
+for the current class. This means it ignores any options passed to it
+via <literal>\PassOptionsToClass</literal>. This is a convenience command to
+allow easily building classes on existing ones without having to track
+which options were passed.
+</para>
+<para>The difference between <literal>\usepackage</literal> and <literal>\RequirePackage</literal>
+is small. The <literal>\usepackage</literal> command is intended to be used in
+documents, while <literal>\RequirePackage</literal> is intended for package and
+class files. The most significant difference in practice is that
+<literal>\RequirePackage</literal> can be used in a document before the
+<literal>\documentclass</literal> command, while <literal>\usepackage</literal> gives an error
+there. The most common need for this nowadays is for the
+<literal>\DocumentMetadata</literal> command (see <link linkend="_005cDocumentMetadata">\DocumentMetadata</link>).
+</para>
+<para>The &latex; development team strongly recommends use of these and
+related commands over Plain &tex;’s <literal>\input</literal>; see the Class
+Guide (<ulink url="https://ctan.org/pkg/clsguide">https://ctan.org/pkg/clsguide</ulink>).
+</para>
+
+</sect2>
+</sect1>
</chapter>
<chapter label="13" id="Counters">
<title>Counters</title>
@@ -9996,9 +10303,9 @@
\fboxsep=0pt\fbox{\hbox to #1{#2}}}
</screen>
<para>This next example uses those commands to show a black bar 100 points
-long between ‘<literal>XXX</literal>’ and ‘<literal>YYY</literal>’. This length is rigid.
+long between ‘<literal>ABC</literal>’ and ‘<literal>XYZ</literal>’. This length is rigid.
</para>
-<screen>XXX\showhbox{100pt}{\blackbar{100pt}}YYY
+<screen>ABC\showhbox{100pt}{\blackbar{100pt}}XYZ
</screen>
<para>As for rubber lengths, shrinking is simpler one: with <literal>1cm minus
0.05cm</literal>, the natural length is 1cm but &tex; can shrink it down
@@ -10006,10 +10313,10 @@
Thus, below the first one works fine, producing a space of
98 points between the two bars.
</para>
-<screen>XXX\showhbox{300pt}{%
+<screen>ABC\showhbox{300pt}{%
\blackbar{101pt}\hspace{100pt minus 2pt}\blackbar{101pt}}YYY
-XXX\showhbox{300pt}{%
+ABC\showhbox{300pt}{%
\blackbar{105pt}\hspace{100pt minus 1pt}\blackbar{105pt}}YYY
</screen>
<para>But the second one gets a warning like ‘<literal>Overfull \hbox (1.0pt too
@@ -10022,10 +10329,10 @@
beyond the given amount, it will do it. Here the first line is fine,
producing a space of 110 points between the bars.
</para>
-<screen>XXX\showhbox{300pt}{%
+<screen>ABC\showhbox{300pt}{%
\blackbar{95pt}\hspace{100pt plus 10pt}\blackbar{95pt}}YYY
-XXX\showhbox{300pt}{%
+ABC\showhbox{300pt}{%
\blackbar{95pt}\hspace{100pt plus 1pt}\blackbar{95pt}}YYY
</screen>
<para>In the second line &tex; needs a stretch of 10 points and only
@@ -10039,7 +10346,7 @@
<para>If &tex; is setting two or more rubber lengths then it allocates the
stretch or shrink in proportion.
</para>
-<screen>XXX\showhbox{300pt}{%
+<screen>ABC\showhbox{300pt}{%
\blackbar{100pt}% left
\hspace{0pt plus 50pt}\blackbar{80pt}\hspace{0pt plus 10pt}% middle
\blackbar{100pt}}YYY % right
@@ -12863,11 +13170,11 @@
mode. So if it starts a paragraph then you should first put a
<literal>\leavevmode</literal>, as in the bottom line below.
</para>
-<screen>xxx xxx xxx
+<screen>Text above.
-\smash{yyy} % no paragraph indent
+\smash{smashed, no indent} % no paragraph indent
-\leavevmode\smash{zzz} % usual paragraph indent
+\leavevmode\smash{smashed, with indent} % usual paragraph indent
</screen>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>mathtools</literal></primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>mathtools</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
@@ -13629,46 +13936,16 @@
<literal>\thepage</literal>, which is the command &latex; uses for the
representation of page numbers.
</para>
-<para>For example, for the <citetitle>TUGboat</citetitle> journal
-(<ulink url="https://tug.org/TUGboat">https://tug.org/TUGboat</ulink>), we often circulate draft versions of
-articles. For this, we change the page numbering to start at 901, but
-want to print the page numbers with a ‘?’, as in printing ‘?1’ for the
-first page. This helps avoid people from thinking that the page
-numbers are final. We want the ‘?’ to appear in the table of contents
-and cross-references as well as the headers; therefore, we redefine
-<literal>\thepage</literal>:
+<para>However, <literal>\thepage</literal> should do any typesetting or other
+complicated maneuvers, but merely expand to the intended page number
+representation. The results of a complicated redefinition of
+<literal>\thepage</literal> are not predictable, but &latex;’s report of page
+numbers in diagnostic messages, at least, will become unusable.
</para>
-<screen>\renewcommand\thepage{%
- \ifnum\value{page}>900
- % In CM, numerals are exactly .5em,
- % so make our `?' have that width too.
- % The \texorpdfstring avoids the hyperref warning:
- % Token not allowed in a PDF string ... removing `\@ifnextchar'
- \texorpdfstring{\makebox[.5em][l]{\small ?}}{?}%
- %
- \textsl{\@arabic{\numexpr\value{page}-900\relax}}% assume e-TeX
- \else
- \@arabic{\value{page}}%
- \fi
-}
-</screen>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary><command>makeindex</command> and special page numbers</primary></indexterm>
-
-<para>There is another complication. Changing <literal>\thepage</literal> will probably
-break <command>makeindex</command>, since it only understands a few kinds of
-basic counter representations. Thus, a method to extract a standard
-integer from the document’s special representation has to be
-provided. Continuing our <citetitle>TUGboat</citetitle> example:
-</para>
-<screen>\usepackage{index}
-...
-\newcommand\specialthepage{\inteval{\value{page}-900}}
-\newindex[specialthepage]*{default}{idx}{ind}{Index}
-</screen>
-<para>Thanks to Ulrike Fischer for providing this code.
-There is more discussion at
+<para>There is some discussion of this issue at
<ulink url="https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/687258">https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/687258</ulink>.
</para>
+
</sect1>
</chapter>
<chapter label="19" id="Spaces">
@@ -15127,317 +15404,7 @@
</sect1>
</chapter>
-<chapter label="21" id="Color">
-<title>Color</title>
-
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>color</primary></indexterm>
-
-<para>You can add color to text, rules, etc. You can also have color in a box
-or on an entire page and write text on top of it.
-</para>
-<para>Color support comes as an additional package. So put
-<literal>\usepackage{color}</literal> in your document preamble to use the
-commands described here.
-</para>
-<para>Many other packages also supplement &latex;’s color abilities.
-Particularly worth mentioning is <filename>xcolor</filename>, which is widely used and
-significantly extends the capabilities described here, including adding
-‘<literal>HTML</literal>’ and ‘<literal>Hsb</literal>’ color models.
-</para>
-
-
-<sect1 label="21.1" id="Color-package-options">
-<title><literal>color</literal> package options</title>
-
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>color package options</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>options, color package</primary></indexterm>
-
-<para>Synopsis (must be in the document preamble):
-</para>
-<screen>\usepackage[<replaceable>comma-separated option list</replaceable>]{color}
-</screen>
-<para>When you load the <filename>color</filename> package there are two kinds of available
-options.
-</para>
-<para>The first specifies the <firstterm>printer driver</firstterm>. &latex; doesn’t contain
-information about different output systems but instead depends on
-information stored in a file. Normally you should not specify the
-driver option in the document, and instead rely on your system’s
-default. One advantage of this is that it makes the document portable
-across systems. For completeness we include a list of the drivers. The
-currently relevant ones are: <filename>dvipdfmx</filename>, <filename>dvips</filename>,
-<filename>dvisvgm</filename>, <filename>luatex</filename>, <filename>pdftex</filename>, <filename>xetex</filename>. The two
-<filename>xdvi</filename> and <filename>oztex</filename> are essentially aliases for <filename>dvips</filename>
-(and <filename>xdvi</filename> is monochrome). Ones that should not be used for new
-systems are: <filename>dvipdf</filename>, <filename>dvipdfm</filename>, <filename>dviwin</filename>,
-<filename>dvipsone</filename>, <filename>emtex</filename>, <filename>pctexps</filename>, <filename>pctexwin</filename>,
-<filename>pctexhp</filename>, <filename>pctex32</filename>, <filename>truetex</filename>, <filename>tcidvi</filename>,
-<filename>vtex</filename> (and <filename>dviwindo</filename> is an alias for <filename>dvipsone</filename>).
-</para>
-<para>The second kind of options, beyond the drivers, are below.
-</para>
-<variablelist>
-<varlistentry><term><literal>monochrome</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Disable the color commands, so that they do not generate errors but do
-not generate color either.
-</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>dvipsnames</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Make available a list of 68 color names that are often used,
-particularly in legacy documents. These color names were originally
-provided by the <filename>dvips</filename> driver, giving the option name.
-</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>nodvipsnames</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Do not load that list of color names, saving &latex; a tiny amount of
-memory space.
-</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
-
-</sect1>
-<sect1 label="21.2" id="Color-models">
-<title>Color models</title>
-
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>color models</primary></indexterm>
-
-<para>A <firstterm>color model</firstterm> is a way of representing colors. &latex;’s
-capabilities depend on the printer driver. However, the <filename>pdftex</filename>,
-<filename>xetex</filename>, and <filename>luatex</filename> printer drivers are today by far the
-most commonly used. The models below work for those drivers. All but
-one of these is also supported by essentially all other printer drivers
-used today.
-</para>
-<para>Note that color combination can be additive or subtractive. Additive
-mixes colors of light, so that for instance combining full intensities
-of red, green, and blue produces white. Subtractive mixes pigments,
-such as with inks, so that combining full intensity of cyan, magenta,
-and yellow makes black.
-</para>
-<variablelist><anchor id="color-models-cmyk"/><varlistentry><term><literal>cmyk</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>A comma-separated list with four real numbers between 0 and 1,
-inclusive. The first number is the intensity of cyan, the second is
-magenta, and the others are yellow and black. A number value of 0 means
-minimal intensity, while a 1 is for full intensity. This model is often
-used in color printing. It is a subtractive model.
-</para>
-<anchor id="color-models-gray"/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>gray</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>A single real number between 0 and 1, inclusive. The colors are shades
-of grey. The number 0 produces black while 1 gives white.
-</para>
-<anchor id="color-models-rgb"/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>rgb</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>A comma-separated list with three real numbers between 0 and 1,
-inclusive. The first number is the intensity of the red component, the
-second is green, and the third the blue. A number value of 0 means that
-none of that component is added in, while a 1 means full intensity.
-This is an additive model.
-</para>
-<anchor id="color-models-RGB"/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>RGB</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>(<filename>pdftex</filename>, <filename>xetex</filename>, <filename>luatex</filename> drivers) A comma-separated
-list with three integers between 0 and 255, inclusive. This model is a
-convenience for using <literal>rgb</literal> since outside of &latex; colors are
-often described in a red-green-blue model using numbers in this range.
-The values entered here are converted to the <literal>rgb</literal> model by
-dividing by 255.
-</para>
-<anchor id="color-models-named"/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>named</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>Colors are accessed by name, such as ‘<literal>PrussianBlue</literal>’. The list of
-names depends on the driver, but all support the names ‘<literal>black</literal>’,
-‘<literal>blue</literal>’, ‘<literal>cyan</literal>’, ‘<literal>green</literal>’, ‘<literal>magenta</literal>’, ‘<literal>red</literal>’,
-‘<literal>white</literal>’, and ‘<literal>yellow</literal>’ (See the <literal>dvipsnames</literal> option in
-<link linkend="Color-package-options">Color package options</link>).
-</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
-
-</sect1>
-<sect1 label="21.3" id="Commands-for-color">
-<title>Commands for color</title>
-
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>color package commands</primary></indexterm>
-
-<para>These are the commands available with the <filename>color</filename> package.
-</para>
-
-
-<sect2 label="21.3.1" id="Define-colors">
-<title>Define colors</title>
-
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>color</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>define color</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>color, define</primary></indexterm>
-
-<para>Synopsis:
-</para>
-<screen>\definecolor{<replaceable>name</replaceable>}{<replaceable>model</replaceable>}{<replaceable>specification</replaceable>}
-</screen>
-<para>Give the name <replaceable>name</replaceable> to the color. For example, after this
-</para>
-<screen>\definecolor{silver}{rgb}{0.75,0.75,0.74}
-</screen>
-<para>you can use that color name with <literal>Hi ho,
-\textcolor{silver}{Silver}!</literal>.
-</para>
-<para>This example gives the color a more abstract name, so it could change and
-not be misleading.
-</para>
-<screen>\definecolor{logocolor}{RGB}{145,92,131} % RGB needs pdflatex
-\newcommand{\logo}{\textcolor{logocolor}{Bob's Big Bagels}}
-</screen>
-<para>Often a document’s colors are defined in the preamble, or in the class
-or style, rather than in the document body.
-</para>
-
-</sect2>
-<sect2 label="21.3.2" id="Colored-text">
-<title>Colored text</title>
-
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>color</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>colored text</primary></indexterm>
-
-<para>Synopses:
-</para>
-<screen>\textcolor{<replaceable>name</replaceable>}{...}
-\textcolor[<replaceable>color model</replaceable>]{<replaceable>color specification</replaceable>}{...}
-</screen>
-<para>or
-</para>
-<screen>\color{<replaceable>name</replaceable>}
-\color[<replaceable>color model</replaceable>]{<replaceable>color specification</replaceable>}
-</screen>
-<para>The affected text gets the color. This line
-</para>
-<screen>\textcolor{magenta}{My name is Ozymandias, King of Kings;}
-Look on my works, ye Mighty, and despair!
-</screen>
-<para>causes the first half to be in magenta while the rest is in black. You
-can use a color declared with <literal>\definecolor</literal> in exactly the same
-way that we just used the builtin color ‘<literal>magenta</literal>’.
-</para>
-<screen>\definecolor{MidlifeCrisisRed}{rgb}{1.0,0.11,0.0}
-I'm thinking about getting a \textcolor{MidlifeCrisisRed}{sports car}.
-</screen>
-<para>The two <literal>\textcolor</literal> and <literal>\color</literal> differ in that the first is
-a command form, enclosing the text to be colored as an argument. Often
-this form is more convenient, or at least more explicit. The second
-form is a declaration, as in <literal>The moon is made of {\color{green}
-green} cheese</literal>, so it is in effect until the end of the current group
-or environment. This is sometimes useful when writing macros or as
-below where it colors everything inside the <literal>center</literal> environment,
-including the vertical and horizontal lines.
-</para>
-<screen>\begin{center} \color{blue}
- \begin{tabular}{l|r}
- UL &UR \\ \hline
- LL &LR
- \end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-</screen>
-<para>You can use color in equations. A document might have this definition
-in the preamble
-</para>
-<screen>\definecolor{highlightcolor}{RGB}{225,15,0}
-</screen>
-<para>and then contain this equation.
-</para>
-<screen>\begin{equation}
- \int_a^b \textcolor{highlightcolor}{f'(x)}\,dx=f(b)-f(a)
-\end{equation}
-</screen>
-<para>Typically the colors used in a document are declared in a class or style
-but sometimes you want a one-off. Those are the second forms in the
-synopses.
-</para>
-<screen>Colors of \textcolor[rgb]{0.33,0.14,0.47}{Purple} and
-{\color[rgb]{0.72,0.60,0.37}Gold} for the team.
-</screen>
-<para>The format of <replaceable>color specification</replaceable> depends on the color model
-(see <link linkend="Color-models">Color models</link>). For instance, while <literal>rgb</literal> takes three
-numbers, <literal>gray</literal> takes only one.
-</para>
-<screen>The selection was \textcolor[gray]{0.5}{grayed out}.
-</screen>
-<para>Colors inside colors do not combine. Thus
-</para>
-<screen>\textcolor{green}{kind of \textcolor{blue}{blue}}
-</screen>
-<para>has a final word that is blue, not a combination of blue and green.
-</para>
-<!-- xx address coloring a line of a table? -->
-
-
-</sect2>
-<sect2 label="21.3.3" id="Colored-boxes">
-<title>Colored boxes</title>
-
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>color</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>colored boxes</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>box, colored</primary></indexterm>
-
-<para>Synopses:
-</para>
-<screen>\colorbox{<replaceable>name</replaceable>}{...}
-\colorbox[<replaceable>model name</replaceable>]{<replaceable>box background color</replaceable>}{...}
-</screen>
-<para>or
-</para>
-<screen>\fcolorbox{<replaceable>frame color</replaceable>}{<replaceable>box background color</replaceable>}{...}
-\fcolorbox[<replaceable>model name</replaceable>]{<replaceable>frame color</replaceable>}{<replaceable>box background color</replaceable>}{...}
-</screen>
-<para>Make a box with the stated background color. The <literal>\fcolorbox</literal>
-command puts a frame around the box. For instance this
-</para>
-<screen>Name:~\colorbox{cyan}{\makebox[5cm][l]{\strut}}
-</screen>
-<para>makes a cyan-colored box that is five centimeters long and gets its
-depth and height from the <literal>\strut</literal> (so the depth is
-<literal>-.3\baselineskip</literal> and the height is <literal>\baselineskip</literal>). This
-puts white text on a blue background.
-</para>
-<screen>\colorbox{blue}{\textcolor{white}{Welcome to the machine.}}
-</screen>
-<para>The <literal>\fcolorbox</literal> commands use the same parameters as <literal>\fbox</literal>
-(see <link linkend="_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox">\fbox & \framebox</link>), <literal>\fboxrule</literal> and <literal>\fboxsep</literal>, to
-set the thickness of the rule and the boundary between the box interior
-and the surrounding rule. &latex;’s defaults are <literal>0.4pt</literal> and
-<literal>3pt</literal>, respectively.
-</para>
-<para>This example changes the thickness of the border to 0.8 points. Note
-that it is surrounded by curly braces so that the change ends at the end
-of the second line.
-</para>
-<screen>{\setlength{\fboxrule}{0.8pt}
-\fcolorbox{black}{red}{Under no circumstances turn this knob.}}
-</screen>
-
-</sect2>
-<sect2 label="21.3.4" id="Colored-pages">
-<title>Colored pages</title>
-
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>color</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>colored page</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>page, colored</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>background, colored</primary></indexterm>
-
-<para>Synopses:
-</para>
-<screen>\pagecolor{<replaceable>name</replaceable>}
-\pagecolor[<replaceable>color model</replaceable>]{<replaceable>color specification</replaceable>}
-\nopagecolor
-</screen>
-<para>The first two set the background of the page, and all subsequent pages,
-to the color. For an explanation of the specification in the second
-form see <link linkend="Colored-text">Colored text</link>. The third returns the background to normal,
-which is a transparent background. (If that is not supported use
-<literal>\pagecolor{white}</literal>, although that will make a white background
-rather than the default transparent background.)
-</para>
-<screen> ...
-\pagecolor{cyan}
- ...
-\nopagecolor
-</screen>
-
-</sect2>
-</sect1>
-</chapter>
-<chapter label="22" id="Graphics">
+<chapter label="21" id="Graphics">
<title>Graphics</title>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>graphics</primary></indexterm>
@@ -15480,7 +15447,7 @@
</para>
-<sect1 label="22.1" id="Graphics-package-options">
+<sect1 label="21.1" id="Graphics-package-options">
<title><literal>graphics</literal> package options</title>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>graphics package options</primary></indexterm>
@@ -15554,7 +15521,7 @@
</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="22.2" id="Graphics-package-configuration">
+<sect1 label="21.2" id="Graphics-package-configuration">
<title><literal>graphics</literal> package configuration</title>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>graphics</primary></indexterm>
@@ -15572,7 +15539,7 @@
</para>
-<sect2 label="22.2.1" id="_005cgraphicspath">
+<sect2 label="21.2.1" id="_005cgraphicspath">
<title><literal>\graphicspath</literal></title>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\graphicspath</primary></indexterm>
@@ -15643,7 +15610,7 @@
</para>
</sect2>
-<sect2 label="22.2.2" id="_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions">
+<sect2 label="21.2.2" id="_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions">
<title><literal>\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</literal></title>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</primary></indexterm>
@@ -15693,7 +15660,7 @@
</para>
</sect2>
-<sect2 label="22.2.3" id="_005cDeclareGraphicsRule">
+<sect2 label="21.2.3" id="_005cDeclareGraphicsRule">
<title><literal>\DeclareGraphicsRule</literal></title>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\DeclareGraphicsRule</primary></indexterm>
@@ -15769,7 +15736,7 @@
</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
</sect2>
</sect1>
-<sect1 label="22.3" id="Commands-for-graphics">
+<sect1 label="21.3" id="Commands-for-graphics">
<title>Commands for graphics</title>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>graphics package commands</primary></indexterm>
@@ -15780,7 +15747,7 @@
</para>
-<sect2 label="22.3.1" id="_005cincludegraphics">
+<sect2 label="21.3.1" id="_005cincludegraphics">
<title><literal>\includegraphics</literal></title>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>graphics</primary></indexterm>
@@ -16092,8 +16059,8 @@
</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
<para>These following options allow a user to override &latex;’s method of
choosing the graphic type based on the filename extension. An example
-is that <literal>\includegraphics[type=png,ext=.xxx,read=.xxx]{lion}</literal>
-will read the file <filename>lion.xxx</filename> as though it were
+is that <literal>\includegraphics[type=png,ext=.xyz,read=.xyz]{lion}</literal>
+will read the file <filename>lion.xyz</filename> as though it were
<filename>lion.png</filename>. For more on these, see <link linkend="_005cDeclareGraphicsRule">\DeclareGraphicsRule</link>.
</para>
<variablelist><anchor id="includegraphics-type"/><varlistentry><term><literal>type</literal>
@@ -16116,7 +16083,7 @@
</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
</sect2>
-<sect2 label="22.3.2" id="_005crotatebox">
+<sect2 label="21.3.2" id="_005crotatebox">
<title><literal>\rotatebox</literal></title>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>rotation</primary></indexterm>
@@ -16194,7 +16161,7 @@
</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
</sect2>
-<sect2 label="22.3.3" id="_005cscalebox">
+<sect2 label="21.3.3" id="_005cscalebox">
<title><literal>\scalebox</literal></title>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>graphics, scaling</primary></indexterm>
@@ -16237,7 +16204,7 @@
</para>
</sect2>
-<sect2 label="22.3.4" id="_005cresizebox">
+<sect2 label="21.3.4" id="_005cresizebox">
<title><literal>\resizebox</literal></title>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>graphics, scaling</primary></indexterm>
@@ -16278,6 +16245,315 @@
</sect2>
</sect1>
</chapter>
+<chapter label="22" id="Color">
+<title>Color</title>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>color</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>You can add color to text, rules, etc. You can also have color in a box
+or on an entire page and write text on top of it.
+</para>
+<para>Color support comes as an additional package. So put
+<literal>\usepackage{color}</literal> in your document preamble to use the
+commands described here.
+</para>
+<para>Many other packages also supplement &latex;’s color abilities.
+Particularly worth mentioning is <filename>xcolor</filename>, which is widely used and
+significantly extends the capabilities described here, including adding
+‘<literal>HTML</literal>’ and ‘<literal>Hsb</literal>’ color models.
+</para>
+
+
+<sect1 label="22.1" id="Color-package-options">
+<title><literal>color</literal> package options</title>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>color package options</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>options, color package</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Synopsis (must be in the document preamble):
+</para>
+<screen>\usepackage[<replaceable>comma-separated option list</replaceable>]{color}
+</screen>
+<para>When you load the <filename>color</filename> package there are two kinds of available
+options.
+</para>
+<para>The first specifies the <firstterm>printer driver</firstterm>. &latex; doesn’t contain
+information about different output systems but instead depends on
+information stored in a file. Normally you should not specify the
+driver option in the document, and instead rely on your system’s
+default. One advantage of this is that it makes the document portable
+across systems. For completeness we include a list of the drivers. The
+currently relevant ones are: <filename>dvipdfmx</filename>, <filename>dvips</filename>,
+<filename>dvisvgm</filename>, <filename>luatex</filename>, <filename>pdftex</filename>, <filename>xetex</filename>. The two
+<filename>xdvi</filename> and <filename>oztex</filename> are essentially aliases for <filename>dvips</filename>
+(and <filename>xdvi</filename> is monochrome). Ones that should not be used for new
+systems are: <filename>dvipdf</filename>, <filename>dvipdfm</filename>, <filename>dviwin</filename>,
+<filename>dvipsone</filename>, <filename>emtex</filename>, <filename>pctexps</filename>, <filename>pctexwin</filename>,
+<filename>pctexhp</filename>, <filename>pctex32</filename>, <filename>truetex</filename>, <filename>tcidvi</filename>,
+<filename>vtex</filename> (and <filename>dviwindo</filename> is an alias for <filename>dvipsone</filename>).
+</para>
+<para>The second kind of options, beyond the drivers, are below.
+</para>
+<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>monochrome</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Disable the color commands, so that they do not generate errors but do
+not generate color either.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>dvipsnames</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Make available a list of 68 color names that are often used,
+particularly in legacy documents. These color names were originally
+provided by the <filename>dvips</filename> driver, giving the option name.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>nodvipsnames</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Do not load that list of color names, saving &latex; a tiny amount of
+memory space.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
+
+</sect1>
+<sect1 label="22.2" id="Color-models">
+<title>Color models</title>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>color models</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>A <firstterm>color model</firstterm> is a way of representing colors. &latex;’s
+capabilities depend on the printer driver. However, the <filename>pdftex</filename>,
+<filename>xetex</filename>, and <filename>luatex</filename> printer drivers are today by far the
+most commonly used. The models below work for those drivers. All but
+one of these is also supported by essentially all other printer drivers
+used today.
+</para>
+<para>Note that color combination can be additive or subtractive. Additive
+mixes colors of light, so that for instance combining full intensities
+of red, green, and blue produces white. Subtractive mixes pigments,
+such as with inks, so that combining full intensity of cyan, magenta,
+and yellow makes black.
+</para>
+<variablelist><anchor id="color-models-cmyk"/><varlistentry><term><literal>cmyk</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>A comma-separated list with four real numbers between 0 and 1,
+inclusive. The first number is the intensity of cyan, the second is
+magenta, and the others are yellow and black. A number value of 0 means
+minimal intensity, while a 1 is for full intensity. This model is often
+used in color printing. It is a subtractive model.
+</para>
+<anchor id="color-models-gray"/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>gray</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>A single real number between 0 and 1, inclusive. The colors are shades
+of grey. The number 0 produces black while 1 gives white.
+</para>
+<anchor id="color-models-rgb"/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>rgb</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>A comma-separated list with three real numbers between 0 and 1,
+inclusive. The first number is the intensity of the red component, the
+second is green, and the third the blue. A number value of 0 means that
+none of that component is added in, while a 1 means full intensity.
+This is an additive model.
+</para>
+<anchor id="color-models-RGB"/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>RGB</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>(<filename>pdftex</filename>, <filename>xetex</filename>, <filename>luatex</filename> drivers) A comma-separated
+list with three integers between 0 and 255, inclusive. This model is a
+convenience for using <literal>rgb</literal> since outside of &latex; colors are
+often described in a red-green-blue model using numbers in this range.
+The values entered here are converted to the <literal>rgb</literal> model by
+dividing by 255.
+</para>
+<anchor id="color-models-named"/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>named</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Colors are accessed by name, such as ‘<literal>PrussianBlue</literal>’. The list of
+names depends on the driver, but all support the names ‘<literal>black</literal>’,
+‘<literal>blue</literal>’, ‘<literal>cyan</literal>’, ‘<literal>green</literal>’, ‘<literal>magenta</literal>’, ‘<literal>red</literal>’,
+‘<literal>white</literal>’, and ‘<literal>yellow</literal>’ (See the <literal>dvipsnames</literal> option in
+<link linkend="Color-package-options">Color package options</link>).
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
+
+</sect1>
+<sect1 label="22.3" id="Commands-for-color">
+<title>Commands for color</title>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>color package commands</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>These are the commands available with the <filename>color</filename> package.
+</para>
+
+
+<sect2 label="22.3.1" id="Define-colors">
+<title>Define colors</title>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>color</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>define color</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>color, define</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Synopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\definecolor{<replaceable>name</replaceable>}{<replaceable>model</replaceable>}{<replaceable>specification</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Give the name <replaceable>name</replaceable> to the color. For example, after this
+</para>
+<screen>\definecolor{silver}{rgb}{0.75,0.75,0.74}
+</screen>
+<para>you can use that color name with <literal>Hi ho,
+\textcolor{silver}{Silver}!</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>This example gives the color a more abstract name, so it could change and
+not be misleading.
+</para>
+<screen>\definecolor{logocolor}{RGB}{145,92,131} % RGB needs pdflatex
+\newcommand{\logo}{\textcolor{logocolor}{Bob's Big Bagels}}
+</screen>
+<para>Often a document’s colors are defined in the preamble, or in the class
+or style, rather than in the document body.
+</para>
+
+</sect2>
+<sect2 label="22.3.2" id="Colored-text">
+<title>Colored text</title>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>color</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>colored text</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Synopses:
+</para>
+<screen>\textcolor{<replaceable>name</replaceable>}{...}
+\textcolor[<replaceable>color model</replaceable>]{<replaceable>color specification</replaceable>}{...}
+</screen>
+<para>or
+</para>
+<screen>\color{<replaceable>name</replaceable>}
+\color[<replaceable>color model</replaceable>]{<replaceable>color specification</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>The affected text gets the color. This line
+</para>
+<screen>\textcolor{magenta}{My name is Ozymandias, King of Kings;}
+Look on my works, ye Mighty, and despair!
+</screen>
+<para>causes the first half to be in magenta while the rest is in black. You
+can use a color declared with <literal>\definecolor</literal> in exactly the same
+way that we just used the builtin color ‘<literal>magenta</literal>’.
+</para>
+<screen>\definecolor{MidlifeCrisisRed}{rgb}{1.0,0.11,0.0}
+I'm thinking about getting a \textcolor{MidlifeCrisisRed}{sports car}.
+</screen>
+<para>The two <literal>\textcolor</literal> and <literal>\color</literal> differ in that the first is
+a command form, enclosing the text to be colored as an argument. Often
+this form is more convenient, or at least more explicit. The second
+form is a declaration, as in <literal>The moon is made of {\color{green}
+green} cheese</literal>, so it is in effect until the end of the current group
+or environment. This is sometimes useful when writing macros or as
+below where it colors everything inside the <literal>center</literal> environment,
+including the vertical and horizontal lines.
+</para>
+<screen>\begin{center} \color{blue}
+ \begin{tabular}{l|r}
+ UL &UR \\ \hline
+ LL &LR
+ \end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+</screen>
+<para>You can use color in equations. A document might have this definition
+in the preamble
+</para>
+<screen>\definecolor{highlightcolor}{RGB}{225,15,0}
+</screen>
+<para>and then contain this equation.
+</para>
+<screen>\begin{equation}
+ \int_a^b \textcolor{highlightcolor}{f'(x)}\,dx=f(b)-f(a)
+\end{equation}
+</screen>
+<para>Typically the colors used in a document are declared in a class or style
+but sometimes you want a one-off. Those are the second forms in the
+synopses.
+</para>
+<screen>Colors of \textcolor[rgb]{0.33,0.14,0.47}{Purple} and
+{\color[rgb]{0.72,0.60,0.37}Gold} for the team.
+</screen>
+<para>The format of <replaceable>color specification</replaceable> depends on the color model
+(see <link linkend="Color-models">Color models</link>). For instance, while <literal>rgb</literal> takes three
+numbers, <literal>gray</literal> takes only one.
+</para>
+<screen>The selection was \textcolor[gray]{0.5}{grayed out}.
+</screen>
+<para>Colors inside colors do not combine. Thus
+</para>
+<screen>\textcolor{green}{kind of \textcolor{blue}{blue}}
+</screen>
+<para>has a final word that is blue, not a combination of blue and green.
+</para>
+<!-- xx address coloring a line of a table? -->
+
+
+</sect2>
+<sect2 label="22.3.3" id="Colored-boxes">
+<title>Colored boxes</title>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>color</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>colored boxes</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>box, colored</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Synopses:
+</para>
+<screen>\colorbox{<replaceable>name</replaceable>}{...}
+\colorbox[<replaceable>model name</replaceable>]{<replaceable>box background color</replaceable>}{...}
+</screen>
+<para>or
+</para>
+<screen>\fcolorbox{<replaceable>frame color</replaceable>}{<replaceable>box background color</replaceable>}{...}
+\fcolorbox[<replaceable>model name</replaceable>]{<replaceable>frame color</replaceable>}{<replaceable>box background color</replaceable>}{...}
+</screen>
+<para>Make a box with the stated background color. The <literal>\fcolorbox</literal>
+command puts a frame around the box. For instance this
+</para>
+<screen>Name:~\colorbox{cyan}{\makebox[5cm][l]{\strut}}
+</screen>
+<para>makes a cyan-colored box that is five centimeters long and gets its
+depth and height from the <literal>\strut</literal> (so the depth is
+<literal>-.3\baselineskip</literal> and the height is <literal>\baselineskip</literal>). This
+puts white text on a blue background.
+</para>
+<screen>\colorbox{blue}{\textcolor{white}{Welcome to the machine.}}
+</screen>
+<para>The <literal>\fcolorbox</literal> commands use the same parameters as <literal>\fbox</literal>
+(see <link linkend="_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox">\fbox & \framebox</link>), <literal>\fboxrule</literal> and <literal>\fboxsep</literal>, to
+set the thickness of the rule and the boundary between the box interior
+and the surrounding rule. &latex;’s defaults are <literal>0.4pt</literal> and
+<literal>3pt</literal>, respectively.
+</para>
+<para>This example changes the thickness of the border to 0.8 points. Note
+that it is surrounded by curly braces so that the change ends at the end
+of the second line.
+</para>
+<screen>{\setlength{\fboxrule}{0.8pt}
+\fcolorbox{black}{red}{Under no circumstances turn this knob.}}
+</screen>
+
+</sect2>
+<sect2 label="22.3.4" id="Colored-pages">
+<title>Colored pages</title>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>color</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>colored page</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>page, colored</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>background, colored</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Synopses:
+</para>
+<screen>\pagecolor{<replaceable>name</replaceable>}
+\pagecolor[<replaceable>color model</replaceable>]{<replaceable>color specification</replaceable>}
+\nopagecolor
+</screen>
+<para>The first two set the background of the page, and all subsequent pages,
+to the color. For an explanation of the specification in the second
+form see <link linkend="Colored-text">Colored text</link>. The third returns the background to normal,
+which is a transparent background. (If that is not supported use
+<literal>\pagecolor{white}</literal>, although that will make a white background
+rather than the default transparent background.)
+</para>
+<screen> ...
+\pagecolor{cyan}
+ ...
+\nopagecolor
+</screen>
+
+</sect2>
+</sect1>
+</chapter>
<chapter label="23" id="Special-insertions">
<title>Special insertions</title>
@@ -19772,7 +20048,7 @@
</screen>
<para>The <literal>jobname</literal> option is there because otherwise both files would be
called <filename>main.pdf</filename> and the second would overwrite the
-first. (see <link linkend="Jobname">Jobname</link>.)
+first (see <link linkend="Jobname">Jobname</link>).
</para>
<para>In this example we use the command line to select which parts of a
document to include. For a book named <filename>mybook.tex</filename> and structured
@@ -19814,19 +20090,20 @@
</para>
<para>In general, &latex; is invoked as <literal><replaceable>latex-engine</replaceable>
<replaceable>options</replaceable> <replaceable>argument</replaceable></literal>, where <replaceable>latex-engine</replaceable> is
-<command>pdflatex</command>, <command>lualatex</command>, etc. (see <link linkend="TeX-engines">&tex; engines</link>).
-If <replaceable>argument</replaceable> does not start with a backslash, as is the case above
-with <literal>thesis</literal>, then &tex; considers it to be the name of the file
-to input as the main document. This file is referred to as the <firstterm>root
-file</firstterm> (see <link linkend="Splitting-the-input">Splitting the input</link>, and <link linkend="_005cinput">\input</link>). The name of
-that root file, without the <filename>.tex</filename> extension if any, is the
-jobname. If <replaceable>argument</replaceable> does start with a backslash, or if &tex; is
-in interactive mode, then it waits for the first <literal>\input</literal> command,
-and the jobname is the argument to <literal>\input</literal>.
+<command>pdflatex</command>, <command>lualatex</command>, etc. (see <link linkend="TeX-engines">&tex;
+engines</link>). If <replaceable>argument</replaceable> does not start with a backslash, as is
+the case above with <literal>thesis</literal>, then &tex; considers it to be the
+name of the file to input as the main document. This file is referred
+to as the <firstterm>root file</firstterm> (see <link linkend="Splitting-the-input">Splitting the input</link>, and
+<link linkend="_005cinput">\input</link>). The name of that root file, without the <filename>.tex</filename>
+extension if any, is the jobname. If <replaceable>argument</replaceable> does start with a
+backslash, or if &tex; is in interactive mode, then it waits for the
+first <literal>\input</literal> command, and the jobname is the argument to
+<literal>\input</literal>.
</para>
<para>There are two more possibilities for the jobname. It can be directly
specified with the <literal>-jobname</literal> option, as in <literal>pdflatex
--jobname=myname</literal> (see <link linkend="Command-line-input">Command line input</link> for a real example).
+-jobname=myname</literal> (see <link linkend="Command-line-input">Command line input</link> for a practical example).
</para>
<indexterm role="fn"><primary>texput, jobname default</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm role="cp"><primary>fallback jobname</primary></indexterm>
Modified: trunk/latex2e.dvi
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/latex2e.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e.html 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e.html 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
<!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023)</title>
+<title>LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023)</title>
-<meta name="description" content="LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023)">
-<meta name="keywords" content="LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023)">
+<meta name="description" content="LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023)">
+<meta name="keywords" content="LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023)">
<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
<meta name="distribution" content="global">
<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -119,21 +119,22 @@
href="https://latexref.xyz/">separate web pages for each section or
subsection</a>. It's also available as a <a
href="https://latexref.xyz/dev/latex2e.html">single web page</a> and as
-a <a href="https://latexref.xyz/dev/latex2e.pdf">pdf</a>. Note that
-there is also a separately-maintained <a
-href="https://latexref.xyz/fr/">French edition</a>.</p>
+a <a href="https://latexref.xyz/dev/latex2e.pdf">pdf</a>.
+Translations to French and Spanish are available at
+<a class="url" href="https://ctan.org/pkg/latex2e-help-texinfo">https://ctan.org/pkg/latex2e-help-texinfo</a>; they're maintained
+separately.
<p> This document is not official. It has not been reviewed by the
-LaTeX maintainers. Our goal is to cover all (non-private) LaTeX
-commands. Your comments and contributions, including bug reports, are
-very welcome. See <a href='https://latexref.xyz/dev/'>our project
-page</a> for more, including <a
-href='https://latexref.xyz/dev/#license'>license information</a> and
-information on how you can
-<a href='https://latexref.xyz/dev/writing.html'>contribute to this manual</a>
-as well as
-<a href='https://latexref.xyz/dev/mirroring.html'>mirror it</a>.</p>
-<!-- End of opening header -->
+LaTeX maintainers. Our ultimate goal is to cover all (non-private)
+LaTeX commands. Your comments and contributions, including bug
+reports, are very welcome. See <a
+href='https://latexref.xyz/dev/'>our project page</a> for more,
+including <a href='https://latexref.xyz/dev/#license'>license
+information</a> and information on how you can <a
+href='https://latexref.xyz/dev/writing.html'>contribute to this
+manual</a> as well as <a
+href='https://latexref.xyz/dev/mirroring.html'>mirror it</a>.</p> <!--
+End of opening header -->
@@ -147,7 +148,7 @@
<h1 class="top" id="LaTeX2e_003a-An-unofficial-reference-manual">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</h1>
<p>This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of
-July 2023) for LaTeX2e, a document preparation system.
+September 2023) for LaTeX2e, a document preparation system.
</p>
<div class="element-contents" id="SEC_Contents">
@@ -163,17 +164,17 @@
<li><a id="toc-Output-files-1" href="#Output-files">2.2 Output files</a></li>
<li><a id="toc-TeX-engines-1" href="#TeX-engines">2.3 TeX engines</a></li>
<li><a id="toc-LaTeX-command-syntax-1" href="#LaTeX-command-syntax">2.4 LaTeX command syntax</a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-Environment-1" href="#Environment">2.5 Environment</a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-CTAN_003a-The-Comprehensive-TeX-Archive-Network" href="#CTAN">2.6 CTAN: The Comprehensive TeX Archive Network</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Environment-syntax-1" href="#Environment-syntax">2.5 Environment syntax</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cDocumentMetadata_003a-Producing-tagged-PDF-output" href="#g_t_005cDocumentMetadata">2.6 <code class="code">\DocumentMetadata</code>: Producing tagged PDF output</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-CTAN_003a-The-Comprehensive-TeX-Archive-Network" href="#CTAN">2.7 CTAN: The Comprehensive TeX Archive Network</a></li>
</ul></li>
<li><a id="toc-Document-classes-1" href="#Document-classes">3 Document classes</a>
<ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
<li><a id="toc-Document-class-options-1" href="#Document-class-options">3.1 Document class options</a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-Additional-packages-1" href="#Additional-packages">3.2 Additional packages</a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-Class-and-package-construction-1" href="#Class-and-package-construction">3.3 Class and package construction</a>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cusepackage_003a-Additional-packages" href="#g_t_005cusepackage">3.2 <code class="code">\usepackage</code>: Additional packages</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Class-and-package-creation-1" href="#Class-and-package-creation">3.3 Class and package creation</a>
<ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
<li><a id="toc-Class-and-package-structure-1" href="#Class-and-package-structure">3.3.1 Class and package structure</a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-Class-and-package-commands-1" href="#Class-and-package-commands">3.3.2 Class and package commands</a></li>
</ul></li>
</ul></li>
<li><a id="toc-Fonts-1" href="#Fonts">4 Fonts</a>
@@ -218,7 +219,7 @@
<li><a id="toc-_005csubsubsection_002c-_005cparagraph_002c-_005csubparagraph" href="#g_t_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph">6.5 <code class="code">\subsubsection</code>, <code class="code">\paragraph</code>, <code class="code">\subparagraph</code></a></li>
<li><a id="toc-_005cappendix-1" href="#g_t_005cappendix">6.6 <code class="code">\appendix</code></a></li>
<li><a id="toc-_005cfrontmatter_002c-_005cmainmatter_002c-_005cbackmatter" href="#g_t_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter">6.7 <code class="code">\frontmatter</code>, <code class="code">\mainmatter</code>, <code class="code">\backmatter</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005c_0040startsection_002c-typesetting-sectional-unit-headings" href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection">6.8 <code class="code">\@startsection</code>, typesetting sectional unit headings</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005c_0040startsection_003a-Typesetting-sectional-unit-headings" href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection">6.8 <code class="code">\@startsection</code>: Typesetting sectional unit headings</a></li>
</ul></li>
<li><a id="toc-Cross-references-1" href="#Cross-references">7 Cross references</a>
<ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
@@ -359,7 +360,27 @@
<li><a id="toc-_005cnewfont-1" href="#g_t_005cnewfont">12.10 <code class="code">\newfont</code></a></li>
<li><a id="toc-_005cprotect-1" href="#g_t_005cprotect">12.11 <code class="code">\protect</code></a></li>
<li><a id="toc-_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend-1" href="#g_t_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend">12.12 <code class="code">\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-xspace-package-1" href="#xspace-package">12.13 xspace package</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-xspace-package-1" href="#xspace-package">12.13 <code class="code">xspace</code> package</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Class-and-package-commands-1" href="#Class-and-package-commands">12.14 Class and package commands</a>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cAtBeginDvi-_0026-_005cAtEndDvi-1" href="#g_t_005cAtBeginDvi-_0026-_005cAtEndDvi">12.14.1 <code class="code">\AtBeginDvi</code> & <code class="code">\AtEndDvi</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cAtEndOfClass-_0026-_005cAtEndOfPackage-1" href="#g_t_005cAtEndOfClass-_0026-_005cAtEndOfPackage">12.14.2 <code class="code">\AtEndOfClass</code> & <code class="code">\AtEndOfPackage</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cCheckCommand-1" href="#g_t_005cCheckCommand">12.14.3 <code class="code">\CheckCommand</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cClassError-and-_005cPackageError-and-others-1" href="#g_t_005cClassError-and-_005cPackageError-and-others">12.14.4 <code class="code">\ClassError</code> and <code class="code">\PackageError</code> and others</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cCurrentOption-1" href="#g_t_005cCurrentOption">12.14.5 <code class="code">\CurrentOption</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cDeclareOption-1" href="#g_t_005cDeclareOption">12.14.6 <code class="code">\DeclareOption</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cDeclareRobustCommand-1" href="#g_t_005cDeclareRobustCommand">12.14.7 <code class="code">\DeclareRobustCommand</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cExecuteOptions-1" href="#g_t_005cExecuteOptions">12.14.8 <code class="code">\ExecuteOptions</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cIfFileExists-_0026-_005cInputIfFileExists-1" href="#g_t_005cIfFileExists-_0026-_005cInputIfFileExists">12.14.9 <code class="code">\IfFileExists</code> & <code class="code">\InputIfFileExists</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cLoadClass-_0026-_005cLoadClassWithOptions-1" href="#g_t_005cLoadClass-_0026-_005cLoadClassWithOptions">12.14.10 <code class="code">\LoadClass</code> & <code class="code">\LoadClassWithOptions</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cNeedsTeXFormat-1" href="#g_t_005cNeedsTeXFormat">12.14.11 <code class="code">\NeedsTeXFormat</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cOptionNotUsed-1" href="#g_t_005cOptionNotUsed">12.14.12 <code class="code">\OptionNotUsed</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cPassOptionsToClass-_0026-_005cPassOptionsToPackage-1" href="#g_t_005cPassOptionsToClass-_0026-_005cPassOptionsToPackage">12.14.13 <code class="code">\PassOptionsToClass</code> & <code class="code">\PassOptionsToPackage</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cProcessOptions-1" href="#g_t_005cProcessOptions">12.14.14 <code class="code">\ProcessOptions</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cProvidesClass-_0026-_005cProvidesPackage-1" href="#g_t_005cProvidesClass-_0026-_005cProvidesPackage">12.14.15 <code class="code">\ProvidesClass</code> & <code class="code">\ProvidesPackage</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cProvidesFile-1" href="#g_t_005cProvidesFile">12.14.16 <code class="code">\ProvidesFile</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cRequirePackage-_0026-_005cRequirePackageWithOptions-1" href="#g_t_005cRequirePackage-_0026-_005cRequirePackageWithOptions">12.14.17 <code class="code">\RequirePackage</code> & <code class="code">\RequirePackageWithOptions</code></a></li>
+ </ul></li>
</ul></li>
<li><a id="toc-Counters-1" href="#Counters">13 Counters</a>
<ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
@@ -476,34 +497,34 @@
<li><a id="toc-lrbox-1" href="#lrbox">20.6 <code class="code">lrbox</code></a></li>
<li><a id="toc-_005cusebox-1" href="#g_t_005cusebox">20.7 <code class="code">\usebox</code></a></li>
</ul></li>
- <li><a id="toc-Color-1" href="#Color">21 Color</a>
+ <li><a id="toc-Graphics-1" href="#Graphics">21 Graphics</a>
<ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
- <li><a id="toc-color-package-options" href="#Color-package-options">21.1 <code class="code">color</code> package options</a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-Color-models-1" href="#Color-models">21.2 Color models</a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-Commands-for-color-1" href="#Commands-for-color">21.3 Commands for color</a>
+ <li><a id="toc-graphics-package-options" href="#Graphics-package-options">21.1 <code class="code">graphics</code> package options</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-graphics-package-configuration" href="#Graphics-package-configuration">21.2 <code class="code">graphics</code> package configuration</a>
<ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
- <li><a id="toc-Define-colors-1" href="#Define-colors">21.3.1 Define colors</a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-Colored-text-1" href="#Colored-text">21.3.2 Colored text</a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-Colored-boxes-1" href="#Colored-boxes">21.3.3 Colored boxes</a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-Colored-pages-1" href="#Colored-pages">21.3.4 Colored pages</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cgraphicspath-1" href="#g_t_005cgraphicspath">21.2.1 <code class="code">\graphicspath</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions-1" href="#g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions">21.2.2 <code class="code">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cDeclareGraphicsRule-1" href="#g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsRule">21.2.3 <code class="code">\DeclareGraphicsRule</code></a></li>
</ul></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Commands-for-graphics-1" href="#Commands-for-graphics">21.3 Commands for graphics</a>
+ <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cincludegraphics-1" href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics">21.3.1 <code class="code">\includegraphics</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005crotatebox-1" href="#g_t_005crotatebox">21.3.2 <code class="code">\rotatebox</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cscalebox-1" href="#g_t_005cscalebox">21.3.3 <code class="code">\scalebox</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-_005cresizebox-1" href="#g_t_005cresizebox">21.3.4 <code class="code">\resizebox</code></a></li>
+ </ul></li>
</ul></li>
- <li><a id="toc-Graphics-1" href="#Graphics">22 Graphics</a>
+ <li><a id="toc-Color-1" href="#Color">22 Color</a>
<ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
- <li><a id="toc-graphics-package-options" href="#Graphics-package-options">22.1 <code class="code">graphics</code> package options</a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-graphics-package-configuration" href="#Graphics-package-configuration">22.2 <code class="code">graphics</code> package configuration</a>
+ <li><a id="toc-color-package-options" href="#Color-package-options">22.1 <code class="code">color</code> package options</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Color-models-1" href="#Color-models">22.2 Color models</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Commands-for-color-1" href="#Commands-for-color">22.3 Commands for color</a>
<ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
- <li><a id="toc-_005cgraphicspath-1" href="#g_t_005cgraphicspath">22.2.1 <code class="code">\graphicspath</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions-1" href="#g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions">22.2.2 <code class="code">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cDeclareGraphicsRule-1" href="#g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsRule">22.2.3 <code class="code">\DeclareGraphicsRule</code></a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Define-colors-1" href="#Define-colors">22.3.1 Define colors</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Colored-text-1" href="#Colored-text">22.3.2 Colored text</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Colored-boxes-1" href="#Colored-boxes">22.3.3 Colored boxes</a></li>
+ <li><a id="toc-Colored-pages-1" href="#Colored-pages">22.3.4 Colored pages</a></li>
</ul></li>
- <li><a id="toc-Commands-for-graphics-1" href="#Commands-for-graphics">22.3 Commands for graphics</a>
- <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
- <li><a id="toc-_005cincludegraphics-1" href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics">22.3.1 <code class="code">\includegraphics</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005crotatebox-1" href="#g_t_005crotatebox">22.3.2 <code class="code">\rotatebox</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cscalebox-1" href="#g_t_005cscalebox">22.3.3 <code class="code">\scalebox</code></a></li>
- <li><a id="toc-_005cresizebox-1" href="#g_t_005cresizebox">22.3.4 <code class="code">\resizebox</code></a></li>
- </ul></li>
</ul></li>
<li><a id="toc-Special-insertions-1" href="#Special-insertions">23 Special insertions</a>
<ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
@@ -621,8 +642,8 @@
<li><a id="stoc-Page-styles-1" href="#toc-Page-styles-1">18 Page styles</a></li>
<li><a id="stoc-Spaces-1" href="#toc-Spaces-1">19 Spaces</a></li>
<li><a id="stoc-Boxes-1" href="#toc-Boxes-1">20 Boxes</a></li>
-<li><a id="stoc-Color-1" href="#toc-Color-1">21 Color</a></li>
-<li><a id="stoc-Graphics-1" href="#toc-Graphics-1">22 Graphics</a></li>
+<li><a id="stoc-Graphics-1" href="#toc-Graphics-1">21 Graphics</a></li>
+<li><a id="stoc-Color-1" href="#toc-Color-1">22 Color</a></li>
<li><a id="stoc-Special-insertions-1" href="#toc-Special-insertions-1">23 Special insertions</a></li>
<li><a id="stoc-Splitting-the-input-1" href="#toc-Splitting-the-input-1">24 Splitting the input</a></li>
<li><a id="stoc-Front_002fback-matter-1" href="#toc-Front_002fback-matter-1">25 Front/back matter</a></li>
@@ -670,6 +691,8 @@
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-reporting-bugs"></a>
Do not send bug reports or anything else about this document to them.
Instead, please send all comments to <a class="email" href="mailto:latexrefman at tug.org">latexrefman at tug.org</a>.
+This is a public list; you can (un)subscribe, view the archives, etc.,
+at <a class="url" href="https://lists.tug.org/latexrefman">https://lists.tug.org/latexrefman</a>.
</p>
<p>This document is a reference, not a tutorial. There is a vast array
of other information available about LaTeX, at all levels. Here
@@ -689,8 +712,7 @@
</p>
</dd>
<dt><a class="url" href="https://tug.org/begin.html">https://tug.org/begin.html</a></dt>
-<dd><p>Introduction to the TeX system, including LaTeX, with further
-references.
+<dd><p>Overview of getting started with TeX and LaTeX.
</p>
</dd>
</dl>
@@ -747,8 +769,9 @@
<li><a href="#Output-files" accesskey="2">Output files</a></li>
<li><a href="#TeX-engines" accesskey="3">TeX engines</a></li>
<li><a href="#LaTeX-command-syntax" accesskey="4">LaTeX command syntax</a></li>
-<li><a href="#Environment" accesskey="5">Environment</a></li>
-<li><a href="#CTAN" accesskey="6">CTAN: The Comprehensive TeX Archive Network</a></li>
+<li><a href="#Environment-syntax" accesskey="5">Environment syntax</a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cDocumentMetadata" accesskey="6"><code class="code">\DocumentMetadata</code>: Producing tagged PDF output</a></li>
+<li><a href="#CTAN" accesskey="7">CTAN: The Comprehensive TeX Archive Network</a></li>
</ul>
<hr>
<div class="section-level-extent" id="Starting-and-ending">
@@ -1010,7 +1033,7 @@
<div class="section-level-extent" id="LaTeX-command-syntax">
<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#Environment" accesskey="n" rel="next">Environment</a>, Previous: <a href="#TeX-engines" accesskey="p" rel="prev">TeX engines</a>, Up: <a href="#Overview" accesskey="u" rel="up">Overview of LaTeX</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#Environment-syntax" accesskey="n" rel="next">Environment syntax</a>, Previous: <a href="#TeX-engines" accesskey="p" rel="prev">TeX engines</a>, Up: <a href="#Overview" accesskey="u" rel="up">Overview of LaTeX</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
<h3 class="section" id="LaTeX-command-syntax-1">2.4 LaTeX command syntax</h3>
@@ -1064,12 +1087,12 @@
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section-level-extent" id="Environment">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Environment-syntax">
<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#CTAN" accesskey="n" rel="next">CTAN: The Comprehensive TeX Archive Network</a>, Previous: <a href="#LaTeX-command-syntax" accesskey="p" rel="prev">LaTeX command syntax</a>, Up: <a href="#Overview" accesskey="u" rel="up">Overview of LaTeX</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cDocumentMetadata" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\DocumentMetadata</code>: Producing tagged PDF output</a>, Previous: <a href="#LaTeX-command-syntax" accesskey="p" rel="prev">LaTeX command syntax</a>, Up: <a href="#Overview" accesskey="u" rel="up">Overview of LaTeX</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<h3 class="section" id="Environment-1">2.5 Environment</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="Environment-syntax-1">2.5 Environment syntax</h3>
<p>Synopsis:
</p>
@@ -1113,12 +1136,58 @@
<hr>
</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cDocumentMetadata">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#CTAN" accesskey="n" rel="next">CTAN: The Comprehensive TeX Archive Network</a>, Previous: <a href="#Environment-syntax" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Environment syntax</a>, Up: <a href="#Overview" accesskey="u" rel="up">Overview of LaTeX</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cDocumentMetadata_003a-Producing-tagged-PDF-output">2.6 <code class="code">\DocumentMetadata</code>: Producing tagged PDF output</h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cDocumentMetadata"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-tagged-PDF"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-PDF_002c-tagged"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-metadata_002c-adding"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-accessibility"></a>
+
+<p>The <code class="code">\DocumentMetadata</code> command was added to LaTeX in 2022.
+It enables so-called “tagging” of the PDF output, aiding
+accessibility of the PDF.
+</p>
+<p>It is unlike nearly any other command in LaTeX in that it must
+occur before the <code class="code">\documentclass</code> command that starts a LaTeX
+document proper (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cdocumentclass">\documentclass</a>). Therefore it must be
+called with <code class="code">\RequirePackage</code> rather than <code class="code">\usepackage</code>
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cRequirePackage">\RequirePackage</a>).
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-latex_002dlab"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-latex_002dlab-package"></a>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-documentmetadata_002dsupport_002ddoc-document"></a>
+<p>This support is still in development, so we will not try to list all
+the possible settings. Please see the
+<code class="code">documentmetadata-support-doc</code> document, part of the
+<code class="code">latex-lab</code> package (<a class="url" href="https://ctan.org/pkg/latex-lab">https://ctan.org/pkg/latex-lab</a>). Here
+is a simple example which enables most tagging currently implemented:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\DocumentMetadata{testphase={phase-III,firstaid}}
+\documentclass{article}
+...
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>As you can see from the key name <code class="code">testphase</code>, this is all still
+in an experimental phase. But the LaTeX developers strongly
+encourage users to give it a try and report problems.
+</p>
+
+<hr>
+</div>
<div class="section-level-extent" id="CTAN">
<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Previous: <a href="#Environment" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Environment</a>, Up: <a href="#Overview" accesskey="u" rel="up">Overview of LaTeX</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cDocumentMetadata" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\DocumentMetadata</code>: Producing tagged PDF output</a>, Up: <a href="#Overview" accesskey="u" rel="up">Overview of LaTeX</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<h3 class="section" id="CTAN_003a-The-Comprehensive-TeX-Archive-Network">2.6 CTAN: The Comprehensive TeX Archive Network</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="CTAN_003a-The-Comprehensive-TeX-Archive-Network">2.7 CTAN: The Comprehensive TeX Archive Network</h3>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-CTAN"></a>
@@ -1161,12 +1230,13 @@
</div>
<h2 class="chapter" id="Document-classes-1">3 Document classes</h2>
-<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-document-classes"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cdocumentclass"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-document-classes"></a>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-classes-of-documents"></a>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cdocumentclass"></a>
-<p>The document’s overall class is defined with this command, which is
-normally the first command in a LaTeX source file.
+<p>The document’s overall class is defined with the <code class="code">\documentclass</code>
+command, which is normally the first command in a LaTeX source
+file.
</p>
<div class="example">
<pre class="example-preformatted">\documentclass[<var class="var">options</var>]{<var class="var">class</var>}
@@ -1178,8 +1248,8 @@
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-letter-class"></a>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-slides-class"></a>
<p>The following document <var class="var">class</var> names are built into LaTeX.
-(Many other document classes are available as separate packages;
-see <a class="pxref" href="#Overview">Overview of LaTeX</a>.)
+Many other document classes are available as separate packages
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#Overview">Overview of LaTeX</a>).
</p>
<dl class="table">
<dt><code class="code">article</code></dt>
@@ -1204,7 +1274,7 @@
</dd>
<dt><code class="code">slides</code></dt>
<dd><a class="anchor" id="document-classes-slides"></a><p>For slide presentations—rarely used nowadays. The
-<code class="code">beamer</code> package is perhaps the most prevalent
+<code class="code">beamer</code> package is perhaps the most prevalent replacement
(<a class="url" href="https://ctan.org/pkg/beamer">https://ctan.org/pkg/beamer</a>). See <a class="xref" href="#beamer-template"><code class="code">beamer</code> template</a>, for a
small template for a beamer document.
</p>
@@ -1217,14 +1287,14 @@
<ul class="mini-toc">
<li><a href="#Document-class-options" accesskey="1">Document class options</a></li>
-<li><a href="#Additional-packages" accesskey="2">Additional packages</a></li>
-<li><a href="#Class-and-package-construction" accesskey="3">Class and package construction</a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cusepackage" accesskey="2"><code class="code">\usepackage</code>: Additional packages</a></li>
+<li><a href="#Class-and-package-creation" accesskey="3">Class and package creation</a></li>
</ul>
<hr>
<div class="section-level-extent" id="Document-class-options">
<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#Additional-packages" accesskey="n" rel="next">Additional packages</a>, Up: <a href="#Document-classes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Document classes</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cusepackage" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\usepackage</code>: Additional packages</a>, Up: <a href="#Document-classes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Document classes</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
<h3 class="section" id="Document-class-options-1">3.1 Document class options</h3>
@@ -1241,6 +1311,10 @@
<pre class="example-preformatted">\documentclass[<var class="var">option1</var>,<var class="var">option2</var>,...]{<var class="var">class</var>}
</pre></div>
+<p>LaTeX automatically passes options specified for
+<code class="code">\documentclass</code> on to any other loaded classes that can handle
+them.
+</p>
<p>Here is the list of the standard class options.
</p>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-10pt-option"></a>
@@ -1247,7 +1321,7 @@
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-11pt-option"></a>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-12pt-option"></a>
<p>All of the standard classes except <code class="code">slides</code> accept the following
-options for selecting the typeface size (default is <code class="code">10pt</code>):
+options for selecting the typeface size; the default is <code class="code">10pt</code>:
</p>
<div class="example">
<pre class="example-preformatted">10pt 11pt 12pt
@@ -1260,7 +1334,7 @@
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-legalpaper-option"></a>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-letterpaper-option"></a>
<p>All of the standard classes accept these options for selecting the paper
-size (these show height by width):
+size (dimensions are listed height by width):
</p>
<dl class="table">
<dt><code class="code">a4paper</code></dt>
@@ -1296,7 +1370,7 @@
<p>When using one of the engines pdfLaTeX, LuaLaTeX, or XeLaTeX
(see <a class="pxref" href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a>), options other than <code class="code">letterpaper</code> set
the print area but you must also set the physical paper size. Usually,
-The <code class="code">geometry</code> package is the best way to do that; it
+the <code class="code">geometry</code> package is the best way to do that; it
provides flexible ways of setting the print area and physical page size.
Otherwise, setting the paper size is engine-dependent. For example,
with pdfLaTeX, you could include <code class="code">\pdfpagewidth=\paperwidth</code> and
@@ -1391,22 +1465,22 @@
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section-level-extent" id="Additional-packages">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cusepackage">
<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#Class-and-package-construction" accesskey="n" rel="next">Class and package construction</a>, Previous: <a href="#Document-class-options" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document class options</a>, Up: <a href="#Document-classes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Document classes</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#Class-and-package-creation" accesskey="n" rel="next">Class and package creation</a>, Previous: <a href="#Document-class-options" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document class options</a>, Up: <a href="#Document-classes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Document classes</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<h3 class="section" id="Additional-packages-1">3.2 Additional packages</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cusepackage_003a-Additional-packages">3.2 <code class="code">\usepackage</code>: Additional packages</h3>
-<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-loading-additional-packages"></a>
+<a class="anchor" id="Additional-packages"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-loading-additional-packages"></a>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-packages_002c-loading-additional"></a>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-additional-packages_002c-loading"></a>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cusepackage"></a>
-<p>Load a package <var class="var">pkg</var>, with the package options given in the comma-separated
-list <var class="var">options</var>, as here.
+<p>To load a package <var class="var">pkg</var>, with the package options given in the
+comma-separated list <var class="var">options</var>:
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example-preformatted">\usepackage[<var class="var">options</var>]{<var class="var">pkg</var>}.
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\usepackage[<var class="var">options</var>]{<var class="var">pkg</var>}[<var class="var">mindate</var>]
</pre></div>
<p>To specify more than one package you can separate them with a comma,
@@ -1413,21 +1487,32 @@
as in <code class="code">\usepackage{<var class="var">pkg1</var>,<var class="var">pkg2</var>,...}</code>, or use multiple
<code class="code">\usepackage</code> commands.
</p>
+<p>If the <var class="var">mindate</var> optional argument is given, LaTeX gives a
+warning if the loaded package has an earlier date, i.e., is too old.
+The <var class="var">mindate</var> argument must be in the form <code class="code">YYYY/MM/DD</code>.
+More info on this: <a class="url" href="https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/47743">https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/47743</a>.
+</p>
+<p><code class="code">\usepackage</code> must be used in the document preamble, between the
+<code class="code">\documentclass</code> declaration and the <code class="code">\begin{document}</code>.
+Occasionally it is necessary to load packages before the
+<code class="code">\documentclass</code>; see <code class="code">\RequirePackage</code> for that
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cRequirePackage">\RequirePackage</a>).
+</p>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-global-options-1"></a>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-options_002c-global"></a>
-<p>Any options given in the <code class="code">\documentclass</code> command that are unknown
-to the selected document class are passed on to the packages loaded with
-<code class="code">\usepackage</code>.
+<p>Any options given in the global <code class="code">\documentclass</code> command that are
+unknown to the selected document class are passed on to the packages
+loaded with <code class="code">\usepackage</code>.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
-<div class="section-level-extent" id="Class-and-package-construction">
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Class-and-package-creation">
<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Previous: <a href="#Additional-packages" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Additional packages</a>, Up: <a href="#Document-classes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Document classes</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cusepackage" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\usepackage</code>: Additional packages</a>, Up: <a href="#Document-classes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Document classes</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<h3 class="section" id="Class-and-package-construction-1">3.3 Class and package construction</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="Class-and-package-creation-1">3.3 Class and package creation</h3>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-document-class-commands"></a>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-commands_002c-document-class"></a>
@@ -1439,36 +1524,37 @@
<code class="code">smcmemo.cls</code> and begin your documents with
<code class="code">\documentclass{smcmemo}</code>.
</p>
-<p>What separates a package from a document class is that the commands in a
-package are useful across classes while those in a document class are
-specific to that class. Thus, a command to set page headers is for a
-package while a command to make the page headers say <code class="code">Memo from the
-SMC Math Department</code> is for a class.
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-class-and-package-difference"></a>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-difference-between-class-and-package"></a>
+<p>What separates a package from a document class is that the commands in
+a package are useful across classes while those in a document class
+are specific to that class. Thus, a command to set page headers is
+for a package while a command to make the page headers be
+<code class="code">Memo from the SMC Math Department</code> is for a class.
</p>
-<p>Inside of a class or package file you can use the at-sign <code class="code">@</code> as a
-character in command names without having to surround the code
-containing that command with <code class="code">\makeatletter</code> and
-<code class="code">\makeatother</code>. See <a class="xref" href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother"><code class="code">\makeatletter</code> & <code class="code">\makeatother</code></a>. This allow
-you to create commands that users will not accidentally redefine.
-Another technique is to preface class- or package-specific commands with
-some string to prevent your class or package from interfering with
-others. For instance, the class <code class="code">smcmemo</code> might have commands
+<p>Inside of a class or package definition you can use the at-sign
+<code class="code">@</code> as a character in command names without having to surround
+the code containing that command with <code class="code">\makeatletter</code> and
+<code class="code">\makeatother</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother"><code class="code">\makeatletter</code> & <code class="code">\makeatother</code></a>). This
+allows you to create commands that users will not accidentally
+redefine.
+</p>
+<p>It is also highly desirable to prefix class- or package-specific
+commands with your package name or similar string, to prevent your
+definitions from clashing with those from other packages. For
+instance, the class <code class="code">smcmemo</code> might have commands
<code class="code">\smc at tolist</code>, <code class="code">\smc at fromlist</code>, etc.
</p>
-
<ul class="mini-toc">
<li><a href="#Class-and-package-structure" accesskey="1">Class and package structure</a></li>
-<li><a href="#Class-and-package-commands" accesskey="2">Class and package commands</a></li>
</ul>
<hr>
<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="Class-and-package-structure">
<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#Class-and-package-commands" accesskey="n" rel="next">Class and package commands</a>, Up: <a href="#Class-and-package-construction" accesskey="u" rel="up">Class and package construction</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Up: <a href="#Class-and-package-creation" accesskey="u" rel="up">Class and package creation</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
<h4 class="subsection" id="Class-and-package-structure-1">3.3.1 Class and package structure</h4>
@@ -1481,7 +1567,8 @@
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package-options"></a>
<p>A class file or package file typically has four parts.
-</p><ol class="enumerate">
+</p>
+<ol class="enumerate">
<li> In the <em class="dfn">identification part</em>, the file says that it is a LaTeX
package or class and describes itself, using the <code class="code">\NeedsTeXFormat</code>
and <code class="code">\ProvidesClass</code> or <code class="code">\ProvidesPackage</code> commands.
@@ -1507,6 +1594,7 @@
fonts, and loading other files.
</li></ol>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-class-file-example"></a>
<p>Here is a starting class file, which should be saved as <samp class="file">stub.cls</samp>
where LaTeX can find it, for example in the same directory as the
<samp class="file">.tex</samp> file.
@@ -1518,436 +1606,23 @@
\ProcessOptions\relax
\LoadClass{article}
</pre></div>
-<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-class-file-example"></a>
<p>It identifies itself, handles the class options via the default of
passing them all to the <code class="code">article</code> class, and then loads the
<code class="code">article</code> class to provide the basis for this class’s code.
</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-clsguide-document"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-Class-Guide_002c-document"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-class-writing-tutorial-document"></a>
<p>For more, see the official guide for class and package writers, the
-Class Guide, at
-<a class="url" href="https://www.latex-project.org/help/documentation/clsguide.pdf">https://www.latex-project.org/help/documentation/clsguide.pdf</a> (much
-of the descriptions here derive from this document), or the tutorial
-<a class="url" href="https://www.tug.org/TUGboat/tb26-3/tb84heff.pdf">https://www.tug.org/TUGboat/tb26-3/tb84heff.pdf</a>.
+Class Guide, at <a class="url" href="https://ctan.org/pkg/clsguide">https://ctan.org/pkg/clsguide</a> (much of the
+description here derives from this document), or the tutorial at
+<a class="url" href="https://tug.org/TUGboat/tb26-3/tb84heff.pdf">https://tug.org/TUGboat/tb26-3/tb84heff.pdf</a>.
</p>
-
-<hr>
-</div>
-<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="Class-and-package-commands">
-<div class="nav-panel">
-<p>
-Previous: <a href="#Class-and-package-structure" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Class and package structure</a>, Up: <a href="#Class-and-package-construction" accesskey="u" rel="up">Class and package construction</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
-</div>
-<h4 class="subsection" id="Class-and-package-commands-1">3.3.2 Class and package commands</h4>
-<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-class-and-package-commands"></a>
-<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-commands_002c-class-and-package"></a>
-
-<p>These are the commands designed to help writers of classes or packages.
+<p>See <a class="xref" href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a>, for some of the commands
+specifically intended for class and package writers.
</p>
-<dl class="table">
-<dt id='index-_005cAtBeginDvi'><span><code class="code">\AtBeginDvi{specials}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cAtBeginDvi'> ¶</a></span></dt>
-<dd><p>Save in a box register things that are written to the <samp class="file">.dvi</samp> file
-at the beginning of the shipout of the first page of the document.
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cAtEndOfClass'><span><code class="code">\AtEndOfClass{<var class="var">code</var>}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cAtEndOfClass'> ¶</a></span></dt>
-<dt><code class="code">\AtEndOfPackage{<var class="var">code</var>}</code></dt>
-<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cAtEndOfPackage"></a>
-<p>Hook to insert <var class="var">code</var> to be executed when LaTeX finishes
-processing the current class or package. You can use these hooks
-multiple times; the <code class="code">code</code> will be executed in the order that you
-called it. See also <a class="ref" href="#g_t_005cAtBeginDocument"><code class="code">\AtBeginDocument</code></a>.
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cCheckCommand'><span><code class="code">\CheckCommand{<var class="var">cmd</var>}[<var class="var">num</var>][<var class="var">default</var>]{<var class="var">definition</var>}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cCheckCommand'> ¶</a></span></dt>
-<dt><code class="code">\CheckCommand*{<var class="var">cmd</var>}[<var class="var">num</var>][<var class="var">default</var>]{<var class="var">definition</var>}</code></dt>
-<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cCheckCommand_002a"></a>
-<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-new-command_002c-checking"></a>
-<p>Like <code class="code">\newcommand</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand"><code class="code">\newcommand</code> & <code class="code">\renewcommand</code></a>) but does
-not define <var class="var">cmd</var>; instead it checks that the current definition of
-<var class="var">cmd</var> is exactly as given by <var class="var">definition</var> and is or is not
-<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-long-command"></a>
-<em class="dfn">long</em> as expected. A long command is a command that accepts
-<code class="code">\par</code> within an argument. The <var class="var">cmd</var> command is expected to be
-long with the unstarred version of <code class="code">\CheckCommand</code>. Raises an
-error when the check fails. This allows you to check before you start
-redefining <code class="code">cmd</code> yourself that no other package has already
-redefined this command.
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cClassError'><span><code class="code">\ClassError{<var class="var">class name</var>}{<var class="var">error text</var>}{<var class="var">help text</var>}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cClassError'> ¶</a></span></dt>
-<dt><code class="code">\ClassWarning{<var class="var">class name</var>}{<var class="var">warning text</var>}</code></dt>
-<dt><code class="code">\ClassWarningNoLine{<var class="var">class name</var>}{<var class="var">warning text</var>}</code></dt>
-<dt><code class="code">\ClassInfo{<var class="var">class name</var>}{<var class="var">info text</var>}</code></dt>
-<dt><code class="code">\ClassInfoNoLine{<var class="var">class name</var>}{<var class="var">info text</var>}</code></dt>
-<dt><code class="code">\PackageError{<var class="var">package name</var>}{<var class="var">error text</var>}{<var class="var">help text</var>}</code></dt>
-<dt><code class="code">\PackageWarning{<var class="var">package name</var>}{<var class="var">warning text</var>}</code></dt>
-<dt><code class="code">\PackageWarningNoLine{<var class="var">package name</var>}{<var class="var">warning text</var>}</code></dt>
-<dt><code class="code">\PackageInfo{<var class="var">package name</var>}{<var class="var">info text</var>}</code></dt>
-<dt><code class="code">\PackageInfoNoLine{<var class="var">package name</var>}{<var class="var">info text</var>}</code></dt>
-<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cPackageError"></a>
-<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cClassWarning"></a>
-<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cPackageWarning"></a>
-<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cClassWarningNoLine"></a>
-<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cPackageWarningNoLine"></a>
-<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cClassInfo"></a>
-<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cPackageInfo"></a>
-<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cClassInfoNoLine"></a>
-<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cPackageInfoNoLine"></a>
-<p>Produce an error message, or warning or informational messages.
-</p>
-<p>For <code class="code">\ClassError</code> and <code class="code">\PackageError</code> the message is
-<var class="var">error text</var>, followed by TeX’s <code class="code">?</code> error prompt. If the
-user then asks for help by typing <code class="code">h</code>, they see the <var class="var">help
-text</var>.
-</p>
-<p>The four warning commands are similar except that they write
-<var class="var">warning text</var> on the screen with no error prompt. The four info
-commands write <var class="var">info text</var> only in the transcript file. The
-<code class="code">NoLine</code> versions do not show the number of the line generating the
-message, while the other versions do show that number.
-</p>
-<p>To format the messages, including the <var class="var">help text</var>: use
-<code class="code">\protect</code> to stop a command from expanding, get a line break with
-<code class="code">\MessageBreak</code>, and get a space with <code class="code">\space</code> when a space
-character does not allow it, like after a command. Note that LaTeX
-appends a period to the messages.
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cCurrentOption'><span><code class="code">\CurrentOption</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cCurrentOption'> ¶</a></span></dt>
-<dd><p>Expands to the name of the currently-being-processed option. Can only
-be used within the <var class="var">code</var> argument of either <code class="code">\DeclareOption</code>
-or <code class="code">\DeclareOption*</code>.
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cDeclareOption'><span><code class="code">\DeclareOption{<var class="var">option</var>}{<var class="var">code</var>}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cDeclareOption'> ¶</a></span></dt>
-<dt><code class="code">\DeclareOption*{<var class="var">code</var>}</code></dt>
-<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cDeclareOption_002a"></a>
-<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-class-options-2"></a>
-<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package-options-1"></a>
-<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-options_002c-class"></a>
-<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-options_002c-package-1"></a>
-<p>Make an option available to a user to invoke in their
-<code class="code">\documentclass</code> command. For example, the <code class="code">smcmemo</code> class
-could have an option <code class="code">\documentclass[logo]{smcmemo}</code> allowing
-users to put the institutional logo on the first page. The class file
-must contain <code class="code">\DeclareOption{logo}{<var class="var">code</var>}</code> (and later,
-<code class="code">\ProcessOptions</code>).
-</p>
-<p>If you request an option that has not been declared, by default this
-will produce a warning like <code class="code">Unused global option(s):
-[badoption].</code> Change this behavior with the starred version
-<code class="code">\DeclareOption*{<var class="var">code</var>}</code>. For example, many classes
-extend an existing class, using a command such as
-<code class="code">\LoadClass{article}</code>, and for passing extra options to the
-underlying class use code such as this.
-</p>
-<div class="example">
-<pre class="example-preformatted">\DeclareOption*{%
-\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}%
-}
-</pre></div>
-<p>Another example is that the class <code class="code">smcmemo</code> may allow users to keep
-lists of memo recipients in external files. Then the user could invoke
-<code class="code">\documentclass[math]{smcmemo}</code> and it will read the file
-<code class="code">math.memo</code>. This code handles the file if it exists and otherwise
-passes the option to the <code class="code">article</code> class.
-</p>
-<div class="example">
-<pre class="example-preformatted">\DeclareOption*{\InputIfFileExists{\CurrentOption.memo}{}{%
- \PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}}}
-</pre></div>
-
-</dd>
-<dt><code class="code">\DeclareRobustCommand{<var class="var">cmd</var>}[<var class="var">num</var>][<var class="var">default</var>]{<var class="var">definition</var>}</code></dt>
-<dt id='index-_005cDeclareRobustCommand'><span><code class="code">* \DeclareRobustCommand*{<var class="var">cmd</var>}[<var class="var">num</var>][<var class="var">default</var>]{<var class="var">definition</var>}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cDeclareRobustCommand'> ¶</a></span></dt>
-<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cDeclareRobustCommand_002a"></a>
-<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-new-command_002c-definition"></a>
-<p>Like <code class="code">\newcommand</code> and <code class="code">\newcommand*</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand"><code class="code">\newcommand</code> & <code class="code">\renewcommand</code></a>) but these declare a robust command, even if some code
-within the <var class="var">definition</var> is fragile. (For a discussion of robust and
-fragile commands see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>.) Use this command to define new
-robust commands or to redefine existing commands and make them
-robust. Unlike <code class="code">\newcommand</code> these do not give an error if macro
-<var class="var">cmd</var> already exists; instead, a log message is put into the
-transcript file if a command is redefined.
-</p>
-<p>Commands defined this way are a bit less efficient than those defined
-using <code class="code">\newcommand</code> so unless the command’s data is fragile and the
-command is used within a moving argument, use <code class="code">\newcommand</code>.
-</p>
-<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-etoolbox"></a>
-<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-etoolbox-package"></a>
-<p>The <code class="code">etoolbox</code> package offers the commands
-<code class="code">\newrobustcmd</code>, <code class="code">\newrobustcmd*</code>, as well as the commands
-<code class="code">\renewrobustcmd</code>, <code class="code">\renewrobustcmd*</code>, and the commands
-<code class="code">\providerobustcmd</code>, and <code class="code">\providerobustcmd*</code>. These are
-similar to <code class="code">\newcommand</code>, <code class="code">\newcommand*</code>,
-<code class="code">\renewcommand</code>, <code class="code">\renewcommand*</code>, <code class="code">\providecommand</code>, and
-<code class="code">\providecommand*</code>, but define a robust <var class="var">cmd</var> with two
-advantages as compared to <code class="code">\DeclareRobustCommand</code>:
-</p><ol class="enumerate">
-<li> They use the low-level e-TeX protection mechanism rather than the
-higher level LaTeX <code class="code">\protect</code> mechanism, so they do not incur
-the slight loss of performance mentioned above, and
-</li><li> They make the same distinction between <code class="code">\new…</code>,
-<code class="code">\renew…</code>, and <code class="code">\provide…</code>, as the standard
-commands, so they do not just make a log message when you redefine
-<var class="var">cmd</var> that already exists, in that case you need to use either
-<code class="code">\renew…</code> or <code class="code">\provide…</code> or you get an error.
-</li></ol>
-
-</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cIfFileExists'><span><code class="code">\IfFileExists{<var class="var">filename</var>}{<var class="var">true code</var>}{<var class="var">false code</var>}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cIfFileExists'> ¶</a></span></dt>
-<dt><code class="code">\InputIfFileExists{<var class="var">filename</var>}{<var class="var">true code</var>}{<var class="var">false code</var>}</code></dt>
-<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cInputIfFileExists"></a>
-<p>Execute <var class="var">true code</var> if LaTeX finds the file <samp class="file"><var class="var">file
-name</var></samp> or <var class="var">false code</var> otherwise. In the first case it executing
-<var class="var">true code</var> and then inputs the file. Thus the command
-</p>
-<div class="example">
-<pre class="example-preformatted">\IfFileExists{img.pdf}{%
- \includegraphics{img.pdf}}{\typeout{!! img.pdf not found}
-</pre></div>
-
-<p>will include the graphic <samp class="file">img.pdf</samp> if it is found and otherwise
-give a warning.
-</p>
-<p>This command looks for the file in all search paths that LaTeX uses,
-not only in the current directory. To look only in the current
-directory do something like <code class="code">\IfFileExists{./filename}{<var class="var">true
-code</var>}{<var class="var">false code</var>}</code>. If you ask for a filename without a
-<code class="code">.tex</code> extension then LaTeX will first look for the file by
-appending the <code class="code">.tex</code>; for more on how LaTeX handles file
-extensions see <a class="ref" href="#g_t_005cinput"><code class="code">\input</code></a>.
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cLoadClass'><span><code class="code">\LoadClass[<var class="var">options list</var>]{<var class="var">class name</var>}[<var class="var">release date</var>]</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cLoadClass'> ¶</a></span></dt>
-<dt><code class="code">\LoadClassWithOptions{<var class="var">class name</var>}[<var class="var">release date</var>]</code></dt>
-<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cLoadClassWithOptions"></a>
-<p>Load a class, as with <code class="code">\documentclass[<var class="var">options
-list</var>]{<var class="var">class name</var>}[<var class="var">release info</var>]</code>. An example is
-<code class="code">\LoadClass[twoside]{article}</code>.
-</p>
-<p>The <var class="var">options list</var>, if present, is a comma-separated list. The
-<var class="var">release date</var> is optional. If present it must have the form
-<var class="var">YYYY/MM/DD</var>.
-</p>
-<p>If you request a <var class="var">release date</var> and the date of the package
-installed on your system is earlier, then you get a warning on the
-screen and in the log like this.
-</p>
-<div class="example">
-<pre class="example-preformatted">You have requested, on input line 4, version `2038/01/19' of
-document class article, but only version `2014/09/29 v1.4h
-Standard LaTeX document class' is available.
-</pre></div>
-
-<p>The command version <code class="code">\LoadClassWithOptions</code> uses the list of
-options for the current class. This means it ignores any options passed
-to it via <code class="code">\PassOptionsToClass</code>. This is a convenience command
-that lets you build classes on existing ones, such as the standard
-<code class="code">article</code> class, without having to track which options were passed.
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cExecuteOptions'><span><code class="code">\ExecuteOptions{<var class="var">options-list</var>}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cExecuteOptions'> ¶</a></span></dt>
-<dd><p>For each option <var class="var">option</var> in the <var class="var">options-list</var>, in order, this command
-executes the command <code class="code">\ds@<var class="var">option</var></code>. If this command is not
-defined then that option is silently ignored.
-</p>
-<p>It can be used to provide a default option list before
-<code class="code">\ProcessOptions</code>. For example, if in a class file you want the
-default to be 11pt fonts then you could specify
-<code class="code">\ExecuteOptions{11pt}\ProcessOptions\relax</code>.
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cNeedsTeXFormat'><span><code class="code">\NeedsTeXFormat{<var class="var">format</var>}[<var class="var">format date</var>]</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cNeedsTeXFormat'> ¶</a></span></dt>
-<dd><p>Specifies the format that this class must be run under. Often issued
-as the first line of a class file, and most often used as:
-<code class="code">\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}</code>. When a document using that class is
-processed, the format name given here must match the format that is
-actually being run (including that the <var class="var">format</var> string is case
-sensitive). If it does not match then execution stops with an error
-like ‘<samp class="samp">This file needs format `LaTeX2e' but this is `xxx'.</samp>’
-</p>
-<p>To specify a version of the format that you know to have certain
-features, include the optional <var class="var">format date</var> on which those features
-were implemented. If present it must be in the form <code class="code">YYYY/MM/DD</code>.
-If the format version installed on your system is earlier than
-<var class="var">format date</var> then you get a warning like this.
-</p>
-<div class="example">
-<pre class="example-preformatted">You have requested release `2038/01/20' of LaTeX, but only
-release `2016/02/01' is available.
-</pre></div>
-
-</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cOptionNotUsed'><span><code class="code">\OptionNotUsed</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cOptionNotUsed'> ¶</a></span></dt>
-<dd><p>Adds the current option to the list of unused options. Can only be used
-within the <var class="var">code</var> argument of either <code class="code">\DeclareOption</code> or
-<code class="code">\DeclareOption*</code>.
-</p>
-
-</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cPassOptionsToClass'><span><code class="code">\PassOptionsToClass{<var class="var">option list</var>}{<var class="var">class name</var>}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cPassOptionsToClass'> ¶</a></span></dt>
-<dt><code class="code">\PassOptionsToPackage{<var class="var">option list</var>}{<var class="var">package name</var>}</code></dt>
-<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cPassOptionsToPackage"></a>
-<p>Adds the options in the comma-separated list <var class="var">option list</var> to the
-options used by any future <code class="code">\RequirePackage</code> or <code class="code">\usepackage</code>
-command for package <var class="var">package name</var> or the class <var class="var">class name</var>.
-</p>
-<p>The reason for these commands is: you may load a package any number of
-times with no options but if you want options then you may only supply
-them when you first load the package. Loading a package with options
-more than once will get you an error like <code class="code">Option clash for package
-foo.</code> (LaTeX throws an error even if there is no conflict between the
-options.)
-</p>
-<p>If your own code is bringing in a package twice then you can collapse
-that to once, for example replacing the two
-<code class="code">\RequirePackage[landscape]{geometry}</code> and
-<code class="code">\RequirePackage[margins=1in]{geometry}</code> with the single command
-<code class="code">\RequirePackage[landscape,margins=1in]{geometry}</code>.
-</p>
-<p>However, imagine that you are loading <samp class="file">firstpkg</samp> and inside that
-package it loads <samp class="file">secondpkg</samp>, and you need the second package to be
-loaded with option <code class="code">draft</code>. Then before doing the first package
-you must queue up the options for the second package, like this.
-</p>
-<div class="example">
-<pre class="example-preformatted">\PassOptionsToPackage{draft}{secondpkg}
-\RequirePackage{firstpkg}
-</pre></div>
-
-<p>(If <code class="code">firstpkg.sty</code> loads an option in conflict with what you want
-then you may have to alter its source.)
-</p>
-<p>These commands are useful for general users as well as class and package
-writers. For instance, suppose a user wants to load the <code class="code">graphicx</code>
-package with the option <code class="code">draft</code> and also wants to use a class
-<code class="code">foo</code> that loads the <code class="code">graphicx</code> package, but without that
-option. The user could start their LaTeX file with
-<code class="code">\PassOptionsToPackage{draft}{graphicx}\documentclass{foo}</code>.
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cProcessOptions'><span><code class="code">\ProcessOptions</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cProcessOptions'> ¶</a></span></dt>
-<dt><code class="code">\ProcessOptions*<var class="var">\@options</var></code></dt>
-<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cProcessOptions_002a"></a>
-<p>Execute the code for each option that the user has invoked. Include it
-in the class file as <code class="code">\ProcessOptions\relax</code> (because of the
-existence of the starred command).
-</p>
-<p>Options come in two types. <em class="dfn">Local options</em> have been specified for this
-particular package in the <var class="var">options</var> argument of
-<code class="code">\PassOptionsToPackage{<var class="var">options</var>}</code>,
-<code class="code">\usepackage[<var class="var">options</var>]</code>, or
-<code class="code">\RequirePackage[<var class="var">options</var>]</code>. <em class="dfn">Global options</em> are those given
-by the class user in <code class="code">\documentclass[<var class="var">options</var>]</code> (If an option
-is specified both locally and globally then it is local.)
-</p>
-<p>When <code class="code">\ProcessOptions</code> is called for a package <samp class="file">pkg.sty</samp>, the
-following happens:
-</p><ol class="enumerate">
-<li> For each option <var class="var">option</var> so far declared
-with <code class="code">\DeclareOption</code>, it looks to see if that option is either a
-global or a local option for <code class="code">pkg</code>. If so then it executes the
-declared code. This is done in the order in which these options were
-given in <samp class="file">pkg.sty</samp>.
-</li><li> For each remaining local option, it executes the command
-<code class="code">\ds@</code><var class="var">option</var> if it has been defined somewhere (other than by
-a <code class="code">\DeclareOption</code>); otherwise, it executes the default option code
-given in <code class="code">\DeclareOption*</code>. If no default option code has been
-declared then it gives an error message. This is done in the order in
-which these options were specified.
-</li></ol>
-
-<p>When <code class="code">\ProcessOptions</code> is called for a class it works in the same
-way except that all options are local, and the default <var class="var">code</var> for
-<code class="code">\DeclareOption*</code> is <code class="code">\OptionNotUsed</code> rather than an error.
-</p>
-<p>The starred version <code class="code">\ProcessOptions*</code> executes the
-options in the order specified in the calling commands, rather than in
-the order of declaration in the class or package. For a package this
-means that the global options are processed first.
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cProvidesClass'><span><code class="code">\ProvidesClass{<var class="var">class name</var>}[<var class="var">release date</var> <var class="var">brief additional information</var>]</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cProvidesClass'> ¶</a></span></dt>
-<dt><code class="code">\ProvidesClass{<var class="var">class name</var>}[<var class="var">release date</var>]</code></dt>
-<dt><code class="code">\ProvidesPackage{<var class="var">package name</var>}[<var class="var">release date</var> <var class="var">brief additional information</var>]</code></dt>
-<dt><code class="code">\ProvidesPackage{<var class="var">package name</var>}[<var class="var">release date</var>]</code></dt>
-<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cProvidesPackage"></a>
-<p>Identifies the class or package, printing a message to the screen and
-the log file.
-</p>
-<p>When you load a class or package, for example with
-<code class="code">\documentclass{smcmemo}</code> or <code class="code">\usepackage{test}</code>, LaTeX
-inputs a file. If the name of the file does not match the class or
-package name declared in it then you get a warning. Thus, if you invoke
-<code class="code">\documentclass{smcmemo}</code>, and the file <samp class="file">smcmemo.cls</samp> has
-the statement <code class="code">\ProvidesClass{xxx}</code> then you get a warning like
-<code class="code">You have requested document class `smcmemo', but the document
-class provides 'xxx'.</code> This warning does not prevent LaTeX from
-processing the rest of the class file normally.
-</p>
-<p>If you include the optional argument then you must include a date,
-before any spaces, of the form <code class="code">YYYY/MM/DD</code>. The rest of the
-optional argument is free-form, although it traditionally identifies the
-class, and is written to the screen during compilation and to the log
-file. Thus, if your file <samp class="file">smcmemo.cls</samp> contains the line
-<code class="code">\ProvidesClass{smcmemo}[2008/06/01 v1.0 SMC memo class]</code> and
-your document’s first line is <code class="code">\documentclass{smcmemo}</code> then you
-will see <code class="code">Document Class: smcmemo 2008/06/01 v1.0 SMC memo class</code>.
-</p>
-<p>The date in the optional argument allows class and package users to ask
-to be warned if the version of the class or package is earlier than
-<var class="var">release date</var>. For instance, a user could enter
-<code class="code">\documentclass{smcmemo}[2018/10/12]</code> or
-<code class="code">\usepackage{foo}[[2017/07/07]]</code> to require a class or package
-with certain features by specifying that it must be released no earlier
-than the given date. (Although, in practice package users only rarely
-include a date, and class users almost never do.)
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cProvidesFile'><span><code class="code">\ProvidesFile{<var class="var">filename</var>}[<var class="var">additional information</var>]</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cProvidesFile'> ¶</a></span></dt>
-<dd><p>Declare a file other than the main class and package files, such as
-configuration files or font definition files. Put this command in that
-file and you get in the log a string like <code class="code">File: test.config
-2017/10/12 config file for test.cls</code> for <var class="var">filename</var> equal to
-‘<samp class="samp">test.config</samp>’ and <var class="var">additional information</var> equal to
-‘<samp class="samp">2017/10/12 config file for test.cls</samp>’.
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt id='index-_005cRequirePackage'><span><code class="code">\RequirePackage[<var class="var">option list</var>]{<var class="var">package name</var>}[<var class="var">release date</var>]</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cRequirePackage'> ¶</a></span></dt>
-<dt><code class="code">\RequirePackageWithOptions{<var class="var">package name</var>}[<var class="var">release date</var>]</code></dt>
-<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cRequirePackageWithOptions"></a>
-<p>Load a package, like the command <code class="code">\usepackage</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#Additional-packages">Additional packages</a>). The LaTeX development team strongly recommends use of
-these commands over Plain TeX’s <code class="code">\input</code>; see the Class
-Guide. An example is
-<code class="code">\RequirePackage[landscape,margin=1in]{geometry}</code>.
-</p>
-<p>The <var class="var">option list</var>, if present, is a comma-separated list. The
-<var class="var">release date</var>, if present, must have the form <var class="var">YYYY/MM/DD</var>. If
-the release date of the package as installed on your system is earlier
-than <var class="var">release date</var> then you get a warning like <code class="code">You have
-requested, on input line 9, version `2017/07/03' of package jhtest, but
-only version `2000/01/01' is available</code>.
-</p>
-<p>The <code class="code">\RequirePackageWithOptions</code> version uses the list of options
-for the current class. This means it ignores any options passed to it
-via <code class="code">\PassOptionsToClass</code>. This is a convenience command to allow
-easily building classes on existing ones without having to track which
-options were passed.
-</p>
-<p>The difference between <code class="code">\usepackage</code> and <code class="code">\RequirePackage</code> is
-small. The <code class="code">\usepackage</code> command is intended for the document file
-while <code class="code">\RequirePackage</code> is intended for package and class files.
-Thus, using <code class="code">\usepackage</code> before the <code class="code">\documentclass</code> command
-causes LaTeX to give error like <code class="code">\usepackage before
-\documentclass</code>, but you can use <code class="code">\RequirePackage</code> there.
-</p></dd>
-</dl>
-
-
<hr>
</div>
</div>
@@ -4111,7 +3786,7 @@
<li><a href="#g_t_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph" accesskey="5"><code class="code">\subsubsection</code>, <code class="code">\paragraph</code>, <code class="code">\subparagraph</code></a></li>
<li><a href="#g_t_005cappendix" accesskey="6"><code class="code">\appendix</code></a></li>
<li><a href="#g_t_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter" accesskey="7"><code class="code">\frontmatter</code>, <code class="code">\mainmatter</code>, <code class="code">\backmatter</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection" accesskey="8"><code class="code">\@startsection</code>, typesetting sectional unit headings</a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection" accesskey="8"><code class="code">\@startsection</code>: Typesetting sectional unit headings</a></li>
</ul>
<hr>
<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cpart">
@@ -4406,7 +4081,7 @@
<p>In general, to change the behavior of the <code class="code">\section</code> command, there
are a number of options. One is the <code class="code">\@startsection</code> command
-(see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection"><code class="code">\@startsection</code>, typesetting sectional unit headings</a>). There are also many packages on CTAN that
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection"><code class="code">\@startsection</code>: Typesetting sectional unit headings</a>). There are also many packages on CTAN that
address this, including <code class="code">titlesec</code>. See the documentation but the
example below gives a sense of what they can do.
</p>
@@ -4498,7 +4173,7 @@
<p>There are a number of ways to change the behavior of the
<code class="code">\subsection</code> command. One is the <code class="code">\@startsection</code> command
-(see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection"><code class="code">\@startsection</code>, typesetting sectional unit headings</a>). There are also many packages on CTAN that
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection"><code class="code">\@startsection</code>: Typesetting sectional unit headings</a>). There are also many packages on CTAN that
address this, including <code class="code">titlesec</code>. See the documentation but the
example below gives a sense of what they can do.
</p>
@@ -4604,7 +4279,7 @@
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-titlesec-package-5"></a>
<p>There are a number of ways to change the behavior of the these commands.
-One is the <code class="code">\@startsection</code> command (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection"><code class="code">\@startsection</code>, typesetting sectional unit headings</a>).
+One is the <code class="code">\@startsection</code> command (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection"><code class="code">\@startsection</code>: Typesetting sectional unit headings</a>).
There are also many packages on CTAN that address this, including
<code class="code">titlesec</code>. See the documentation on CTAN.
</p>
@@ -4669,7 +4344,7 @@
<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter">
<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\@startsection</code>, typesetting sectional unit headings</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cappendix" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\appendix</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Sectioning" accesskey="u" rel="up">Sectioning</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\@startsection</code>: Typesetting sectional unit headings</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cappendix" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\appendix</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Sectioning" accesskey="u" rel="up">Sectioning</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cfrontmatter_002c-_005cmainmatter_002c-_005cbackmatter">6.7 <code class="code">\frontmatter</code>, <code class="code">\mainmatter</code>, <code class="code">\backmatter</code></h3>
@@ -4727,7 +4402,7 @@
<p>
Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\frontmatter</code>, <code class="code">\mainmatter</code>, <code class="code">\backmatter</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Sectioning" accesskey="u" rel="up">Sectioning</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005c_0040startsection_002c-typesetting-sectional-unit-headings">6.8 <code class="code">\@startsection</code>, typesetting sectional unit headings</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005c_0040startsection_003a-Typesetting-sectional-unit-headings">6.8 <code class="code">\@startsection</code>: Typesetting sectional unit headings</h3>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005c_0040startsection"></a>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-section_002c-redefining"></a>
@@ -10728,7 +10403,7 @@
Little is known other than her death.}%
\stepcounter{mpFootnoteValueSaver}%
\footnotetext[\value{mpFootnoteValueSaver}]{%
- Relationship is unresolved in XXI.}
+ Relationship is unresolved.}
\end{center}
</pre></div>
@@ -10817,7 +10492,8 @@
<li><a href="#g_t_005cnewfont"><code class="code">\newfont</code></a></li>
<li><a href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a></li>
<li><a href="#g_t_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend"><code class="code">\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#xspace-package">xspace package</a></li>
+<li><a href="#xspace-package"><code class="code">xspace</code> package</a></li>
+<li><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></li>
</ul>
<hr>
<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">
@@ -10846,7 +10522,7 @@
\newcommand*{\<var class="var">cmd</var>}[<var class="var">nargs</var>][<var class="var">optargdefault</var>]{<var class="var">defn</var>}
</pre></div>
-<p>or all the same possibilities with <code class="code">\renewcommand</code> instead of
+<p>or the same six possibilities with <code class="code">\renewcommand</code> instead of
<code class="code">\newcommand</code>:
</p>
<div class="example">
@@ -10864,11 +10540,11 @@
</p>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-starred-form_002c-defining-new-commands"></a>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_002a_002dform_002c-defining-new-commands"></a>
-<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005clong"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005clong_002c-not-defining-a-command-as"></a>
<p>The starred form of these two forbids the arguments from containing
-multiple paragraphs of text (in plain TeX terms: the commands
-are not <code class="code">\long</code>). With the default form, arguments can be
-multiple paragraphs.
+multiple paragraphs of text (i.e., a <code class="code">\par</code> token; in plain
+TeX terms: the commands are not <code class="code">\long</code>). With the default
+form, arguments can be multiple paragraphs.
</p>
<p>These are the parameters (examples follow):
</p>
@@ -11852,7 +11528,7 @@
<div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend">
<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#xspace-package" accesskey="n" rel="next">xspace package</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cprotect" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#xspace-package" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">xspace</code> package</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cprotect" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend-1">12.12 <code class="code">\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend</code></h3>
@@ -11952,9 +11628,9 @@
<div class="section-level-extent" id="xspace-package">
<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#Class-and-package-commands" accesskey="n" rel="next">Class and package commands</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<h3 class="section" id="xspace-package-1">12.13 xspace package</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="xspace-package-1">12.13 <code class="code">xspace</code> package</h3>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cxspace"></a>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-xspace"></a>
@@ -11963,7 +11639,7 @@
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-spaces_002c-ignore-around-commands-1"></a>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-commands_002c-ignore-spaces-1"></a>
-<p>Synopsis:
+<p>This is an add-on package, not part of core LaTeX. Synopsis:
</p>
<div class="example">
<pre class="example-preformatted">\usepackage{xspace}
@@ -11975,15 +11651,15 @@
adds a space unless the command is followed by certain punctuation
characters.
</p>
-<p>After a command control sequence that is a control word (see <a class="pxref" href="#Control-sequences">Control sequence, control word and control symbol</a>, as opposed to control symbols such as <code class="code">\$</code>), TeX
-gobbles blank characters. Thus, in the first sentence below, the output
-has ‘<samp class="samp">Vermont</samp>’ placed snugly against the period, without any
-intervening space.
+<p>After a control sequence that is a control word (see <a class="pxref" href="#Control-sequences">Control sequence, control word and control symbol</a>, as opposed to control symbols such as <code class="code">\$</code>), TeX
+gobbles blank characters. Thus, in the first sentence below, the
+output has ‘<samp class="samp">Vermont</samp>’ placed snugly against the period, without
+any intervening space, despite the space in the input.
</p>
<div class="example">
<pre class="example-preformatted">\newcommand{\VT}{Vermont}
Our college is in \VT .
-The \VT{} summers are nice.
+\VT{} summers are nice.
</pre></div>
<p>But because of the gobbling, the second sentence needs the empty curly
@@ -12005,10 +11681,10 @@
<p>The default exception list contains the characters <code class="code">,.'/?;:!~-)</code>,
the open curly brace and the backslash-space command discussed above,
-and the commands <code class="code">\footnote</code> or <code class="code">\footnotemark</code>. Add to that
-list as with <code class="code">\xspaceaddexceptions{\myfni \myfnii}</code> which adds
-<code class="code">\myfni</code> and <code class="code">\myfnii</code> to the list, and remove from that
-list as with <code class="code">\xspaceremoveexception{!}</code>.
+and the commands <code class="code">\footnote</code> or <code class="code">\footnotemark</code>. You can
+add to that list as with <code class="code">\xspaceaddexceptions{\myfni \myfnii}</code>
+which adds <code class="code">\myfni</code> and <code class="code">\myfnii</code> to the list; and you
+can remove from that list as with <code class="code">\xspaceremoveexception{!}</code>.
</p>
<p>A comment: many experts prefer not to use <code class="code">\xspace</code>. Putting it in
a definition means that the command will usually get the spacing right.
@@ -12015,12 +11691,814 @@
But it isn’t easy to predict when to enter empty braces because
<code class="code">\xspace</code> will get it wrong, such as when it is followed by another
command, and so <code class="code">\xspace</code> can make editing material harder and more
-error-prone than instead always inserting the empty braces.
+error-prone than instead of always inserting the empty braces.
</p>
<hr>
</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Class-and-package-commands">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Previous: <a href="#xspace-package" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">xspace</code> package</a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
+<h3 class="section" id="Class-and-package-commands-1">12.14 Class and package commands</h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-class-and-package-commands"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package-and-class-commands"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-commands_002c-class-and-package"></a>
+
+<p>These are commands designed to help writers of classes or packages.
+</p>
+
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cAtBeginDvi-_0026-_005cAtEndDvi" accesskey="1"><code class="code">\AtBeginDvi</code> & <code class="code">\AtEndDvi</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cAtEndOfClass-_0026-_005cAtEndOfPackage" accesskey="2"><code class="code">\AtEndOfClass</code> & <code class="code">\AtEndOfPackage</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cCheckCommand" accesskey="3"><code class="code">\CheckCommand</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cClassError-and-_005cPackageError-and-others" accesskey="4"><code class="code">\ClassError</code> and <code class="code">\PackageError</code> and others</a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cCurrentOption" accesskey="5"><code class="code">\CurrentOption</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareOption" accesskey="6"><code class="code">\DeclareOption</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareRobustCommand" accesskey="7"><code class="code">\DeclareRobustCommand</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cExecuteOptions" accesskey="8"><code class="code">\ExecuteOptions</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cIfFileExists-_0026-_005cInputIfFileExists" accesskey="9"><code class="code">\IfFileExists</code> & <code class="code">\InputIfFileExists</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cLoadClass-_0026-_005cLoadClassWithOptions"><code class="code">\LoadClass</code> & <code class="code">\LoadClassWithOptions</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cNeedsTeXFormat"><code class="code">\NeedsTeXFormat</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cOptionNotUsed"><code class="code">\OptionNotUsed</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cPassOptionsToClass-_0026-_005cPassOptionsToPackage"><code class="code">\PassOptionsToClass</code> & <code class="code">\PassOptionsToPackage</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cProcessOptions"><code class="code">\ProcessOptions</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cProvidesClass-_0026-_005cProvidesPackage"><code class="code">\ProvidesClass</code> & <code class="code">\ProvidesPackage</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cProvidesFile"><code class="code">\ProvidesFile</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_005cRequirePackage-_0026-_005cRequirePackageWithOptions"><code class="code">\RequirePackage</code> & <code class="code">\RequirePackageWithOptions</code></a></li>
+</ul>
+<hr>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cAtBeginDvi-_0026-_005cAtEndDvi">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cAtEndOfClass-_0026-_005cAtEndOfPackage" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\AtEndOfClass</code> & <code class="code">\AtEndOfPackage</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Class-and-package-commands" accesskey="u" rel="up">Class and package commands</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cAtBeginDvi-_0026-_005cAtEndDvi-1">12.14.1 <code class="code">\AtBeginDvi</code> & <code class="code">\AtEndDvi</code></h4>
+
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cAtBeginDvi"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cAtEndDvi"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cAtBeginDvi"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cAtEndDvi"></a>
+
+<p>Synopsis:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\AtBeginDvi{<var class="var">code</var>}
+\AtEndDvi{<var class="var">code</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p><code class="code">\AtBeginDvi</code> saves, in a box register, <var class="var">code</var> to be executed
+at the beginning of the shipout of the first page of the document.
+Despite the name, it applies to DVI, PDF, and XDV output. It fills
+the <code class="code">shipout/firstpage</code> hook; new code should use that hook
+directly.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-atenddvi"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-atenddvi-package"></a>
+
+<p>Similarly, <code class="code">\AtEndDvi</code> (previously available only with the
+<code class="code">atenddvi</code> package) is code executed when finalizing the main
+output document.
+</p>
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cAtEndOfClass-_0026-_005cAtEndOfPackage">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cCheckCommand" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\CheckCommand</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cAtBeginDvi-_0026-_005cAtEndDvi" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\AtBeginDvi</code> & <code class="code">\AtEndDvi</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Class-and-package-commands" accesskey="u" rel="up">Class and package commands</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cAtEndOfClass-_0026-_005cAtEndOfPackage-1">12.14.2 <code class="code">\AtEndOfClass</code> & <code class="code">\AtEndOfPackage</code></h4>
+
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cAtEndOfClass"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cAtEndOfPackage"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cAtEndOfClass"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cAtEndOfPackage"></a>
+
+<p>Synopses:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\AtEndOfClass{<var class="var">code</var>}
+\AtEndOfPackage{<var class="var">code</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Hooks to insert <var class="var">code</var> to be executed when LaTeX finishes
+processing the current class resp. package.
+</p>
+<p>These hooks can be used multiple times; each <code class="code">code</code> segment will
+be executed in the order called. Many packages and classes use these
+commands.
+</p>
+<p>See also <a class="ref" href="#g_t_005cAtBeginDocument"><code class="code">\AtBeginDocument</code></a>.
+</p>
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cCheckCommand">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cClassError-and-_005cPackageError-and-others" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\ClassError</code> and <code class="code">\PackageError</code> and others</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cAtEndOfClass-_0026-_005cAtEndOfPackage" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\AtEndOfClass</code> & <code class="code">\AtEndOfPackage</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Class-and-package-commands" accesskey="u" rel="up">Class and package commands</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cCheckCommand-1">12.14.3 <code class="code">\CheckCommand</code></h4>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cCheckCommand"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-new-command_002c-checking-definition-of"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-long-command"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005clong-command_002c-checking-for"></a>
+
+<p>Synopsis:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\CheckCommand{<var class="var">cmd</var>}[<var class="var">num</var>][<var class="var">default</var>]{<var class="var">definition</var>}
+\CheckCommand* <span class="r">(same parameters)</span>
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Like <code class="code">\newcommand</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand"><code class="code">\newcommand</code> & <code class="code">\renewcommand</code></a>) but does
+not define <var class="var">cmd</var>; instead it checks that the current definition of
+<var class="var">cmd</var> is exactly as given by <var class="var">definition</var> and is or is not
+<em class="dfn"><code class="code">\long</code></em> as expected. A long command is a command that
+accepts <code class="code">\par</code> within an argument.
+</p>
+<p>With the unstarred version of <code class="code">\CheckCommand</code>, <var class="var">cmd</var> is
+expected to be <code class="code">\long</code>; with the starred version, <var class="var">cmd</var> must
+not be <code class="code">\long</code>
+</p>
+<p><code class="code">\CheckCommand</code> raises an error when the check fails. This
+allows you to check before you start redefining <code class="code">cmd</code> yourself
+that no other package has already redefined this command.
+</p>
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cClassError-and-_005cPackageError-and-others">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cCurrentOption" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\CurrentOption</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cCheckCommand" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\CheckCommand</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Class-and-package-commands" accesskey="u" rel="up">Class and package commands</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cClassError-and-_005cPackageError-and-others-1">12.14.4 <code class="code">\ClassError</code> and <code class="code">\PackageError</code> and others</h4>
+
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cClassError"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cClassWarning"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cClassWarningNoLine"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cClassInfo"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cClassInfoNoLine"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cPackageError"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cPackageWarning"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cPackageWarningNoLine"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cPackageInfo"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cPackageInfoNoLine"></a>
+<p>Produce error, warning, and informational messages for classes:
+</p>
+<dl class="table">
+<dt id='index-_005cClassError'><span><code class="code">\ClassError{<var class="var">class name</var>}{<var class="var">error-text</var>}{<var class="var">help-text</var>}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cClassError'> ¶</a></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\ClassWarning{<var class="var">class name</var>}{<var class="var">warning-text</var>}</code></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\ClassWarningNoLine{<var class="var">class name</var>}{<var class="var">warning-text</var>}</code></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\ClassInfo{<var class="var">class name</var>}{<var class="var">info-text</var>}</code></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\ClassInfoNoLine{<var class="var">class name</var>}{<var class="var">info-text</var>}</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cClassWarning"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cClassWarningNoLine"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cClassInfo"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cClassInfoNoLine"></a>
+</dd>
+</dl>
+
+<p>and the same for packages:
+</p><dl class="table">
+<dt id='index-_005cPackageError'><span><code class="code">\PackageError{<var class="var">package name</var>}{<var class="var">error-text</var>}{<var class="var">help-text</var>}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cPackageError'> ¶</a></span></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\PackageWarning{<var class="var">package name</var>}{<var class="var">warning-text</var>}</code></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\PackageWarningNoLine{<var class="var">package name</var>}{<var class="var">warning-text</var>}</code></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\PackageInfo{<var class="var">package name</var>}{<var class="var">info-text</var>}</code></dt>
+<dt><code class="code">\PackageInfoNoLine{<var class="var">package name</var>}{<var class="var">info-text</var>}</code></dt>
+<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cPackageWarning"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cPackageWarningNoLine"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cPackageInfo"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cPackageInfoNoLine"></a>
+</dd>
+</dl>
+
+<p>For <code class="code">\ClassError</code> and <code class="code">\PackageError</code> the message is
+<var class="var">error-text</var>, followed by TeX’s ‘<code class="code">?</code>’ error prompt. If the
+user then asks for help by typing <code class="code">h</code>, they see the <var class="var">help
+text</var>.
+</p>
+<p>The four <code class="code">Warning</code> commands are similar except that they write
+<var class="var">warning-text</var> on the screen with no error prompt. The four
+<code class="code">Info</code> commands write <var class="var">info-text</var> only in the transcript
+file. The <code class="code">NoLine</code> versions omit the number of the line
+generating the message, while the other versions do show that number.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cprotect_002c-and-message-text"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cspace_002c-and-message-text"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cMessageBreak_002c-and-message-text"></a>
+<p>To format the messages, including the <var class="var">help-text</var>: use
+<code class="code">\protect</code> to stop a command from expanding, get a line break
+with <code class="code">\MessageBreak</code>, and get a space with <code class="code">\space</code> when a
+space character is ignore, most commonly after a command.
+</p>
+<p>LaTeX appends a period to the messages.
+</p>
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cCurrentOption">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareOption" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\DeclareOption</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cClassError-and-_005cPackageError-and-others" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\ClassError</code> and <code class="code">\PackageError</code> and others</a>, Up: <a href="#Class-and-package-commands" accesskey="u" rel="up">Class and package commands</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cCurrentOption-1">12.14.5 <code class="code">\CurrentOption</code></h4>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cCurrentOption"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-option_002c-currently-being-processed"></a>
+
+<p>Expands to the name of the option currently being processed. This can
+only be used within the <var class="var">code</var> argument of either
+<code class="code">\DeclareOption</code> or <code class="code">\DeclareOption*</code>.
+</p>
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cDeclareOption">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareRobustCommand" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\DeclareRobustCommand</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cCurrentOption" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\CurrentOption</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Class-and-package-commands" accesskey="u" rel="up">Class and package commands</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cDeclareOption-1">12.14.6 <code class="code">\DeclareOption</code></h4>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cDeclareOption"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-class-options-2"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package-options-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-options_002c-class"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-options_002c-package-1"></a>
+
+<p>Synopsis:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\DeclareOption{<var class="var">option</var>}{<var class="var">code</var>}
+\DeclareOption*{<var class="var">option</var>}{<var class="var">code</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Define an option a user can include in their <code class="code">\documentclass</code>
+command. For example, a class <code class="code">smcmemo</code> could have an option
+<code class="code">logo</code> allowing users to put the institutional logo on the first
+page. The document would start with
+<code class="code">\documentclass[logo]{smcmemo}</code>. To enable this, the class file
+must contain <code class="code">\DeclareOption{logo}{<var class="var">code</var>}</code> (and later,
+<code class="code">\ProcessOptions</code>).
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-default-option-processing"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-option-processing-by-default"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-Unused-global-option-warning_002c-handling"></a>
+<p>If you request an option that has not been declared, by default this
+will produce a warning like <code class="code">Unused global option(s):
+[badoption].</code> This can be changed by using
+<code class="code">\DeclareOption*{<var class="var">code</var>}</code>, which executes <var class="var">code</var> for
+any unknown option.
+</p>
+<p>For example, many classes extend an existing class, using code such as
+<code class="code">\LoadClass{article}</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cLoadClass">\LoadClass</a>). In this case, it
+makes sense to pass any otherwise-unknown options to the underlying
+class, like this:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\DeclareOption*{%
+ \PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}%
+}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>As another example, our class <code class="code">smcmemo</code> might allow users to keep
+lists of memo recipients in external files, so the user could invoke
+<code class="code">\documentclass[math]{smcmemo}</code> and it will read the file
+<code class="code">math.memo</code>. This code inputs the file if it exists, while if it
+doesn’t, the option is passed to the <code class="code">article</code> class:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\DeclareOption*{\InputIfFileExists{\CurrentOption.memo}
+ {}{%
+ \PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}}}
+</pre></div>
+
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cDeclareRobustCommand">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cExecuteOptions" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\ExecuteOptions</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareOption" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\DeclareOption</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Class-and-package-commands" accesskey="u" rel="up">Class and package commands</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cDeclareRobustCommand-1">12.14.7 <code class="code">\DeclareRobustCommand</code></h4>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cDeclareRobustCommand"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-new-command_002c-definition"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-robust-command_002c-defining"></a>
+
+<p>Synopsis:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\DeclareRobustCommand{<var class="var">cmd</var>}[<var class="var">num</var>][<var class="var">default</var>]{<var class="var">definition</var>}
+\DeclareRobustCommand* <span class="r">(same parameters</span>
+</pre></div>
+
+<p><code class="code">\DeclareRobustCommand</code> and its starred form are generally like
+<code class="code">\newcommand</code> and <code class="code">\newcommand*</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand"><code class="code">\newcommand</code> & <code class="code">\renewcommand</code></a>), with the addition that they define a so-called
+<em class="dfn">robust</em> command, even if some code within the <var class="var">definition</var> is
+fragile. (For a discussion of robust and fragile commands,
+see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cprotect"><code class="code">\protect</code></a>.)
+</p>
+<p>Also unlike <code class="code">\newcommand</code>, these do not give an error if macro
+<var class="var">cmd</var> already exists; instead, a log message is put into the
+transcript file if a command is redefined. Thus,
+<code class="code">\DeclareRobustCommand</code> can be used to define new robust commands
+or to redefine existing commands, making them robust.
+</p>
+<p>The starred form, <code class="code">\DeclareRobustCommand*</code>, disallows the
+arguments from containing multiple paragraphs, just like the starred
+form of <code class="code">\newcommand</code> and <code class="code">\renewcommand</code>. The meaning of
+the arguments is the same.
+</p>
+<p>Commands defined this way are a bit less efficient than those defined
+using <code class="code">\newcommand</code> so unless the command’s data is fragile and the
+command is used within a moving argument, use <code class="code">\newcommand</code>.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-etoolbox"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-etoolbox-package"></a>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-e_002dTeX_002c-and-robust-commands"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cnewrobustcmd-_0028etoolbox-package_0029"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005crenewrobustcmd-_0028etoolbox-package_0029"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cproviderobustcmd-_0028etoolbox-package_0029"></a>
+
+<p>Related to this, the <code class="code">etoolbox</code> package offers three commands
+and their starred forms: <code class="code">\newrobustcmd</code>(<code class="code">*</code>)
+<code class="code">\renewrobustcmd</code>(<code class="code">*</code>), and
+<code class="code">\providerobustcmd</code>(<code class="code">*</code>). They are similar to
+<code class="code">\newcommand</code>, <code class="code">\renewcommand</code>, and <code class="code">\providecommand</code>
+and their own starred forms, but define a robust <var class="var">cmd</var>. They have
+two possible advantages compared to <code class="code">\DeclareRobustCommand</code>:
+</p>
+<ol class="enumerate">
+<li> They use the low-level e-TeX protection mechanism rather than the
+higher-level LaTeX <code class="code">\protect</code> mechanism, so they do not incur
+the slight loss of performance mentioned above, and
+
+</li><li> They make the same distinction between <code class="code">\new…</code>,
+<code class="code">\renew…</code>, and <code class="code">\provide…</code>, as the standard
+commands. That is, they do not just write a log message when you
+redefine <var class="var">cmd</var> that already exists; you need to use either
+<code class="code">\renew…</code> or <code class="code">\provide…</code>, or you get an error.
+This may or may not be a benefit.
+</li></ol>
+
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cExecuteOptions">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cIfFileExists-_0026-_005cInputIfFileExists" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\IfFileExists</code> & <code class="code">\InputIfFileExists</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareRobustCommand" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\DeclareRobustCommand</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Class-and-package-commands" accesskey="u" rel="up">Class and package commands</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cExecuteOptions-1">12.14.8 <code class="code">\ExecuteOptions</code></h4>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cExecuteOptions"></a>
+
+<p>Synopsis:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\ExecuteOptions{<var class="var">option-list</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cds_0040option"></a>
+<p>For each option <var class="var">option</var> in <var class="var">option-list</var>, in order, this
+command executes the command <code class="code">\ds@<var class="var">option</var></code>. If this
+command is not defined then that option is silently ignored.
+</p>
+<p>This can be used to provide a default option list before
+<code class="code">\ProcessOptions</code>. For example, if in a class file you want the
+default to be 11pt fonts then you could specify
+<code class="code">\ExecuteOptions{11pt}\ProcessOptions\relax</code>.
+</p>
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cIfFileExists-_0026-_005cInputIfFileExists">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cLoadClass-_0026-_005cLoadClassWithOptions" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\LoadClass</code> & <code class="code">\LoadClassWithOptions</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cExecuteOptions" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\ExecuteOptions</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Class-and-package-commands" accesskey="u" rel="up">Class and package commands</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cIfFileExists-_0026-_005cInputIfFileExists-1">12.14.9 <code class="code">\IfFileExists</code> & <code class="code">\InputIfFileExists</code></h4>
+
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cIfFileExists"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cInputIfFileExists"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cIfFileExists"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cInputIfFileExists"></a>
+
+<p>Synopses:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\IfFileExists{<var class="var">filename</var>}{<var class="var">true-code</var>}{<var class="var">false-code</var>}
+\InputIfFileExists{<var class="var">filename</var>}{<var class="var">true-code</var>}{<var class="var">false-code</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p><code class="code">\IfFileExists</code> executes <var class="var">true-code</var> if LaTeX finds the
+file <samp class="file"><var class="var">filename</var></samp> or <var class="var">false-code</var> otherwise. In the
+first case it executing <var class="var">true-code</var> and then inputs the file.
+Thus the command
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\IfFileExists{img.pdf}{%
+ \includegraphics{img.pdf}}
+ {\typeout{!! img.pdf not found}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>will include the graphic <samp class="file">img.pdf</samp> if it is found and otherwise
+give a warning.
+</p>
+<p>This command looks for the file in all search paths that LaTeX
+uses, not only in the current directory. To look only in the current
+directory do something like
+<code class="code">\IfFileExists{./<var class="var">filename</var>}{<var class="var">true-code</var>}{<var class="var">false-code</var>}</code>.
+If you ask for a filename without a <code class="code">.tex</code> extension then
+LaTeX will first look for the file by appending the <code class="code">.tex</code>;
+for more on how LaTeX handles file extensions see <a class="ref" href="#g_t_005cinput"><code class="code">\input</code></a>.
+</p>
+<p><code class="code">\InputIfFileExists</code> is similar, but, as the name states,
+automatically <code class="code">\input</code>s <var class="var">filename</var> if it exists. The
+<var class="var">true-code</var> is executed just before the <code class="code">\input</code>; if the file
+doesn’t exist, the <var class="var">false-code</var> is executed. An example:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\InputIfFileExists{mypkg.cfg}
+ {\PackageInfo{Loading mypkg.cfg for configuration information}}
+ {\PackageInfo{No mypkg.cfg found}}
+</pre></div>
+
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cLoadClass-_0026-_005cLoadClassWithOptions">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cNeedsTeXFormat" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\NeedsTeXFormat</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cIfFileExists-_0026-_005cInputIfFileExists" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\IfFileExists</code> & <code class="code">\InputIfFileExists</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Class-and-package-commands" accesskey="u" rel="up">Class and package commands</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cLoadClass-_0026-_005cLoadClassWithOptions-1">12.14.10 <code class="code">\LoadClass</code> & <code class="code">\LoadClassWithOptions</code></h4>
+
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cLoadClass"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cLoadClassWithOptions"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cLoadClass"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cLoadClassWithOptions"></a>
+
+<p>Synopses:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\LoadClass[<var class="var">options-list</var>]{<var class="var">class-name</var>}[<var class="var">release-date</var>]
+\LoadClassWithOptions{<var class="var">class-name</var>}[<var class="var">release-date</var>]
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Load a class, as with
+<code class="code">\documentclass[<var class="var">options-list</var>]{<var class="var">class-name</var>}[<var class="var">release-date</var>]</code>.
+An example: <code class="code">\LoadClass[twoside]{article}</code>.
+</p>
+<p>The <var class="var">options-list</var>, if present, is a comma-separated list. The
+<var class="var">release-date</var> is also optional. If present it must have the form
+<code class="code">YYYY/MM/DD</code>.
+</p>
+<p>If you request <var class="var">release-date</var> and the date of the package
+installed on your system is earlier, then you get a warning on the
+screen and in the log like this:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">You have requested, on input line 4, version `2038/01/19' of
+document class article, but only version `2014/09/29 v1.4h
+Standard LaTeX document class' is available.
+</pre></div>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cPassOptionsToClass_002c-ignoring"></a>
+<p>The command version <code class="code">\LoadClassWithOptions</code> uses the list of
+options for the current class. This means it ignores any options passed
+to it via <code class="code">\PassOptionsToClass</code>. This is a convenience command
+that lets you build classes on existing ones, such as the standard
+<code class="code">article</code> class, without having to track which options were passed.
+</p>
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cNeedsTeXFormat">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cOptionNotUsed" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\OptionNotUsed</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cLoadClass-_0026-_005cLoadClassWithOptions" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\LoadClass</code> & <code class="code">\LoadClassWithOptions</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Class-and-package-commands" accesskey="u" rel="up">Class and package commands</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cNeedsTeXFormat-1">12.14.11 <code class="code">\NeedsTeXFormat</code></h4>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cNeedsTeXFormat"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-format_002c-requiring"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-version-of-format_002c-requiring"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-date-of-format_002c-requiring"></a>
+
+<p>Synopsis:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\NeedsTeXFormat{<var class="var">format</var>}[<var class="var">format-date</var>]
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Specifies the format that this class must be run under. Often issued
+as the first line of a class file, and most often used as:
+<code class="code">\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}</code>. When a document using that class
+is processed, the format being run must exactly match the <var class="var">format</var>
+name given, including case. If it does not match then execution stops
+with an error like ‘<samp class="samp">This file needs format `LaTeX2e' but this is
+`plain'.</samp>’.
+</p>
+<p>To require a version of the format that you know to have certain
+features, include the optional <var class="var">format-date</var> on which those
+features were implemented. If present, it must be in the form
+<code class="code">YYYY/MM/DD</code>. If the format version installed on your system is
+earlier than <var class="var">format date</var> then you get a warning like this.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">You have requested release `2038/01/20' of LaTeX, but only
+release `2016/02/01' is available.
+</pre></div>
+
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cOptionNotUsed">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cPassOptionsToClass-_0026-_005cPassOptionsToPackage" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\PassOptionsToClass</code> & <code class="code">\PassOptionsToPackage</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cNeedsTeXFormat" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\NeedsTeXFormat</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Class-and-package-commands" accesskey="u" rel="up">Class and package commands</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cOptionNotUsed-1">12.14.12 <code class="code">\OptionNotUsed</code></h4>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cOptionNotUsed"></a>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-unused-options_002c-adding-to-list"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-options_002c-list-of-unused"></a>
+<p>Adds the current option to the list of unused options. Can only be used
+within the <var class="var">code</var> argument of either <code class="code">\DeclareOption</code> or
+<code class="code">\DeclareOption*</code>.
+</p>
+
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cPassOptionsToClass-_0026-_005cPassOptionsToPackage">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cProcessOptions" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\ProcessOptions</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cOptionNotUsed" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\OptionNotUsed</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Class-and-package-commands" accesskey="u" rel="up">Class and package commands</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cPassOptionsToClass-_0026-_005cPassOptionsToPackage-1">12.14.13 <code class="code">\PassOptionsToClass</code> & <code class="code">\PassOptionsToPackage</code></h4>
+
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cPassOptionsToClass"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cPassOptionsToPackage"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cPassOptionsToClass"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cPassOptionsToPackage"></a>
+
+<p>Synopses:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\PassOptionsToClass{<var class="var">options</var>}{<var class="var">clsname</var>}
+\PassOptionsToPackage{<var class="var">option</var>}{<var class="var">pkgname</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Adds the options in the comma-separated list <var class="var">options</var> to the
+options used by any future <code class="code">\RequirePackage</code> or
+<code class="code">\usepackage</code> command for the class <var class="var">clsname</var> or the package
+<var class="var">pkgname</var>, respectively.
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-option-clash"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-conflict-between-package-options"></a>
+<p>The reason for these commands is that although you may load a package
+any number of times with no options, if you can specify options only
+the first time you load the package. Loading a package with options
+more than once will get you an error like <code class="code">Option clash for
+package foo.</code>. LaTeX throws an error even if there is no conflict
+between the options.
+</p>
+<p>If your own code is bringing in a package twice then you can combine
+the calls; for example, replacing the two
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\RequirePackage[landscape]{geometry}
+\RequirePackage[margins=1in]{geometry}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>with the single command
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\RequirePackage[landscape,margins=1in]{geometry}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>However, suppose you are loading <samp class="file">firstpkg</samp> and inside that
+package it loads <samp class="file">secondpkg</samp>, and you need <code class="code">secondpkg</code> to be
+loaded with option <code class="code">draft</code>. Then before load the first package
+you must tell LaTeX about the desired options for the second
+package, like this:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\PassOptionsToPackage{draft}{secondpkg}
+\RequirePackage{firstpkg}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>If <code class="code">firstpkg.sty</code> loads an option in conflict with what you want
+then you may have to alter its source, or yours.
+</p>
+<p>These commands are useful for general users as well as class and package
+writers. For instance, suppose a user wants to load the <code class="code">graphicx</code>
+package with the option <code class="code">draft</code> and also wants to use a class
+<code class="code">foo</code> that loads the <code class="code">graphicx</code> package, but without that
+option. The user could start their LaTeX file with
+<code class="code">\PassOptionsToPackage{draft}{graphicx} \documentclass{foo}</code>.
+</p>
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cProcessOptions">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cProvidesClass-_0026-_005cProvidesPackage" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\ProvidesClass</code> & <code class="code">\ProvidesPackage</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cPassOptionsToClass-_0026-_005cPassOptionsToPackage" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\PassOptionsToClass</code> & <code class="code">\PassOptionsToPackage</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Class-and-package-commands" accesskey="u" rel="up">Class and package commands</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cProcessOptions-1">12.14.14 <code class="code">\ProcessOptions</code></h4>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cProcessOptions"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-processing-options"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-options_002c-processing"></a>
+
+<p>Synopsis:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\ProcessOptions<var class="var">\@options</var>
+\ProcessOptions*<var class="var">\@options</var>
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Execute the code for each option that the user has invoked. Invoke it
+in the class file as <code class="code">\ProcessOptions\relax</code> (because of the
+existence of the starred version, described below).
+</p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-options_002c-global-and-local"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-local-options"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-global-options-2"></a>
+<p>Options come in two types. <em class="dfn">Local options</em> have been specified
+for this particular package in <code class="code">\usepackage[<var class="var">options</var>]</code>,
+<code class="code">\RequirePackage[<var class="var">options</var>]</code>, or the <var class="var">options</var> argument
+of <code class="code">\PassOptionsToPackage{<var class="var">options</var>}</code>. <em class="dfn">Global options</em>
+are those given by the class user in
+<code class="code">\documentclass[<var class="var">options</var>]</code>. If an option is specified both
+locally and globally then it is local.
+</p>
+<p>When <code class="code">\ProcessOptions</code> is called for a package <samp class="file">pkg.sty</samp>, the
+following happens:
+</p>
+<ol class="enumerate">
+<li> For each option <var class="var">option</var> so far declared with
+<code class="code">\DeclareOption</code>, <code class="code">\ProcessOptions</code> looks to see if that
+option is either global or local for <code class="code">pkg</code>. If so, then it
+executes the declared code. This is done in the order in which these
+options were given in <samp class="file">pkg.sty</samp>.
+
+</li><li> For each remaining local option, it executes the command
+<code class="code">\ds@</code><var class="var">option</var> if it has been defined somewhere (other than by
+a <code class="code">\DeclareOption</code>); otherwise, it executes the default option code
+given in <code class="code">\DeclareOption*</code>. If no default option code has been
+declared then it gives an error message. This is done in the order in
+which these options were specified.
+</li></ol>
+
+<p>When <code class="code">\ProcessOptions</code> is called for a class it works in the same
+way except that all options are local, and the default <var class="var">code</var> for
+<code class="code">\DeclareOption*</code> is <code class="code">\OptionNotUsed</code> rather than an error.
+</p>
+<p>The starred version <code class="code">\ProcessOptions*</code> executes the
+options in the order specified in the calling commands, rather than in
+the order of declaration in the class or package. For a package, this
+means that the global options are processed first.
+</p>
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cProvidesClass-_0026-_005cProvidesPackage">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cProvidesFile" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\ProvidesFile</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cProcessOptions" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\ProcessOptions</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Class-and-package-commands" accesskey="u" rel="up">Class and package commands</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cProvidesClass-_0026-_005cProvidesPackage-1">12.14.15 <code class="code">\ProvidesClass</code> & <code class="code">\ProvidesPackage</code></h4>
+
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cProvidesClass"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cProvidesPackage"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cProvidesClass"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cProvidesPackage"></a>
+
+<p>Synopses:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\ProvidesClass{<var class="var">clsname</var>}[<var class="var">release-date</var> <span class="r">[</span><var class="var">info-text</var><span class="r">]</span>]
+\ProvidesPackage{<var class="var">pkgname</var>}[<var class="var">release-date</var> <span class="r">[</span><var class="var">info-text</var><span class="r">]</span>]
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Identifies the class or package being defined, printing a message to
+the screen and the log file.
+</p>
+<p>When you load a class or package, for example with
+<code class="code">\documentclass{smcmemo}</code> or <code class="code">\usepackage{test}</code>,
+LaTeX inputs a file (<samp class="file">smcmemo.cls</samp> and <samp class="file">test.sty</samp>,
+respectively). If the name of the file does not match the class or
+package name declared in it then you get a warning. Thus, if you
+invoke <code class="code">\documentclass{smcmemo}</code>, and the file
+<samp class="file">smcmemo.cls</samp> has the statement <code class="code">\ProvidesClass{foo}</code> then
+you get a warning like <code class="code">You have requested document class
+`smcmemo', but the document class provides 'foo'.</code> This warning does
+not prevent LaTeX from processing the rest of the class file
+normally.
+</p>
+<p>If you include the optional argument then you must include a date,
+before any spaces, of the form <code class="code">YYYY/MM/DD</code>. The rest of the
+optional argument is free-form, although it traditionally identifies
+the class. It is written to the screen during compilation and to the
+log file. Thus, if your file <samp class="file">smcmemo.cls</samp> contains the line
+<code class="code">\ProvidesClass{smcmemo}[2008/06/01 v1.0 SMC memo class]</code> and
+your document’s first line is <code class="code">\documentclass{smcmemo}</code> then
+you will see <code class="code">Document Class: smcmemo 2008/06/01 v1.0 SMC memo
+class</code>.
+</p>
+<p>The date in the optional argument allows class and package users to
+ask to be warned if the version of the class or package is earlier
+than <var class="var">release date</var>. For instance, a user could enter
+<code class="code">\documentclass{smcmemo}[2018/10/12]</code> or
+<code class="code">\usepackage{foo}[[2017/07/07]]</code> to require a class or package
+with certain features by specifying that it must be released no
+earlier than the given date. Perhaps more importantly, the date
+serves as documentation of the last release. (In practice, package
+users rarely include a date, and class users almost never do.)
+</p>
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cProvidesFile">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cRequirePackage-_0026-_005cRequirePackageWithOptions" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\RequirePackage</code> & <code class="code">\RequirePackageWithOptions</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cProvidesClass-_0026-_005cProvidesPackage" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\ProvidesClass</code> & <code class="code">\ProvidesPackage</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Class-and-package-commands" accesskey="u" rel="up">Class and package commands</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cProvidesFile-1">12.14.16 <code class="code">\ProvidesFile</code></h4>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cProvidesFile"></a>
+
+<p>Synopsis:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\ProvidesFile{<var class="var">filename</var>}[<var class="var">info-text</var>]
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Declare a file other than the main class and package files, such as a
+configuration or font definition file. It writes the given
+information to the log file, essentially like <code class="code">\ProvidesClass</code>
+and <code class="code">\ProvidesPackage</code> (see the previous section).
+</p>
+<p>For example:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\ProvidesFile{smcmemo.cfg}[2017/10/12 config file for smcmemo.cls]
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>writes this into the log:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">File: smcmemo.cfg 2017/10/12 config file for smcmemo.cls
+</pre></div>
+
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="g_t_005cRequirePackage-_0026-_005cRequirePackageWithOptions">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cProvidesFile" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\ProvidesFile</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Class-and-package-commands" accesskey="u" rel="up">Class and package commands</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cRequirePackage-_0026-_005cRequirePackageWithOptions-1">12.14.17 <code class="code">\RequirePackage</code> & <code class="code">\RequirePackageWithOptions</code></h4>
+
+<a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cRequirePackage"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cRequirePackageWithOptions"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cRequirePackage"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cRequirePackageWithOptions"></a>
+
+<p>Synopsis:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\RequirePackage[<var class="var">option-list</var>]{<var class="var">pkgname</var>}[<var class="var">release-date</var>]
+\RequirePackageWithOptions{<var class="var">pkgname</var>}[<var class="var">release-date</var>]
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Load a package, like the command <code class="code">\usepackage</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#Additional-packages">Additional packages</a>). An example:<br>
+<code class="code">\RequirePackage[landscape,margin=1in]{geometry}</code>
+</p>
+<p>The initial optional argument <var class="var">option-list</var>, if present, must be a
+comma-separated list. The trailing optional argument
+<var class="var">release-date</var>, if present, must have the form <code class="code">YYYY/MM/DD</code>.
+If the release date of the package as installed on your system is
+earlier than <var class="var">release-date</var> then you get a warning like ‘<samp class="samp">You
+have requested, on input line 9, version `2017/07/03' of package
+jhtest, but only version `2000/01/01' is available</samp>’.
+</p>
+<p>The <code class="code">\RequirePackageWithOptions</code> variant uses the list of options
+for the current class. This means it ignores any options passed to it
+via <code class="code">\PassOptionsToClass</code>. This is a convenience command to
+allow easily building classes on existing ones without having to track
+which options were passed.
+</p>
+<p>The difference between <code class="code">\usepackage</code> and <code class="code">\RequirePackage</code>
+is small. The <code class="code">\usepackage</code> command is intended to be used in
+documents, while <code class="code">\RequirePackage</code> is intended for package and
+class files. The most significant difference in practice is that
+<code class="code">\RequirePackage</code> can be used in a document before the
+<code class="code">\documentclass</code> command, while <code class="code">\usepackage</code> gives an error
+there. The most common need for this nowadays is for the
+<code class="code">\DocumentMetadata</code> command (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cDocumentMetadata"><code class="code">\DocumentMetadata</code>: Producing tagged PDF output</a>).
+</p>
+<p>The LaTeX development team strongly recommends use of these and
+related commands over Plain TeX’s <code class="code">\input</code>; see the Class
+Guide (<a class="url" href="https://ctan.org/pkg/clsguide">https://ctan.org/pkg/clsguide</a>).
+</p>
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
<div class="chapter-level-extent" id="Counters">
<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
@@ -12449,10 +12927,10 @@
</pre></div>
<p>This next example uses those commands to show a black bar 100 points
-long between ‘<samp class="samp">XXX</samp>’ and ‘<samp class="samp">YYY</samp>’. This length is rigid.
+long between ‘<samp class="samp">ABC</samp>’ and ‘<samp class="samp">XYZ</samp>’. This length is rigid.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example-preformatted">XXX\showhbox{100pt}{\blackbar{100pt}}YYY
+<pre class="example-preformatted">ABC\showhbox{100pt}{\blackbar{100pt}}XYZ
</pre></div>
<p>As for rubber lengths, shrinking is simpler one: with <code class="code">1cm minus
@@ -12462,10 +12940,10 @@
98 points between the two bars.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example-preformatted">XXX\showhbox{300pt}{%
+<pre class="example-preformatted">ABC\showhbox{300pt}{%
\blackbar{101pt}\hspace{100pt minus 2pt}\blackbar{101pt}}YYY
-XXX\showhbox{300pt}{%
+ABC\showhbox{300pt}{%
\blackbar{105pt}\hspace{100pt minus 1pt}\blackbar{105pt}}YYY
</pre></div>
@@ -12480,10 +12958,10 @@
producing a space of 110 points between the bars.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example-preformatted">XXX\showhbox{300pt}{%
+<pre class="example-preformatted">ABC\showhbox{300pt}{%
\blackbar{95pt}\hspace{100pt plus 10pt}\blackbar{95pt}}YYY
-XXX\showhbox{300pt}{%
+ABC\showhbox{300pt}{%
\blackbar{95pt}\hspace{100pt plus 1pt}\blackbar{95pt}}YYY
</pre></div>
@@ -12499,7 +12977,7 @@
stretch or shrink in proportion.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example-preformatted">XXX\showhbox{300pt}{%
+<pre class="example-preformatted">ABC\showhbox{300pt}{%
\blackbar{100pt}% left
\hspace{0pt plus 50pt}\blackbar{80pt}\hspace{0pt plus 10pt}% middle
\blackbar{100pt}}YYY % right
@@ -16002,11 +16480,11 @@
<code class="code">\leavevmode</code>, as in the bottom line below.
</p>
<div class="example">
-<pre class="example-preformatted">xxx xxx xxx
+<pre class="example-preformatted">Text above.
-\smash{yyy} % no paragraph indent
+\smash{smashed, no indent} % no paragraph indent
-\leavevmode\smash{zzz} % usual paragraph indent
+\leavevmode\smash{smashed, with indent} % usual paragraph indent
</pre></div>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-mathtools-4"></a>
@@ -16949,50 +17427,16 @@
<code class="code">\thepage</code>, which is the command LaTeX uses for the
representation of page numbers.
</p>
-<p>For example, for the <cite class="cite">TUGboat</cite> journal
-(<a class="url" href="https://tug.org/TUGboat">https://tug.org/TUGboat</a>), we often circulate draft versions of
-articles. For this, we change the page numbering to start at 901, but
-want to print the page numbers with a ‘?’, as in printing ‘?1’ for the
-first page. This helps avoid people from thinking that the page
-numbers are final. We want the ‘?’ to appear in the table of contents
-and cross-references as well as the headers; therefore, we redefine
-<code class="code">\thepage</code>:
+<p>However, <code class="code">\thepage</code> should do any typesetting or other
+complicated maneuvers, but merely expand to the intended page number
+representation. The results of a complicated redefinition of
+<code class="code">\thepage</code> are not predictable, but LaTeX’s report of page
+numbers in diagnostic messages, at least, will become unusable.
</p>
-<div class="example">
-<pre class="example-preformatted">\renewcommand\thepage{%
- \ifnum\value{page}>900
- % In CM, numerals are exactly .5em,
- % so make our `?' have that width too.
- % The \texorpdfstring avoids the hyperref warning:
- % Token not allowed in a PDF string ... removing `\@ifnextchar'
- \texorpdfstring{\makebox[.5em][l]{\small ?}}{?}%
- %
- \textsl{\@arabic{\numexpr\value{page}-900\relax}}% assume e-TeX
- \else
- \@arabic{\value{page}}%
- \fi
-}
-</pre></div>
-
-<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-makeindex-and-special-page-numbers"></a>
-
-<p>There is another complication. Changing <code class="code">\thepage</code> will probably
-break <code class="command">makeindex</code>, since it only understands a few kinds of
-basic counter representations. Thus, a method to extract a standard
-integer from the document’s special representation has to be
-provided. Continuing our <cite class="cite">TUGboat</cite> example:
+<p>There is some discussion of this issue at
+<a class="url" href="https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/687258">https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/687258</a>.
</p>
-<div class="example">
-<pre class="example-preformatted">\usepackage{index}
-...
-\newcommand\specialthepage{\inteval{\value{page}-900}}
-\newindex[specialthepage]*{default}{idx}{ind}{Index}
-</pre></div>
-<p>Thanks to Ulrike Fischer for providing this code.
-There is more discussion at
-<a class="url" href="https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/687258">https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/687258</a>.
-</p>
<hr>
</div>
</div>
@@ -18211,7 +18655,7 @@
<div class="chapter-level-extent" id="Boxes">
<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#Color" accesskey="n" rel="next">Color</a>, Previous: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Spaces</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#Graphics" accesskey="n" rel="next">Graphics</a>, Previous: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Spaces</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
<h2 class="chapter" id="Boxes-1">20 Boxes</h2>
@@ -18766,426 +19210,12 @@
<hr>
</div>
</div>
-<div class="chapter-level-extent" id="Color">
-<div class="nav-panel">
-<p>
-Next: <a href="#Graphics" accesskey="n" rel="next">Graphics</a>, Previous: <a href="#Boxes" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Boxes</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
-</div>
-<h2 class="chapter" id="Color-1">21 Color</h2>
-
-<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-color"></a>
-
-<p>You can add color to text, rules, etc. You can also have color in a box
-or on an entire page and write text on top of it.
-</p>
-<p>Color support comes as an additional package. So put
-<code class="code">\usepackage{color}</code> in your document preamble to use the
-commands described here.
-</p>
-<p>Many other packages also supplement LaTeX’s color abilities.
-Particularly worth mentioning is <samp class="file">xcolor</samp>, which is widely used and
-significantly extends the capabilities described here, including adding
-‘<samp class="samp">HTML</samp>’ and ‘<samp class="samp">Hsb</samp>’ color models.
-</p>
-
-
-<ul class="mini-toc">
-<li><a href="#Color-package-options" accesskey="1"><code class="code">color</code> package options</a></li>
-<li><a href="#Color-models" accesskey="2">Color models</a></li>
-<li><a href="#Commands-for-color" accesskey="3">Commands for color</a></li>
-</ul>
-<hr>
-<div class="section-level-extent" id="Color-package-options">
-<div class="nav-panel">
-<p>
-Next: <a href="#Color-models" accesskey="n" rel="next">Color models</a>, Up: <a href="#Color" accesskey="u" rel="up">Color</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
-</div>
-<h3 class="section" id="color-package-options">21.1 <code class="code">color</code> package options</h3>
-
-<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-color-package-options"></a>
-<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-options_002c-color-package"></a>
-
-<p>Synopsis (must be in the document preamble):
-</p>
-<div class="example">
-<pre class="example-preformatted">\usepackage[<var class="var">comma-separated option list</var>]{color}
-</pre></div>
-
-<p>When you load the <samp class="file">color</samp> package there are two kinds of available
-options.
-</p>
-<p>The first specifies the <em class="dfn">printer driver</em>. LaTeX doesn’t contain
-information about different output systems but instead depends on
-information stored in a file. Normally you should not specify the
-driver option in the document, and instead rely on your system’s
-default. One advantage of this is that it makes the document portable
-across systems. For completeness we include a list of the drivers. The
-currently relevant ones are: <samp class="file">dvipdfmx</samp>, <samp class="file">dvips</samp>,
-<samp class="file">dvisvgm</samp>, <samp class="file">luatex</samp>, <samp class="file">pdftex</samp>, <samp class="file">xetex</samp>. The two
-<samp class="file">xdvi</samp> and <samp class="file">oztex</samp> are essentially aliases for <samp class="file">dvips</samp>
-(and <samp class="file">xdvi</samp> is monochrome). Ones that should not be used for new
-systems are: <samp class="file">dvipdf</samp>, <samp class="file">dvipdfm</samp>, <samp class="file">dviwin</samp>,
-<samp class="file">dvipsone</samp>, <samp class="file">emtex</samp>, <samp class="file">pctexps</samp>, <samp class="file">pctexwin</samp>,
-<samp class="file">pctexhp</samp>, <samp class="file">pctex32</samp>, <samp class="file">truetex</samp>, <samp class="file">tcidvi</samp>,
-<samp class="file">vtex</samp> (and <samp class="file">dviwindo</samp> is an alias for <samp class="file">dvipsone</samp>).
-</p>
-<p>The second kind of options, beyond the drivers, are below.
-</p>
-<dl class="table">
-<dt><code class="code">monochrome</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Disable the color commands, so that they do not generate errors but do
-not generate color either.
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><code class="code">dvipsnames</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Make available a list of 68 color names that are often used,
-particularly in legacy documents. These color names were originally
-provided by the <samp class="file">dvips</samp> driver, giving the option name.
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><code class="code">nodvipsnames</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Do not load that list of color names, saving LaTeX a tiny amount of
-memory space.
-</p>
-</dd>
-</dl>
-
-
-<hr>
-</div>
-<div class="section-level-extent" id="Color-models">
-<div class="nav-panel">
-<p>
-Next: <a href="#Commands-for-color" accesskey="n" rel="next">Commands for color</a>, Previous: <a href="#Color-package-options" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">color</code> package options</a>, Up: <a href="#Color" accesskey="u" rel="up">Color</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
-</div>
-<h3 class="section" id="Color-models-1">21.2 Color models</h3>
-
-<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-color-models"></a>
-
-<p>A <em class="dfn">color model</em> is a way of representing colors. LaTeX’s
-capabilities depend on the printer driver. However, the <samp class="file">pdftex</samp>,
-<samp class="file">xetex</samp>, and <samp class="file">luatex</samp> printer drivers are today by far the
-most commonly used. The models below work for those drivers. All but
-one of these is also supported by essentially all other printer drivers
-used today.
-</p>
-<p>Note that color combination can be additive or subtractive. Additive
-mixes colors of light, so that for instance combining full intensities
-of red, green, and blue produces white. Subtractive mixes pigments,
-such as with inks, so that combining full intensity of cyan, magenta,
-and yellow makes black.
-</p>
-<dl class="table">
-<dd><a class="anchor" id="color-models-cmyk"></a></dd>
-<dt><code class="code">cmyk</code></dt>
-<dd><p>A comma-separated list with four real numbers between 0 and 1,
-inclusive. The first number is the intensity of cyan, the second is
-magenta, and the others are yellow and black. A number value of 0 means
-minimal intensity, while a 1 is for full intensity. This model is often
-used in color printing. It is a subtractive model.
-</p>
-<a class="anchor" id="color-models-gray"></a></dd>
-<dt><code class="code">gray</code></dt>
-<dd><p>A single real number between 0 and 1, inclusive. The colors are shades
-of grey. The number 0 produces black while 1 gives white.
-</p>
-<a class="anchor" id="color-models-rgb"></a></dd>
-<dt><code class="code">rgb</code></dt>
-<dd><p>A comma-separated list with three real numbers between 0 and 1,
-inclusive. The first number is the intensity of the red component, the
-second is green, and the third the blue. A number value of 0 means that
-none of that component is added in, while a 1 means full intensity.
-This is an additive model.
-</p>
-<a class="anchor" id="color-models-RGB"></a></dd>
-<dt><code class="code">RGB</code></dt>
-<dd><p>(<samp class="file">pdftex</samp>, <samp class="file">xetex</samp>, <samp class="file">luatex</samp> drivers) A comma-separated
-list with three integers between 0 and 255, inclusive. This model is a
-convenience for using <code class="code">rgb</code> since outside of LaTeX colors are
-often described in a red-green-blue model using numbers in this range.
-The values entered here are converted to the <code class="code">rgb</code> model by
-dividing by 255.
-</p>
-<a class="anchor" id="color-models-named"></a></dd>
-<dt><code class="code">named</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Colors are accessed by name, such as ‘<samp class="samp">PrussianBlue</samp>’. The list of
-names depends on the driver, but all support the names ‘<samp class="samp">black</samp>’,
-‘<samp class="samp">blue</samp>’, ‘<samp class="samp">cyan</samp>’, ‘<samp class="samp">green</samp>’, ‘<samp class="samp">magenta</samp>’, ‘<samp class="samp">red</samp>’,
-‘<samp class="samp">white</samp>’, and ‘<samp class="samp">yellow</samp>’ (See the <code class="code">dvipsnames</code> option in
-<a class="ref" href="#Color-package-options"><code class="code">color</code> package options</a>).
-</p>
-</dd>
-</dl>
-
-
-<hr>
-</div>
-<div class="section-level-extent" id="Commands-for-color">
-<div class="nav-panel">
-<p>
-Previous: <a href="#Color-models" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Color models</a>, Up: <a href="#Color" accesskey="u" rel="up">Color</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
-</div>
-<h3 class="section" id="Commands-for-color-1">21.3 Commands for color</h3>
-
-<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-color-package-commands"></a>
-
-<p>These are the commands available with the <samp class="file">color</samp> package.
-</p>
-
-
-<ul class="mini-toc">
-<li><a href="#Define-colors" accesskey="1">Define colors</a></li>
-<li><a href="#Colored-text" accesskey="2">Colored text</a></li>
-<li><a href="#Colored-boxes" accesskey="3">Colored boxes</a></li>
-<li><a href="#Colored-pages" accesskey="4">Colored pages</a></li>
-</ul>
-<hr>
-<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="Define-colors">
-<div class="nav-panel">
-<p>
-Next: <a href="#Colored-text" accesskey="n" rel="next">Colored text</a>, Up: <a href="#Commands-for-color" accesskey="u" rel="up">Commands for color</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
-</div>
-<h4 class="subsection" id="Define-colors-1">21.3.1 Define colors</h4>
-
-<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-color-1"></a>
-<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-define-color"></a>
-<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-color_002c-define"></a>
-
-<p>Synopsis:
-</p>
-<div class="example">
-<pre class="example-preformatted">\definecolor{<var class="var">name</var>}{<var class="var">model</var>}{<var class="var">specification</var>}
-</pre></div>
-
-<p>Give the name <var class="var">name</var> to the color. For example, after this
-</p>
-<div class="example">
-<pre class="example-preformatted">\definecolor{silver}{rgb}{0.75,0.75,0.74}
-</pre></div>
-
-<p>you can use that color name with <code class="code">Hi ho,
-\textcolor{silver}{Silver}!</code>.
-</p>
-<p>This example gives the color a more abstract name, so it could change and
-not be misleading.
-</p>
-<div class="example">
-<pre class="example-preformatted">\definecolor{logocolor}{RGB}{145,92,131} % RGB needs pdflatex
-\newcommand{\logo}{\textcolor{logocolor}{Bob's Big Bagels}}
-</pre></div>
-
-<p>Often a document’s colors are defined in the preamble, or in the class
-or style, rather than in the document body.
-</p>
-
-<hr>
-</div>
-<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="Colored-text">
-<div class="nav-panel">
-<p>
-Next: <a href="#Colored-boxes" accesskey="n" rel="next">Colored boxes</a>, Previous: <a href="#Define-colors" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Define colors</a>, Up: <a href="#Commands-for-color" accesskey="u" rel="up">Commands for color</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
-</div>
-<h4 class="subsection" id="Colored-text-1">21.3.2 Colored text</h4>
-
-<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-color-2"></a>
-<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-colored-text"></a>
-
-<p>Synopses:
-</p>
-<div class="example">
-<pre class="example-preformatted">\textcolor{<var class="var">name</var>}{...}
-\textcolor[<var class="var">color model</var>]{<var class="var">color specification</var>}{...}
-</pre></div>
-
-<p>or
-</p>
-<div class="example">
-<pre class="example-preformatted">\color{<var class="var">name</var>}
-\color[<var class="var">color model</var>]{<var class="var">color specification</var>}
-</pre></div>
-
-<p>The affected text gets the color. This line
-</p>
-<div class="example">
-<pre class="example-preformatted">\textcolor{magenta}{My name is Ozymandias, King of Kings;}
-Look on my works, ye Mighty, and despair!
-</pre></div>
-
-<p>causes the first half to be in magenta while the rest is in black. You
-can use a color declared with <code class="code">\definecolor</code> in exactly the same
-way that we just used the builtin color ‘<samp class="samp">magenta</samp>’.
-</p>
-<div class="example">
-<pre class="example-preformatted">\definecolor{MidlifeCrisisRed}{rgb}{1.0,0.11,0.0}
-I'm thinking about getting a \textcolor{MidlifeCrisisRed}{sports car}.
-</pre></div>
-
-<p>The two <code class="code">\textcolor</code> and <code class="code">\color</code> differ in that the first is
-a command form, enclosing the text to be colored as an argument. Often
-this form is more convenient, or at least more explicit. The second
-form is a declaration, as in <code class="code">The moon is made of {\color{green}
-green} cheese</code>, so it is in effect until the end of the current group
-or environment. This is sometimes useful when writing macros or as
-below where it colors everything inside the <code class="code">center</code> environment,
-including the vertical and horizontal lines.
-</p>
-<div class="example">
-<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{center} \color{blue}
- \begin{tabular}{l|r}
- UL &UR \\ \hline
- LL &LR
- \end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-</pre></div>
-
-<p>You can use color in equations. A document might have this definition
-in the preamble
-</p>
-<div class="example">
-<pre class="example-preformatted">\definecolor{highlightcolor}{RGB}{225,15,0}
-</pre></div>
-
-<p>and then contain this equation.
-</p>
-<div class="example">
-<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{equation}
- \int_a^b \textcolor{highlightcolor}{f'(x)}\,dx=f(b)-f(a)
-\end{equation}
-</pre></div>
-
-<p>Typically the colors used in a document are declared in a class or style
-but sometimes you want a one-off. Those are the second forms in the
-synopses.
-</p>
-<div class="example">
-<pre class="example-preformatted">Colors of \textcolor[rgb]{0.33,0.14,0.47}{Purple} and
-{\color[rgb]{0.72,0.60,0.37}Gold} for the team.
-</pre></div>
-
-<p>The format of <var class="var">color specification</var> depends on the color model
-(see <a class="pxref" href="#Color-models">Color models</a>). For instance, while <code class="code">rgb</code> takes three
-numbers, <code class="code">gray</code> takes only one.
-</p>
-<div class="example">
-<pre class="example-preformatted">The selection was \textcolor[gray]{0.5}{grayed out}.
-</pre></div>
-
-<p>Colors inside colors do not combine. Thus
-</p>
-<div class="example">
-<pre class="example-preformatted">\textcolor{green}{kind of \textcolor{blue}{blue}}
-</pre></div>
-
-<p>has a final word that is blue, not a combination of blue and green.
-</p>
-
-
-<hr>
-</div>
-<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="Colored-boxes">
-<div class="nav-panel">
-<p>
-Next: <a href="#Colored-pages" accesskey="n" rel="next">Colored pages</a>, Previous: <a href="#Colored-text" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Colored text</a>, Up: <a href="#Commands-for-color" accesskey="u" rel="up">Commands for color</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
-</div>
-<h4 class="subsection" id="Colored-boxes-1">21.3.3 Colored boxes</h4>
-
-<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-color-3"></a>
-<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-colored-boxes"></a>
-<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-box_002c-colored"></a>
-
-<p>Synopses:
-</p>
-<div class="example">
-<pre class="example-preformatted">\colorbox{<var class="var">name</var>}{...}
-\colorbox[<var class="var">model name</var>]{<var class="var">box background color</var>}{...}
-</pre></div>
-
-<p>or
-</p>
-<div class="example">
-<pre class="example-preformatted">\fcolorbox{<var class="var">frame color</var>}{<var class="var">box background color</var>}{...}
-\fcolorbox[<var class="var">model name</var>]{<var class="var">frame color</var>}{<var class="var">box background color</var>}{...}
-</pre></div>
-
-<p>Make a box with the stated background color. The <code class="code">\fcolorbox</code>
-command puts a frame around the box. For instance this
-</p>
-<div class="example">
-<pre class="example-preformatted">Name:~\colorbox{cyan}{\makebox[5cm][l]{\strut}}
-</pre></div>
-
-<p>makes a cyan-colored box that is five centimeters long and gets its
-depth and height from the <code class="code">\strut</code> (so the depth is
-<code class="code">-.3\baselineskip</code> and the height is <code class="code">\baselineskip</code>). This
-puts white text on a blue background.
-</p>
-<div class="example">
-<pre class="example-preformatted">\colorbox{blue}{\textcolor{white}{Welcome to the machine.}}
-</pre></div>
-
-<p>The <code class="code">\fcolorbox</code> commands use the same parameters as <code class="code">\fbox</code>
-(see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox"><code class="code">\fbox</code> & <code class="code">\framebox</code></a>), <code class="code">\fboxrule</code> and <code class="code">\fboxsep</code>, to
-set the thickness of the rule and the boundary between the box interior
-and the surrounding rule. LaTeX’s defaults are <code class="code">0.4pt</code> and
-<code class="code">3pt</code>, respectively.
-</p>
-<p>This example changes the thickness of the border to 0.8 points. Note
-that it is surrounded by curly braces so that the change ends at the end
-of the second line.
-</p>
-<div class="example">
-<pre class="example-preformatted">{\setlength{\fboxrule}{0.8pt}
-\fcolorbox{black}{red}{Under no circumstances turn this knob.}}
-</pre></div>
-
-
-<hr>
-</div>
-<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="Colored-pages">
-<div class="nav-panel">
-<p>
-Previous: <a href="#Colored-boxes" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Colored boxes</a>, Up: <a href="#Commands-for-color" accesskey="u" rel="up">Commands for color</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
-</div>
-<h4 class="subsection" id="Colored-pages-1">21.3.4 Colored pages</h4>
-
-<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-color-4"></a>
-<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-colored-page"></a>
-<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-page_002c-colored"></a>
-<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-background_002c-colored"></a>
-
-<p>Synopses:
-</p>
-<div class="example">
-<pre class="example-preformatted">\pagecolor{<var class="var">name</var>}
-\pagecolor[<var class="var">color model</var>]{<var class="var">color specification</var>}
-\nopagecolor
-</pre></div>
-
-<p>The first two set the background of the page, and all subsequent pages,
-to the color. For an explanation of the specification in the second
-form see <a class="pxref" href="#Colored-text">Colored text</a>. The third returns the background to normal,
-which is a transparent background. (If that is not supported use
-<code class="code">\pagecolor{white}</code>, although that will make a white background
-rather than the default transparent background.)
-</p>
-<div class="example">
-<pre class="example-preformatted"> ...
-\pagecolor{cyan}
- ...
-\nopagecolor
-</pre></div>
-
-
-<hr>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
<div class="chapter-level-extent" id="Graphics">
<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#Special-insertions" accesskey="n" rel="next">Special insertions</a>, Previous: <a href="#Color" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Color</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#Color" accesskey="n" rel="next">Color</a>, Previous: <a href="#Boxes" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Boxes</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<h2 class="chapter" id="Graphics-1">22 Graphics</h2>
+<h2 class="chapter" id="Graphics-1">21 Graphics</h2>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-graphics"></a>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-graphics-package"></a>
@@ -19240,7 +19270,7 @@
<p>
Next: <a href="#Graphics-package-configuration" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">graphics</code> package configuration</a>, Up: <a href="#Graphics" accesskey="u" rel="up">Graphics</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<h3 class="section" id="graphics-package-options">22.1 <code class="code">graphics</code> package options</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="graphics-package-options">21.1 <code class="code">graphics</code> package options</h3>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-graphics-package-options"></a>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-options_002c-graphics-package"></a>
@@ -19329,7 +19359,7 @@
<p>
Next: <a href="#Commands-for-graphics" accesskey="n" rel="next">Commands for graphics</a>, Previous: <a href="#Graphics-package-options" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">graphics</code> package options</a>, Up: <a href="#Graphics" accesskey="u" rel="up">Graphics</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<h3 class="section" id="graphics-package-configuration">22.2 <code class="code">graphics</code> package configuration</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="graphics-package-configuration">21.2 <code class="code">graphics</code> package configuration</h3>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-graphics-1"></a>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-graphics-package-1"></a>
@@ -19357,7 +19387,7 @@
<p>
Next: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Graphics-package-configuration" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">graphics</code> package configuration</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cgraphicspath-1">22.2.1 <code class="code">\graphicspath</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cgraphicspath-1">21.2.1 <code class="code">\graphicspath</code></h4>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cgraphicspath"></a>
@@ -19439,7 +19469,7 @@
<p>
Next: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsRule" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\DeclareGraphicsRule</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cgraphicspath" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\graphicspath</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Graphics-package-configuration" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">graphics</code> package configuration</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions-1">22.2.2 <code class="code">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions-1">21.2.2 <code class="code">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</code></h4>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions"></a>
@@ -19500,7 +19530,7 @@
<p>
Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Graphics-package-configuration" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">graphics</code> package configuration</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsRule-1">22.2.3 <code class="code">\DeclareGraphicsRule</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsRule-1">21.2.3 <code class="code">\DeclareGraphicsRule</code></h4>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cDeclareGraphicsRule"></a>
@@ -19593,7 +19623,7 @@
<p>
Previous: <a href="#Graphics-package-configuration" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">graphics</code> package configuration</a>, Up: <a href="#Graphics" accesskey="u" rel="up">Graphics</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<h3 class="section" id="Commands-for-graphics-1">22.3 Commands for graphics</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="Commands-for-graphics-1">21.3 Commands for graphics</h3>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-graphics-package-commands"></a>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-commands_002c-graphics-package"></a>
@@ -19615,7 +19645,7 @@
<p>
Next: <a href="#g_t_005crotatebox" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\rotatebox</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Commands-for-graphics" accesskey="u" rel="up">Commands for graphics</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cincludegraphics-1">22.3.1 <code class="code">\includegraphics</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cincludegraphics-1">21.3.1 <code class="code">\includegraphics</code></h4>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-graphics-2"></a>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-graphics-package-2"></a>
@@ -19978,8 +20008,8 @@
<p>These following options allow a user to override LaTeX’s method of
choosing the graphic type based on the filename extension. An example
-is that <code class="code">\includegraphics[type=png,ext=.xxx,read=.xxx]{lion}</code>
-will read the file <samp class="file">lion.xxx</samp> as though it were
+is that <code class="code">\includegraphics[type=png,ext=.xyz,read=.xyz]{lion}</code>
+will read the file <samp class="file">lion.xyz</samp> as though it were
<samp class="file">lion.png</samp>. For more on these, see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsRule"><code class="code">\DeclareGraphicsRule</code></a>.
</p>
<dl class="table">
@@ -20015,7 +20045,7 @@
<p>
Next: <a href="#g_t_005cscalebox" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\scalebox</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\includegraphics</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Commands-for-graphics" accesskey="u" rel="up">Commands for graphics</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005crotatebox-1">22.3.2 <code class="code">\rotatebox</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005crotatebox-1">21.3.2 <code class="code">\rotatebox</code></h4>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-rotation"></a>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-rotating-graphics"></a>
@@ -20113,7 +20143,7 @@
<p>
Next: <a href="#g_t_005cresizebox" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\resizebox</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005crotatebox" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\rotatebox</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Commands-for-graphics" accesskey="u" rel="up">Commands for graphics</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cscalebox-1">22.3.3 <code class="code">\scalebox</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cscalebox-1">21.3.3 <code class="code">\scalebox</code></h4>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-graphics_002c-scaling"></a>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-graphics_002c-resizing"></a>
@@ -20167,7 +20197,7 @@
<p>
Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cscalebox" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\scalebox</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Commands-for-graphics" accesskey="u" rel="up">Commands for graphics</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
-<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cresizebox-1">22.3.4 <code class="code">\resizebox</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="g_t_005cresizebox-1">21.3.4 <code class="code">\resizebox</code></h4>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-graphics_002c-scaling-1"></a>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-graphics_002c-resizing-1"></a>
@@ -20212,10 +20242,424 @@
</div>
</div>
</div>
+<div class="chapter-level-extent" id="Color">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#Special-insertions" accesskey="n" rel="next">Special insertions</a>, Previous: <a href="#Graphics" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Graphics</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h2 class="chapter" id="Color-1">22 Color</h2>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-color"></a>
+
+<p>You can add color to text, rules, etc. You can also have color in a box
+or on an entire page and write text on top of it.
+</p>
+<p>Color support comes as an additional package. So put
+<code class="code">\usepackage{color}</code> in your document preamble to use the
+commands described here.
+</p>
+<p>Many other packages also supplement LaTeX’s color abilities.
+Particularly worth mentioning is <samp class="file">xcolor</samp>, which is widely used and
+significantly extends the capabilities described here, including adding
+‘<samp class="samp">HTML</samp>’ and ‘<samp class="samp">Hsb</samp>’ color models.
+</p>
+
+
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#Color-package-options" accesskey="1"><code class="code">color</code> package options</a></li>
+<li><a href="#Color-models" accesskey="2">Color models</a></li>
+<li><a href="#Commands-for-color" accesskey="3">Commands for color</a></li>
+</ul>
+<hr>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Color-package-options">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#Color-models" accesskey="n" rel="next">Color models</a>, Up: <a href="#Color" accesskey="u" rel="up">Color</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h3 class="section" id="color-package-options">22.1 <code class="code">color</code> package options</h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-color-package-options"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-options_002c-color-package"></a>
+
+<p>Synopsis (must be in the document preamble):
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\usepackage[<var class="var">comma-separated option list</var>]{color}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>When you load the <samp class="file">color</samp> package there are two kinds of available
+options.
+</p>
+<p>The first specifies the <em class="dfn">printer driver</em>. LaTeX doesn’t contain
+information about different output systems but instead depends on
+information stored in a file. Normally you should not specify the
+driver option in the document, and instead rely on your system’s
+default. One advantage of this is that it makes the document portable
+across systems. For completeness we include a list of the drivers. The
+currently relevant ones are: <samp class="file">dvipdfmx</samp>, <samp class="file">dvips</samp>,
+<samp class="file">dvisvgm</samp>, <samp class="file">luatex</samp>, <samp class="file">pdftex</samp>, <samp class="file">xetex</samp>. The two
+<samp class="file">xdvi</samp> and <samp class="file">oztex</samp> are essentially aliases for <samp class="file">dvips</samp>
+(and <samp class="file">xdvi</samp> is monochrome). Ones that should not be used for new
+systems are: <samp class="file">dvipdf</samp>, <samp class="file">dvipdfm</samp>, <samp class="file">dviwin</samp>,
+<samp class="file">dvipsone</samp>, <samp class="file">emtex</samp>, <samp class="file">pctexps</samp>, <samp class="file">pctexwin</samp>,
+<samp class="file">pctexhp</samp>, <samp class="file">pctex32</samp>, <samp class="file">truetex</samp>, <samp class="file">tcidvi</samp>,
+<samp class="file">vtex</samp> (and <samp class="file">dviwindo</samp> is an alias for <samp class="file">dvipsone</samp>).
+</p>
+<p>The second kind of options, beyond the drivers, are below.
+</p>
+<dl class="table">
+<dt><code class="code">monochrome</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Disable the color commands, so that they do not generate errors but do
+not generate color either.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt><code class="code">dvipsnames</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Make available a list of 68 color names that are often used,
+particularly in legacy documents. These color names were originally
+provided by the <samp class="file">dvips</samp> driver, giving the option name.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt><code class="code">nodvipsnames</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Do not load that list of color names, saving LaTeX a tiny amount of
+memory space.
+</p>
+</dd>
+</dl>
+
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Color-models">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#Commands-for-color" accesskey="n" rel="next">Commands for color</a>, Previous: <a href="#Color-package-options" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">color</code> package options</a>, Up: <a href="#Color" accesskey="u" rel="up">Color</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h3 class="section" id="Color-models-1">22.2 Color models</h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-color-models"></a>
+
+<p>A <em class="dfn">color model</em> is a way of representing colors. LaTeX’s
+capabilities depend on the printer driver. However, the <samp class="file">pdftex</samp>,
+<samp class="file">xetex</samp>, and <samp class="file">luatex</samp> printer drivers are today by far the
+most commonly used. The models below work for those drivers. All but
+one of these is also supported by essentially all other printer drivers
+used today.
+</p>
+<p>Note that color combination can be additive or subtractive. Additive
+mixes colors of light, so that for instance combining full intensities
+of red, green, and blue produces white. Subtractive mixes pigments,
+such as with inks, so that combining full intensity of cyan, magenta,
+and yellow makes black.
+</p>
+<dl class="table">
+<dd><a class="anchor" id="color-models-cmyk"></a></dd>
+<dt><code class="code">cmyk</code></dt>
+<dd><p>A comma-separated list with four real numbers between 0 and 1,
+inclusive. The first number is the intensity of cyan, the second is
+magenta, and the others are yellow and black. A number value of 0 means
+minimal intensity, while a 1 is for full intensity. This model is often
+used in color printing. It is a subtractive model.
+</p>
+<a class="anchor" id="color-models-gray"></a></dd>
+<dt><code class="code">gray</code></dt>
+<dd><p>A single real number between 0 and 1, inclusive. The colors are shades
+of grey. The number 0 produces black while 1 gives white.
+</p>
+<a class="anchor" id="color-models-rgb"></a></dd>
+<dt><code class="code">rgb</code></dt>
+<dd><p>A comma-separated list with three real numbers between 0 and 1,
+inclusive. The first number is the intensity of the red component, the
+second is green, and the third the blue. A number value of 0 means that
+none of that component is added in, while a 1 means full intensity.
+This is an additive model.
+</p>
+<a class="anchor" id="color-models-RGB"></a></dd>
+<dt><code class="code">RGB</code></dt>
+<dd><p>(<samp class="file">pdftex</samp>, <samp class="file">xetex</samp>, <samp class="file">luatex</samp> drivers) A comma-separated
+list with three integers between 0 and 255, inclusive. This model is a
+convenience for using <code class="code">rgb</code> since outside of LaTeX colors are
+often described in a red-green-blue model using numbers in this range.
+The values entered here are converted to the <code class="code">rgb</code> model by
+dividing by 255.
+</p>
+<a class="anchor" id="color-models-named"></a></dd>
+<dt><code class="code">named</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Colors are accessed by name, such as ‘<samp class="samp">PrussianBlue</samp>’. The list of
+names depends on the driver, but all support the names ‘<samp class="samp">black</samp>’,
+‘<samp class="samp">blue</samp>’, ‘<samp class="samp">cyan</samp>’, ‘<samp class="samp">green</samp>’, ‘<samp class="samp">magenta</samp>’, ‘<samp class="samp">red</samp>’,
+‘<samp class="samp">white</samp>’, and ‘<samp class="samp">yellow</samp>’ (See the <code class="code">dvipsnames</code> option in
+<a class="ref" href="#Color-package-options"><code class="code">color</code> package options</a>).
+</p>
+</dd>
+</dl>
+
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="section-level-extent" id="Commands-for-color">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Previous: <a href="#Color-models" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Color models</a>, Up: <a href="#Color" accesskey="u" rel="up">Color</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h3 class="section" id="Commands-for-color-1">22.3 Commands for color</h3>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-color-package-commands"></a>
+
+<p>These are the commands available with the <samp class="file">color</samp> package.
+</p>
+
+
+<ul class="mini-toc">
+<li><a href="#Define-colors" accesskey="1">Define colors</a></li>
+<li><a href="#Colored-text" accesskey="2">Colored text</a></li>
+<li><a href="#Colored-boxes" accesskey="3">Colored boxes</a></li>
+<li><a href="#Colored-pages" accesskey="4">Colored pages</a></li>
+</ul>
+<hr>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="Define-colors">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#Colored-text" accesskey="n" rel="next">Colored text</a>, Up: <a href="#Commands-for-color" accesskey="u" rel="up">Commands for color</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="Define-colors-1">22.3.1 Define colors</h4>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-color-1"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-define-color"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-color_002c-define"></a>
+
+<p>Synopsis:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\definecolor{<var class="var">name</var>}{<var class="var">model</var>}{<var class="var">specification</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Give the name <var class="var">name</var> to the color. For example, after this
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\definecolor{silver}{rgb}{0.75,0.75,0.74}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>you can use that color name with <code class="code">Hi ho,
+\textcolor{silver}{Silver}!</code>.
+</p>
+<p>This example gives the color a more abstract name, so it could change and
+not be misleading.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\definecolor{logocolor}{RGB}{145,92,131} % RGB needs pdflatex
+\newcommand{\logo}{\textcolor{logocolor}{Bob's Big Bagels}}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Often a document’s colors are defined in the preamble, or in the class
+or style, rather than in the document body.
+</p>
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="Colored-text">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#Colored-boxes" accesskey="n" rel="next">Colored boxes</a>, Previous: <a href="#Define-colors" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Define colors</a>, Up: <a href="#Commands-for-color" accesskey="u" rel="up">Commands for color</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="Colored-text-1">22.3.2 Colored text</h4>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-color-2"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-colored-text"></a>
+
+<p>Synopses:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\textcolor{<var class="var">name</var>}{...}
+\textcolor[<var class="var">color model</var>]{<var class="var">color specification</var>}{...}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>or
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\color{<var class="var">name</var>}
+\color[<var class="var">color model</var>]{<var class="var">color specification</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>The affected text gets the color. This line
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\textcolor{magenta}{My name is Ozymandias, King of Kings;}
+Look on my works, ye Mighty, and despair!
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>causes the first half to be in magenta while the rest is in black. You
+can use a color declared with <code class="code">\definecolor</code> in exactly the same
+way that we just used the builtin color ‘<samp class="samp">magenta</samp>’.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\definecolor{MidlifeCrisisRed}{rgb}{1.0,0.11,0.0}
+I'm thinking about getting a \textcolor{MidlifeCrisisRed}{sports car}.
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>The two <code class="code">\textcolor</code> and <code class="code">\color</code> differ in that the first is
+a command form, enclosing the text to be colored as an argument. Often
+this form is more convenient, or at least more explicit. The second
+form is a declaration, as in <code class="code">The moon is made of {\color{green}
+green} cheese</code>, so it is in effect until the end of the current group
+or environment. This is sometimes useful when writing macros or as
+below where it colors everything inside the <code class="code">center</code> environment,
+including the vertical and horizontal lines.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{center} \color{blue}
+ \begin{tabular}{l|r}
+ UL &UR \\ \hline
+ LL &LR
+ \end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>You can use color in equations. A document might have this definition
+in the preamble
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\definecolor{highlightcolor}{RGB}{225,15,0}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>and then contain this equation.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{equation}
+ \int_a^b \textcolor{highlightcolor}{f'(x)}\,dx=f(b)-f(a)
+\end{equation}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Typically the colors used in a document are declared in a class or style
+but sometimes you want a one-off. Those are the second forms in the
+synopses.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">Colors of \textcolor[rgb]{0.33,0.14,0.47}{Purple} and
+{\color[rgb]{0.72,0.60,0.37}Gold} for the team.
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>The format of <var class="var">color specification</var> depends on the color model
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#Color-models">Color models</a>). For instance, while <code class="code">rgb</code> takes three
+numbers, <code class="code">gray</code> takes only one.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">The selection was \textcolor[gray]{0.5}{grayed out}.
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Colors inside colors do not combine. Thus
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\textcolor{green}{kind of \textcolor{blue}{blue}}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>has a final word that is blue, not a combination of blue and green.
+</p>
+
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="Colored-boxes">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#Colored-pages" accesskey="n" rel="next">Colored pages</a>, Previous: <a href="#Colored-text" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Colored text</a>, Up: <a href="#Commands-for-color" accesskey="u" rel="up">Commands for color</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="Colored-boxes-1">22.3.3 Colored boxes</h4>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-color-3"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-colored-boxes"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-box_002c-colored"></a>
+
+<p>Synopses:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\colorbox{<var class="var">name</var>}{...}
+\colorbox[<var class="var">model name</var>]{<var class="var">box background color</var>}{...}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>or
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\fcolorbox{<var class="var">frame color</var>}{<var class="var">box background color</var>}{...}
+\fcolorbox[<var class="var">model name</var>]{<var class="var">frame color</var>}{<var class="var">box background color</var>}{...}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Make a box with the stated background color. The <code class="code">\fcolorbox</code>
+command puts a frame around the box. For instance this
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">Name:~\colorbox{cyan}{\makebox[5cm][l]{\strut}}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>makes a cyan-colored box that is five centimeters long and gets its
+depth and height from the <code class="code">\strut</code> (so the depth is
+<code class="code">-.3\baselineskip</code> and the height is <code class="code">\baselineskip</code>). This
+puts white text on a blue background.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\colorbox{blue}{\textcolor{white}{Welcome to the machine.}}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>The <code class="code">\fcolorbox</code> commands use the same parameters as <code class="code">\fbox</code>
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox"><code class="code">\fbox</code> & <code class="code">\framebox</code></a>), <code class="code">\fboxrule</code> and <code class="code">\fboxsep</code>, to
+set the thickness of the rule and the boundary between the box interior
+and the surrounding rule. LaTeX’s defaults are <code class="code">0.4pt</code> and
+<code class="code">3pt</code>, respectively.
+</p>
+<p>This example changes the thickness of the border to 0.8 points. Note
+that it is surrounded by curly braces so that the change ends at the end
+of the second line.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">{\setlength{\fboxrule}{0.8pt}
+\fcolorbox{black}{red}{Under no circumstances turn this knob.}}
+</pre></div>
+
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+<div class="subsection-level-extent" id="Colored-pages">
+<div class="nav-panel">
+<p>
+Previous: <a href="#Colored-boxes" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Colored boxes</a>, Up: <a href="#Commands-for-color" accesskey="u" rel="up">Commands for color</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="Colored-pages-1">22.3.4 Colored pages</h4>
+
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-color-4"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-colored-page"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-page_002c-colored"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-background_002c-colored"></a>
+
+<p>Synopses:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\pagecolor{<var class="var">name</var>}
+\pagecolor[<var class="var">color model</var>]{<var class="var">color specification</var>}
+\nopagecolor
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>The first two set the background of the page, and all subsequent pages,
+to the color. For an explanation of the specification in the second
+form see <a class="pxref" href="#Colored-text">Colored text</a>. The third returns the background to normal,
+which is a transparent background. (If that is not supported use
+<code class="code">\pagecolor{white}</code>, although that will make a white background
+rather than the default transparent background.)
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted"> ...
+\pagecolor{cyan}
+ ...
+\nopagecolor
+</pre></div>
+
+
+<hr>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
<div class="chapter-level-extent" id="Special-insertions">
<div class="nav-panel">
<p>
-Next: <a href="#Splitting-the-input" accesskey="n" rel="next">Splitting the input</a>, Previous: <a href="#Graphics" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Graphics</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#Splitting-the-input" accesskey="n" rel="next">Splitting the input</a>, Previous: <a href="#Color" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Color</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
</div>
<h2 class="chapter" id="Special-insertions-1">23 Special insertions</h2>
@@ -24419,7 +24863,7 @@
<p>The <code class="code">jobname</code> option is there because otherwise both files would be
called <samp class="file">main.pdf</samp> and the second would overwrite the
-first. (see <a class="pxref" href="#Jobname">Jobname</a>.)
+first (see <a class="pxref" href="#Jobname">Jobname</a>).
</p>
<p>In this example we use the command line to select which parts of a
document to include. For a book named <samp class="file">mybook.tex</samp> and structured
@@ -24470,19 +24914,19 @@
</p>
<p>In general, LaTeX is invoked as <code class="code"><var class="var">latex-engine</var>
<var class="var">options</var> <var class="var">argument</var></code>, where <var class="var">latex-engine</var> is
-<code class="command">pdflatex</code>, <code class="command">lualatex</code>, etc. (see <a class="pxref" href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a>).
-If <var class="var">argument</var> does not start with a backslash, as is the case above
-with <code class="code">thesis</code>, then TeX considers it to be the name of the file
-to input as the main document. This file is referred to as the <em class="dfn">root
-file</em> (see <a class="pxref" href="#Splitting-the-input">Splitting the input</a>, and <a class="ref" href="#g_t_005cinput"><code class="code">\input</code></a>). The name of
-that root file, without the <samp class="file">.tex</samp> extension if any, is the
-jobname. If <var class="var">argument</var> does start with a backslash, or if TeX is
-in interactive mode, then it waits for the first <code class="code">\input</code> command,
-and the jobname is the argument to <code class="code">\input</code>.
+<code class="command">pdflatex</code>, <code class="command">lualatex</code>, etc. (see <a class="pxref" href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a>). If <var class="var">argument</var> does not start with a backslash, as is
+the case above with <code class="code">thesis</code>, then TeX considers it to be the
+name of the file to input as the main document. This file is referred
+to as the <em class="dfn">root file</em> (see <a class="pxref" href="#Splitting-the-input">Splitting the input</a>, and
+<a class="ref" href="#g_t_005cinput"><code class="code">\input</code></a>). The name of that root file, without the <samp class="file">.tex</samp>
+extension if any, is the jobname. If <var class="var">argument</var> does start with a
+backslash, or if TeX is in interactive mode, then it waits for the
+first <code class="code">\input</code> command, and the jobname is the argument to
+<code class="code">\input</code>.
</p>
<p>There are two more possibilities for the jobname. It can be directly
specified with the <code class="code">-jobname</code> option, as in <code class="code">pdflatex
--jobname=myname</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#Command-line-input">Command line input</a> for a real example).
+-jobname=myname</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#Command-line-input">Command line input</a> for a practical example).
</p>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-texput_002c-jobname-default"></a>
<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-fallback-jobname"></a>
@@ -25031,10 +25475,11 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cast"><code>\ast</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005casymp"><code>\asymp</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cAtBeginDocument"><code>\AtBeginDocument</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cAtBeginDocument">\AtBeginDocument</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cAtBeginDvi"><code>\AtBeginDvi</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cAtBeginDvi"><code>\AtBeginDvi</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cAtBeginDvi-_0026-_005cAtEndDvi">\AtBeginDvi & \AtEndDvi</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cAtEndDocument"><code>\AtEndDocument</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cAtEndDocument">\AtEndDocument</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cAtEndOfClass"><code>\AtEndOfClass</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cAtEndOfPackage"><code>\AtEndOfPackage</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cAtEndDvi"><code>\AtEndDvi</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cAtBeginDvi-_0026-_005cAtEndDvi">\AtBeginDvi & \AtEndDvi</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cAtEndOfClass"><code>\AtEndOfClass</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cAtEndOfClass-_0026-_005cAtEndOfPackage">\AtEndOfClass & \AtEndOfPackage</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cAtEndOfPackage"><code>\AtEndOfPackage</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cAtEndOfClass-_0026-_005cAtEndOfPackage">\AtEndOfClass & \AtEndOfPackage</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cauthor_007bname1-_005cand-name2-_005cand-_002e_002e_002e_007d"><code>\author{<var class="var">name1</var> \and <var class="var">name2</var> \and ...}</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ca_0060-_0028grave-accent-in-tabbing_0029"><code>\a` <span class="r">(grave accent in tabbing)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cb-_0028bar_002dunder-accent_0029"><code>\b <span class="r">(bar-under accent)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
@@ -25112,8 +25557,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cchapter"><code>\chapter</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cchapter-1"><code>\chapter</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cchapter">\chapter</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccheck"><code>\check</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cCheckCommand"><code>\CheckCommand</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cCheckCommand_002a"><code>\CheckCommand*</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cCheckCommand"><code>\CheckCommand</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cCheckCommand">\CheckCommand</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cchi"><code>\chi</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccirc"><code>\circ</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccircle"><code>\circle</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ccircle">\circle</a></td></tr>
@@ -25120,11 +25564,11 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccitation"><code>\citation</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#BibTeX-error-messages">BibTeX error messages</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccite"><code>\cite</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ccite">\cite</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccite-and-internal-_005ccitation"><code>\cite <span class="r">and internal <code class="code">\citation</code></span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#BibTeX-error-messages">BibTeX error messages</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cClassError"><code>\ClassError</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cClassInfo"><code>\ClassInfo</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cClassInfoNoLine"><code>\ClassInfoNoLine</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cClassWarning"><code>\ClassWarning</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cClassWarningNoLine"><code>\ClassWarningNoLine</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cClassError"><code>\ClassError</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cClassError-and-_005cPackageError-and-others">\ClassError and \PackageError and others</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cClassInfo"><code>\ClassInfo</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cClassError-and-_005cPackageError-and-others">\ClassError and \PackageError and others</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cClassInfoNoLine"><code>\ClassInfoNoLine</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cClassError-and-_005cPackageError-and-others">\ClassError and \PackageError and others</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cClassWarning"><code>\ClassWarning</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cClassError-and-_005cPackageError-and-others">\ClassError and \PackageError and others</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cClassWarningNoLine"><code>\ClassWarningNoLine</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cClassError-and-_005cPackageError-and-others">\ClassError and \PackageError and others</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccleardoublepage"><code>\cleardoublepage</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage">\clearpage & \cleardoublepage</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cclearpage"><code>\clearpage</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage">\clearpage & \cleardoublepage</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccline"><code>\cline</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ccline">\cline</a></td></tr>
@@ -25155,7 +25599,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccoth"><code>\coth</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccsc"><code>\csc</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ccup"><code>\cup</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cCurrentOption"><code>\CurrentOption</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cCurrentOption"><code>\CurrentOption</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cCurrentOption">\CurrentOption</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cd-_0028dot_002dunder-accent_0029"><code>\d <span class="r">(dot-under accent)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cdag"><code>\dag</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cdagger"><code>\dagger</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
@@ -25175,10 +25619,8 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareFontEncoding"><code>\DeclareFontEncoding</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareFontEncoding">\DeclareFontEncoding</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions"><code>\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareGraphicsRule"><code>\DeclareGraphicsRule</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareGraphicsRule">\DeclareGraphicsRule</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareOption"><code>\DeclareOption</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareOption_002a"><code>\DeclareOption*</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareRobustCommand"><code>\DeclareRobustCommand</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareRobustCommand_002a"><code>\DeclareRobustCommand*</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareOption"><code>\DeclareOption</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareOption">\DeclareOption</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareRobustCommand"><code>\DeclareRobustCommand</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareRobustCommand">\DeclareRobustCommand</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareTextAccent"><code>\DeclareTextAccent</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextAccent">\DeclareTextAccent</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareTextAccent-1"><code>\DeclareTextAccent</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault">\DeclareTextAccentDefault</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault"><code>\DeclareTextAccentDefault</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault">\DeclareTextAccentDefault</a></td></tr>
@@ -25207,6 +25649,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cDJ"><code>\DJ</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cdocumentclass"><code>\documentclass</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Document-classes">Document classes</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cdocumentclass_002c-and-texput-jobname"><code>\documentclass<span class="r">, and <code class="code">texput</code> jobname</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Jobname">Jobname</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cDocumentMetadata"><code>\DocumentMetadata</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDocumentMetadata">\DocumentMetadata</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cdot"><code>\dot</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cdoteq"><code>\doteq</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cdotfill"><code>\dotfill</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill">\hrulefill & \dotfill</a></td></tr>
@@ -25219,6 +25662,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cdoublerulesep"><code>\doublerulesep</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabular">tabular</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cdownarrow"><code>\downarrow</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cDownarrow"><code>\Downarrow</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cds_0040option"><code>\ds@<var class="var">option</var></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cExecuteOptions">\ExecuteOptions</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cell"><code>\ell</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cemph"><code>\emph</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cemptyset"><code>\emptyset</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
@@ -25237,7 +25681,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cevensidemargin"><code>\evensidemargin</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cevensidemargin-1"><code>\evensidemargin</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cevensidemargin-2"><code>\evensidemargin</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cExecuteOptions"><code>\ExecuteOptions</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cExecuteOptions"><code>\ExecuteOptions</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cExecuteOptions">\ExecuteOptions</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cexists"><code>\exists</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cexp"><code>\exp</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cexternaldocument"><code>\externaldocument</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#xr-package">xr package</a></td></tr>
@@ -25323,7 +25767,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ci-_0028dotless-i_0029"><code>\i <span class="r">(dotless i)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cIfBeginWith_002a-macro-from-xstring"><code>\IfBeginWith*<span class="r"> macro from <samp class="file">xstring</samp></span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Jobname">Jobname</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005ciff"><code>\iff</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cIfFileExists"><code>\IfFileExists</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cIfFileExists"><code>\IfFileExists</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cIfFileExists-_0026-_005cInputIfFileExists">\IfFileExists & \InputIfFileExists</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cignorespaces"><code>\ignorespaces</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend">\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cignorespacesafterend"><code>\ignorespacesafterend</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend">\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cij-_0028ij_0029"><code>\ij <span class="r">(ij)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
@@ -25345,7 +25789,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cinfty"><code>\infty</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cinput"><code>\input</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cinput">\input</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cinputencoding"><code>\inputencoding</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#inputenc-package">inputenc package</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cInputIfFileExists"><code>\InputIfFileExists</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cInputIfFileExists"><code>\InputIfFileExists</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cIfFileExists-_0026-_005cInputIfFileExists">\IfFileExists & \InputIfFileExists</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cint"><code>\int</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cintextsep"><code>\intextsep</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cintextsep-1"><code>\intextsep</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr>
@@ -25441,11 +25885,12 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cll"><code>\ll</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cln"><code>\ln</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clnot"><code>\lnot</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cLoadClass"><code>\LoadClass</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cLoadClassWithOptions"><code>\LoadClassWithOptions</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cLoadClass"><code>\LoadClass</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cLoadClass-_0026-_005cLoadClassWithOptions">\LoadClass & \LoadClassWithOptions</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cLoadClassWithOptions"><code>\LoadClassWithOptions</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cLoadClass-_0026-_005cLoadClassWithOptions">\LoadClass & \LoadClassWithOptions</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clocation"><code>\location</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005clocation">\location</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clog"><code>\log</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clong"><code>\long</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand & \renewcommand</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clong-command_002c-checking-for"><code class="code">\long</code> command, checking for</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cCheckCommand">\CheckCommand</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clong_002c-not-defining-a-command-as"><code>\long<span class="r">, not defining a command as</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand & \renewcommand</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clongleftarrow"><code>\longleftarrow</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clongleftrightarrow"><code>\longleftrightarrow</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005clongmapsto"><code>\longmapsto</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
@@ -25500,6 +25945,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmedskipamount"><code>\medskipamount</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip">\bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmedspace"><code>\medspace</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmessage"><code>\message</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmessage">\message</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cMessageBreak_002c-and-message-text"><code class="code">\MessageBreak</code>, and message text</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cClassError-and-_005cPackageError-and-others">\ClassError and \PackageError and others</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmho"><code>\mho</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmid"><code>\mid</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cmin"><code>\min</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr>
@@ -25514,7 +25960,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnatural"><code>\natural</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cne"><code>\ne</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnearrow"><code>\nearrow</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cNeedsTeXFormat"><code>\NeedsTeXFormat</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cNeedsTeXFormat"><code>\NeedsTeXFormat</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cNeedsTeXFormat">\NeedsTeXFormat</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cneg"><code>\neg</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnegmedspace"><code>\negmedspace</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnegthickspace"><code>\negthickspace</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a></td></tr>
@@ -25530,6 +25976,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnewline"><code>\newline</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewline">\newline</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cNEWLINE">\<kbd class="key">NEWLINE</kbd></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029">\(SPACE)</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnewpage"><code>\newpage</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewpage">\newpage</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnewrobustcmd-_0028etoolbox-package_0029"><code>\newrobustcmd <span class="r">(<code class="t">etoolbox</code> package)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareRobustCommand">\DeclareRobustCommand</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnewsavebox"><code>\newsavebox</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewsavebox">\newsavebox</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnewtheorem"><code>\newtheorem</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewtheorem">\newtheorem</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnewtie"><code>\newtie</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
@@ -25577,7 +26024,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005copening"><code>\opening</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005copening">\opening</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005copenout"><code>\openout</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout">\openin & \openout</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005coplus"><code>\oplus</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cOptionNotUsed"><code>\OptionNotUsed</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cOptionNotUsed"><code>\OptionNotUsed</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cOptionNotUsed">\OptionNotUsed</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005coslash"><code>\oslash</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cotimes"><code>\otimes</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005coval"><code>\oval</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005coval">\oval</a></td></tr>
@@ -25585,11 +26032,11 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005coverline_007btext_007d"><code>\overline{<var class="var">text</var>}</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Over_002d-and-Underlining">Over- and Underlining</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cowns"><code>\owns</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cP"><code>\P</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cPackageError"><code>\PackageError</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cPackageInfo"><code>\PackageInfo</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cPackageInfoNoLine"><code>\PackageInfoNoLine</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cPackageWarning"><code>\PackageWarning</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cPackageWarningNoLine"><code>\PackageWarningNoLine</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cPackageError"><code>\PackageError</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cClassError-and-_005cPackageError-and-others">\ClassError and \PackageError and others</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cPackageInfo"><code>\PackageInfo</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cClassError-and-_005cPackageError-and-others">\ClassError and \PackageError and others</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cPackageInfoNoLine"><code>\PackageInfoNoLine</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cClassError-and-_005cPackageError-and-others">\ClassError and \PackageError and others</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cPackageWarning"><code>\PackageWarning</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cClassError-and-_005cPackageError-and-others">\ClassError and \PackageError and others</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cPackageWarningNoLine"><code>\PackageWarningNoLine</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cClassError-and-_005cPackageError-and-others">\ClassError and \PackageError and others</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cpagebreak"><code>\pagebreak</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak">\pagebreak & \nopagebreak</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cpagenumbering"><code>\pagenumbering</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cpagenumbering">\pagenumbering</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cpageref"><code>\pageref</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cpageref">\pageref</a></td></tr>
@@ -25613,8 +26060,9 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cpart-1"><code>\part</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cpart">\part</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cpartial"><code>\partial</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cpartopsep"><code>\partopsep</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#list">list</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cPassOptionsToClass"><code>\PassOptionsToClass</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cPassOptionsToPackage"><code>\PassOptionsToPackage</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cPassOptionsToClass"><code>\PassOptionsToClass</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cPassOptionsToClass-_0026-_005cPassOptionsToPackage">\PassOptionsToClass & \PassOptionsToPackage</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cPassOptionsToClass_002c-ignoring"><code>\PassOptionsToClass<span class="r">, ignoring</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cLoadClass-_0026-_005cLoadClassWithOptions">\LoadClass & \LoadClassWithOptions</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cPassOptionsToPackage"><code>\PassOptionsToPackage</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cPassOptionsToClass-_0026-_005cPassOptionsToPackage">\PassOptionsToClass & \PassOptionsToPackage</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cpdfpageheight"><code>\pdfpageheight</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cpdfpagewidth"><code>\pdfpagewidth</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cperp"><code>\perp</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
@@ -25636,16 +26084,17 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cprintglossaries"><code>\printglossaries</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Glossaries">Glossaries</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cprintglossaries-1"><code>\printglossaries</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Glossaries">Glossaries</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cprintindex"><code>\printindex</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cprintindex">\printindex</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cProcessOptions"><code>\ProcessOptions</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cProcessOptions_002a"><code>\ProcessOptions*</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cProcessOptions"><code>\ProcessOptions</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cProcessOptions">\ProcessOptions</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cprod"><code>\prod</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cpropto"><code>\propto</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cprotect_002c-and-message-text"><code class="code">\protect</code>, and message text</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cClassError-and-_005cPackageError-and-others">\ClassError and \PackageError and others</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cprotected_0040write"><code>\protected at write</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite">\write</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cprovidecommand"><code>\providecommand</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cprovidecommand">\providecommand</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cProvidesClass"><code>\ProvidesClass</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cProvidesFile"><code>\ProvidesFile</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cProvidesPackage"><code>\ProvidesPackage</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cproviderobustcmd-_0028etoolbox-package_0029"><code>\providerobustcmd <span class="r">(<code class="t">etoolbox</code> package)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareRobustCommand">\DeclareRobustCommand</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cProvidesClass"><code>\ProvidesClass</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cProvidesClass-_0026-_005cProvidesPackage">\ProvidesClass & \ProvidesPackage</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cProvidesFile"><code>\ProvidesFile</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cProvidesFile">\ProvidesFile</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cProvidesPackage"><code>\ProvidesPackage</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cProvidesClass-_0026-_005cProvidesPackage">\ProvidesClass & \ProvidesPackage</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cProvideTextCommand"><code>\ProvideTextCommand</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand">\DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault"><code>\ProvideTextCommandDefault</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault">\DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cps"><code>\ps</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cps">\ps</a></td></tr>
@@ -25677,9 +26126,10 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005crefstepcounter"><code>\refstepcounter</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005crefstepcounter">\refstepcounter</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005crenewcommand"><code>\renewcommand</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand & \renewcommand</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005crenewenvironment"><code>\renewenvironment</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment">\newenvironment & \renewenvironment</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cRequirePackage"><code>\RequirePackage</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005crenewrobustcmd-_0028etoolbox-package_0029"><code>\renewrobustcmd <span class="r">(<code class="t">etoolbox</code> package)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareRobustCommand">\DeclareRobustCommand</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cRequirePackage"><code>\RequirePackage</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cRequirePackage-_0026-_005cRequirePackageWithOptions">\RequirePackage & \RequirePackageWithOptions</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cRequirePackage_002c-and-texput-jobname"><code>\RequirePackage<span class="r">, and <code class="code">texput</code> jobname</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Jobname">Jobname</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cRequirePackageWithOptions"><code>\RequirePackageWithOptions</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cRequirePackageWithOptions"><code>\RequirePackageWithOptions</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cRequirePackage-_0026-_005cRequirePackageWithOptions">\RequirePackage & \RequirePackageWithOptions</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cresizebox"><code>\resizebox</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cresizebox">\resizebox</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005crestorecr"><code>\restorecr</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr">\obeycr & \restorecr</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005crestriction"><code>\restriction</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
@@ -25753,6 +26203,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cspace"><code>\space</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly">\include & \includeonly</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cspace-1"><code>\space</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cinput">\input</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cspace-2"><code>\space</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ctypeout">\typeout</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cspace_002c-and-message-text"><code class="code">\space</code>, and message text</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cClassError-and-_005cPackageError-and-others">\ClassError and \PackageError and others</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cspacefactor"><code>\spacefactor</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cspacefactor">\spacefactor</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cspadesuit"><code>\spadesuit</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005csqcap"><code>\sqcap</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
@@ -25926,7 +26377,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cusebox"><code>\usebox</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cusebox">\usebox</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cusecounter"><code>\usecounter</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cusecounter">\usecounter</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cusefont"><code>\usefont</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cusepackage"><code>\usepackage</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Additional-packages">Additional packages</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cusepackage"><code>\usepackage</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cusepackage">\usepackage</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cUseTextAccent"><code>\UseTextAccent</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent">\UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cUseTextSymbol"><code>\UseTextSymbol</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent">\UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cv-_0028breve-accent_0029"><code>\v <span class="r">(breve accent)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
@@ -26020,11 +26471,12 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-accents_002c-defining-4">accents, defining</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand">\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-accents_002c-defining-5">accents, defining</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault">\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-accents_002c-mathematical">accents, mathematical</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-accessibility">accessibility</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDocumentMetadata">\DocumentMetadata</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-accessing-any-character-of-a-font">accessing any character of a font</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Symbols-by-font-position">Symbols by font position</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-acronyms_002c-list-of">acronyms, list of</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Glossaries">Glossaries</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-acute-accent">acute accent</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-acute-accent_002c-math">acute accent, math</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-additional-packages_002c-loading">additional packages, loading</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Additional-packages">Additional packages</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-additional-packages_002c-loading">additional packages, loading</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cusepackage">\usepackage</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-adjustbox-package"><code class="code">adjustbox</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Boxes">Boxes</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-ae-ligature">ae ligature</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-algorithm2e-package"><code class="code">algorithm2e</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
@@ -26075,6 +26527,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-Asymptote-package-3"><code class="code">Asymptote</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-at-clause_002c-in-font-definitions">at clause, in font definitions</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewfont">\newfont</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-at_002dsign"><code>at-sign</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040">\@</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-atenddvi-package"><code class="code">atenddvi</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cAtBeginDvi-_0026-_005cAtEndDvi">\AtBeginDvi & \AtEndDvi</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-author_002c-for-titlepage">author, for titlepage</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-auxiliary-file">auxiliary file</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
@@ -26189,13 +26642,15 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-circumflex_002c-ASCII_002c-in-text">circumflex, ASCII, in text</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-citation-key">citation key</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cbibitem">\bibitem</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-class-and-package-commands">class and package commands</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-class-and-package-difference">class and package difference</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-construction">Class and package construction</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-class-and-package-difference">class and package difference</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-creation">Class and package creation</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-class-and-package-structure">class and package structure</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-structure">Class and package structure</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-class-file-example">class file example</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-structure">Class and package structure</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-class-file-layout">class file layout</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-structure">Class and package structure</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-Class-Guide_002c-document">Class Guide, document</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-structure">Class and package structure</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-class-options">class options</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-class-options-1">class options</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-structure">Class and package structure</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-class-options-2">class options</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-class-options-2">class options</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareOption">\DeclareOption</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-class-writing-tutorial-document">class writing tutorial document</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-structure">Class and package structure</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-classes-of-documents">classes of documents</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Document-classes">Document classes</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-cleveref-package"><code class="code">cleveref</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Cross-references">Cross references</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-cleveref-package-1"><code class="code">cleveref</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cref">\ref</a></td></tr>
@@ -26204,6 +26659,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-clock-option-to-slides-class"><code>clock <span class="r">option to <code class="code">slides</code> class</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-closing-letters">closing letters</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cclosing">\closing</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-closing-quote">closing quote</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-clsguide-document"><code>clsguide <span class="r">document</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-structure">Class and package structure</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-cm"><code>cm</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-cm_002dsuper-package"><code class="code">cm-super</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#fontenc-package">fontenc package</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-cmd_002eexe_002c-used-by-_005cwrite18"><code>cmd.exe<span class="r">, used by <code class="code">\write18</code></span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr>
@@ -26226,7 +26682,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-commands_002c-class-and-package">commands, class and package</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-commands_002c-defining-new-ones">commands, defining new ones</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand & \renewcommand</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-commands_002c-defining-new-ones-1">commands, defining new ones</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cprovidecommand">\providecommand</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-commands_002c-document-class">commands, document class</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-construction">Class and package construction</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-commands_002c-document-class">commands, document class</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-creation">Class and package creation</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-commands_002c-graphics-package">commands, graphics package</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Commands-for-graphics">Commands for graphics</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-commands_002c-ignore-spaces">commands, ignore spaces</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend">\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-commands_002c-ignore-spaces-1">commands, ignore spaces</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#xspace-package">xspace package</a></td></tr>
@@ -26237,6 +26693,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-comprehensive-package"><code class="code">comprehensive</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-computer-programs_002c-typesetting">computer programs, typesetting</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-configuration_002c-graphics-package">configuration, graphics package</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Graphics-package-configuration">Graphics package configuration</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-conflict-between-package-options">conflict between package options</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cPassOptionsToClass-_0026-_005cPassOptionsToPackage">\PassOptionsToClass & \PassOptionsToPackage</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-contents-file">contents file</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-control-sequences">control sequences</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Control-sequences">Control sequences</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-control-symbol_002c-defined">control symbol, defined</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Control-sequences">Control sequences</a></td></tr>
@@ -26269,6 +26726,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-dagger_002c-in-text-1">dagger, in text</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-DANTE-e_002eV_002e">DANTE e.V.</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#CTAN">CTAN</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-datatool-package"><code class="code">datatool</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cread">\read</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-date-of-format_002c-requiring">date of format, requiring</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cNeedsTeXFormat">\NeedsTeXFormat</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-date_002c-for-titlepage">date, for titlepage</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-date_002c-today_0027s">date, today’s</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ctoday">\today</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-datetime-package"><code class="code">datetime</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005ctoday">\today</a></td></tr>
@@ -26278,6 +26736,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-dd"><code>dd</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-declaration-form-of-font-size-commands">declaration form of font size commands</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Font-sizes">Font sizes</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-declaration-form-of-font-style-commands">declaration form of font style commands</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-default-option-processing">default option processing</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareOption">\DeclareOption</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-define-color">define color</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Define-colors">Define colors</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-defining-a-new-command">defining a new command</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand & \renewcommand</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-defining-a-new-command-1">defining a new command</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cprovidecommand">\providecommand</a></td></tr>
@@ -26299,7 +26758,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-design-size_002c-in-font-definitions">design size, in font definitions</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewfont">\newfont</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-didot-point">didot point</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-dieresis-accent">dieresis accent</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-difference-between-class-and-package">difference between class and package</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-construction">Class and package construction</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-difference-between-class-and-package">difference between class and package</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-creation">Class and package creation</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-dimen-plain-TeX">dimen <span class="r">plain TeX</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Lengths">Lengths</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-directory-listings_002c-from-system">directory listings, from system</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-discretionary-breaks_002c-multiplication">discretionary breaks, multiplication</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005c_002a">\*</a></td></tr>
@@ -26310,7 +26769,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-displaying-quoted-text-without-paragraph-indentation">displaying quoted text without paragraph indentation</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#quotation-_0026-quote">quotation & quote</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-displaymath-environment"><code><code class="code">displaymath</code> <span class="r">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#displaymath">displaymath</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-displaymath-environment-1"><code><code class="code">displaymath</code> <span class="r">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-formulas">Math formulas</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-document-class-commands">document class commands</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-construction">Class and package construction</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-document-class-commands">document class commands</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-creation">Class and package creation</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-document-class-options">document class options</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-document-class_002c-defined">document class, defined</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Starting-and-ending">Starting and ending</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-document-classes">document classes</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Document-classes">Document classes</a></td></tr>
@@ -26317,6 +26776,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-document-environment"><code><code class="code">document</code> <span class="r">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#document">document</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-document-root-name">document root name</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Jobname">Jobname</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-document-templates">document templates</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Document-templates">Document templates</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-documentmetadata_002dsupport_002ddoc-document"><code>documentmetadata-support-doc <span class="r">document</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDocumentMetadata">\DocumentMetadata</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-dollar-sign">dollar sign</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-dot-accent">dot accent</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-dot-over-accent_002c-math">dot over accent, math</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr>
@@ -26348,12 +26808,13 @@
<tr><th id="Index_cp_letter-E">E</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-e_002ddash">e-dash</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-e_002dTeX">e-TeX</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-e_002dTeX_002c-and-robust-commands">e-TeX, and robust commands</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareRobustCommand">\DeclareRobustCommand</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-ellipses">ellipses</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Dots">Dots</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-ellipsis">ellipsis</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-ellipsis_002c-in-Unicode-_0028U_002b2026_0029">ellipsis, in Unicode (U+2026)</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Dots">Dots</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-ellipsis_002c-traditional-_0028three-periods_0029">ellipsis, traditional (three periods)</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Dots">Dots</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-em-1"><code>em</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-em">em</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-em-1"><code>em</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-em_002ddash">em-dash</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-em_002ddash_002c-three_002dquarters">em-dash, three-quarters</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-em_002ddash_002c-two_002dthirds">em-dash, two-thirds</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
@@ -26430,12 +26891,12 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-es_002dzet-German-letter">es-zet German letter</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-etex-command"><code>etex <span class="r">command</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-eth_002c-Icelandic-letter">eth, Icelandic letter</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-etoolbox-package"><code class="code">etoolbox</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-etoolbox-package"><code class="code">etoolbox</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareRobustCommand">\DeclareRobustCommand</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-euro-symbol">euro symbol</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-eurosym-package"><code class="code">eurosym</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-eurosym-package-1"><code class="code">eurosym</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-ex-1"><code>ex</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-ex">ex</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-ex-1"><code>ex</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-exclamation-point_002c-upside_002ddown">exclamation point, upside-down</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-exclamation-points_002c-ending-a-sentence">exclamation points, ending a sentence</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040">\@</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-executivepaper-option"><code>executivepaper <span class="r">option</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
@@ -26510,6 +26971,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-footnotes_002c-symbols-instead-of-numbers">footnotes, symbols instead of numbers</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnote">\footnote</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-force-option-for-filecontents"><code class="code">force</code> option for <code class="code">filecontents</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#filecontents">filecontents</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-format-files_002c-TeX">format files, TeX</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-format_002c-requiring">format, requiring</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cNeedsTeXFormat">\NeedsTeXFormat</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-formulas_002c-environment-for">formulas, environment for</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#equation">equation</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-formulas_002c-math">formulas, math</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-formulas">Math formulas</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-forward-reference">forward reference</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Cross-references">Cross references</a></td></tr>
@@ -26526,7 +26988,8 @@
<tr><th id="Index_cp_letter-G">G</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-geometry-package"><code class="code">geometry</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-global-options">global options</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-global-options-1">global options</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Additional-packages">Additional packages</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-global-options-1">global options</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cusepackage">\usepackage</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-global-options-2">global options</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cProcessOptions">\ProcessOptions</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-glossaries">glossaries</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Glossaries">Glossaries</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-glossary">glossary</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Glossaries">Glossaries</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-glossary_002c-entries">glossary, entries</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewglossaryentry">\newglossaryentry</a></td></tr>
@@ -26672,6 +27135,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-LaTeX-vs_002e-LaTeX2e">LaTeX vs. LaTeX2e</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#About-this-document">About this document</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-latex_002ddev"><code>latex-dev</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-latex_002ddoc_002dptr-document"><code>latex-doc-ptr <span class="r">document</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#About-this-document">About this document</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-latex_002dlab-package"><code class="code">latex-lab</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDocumentMetadata">\DocumentMetadata</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-LaTeX2e-logo">LaTeX2e logo</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-LaTeX3-syntax">LaTeX3 syntax</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#LaTeX-command-syntax">LaTeX command syntax</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-latexrefman_0040tug_002eorg-email-address"><code><a class="email" href="mailto:latexrefman at tug.org">latexrefman at tug.org</a> <span class="r">email address</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#About-this-document">About this document</a></td></tr>
@@ -26731,7 +27195,8 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-lists-of-items_002c-generic">lists of items, generic</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#list">list</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-lists-of-items_002c-numbered">lists of items, numbered</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-lmodern-package"><code class="code">lmodern</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#fontenc-package">fontenc package</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-loading-additional-packages">loading additional packages</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Additional-packages">Additional packages</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-loading-additional-packages">loading additional packages</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cusepackage">\usepackage</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-local-options">local options</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cProcessOptions">\ProcessOptions</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-locale-information_002c-from-system">locale information, from system</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-log-file">log file</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-log-file_002c-writing-to">log file, writing to</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite">\write</a></td></tr>
@@ -26738,7 +27203,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-logo_002c-LaTeX">logo, LaTeX</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-logo_002c-LaTeX2e">logo, LaTeX2e</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-logo_002c-TeX">logo, TeX</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-long-command">long command</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-long-command">long command</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cCheckCommand">\CheckCommand</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-low_002d9-quotation-marks_002c-single-and-double">low-9 quotation marks, single and double</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-low_002dlevel-font-commands">low-level font commands</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-lowercase">lowercase</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Upper-and-lower-case">Upper and lower case</a></td></tr>
@@ -26761,7 +27226,6 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-main-matter-of-a-book">main matter of a book</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter">\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-make-a-box">make a box</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox">\mbox & \makebox</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-makeidx-package"><code class="code">makeidx</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cprintindex">\printindex</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-makeindex-and-special-page-numbers"><code class="command">makeindex</code> and special page numbers</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cthepage">\thepage</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-makeindex-program"><code class="command">makeindex</code> program</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-makeindex_002c-program"><code>makeindex, <span class="r">program</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-makeindex_002c-style-file"><code>makeindex, style file</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
@@ -26794,6 +27258,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-mathtools-package-3"><code class="code">mathtools</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Over_002d-and-Underlining">Over- and Underlining</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-mathtools-package-4"><code class="code">mathtools</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csmash">\smash</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-mathtools-package-5"><code class="code">mathtools</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-metadata_002c-adding">metadata, adding</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDocumentMetadata">\DocumentMetadata</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-MetaPost-package"><code class="code">MetaPost</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cline">\line</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-mfirstuc-package"><code class="code">mfirstuc</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Upper-and-lower-case">Upper and lower case</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-mhchem-package"><code class="code">mhchem</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Subscripts-_0026-superscripts">Subscripts & superscripts</a></td></tr>
@@ -26823,9 +27288,9 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-name-of-document-root">name of document root</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Jobname">Jobname</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-NBSP">NBSP</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_007e">~</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-nested-_005cinclude_002c-not-allowed">nested <code class="code">\include</code>, not allowed</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly">\include & \includeonly</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-new-class-commands">new class commands</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-construction">Class and package construction</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-new-command_002c-checking">new command, checking</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-new-command_002c-definition">new command, definition</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-new-class-commands">new class commands</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-creation">Class and package creation</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-new-command_002c-checking-definition-of">new command, checking definition of</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cCheckCommand">\CheckCommand</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-new-command_002c-definition">new command, definition</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareRobustCommand">\DeclareRobustCommand</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-new-commands_002c-defining">new commands, defining</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand & \renewcommand</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-new-commands_002c-defining-1">new commands, defining</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cprovidecommand">\providecommand</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-new-line_002c-output-as-input">new line, output as input</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr">\obeycr & \restorecr</a></td></tr>
@@ -26861,16 +27326,22 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-openright-option"><code>openright <span class="r">option</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-OpenType-fonts">OpenType fonts</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-operating-system-information">operating system information</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-option-clash">option clash</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cPassOptionsToClass-_0026-_005cPassOptionsToPackage">\PassOptionsToClass & \PassOptionsToPackage</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-option-processing-by-default">option processing by default</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareOption">\DeclareOption</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-option_002c-currently-being-processed">option, currently being processed</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cCurrentOption">\CurrentOption</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-optional-arguments_002c-defining-and-using">optional arguments, defining and using</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand & \renewcommand</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-options_002c-class">options, class</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-options_002c-class">options, class</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareOption">\DeclareOption</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-options_002c-color-package">options, color package</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Color-package-options">Color package options</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-options_002c-command-line">options, command line</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Command-line-options">Command line options</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-options_002c-document-class">options, document class</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-options_002c-document-class-1">options, document class</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-structure">Class and package structure</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-options_002c-global">options, global</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Additional-packages">Additional packages</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-options_002c-global">options, global</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cusepackage">\usepackage</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-options_002c-global-and-local">options, global and local</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cProcessOptions">\ProcessOptions</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-options_002c-graphics-package">options, graphics package</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Graphics-package-options">Graphics package options</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-options_002c-list-of-unused">options, list of unused</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cOptionNotUsed">\OptionNotUsed</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-options_002c-package">options, package</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-structure">Class and package structure</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-options_002c-package-1">options, package</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-options_002c-package-1">options, package</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareOption">\DeclareOption</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-options_002c-processing">options, processing</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cProcessOptions">\ProcessOptions</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-ordinals_002c-feminine-and-masculine">ordinals, feminine and masculine</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-oslash">oslash</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-OT1">OT1</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#fontenc-package">fontenc package</a></td></tr>
@@ -26883,9 +27354,10 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-overwrite-option-for-filecontents"><code class="code">overwrite</code> option for <code class="code">filecontents</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#filecontents">filecontents</a></td></tr>
<tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
<tr><th id="Index_cp_letter-P">P</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package-and-class-commands">package and class commands</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package-file-layout">package file layout</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-structure">Class and package structure</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package-options">package options</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-structure">Class and package structure</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package-options-1">package options</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package-options-1">package options</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareOption">\DeclareOption</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-abstract"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">abstract</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#abstract">abstract</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-adjustbox"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">adjustbox</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Boxes">Boxes</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-algorithm2e"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">algorithm2e</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
@@ -26916,6 +27388,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-Asymptote-1"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">Asymptote</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cstrut">\strut</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-Asymptote-2"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">Asymptote</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox">\mbox & \makebox</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-Asymptote-3"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">Asymptote</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-atenddvi"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">atenddvi</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cAtBeginDvi-_0026-_005cAtEndDvi">\AtBeginDvi & \AtEndDvi</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-babel"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">babel</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cchapter">\chapter</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-babel-1"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">babel</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-babel-2"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">babel</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
@@ -26939,7 +27412,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-enumitem"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">enumitem</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-enumitem-1"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">enumitem</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#list">list</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-envlab"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">envlab</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cmakelabels">\makelabels</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-etoolbox"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">etoolbox</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-etoolbox"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">etoolbox</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareRobustCommand">\DeclareRobustCommand</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-eurosym"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">eurosym</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-eurosym-1"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">eurosym</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-expl3"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">expl3</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#LaTeX-command-syntax">LaTeX command syntax</a></td></tr>
@@ -26967,6 +27440,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-indentfirst-4"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">indentfirst</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph">\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-indentfirst-5"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">indentfirst</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent">\indent & \noindent</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-index"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">index</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cindex">\index</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-latex_002dlab"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">latex-lab</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDocumentMetadata">\DocumentMetadata</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-latexsym"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">latexsym</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Arrows">Arrows</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-listings"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">listings</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-listings-1"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">listings</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></td></tr>
@@ -27028,7 +27502,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-xr_002dhyper"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">xr-hyper</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#xr-package">xr package</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-xspace"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">xspace</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#xspace-package">xspace package</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-package_002c-xstring"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">xstring</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Jobname">Jobname</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-packages_002c-loading-additional">packages, loading additional</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Additional-packages">Additional packages</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-packages_002c-loading-additional">packages, loading additional</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cusepackage">\usepackage</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-page-break_002c-forcing">page break, forcing</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak">\pagebreak & \nopagebreak</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-page-break_002c-preventing">page break, preventing</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak">\pagebreak & \nopagebreak</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-page-breaking">page breaking</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Page-breaking">Page breaking</a></td></tr>
@@ -27067,6 +27541,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-pattern_002c-current-tab-stops_002c-tabbing">pattern, current tab stops, <span class="r">tabbing</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-pc"><code>pc</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-PDF-graphic-files">PDF graphic files</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics">\includegraphics</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-PDF_002c-tagged">PDF, tagged</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDocumentMetadata">\DocumentMetadata</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-pdflatex"><code>pdflatex</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-pdflatex-command"><code>pdflatex <span class="r">command</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-pdflatex_002ddev"><code>pdflatex-dev</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
@@ -27102,6 +27577,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-preamble"><code>preamble</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-preamble_002c-defined">preamble, defined</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Starting-and-ending">Starting and ending</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-prerelease-testing">prerelease testing</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-processing-options">processing options</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cProcessOptions">\ProcessOptions</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-prompt_002c-_002a">prompt, ‘<samp class="samp">*</samp>’</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Recovering-from-errors">Recovering from errors</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-pronunciation">pronunciation</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Overview">Overview</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-PSTricks-package"><code class="code">PSTricks</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cline">\line</a></td></tr>
@@ -27155,6 +27631,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-rigid-lengths">rigid lengths</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Lengths">Lengths</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-ring-accent">ring accent</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-ring-accent_002c-math">ring accent, math</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-robust-command_002c-defining">robust command, defining</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareRobustCommand">\DeclareRobustCommand</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-robust-commands">robust commands</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-roman-font">roman font</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-root-file">root file</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Splitting-the-input">Splitting the input</a></td></tr>
@@ -27308,6 +27785,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-tablefootnote-package"><code class="code">tablefootnote</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Footnotes-in-a-table">Footnotes in a table</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-tables_002c-creating">tables, creating</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#table">table</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-tabular-environment"><code><code class="code">tabular</code> <span class="r">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#tabular">tabular</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-tagged-PDF">tagged PDF</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDocumentMetadata">\DocumentMetadata</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-template-_0028simple_0029_002c-article">template (simple), <code class="code">article</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#article-template">article template</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-template_002c-beamer">template, <code class="code">beamer</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#beamer-template">beamer template</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-template_002c-book">template, <code class="code">book</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#book-template">book template</a></td></tr>
@@ -27404,6 +27882,8 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-units_002c-of-length">units, of length</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-unofficial-nature-of-this-manual">unofficial nature of this manual</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#About-this-document">About this document</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-unordered-lists">unordered lists</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-Unused-global-option-warning_002c-handling"><code class="code">Unused global option</code> warning, handling</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareOption">\DeclareOption</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-unused-options_002c-adding-to-list">unused options, adding to list</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cOptionNotUsed">\OptionNotUsed</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-uplatex"><code>uplatex</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-uplatex_002ddev"><code>uplatex-dev</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-uppercase">uppercase</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Upper-and-lower-case">Upper and lower case</a></td></tr>
@@ -27421,6 +27901,7 @@
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-verbatim-text_002c-inline">verbatim text, inline</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cverb">\verb</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-verbatimbox-package"><code class="code">verbatimbox</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-verse-environment"><code><code class="code">verse</code> <span class="r">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#verse">verse</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-version-of-format_002c-requiring">version of format, requiring</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cNeedsTeXFormat">\NeedsTeXFormat</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-vertical-bar_002c-double_002c-in-text">vertical bar, double, in text</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-vertical-bar_002c-in-text">vertical bar, in text</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-vertical-mode">vertical mode</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Modes">Modes</a></td></tr>
Modified: trunk/latex2e.info
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e.info 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e.info 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
latex2e.texi.
This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a document
-preparation system, version of July 2023.
+preparation system, version of September 2023.
This manual was originally translated from ‘LATEX.HLP’ v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by George D.
@@ -44,8 +44,8 @@
LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual
***************************************
-This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of July 2023)
-for LaTeX2e, a document preparation system.
+This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of September
+2023) for LaTeX2e, a document preparation system.
* Menu:
@@ -69,8 +69,8 @@
* Page styles:: Various styles of page layout.
* Spaces:: Horizontal and vertical space.
* Boxes:: Making boxes.
+* Graphics:: Importing graphics from outside LaTeX.
* Color:: Defining and using colors.
-* Graphics:: Importing graphics from outside LaTeX.
* Special insertions:: Inserting reserved and special characters.
* Splitting the input:: Dealing with big files by splitting.
* Front/back matter:: Tables of contents, glossaries, indexes.
@@ -106,7 +106,8 @@
document is completely unofficial and has not been written or reviewed
by the LaTeX maintainers. Do not send bug reports or anything else
about this document to them. Instead, please send all comments to
-<latexrefman at tug.org>.
+<latexrefman at tug.org>. This is a public list; you can (un)subscribe,
+view the archives, etc., at <https://lists.tug.org/latexrefman>.
This document is a reference, not a tutorial. There is a vast array
of other information available about LaTeX, at all levels. Here are a
@@ -122,8 +123,7 @@
A longer introduction to LaTeX, translated to many languages.
<https://tug.org/begin.html>
- Introduction to the TeX system, including LaTeX, with further
- references.
+ Overview of getting started with TeX and LaTeX.
File: latex2e.info, Node: Overview, Next: Document classes, Prev: About this document, Up: Top
@@ -163,8 +163,8 @@
* Output files:: Files produced.
* TeX engines:: Programs that can compile TeX and LaTeX.
* LaTeX command syntax:: General syntax of LaTeX commands.
-* Environment:: An area of the source with distinct behavior.
-* CTAN:: Our repository.
+* Environment syntax:: \begin{envname} ... \end{envname}.
+* CTAN:: The TeX world’s general repository.
File: latex2e.info, Node: Starting and ending, Next: Output files, Up: Overview
@@ -340,7 +340,7 @@
<https://tug.org/TUGboat/tb40-2/tb125mitt-dev.pdf>.
-File: latex2e.info, Node: LaTeX command syntax, Next: Environment, Prev: TeX engines, Up: Overview
+File: latex2e.info, Node: LaTeX command syntax, Next: Environment syntax, Prev: TeX engines, Up: Overview
2.4 LaTeX command syntax
========================
@@ -381,10 +381,10 @@
LaTeX manuals.
-File: latex2e.info, Node: Environment, Next: CTAN, Prev: LaTeX command syntax, Up: Overview
+File: latex2e.info, Node: Environment syntax, Next: \DocumentMetadata, Prev: LaTeX command syntax, Up: Overview
-2.5 Environment
-===============
+2.5 Environment syntax
+======================
Synopsis:
@@ -419,9 +419,37 @@
\end{tabular}
-File: latex2e.info, Node: CTAN, Prev: Environment, Up: Overview
+File: latex2e.info, Node: \DocumentMetadata, Next: CTAN, Prev: Environment syntax, Up: Overview
-2.6 CTAN: The Comprehensive TeX Archive Network
+2.6 ‘\DocumentMetadata’: Producing tagged PDF output
+====================================================
+
+The ‘\DocumentMetadata’ command was added to LaTeX in 2022. It enables
+so-called “tagging” of the PDF output, aiding accessibility of the PDF.
+
+ It is unlike nearly any other command in LaTeX in that it must occur
+before the ‘\documentclass’ command that starts a LaTeX document proper
+(*note \documentclass::). Therefore it must be called with
+‘\RequirePackage’ rather than ‘\usepackage’ (*note \RequirePackage::).
+
+ This support is still in development, so we will not try to list all
+the possible settings. Please see the ‘documentmetadata-support-doc’
+document, part of the ‘latex-lab’ package
+(<https://ctan.org/pkg/latex-lab>). Here is a simple example which
+enables most tagging currently implemented:
+
+ \DocumentMetadata{testphase={phase-III,firstaid}}
+ \documentclass{article}
+ ...
+
+ As you can see from the key name ‘testphase’, this is all still in an
+experimental phase. But the LaTeX developers strongly encourage users
+to give it a try and report problems.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info, Node: CTAN, Prev: \DocumentMetadata, Up: Overview
+
+2.7 CTAN: The Comprehensive TeX Archive Network
===============================================
The Comprehensive TeX Archive Network, CTAN, is the TeX and LaTeX
@@ -455,13 +483,13 @@
3 Document classes
******************
-The document’s overall class is defined with this command, which is
-normally the first command in a LaTeX source file.
+The document’s overall class is defined with the ‘\documentclass’
+command, which is normally the first command in a LaTeX source file.
\documentclass[OPTIONS]{CLASS}
- The following document CLASS names are built into LaTeX. (Many other
-document classes are available as separate packages; *note Overview::.)
+ The following document CLASS names are built into LaTeX. Many other
+document classes are available as separate packages (*note Overview::).
‘article’
For a journal article, a presentation, and miscellaneous general
@@ -481,20 +509,20 @@
‘slides’
For slide presentations—rarely used nowadays. The ‘beamer’ package
- is perhaps the most prevalent (<https://ctan.org/pkg/beamer>).
- *Note beamer template::, for a small template for a beamer
- document.
+ is perhaps the most prevalent replacement
+ (<https://ctan.org/pkg/beamer>). *Note beamer template::, for a
+ small template for a beamer document.
Standard OPTIONS are described in the next section.
* Menu:
-* Document class options:: Global options.
-* Additional packages:: Bring in packages.
-* Class and package construction:: Create new classes and packages.
+* Document class options:: Global options.
+* \usepackage:: Bring in additional packages.
+* Class and package creation:: Writing new classes and packages.
-File: latex2e.info, Node: Document class options, Next: Additional packages, Up: Document classes
+File: latex2e.info, Node: Document class options, Next: \usepackage, Up: Document classes
3.1 Document class options
==========================
@@ -505,15 +533,18 @@
\documentclass[OPTION1,OPTION2,...]{CLASS}
+ LaTeX automatically passes options specified for ‘\documentclass’ on
+to any other loaded classes that can handle them.
+
Here is the list of the standard class options.
All of the standard classes except ‘slides’ accept the following
-options for selecting the typeface size (default is ‘10pt’):
+options for selecting the typeface size; the default is ‘10pt’:
10pt 11pt 12pt
All of the standard classes accept these options for selecting the
-paper size (these show height by width):
+paper size (dimensions are listed height by width):
‘a4paper’
210 by 297mm (about 8.25 by 11.75 inches)
@@ -535,7 +566,7 @@
When using one of the engines pdfLaTeX, LuaLaTeX, or XeLaTeX (*note
TeX engines::), options other than ‘letterpaper’ set the print area but
-you must also set the physical paper size. Usually, The ‘geometry’
+you must also set the physical paper size. Usually, the ‘geometry’
package is the best way to do that; it provides flexible ways of setting
the print area and physical page size. Otherwise, setting the paper
size is engine-dependent. For example, with pdfLaTeX, you could include
@@ -596,29 +627,39 @@
the bottom of each note.
-File: latex2e.info, Node: Additional packages, Next: Class and package construction, Prev: Document class options, Up: Document classes
+File: latex2e.info, Node: \usepackage, Next: Class and package creation, Prev: Document class options, Up: Document classes
-3.2 Additional packages
-=======================
+3.2 ‘\usepackage’: Additional packages
+======================================
-Load a package PKG, with the package options given in the
-comma-separated list OPTIONS, as here.
+To load a package PKG, with the package options given in the
+comma-separated list OPTIONS:
- \usepackage[OPTIONS]{PKG}.
+ \usepackage[OPTIONS]{PKG}[MINDATE]
To specify more than one package you can separate them with a comma,
as in ‘\usepackage{PKG1,PKG2,...}’, or use multiple ‘\usepackage’
commands.
- Any options given in the ‘\documentclass’ command that are unknown to
-the selected document class are passed on to the packages loaded with
-‘\usepackage’.
+ If the MINDATE optional argument is given, LaTeX gives a warning if
+the loaded package has an earlier date, i.e., is too old. The MINDATE
+argument must be in the form ‘YYYY/MM/DD’. More info on this:
+<https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/47743>.
+ ‘\usepackage’ must be used in the document preamble, between the
+‘\documentclass’ declaration and the ‘\begin{document}’. Occasionally
+it is necessary to load packages before the ‘\documentclass’; see
+‘\RequirePackage’ for that (*note \RequirePackage::).
+
+ Any options given in the global ‘\documentclass’ command that are
+unknown to the selected document class are passed on to the packages
+loaded with ‘\usepackage’.
+
-File: latex2e.info, Node: Class and package construction, Prev: Additional packages, Up: Document classes
+File: latex2e.info, Node: Class and package creation, Prev: \usepackage, Up: Document classes
-3.3 Class and package construction
-==================================
+3.3 Class and package creation
+==============================
You can create new document classes and new packages. For instance, if
your memos must satisfy some local requirements, such as a standard
@@ -628,30 +669,33 @@
What separates a package from a document class is that the commands
in a package are useful across classes while those in a document class
are specific to that class. Thus, a command to set page headers is for
-a package while a command to make the page headers say ‘Memo from the
-SMC Math Department’ is for a class.
+a package while a command to make the page headers be ‘Memo from the SMC
+Math Department’ is for a class.
- Inside of a class or package file you can use the at-sign ‘@’ as a
-character in command names without having to surround the code
-containing that command with ‘\makeatletter’ and ‘\makeatother’. *Note
-\makeatletter & \makeatother::. This allow you to create commands that
-users will not accidentally redefine. Another technique is to preface
-class- or package-specific commands with some string to prevent your
-class or package from interfering with others. For instance, the class
-‘smcmemo’ might have commands ‘\smc at tolist’, ‘\smc at fromlist’, etc.
+ Inside of a class or package definition you can use the at-sign ‘@’
+as a character in command names without having to surround the code
+containing that command with ‘\makeatletter’ and ‘\makeatother’ (*note
+\makeatletter & \makeatother::). This allows you to create commands
+that users will not accidentally redefine.
+ It is also highly desirable to prefix class- or package-specific
+commands with your package name or similar string, to prevent your
+definitions from clashing with those from other packages. For instance,
+the class ‘smcmemo’ might have commands ‘\smc at tolist’, ‘\smc at fromlist’,
+etc.
+
* Menu:
* Class and package structure:: Layout of the file.
-* Class and package commands:: List of commands.
-File: latex2e.info, Node: Class and package structure, Next: Class and package commands, Up: Class and package construction
+File: latex2e.info, Node: Class and package structure, Up: Class and package creation
3.3.1 Class and package structure
---------------------------------
A class file or package file typically has four parts.
+
1. In the “identification part”, the file says that it is a LaTeX
package or class and describes itself, using the ‘\NeedsTeXFormat’
and ‘\ProvidesClass’ or ‘\ProvidesPackage’ commands.
@@ -690,359 +734,13 @@
class to provide the basis for this class’s code.
For more, see the official guide for class and package writers, the
-Class Guide, at
-<https://www.latex-project.org/help/documentation/clsguide.pdf> (much of
-the descriptions here derive from this document), or the tutorial
-<https://www.tug.org/TUGboat/tb26-3/tb84heff.pdf>.
+Class Guide, at <https://ctan.org/pkg/clsguide> (much of the description
+here derives from this document), or the tutorial at
+<https://tug.org/TUGboat/tb26-3/tb84heff.pdf>.
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: Class and package commands, Prev: Class and package structure, Up: Class and package construction
+ *Note Class and package commands::, for some of the commands
+specifically intended for class and package writers.
-3.3.2 Class and package commands
---------------------------------
-
-These are the commands designed to help writers of classes or packages.
-
-‘\AtBeginDvi{specials}’
- Save in a box register things that are written to the ‘.dvi’ file
- at the beginning of the shipout of the first page of the document.
-
-‘\AtEndOfClass{CODE}’
-‘\AtEndOfPackage{CODE}’
- Hook to insert CODE to be executed when LaTeX finishes processing
- the current class or package. You can use these hooks multiple
- times; the ‘code’ will be executed in the order that you called it.
- See also *note \AtBeginDocument::.
-
-‘\CheckCommand{CMD}[NUM][DEFAULT]{DEFINITION}’
-‘\CheckCommand*{CMD}[NUM][DEFAULT]{DEFINITION}’
- Like ‘\newcommand’ (*note \newcommand & \renewcommand::) but does
- not define CMD; instead it checks that the current definition of
- CMD is exactly as given by DEFINITION and is or is not “long” as
- expected. A long command is a command that accepts ‘\par’ within
- an argument. The CMD command is expected to be long with the
- unstarred version of ‘\CheckCommand’. Raises an error when the
- check fails. This allows you to check before you start redefining
- ‘cmd’ yourself that no other package has already redefined this
- command.
-
-‘\ClassError{CLASS NAME}{ERROR TEXT}{HELP TEXT}’
-‘\ClassWarning{CLASS NAME}{WARNING TEXT}’
-‘\ClassWarningNoLine{CLASS NAME}{WARNING TEXT}’
-‘\ClassInfo{CLASS NAME}{INFO TEXT}’
-‘\ClassInfoNoLine{CLASS NAME}{INFO TEXT}’
-‘\PackageError{PACKAGE NAME}{ERROR TEXT}{HELP TEXT}’
-‘\PackageWarning{PACKAGE NAME}{WARNING TEXT}’
-‘\PackageWarningNoLine{PACKAGE NAME}{WARNING TEXT}’
-‘\PackageInfo{PACKAGE NAME}{INFO TEXT}’
-‘\PackageInfoNoLine{PACKAGE NAME}{INFO TEXT}’
- Produce an error message, or warning or informational messages.
-
- For ‘\ClassError’ and ‘\PackageError’ the message is ERROR TEXT,
- followed by TeX’s ‘?’ error prompt. If the user then asks for help
- by typing ‘h’, they see the HELP TEXT.
-
- The four warning commands are similar except that they write
- WARNING TEXT on the screen with no error prompt. The four info
- commands write INFO TEXT only in the transcript file. The ‘NoLine’
- versions do not show the number of the line generating the message,
- while the other versions do show that number.
-
- To format the messages, including the HELP TEXT: use ‘\protect’ to
- stop a command from expanding, get a line break with
- ‘\MessageBreak’, and get a space with ‘\space’ when a space
- character does not allow it, like after a command. Note that LaTeX
- appends a period to the messages.
-
-‘\CurrentOption’
- Expands to the name of the currently-being-processed option. Can
- only be used within the CODE argument of either ‘\DeclareOption’ or
- ‘\DeclareOption*’.
-
-‘\DeclareOption{OPTION}{CODE}’
-‘\DeclareOption*{CODE}’
- Make an option available to a user to invoke in their
- ‘\documentclass’ command. For example, the ‘smcmemo’ class could
- have an option ‘\documentclass[logo]{smcmemo}’ allowing users to
- put the institutional logo on the first page. The class file must
- contain ‘\DeclareOption{logo}{CODE}’ (and later,
- ‘\ProcessOptions’).
-
- If you request an option that has not been declared, by default
- this will produce a warning like ‘Unused global option(s):
- [badoption].’ Change this behavior with the starred version
- ‘\DeclareOption*{CODE}’. For example, many classes extend an
- existing class, using a command such as ‘\LoadClass{article}’, and
- for passing extra options to the underlying class use code such as
- this.
-
- \DeclareOption*{%
- \PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}%
- }
-
- Another example is that the class ‘smcmemo’ may allow users to keep
- lists of memo recipients in external files. Then the user could
- invoke ‘\documentclass[math]{smcmemo}’ and it will read the file
- ‘math.memo’. This code handles the file if it exists and otherwise
- passes the option to the ‘article’ class.
-
- \DeclareOption*{\InputIfFileExists{\CurrentOption.memo}{}{%
- \PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}}}
-
-‘\DeclareRobustCommand{CMD}[NUM][DEFAULT]{DEFINITION}’
-‘* \DeclareRobustCommand*{CMD}[NUM][DEFAULT]{DEFINITION}’
- Like ‘\newcommand’ and ‘\newcommand*’ (*note \newcommand &
- \renewcommand::) but these declare a robust command, even if some
- code within the DEFINITION is fragile. (For a discussion of robust
- and fragile commands *note \protect::.) Use this command to define
- new robust commands or to redefine existing commands and make them
- robust. Unlike ‘\newcommand’ these do not give an error if macro
- CMD already exists; instead, a log message is put into the
- transcript file if a command is redefined.
-
- Commands defined this way are a bit less efficient than those
- defined using ‘\newcommand’ so unless the command’s data is fragile
- and the command is used within a moving argument, use
- ‘\newcommand’.
-
- The ‘etoolbox’ package offers the commands ‘\newrobustcmd’,
- ‘\newrobustcmd*’, as well as the commands ‘\renewrobustcmd’,
- ‘\renewrobustcmd*’, and the commands ‘\providerobustcmd’, and
- ‘\providerobustcmd*’. These are similar to ‘\newcommand’,
- ‘\newcommand*’, ‘\renewcommand’, ‘\renewcommand*’,
- ‘\providecommand’, and ‘\providecommand*’, but define a robust CMD
- with two advantages as compared to ‘\DeclareRobustCommand’:
- 1. They use the low-level e-TeX protection mechanism rather than
- the higher level LaTeX ‘\protect’ mechanism, so they do not
- incur the slight loss of performance mentioned above, and
- 2. They make the same distinction between ‘\new...’, ‘\renew...’,
- and ‘\provide...’, as the standard commands, so they do not
- just make a log message when you redefine CMD that already
- exists, in that case you need to use either ‘\renew...’ or
- ‘\provide...’ or you get an error.
-
-‘\IfFileExists{FILENAME}{TRUE CODE}{FALSE CODE}’
-‘\InputIfFileExists{FILENAME}{TRUE CODE}{FALSE CODE}’
- Execute TRUE CODE if LaTeX finds the file ‘FILE NAME’ or FALSE CODE
- otherwise. In the first case it executing TRUE CODE and then
- inputs the file. Thus the command
-
- \IfFileExists{img.pdf}{%
- \includegraphics{img.pdf}}{\typeout{!! img.pdf not found}
-
- will include the graphic ‘img.pdf’ if it is found and otherwise
- give a warning.
-
- This command looks for the file in all search paths that LaTeX
- uses, not only in the current directory. To look only in the
- current directory do something like ‘\IfFileExists{./filename}{TRUE
- CODE}{FALSE CODE}’. If you ask for a filename without a ‘.tex’
- extension then LaTeX will first look for the file by appending the
- ‘.tex’; for more on how LaTeX handles file extensions see *note
- \input::.
-
-‘\LoadClass[OPTIONS LIST]{CLASS NAME}[RELEASE DATE]’
-‘\LoadClassWithOptions{CLASS NAME}[RELEASE DATE]’
- Load a class, as with ‘\documentclass[OPTIONS LIST]{CLASS
- NAME}[RELEASE INFO]’. An example is
- ‘\LoadClass[twoside]{article}’.
-
- The OPTIONS LIST, if present, is a comma-separated list. The
- RELEASE DATE is optional. If present it must have the form
- YYYY/MM/DD.
-
- If you request a RELEASE DATE and the date of the package installed
- on your system is earlier, then you get a warning on the screen and
- in the log like this.
-
- You have requested, on input line 4, version `2038/01/19' of
- document class article, but only version `2014/09/29 v1.4h
- Standard LaTeX document class' is available.
-
- The command version ‘\LoadClassWithOptions’ uses the list of
- options for the current class. This means it ignores any options
- passed to it via ‘\PassOptionsToClass’. This is a convenience
- command that lets you build classes on existing ones, such as the
- standard ‘article’ class, without having to track which options
- were passed.
-
-‘\ExecuteOptions{OPTIONS-LIST}’
- For each option OPTION in the OPTIONS-LIST, in order, this command
- executes the command ‘\ds at OPTION’. If this command is not defined
- then that option is silently ignored.
-
- It can be used to provide a default option list before
- ‘\ProcessOptions’. For example, if in a class file you want the
- default to be 11pt fonts then you could specify
- ‘\ExecuteOptions{11pt}\ProcessOptions\relax’.
-
-‘\NeedsTeXFormat{FORMAT}[FORMAT DATE]’
- Specifies the format that this class must be run under. Often
- issued as the first line of a class file, and most often used as:
- ‘\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}’. When a document using that class is
- processed, the format name given here must match the format that is
- actually being run (including that the FORMAT string is case
- sensitive). If it does not match then execution stops with an
- error like ‘This file needs format `LaTeX2e' but this is `xxx'.’
-
- To specify a version of the format that you know to have certain
- features, include the optional FORMAT DATE on which those features
- were implemented. If present it must be in the form ‘YYYY/MM/DD’.
- If the format version installed on your system is earlier than
- FORMAT DATE then you get a warning like this.
-
- You have requested release `2038/01/20' of LaTeX, but only
- release `2016/02/01' is available.
-
-‘\OptionNotUsed’
- Adds the current option to the list of unused options. Can only be
- used within the CODE argument of either ‘\DeclareOption’ or
- ‘\DeclareOption*’.
-
-‘\PassOptionsToClass{OPTION LIST}{CLASS NAME}’
-‘\PassOptionsToPackage{OPTION LIST}{PACKAGE NAME}’
- Adds the options in the comma-separated list OPTION LIST to the
- options used by any future ‘\RequirePackage’ or ‘\usepackage’
- command for package PACKAGE NAME or the class CLASS NAME.
-
- The reason for these commands is: you may load a package any number
- of times with no options but if you want options then you may only
- supply them when you first load the package. Loading a package
- with options more than once will get you an error like ‘Option
- clash for package foo.’ (LaTeX throws an error even if there is no
- conflict between the options.)
-
- If your own code is bringing in a package twice then you can
- collapse that to once, for example replacing the two
- ‘\RequirePackage[landscape]{geometry}’ and
- ‘\RequirePackage[margins=1in]{geometry}’ with the single command
- ‘\RequirePackage[landscape,margins=1in]{geometry}’.
-
- However, imagine that you are loading ‘firstpkg’ and inside that
- package it loads ‘secondpkg’, and you need the second package to be
- loaded with option ‘draft’. Then before doing the first package
- you must queue up the options for the second package, like this.
-
- \PassOptionsToPackage{draft}{secondpkg}
- \RequirePackage{firstpkg}
-
- (If ‘firstpkg.sty’ loads an option in conflict with what you want
- then you may have to alter its source.)
-
- These commands are useful for general users as well as class and
- package writers. For instance, suppose a user wants to load the
- ‘graphicx’ package with the option ‘draft’ and also wants to use a
- class ‘foo’ that loads the ‘graphicx’ package, but without that
- option. The user could start their LaTeX file with
- ‘\PassOptionsToPackage{draft}{graphicx}\documentclass{foo}’.
-
-‘\ProcessOptions’
-‘\ProcessOptions*\@OPTIONS’
- Execute the code for each option that the user has invoked.
- Include it in the class file as ‘\ProcessOptions\relax’ (because of
- the existence of the starred command).
-
- Options come in two types. “Local options” have been specified for
- this particular package in the OPTIONS argument of
- ‘\PassOptionsToPackage{OPTIONS}’, ‘\usepackage[OPTIONS]’, or
- ‘\RequirePackage[OPTIONS]’. “Global options” are those given by
- the class user in ‘\documentclass[OPTIONS]’ (If an option is
- specified both locally and globally then it is local.)
-
- When ‘\ProcessOptions’ is called for a package ‘pkg.sty’, the
- following happens:
- 1. For each option OPTION so far declared with ‘\DeclareOption’,
- it looks to see if that option is either a global or a local
- option for ‘pkg’. If so then it executes the declared code.
- This is done in the order in which these options were given in
- ‘pkg.sty’.
- 2. For each remaining local option, it executes the command
- ‘\ds@’OPTION if it has been defined somewhere (other than by a
- ‘\DeclareOption’); otherwise, it executes the default option
- code given in ‘\DeclareOption*’. If no default option code
- has been declared then it gives an error message. This is
- done in the order in which these options were specified.
-
- When ‘\ProcessOptions’ is called for a class it works in the same
- way except that all options are local, and the default CODE for
- ‘\DeclareOption*’ is ‘\OptionNotUsed’ rather than an error.
-
- The starred version ‘\ProcessOptions*’ executes the options in the
- order specified in the calling commands, rather than in the order
- of declaration in the class or package. For a package this means
- that the global options are processed first.
-
-‘\ProvidesClass{CLASS NAME}[RELEASE DATE BRIEF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION]’
-‘\ProvidesClass{CLASS NAME}[RELEASE DATE]’
-‘\ProvidesPackage{PACKAGE NAME}[RELEASE DATE BRIEF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION]’
-‘\ProvidesPackage{PACKAGE NAME}[RELEASE DATE]’
- Identifies the class or package, printing a message to the screen
- and the log file.
-
- When you load a class or package, for example with
- ‘\documentclass{smcmemo}’ or ‘\usepackage{test}’, LaTeX inputs a
- file. If the name of the file does not match the class or package
- name declared in it then you get a warning. Thus, if you invoke
- ‘\documentclass{smcmemo}’, and the file ‘smcmemo.cls’ has the
- statement ‘\ProvidesClass{xxx}’ then you get a warning like ‘You
- have requested document class `smcmemo', but the document class
- provides 'xxx'.’ This warning does not prevent LaTeX from
- processing the rest of the class file normally.
-
- If you include the optional argument then you must include a date,
- before any spaces, of the form ‘YYYY/MM/DD’. The rest of the
- optional argument is free-form, although it traditionally
- identifies the class, and is written to the screen during
- compilation and to the log file. Thus, if your file ‘smcmemo.cls’
- contains the line ‘\ProvidesClass{smcmemo}[2008/06/01 v1.0 SMC memo
- class]’ and your document’s first line is ‘\documentclass{smcmemo}’
- then you will see ‘Document Class: smcmemo 2008/06/01 v1.0 SMC memo
- class’.
-
- The date in the optional argument allows class and package users to
- ask to be warned if the version of the class or package is earlier
- than RELEASE DATE. For instance, a user could enter
- ‘\documentclass{smcmemo}[2018/10/12]’ or
- ‘\usepackage{foo}[[2017/07/07]]’ to require a class or package with
- certain features by specifying that it must be released no earlier
- than the given date. (Although, in practice package users only
- rarely include a date, and class users almost never do.)
-
-‘\ProvidesFile{FILENAME}[ADDITIONAL INFORMATION]’
- Declare a file other than the main class and package files, such as
- configuration files or font definition files. Put this command in
- that file and you get in the log a string like ‘File: test.config
- 2017/10/12 config file for test.cls’ for FILENAME equal to
- ‘test.config’ and ADDITIONAL INFORMATION equal to ‘2017/10/12
- config file for test.cls’.
-
-‘\RequirePackage[OPTION LIST]{PACKAGE NAME}[RELEASE DATE]’
-‘\RequirePackageWithOptions{PACKAGE NAME}[RELEASE DATE]’
- Load a package, like the command ‘\usepackage’ (*note Additional
- packages::). The LaTeX development team strongly recommends use of
- these commands over Plain TeX’s ‘\input’; see the Class Guide. An
- example is ‘\RequirePackage[landscape,margin=1in]{geometry}’.
-
- The OPTION LIST, if present, is a comma-separated list. The
- RELEASE DATE, if present, must have the form YYYY/MM/DD. If the
- release date of the package as installed on your system is earlier
- than RELEASE DATE then you get a warning like ‘You have requested,
- on input line 9, version `2017/07/03' of package jhtest, but only
- version `2000/01/01' is available’.
-
- The ‘\RequirePackageWithOptions’ version uses the list of options
- for the current class. This means it ignores any options passed to
- it via ‘\PassOptionsToClass’. This is a convenience command to
- allow easily building classes on existing ones without having to
- track which options were passed.
-
- The difference between ‘\usepackage’ and ‘\RequirePackage’ is
- small. The ‘\usepackage’ command is intended for the document file
- while ‘\RequirePackage’ is intended for package and class files.
- Thus, using ‘\usepackage’ before the ‘\documentclass’ command
- causes LaTeX to give error like ‘\usepackage before
- \documentclass’, but you can use ‘\RequirePackage’ there.
-
File: latex2e.info, Node: Fonts, Next: Layout, Prev: Document classes, Up: Top
@@ -3075,7 +2773,7 @@
File: latex2e.info, Node: \@startsection, Prev: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter, Up: Sectioning
-6.8 ‘\@startsection’, typesetting sectional unit headings
+6.8 ‘\@startsection’: Typesetting sectional unit headings
=========================================================
Synopsis:
@@ -7529,7 +7227,7 @@
Little is known other than her death.}%
\stepcounter{mpFootnoteValueSaver}%
\footnotetext[\value{mpFootnoteValueSaver}]{%
- Relationship is unresolved in XXI.}
+ Relationship is unresolved.}
\end{center}
For a floating ‘table’ environment (*note table::), use the
@@ -7610,7 +7308,7 @@
\newcommand*{\CMD}[NARGS]{DEFN}
\newcommand*{\CMD}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{DEFN}
-or all the same possibilities with ‘\renewcommand’ instead of
+or the same six possibilities with ‘\renewcommand’ instead of
‘\newcommand’:
\renewcommand{\CMD}{DEFN}
@@ -7624,8 +7322,9 @@
*note Class and package commands::).
The starred form of these two forbids the arguments from containing
-multiple paragraphs of text (in plain TeX terms: the commands are not
-‘\long’). With the default form, arguments can be multiple paragraphs.
+multiple paragraphs of text (i.e., a ‘\par’ token; in plain TeX terms:
+the commands are not ‘\long’). With the default form, arguments can be
+multiple paragraphs.
These are the parameters (examples follow):
@@ -8461,12 +8160,12 @@
‘\newenvironment{eq}{\begin{equation}}{\end{equation}\ignorespacesafterend}’.
-File: latex2e.info, Node: xspace package, Prev: \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend, Up: Definitions
+File: latex2e.info, Node: xspace package, Next: Class and package commands, Prev: \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend, Up: Definitions
-12.13 xspace package
-====================
+12.13 ‘xspace’ package
+======================
-Synopsis:
+This is an add-on package, not part of core LaTeX. Synopsis:
\usepackage{xspace}
...
@@ -8476,15 +8175,15 @@
adds a space unless the command is followed by certain punctuation
characters.
- After a command control sequence that is a control word (*note
-Control sequences::, as opposed to control symbols such as ‘\$’), TeX
-gobbles blank characters. Thus, in the first sentence below, the output
-has ‘Vermont’ placed snugly against the period, without any intervening
-space.
+ After a control sequence that is a control word (*note Control
+sequences::, as opposed to control symbols such as ‘\$’), TeX gobbles
+blank characters. Thus, in the first sentence below, the output has
+‘Vermont’ placed snugly against the period, without any intervening
+space, despite the space in the input.
\newcommand{\VT}{Vermont}
Our college is in \VT .
- The \VT{} summers are nice.
+ \VT{} summers are nice.
But because of the gobbling, the second sentence needs the empty
curly braces or else there would be no space separating ‘Vermont’ from
@@ -8503,9 +8202,9 @@
The default exception list contains the characters ‘,.'/?;:!~-)’, the
open curly brace and the backslash-space command discussed above, and
-the commands ‘\footnote’ or ‘\footnotemark’. Add to that list as with
-‘\xspaceaddexceptions{\myfni \myfnii}’ which adds ‘\myfni’ and ‘\myfnii’
-to the list, and remove from that list as with
+the commands ‘\footnote’ or ‘\footnotemark’. You can add to that list
+as with ‘\xspaceaddexceptions{\myfni \myfnii}’ which adds ‘\myfni’
+and ‘\myfnii’ to the list; and you can remove from that list as with
‘\xspaceremoveexception{!}’.
A comment: many experts prefer not to use ‘\xspace’. Putting it in a
@@ -8513,9 +8212,550 @@
But it isn’t easy to predict when to enter empty braces because
‘\xspace’ will get it wrong, such as when it is followed by another
command, and so ‘\xspace’ can make editing material harder and more
-error-prone than instead always inserting the empty braces.
+error-prone than instead of always inserting the empty braces.
+File: latex2e.info, Node: Class and package commands, Prev: xspace package, Up: Definitions
+
+12.14 Class and package commands
+================================
+
+These are commands designed to help writers of classes or packages.
+
+* Menu:
+
+
+File: latex2e.info, Node: \AtBeginDvi & \AtEndDvi, Next: \AtEndOfClass & \AtEndOfPackage, Up: Class and package commands
+
+12.14.1 ‘\AtBeginDvi’ & ‘\AtEndDvi’
+-----------------------------------
+
+Synopsis:
+
+ \AtBeginDvi{CODE}
+ \AtEndDvi{CODE}
+
+ ‘\AtBeginDvi’ saves, in a box register, CODE to be executed at the
+beginning of the shipout of the first page of the document. Despite the
+name, it applies to DVI, PDF, and XDV output. It fills the
+‘shipout/firstpage’ hook; new code should use that hook directly.
+
+ Similarly, ‘\AtEndDvi’ (previously available only with the ‘atenddvi’
+package) is code executed when finalizing the main output document.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info, Node: \AtEndOfClass & \AtEndOfPackage, Next: \CheckCommand, Prev: \AtBeginDvi & \AtEndDvi, Up: Class and package commands
+
+12.14.2 ‘\AtEndOfClass’ & ‘\AtEndOfPackage’
+-------------------------------------------
+
+Synopses:
+
+ \AtEndOfClass{CODE}
+ \AtEndOfPackage{CODE}
+
+ Hooks to insert CODE to be executed when LaTeX finishes processing
+the current class resp. package.
+
+ These hooks can be used multiple times; each ‘code’ segment will be
+executed in the order called. Many packages and classes use these
+commands.
+
+ See also *note \AtBeginDocument::.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info, Node: \CheckCommand, Next: \ClassError and \PackageError and others, Prev: \AtEndOfClass & \AtEndOfPackage, Up: Class and package commands
+
+12.14.3 ‘\CheckCommand’
+-----------------------
+
+Synopsis:
+
+ \CheckCommand{CMD}[NUM][DEFAULT]{DEFINITION}
+ \CheckCommand* (same parameters)
+
+ Like ‘\newcommand’ (*note \newcommand & \renewcommand::) but does not
+define CMD; instead it checks that the current definition of CMD is
+exactly as given by DEFINITION and is or is not “‘\long’” as expected.
+A long command is a command that accepts ‘\par’ within an argument.
+
+ With the unstarred version of ‘\CheckCommand’, CMD is expected to be
+‘\long’; with the starred version, CMD must not be ‘\long’
+
+ ‘\CheckCommand’ raises an error when the check fails. This allows
+you to check before you start redefining ‘cmd’ yourself that no other
+package has already redefined this command.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info, Node: \ClassError and \PackageError and others, Next: \CurrentOption, Prev: \CheckCommand, Up: Class and package commands
+
+12.14.4 ‘\ClassError’ and ‘\PackageError’ and others
+----------------------------------------------------
+
+Produce error, warning, and informational messages for classes:
+
+‘\ClassError{CLASS NAME}{ERROR-TEXT}{HELP-TEXT}’
+‘\ClassWarning{CLASS NAME}{WARNING-TEXT}’
+‘\ClassWarningNoLine{CLASS NAME}{WARNING-TEXT}’
+‘\ClassInfo{CLASS NAME}{INFO-TEXT}’
+‘\ClassInfoNoLine{CLASS NAME}{INFO-TEXT}’
+
+and the same for packages:
+‘\PackageError{PACKAGE NAME}{ERROR-TEXT}{HELP-TEXT}’
+‘\PackageWarning{PACKAGE NAME}{WARNING-TEXT}’
+‘\PackageWarningNoLine{PACKAGE NAME}{WARNING-TEXT}’
+‘\PackageInfo{PACKAGE NAME}{INFO-TEXT}’
+‘\PackageInfoNoLine{PACKAGE NAME}{INFO-TEXT}’
+
+ For ‘\ClassError’ and ‘\PackageError’ the message is ERROR-TEXT,
+followed by TeX’s ‘‘?’’ error prompt. If the user then asks for help by
+typing ‘h’, they see the HELP TEXT.
+
+ The four ‘Warning’ commands are similar except that they write
+WARNING-TEXT on the screen with no error prompt. The four ‘Info’
+commands write INFO-TEXT only in the transcript file. The ‘NoLine’
+versions omit the number of the line generating the message, while the
+other versions do show that number.
+
+ To format the messages, including the HELP-TEXT: use ‘\protect’ to
+stop a command from expanding, get a line break with ‘\MessageBreak’,
+and get a space with ‘\space’ when a space character is ignore, most
+commonly after a command.
+
+ LaTeX appends a period to the messages.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info, Node: \CurrentOption, Next: \DeclareOption, Prev: \ClassError and \PackageError and others, Up: Class and package commands
+
+12.14.5 ‘\CurrentOption’
+------------------------
+
+Expands to the name of the option currently being processed. This can
+only be used within the CODE argument of either ‘\DeclareOption’ or
+‘\DeclareOption*’.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info, Node: \DeclareOption, Next: \DeclareRobustCommand, Prev: \CurrentOption, Up: Class and package commands
+
+12.14.6 ‘\DeclareOption’
+------------------------
+
+Synopsis:
+
+ \DeclareOption{OPTION}{CODE}
+ \DeclareOption*{OPTION}{CODE}
+
+ Define an option a user can include in their ‘\documentclass’
+command. For example, a class ‘smcmemo’ could have an option ‘logo’
+allowing users to put the institutional logo on the first page. The
+document would start with ‘\documentclass[logo]{smcmemo}’. To enable
+this, the class file must contain ‘\DeclareOption{logo}{CODE}’ (and
+later, ‘\ProcessOptions’).
+
+ If you request an option that has not been declared, by default this
+will produce a warning like ‘Unused global option(s): [badoption].’ This
+can be changed by using ‘\DeclareOption*{CODE}’, which executes CODE for
+any unknown option.
+
+ For example, many classes extend an existing class, using code such
+as ‘\LoadClass{article}’ (*note \LoadClass::). In this case, it makes
+sense to pass any otherwise-unknown options to the underlying class,
+like this:
+
+ \DeclareOption*{%
+ \PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}%
+ }
+
+ As another example, our class ‘smcmemo’ might allow users to keep
+lists of memo recipients in external files, so the user could invoke
+‘\documentclass[math]{smcmemo}’ and it will read the file ‘math.memo’.
+This code inputs the file if it exists, while if it doesn’t, the option
+is passed to the ‘article’ class:
+
+ \DeclareOption*{\InputIfFileExists{\CurrentOption.memo}
+ {}{%
+ \PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}}}
+
+
+File: latex2e.info, Node: \DeclareRobustCommand, Next: \ExecuteOptions, Prev: \DeclareOption, Up: Class and package commands
+
+12.14.7 ‘\DeclareRobustCommand’
+-------------------------------
+
+Synopsis:
+
+ \DeclareRobustCommand{CMD}[NUM][DEFAULT]{DEFINITION}
+ \DeclareRobustCommand* (same parameters
+
+ ‘\DeclareRobustCommand’ and its starred form are generally like
+‘\newcommand’ and ‘\newcommand*’ (*note \newcommand & \renewcommand::),
+with the addition that they define a so-called “robust” command, even if
+some code within the DEFINITION is fragile. (For a discussion of robust
+and fragile commands, *note \protect::.)
+
+ Also unlike ‘\newcommand’, these do not give an error if macro CMD
+already exists; instead, a log message is put into the transcript file
+if a command is redefined. Thus, ‘\DeclareRobustCommand’ can be used to
+define new robust commands or to redefine existing commands, making them
+robust.
+
+ The starred form, ‘\DeclareRobustCommand*’, disallows the arguments
+from containing multiple paragraphs, just like the starred form of
+‘\newcommand’ and ‘\renewcommand’. The meaning of the arguments is the
+same.
+
+ Commands defined this way are a bit less efficient than those defined
+using ‘\newcommand’ so unless the command’s data is fragile and the
+command is used within a moving argument, use ‘\newcommand’.
+
+ Related to this, the ‘etoolbox’ package offers three commands and
+their starred forms: ‘\newrobustcmd’(‘*’) ‘\renewrobustcmd’(‘*’), and
+‘\providerobustcmd’(‘*’). They are similar to ‘\newcommand’,
+‘\renewcommand’, and ‘\providecommand’ and their own starred forms, but
+define a robust CMD. They have two possible advantages compared to
+‘\DeclareRobustCommand’:
+
+ 1. They use the low-level e-TeX protection mechanism rather than the
+ higher-level LaTeX ‘\protect’ mechanism, so they do not incur the
+ slight loss of performance mentioned above, and
+
+ 2. They make the same distinction between ‘\new...’, ‘\renew...’, and
+ ‘\provide...’, as the standard commands. That is, they do not just
+ write a log message when you redefine CMD that already exists; you
+ need to use either ‘\renew...’ or ‘\provide...’, or you get an
+ error. This may or may not be a benefit.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info, Node: \ExecuteOptions, Next: \IfFileExists & \InputIfFileExists, Prev: \DeclareRobustCommand, Up: Class and package commands
+
+12.14.8 ‘\ExecuteOptions’
+-------------------------
+
+Synopsis:
+
+ \ExecuteOptions{OPTION-LIST}
+
+ For each option OPTION in OPTION-LIST, in order, this command
+executes the command ‘\ds at OPTION’. If this command is not defined then
+that option is silently ignored.
+
+ This can be used to provide a default option list before
+‘\ProcessOptions’. For example, if in a class file you want the default
+to be 11pt fonts then you could specify
+‘\ExecuteOptions{11pt}\ProcessOptions\relax’.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info, Node: \IfFileExists & \InputIfFileExists, Next: \LoadClass & \LoadClassWithOptions, Prev: \ExecuteOptions, Up: Class and package commands
+
+12.14.9 ‘\IfFileExists’ & ‘\InputIfFileExists’
+----------------------------------------------
+
+Synopses:
+
+ \IfFileExists{FILENAME}{TRUE-CODE}{FALSE-CODE}
+ \InputIfFileExists{FILENAME}{TRUE-CODE}{FALSE-CODE}
+
+ ‘\IfFileExists’ executes TRUE-CODE if LaTeX finds the file ‘FILENAME’
+or FALSE-CODE otherwise. In the first case it executing TRUE-CODE and
+then inputs the file. Thus the command
+
+ \IfFileExists{img.pdf}{%
+ \includegraphics{img.pdf}}
+ {\typeout{!! img.pdf not found}
+
+will include the graphic ‘img.pdf’ if it is found and otherwise give a
+warning.
+
+ This command looks for the file in all search paths that LaTeX uses,
+not only in the current directory. To look only in the current
+directory do something like
+‘\IfFileExists{./FILENAME}{TRUE-CODE}{FALSE-CODE}’. If you ask for a
+filename without a ‘.tex’ extension then LaTeX will first look for the
+file by appending the ‘.tex’; for more on how LaTeX handles file
+extensions see *note \input::.
+
+ ‘\InputIfFileExists’ is similar, but, as the name states,
+automatically ‘\input’s FILENAME if it exists. The TRUE-CODE is
+executed just before the ‘\input’; if the file doesn’t exist, the
+FALSE-CODE is executed. An example:
+
+ \InputIfFileExists{mypkg.cfg}
+ {\PackageInfo{Loading mypkg.cfg for configuration information}}
+ {\PackageInfo{No mypkg.cfg found}}
+
+
+File: latex2e.info, Node: \LoadClass & \LoadClassWithOptions, Next: \NeedsTeXFormat, Prev: \IfFileExists & \InputIfFileExists, Up: Class and package commands
+
+12.14.10 ‘\LoadClass’ & ‘\LoadClassWithOptions’
+-----------------------------------------------
+
+Synopses:
+
+ \LoadClass[OPTIONS-LIST]{CLASS-NAME}[RELEASE-DATE]
+ \LoadClassWithOptions{CLASS-NAME}[RELEASE-DATE]
+
+ Load a class, as with
+‘\documentclass[OPTIONS-LIST]{CLASS-NAME}[RELEASE-DATE]’. An example:
+‘\LoadClass[twoside]{article}’.
+
+ The OPTIONS-LIST, if present, is a comma-separated list. The
+RELEASE-DATE is also optional. If present it must have the form
+‘YYYY/MM/DD’.
+
+ If you request RELEASE-DATE and the date of the package installed on
+your system is earlier, then you get a warning on the screen and in the
+log like this:
+
+ You have requested, on input line 4, version `2038/01/19' of
+ document class article, but only version `2014/09/29 v1.4h
+ Standard LaTeX document class' is available.
+
+ The command version ‘\LoadClassWithOptions’ uses the list of options
+for the current class. This means it ignores any options passed to it
+via ‘\PassOptionsToClass’. This is a convenience command that lets you
+build classes on existing ones, such as the standard ‘article’ class,
+without having to track which options were passed.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info, Node: \NeedsTeXFormat, Next: \OptionNotUsed, Prev: \LoadClass & \LoadClassWithOptions, Up: Class and package commands
+
+12.14.11 ‘\NeedsTeXFormat’
+--------------------------
+
+Synopsis:
+
+ \NeedsTeXFormat{FORMAT}[FORMAT-DATE]
+
+ Specifies the format that this class must be run under. Often issued
+as the first line of a class file, and most often used as:
+‘\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}’. When a document using that class is
+processed, the format being run must exactly match the FORMAT name
+given, including case. If it does not match then execution stops with
+an error like ‘This file needs format `LaTeX2e' but this is `plain'.’.
+
+ To require a version of the format that you know to have certain
+features, include the optional FORMAT-DATE on which those features were
+implemented. If present, it must be in the form ‘YYYY/MM/DD’. If the
+format version installed on your system is earlier than FORMAT DATE then
+you get a warning like this.
+
+ You have requested release `2038/01/20' of LaTeX, but only
+ release `2016/02/01' is available.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info, Node: \OptionNotUsed, Next: \PassOptionsToClass & \PassOptionsToPackage, Prev: \NeedsTeXFormat, Up: Class and package commands
+
+12.14.12 ‘\OptionNotUsed’
+-------------------------
+
+Adds the current option to the list of unused options. Can only be used
+within the CODE argument of either ‘\DeclareOption’ or
+‘\DeclareOption*’.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info, Node: \PassOptionsToClass & \PassOptionsToPackage, Next: \ProcessOptions, Prev: \OptionNotUsed, Up: Class and package commands
+
+12.14.13 ‘\PassOptionsToClass’ & ‘\PassOptionsToPackage’
+--------------------------------------------------------
+
+Synopses:
+
+ \PassOptionsToClass{OPTIONS}{CLSNAME}
+ \PassOptionsToPackage{OPTION}{PKGNAME}
+
+ Adds the options in the comma-separated list OPTIONS to the options
+used by any future ‘\RequirePackage’ or ‘\usepackage’ command for the
+class CLSNAME or the package PKGNAME, respectively.
+
+ The reason for these commands is that although you may load a package
+any number of times with no options, if you can specify options only the
+first time you load the package. Loading a package with options more
+than once will get you an error like ‘Option clash for package foo.’.
+LaTeX throws an error even if there is no conflict between the options.
+
+ If your own code is bringing in a package twice then you can combine
+the calls; for example, replacing the two
+
+ \RequirePackage[landscape]{geometry}
+ \RequirePackage[margins=1in]{geometry}
+
+with the single command
+
+ \RequirePackage[landscape,margins=1in]{geometry}
+
+ However, suppose you are loading ‘firstpkg’ and inside that package
+it loads ‘secondpkg’, and you need ‘secondpkg’ to be loaded with option
+‘draft’. Then before load the first package you must tell LaTeX about
+the desired options for the second package, like this:
+
+ \PassOptionsToPackage{draft}{secondpkg}
+ \RequirePackage{firstpkg}
+
+If ‘firstpkg.sty’ loads an option in conflict with what you want then
+you may have to alter its source, or yours.
+
+ These commands are useful for general users as well as class and
+package writers. For instance, suppose a user wants to load the
+‘graphicx’ package with the option ‘draft’ and also wants to use a class
+‘foo’ that loads the ‘graphicx’ package, but without that option. The
+user could start their LaTeX file with
+‘\PassOptionsToPackage{draft}{graphicx} \documentclass{foo}’.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info, Node: \ProcessOptions, Next: \ProvidesClass & \ProvidesPackage, Prev: \PassOptionsToClass & \PassOptionsToPackage, Up: Class and package commands
+
+12.14.14 ‘\ProcessOptions’
+--------------------------
+
+Synopsis:
+
+ \ProcessOptions\@OPTIONS
+ \ProcessOptions*\@OPTIONS
+
+ Execute the code for each option that the user has invoked. Invoke
+it in the class file as ‘\ProcessOptions\relax’ (because of the
+existence of the starred version, described below).
+
+ Options come in two types. “Local options” have been specified for
+this particular package in ‘\usepackage[OPTIONS]’,
+‘\RequirePackage[OPTIONS]’, or the OPTIONS argument of
+‘\PassOptionsToPackage{OPTIONS}’. “Global options” are those given by
+the class user in ‘\documentclass[OPTIONS]’. If an option is specified
+both locally and globally then it is local.
+
+ When ‘\ProcessOptions’ is called for a package ‘pkg.sty’, the
+following happens:
+
+ 1. For each option OPTION so far declared with ‘\DeclareOption’,
+ ‘\ProcessOptions’ looks to see if that option is either global or
+ local for ‘pkg’. If so, then it executes the declared code. This
+ is done in the order in which these options were given in
+ ‘pkg.sty’.
+
+ 2. For each remaining local option, it executes the command
+ ‘\ds@’OPTION if it has been defined somewhere (other than by a
+ ‘\DeclareOption’); otherwise, it executes the default option code
+ given in ‘\DeclareOption*’. If no default option code has been
+ declared then it gives an error message. This is done in the order
+ in which these options were specified.
+
+ When ‘\ProcessOptions’ is called for a class it works in the same way
+except that all options are local, and the default CODE for
+‘\DeclareOption*’ is ‘\OptionNotUsed’ rather than an error.
+
+ The starred version ‘\ProcessOptions*’ executes the options in the
+order specified in the calling commands, rather than in the order of
+declaration in the class or package. For a package, this means that the
+global options are processed first.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info, Node: \ProvidesClass & \ProvidesPackage, Next: \ProvidesFile, Prev: \ProcessOptions, Up: Class and package commands
+
+12.14.15 ‘\ProvidesClass’ & ‘\ProvidesPackage’
+----------------------------------------------
+
+Synopses:
+
+ \ProvidesClass{CLSNAME}[RELEASE-DATE [INFO-TEXT]]
+ \ProvidesPackage{PKGNAME}[RELEASE-DATE [INFO-TEXT]]
+
+ Identifies the class or package being defined, printing a message to
+the screen and the log file.
+
+ When you load a class or package, for example with
+‘\documentclass{smcmemo}’ or ‘\usepackage{test}’, LaTeX inputs a file
+(‘smcmemo.cls’ and ‘test.sty’, respectively). If the name of the file
+does not match the class or package name declared in it then you get a
+warning. Thus, if you invoke ‘\documentclass{smcmemo}’, and the file
+‘smcmemo.cls’ has the statement ‘\ProvidesClass{foo}’ then you get a
+warning like ‘You have requested document class `smcmemo', but the
+document class provides 'foo'.’ This warning does not prevent LaTeX from
+processing the rest of the class file normally.
+
+ If you include the optional argument then you must include a date,
+before any spaces, of the form ‘YYYY/MM/DD’. The rest of the optional
+argument is free-form, although it traditionally identifies the class.
+It is written to the screen during compilation and to the log file.
+Thus, if your file ‘smcmemo.cls’ contains the line
+‘\ProvidesClass{smcmemo}[2008/06/01 v1.0 SMC memo class]’ and your
+document’s first line is ‘\documentclass{smcmemo}’ then you will see
+‘Document Class: smcmemo 2008/06/01 v1.0 SMC memo class’.
+
+ The date in the optional argument allows class and package users to
+ask to be warned if the version of the class or package is earlier than
+RELEASE DATE. For instance, a user could enter
+‘\documentclass{smcmemo}[2018/10/12]’ or
+‘\usepackage{foo}[[2017/07/07]]’ to require a class or package with
+certain features by specifying that it must be released no earlier than
+the given date. Perhaps more importantly, the date serves as
+documentation of the last release. (In practice, package users rarely
+include a date, and class users almost never do.)
+
+
+File: latex2e.info, Node: \ProvidesFile, Next: \RequirePackage & \RequirePackageWithOptions, Prev: \ProvidesClass & \ProvidesPackage, Up: Class and package commands
+
+12.14.16 ‘\ProvidesFile’
+------------------------
+
+Synopsis:
+
+ \ProvidesFile{FILENAME}[INFO-TEXT]
+
+ Declare a file other than the main class and package files, such as a
+configuration or font definition file. It writes the given information
+to the log file, essentially like ‘\ProvidesClass’ and
+‘\ProvidesPackage’ (see the previous section).
+
+ For example:
+
+ \ProvidesFile{smcmemo.cfg}[2017/10/12 config file for smcmemo.cls]
+
+writes this into the log:
+
+ File: smcmemo.cfg 2017/10/12 config file for smcmemo.cls
+
+
+File: latex2e.info, Node: \RequirePackage & \RequirePackageWithOptions, Prev: \ProvidesFile, Up: Class and package commands
+
+12.14.17 ‘\RequirePackage’ & ‘\RequirePackageWithOptions’
+---------------------------------------------------------
+
+Synopsis:
+
+ \RequirePackage[OPTION-LIST]{PKGNAME}[RELEASE-DATE]
+ \RequirePackageWithOptions{PKGNAME}[RELEASE-DATE]
+
+ Load a package, like the command ‘\usepackage’ (*note Additional
+packages::). An example:
+‘\RequirePackage[landscape,margin=1in]{geometry}’
+
+ The initial optional argument OPTION-LIST, if present, must be a
+comma-separated list. The trailing optional argument RELEASE-DATE, if
+present, must have the form ‘YYYY/MM/DD’. If the release date of the
+package as installed on your system is earlier than RELEASE-DATE then
+you get a warning like ‘You have requested, on input line 9, version
+`2017/07/03' of package jhtest, but only version `2000/01/01' is
+available’.
+
+ The ‘\RequirePackageWithOptions’ variant uses the list of options for
+the current class. This means it ignores any options passed to it via
+‘\PassOptionsToClass’. This is a convenience command to allow easily
+building classes on existing ones without having to track which options
+were passed.
+
+ The difference between ‘\usepackage’ and ‘\RequirePackage’ is small.
+The ‘\usepackage’ command is intended to be used in documents, while
+‘\RequirePackage’ is intended for package and class files. The most
+significant difference in practice is that ‘\RequirePackage’ can be used
+in a document before the ‘\documentclass’ command, while ‘\usepackage’
+gives an error there. The most common need for this nowadays is for the
+‘\DocumentMetadata’ command (*note \DocumentMetadata::).
+
+ The LaTeX development team strongly recommends use of these and
+related commands over Plain TeX’s ‘\input’; see the Class Guide
+(<https://ctan.org/pkg/clsguide>).
+
+
File: latex2e.info, Node: Counters, Next: Lengths, Prev: Definitions, Up: Top
13 Counters
@@ -8811,9 +9051,9 @@
\fboxsep=0pt\fbox{\hbox to #1{#2}}}
This next example uses those commands to show a black bar 100 points
-long between ‘XXX’ and ‘YYY’. This length is rigid.
+long between ‘ABC’ and ‘XYZ’. This length is rigid.
- XXX\showhbox{100pt}{\blackbar{100pt}}YYY
+ ABC\showhbox{100pt}{\blackbar{100pt}}XYZ
As for rubber lengths, shrinking is simpler one: with ‘1cm minus
0.05cm’, the natural length is 1cm but TeX can shrink it down as far as
@@ -8821,10 +9061,10 @@
first one works fine, producing a space of 98 points between the two
bars.
- XXX\showhbox{300pt}{%
+ ABC\showhbox{300pt}{%
\blackbar{101pt}\hspace{100pt minus 2pt}\blackbar{101pt}}YYY
- XXX\showhbox{300pt}{%
+ ABC\showhbox{300pt}{%
\blackbar{105pt}\hspace{100pt minus 1pt}\blackbar{105pt}}YYY
But the second one gets a warning like ‘Overfull \hbox (1.0pt too wide)
@@ -8837,10 +9077,10 @@
beyond the given amount, it will do it. Here the first line is fine,
producing a space of 110 points between the bars.
- XXX\showhbox{300pt}{%
+ ABC\showhbox{300pt}{%
\blackbar{95pt}\hspace{100pt plus 10pt}\blackbar{95pt}}YYY
- XXX\showhbox{300pt}{%
+ ABC\showhbox{300pt}{%
\blackbar{95pt}\hspace{100pt plus 1pt}\blackbar{95pt}}YYY
In the second line TeX needs a stretch of 10 points and only 1 point was
@@ -8854,7 +9094,7 @@
If TeX is setting two or more rubber lengths then it allocates the
stretch or shrink in proportion.
- XXX\showhbox{300pt}{%
+ ABC\showhbox{300pt}{%
\blackbar{100pt}% left
\hspace{0pt plus 50pt}\blackbar{80pt}\hspace{0pt plus 10pt}% middle
\blackbar{100pt}}YYY % right
@@ -11435,11 +11675,11 @@
if it starts a paragraph then you should first put a ‘\leavevmode’, as
in the bottom line below.
- xxx xxx xxx
+ Text above.
- \smash{yyy} % no paragraph indent
+ \smash{smashed, no indent} % no paragraph indent
- \leavevmode\smash{zzz} % usual paragraph indent
+ \leavevmode\smash{smashed, with indent} % usual paragraph indent
The package ‘mathtools’ has operators that provide even finer control
over smashing a subformula box.
@@ -12105,42 +12345,15 @@
redefine ‘\thepage’, which is the command LaTeX uses for the
representation of page numbers.
- For example, for the ‘TUGboat’ journal (<https://tug.org/TUGboat>),
-we often circulate draft versions of articles. For this, we change the
-page numbering to start at 901, but want to print the page numbers with
-a ‘?’, as in printing ‘?1’ for the first page. This helps avoid people
-from thinking that the page numbers are final. We want the ‘?’ to
-appear in the table of contents and cross-references as well as the
-headers; therefore, we redefine ‘\thepage’:
+ However, ‘\thepage’ should do any typesetting or other complicated
+maneuvers, but merely expand to the intended page number representation.
+The results of a complicated redefinition of ‘\thepage’ are not
+predictable, but LaTeX’s report of page numbers in diagnostic messages,
+at least, will become unusable.
- \renewcommand\thepage{%
- \ifnum\value{page}>900
- % In CM, numerals are exactly .5em,
- % so make our `?' have that width too.
- % The \texorpdfstring avoids the hyperref warning:
- % Token not allowed in a PDF string ... removing `\@ifnextchar'
- \texorpdfstring{\makebox[.5em][l]{\small ?}}{?}%
- %
- \textsl{\@arabic{\numexpr\value{page}-900\relax}}% assume e-TeX
- \else
- \@arabic{\value{page}}%
- \fi
- }
+ There is some discussion of this issue at
+<https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/687258>.
- There is another complication. Changing ‘\thepage’ will probably
-break ‘makeindex’, since it only understands a few kinds of basic
-counter representations. Thus, a method to extract a standard integer
-from the document’s special representation has to be provided.
-Continuing our ‘TUGboat’ example:
-
- \usepackage{index}
- ...
- \newcommand\specialthepage{\inteval{\value{page}-900}}
- \newindex[specialthepage]*{default}{idx}{ind}{Index}
-
- Thanks to Ulrike Fischer for providing this code. There is more
-discussion at <https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/687258>.
-
File: latex2e.info, Node: Spaces, Next: Boxes, Prev: Page styles, Up: Top
@@ -13044,7 +13257,7 @@
‘\par’ command (*note \par::), as in the above example.
-File: latex2e.info, Node: Boxes, Next: Color, Prev: Spaces, Up: Top
+File: latex2e.info, Node: Boxes, Next: Graphics, Prev: Spaces, Up: Top
20 Boxes
********
@@ -13462,302 +13675,9 @@
robust (*note \protect::).
-File: latex2e.info, Node: Color, Next: Graphics, Prev: Boxes, Up: Top
+File: latex2e.info, Node: Graphics, Next: Color, Prev: Boxes, Up: Top
-21 Color
-********
-
-You can add color to text, rules, etc. You can also have color in a box
-or on an entire page and write text on top of it.
-
- Color support comes as an additional package. So put
-‘\usepackage{color}’ in your document preamble to use the commands
-described here.
-
- Many other packages also supplement LaTeX’s color abilities.
-Particularly worth mentioning is ‘xcolor’, which is widely used and
-significantly extends the capabilities described here, including adding
-‘HTML’ and ‘Hsb’ color models.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Color package options:: Options when you load the standard package.
-* Color models:: How colors are represented.
-* Commands for color:: The available commands.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: Color package options, Next: Color models, Up: Color
-
-21.1 ‘color’ package options
-============================
-
-Synopsis (must be in the document preamble):
-
- \usepackage[COMMA-SEPARATED OPTION LIST]{color}
-
- When you load the ‘color’ package there are two kinds of available
-options.
-
- The first specifies the “printer driver”. LaTeX doesn’t contain
-information about different output systems but instead depends on
-information stored in a file. Normally you should not specify the
-driver option in the document, and instead rely on your system’s
-default. One advantage of this is that it makes the document portable
-across systems. For completeness we include a list of the drivers. The
-currently relevant ones are: ‘dvipdfmx’, ‘dvips’, ‘dvisvgm’, ‘luatex’,
-‘pdftex’, ‘xetex’. The two ‘xdvi’ and ‘oztex’ are essentially aliases
-for ‘dvips’ (and ‘xdvi’ is monochrome). Ones that should not be used
-for new systems are: ‘dvipdf’, ‘dvipdfm’, ‘dviwin’, ‘dvipsone’, ‘emtex’,
-‘pctexps’, ‘pctexwin’, ‘pctexhp’, ‘pctex32’, ‘truetex’, ‘tcidvi’, ‘vtex’
-(and ‘dviwindo’ is an alias for ‘dvipsone’).
-
- The second kind of options, beyond the drivers, are below.
-
-‘monochrome’
- Disable the color commands, so that they do not generate errors but
- do not generate color either.
-
-‘dvipsnames’
- Make available a list of 68 color names that are often used,
- particularly in legacy documents. These color names were
- originally provided by the ‘dvips’ driver, giving the option name.
-
-‘nodvipsnames’
- Do not load that list of color names, saving LaTeX a tiny amount of
- memory space.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: Color models, Next: Commands for color, Prev: Color package options, Up: Color
-
-21.2 Color models
-=================
-
-A “color model” is a way of representing colors. LaTeX’s capabilities
-depend on the printer driver. However, the ‘pdftex’, ‘xetex’, and
-‘luatex’ printer drivers are today by far the most commonly used. The
-models below work for those drivers. All but one of these is also
-supported by essentially all other printer drivers used today.
-
- Note that color combination can be additive or subtractive. Additive
-mixes colors of light, so that for instance combining full intensities
-of red, green, and blue produces white. Subtractive mixes pigments,
-such as with inks, so that combining full intensity of cyan, magenta,
-and yellow makes black.
-
-‘cmyk’
- A comma-separated list with four real numbers between 0 and 1,
- inclusive. The first number is the intensity of cyan, the second
- is magenta, and the others are yellow and black. A number value of
- 0 means minimal intensity, while a 1 is for full intensity. This
- model is often used in color printing. It is a subtractive model.
-
-‘gray’
- A single real number between 0 and 1, inclusive. The colors are
- shades of grey. The number 0 produces black while 1 gives white.
-
-‘rgb’
- A comma-separated list with three real numbers between 0 and 1,
- inclusive. The first number is the intensity of the red component,
- the second is green, and the third the blue. A number value of 0
- means that none of that component is added in, while a 1 means full
- intensity. This is an additive model.
-
-‘RGB’
- (‘pdftex’, ‘xetex’, ‘luatex’ drivers) A comma-separated list with
- three integers between 0 and 255, inclusive. This model is a
- convenience for using ‘rgb’ since outside of LaTeX colors are often
- described in a red-green-blue model using numbers in this range.
- The values entered here are converted to the ‘rgb’ model by
- dividing by 255.
-
-‘named’
- Colors are accessed by name, such as ‘PrussianBlue’. The list of
- names depends on the driver, but all support the names ‘black’,
- ‘blue’, ‘cyan’, ‘green’, ‘magenta’, ‘red’, ‘white’, and ‘yellow’
- (See the ‘dvipsnames’ option in *note Color package options::).
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: Commands for color, Prev: Color models, Up: Color
-
-21.3 Commands for color
-=======================
-
-These are the commands available with the ‘color’ package.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Define colors:: Give a color a name.
-* Colored text:: Text or rules in color.
-* Colored boxes:: A box of color, to write over.
-* Colored pages:: A whole page colored.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: Define colors, Next: Colored text, Up: Commands for color
-
-21.3.1 Define colors
---------------------
-
-Synopsis:
-
- \definecolor{NAME}{MODEL}{SPECIFICATION}
-
- Give the name NAME to the color. For example, after this
-
- \definecolor{silver}{rgb}{0.75,0.75,0.74}
-
-you can use that color name with ‘Hi ho, \textcolor{silver}{Silver}!’.
-
- This example gives the color a more abstract name, so it could change
-and not be misleading.
-
- \definecolor{logocolor}{RGB}{145,92,131} % RGB needs pdflatex
- \newcommand{\logo}{\textcolor{logocolor}{Bob's Big Bagels}}
-
- Often a document’s colors are defined in the preamble, or in the
-class or style, rather than in the document body.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: Colored text, Next: Colored boxes, Prev: Define colors, Up: Commands for color
-
-21.3.2 Colored text
--------------------
-
-Synopses:
-
- \textcolor{NAME}{...}
- \textcolor[COLOR MODEL]{COLOR SPECIFICATION}{...}
-
-or
-
- \color{NAME}
- \color[COLOR MODEL]{COLOR SPECIFICATION}
-
- The affected text gets the color. This line
-
- \textcolor{magenta}{My name is Ozymandias, King of Kings;}
- Look on my works, ye Mighty, and despair!
-
-causes the first half to be in magenta while the rest is in black. You
-can use a color declared with ‘\definecolor’ in exactly the same way
-that we just used the builtin color ‘magenta’.
-
- \definecolor{MidlifeCrisisRed}{rgb}{1.0,0.11,0.0}
- I'm thinking about getting a \textcolor{MidlifeCrisisRed}{sports car}.
-
- The two ‘\textcolor’ and ‘\color’ differ in that the first is a
-command form, enclosing the text to be colored as an argument. Often
-this form is more convenient, or at least more explicit. The second
-form is a declaration, as in ‘The moon is made of {\color{green} green}
-cheese’, so it is in effect until the end of the current group or
-environment. This is sometimes useful when writing macros or as below
-where it colors everything inside the ‘center’ environment, including
-the vertical and horizontal lines.
-
- \begin{center} \color{blue}
- \begin{tabular}{l|r}
- UL &UR \\ \hline
- LL &LR
- \end{tabular}
- \end{center}
-
- You can use color in equations. A document might have this
-definition in the preamble
-
- \definecolor{highlightcolor}{RGB}{225,15,0}
-
-and then contain this equation.
-
- \begin{equation}
- \int_a^b \textcolor{highlightcolor}{f'(x)}\,dx=f(b)-f(a)
- \end{equation}
-
- Typically the colors used in a document are declared in a class or
-style but sometimes you want a one-off. Those are the second forms in
-the synopses.
-
- Colors of \textcolor[rgb]{0.33,0.14,0.47}{Purple} and
- {\color[rgb]{0.72,0.60,0.37}Gold} for the team.
-
- The format of COLOR SPECIFICATION depends on the color model (*note
-Color models::). For instance, while ‘rgb’ takes three numbers, ‘gray’
-takes only one.
-
- The selection was \textcolor[gray]{0.5}{grayed out}.
-
- Colors inside colors do not combine. Thus
-
- \textcolor{green}{kind of \textcolor{blue}{blue}}
-
-has a final word that is blue, not a combination of blue and green.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: Colored boxes, Next: Colored pages, Prev: Colored text, Up: Commands for color
-
-21.3.3 Colored boxes
---------------------
-
-Synopses:
-
- \colorbox{NAME}{...}
- \colorbox[MODEL NAME]{BOX BACKGROUND COLOR}{...}
-
-or
-
- \fcolorbox{FRAME COLOR}{BOX BACKGROUND COLOR}{...}
- \fcolorbox[MODEL NAME]{FRAME COLOR}{BOX BACKGROUND COLOR}{...}
-
- Make a box with the stated background color. The ‘\fcolorbox’
-command puts a frame around the box. For instance this
-
- Name:~\colorbox{cyan}{\makebox[5cm][l]{\strut}}
-
-makes a cyan-colored box that is five centimeters long and gets its
-depth and height from the ‘\strut’ (so the depth is ‘-.3\baselineskip’
-and the height is ‘\baselineskip’). This puts white text on a blue
-background.
-
- \colorbox{blue}{\textcolor{white}{Welcome to the machine.}}
-
- The ‘\fcolorbox’ commands use the same parameters as ‘\fbox’ (*note
-\fbox & \framebox::), ‘\fboxrule’ and ‘\fboxsep’, to set the thickness
-of the rule and the boundary between the box interior and the
-surrounding rule. LaTeX’s defaults are ‘0.4pt’ and ‘3pt’, respectively.
-
- This example changes the thickness of the border to 0.8 points. Note
-that it is surrounded by curly braces so that the change ends at the end
-of the second line.
-
- {\setlength{\fboxrule}{0.8pt}
- \fcolorbox{black}{red}{Under no circumstances turn this knob.}}
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: Colored pages, Prev: Colored boxes, Up: Commands for color
-
-21.3.4 Colored pages
---------------------
-
-Synopses:
-
- \pagecolor{NAME}
- \pagecolor[COLOR MODEL]{COLOR SPECIFICATION}
- \nopagecolor
-
- The first two set the background of the page, and all subsequent
-pages, to the color. For an explanation of the specification in the
-second form *note Colored text::. The third returns the background to
-normal, which is a transparent background. (If that is not supported
-use ‘\pagecolor{white}’, although that will make a white background
-rather than the default transparent background.)
-
- ...
- \pagecolor{cyan}
- ...
- \nopagecolor
-
-
-File: latex2e.info, Node: Graphics, Next: Special insertions, Prev: Color, Up: Top
-
-22 Graphics
+21 Graphics
***********
You can use graphics such as PNG or PDF files in your LaTeX document.
@@ -13803,7 +13723,7 @@
File: latex2e.info, Node: Graphics package options, Next: Graphics package configuration, Up: Graphics
-22.1 ‘graphics’ package options
+21.1 ‘graphics’ package options
===============================
Synopsis (must be in the document preamble):
@@ -13870,7 +13790,7 @@
File: latex2e.info, Node: Graphics package configuration, Next: Commands for graphics, Prev: Graphics package options, Up: Graphics
-22.2 ‘graphics’ package configuration
+21.2 ‘graphics’ package configuration
=====================================
These commands configure the way LaTeX searches the file system for the
@@ -13891,7 +13811,7 @@
File: latex2e.info, Node: \graphicspath, Next: \DeclareGraphicsExtensions, Up: Graphics package configuration
-22.2.1 ‘\graphicspath’
+21.2.1 ‘\graphicspath’
----------------------
Synopsis:
@@ -13957,7 +13877,7 @@
File: latex2e.info, Node: \DeclareGraphicsExtensions, Next: \DeclareGraphicsRule, Prev: \graphicspath, Up: Graphics package configuration
-22.2.2 ‘\DeclareGraphicsExtensions’
+21.2.2 ‘\DeclareGraphicsExtensions’
-----------------------------------
Synopses:
@@ -14002,7 +13922,7 @@
File: latex2e.info, Node: \DeclareGraphicsRule, Prev: \DeclareGraphicsExtensions, Up: Graphics package configuration
-22.2.3 ‘\DeclareGraphicsRule’
+21.2.3 ‘\DeclareGraphicsRule’
-----------------------------
Synopsis:
@@ -14078,7 +13998,7 @@
File: latex2e.info, Node: Commands for graphics, Prev: Graphics package configuration, Up: Graphics
-22.3 Commands for graphics
+21.3 Commands for graphics
==========================
These are the commands available with the ‘graphics’ and ‘graphicx’
@@ -14094,7 +14014,7 @@
File: latex2e.info, Node: \includegraphics, Next: \rotatebox, Up: Commands for graphics
-22.3.1 ‘\includegraphics’
+21.3.1 ‘\includegraphics’
-------------------------
Synopses for ‘graphics’ package:
@@ -14388,8 +14308,8 @@
These following options allow a user to override LaTeX’s method of
choosing the graphic type based on the filename extension. An example
-is that ‘\includegraphics[type=png,ext=.xxx,read=.xxx]{lion}’ will read
-the file ‘lion.xxx’ as though it were ‘lion.png’. For more on these,
+is that ‘\includegraphics[type=png,ext=.xyz,read=.xyz]{lion}’ will read
+the file ‘lion.xyz’ as though it were ‘lion.png’. For more on these,
*note \DeclareGraphicsRule::.
‘type’
@@ -14412,7 +14332,7 @@
File: latex2e.info, Node: \rotatebox, Next: \scalebox, Prev: \includegraphics, Up: Commands for graphics
-22.3.2 ‘\rotatebox’
+21.3.2 ‘\rotatebox’
-------------------
Synopsis if you use the ‘graphics’ package:
@@ -14483,7 +14403,7 @@
File: latex2e.info, Node: \scalebox, Next: \resizebox, Prev: \rotatebox, Up: Commands for graphics
-22.3.3 ‘\scalebox’
+21.3.3 ‘\scalebox’
------------------
Synopses:
@@ -14518,7 +14438,7 @@
File: latex2e.info, Node: \resizebox, Prev: \scalebox, Up: Commands for graphics
-22.3.4 ‘\resizebox’
+21.3.4 ‘\resizebox’
-------------------
Synopses:
@@ -14548,8 +14468,301 @@
inches}’.
-File: latex2e.info, Node: Special insertions, Next: Splitting the input, Prev: Graphics, Up: Top
+File: latex2e.info, Node: Color, Next: Special insertions, Prev: Graphics, Up: Top
+22 Color
+********
+
+You can add color to text, rules, etc. You can also have color in a box
+or on an entire page and write text on top of it.
+
+ Color support comes as an additional package. So put
+‘\usepackage{color}’ in your document preamble to use the commands
+described here.
+
+ Many other packages also supplement LaTeX’s color abilities.
+Particularly worth mentioning is ‘xcolor’, which is widely used and
+significantly extends the capabilities described here, including adding
+‘HTML’ and ‘Hsb’ color models.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Color package options:: Options when you load the standard package.
+* Color models:: How colors are represented.
+* Commands for color:: The available commands.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info, Node: Color package options, Next: Color models, Up: Color
+
+22.1 ‘color’ package options
+============================
+
+Synopsis (must be in the document preamble):
+
+ \usepackage[COMMA-SEPARATED OPTION LIST]{color}
+
+ When you load the ‘color’ package there are two kinds of available
+options.
+
+ The first specifies the “printer driver”. LaTeX doesn’t contain
+information about different output systems but instead depends on
+information stored in a file. Normally you should not specify the
+driver option in the document, and instead rely on your system’s
+default. One advantage of this is that it makes the document portable
+across systems. For completeness we include a list of the drivers. The
+currently relevant ones are: ‘dvipdfmx’, ‘dvips’, ‘dvisvgm’, ‘luatex’,
+‘pdftex’, ‘xetex’. The two ‘xdvi’ and ‘oztex’ are essentially aliases
+for ‘dvips’ (and ‘xdvi’ is monochrome). Ones that should not be used
+for new systems are: ‘dvipdf’, ‘dvipdfm’, ‘dviwin’, ‘dvipsone’, ‘emtex’,
+‘pctexps’, ‘pctexwin’, ‘pctexhp’, ‘pctex32’, ‘truetex’, ‘tcidvi’, ‘vtex’
+(and ‘dviwindo’ is an alias for ‘dvipsone’).
+
+ The second kind of options, beyond the drivers, are below.
+
+‘monochrome’
+ Disable the color commands, so that they do not generate errors but
+ do not generate color either.
+
+‘dvipsnames’
+ Make available a list of 68 color names that are often used,
+ particularly in legacy documents. These color names were
+ originally provided by the ‘dvips’ driver, giving the option name.
+
+‘nodvipsnames’
+ Do not load that list of color names, saving LaTeX a tiny amount of
+ memory space.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info, Node: Color models, Next: Commands for color, Prev: Color package options, Up: Color
+
+22.2 Color models
+=================
+
+A “color model” is a way of representing colors. LaTeX’s capabilities
+depend on the printer driver. However, the ‘pdftex’, ‘xetex’, and
+‘luatex’ printer drivers are today by far the most commonly used. The
+models below work for those drivers. All but one of these is also
+supported by essentially all other printer drivers used today.
+
+ Note that color combination can be additive or subtractive. Additive
+mixes colors of light, so that for instance combining full intensities
+of red, green, and blue produces white. Subtractive mixes pigments,
+such as with inks, so that combining full intensity of cyan, magenta,
+and yellow makes black.
+
+‘cmyk’
+ A comma-separated list with four real numbers between 0 and 1,
+ inclusive. The first number is the intensity of cyan, the second
+ is magenta, and the others are yellow and black. A number value of
+ 0 means minimal intensity, while a 1 is for full intensity. This
+ model is often used in color printing. It is a subtractive model.
+
+‘gray’
+ A single real number between 0 and 1, inclusive. The colors are
+ shades of grey. The number 0 produces black while 1 gives white.
+
+‘rgb’
+ A comma-separated list with three real numbers between 0 and 1,
+ inclusive. The first number is the intensity of the red component,
+ the second is green, and the third the blue. A number value of 0
+ means that none of that component is added in, while a 1 means full
+ intensity. This is an additive model.
+
+‘RGB’
+ (‘pdftex’, ‘xetex’, ‘luatex’ drivers) A comma-separated list with
+ three integers between 0 and 255, inclusive. This model is a
+ convenience for using ‘rgb’ since outside of LaTeX colors are often
+ described in a red-green-blue model using numbers in this range.
+ The values entered here are converted to the ‘rgb’ model by
+ dividing by 255.
+
+‘named’
+ Colors are accessed by name, such as ‘PrussianBlue’. The list of
+ names depends on the driver, but all support the names ‘black’,
+ ‘blue’, ‘cyan’, ‘green’, ‘magenta’, ‘red’, ‘white’, and ‘yellow’
+ (See the ‘dvipsnames’ option in *note Color package options::).
+
+
+File: latex2e.info, Node: Commands for color, Prev: Color models, Up: Color
+
+22.3 Commands for color
+=======================
+
+These are the commands available with the ‘color’ package.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Define colors:: Give a color a name.
+* Colored text:: Text or rules in color.
+* Colored boxes:: A box of color, to write over.
+* Colored pages:: A whole page colored.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info, Node: Define colors, Next: Colored text, Up: Commands for color
+
+22.3.1 Define colors
+--------------------
+
+Synopsis:
+
+ \definecolor{NAME}{MODEL}{SPECIFICATION}
+
+ Give the name NAME to the color. For example, after this
+
+ \definecolor{silver}{rgb}{0.75,0.75,0.74}
+
+you can use that color name with ‘Hi ho, \textcolor{silver}{Silver}!’.
+
+ This example gives the color a more abstract name, so it could change
+and not be misleading.
+
+ \definecolor{logocolor}{RGB}{145,92,131} % RGB needs pdflatex
+ \newcommand{\logo}{\textcolor{logocolor}{Bob's Big Bagels}}
+
+ Often a document’s colors are defined in the preamble, or in the
+class or style, rather than in the document body.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info, Node: Colored text, Next: Colored boxes, Prev: Define colors, Up: Commands for color
+
+22.3.2 Colored text
+-------------------
+
+Synopses:
+
+ \textcolor{NAME}{...}
+ \textcolor[COLOR MODEL]{COLOR SPECIFICATION}{...}
+
+or
+
+ \color{NAME}
+ \color[COLOR MODEL]{COLOR SPECIFICATION}
+
+ The affected text gets the color. This line
+
+ \textcolor{magenta}{My name is Ozymandias, King of Kings;}
+ Look on my works, ye Mighty, and despair!
+
+causes the first half to be in magenta while the rest is in black. You
+can use a color declared with ‘\definecolor’ in exactly the same way
+that we just used the builtin color ‘magenta’.
+
+ \definecolor{MidlifeCrisisRed}{rgb}{1.0,0.11,0.0}
+ I'm thinking about getting a \textcolor{MidlifeCrisisRed}{sports car}.
+
+ The two ‘\textcolor’ and ‘\color’ differ in that the first is a
+command form, enclosing the text to be colored as an argument. Often
+this form is more convenient, or at least more explicit. The second
+form is a declaration, as in ‘The moon is made of {\color{green} green}
+cheese’, so it is in effect until the end of the current group or
+environment. This is sometimes useful when writing macros or as below
+where it colors everything inside the ‘center’ environment, including
+the vertical and horizontal lines.
+
+ \begin{center} \color{blue}
+ \begin{tabular}{l|r}
+ UL &UR \\ \hline
+ LL &LR
+ \end{tabular}
+ \end{center}
+
+ You can use color in equations. A document might have this
+definition in the preamble
+
+ \definecolor{highlightcolor}{RGB}{225,15,0}
+
+and then contain this equation.
+
+ \begin{equation}
+ \int_a^b \textcolor{highlightcolor}{f'(x)}\,dx=f(b)-f(a)
+ \end{equation}
+
+ Typically the colors used in a document are declared in a class or
+style but sometimes you want a one-off. Those are the second forms in
+the synopses.
+
+ Colors of \textcolor[rgb]{0.33,0.14,0.47}{Purple} and
+ {\color[rgb]{0.72,0.60,0.37}Gold} for the team.
+
+ The format of COLOR SPECIFICATION depends on the color model (*note
+Color models::). For instance, while ‘rgb’ takes three numbers, ‘gray’
+takes only one.
+
+ The selection was \textcolor[gray]{0.5}{grayed out}.
+
+ Colors inside colors do not combine. Thus
+
+ \textcolor{green}{kind of \textcolor{blue}{blue}}
+
+has a final word that is blue, not a combination of blue and green.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info, Node: Colored boxes, Next: Colored pages, Prev: Colored text, Up: Commands for color
+
+22.3.3 Colored boxes
+--------------------
+
+Synopses:
+
+ \colorbox{NAME}{...}
+ \colorbox[MODEL NAME]{BOX BACKGROUND COLOR}{...}
+
+or
+
+ \fcolorbox{FRAME COLOR}{BOX BACKGROUND COLOR}{...}
+ \fcolorbox[MODEL NAME]{FRAME COLOR}{BOX BACKGROUND COLOR}{...}
+
+ Make a box with the stated background color. The ‘\fcolorbox’
+command puts a frame around the box. For instance this
+
+ Name:~\colorbox{cyan}{\makebox[5cm][l]{\strut}}
+
+makes a cyan-colored box that is five centimeters long and gets its
+depth and height from the ‘\strut’ (so the depth is ‘-.3\baselineskip’
+and the height is ‘\baselineskip’). This puts white text on a blue
+background.
+
+ \colorbox{blue}{\textcolor{white}{Welcome to the machine.}}
+
+ The ‘\fcolorbox’ commands use the same parameters as ‘\fbox’ (*note
+\fbox & \framebox::), ‘\fboxrule’ and ‘\fboxsep’, to set the thickness
+of the rule and the boundary between the box interior and the
+surrounding rule. LaTeX’s defaults are ‘0.4pt’ and ‘3pt’, respectively.
+
+ This example changes the thickness of the border to 0.8 points. Note
+that it is surrounded by curly braces so that the change ends at the end
+of the second line.
+
+ {\setlength{\fboxrule}{0.8pt}
+ \fcolorbox{black}{red}{Under no circumstances turn this knob.}}
+
+
+File: latex2e.info, Node: Colored pages, Prev: Colored boxes, Up: Commands for color
+
+22.3.4 Colored pages
+--------------------
+
+Synopses:
+
+ \pagecolor{NAME}
+ \pagecolor[COLOR MODEL]{COLOR SPECIFICATION}
+ \nopagecolor
+
+ The first two set the background of the page, and all subsequent
+pages, to the color. For an explanation of the specification in the
+second form *note Colored text::. The third returns the background to
+normal, which is a transparent background. (If that is not supported
+use ‘\pagecolor{white}’, although that will make a white background
+rather than the default transparent background.)
+
+ ...
+ \pagecolor{cyan}
+ ...
+ \nopagecolor
+
+
+File: latex2e.info, Node: Special insertions, Next: Splitting the input, Prev: Color, Up: Top
+
23 Special insertions
*********************
@@ -17484,8 +17697,8 @@
pdflatex -jobname=teachers "\def\teachers{}\input{main}"
The ‘jobname’ option is there because otherwise both files would be
-called ‘main.pdf’ and the second would overwrite the first. (*note
-Jobname::.)
+called ‘main.pdf’ and the second would overwrite the first (*note
+Jobname::).
In this example we use the command line to select which parts of a
document to include. For a book named ‘mybook.tex’ and structured like
@@ -17531,7 +17744,7 @@
There are two more possibilities for the jobname. It can be directly
specified with the ‘-jobname’ option, as in ‘pdflatex -jobname=myname’
-(*note Command line input:: for a real example).
+(*note Command line input:: for a practical example).
The final possibility is ‘texput’, which is the final fallback
default if no other name is available to TeX. That is, if no ‘-jobname’
@@ -17852,11 +18065,11 @@
* .xdv file: TeX engines. (line 42)
* /bin/sh, used by \write18: \write18. (line 60)
* 10pt option: Document class options.
- (line 14)
+ (line 17)
* 11pt option: Document class options.
- (line 14)
+ (line 17)
* 12pt option: Document class options.
- (line 14)
+ (line 17)
* : (for math): Colon character & \colon.
(line 6)
* [...] (for optional arguments): LaTeX command syntax.
@@ -17947,13 +18160,15 @@
* \ast: Math symbols. (line 37)
* \asymp: Math symbols. (line 44)
* \AtBeginDocument: \AtBeginDocument. (line 6)
-* \AtBeginDvi: Class and package commands.
- (line 9)
+* \AtBeginDvi: \AtBeginDvi & \AtEndDvi.
+ (line 6)
* \AtEndDocument: \AtEndDocument. (line 6)
-* \AtEndOfClass: Class and package commands.
- (line 14)
-* \AtEndOfPackage: Class and package commands.
- (line 14)
+* \AtEndDvi: \AtBeginDvi & \AtEndDvi.
+ (line 6)
+* \AtEndOfClass: \AtEndOfClass & \AtEndOfPackage.
+ (line 6)
+* \AtEndOfPackage: \AtEndOfClass & \AtEndOfPackage.
+ (line 6)
* \author{NAME1 \and NAME2 \and ...}: \maketitle. (line 42)
* \a` (grave accent in tabbing): tabbing. (line 103)
* \b (bar-under accent): Accents. (line 51)
@@ -18045,10 +18260,7 @@
* \chapter: Sectioning. (line 6)
* \chapter <1>: \chapter. (line 6)
* \check: Math accents. (line 19)
-* \CheckCommand: Class and package commands.
- (line 21)
-* \CheckCommand*: Class and package commands.
- (line 21)
+* \CheckCommand: \CheckCommand. (line 6)
* \chi: Math symbols. (line 117)
* \circ: Math symbols. (line 120)
* \circle: \circle. (line 6)
@@ -18057,16 +18269,16 @@
* \cite: \cite. (line 6)
* \cite and internal \citation: BibTeX error messages.
(line 23)
-* \ClassError: Class and package commands.
- (line 41)
-* \ClassInfo: Class and package commands.
- (line 41)
-* \ClassInfoNoLine: Class and package commands.
- (line 41)
-* \ClassWarning: Class and package commands.
- (line 41)
-* \ClassWarningNoLine: Class and package commands.
- (line 41)
+* \ClassError: \ClassError and \PackageError and others.
+ (line 13)
+* \ClassInfo: \ClassError and \PackageError and others.
+ (line 13)
+* \ClassInfoNoLine: \ClassError and \PackageError and others.
+ (line 13)
+* \ClassWarning: \ClassError and \PackageError and others.
+ (line 13)
+* \ClassWarningNoLine: \ClassError and \PackageError and others.
+ (line 13)
* \cleardoublepage: \clearpage & \cleardoublepage.
(line 6)
* \clearpage: \clearpage & \cleardoublepage.
@@ -18107,8 +18319,7 @@
* \coth: Math functions. (line 33)
* \csc: Math functions. (line 36)
* \cup: Math symbols. (line 139)
-* \CurrentOption: Class and package commands.
- (line 60)
+* \CurrentOption: \CurrentOption. (line 6)
* \d (dot-under accent): Accents. (line 65)
* \dag: Text symbols. (line 17)
* \dagger: Math symbols. (line 143)
@@ -18132,14 +18343,9 @@
(line 6)
* \DeclareGraphicsRule: \DeclareGraphicsRule.
(line 6)
-* \DeclareOption: Class and package commands.
- (line 66)
-* \DeclareOption*: Class and package commands.
- (line 66)
-* \DeclareRobustCommand: Class and package commands.
- (line 96)
-* \DeclareRobustCommand*: Class and package commands.
- (line 96)
+* \DeclareOption: \DeclareOption. (line 6)
+* \DeclareRobustCommand: \DeclareRobustCommand.
+ (line 6)
* \DeclareTextAccent: \DeclareTextAccent. (line 6)
* \DeclareTextAccent <1>: \DeclareTextAccentDefault.
(line 6)
@@ -18181,6 +18387,7 @@
(line 26)
* \documentclass: Document classes. (line 6)
* \documentclass, and texput jobname: Jobname. (line 32)
+* \DocumentMetadata: \DocumentMetadata. (line 6)
* \dot: Math accents. (line 25)
* \doteq: Math symbols. (line 173)
* \dotfill: \hrulefill & \dotfill.
@@ -18194,6 +18401,7 @@
* \doublerulesep: tabular. (line 168)
* \downarrow: Math symbols. (line 177)
* \Downarrow: Math symbols. (line 181)
+* \ds at OPTION: \ExecuteOptions. (line 10)
* \ell: Math symbols. (line 185)
* \emph: Font styles. (line 60)
* \emptyset: Math symbols. (line 188)
@@ -18211,13 +18419,12 @@
* \equiv: Math symbols. (line 197)
* \eta: Math symbols. (line 200)
* \evensidemargin: Document class options.
- (line 84)
+ (line 87)
* \evensidemargin <1>: Page layout parameters.
(line 67)
* \evensidemargin <2>: Page layout parameters.
(line 68)
-* \ExecuteOptions: Class and package commands.
- (line 172)
+* \ExecuteOptions: \ExecuteOptions. (line 6)
* \exists: Math symbols. (line 203)
* \exp: Math functions. (line 48)
* \externaldocument: xr package. (line 6)
@@ -18321,8 +18528,8 @@
* \i (dotless i): Accents. (line 19)
* \IfBeginWith* macro from xstring: Jobname. (line 53)
* \iff: Math symbols. (line 247)
-* \IfFileExists: Class and package commands.
- (line 128)
+* \IfFileExists: \IfFileExists & \InputIfFileExists.
+ (line 6)
* \ignorespaces: \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend.
(line 6)
* \ignorespacesafterend: \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend.
@@ -18351,8 +18558,8 @@
* \infty: Math symbols. (line 262)
* \input: \input. (line 6)
* \inputencoding: inputenc package. (line 50)
-* \InputIfFileExists: Class and package commands.
- (line 128)
+* \InputIfFileExists: \IfFileExists & \InputIfFileExists.
+ (line 6)
* \int: Math symbols. (line 265)
* \intextsep: Floats. (line 118)
* \intextsep <1>: Floats. (line 119)
@@ -18461,13 +18668,14 @@
* \ll: Math symbols. (line 348)
* \ln: Math functions. (line 75)
* \lnot: Math symbols. (line 351)
-* \LoadClass: Class and package commands.
- (line 148)
-* \LoadClassWithOptions: Class and package commands.
- (line 148)
+* \LoadClass: \LoadClass & \LoadClassWithOptions.
+ (line 6)
+* \LoadClassWithOptions: \LoadClass & \LoadClassWithOptions.
+ (line 6)
* \location: \location. (line 6)
* \log: Math functions. (line 78)
-* \long: \newcommand & \renewcommand.
+* \long command, checking for: \CheckCommand. (line 6)
+* \long, not defining a command as: \newcommand & \renewcommand.
(line 28)
* \longleftarrow: Math symbols. (line 354)
* \longleftrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 358)
@@ -18537,6 +18745,8 @@
* \medspace: Spacing in math mode.
(line 36)
* \message: \message. (line 6)
+* \MessageBreak, and message text: \ClassError and \PackageError and others.
+ (line 31)
* \mho: Math symbols. (line 378)
* \mid: Math symbols. (line 381)
* \min: Math functions. (line 84)
@@ -18552,8 +18762,7 @@
* \natural: Math symbols. (line 404)
* \ne: Math symbols. (line 407)
* \nearrow: Math symbols. (line 410)
-* \NeedsTeXFormat: Class and package commands.
- (line 182)
+* \NeedsTeXFormat: \NeedsTeXFormat. (line 6)
* \neg: Math symbols. (line 413)
* \negmedspace: Spacing in math mode.
(line 42)
@@ -18575,6 +18784,8 @@
* \newline: \newline. (line 6)
* \<NEWLINE>: \(SPACE). (line 6)
* \newpage: \newpage. (line 6)
+* \newrobustcmd (etoolbox package): \DeclareRobustCommand.
+ (line 32)
* \newsavebox: \newsavebox. (line 6)
* \newtheorem: \newtheorem. (line 6)
* \newtie: Accents. (line 83)
@@ -18616,7 +18827,7 @@
* \obeycr: \obeycr & \restorecr.
(line 6)
* \oddsidemargin: Document class options.
- (line 84)
+ (line 87)
* \oddsidemargin <1>: Page layout parameters.
(line 66)
* \oddsidemargin <2>: Page layout parameters.
@@ -18636,8 +18847,7 @@
* \opening: \opening. (line 6)
* \openout: \openin & \openout. (line 6)
* \oplus: Math symbols. (line 458)
-* \OptionNotUsed: Class and package commands.
- (line 200)
+* \OptionNotUsed: \OptionNotUsed. (line 6)
* \oslash: Math symbols. (line 462)
* \otimes: Math symbols. (line 465)
* \oval: \oval. (line 6)
@@ -18647,16 +18857,16 @@
(line 20)
* \owns: Math symbols. (line 469)
* \P: Text symbols. (line 50)
-* \PackageError: Class and package commands.
- (line 41)
-* \PackageInfo: Class and package commands.
- (line 41)
-* \PackageInfoNoLine: Class and package commands.
- (line 41)
-* \PackageWarning: Class and package commands.
- (line 41)
-* \PackageWarningNoLine: Class and package commands.
- (line 41)
+* \PackageError: \ClassError and \PackageError and others.
+ (line 20)
+* \PackageInfo: \ClassError and \PackageError and others.
+ (line 20)
+* \PackageInfoNoLine: \ClassError and \PackageError and others.
+ (line 20)
+* \PackageWarning: \ClassError and \PackageError and others.
+ (line 20)
+* \PackageWarningNoLine: \ClassError and \PackageError and others.
+ (line 20)
* \pagebreak: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak.
(line 6)
* \pagenumbering: \pagenumbering. (line 6)
@@ -18688,14 +18898,16 @@
* \part <1>: \part. (line 6)
* \partial: Math symbols. (line 476)
* \partopsep: list. (line 157)
-* \PassOptionsToClass: Class and package commands.
- (line 206)
-* \PassOptionsToPackage: Class and package commands.
- (line 206)
+* \PassOptionsToClass: \PassOptionsToClass & \PassOptionsToPackage.
+ (line 6)
+* \PassOptionsToClass, ignoring: \LoadClass & \LoadClassWithOptions.
+ (line 27)
+* \PassOptionsToPackage: \PassOptionsToClass & \PassOptionsToPackage.
+ (line 6)
* \pdfpageheight: Document class options.
- (line 40)
+ (line 43)
* \pdfpagewidth: Document class options.
- (line 40)
+ (line 43)
* \perp: Math symbols. (line 479)
* \phantom: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
(line 6)
@@ -18717,21 +18929,21 @@
* \printglossaries: Glossaries. (line 6)
* \printglossaries <1>: Glossaries. (line 43)
* \printindex: \printindex. (line 6)
-* \ProcessOptions: Class and package commands.
- (line 243)
-* \ProcessOptions*: Class and package commands.
- (line 243)
+* \ProcessOptions: \ProcessOptions. (line 6)
* \prod: Math symbols. (line 516)
* \propto: Math symbols. (line 519)
* \protect: \protect. (line 6)
+* \protect, and message text: \ClassError and \PackageError and others.
+ (line 31)
* \protected at write: \write. (line 70)
* \providecommand: \providecommand. (line 6)
-* \ProvidesClass: Class and package commands.
- (line 281)
-* \ProvidesFile: Class and package commands.
- (line 314)
-* \ProvidesPackage: Class and package commands.
- (line 281)
+* \providerobustcmd (etoolbox package): \DeclareRobustCommand.
+ (line 32)
+* \ProvidesClass: \ProvidesClass & \ProvidesPackage.
+ (line 6)
+* \ProvidesFile: \ProvidesFile. (line 6)
+* \ProvidesPackage: \ProvidesClass & \ProvidesPackage.
+ (line 6)
* \ProvideTextCommand: \DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand.
(line 6)
* \ProvideTextCommandDefault: \DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault.
@@ -18771,11 +18983,13 @@
(line 6)
* \renewenvironment: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment.
(line 6)
-* \RequirePackage: Class and package commands.
- (line 323)
+* \renewrobustcmd (etoolbox package): \DeclareRobustCommand.
+ (line 32)
+* \RequirePackage: \RequirePackage & \RequirePackageWithOptions.
+ (line 6)
* \RequirePackage, and texput jobname: Jobname. (line 32)
-* \RequirePackageWithOptions: Class and package commands.
- (line 323)
+* \RequirePackageWithOptions: \RequirePackage & \RequirePackageWithOptions.
+ (line 6)
* \resizebox: \resizebox. (line 6)
* \restorecr: \obeycr & \restorecr.
(line 6)
@@ -18859,6 +19073,8 @@
(line 88)
* \space <1>: \input. (line 32)
* \space <2>: \typeout. (line 22)
+* \space, and message text: \ClassError and \PackageError and others.
+ (line 31)
* \spacefactor: \spacefactor. (line 10)
* \spadesuit: Math symbols. (line 619)
* \sqcap: Math symbols. (line 622)
@@ -19058,7 +19274,7 @@
* \usecounter: \usecounter. (line 6)
* \usefont: Low-level font commands.
(line 126)
-* \usepackage: Additional packages. (line 6)
+* \usepackage: \usepackage. (line 6)
* \UseTextAccent: \UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent.
(line 6)
* \UseTextSymbol: \UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent.
@@ -19138,9 +19354,9 @@
(line 6)
* ~: ~. (line 6)
* a4paper option: Document class options.
- (line 19)
+ (line 22)
* a5paper option: Document class options.
- (line 19)
+ (line 22)
* abstract environment: abstract. (line 6)
* abstract package: abstract. (line 27)
* abstracts: abstract. (line 6)
@@ -19157,12 +19373,13 @@
* accents, defining <5>: \DeclareTextSymbolDefault.
(line 6)
* accents, mathematical: Math accents. (line 6)
+* accessibility: \DocumentMetadata. (line 6)
* accessing any character of a font: Symbols by font position.
(line 6)
* acronyms, list of: Glossaries. (line 6)
* acute accent: Accents. (line 29)
* acute accent, math: Math accents. (line 11)
-* additional packages, loading: Additional packages. (line 6)
+* additional packages, loading: \usepackage. (line 6)
* adjustbox package: Boxes. (line 9)
* ae ligature: Additional Latin letters.
(line 16)
@@ -19201,7 +19418,7 @@
* appendix: \appendix. (line 6)
* appendix package: \appendix. (line 30)
* arguments, optional, defining and using: \newcommand & \renewcommand.
- (line 49)
+ (line 50)
* aring: Additional Latin letters.
(line 12)
* array environment: array. (line 6)
@@ -19221,10 +19438,12 @@
* Asymptote package <3>: \write18. (line 13)
* at clause, in font definitions: \newfont. (line 19)
* at-sign: \@. (line 6)
+* atenddvi package: \AtBeginDvi & \AtEndDvi.
+ (line 16)
* author, for titlepage: \maketitle. (line 43)
* auxiliary file: Output files. (line 33)
* b5paper option: Document class options.
- (line 19)
+ (line 22)
* babel package: \chapter. (line 71)
* babel package <1>: thebibliography. (line 53)
* babel package <2>: Accents. (line 6)
@@ -19249,7 +19468,7 @@
* beamer template and class: beamer template. (line 6)
* beginning of document hook: \AtBeginDocument. (line 6)
* bibliography format, open: Document class options.
- (line 67)
+ (line 70)
* bibliography, creating (automatically): Using BibTeX. (line 6)
* bibliography, creating (manually): thebibliography. (line 6)
* BibTeX error messages: BibTeX error messages.
@@ -19260,10 +19479,10 @@
* bigfoot package: Footnotes of footnotes.
(line 6)
* black boxes, omitting: Document class options.
- (line 53)
+ (line 56)
* blackboard bold: Blackboard bold. (line 6)
* blanks, after control sequences: \newcommand & \renewcommand.
- (line 87)
+ (line 88)
* bm package: bm. (line 6)
* bold font: Font styles. (line 76)
* bold math: Font styles. (line 129)
@@ -19320,7 +19539,7 @@
* center environment: center. (line 6)
* centered asterisk, in text: Text symbols. (line 79)
* centered equations: Document class options.
- (line 57)
+ (line 60)
* centered period, in text: Text symbols. (line 182)
* centering text, declaration for: \centering. (line 6)
* centering text, environment for: center. (line 6)
@@ -19354,20 +19573,23 @@
* citation key: \bibitem. (line 15)
* class and package commands: Class and package commands.
(line 6)
-* class and package difference: Class and package construction.
- (line 15)
+* class and package difference: Class and package creation.
+ (line 11)
* class and package structure: Class and package structure.
(line 6)
* class file example: Class and package structure.
- (line 39)
+ (line 31)
* class file layout: Class and package structure.
(line 6)
+* Class Guide, document: Class and package structure.
+ (line 45)
* class options: Document class options.
(line 6)
* class options <1>: Class and package structure.
(line 6)
-* class options <2>: Class and package commands.
- (line 66)
+* class options <2>: \DeclareOption. (line 6)
+* class writing tutorial document: Class and package structure.
+ (line 45)
* classes of documents: Document classes. (line 6)
* cleveref package: Cross references. (line 38)
* cleveref package <1>: \ref. (line 29)
@@ -19375,9 +19597,11 @@
* CLI: Command line interface.
(line 6)
* clock option to slides class: Document class options.
- (line 99)
+ (line 102)
* closing letters: \closing. (line 6)
* closing quote: Text symbols. (line 63)
+* clsguide document: Class and package structure.
+ (line 45)
* cm: Units of length. (line 26)
* cm-super package: fontenc package. (line 36)
* cmd.exe, used by \write18: \write18. (line 60)
@@ -19406,7 +19630,7 @@
* commands, defining new ones: \newcommand & \renewcommand.
(line 6)
* commands, defining new ones <1>: \providecommand. (line 6)
-* commands, document class: Class and package construction.
+* commands, document class: Class and package creation.
(line 6)
* commands, graphics package: Commands for graphics.
(line 6)
@@ -19422,6 +19646,8 @@
* computer programs, typesetting: verbatim. (line 6)
* configuration, graphics package: Graphics package configuration.
(line 6)
+* conflict between package options: \PassOptionsToClass & \PassOptionsToPackage.
+ (line 15)
* contents file: Output files. (line 43)
* control sequences: Control sequences. (line 6)
* control symbol, defined: Control sequences. (line 17)
@@ -19453,6 +19679,7 @@
* dagger, in text <1>: Text symbols. (line 122)
* DANTE e.V.: CTAN. (line 20)
* datatool package: \read. (line 31)
+* date of format, requiring: \NeedsTeXFormat. (line 6)
* date, for titlepage: \maketitle. (line 51)
* date, today’s: \today. (line 6)
* datetime package: \today. (line 27)
@@ -19462,6 +19689,7 @@
* dd: Units of length. (line 29)
* declaration form of font size commands: Font sizes. (line 24)
* declaration form of font style commands: Font styles. (line 8)
+* default option processing: \DeclareOption. (line 18)
* define color: Define colors. (line 6)
* defining a new command: \newcommand & \renewcommand.
(line 6)
@@ -19485,8 +19713,8 @@
* design size, in font definitions: \newfont. (line 19)
* didot point: Units of length. (line 30)
* dieresis accent: Accents. (line 25)
-* difference between class and package: Class and package construction.
- (line 15)
+* difference between class and package: Class and package creation.
+ (line 11)
* dimen plain TeX: Lengths. (line 9)
* directory listings, from system: \write18. (line 65)
* discretionary breaks, multiplication: \*. (line 6)
@@ -19499,7 +19727,7 @@
(line 6)
* displaymath environment: displaymath. (line 6)
* displaymath environment <1>: Math formulas. (line 6)
-* document class commands: Class and package construction.
+* document class commands: Class and package creation.
(line 6)
* document class options: Document class options.
(line 6)
@@ -19508,6 +19736,7 @@
* document environment: document. (line 6)
* document root name: Jobname. (line 6)
* document templates: Document templates. (line 6)
+* documentmetadata-support-doc document: \DocumentMetadata. (line 14)
* dollar sign: Text symbols. (line 128)
* dot accent: Accents. (line 32)
* dot over accent, math: Math accents. (line 26)
@@ -19532,7 +19761,7 @@
* double vertical bar, in text: Text symbols. (line 93)
* doublestruck: Blackboard bold. (line 6)
* draft option: Document class options.
- (line 49)
+ (line 52)
* dvilualatex-dev: TeX engines. (line 63)
* dvipdfmx command: Output files. (line 10)
* dvips command: Output files. (line 10)
@@ -19539,12 +19768,14 @@
* dvitype command: Output files. (line 10)
* e-dash: Text symbols. (line 137)
* e-TeX: TeX engines. (line 16)
+* e-TeX, and robust commands: \DeclareRobustCommand.
+ (line 32)
* ellipses: Dots. (line 6)
* ellipsis: Text symbols. (line 43)
* ellipsis, in Unicode (U+2026): Dots. (line 66)
* ellipsis, traditional (three periods): Dots. (line 66)
-* em: Units of length. (line 46)
-* em <1>: Units of length. (line 45)
+* em: Units of length. (line 45)
+* em <1>: Units of length. (line 46)
* em-dash: Text symbols. (line 131)
* em-dash, three-quarters: Text symbols. (line 213)
* em-dash, two-thirds: Text symbols. (line 219)
@@ -19616,12 +19847,12 @@
* equation environment <1>: Math formulas. (line 6)
* equation number, cross referencing: \ref. (line 6)
* equation numbers, left vs. right: Document class options.
- (line 63)
+ (line 66)
* equation numbers, omitting: eqnarray. (line 39)
* equations, aligning: eqnarray. (line 6)
* equations, environment for: equation. (line 6)
* equations, flush left vs. centered: Document class options.
- (line 57)
+ (line 60)
* error messages, from BibTeX: BibTeX error messages.
(line 6)
* errorstopmode: Command line options.
@@ -19631,17 +19862,17 @@
* etex command: TeX engines. (line 16)
* eth, Icelandic letter: Additional Latin letters.
(line 20)
-* etoolbox package: Class and package commands.
- (line 110)
+* etoolbox package: \DeclareRobustCommand.
+ (line 32)
* euro symbol: Text symbols. (line 140)
* eurosym package: Text symbols. (line 140)
* eurosym package <1>: Text symbols. (line 141)
-* ex: Units of length. (line 42)
-* ex <1>: Units of length. (line 41)
+* ex: Units of length. (line 41)
+* ex <1>: Units of length. (line 42)
* exclamation point, upside-down: Text symbols. (line 148)
* exclamation points, ending a sentence: \@. (line 39)
* executivepaper option: Document class options.
- (line 19)
+ (line 22)
* expl3 package: LaTeX command syntax.
(line 35)
* expl3 package <1>: Upper and lower case.
@@ -19677,16 +19908,16 @@
* filename for current job: Command line options.
(line 43)
* final option: Document class options.
- (line 49)
-* first-latex-doc document: About this document. (line 36)
+ (line 52)
+* first-latex-doc document: About this document. (line 37)
* fixed-width font: Font styles. (line 97)
* flafter package: Floats. (line 82)
* fleqn option: Document class options.
- (line 49)
+ (line 52)
* float package: Floats. (line 52)
* float page: Floats. (line 58)
* flush left equations: Document class options.
- (line 57)
+ (line 60)
* flushing floats and starting a page: \clearpage & \cleardoublepage.
(line 6)
* flushleft environment: flushleft. (line 6)
@@ -19730,6 +19961,7 @@
* footnotes, symbols instead of numbers: \footnote. (line 24)
* force option for filecontents: filecontents. (line 31)
* format files, TeX: TeX engines. (line 6)
+* format, requiring: \NeedsTeXFormat. (line 6)
* formulas, environment for: equation. (line 6)
* formulas, math: Math formulas. (line 6)
* forward reference: Cross references. (line 27)
@@ -19744,10 +19976,11 @@
(line 6)
* functions, math: Math functions. (line 6)
* geometry package: Document class options.
- (line 40)
+ (line 43)
* global options: Document class options.
(line 6)
-* global options <1>: Additional packages. (line 15)
+* global options <1>: \usepackage. (line 25)
+* global options <2>: \ProcessOptions. (line 15)
* glossaries: Glossaries. (line 6)
* glossary: Glossaries. (line 6)
* glossary, entries: \newglossaryentry. (line 6)
@@ -19890,9 +20123,9 @@
* Lamport TeX: Overview. (line 27)
* Lamport, Leslie: Overview. (line 6)
* landscape option: Document class options.
- (line 49)
+ (line 52)
* landscape orientation: Document class options.
- (line 60)
+ (line 63)
* latex: TeX engines. (line 14)
* latex command: Output files. (line 10)
* LaTeX format (.fmt) files: TeX engines. (line 6)
@@ -19901,7 +20134,8 @@
* LaTeX Project team: About this document. (line 20)
* LaTeX vs. LaTeX2e: About this document. (line 16)
* latex-dev: TeX engines. (line 64)
-* latex-doc-ptr document: About this document. (line 33)
+* latex-doc-ptr document: About this document. (line 34)
+* latex-lab package: \DocumentMetadata. (line 14)
* LaTeX2e logo: Text symbols. (line 27)
* LaTeX3 syntax: LaTeX command syntax.
(line 35)
@@ -19922,18 +20156,18 @@
* left quote, double: Text symbols. (line 188)
* left quote, single: Text symbols. (line 194)
* left-hand equation numbers: Document class options.
- (line 63)
+ (line 66)
* left-justifying text: \raggedright. (line 6)
* left-justifying text, environment for: flushleft. (line 6)
* left-to-right mode: Modes. (line 18)
* legalpaper option: Document class options.
- (line 19)
+ (line 22)
* lengths, adding to: \addtolength. (line 6)
* lengths, allocating new: \newlength. (line 6)
* lengths, defining and using: Lengths. (line 6)
* lengths, setting: \setlength. (line 6)
* leqno option: Document class options.
- (line 49)
+ (line 52)
* less than symbol, in text: Text symbols. (line 166)
* lethead_flag: makeindex. (line 65)
* lethead_prefix: makeindex. (line 74)
@@ -19941,7 +20175,7 @@
* letter class: Document classes. (line 11)
* letter environment: letter. (line 6)
* letterpaper option: Document class options.
- (line 19)
+ (line 22)
* letters, accented: Accents. (line 6)
* letters, additional Latin: Additional Latin letters.
(line 6)
@@ -19972,7 +20206,8 @@
* lists of items, generic: list. (line 6)
* lists of items, numbered: enumerate. (line 6)
* lmodern package: fontenc package. (line 36)
-* loading additional packages: Additional packages. (line 6)
+* loading additional packages: \usepackage. (line 6)
+* local options: \ProcessOptions. (line 15)
* locale information, from system: \write18. (line 65)
* log file: Output files. (line 28)
* log file, writing to: \write. (line 30)
@@ -19979,8 +20214,7 @@
* logo, LaTeX: Text symbols. (line 24)
* logo, LaTeX2e: Text symbols. (line 27)
* logo, TeX: Text symbols. (line 70)
-* long command: Class and package commands.
- (line 23)
+* long command: \CheckCommand. (line 6)
* low-9 quotation marks, single and double: Text symbols. (line 60)
* low-level font commands: Low-level font commands.
(line 6)
@@ -19989,7 +20223,7 @@
* LR box: picture. (line 93)
* LR mode: Modes. (line 18)
* lrbox: lrbox. (line 6)
-* lshort document: About this document. (line 39)
+* lshort document: About this document. (line 40)
* lualatex: TeX engines. (line 32)
* lualatex-dev: TeX engines. (line 65)
* LuaTeX: TeX engines. (line 33)
@@ -20005,7 +20239,6 @@
(line 6)
* make a box: \mbox & \makebox. (line 6)
* makeidx package: \printindex. (line 12)
-* makeindex and special page numbers: \thepage. (line 39)
* makeindex program: makeindex. (line 6)
* makeindex, program: makeindex. (line 6)
* makeindex, style file: makeindex. (line 18)
@@ -20043,6 +20276,7 @@
* mathtools package <4>: \smash. (line 60)
* mathtools package <5>: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
(line 48)
+* metadata, adding: \DocumentMetadata. (line 6)
* MetaPost package: \line. (line 35)
* mfirstuc package: Upper and lower case.
(line 45)
@@ -20073,12 +20307,11 @@
* NBSP: ~. (line 6)
* nested \include, not allowed: \include & \includeonly.
(line 106)
-* new class commands: Class and package construction.
+* new class commands: Class and package creation.
(line 6)
-* new command, checking: Class and package commands.
- (line 21)
-* new command, definition: Class and package commands.
- (line 96)
+* new command, checking definition of: \CheckCommand. (line 6)
+* new command, definition: \DeclareRobustCommand.
+ (line 6)
* new commands, defining: \newcommand & \renewcommand.
(line 6)
* new commands, defining <1>: \providecommand. (line 6)
@@ -20099,7 +20332,7 @@
* nosearch option for filecontents: filecontents. (line 37)
* notes in the margin: Marginal notes. (line 6)
* notitlepage option: Document class options.
- (line 49)
+ (line 52)
* null delimiter: \left & \right. (line 6)
* numbered items, specifying counter: \usecounter. (line 6)
* numerals, old-style: Font styles. (line 133)
@@ -20110,23 +20343,26 @@
* old-style numerals: Font styles. (line 133)
* one-column output: \onecolumn. (line 6)
* onecolumn option: Document class options.
- (line 78)
+ (line 81)
* oneside option: Document class options.
- (line 78)
+ (line 81)
* open a file: \openin & \openout. (line 6)
* openany option: Document class options.
- (line 78)
+ (line 81)
* openbib option: Document class options.
- (line 49)
+ (line 52)
* opening quote: Text symbols. (line 48)
* openright option: Document class options.
- (line 78)
+ (line 81)
* OpenType fonts: TeX engines. (line 6)
* operating system information: \write18. (line 65)
+* option clash: \PassOptionsToClass & \PassOptionsToPackage.
+ (line 15)
+* option processing by default: \DeclareOption. (line 18)
+* option, currently being processed: \CurrentOption. (line 6)
* optional arguments, defining and using: \newcommand & \renewcommand.
- (line 49)
-* options, class: Class and package commands.
- (line 66)
+ (line 50)
+* options, class: \DeclareOption. (line 6)
* options, color package: Color package options.
(line 6)
* options, command line: Command line options.
@@ -20135,13 +20371,15 @@
(line 6)
* options, document class <1>: Class and package structure.
(line 6)
-* options, global: Additional packages. (line 15)
+* options, global: \usepackage. (line 25)
+* options, global and local: \ProcessOptions. (line 15)
* options, graphics package: Graphics package options.
(line 6)
+* options, list of unused: \OptionNotUsed. (line 6)
* options, package: Class and package structure.
(line 6)
-* options, package <1>: Class and package commands.
- (line 66)
+* options, package <1>: \DeclareOption. (line 6)
+* options, processing: \ProcessOptions. (line 6)
* ordinals, feminine and masculine: Text symbols. (line 179)
* oslash: Additional Latin letters.
(line 44)
@@ -20155,12 +20393,13 @@
(line 6)
* overview of LaTeX: Overview. (line 6)
* overwrite option for filecontents: filecontents. (line 31)
+* package and class commands: Class and package commands.
+ (line 6)
* package file layout: Class and package structure.
(line 6)
* package options: Class and package structure.
(line 6)
-* package options <1>: Class and package commands.
- (line 66)
+* package options <1>: \DeclareOption. (line 6)
* package, abstract: abstract. (line 27)
* package, adjustbox: Boxes. (line 9)
* package, algorithm2e: tabbing. (line 146)
@@ -20196,6 +20435,8 @@
* package, Asymptote <1>: \strut. (line 62)
* package, Asymptote <2>: \mbox & \makebox. (line 73)
* package, Asymptote <3>: \write18. (line 13)
+* package, atenddvi: \AtBeginDvi & \AtEndDvi.
+ (line 16)
* package, babel: \chapter. (line 71)
* package, babel <1>: thebibliography. (line 53)
* package, babel <2>: Accents. (line 6)
@@ -20221,8 +20462,8 @@
* package, enumitem: itemize. (line 66)
* package, enumitem <1>: list. (line 255)
* package, envlab: \makelabels. (line 55)
-* package, etoolbox: Class and package commands.
- (line 110)
+* package, etoolbox: \DeclareRobustCommand.
+ (line 32)
* package, eurosym: Text symbols. (line 140)
* package, eurosym <1>: Text symbols. (line 141)
* package, expl3: LaTeX command syntax.
@@ -20238,7 +20479,7 @@
* package, fontspec: fontenc package. (line 17)
* package, fontspec <1>: OpenType bold math. (line 6)
* package, geometry: Document class options.
- (line 40)
+ (line 43)
* package, graphpap: \graphpaper. (line 11)
* package, grfext: \DeclareGraphicsExtensions.
(line 39)
@@ -20255,6 +20496,7 @@
(line 59)
* package, indentfirst <5>: \indent & \noindent. (line 48)
* package, index: \index. (line 103)
+* package, latex-lab: \DocumentMetadata. (line 14)
* package, latexsym: Arrows. (line 6)
* package, listings: tabbing. (line 146)
* package, listings <1>: verbatim. (line 35)
@@ -20330,7 +20572,7 @@
* package, xr-hyper: xr package. (line 6)
* package, xspace: xspace package. (line 6)
* package, xstring: Jobname. (line 53)
-* packages, loading additional: Additional packages. (line 6)
+* packages, loading additional: \usepackage. (line 6)
* page break, forcing: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak.
(line 6)
* page break, preventing: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak.
@@ -20367,7 +20609,7 @@
* parameters, page layout: Page layout parameters.
(line 6)
* parameters, substituting: \newcommand & \renewcommand.
- (line 81)
+ (line 82)
* parent directories, cannot write to: \write and security. (line 22)
* parentheses: Delimiters. (line 6)
* parentheses and ends of sentences: \@. (line 24)
@@ -20377,6 +20619,7 @@
* pattern, current tab stops, tabbing: tabbing. (line 51)
* pc: Units of length. (line 13)
* PDF graphic files: \includegraphics. (line 6)
+* PDF, tagged: \DocumentMetadata. (line 6)
* pdflatex: TeX engines. (line 15)
* pdflatex command: Output files. (line 20)
* pdflatex-dev: TeX engines. (line 66)
@@ -20406,7 +20649,7 @@
(line 123)
* polyglossia package <3>: \index. (line 58)
* portrait orientation: Document class options.
- (line 60)
+ (line 63)
* position, in picture: picture. (line 64)
* postamble: makeindex. (line 54)
* PostScript point: Units of length. (line 20)
@@ -20415,6 +20658,7 @@
* preamble: makeindex. (line 50)
* preamble, defined: Starting and ending. (line 22)
* prerelease testing: TeX engines. (line 70)
+* processing options: \ProcessOptions. (line 6)
* prompt, *: Recovering from errors.
(line 23)
* pronunciation: Overview. (line 27)
@@ -20465,12 +20709,14 @@
* right quote, double: Text symbols. (line 191)
* right quote, single: Text symbols. (line 197)
* right-hand equation numbers: Document class options.
- (line 63)
+ (line 66)
* right-justifying text: \raggedleft. (line 6)
* right-justifying text, environment for: flushright. (line 6)
* rigid lengths: Lengths. (line 9)
* ring accent: Accents. (line 77)
* ring accent, math: Math accents. (line 35)
+* robust command, defining: \DeclareRobustCommand.
+ (line 6)
* robust commands: \protect. (line 6)
* roman font: Font styles. (line 85)
* root file: Splitting the input. (line 10)
@@ -20647,6 +20893,7 @@
(line 53)
* tables, creating: table. (line 6)
* tabular environment: tabular. (line 6)
+* tagged PDF: \DocumentMetadata. (line 6)
* template (simple), article: article template. (line 6)
* template, beamer: beamer template. (line 6)
* template, book: book template. (line 6)
@@ -20699,12 +20946,12 @@
* tilde accent, math: Math accents. (line 38)
* tilde, ASCII, in text: Text symbols. (line 76)
* title page, separate or run-in: Document class options.
- (line 71)
+ (line 74)
* title pages, creating: titlepage. (line 6)
* title, for titlepage: \maketitle. (line 64)
* titlepage environment: titlepage. (line 6)
* titlepage option: Document class options.
- (line 49)
+ (line 52)
* titles, making: \maketitle. (line 6)
* titlesec package: Sectioning. (line 60)
* titlesec package <1>: \part. (line 54)
@@ -20735,9 +20982,9 @@
* two-column output: \twocolumn. (line 6)
* two-thirds em-dash: Text symbols. (line 219)
* twocolumn option: Document class options.
- (line 78)
+ (line 81)
* twoside option: Document class options.
- (line 78)
+ (line 81)
* type styles: Font styles. (line 6)
* typed text, simulating: verbatim. (line 6)
* typeface sizes: Font sizes. (line 6)
@@ -20760,6 +21007,8 @@
* units, of length: Units of length. (line 6)
* unofficial nature of this manual: About this document. (line 20)
* unordered lists: itemize. (line 6)
+* Unused global option warning, handling: \DeclareOption. (line 18)
+* unused options, adding to list: \OptionNotUsed. (line 6)
* uplatex: TeX engines. (line 55)
* uplatex-dev: TeX engines. (line 68)
* uppercase: Upper and lower case.
@@ -20776,6 +21025,7 @@
* verbatim text, inline: \verb. (line 6)
* verbatimbox package: verbatim. (line 41)
* verse environment: verse. (line 6)
+* version of format, requiring: \NeedsTeXFormat. (line 6)
* vertical bar, double, in text: Text symbols. (line 93)
* vertical bar, in text: Text symbols. (line 90)
* vertical mode: Modes. (line 36)
@@ -20820,637 +21070,681 @@
Tag Table:
-Node: Top1876
-Node: About this document3684
-Node: Overview5432
-Node: Starting and ending7234
-Ref: Starting & ending7369
-Node: Output files8594
-Ref: output files dvi8887
-Ref: output files pdf9435
-Ref: output files log9768
-Ref: output files aux9969
-Node: TeX engines10960
-Ref: tex engines latex11512
-Ref: tex engines lualatex12389
-Ref: tex engines xelatex12872
-Node: LaTeX command syntax14928
-Node: Environment16913
-Node: CTAN18172
-Node: Document classes19640
-Ref: document classes article20086
-Ref: document classes book20178
-Ref: document classes letter20367
-Ref: document classes report20447
-Ref: document classes slides20611
-Node: Document class options21068
-Node: Additional packages24462
-Node: Class and package construction25109
-Node: Class and package structure26595
-Node: Class and package commands28956
-Node: Fonts47267
-Ref: Typefaces47370
-Node: fontenc package49340
-Node: \DeclareFontEncoding53730
-Node: \DeclareTextAccent55198
-Node: \DeclareTextAccentDefault56149
-Node: \DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand57256
-Ref: \DeclareTextCommand57561
-Ref: \ProvideTextCommand57561
-Node: \DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault59568
-Ref: \DeclareTextCommandDefault59899
-Ref: \ProvideTextCommandDefault59899
-Node: \DeclareTextComposite60912
-Node: \DeclareTextCompositeCommand62029
-Node: \DeclareTextSymbol62743
-Node: \DeclareTextSymbolDefault63880
-Node: \LastDeclaredEncoding64868
-Node: \UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent65504
-Ref: \UseTextSymbol65713
-Ref: \UseTextAccent65713
-Node: Font styles66742
-Ref: \nocorrlist67682
-Ref: \nocorr67682
-Ref: \mathversion70437
-Ref: \oldstylenums70607
-Node: Font sizes71180
-Node: Low-level font commands74183
-Ref: low level font commands fontencoding74467
-Ref: low level font commands fontfamily75037
-Ref: low level font commands fontseries75884
-Ref: low level font commands fontshape77140
-Ref: low level font commands fontsize77485
-Ref: low level font commands linespread78090
-Ref: low level font commands selectfont78387
-Ref: low level font commands usefont78729
-Node: Layout78996
-Node: \onecolumn79570
-Node: \twocolumn79937
-Ref: twocolumn columnsep80572
-Ref: twocolumn columnseprule80824
-Ref: twocolumn columnwidth81132
-Ref: twocolumn dbltopfraction81747
-Ref: twocolumn dblfloatpagefraction82759
-Ref: twocolumn dblfloatsep83011
-Ref: twocolumn dbltextfloatsep83344
-Ref: twocolumn dbltopnumber83532
-Node: \flushbottom84491
-Node: \raggedbottom85662
-Node: Page layout parameters86204
-Ref: page layout parameters columnsep86445
-Ref: page layout parameters columnseprule86445
-Ref: page layout parameters columnwidth86445
-Ref: page layout parameters headheight86707
-Ref: page layout parameters headsep86894
-Ref: page layout parameters footskip87234
-Ref: page layout parameters linewidth87600
-Ref: page layout parameters marginparpush87991
-Ref: page layout parameters marginsep87991
-Ref: page layout parameters marginparwidth87991
-Ref: page layout parameters oddsidemargin89117
-Ref: page layout parameters evensidemargin89117
-Ref: page layout parameters paperheight89706
-Ref: page layout parameters paperwidth89940
-Ref: page layout parameters textheight90172
-Ref: page layout parameters textwidth90593
-Ref: page layout parameters hsize91599
-Ref: page layout parameters topmargin91804
-Ref: page layout parameters topskip92126
-Node: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch92346
-Ref: \baselineskip92559
-Ref: \baselinestretch92559
-Node: Floats97738
-Ref: floats bottomfraction102234
-Ref: floats floatpagefraction102369
-Ref: floats textfraction102488
-Ref: floats topfraction102698
-Ref: floats floatsep102962
-Ref: floats intextsep103080
-Ref: floats textfloatsep103307
-Ref: floats bottomnumber103583
-Ref: floats dbltopnumber103695
-Ref: floats topnumber103818
-Ref: floats totalnumber103926
-Node: \caption104551
-Node: Sectioning107377
-Ref: sectioning secnumdepth110636
-Ref: Sectioning/secnumdepth110636
-Ref: sectioning tocdepth111312
-Ref: Sectioning/tocdepth111312
-Node: \part112378
-Node: \chapter114612
-Node: \section118467
-Node: \subsection121806
-Node: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph124588
-Ref: \subsubsection124834
-Ref: \paragraph124834
-Ref: \subparagraph124834
-Node: \appendix127321
-Node: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter128706
-Ref: \frontmatter128946
-Ref: \mainmatter128946
-Ref: \backmatter128946
-Node: \@startsection130151
-Ref: startsection name131704
-Ref: \@startsection/name131704
-Ref: startsection level132184
-Ref: \@startsection/level132184
-Ref: startsection indent133097
-Ref: \@startsection/indent133097
-Ref: startsection beforeskip133368
-Ref: \@startsection/beforeskip133368
-Ref: startsection afterskip134921
-Ref: \@startsection/afterskip134921
-Ref: startsection style136278
-Ref: \@startsection/style136278
-Node: Cross references140121
-Node: \label142356
-Node: \pageref144248
-Node: \ref145058
-Node: xr package146097
-Node: Environments147970
-Node: abstract149989
-Node: array151606
-Node: center154631
-Node: \centering156404
-Node: description157977
-Node: displaymath160244
-Node: document161988
-Node: \AtBeginDocument162426
-Node: \AtEndDocument163058
-Node: enumerate163714
-Ref: enumerate enumi165675
-Ref: enumerate enumii165675
-Ref: enumerate enumiii165675
-Ref: enumerate enumiv165675
-Ref: enumerate labelenumi166089
-Ref: enumerate labelenumii166089
-Ref: enumerate labelenumiii166089
-Ref: enumerate labelenumiv166089
-Node: eqnarray166640
-Node: equation168692
-Node: figure169382
-Node: filecontents171615
-Node: flushleft173568
-Node: \raggedright174607
-Node: flushright175838
-Node: \raggedleft176682
-Node: itemize177587
-Ref: itemize labelitemi179179
-Ref: itemize labelitemii179179
-Ref: itemize labelitemiii179179
-Ref: itemize labelitemiv179179
-Ref: itemize leftmargin179872
-Ref: itemize leftmargini179872
-Ref: itemize leftmarginii179872
-Ref: itemize leftmarginiii179872
-Ref: itemize leftmarginiv179872
-Ref: itemize leftmarginv179872
-Ref: itemize leftmarginvi179872
-Node: letter181410
-Node: list181652
-Ref: list makelabel184171
-Ref: list itemindent185609
-Ref: list itemsep185758
-Ref: list labelsep186493
-Ref: list labelwidth186678
-Ref: list leftmargin187771
-Ref: list listparindent188690
-Ref: list parsep188937
-Ref: list partopsep189459
-Ref: list rightmargin190319
-Ref: list topsep190512
-Ref: list beginparpenalty194226
-Ref: list itempenalty194333
-Ref: list endparpenalty194445
-Node: \item195328
-Node: trivlist196606
-Node: math198184
-Node: minipage198506
-Node: picture204251
-Node: \put210629
-Node: \multiput211210
-Node: \qbezier211953
-Node: \graphpaper213458
-Node: \line214266
-Node: \linethickness216267
-Node: \thinlines216744
-Node: \thicklines217159
-Node: \circle217548
-Node: \oval218110
-Node: \shortstack219165
-Node: \vector220933
-Node: \makebox (picture)221866
-Node: \framebox (picture)223092
-Node: \frame224593
-Node: \dashbox225034
-Node: quotation & quote226195
-Ref: quotation226357
-Ref: quote226357
-Node: tabbing227119
-Node: table233312
-Node: tabular235423
-Ref: \extracolsep239465
-Ref: tabular arrayrulewidth242006
-Ref: tabular arraystrech242278
-Ref: tabular doublerulesep242519
-Ref: tabular tabcolsep242667
-Node: \multicolumn243200
-Node: \vline247219
-Node: \cline248676
-Node: \hline249406
-Node: thebibliography250116
-Node: \bibitem252697
-Node: \cite255083
-Node: \nocite256999
-Node: Using BibTeX257515
-Node: BibTeX error messages259965
-Node: theorem260922
-Node: titlepage261864
-Node: verbatim263159
-Node: \verb265032
-Node: verse267210
-Node: Line breaking268447
-Node: \\269870
-Node: \obeycr & \restorecr272402
-Ref: \obeycr272568
-Ref: \restorecr272568
-Node: \newline273247
-Node: \- (hyphenation)274336
-Node: \slash275992
-Node: \discretionary276536
-Node: \fussy & \sloppy277441
-Ref: \fussy277611
-Ref: \sloppy277611
-Node: sloppypar278280
-Node: \hyphenation279442
-Node: \linebreak & \nolinebreak280081
-Ref: \linebreak280255
-Ref: \nolinebreak280255
-Node: Page breaking281277
-Node: \clearpage & \cleardoublepage283319
-Ref: \clearpage283503
-Ref: \cleardoublepage283503
-Node: \newpage284989
-Node: \enlargethispage286333
-Node: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak287305
-Ref: \pagebreak287485
-Ref: \nopagebreak287485
-Node: Footnotes289269
-Node: \footnote290423
-Ref: footnote footnoterule291711
-Ref: footnote footnotesep292340
-Node: \footnotemark293468
-Node: \footnotetext295853
-Node: Footnotes in section headings296463
-Node: Footnotes in a table297308
-Node: Footnotes of footnotes300283
-Node: Definitions300987
-Node: \newcommand & \renewcommand302034
-Ref: \newcommand302217
-Ref: \renewcommand302217
-Node: Control sequences308628
-Node: \providecommand310095
-Node: \makeatletter & \makeatother311319
-Ref: \makeatletter311522
-Ref: \makeatother311522
-Node: \@ifstar313505
-Node: \newcounter317116
-Node: \newlength318888
-Node: \newsavebox319847
-Node: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment320838
-Ref: \newenvironment321061
-Ref: \renewenvironment321061
-Node: \newtheorem326294
-Node: \newfont329966
-Node: \protect331239
-Node: \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend333733
-Ref: \ignorespaces333956
-Ref: \ignorespacesafterend333956
-Node: xspace package336545
-Node: Counters338819
-Node: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol340560
-Node: \usecounter343329
-Node: \value344208
-Node: \setcounter345297
-Node: \addtocounter345911
-Node: \refstepcounter346373
-Node: \stepcounter347066
-Node: \day & \month & \year347639
-Ref: \day347806
-Ref: \month347806
-Ref: \year347806
-Node: Lengths348580
-Node: Units of length353311
-Ref: units of length pt353518
-Ref: units of length pc353639
-Ref: units of length in353666
-Ref: units of length bp353696
-Ref: units of length mm353831
-Ref: units of length cm353866
-Ref: units of length dd353898
-Ref: units of length cc353934
-Ref: units of length sp353963
-Ref: Lengths/ex354109
-Ref: units of length ex354109
-Ref: Lengths/em354260
-Ref: units of length em354260
-Ref: units of length mu354609
-Node: \setlength355146
-Node: \addtolength356288
-Node: \settodepth357763
-Node: \settoheight358783
-Node: \settowidth359817
-Node: \stretch360854
-Node: Expressions362068
-Node: Making paragraphs367106
-Node: \par369449
-Node: \indent & \noindent371579
-Ref: \indent371763
-Ref: \noindent371763
-Node: \parindent & \parskip373160
-Ref: \parindent373358
-Ref: \parskip373358
-Node: Marginal notes374559
-Ref: marginal notes marginparpush375993
-Ref: marginal notes marginparsep376183
-Ref: marginal notes marginparwidth376331
-Node: Math formulas376712
-Node: Subscripts & superscripts379806
-Ref: superscript379966
-Ref: subscript379966
-Node: Math symbols382099
-Node: Arrows407579
-Node: \boldmath & \unboldmath408903
-Ref: \boldmath409094
-Ref: \unboldmath409094
-Node: bm410204
-Node: OpenType bold math410956
-Node: Blackboard bold412394
-Node: Calligraphic413223
-Node: Delimiters413758
-Node: \left & \right416069
-Ref: \left416223
-Ref: \right416223
-Node: \bigl & \bigr etc.420230
-Ref: \bigl420392
-Ref: \bigr420392
-Node: Dots423088
-Ref: ellipses cdots423519
-Ref: ellipses ddots423672
-Ref: ellipses ldots423757
-Ref: ellipses vdots424177
-Node: Greek letters426303
-Node: Math functions428152
-Node: Math accents430001
-Node: Over- and Underlining430960
-Node: Spacing in math mode432859
-Ref: spacing in math mode thickspace433824
-Ref: spacing in math mode medspace434307
-Ref: Spacing in math mode/\thinspace434791
-Ref: spacing in math mode thinspace434791
-Ref: spacing in math mode negthinspace435288
-Ref: spacing in math mode quad435685
-Ref: spacing in math mode qquad435949
-Node: \smash436287
-Node: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom438558
-Ref: \phantom438787
-Ref: \vphantom438787
-Ref: \hphantom438787
-Node: \mathstrut441202
-Node: Math styles442204
-Node: Math miscellany445010
-Node: Colon character & \colon445509
-Ref: colon445682
-Node: \*446238
-Node: \frac446842
-Node: \sqrt447225
-Node: \stackrel447872
-Node: Modes448145
-Ref: modes paragraph mode448597
-Ref: modes lr mode448917
-Ref: modes math mode449536
-Ref: modes vertical mode449885
-Ref: modes internal vertical mode450107
-Ref: modes inner paragraph mode450650
-Ref: modes outer paragraph mode450650
-Node: \ensuremath451084
-Node: Page styles451797
-Node: \maketitle452629
-Node: \pagenumbering455781
-Node: \pagestyle458225
-Node: \thispagestyle461915
-Node: \thepage462910
-Node: Spaces465143
-Node: \enspace & \quad & \qquad466463
-Ref: \enspace466635
-Ref: \quad466635
-Ref: \qquad466635
-Node: \hspace467402
-Node: \hfill469311
-Node: \hss470405
-Node: \spacefactor471125
-Node: \@474640
-Ref: \AT474764
-Node: \frenchspacing & \nonfrenchspacing476845
-Ref: \frenchspacing476963
-Ref: \nonfrenchspacing477064
-Node: \normalsfcodes477953
-Node: \(SPACE)478225
-Ref: Leading blanks480211
-Node: ~480522
-Node: \thinspace & \negthinspace483679
-Ref: \thinspace483851
-Ref: \negthinspace483851
-Node: \/484925
-Node: \hrulefill & \dotfill486937
-Ref: \hrulefill487127
-Ref: \dotfill487127
-Node: \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip488313
-Ref: \bigskip488566
-Ref: \medskip488566
-Ref: \smallskip488566
-Ref: bigskip489145
-Ref: medskip489369
-Ref: smallskip489598
-Node: \bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak490295
-Ref: \bigbreak490539
-Ref: \medbreak490539
-Ref: \smallbreak490539
-Node: \strut491324
-Node: \vspace494657
-Node: \vfill496251
-Node: \addvspace497203
-Node: Boxes499320
-Node: \mbox & \makebox500038
-Ref: \mbox500184
-Ref: \makebox500184
-Ref: mbox makebox depth501351
-Ref: mbox makebox height501351
-Ref: mbox makebox width501351
-Ref: mbox makebox totalheight501351
-Node: \fbox & \framebox503547
-Ref: \fbox503711
-Ref: \framebox503711
-Ref: fbox framebox fboxrule504894
-Ref: fbox framebox fboxsep505092
-Node: \parbox506232
-Node: \raisebox508596
-Ref: raisebox depth509573
-Ref: raisebox height509573
-Ref: raisebox width509573
-Ref: raisebox totalheight509573
-Node: \sbox & \savebox510304
-Ref: \sbox510456
-Ref: \savebox510456
-Node: lrbox513496
-Node: \usebox514410
-Node: Color514869
-Node: Color package options515686
-Node: Color models517460
-Ref: color models cmyk518275
-Ref: color models gray518642
-Ref: color models rgb518795
-Ref: color models RGB519136
-Ref: color models named519535
-Node: Commands for color519867
-Node: Define colors520286
-Node: Colored text521017
-Node: Colored boxes523452
-Node: Colored pages524883
-Node: Graphics525580
-Node: Graphics package options527726
-Node: Graphics package configuration530653
-Node: \graphicspath531465
-Node: \DeclareGraphicsExtensions534537
-Node: \DeclareGraphicsRule536391
-Node: Commands for graphics539669
-Node: \includegraphics540182
-Ref: includegraphics width545345
-Ref: includegraphics height545906
-Ref: includegraphics totalheight546328
-Ref: includegraphics keepaspectratio546596
-Ref: includegraphics viewport548388
-Ref: includegraphics trim548799
-Ref: includegraphics clip549267
-Ref: includegraphics page549539
-Ref: includegraphics pagebox549638
-Ref: includegraphics interpolate550529
-Ref: includegraphics quiet550742
-Ref: includegraphics draft550915
-Ref: includegraphics bb551742
-Ref: includegraphics bbllx552152
-Ref: includegraphics bblly552152
-Ref: includegraphics bburx552152
-Ref: includegraphics bbury552152
-Ref: includegraphics natwidth552298
-Ref: includegraphics natheight552298
-Ref: includegraphics hiresbb552496
-Ref: includegraphics type553306
-Ref: includegraphics ext553350
-Ref: includegraphics read553461
-Ref: includegraphics command553586
-Node: \rotatebox553844
-Node: \scalebox556806
-Node: \resizebox557914
-Node: Special insertions559154
-Node: Reserved characters560028
-Node: Upper and lower case561347
-Node: Symbols by font position563821
-Node: Text symbols564528
-Node: Accents570762
-Node: \accent573219
-Node: Additional Latin letters575077
-Ref: Non-English characters575259
-Node: inputenc package576380
-Ref: \inputencoding578656
-Node: \rule579032
-Node: \today580236
-Node: Splitting the input581226
-Node: \endinput583008
-Node: \include & \includeonly584365
-Ref: \include584553
-Ref: \includeonly584553
-Node: \input588850
-Node: Front/back matter590093
-Node: Table of contents etc.590426
-Node: \@dottedtocline596374
-Node: \addcontentsline598025
-Node: \addtocontents601214
-Node: \contentsline603507
-Node: \nofiles605397
-Node: \numberline606180
-Node: Indexes607408
-Node: Produce the index manually610298
-Node: \index611486
-Node: makeindex616927
-Ref: makeindex preamble618643
-Ref: makeindex postamble618797
-Ref: makeindex group skip618901
-Ref: makeindex letheadflag619261
-Ref: makeindex lethead prefix619738
-Ref: makeindex lethead suffix619898
-Ref: makeindex item 0620054
-Ref: makeindex item 1620142
-Ref: makeindex item 2620225
-Ref: makeindex item 01620311
-Ref: makeindex item x1620424
-Ref: makeindex item 12620643
-Ref: makeindex item x2620759
-Ref: makeindex delim 0620929
-Ref: makeindex delim 1621067
-Ref: makeindex delim 2621205
-Ref: makeindex delim n621339
-Ref: makeindex delim r621482
-Ref: makeindex line max621598
-Ref: makeindex indent space621743
-Ref: makeindex indent length621846
-Ref: makeindex page precedence622043
-Node: \printindex623124
-Node: Glossaries623613
-Node: \newglossaryentry625632
-Node: \gls627135
-Node: Letters627949
-Node: \address631665
-Node: \cc632492
-Node: \closing632946
-Node: \encl633266
-Node: \location633692
-Node: \makelabels633964
-Node: \name636341
-Node: \opening636588
-Node: \ps636877
-Node: \signature637174
-Node: \telephone638450
-Node: Input/output638825
-Node: \openin & \openout639555
-Ref: \openin639702
-Ref: \openout639702
-Ref: \closein639702
-Ref: \closeout639702
-Node: \read642423
-Node: \typein643650
-Node: \typeout644934
-Node: \write646024
-Node: \write and security650939
-Node: \message651895
-Node: \wlog653776
-Node: \write18654285
-Node: Command line interface657886
-Ref: Command line658050
-Node: Command line options660269
-Ref: interaction modes661316
-Ref: output directory662328
-Node: Command line input664103
-Node: Jobname666252
-Node: Recovering from errors669631
-Node: Document templates671107
-Node: beamer template671541
-Node: article template672191
-Node: book template672658
-Node: Larger book template673141
-Node: Index674725
-Ref: Command Index674811
+Node: Top1881
+Node: About this document3694
+Node: Overview5523
+Node: Starting and ending7336
+Ref: Starting & ending7471
+Node: Output files8696
+Ref: output files dvi8989
+Ref: output files pdf9537
+Ref: output files log9870
+Ref: output files aux10071
+Node: TeX engines11062
+Ref: tex engines latex11614
+Ref: tex engines lualatex12491
+Ref: tex engines xelatex12974
+Node: LaTeX command syntax15030
+Node: Environment syntax17022
+Node: \DocumentMetadata18315
+Node: CTAN19556
+Node: Document classes21030
+Ref: \documentclass21157
+Ref: document classes article21495
+Ref: document classes book21587
+Ref: document classes letter21776
+Ref: document classes report21856
+Ref: document classes slides22020
+Node: Document class options22517
+Node: \usepackage26044
+Ref: Additional packages26258
+Node: Class and package creation27261
+Node: Class and package structure28724
+Node: Fonts31132
+Ref: Typefaces31235
+Node: fontenc package33205
+Node: \DeclareFontEncoding37595
+Node: \DeclareTextAccent39063
+Node: \DeclareTextAccentDefault40014
+Node: \DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand41121
+Ref: \DeclareTextCommand41426
+Ref: \ProvideTextCommand41426
+Node: \DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault43433
+Ref: \DeclareTextCommandDefault43764
+Ref: \ProvideTextCommandDefault43764
+Node: \DeclareTextComposite44777
+Node: \DeclareTextCompositeCommand45894
+Node: \DeclareTextSymbol46608
+Node: \DeclareTextSymbolDefault47745
+Node: \LastDeclaredEncoding48733
+Node: \UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent49369
+Ref: \UseTextSymbol49578
+Ref: \UseTextAccent49578
+Node: Font styles50607
+Ref: \nocorrlist51547
+Ref: \nocorr51547
+Ref: \mathversion54302
+Ref: \oldstylenums54472
+Node: Font sizes55045
+Node: Low-level font commands58048
+Ref: low level font commands fontencoding58332
+Ref: low level font commands fontfamily58902
+Ref: low level font commands fontseries59749
+Ref: low level font commands fontshape61005
+Ref: low level font commands fontsize61350
+Ref: low level font commands linespread61955
+Ref: low level font commands selectfont62252
+Ref: low level font commands usefont62594
+Node: Layout62861
+Node: \onecolumn63435
+Node: \twocolumn63802
+Ref: twocolumn columnsep64437
+Ref: twocolumn columnseprule64689
+Ref: twocolumn columnwidth64997
+Ref: twocolumn dbltopfraction65612
+Ref: twocolumn dblfloatpagefraction66624
+Ref: twocolumn dblfloatsep66876
+Ref: twocolumn dbltextfloatsep67209
+Ref: twocolumn dbltopnumber67397
+Node: \flushbottom68356
+Node: \raggedbottom69527
+Node: Page layout parameters70069
+Ref: page layout parameters columnsep70310
+Ref: page layout parameters columnseprule70310
+Ref: page layout parameters columnwidth70310
+Ref: page layout parameters headheight70572
+Ref: page layout parameters headsep70759
+Ref: page layout parameters footskip71099
+Ref: page layout parameters linewidth71465
+Ref: page layout parameters marginparpush71856
+Ref: page layout parameters marginsep71856
+Ref: page layout parameters marginparwidth71856
+Ref: page layout parameters oddsidemargin72982
+Ref: page layout parameters evensidemargin72982
+Ref: page layout parameters paperheight73571
+Ref: page layout parameters paperwidth73805
+Ref: page layout parameters textheight74037
+Ref: page layout parameters textwidth74458
+Ref: page layout parameters hsize75464
+Ref: page layout parameters topmargin75669
+Ref: page layout parameters topskip75991
+Node: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch76211
+Ref: \baselineskip76424
+Ref: \baselinestretch76424
+Node: Floats81603
+Ref: floats bottomfraction86099
+Ref: floats floatpagefraction86234
+Ref: floats textfraction86353
+Ref: floats topfraction86563
+Ref: floats floatsep86827
+Ref: floats intextsep86945
+Ref: floats textfloatsep87172
+Ref: floats bottomnumber87448
+Ref: floats dbltopnumber87560
+Ref: floats topnumber87683
+Ref: floats totalnumber87791
+Node: \caption88416
+Node: Sectioning91242
+Ref: sectioning secnumdepth94501
+Ref: Sectioning/secnumdepth94501
+Ref: sectioning tocdepth95177
+Ref: Sectioning/tocdepth95177
+Node: \part96243
+Node: \chapter98477
+Node: \section102332
+Node: \subsection105671
+Node: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph108453
+Ref: \subsubsection108699
+Ref: \paragraph108699
+Ref: \subparagraph108699
+Node: \appendix111186
+Node: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter112571
+Ref: \frontmatter112811
+Ref: \mainmatter112811
+Ref: \backmatter112811
+Node: \@startsection114016
+Ref: startsection name115569
+Ref: \@startsection/name115569
+Ref: startsection level116049
+Ref: \@startsection/level116049
+Ref: startsection indent116962
+Ref: \@startsection/indent116962
+Ref: startsection beforeskip117233
+Ref: \@startsection/beforeskip117233
+Ref: startsection afterskip118786
+Ref: \@startsection/afterskip118786
+Ref: startsection style120143
+Ref: \@startsection/style120143
+Node: Cross references123986
+Node: \label126221
+Node: \pageref128113
+Node: \ref128923
+Node: xr package129962
+Node: Environments131835
+Node: abstract133854
+Node: array135471
+Node: center138496
+Node: \centering140269
+Node: description141842
+Node: displaymath144109
+Node: document145853
+Node: \AtBeginDocument146291
+Node: \AtEndDocument146923
+Node: enumerate147579
+Ref: enumerate enumi149540
+Ref: enumerate enumii149540
+Ref: enumerate enumiii149540
+Ref: enumerate enumiv149540
+Ref: enumerate labelenumi149954
+Ref: enumerate labelenumii149954
+Ref: enumerate labelenumiii149954
+Ref: enumerate labelenumiv149954
+Node: eqnarray150505
+Node: equation152557
+Node: figure153247
+Node: filecontents155480
+Node: flushleft157433
+Node: \raggedright158472
+Node: flushright159703
+Node: \raggedleft160547
+Node: itemize161452
+Ref: itemize labelitemi163044
+Ref: itemize labelitemii163044
+Ref: itemize labelitemiii163044
+Ref: itemize labelitemiv163044
+Ref: itemize leftmargin163737
+Ref: itemize leftmargini163737
+Ref: itemize leftmarginii163737
+Ref: itemize leftmarginiii163737
+Ref: itemize leftmarginiv163737
+Ref: itemize leftmarginv163737
+Ref: itemize leftmarginvi163737
+Node: letter165275
+Node: list165517
+Ref: list makelabel168036
+Ref: list itemindent169474
+Ref: list itemsep169623
+Ref: list labelsep170358
+Ref: list labelwidth170543
+Ref: list leftmargin171636
+Ref: list listparindent172555
+Ref: list parsep172802
+Ref: list partopsep173324
+Ref: list rightmargin174184
+Ref: list topsep174377
+Ref: list beginparpenalty178091
+Ref: list itempenalty178198
+Ref: list endparpenalty178310
+Node: \item179193
+Node: trivlist180471
+Node: math182049
+Node: minipage182371
+Node: picture188116
+Node: \put194494
+Node: \multiput195075
+Node: \qbezier195818
+Node: \graphpaper197323
+Node: \line198131
+Node: \linethickness200132
+Node: \thinlines200609
+Node: \thicklines201024
+Node: \circle201413
+Node: \oval201975
+Node: \shortstack203030
+Node: \vector204798
+Node: \makebox (picture)205731
+Node: \framebox (picture)206957
+Node: \frame208458
+Node: \dashbox208899
+Node: quotation & quote210060
+Ref: quotation210222
+Ref: quote210222
+Node: tabbing210984
+Node: table217177
+Node: tabular219288
+Ref: \extracolsep223330
+Ref: tabular arrayrulewidth225871
+Ref: tabular arraystrech226143
+Ref: tabular doublerulesep226384
+Ref: tabular tabcolsep226532
+Node: \multicolumn227065
+Node: \vline231084
+Node: \cline232541
+Node: \hline233271
+Node: thebibliography233981
+Node: \bibitem236562
+Node: \cite238948
+Node: \nocite240864
+Node: Using BibTeX241380
+Node: BibTeX error messages243830
+Node: theorem244787
+Node: titlepage245729
+Node: verbatim247024
+Node: \verb248897
+Node: verse251075
+Node: Line breaking252312
+Node: \\253735
+Node: \obeycr & \restorecr256267
+Ref: \obeycr256433
+Ref: \restorecr256433
+Node: \newline257112
+Node: \- (hyphenation)258201
+Node: \slash259857
+Node: \discretionary260401
+Node: \fussy & \sloppy261306
+Ref: \fussy261476
+Ref: \sloppy261476
+Node: sloppypar262145
+Node: \hyphenation263307
+Node: \linebreak & \nolinebreak263946
+Ref: \linebreak264120
+Ref: \nolinebreak264120
+Node: Page breaking265142
+Node: \clearpage & \cleardoublepage267184
+Ref: \clearpage267368
+Ref: \cleardoublepage267368
+Node: \newpage268854
+Node: \enlargethispage270198
+Node: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak271170
+Ref: \pagebreak271350
+Ref: \nopagebreak271350
+Node: Footnotes273134
+Node: \footnote274288
+Ref: footnote footnoterule275576
+Ref: footnote footnotesep276205
+Node: \footnotemark277333
+Node: \footnotetext279718
+Node: Footnotes in section headings280328
+Node: Footnotes in a table281173
+Node: Footnotes of footnotes284141
+Node: Definitions284845
+Node: \newcommand & \renewcommand285892
+Ref: \newcommand286075
+Ref: \renewcommand286075
+Node: Control sequences292512
+Node: \providecommand293979
+Node: \makeatletter & \makeatother295203
+Ref: \makeatletter295406
+Ref: \makeatother295406
+Node: \@ifstar297389
+Node: \newcounter301000
+Node: \newlength302772
+Node: \newsavebox303731
+Node: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment304722
+Ref: \newenvironment304945
+Ref: \renewenvironment304945
+Node: \newtheorem310178
+Node: \newfont313850
+Node: \protect315123
+Node: \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend317617
+Ref: \ignorespaces317840
+Ref: \ignorespacesafterend317840
+Node: xspace package320429
+Node: Class and package commands322837
+Node: \AtBeginDvi & \AtEndDvi323080
+Ref: \AtBeginDvi323288
+Ref: \AtEndDvi323288
+Node: \AtEndOfClass & \AtEndOfPackage323772
+Ref: \AtEndOfClass324018
+Ref: \AtEndOfPackage324018
+Node: \CheckCommand324378
+Node: \ClassError and \PackageError and others325331
+Ref: \ClassError325595
+Ref: \ClassWarning325595
+Ref: \ClassWarningNoLine325595
+Ref: \ClassInfo325595
+Ref: \ClassInfoNoLine325595
+Ref: \PackageError325595
+Ref: \PackageWarning325595
+Ref: \PackageWarningNoLine325595
+Ref: \PackageInfo325595
+Ref: \PackageInfoNoLine325595
+Node: \CurrentOption326995
+Node: \DeclareOption327367
+Node: \DeclareRobustCommand329047
+Node: \ExecuteOptions331416
+Node: \IfFileExists & \InputIfFileExists332074
+Ref: \IfFileExists332342
+Ref: \InputIfFileExists332342
+Node: \LoadClass & \LoadClassWithOptions333652
+Ref: \LoadClass333922
+Ref: \LoadClassWithOptions333922
+Node: \NeedsTeXFormat335019
+Node: \OptionNotUsed336115
+Node: \PassOptionsToClass & \PassOptionsToPackage336482
+Ref: \PassOptionsToClass336759
+Ref: \PassOptionsToPackage336759
+Node: \ProcessOptions338586
+Node: \ProvidesClass & \ProvidesPackage340730
+Ref: \ProvidesClass340976
+Ref: \ProvidesPackage340976
+Node: \ProvidesFile342940
+Node: \RequirePackage & \RequirePackageWithOptions343655
+Ref: \RequirePackage343910
+Ref: \RequirePackageWithOptions343910
+Node: Counters345619
+Node: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol347360
+Node: \usecounter350129
+Node: \value351008
+Node: \setcounter352097
+Node: \addtocounter352711
+Node: \refstepcounter353173
+Node: \stepcounter353866
+Node: \day & \month & \year354439
+Ref: \day354606
+Ref: \month354606
+Ref: \year354606
+Node: Lengths355380
+Node: Units of length360111
+Ref: units of length pt360318
+Ref: units of length pc360439
+Ref: units of length in360466
+Ref: units of length bp360496
+Ref: units of length mm360631
+Ref: units of length cm360666
+Ref: units of length dd360698
+Ref: units of length cc360734
+Ref: units of length sp360763
+Ref: Lengths/ex360909
+Ref: units of length ex360909
+Ref: Lengths/em361060
+Ref: units of length em361060
+Ref: units of length mu361409
+Node: \setlength361946
+Node: \addtolength363088
+Node: \settodepth364563
+Node: \settoheight365583
+Node: \settowidth366617
+Node: \stretch367654
+Node: Expressions368868
+Node: Making paragraphs373906
+Node: \par376249
+Node: \indent & \noindent378379
+Ref: \indent378563
+Ref: \noindent378563
+Node: \parindent & \parskip379960
+Ref: \parindent380158
+Ref: \parskip380158
+Node: Marginal notes381359
+Ref: marginal notes marginparpush382793
+Ref: marginal notes marginparsep382983
+Ref: marginal notes marginparwidth383131
+Node: Math formulas383512
+Node: Subscripts & superscripts386606
+Ref: superscript386766
+Ref: subscript386766
+Node: Math symbols388899
+Node: Arrows414379
+Node: \boldmath & \unboldmath415703
+Ref: \boldmath415894
+Ref: \unboldmath415894
+Node: bm417004
+Node: OpenType bold math417756
+Node: Blackboard bold419194
+Node: Calligraphic420023
+Node: Delimiters420558
+Node: \left & \right422869
+Ref: \left423023
+Ref: \right423023
+Node: \bigl & \bigr etc.427030
+Ref: \bigl427192
+Ref: \bigr427192
+Node: Dots429888
+Ref: ellipses cdots430319
+Ref: ellipses ddots430472
+Ref: ellipses ldots430557
+Ref: ellipses vdots430977
+Node: Greek letters433103
+Node: Math functions434952
+Node: Math accents436801
+Node: Over- and Underlining437760
+Node: Spacing in math mode439659
+Ref: spacing in math mode thickspace440624
+Ref: spacing in math mode medspace441107
+Ref: Spacing in math mode/\thinspace441591
+Ref: spacing in math mode thinspace441591
+Ref: spacing in math mode negthinspace442088
+Ref: spacing in math mode quad442485
+Ref: spacing in math mode qquad442749
+Node: \smash443087
+Node: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom445390
+Ref: \phantom445619
+Ref: \vphantom445619
+Ref: \hphantom445619
+Node: \mathstrut448034
+Node: Math styles449036
+Node: Math miscellany451842
+Node: Colon character & \colon452341
+Ref: colon452514
+Node: \*453070
+Node: \frac453674
+Node: \sqrt454057
+Node: \stackrel454704
+Node: Modes454977
+Ref: modes paragraph mode455429
+Ref: modes lr mode455749
+Ref: modes math mode456368
+Ref: modes vertical mode456717
+Ref: modes internal vertical mode456939
+Ref: modes inner paragraph mode457482
+Ref: modes outer paragraph mode457482
+Node: \ensuremath457916
+Node: Page styles458629
+Node: \maketitle459461
+Node: \pagenumbering462613
+Node: \pagestyle465057
+Node: \thispagestyle468747
+Node: \thepage469742
+Node: Spaces470809
+Node: \enspace & \quad & \qquad472129
+Ref: \enspace472301
+Ref: \quad472301
+Ref: \qquad472301
+Node: \hspace473068
+Node: \hfill474977
+Node: \hss476071
+Node: \spacefactor476791
+Node: \@480306
+Ref: \AT480430
+Node: \frenchspacing & \nonfrenchspacing482511
+Ref: \frenchspacing482629
+Ref: \nonfrenchspacing482730
+Node: \normalsfcodes483619
+Node: \(SPACE)483891
+Ref: Leading blanks485877
+Node: ~486188
+Node: \thinspace & \negthinspace489345
+Ref: \thinspace489517
+Ref: \negthinspace489517
+Node: \/490591
+Node: \hrulefill & \dotfill492603
+Ref: \hrulefill492793
+Ref: \dotfill492793
+Node: \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip493979
+Ref: \bigskip494232
+Ref: \medskip494232
+Ref: \smallskip494232
+Ref: bigskip494811
+Ref: medskip495035
+Ref: smallskip495264
+Node: \bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak495961
+Ref: \bigbreak496205
+Ref: \medbreak496205
+Ref: \smallbreak496205
+Node: \strut496990
+Node: \vspace500323
+Node: \vfill501917
+Node: \addvspace502869
+Node: Boxes504986
+Node: \mbox & \makebox505707
+Ref: \mbox505853
+Ref: \makebox505853
+Ref: mbox makebox depth507020
+Ref: mbox makebox height507020
+Ref: mbox makebox width507020
+Ref: mbox makebox totalheight507020
+Node: \fbox & \framebox509216
+Ref: \fbox509380
+Ref: \framebox509380
+Ref: fbox framebox fboxrule510563
+Ref: fbox framebox fboxsep510761
+Node: \parbox511901
+Node: \raisebox514265
+Ref: raisebox depth515242
+Ref: raisebox height515242
+Ref: raisebox width515242
+Ref: raisebox totalheight515242
+Node: \sbox & \savebox515973
+Ref: \sbox516125
+Ref: \savebox516125
+Node: lrbox519165
+Node: \usebox520079
+Node: Graphics520538
+Node: Graphics package options522671
+Node: Graphics package configuration525598
+Node: \graphicspath526410
+Node: \DeclareGraphicsExtensions529482
+Node: \DeclareGraphicsRule531336
+Node: Commands for graphics534614
+Node: \includegraphics535127
+Ref: includegraphics width540290
+Ref: includegraphics height540851
+Ref: includegraphics totalheight541273
+Ref: includegraphics keepaspectratio541541
+Ref: includegraphics viewport543333
+Ref: includegraphics trim543744
+Ref: includegraphics clip544212
+Ref: includegraphics page544484
+Ref: includegraphics pagebox544583
+Ref: includegraphics interpolate545474
+Ref: includegraphics quiet545687
+Ref: includegraphics draft545860
+Ref: includegraphics bb546687
+Ref: includegraphics bbllx547097
+Ref: includegraphics bblly547097
+Ref: includegraphics bburx547097
+Ref: includegraphics bbury547097
+Ref: includegraphics natwidth547243
+Ref: includegraphics natheight547243
+Ref: includegraphics hiresbb547441
+Ref: includegraphics type548251
+Ref: includegraphics ext548295
+Ref: includegraphics read548406
+Ref: includegraphics command548531
+Node: \rotatebox548789
+Node: \scalebox551751
+Node: \resizebox552859
+Node: Color554099
+Node: Color package options554929
+Node: Color models556703
+Ref: color models cmyk557518
+Ref: color models gray557885
+Ref: color models rgb558038
+Ref: color models RGB558379
+Ref: color models named558778
+Node: Commands for color559110
+Node: Define colors559529
+Node: Colored text560260
+Node: Colored boxes562695
+Node: Colored pages564126
+Node: Special insertions564823
+Node: Reserved characters565694
+Node: Upper and lower case567013
+Node: Symbols by font position569487
+Node: Text symbols570194
+Node: Accents576428
+Node: \accent578885
+Node: Additional Latin letters580743
+Ref: Non-English characters580925
+Node: inputenc package582046
+Ref: \inputencoding584322
+Node: \rule584698
+Node: \today585902
+Node: Splitting the input586892
+Node: \endinput588674
+Node: \include & \includeonly590031
+Ref: \include590219
+Ref: \includeonly590219
+Node: \input594516
+Node: Front/back matter595759
+Node: Table of contents etc.596092
+Node: \@dottedtocline602040
+Node: \addcontentsline603691
+Node: \addtocontents606880
+Node: \contentsline609173
+Node: \nofiles611063
+Node: \numberline611846
+Node: Indexes613074
+Node: Produce the index manually615964
+Node: \index617152
+Node: makeindex622593
+Ref: makeindex preamble624309
+Ref: makeindex postamble624463
+Ref: makeindex group skip624567
+Ref: makeindex letheadflag624927
+Ref: makeindex lethead prefix625404
+Ref: makeindex lethead suffix625564
+Ref: makeindex item 0625720
+Ref: makeindex item 1625808
+Ref: makeindex item 2625891
+Ref: makeindex item 01625977
+Ref: makeindex item x1626090
+Ref: makeindex item 12626309
+Ref: makeindex item x2626425
+Ref: makeindex delim 0626595
+Ref: makeindex delim 1626733
+Ref: makeindex delim 2626871
+Ref: makeindex delim n627005
+Ref: makeindex delim r627148
+Ref: makeindex line max627264
+Ref: makeindex indent space627409
+Ref: makeindex indent length627512
+Ref: makeindex page precedence627709
+Node: \printindex628790
+Node: Glossaries629279
+Node: \newglossaryentry631298
+Node: \gls632801
+Node: Letters633615
+Node: \address637331
+Node: \cc638158
+Node: \closing638612
+Node: \encl638932
+Node: \location639358
+Node: \makelabels639630
+Node: \name642007
+Node: \opening642254
+Node: \ps642543
+Node: \signature642840
+Node: \telephone644116
+Node: Input/output644491
+Node: \openin & \openout645221
+Ref: \openin645368
+Ref: \openout645368
+Ref: \closein645368
+Ref: \closeout645368
+Node: \read648089
+Node: \typein649316
+Node: \typeout650600
+Node: \write651690
+Node: \write and security656605
+Node: \message657561
+Node: \wlog659442
+Node: \write18659951
+Node: Command line interface663552
+Ref: Command line663716
+Node: Command line options665935
+Ref: interaction modes666982
+Ref: output directory667994
+Node: Command line input669769
+Node: Jobname671916
+Node: Recovering from errors675300
+Node: Document templates676776
+Node: beamer template677210
+Node: article template677860
+Node: book template678327
+Node: Larger book template678810
+Node: Index680394
+Ref: Command Index680480
End Tag Table
Modified: trunk/latex2e.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/latex2e.txt
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e.txt 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e.txt 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -19,8 +19,8 @@
18 Page styles
19 Spaces
20 Boxes
-21 Color
-22 Graphics
+21 Graphics
+22 Color
23 Special insertions
24 Splitting the input
25 Front/back matter
@@ -36,14 +36,14 @@
2.2 Output files
2.3 TeX engines
2.4 LaTeX command syntax
- 2.5 Environment
- 2.6 CTAN: The Comprehensive TeX Archive Network
+ 2.5 Environment syntax
+ 2.6 ‘\DocumentMetadata’: Producing tagged PDF output
+ 2.7 CTAN: The Comprehensive TeX Archive Network
3 Document classes
3.1 Document class options
- 3.2 Additional packages
- 3.3 Class and package construction
+ 3.2 ‘\usepackage’: Additional packages
+ 3.3 Class and package creation
3.3.1 Class and package structure
- 3.3.2 Class and package commands
4 Fonts
4.1 ‘fontenc’ package
4.1.1 ‘\DeclareFontEncoding’
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@
6.5 ‘\subsubsection’, ‘\paragraph’, ‘\subparagraph’
6.6 ‘\appendix’
6.7 ‘\frontmatter’, ‘\mainmatter’, ‘\backmatter’
- 6.8 ‘\@startsection’, typesetting sectional unit headings
+ 6.8 ‘\@startsection’: Typesetting sectional unit headings
7 Cross references
7.1 ‘\label’
7.2 ‘\pageref’
@@ -182,7 +182,25 @@
12.10 ‘\newfont’
12.11 ‘\protect’
12.12 ‘\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend’
- 12.13 xspace package
+ 12.13 ‘xspace’ package
+ 12.14 Class and package commands
+ 12.14.1 ‘\AtBeginDvi’ & ‘\AtEndDvi’
+ 12.14.2 ‘\AtEndOfClass’ & ‘\AtEndOfPackage’
+ 12.14.3 ‘\CheckCommand’
+ 12.14.4 ‘\ClassError’ and ‘\PackageError’ and others
+ 12.14.5 ‘\CurrentOption’
+ 12.14.6 ‘\DeclareOption’
+ 12.14.7 ‘\DeclareRobustCommand’
+ 12.14.8 ‘\ExecuteOptions’
+ 12.14.9 ‘\IfFileExists’ & ‘\InputIfFileExists’
+ 12.14.10 ‘\LoadClass’ & ‘\LoadClassWithOptions’
+ 12.14.11 ‘\NeedsTeXFormat’
+ 12.14.12 ‘\OptionNotUsed’
+ 12.14.13 ‘\PassOptionsToClass’ & ‘\PassOptionsToPackage’
+ 12.14.14 ‘\ProcessOptions’
+ 12.14.15 ‘\ProvidesClass’ & ‘\ProvidesPackage’
+ 12.14.16 ‘\ProvidesFile’
+ 12.14.17 ‘\RequirePackage’ & ‘\RequirePackageWithOptions’
13 Counters
13.1 ‘\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol’: Printing counters
13.2 ‘\usecounter’
@@ -270,25 +288,25 @@
20.5 ‘\sbox’ & ‘\savebox’
20.6 ‘lrbox’
20.7 ‘\usebox’
-21 Color
- 21.1 ‘color’ package options
- 21.2 Color models
- 21.3 Commands for color
- 21.3.1 Define colors
- 21.3.2 Colored text
- 21.3.3 Colored boxes
- 21.3.4 Colored pages
-22 Graphics
- 22.1 ‘graphics’ package options
- 22.2 ‘graphics’ package configuration
- 22.2.1 ‘\graphicspath’
- 22.2.2 ‘\DeclareGraphicsExtensions’
- 22.2.3 ‘\DeclareGraphicsRule’
- 22.3 Commands for graphics
- 22.3.1 ‘\includegraphics’
- 22.3.2 ‘\rotatebox’
- 22.3.3 ‘\scalebox’
- 22.3.4 ‘\resizebox’
+21 Graphics
+ 21.1 ‘graphics’ package options
+ 21.2 ‘graphics’ package configuration
+ 21.2.1 ‘\graphicspath’
+ 21.2.2 ‘\DeclareGraphicsExtensions’
+ 21.2.3 ‘\DeclareGraphicsRule’
+ 21.3 Commands for graphics
+ 21.3.1 ‘\includegraphics’
+ 21.3.2 ‘\rotatebox’
+ 21.3.3 ‘\scalebox’
+ 21.3.4 ‘\resizebox’
+22 Color
+ 22.1 ‘color’ package options
+ 22.2 Color models
+ 22.3 Commands for color
+ 22.3.1 Define colors
+ 22.3.2 Colored text
+ 22.3.3 Colored boxes
+ 22.3.4 Colored pages
23 Special insertions
23.1 Reserved characters
23.2 Upper and lower case
@@ -356,8 +374,8 @@
LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual
***************************************
-This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of July 2023)
-for LaTeX2e, a document preparation system.
+This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of September
+2023) for LaTeX2e, a document preparation system.
1 About this document
*********************
@@ -382,7 +400,8 @@
document is completely unofficial and has not been written or reviewed
by the LaTeX maintainers. Do not send bug reports or anything else
about this document to them. Instead, please send all comments to
-<latexrefman at tug.org>.
+<latexrefman at tug.org>. This is a public list; you can (un)subscribe,
+view the archives, etc., at <https://lists.tug.org/latexrefman>.
This document is a reference, not a tutorial. There is a vast array
of other information available about LaTeX, at all levels. Here are a
@@ -398,8 +417,7 @@
A longer introduction to LaTeX, translated to many languages.
<https://tug.org/begin.html>
- Introduction to the TeX system, including LaTeX, with further
- references.
+ Overview of getting started with TeX and LaTeX.
2 Overview of LaTeX
*******************
@@ -632,8 +650,8 @@
them in this document; see the related package documentation and other
LaTeX manuals.
-2.5 Environment
-===============
+2.5 Environment syntax
+======================
Synopsis:
@@ -667,7 +685,32 @@
... rows of table ...
\end{tabular}
-2.6 CTAN: The Comprehensive TeX Archive Network
+2.6 ‘\DocumentMetadata’: Producing tagged PDF output
+====================================================
+
+The ‘\DocumentMetadata’ command was added to LaTeX in 2022. It enables
+so-called “tagging” of the PDF output, aiding accessibility of the PDF.
+
+ It is unlike nearly any other command in LaTeX in that it must occur
+before the ‘\documentclass’ command that starts a LaTeX document proper
+(*note \documentclass::). Therefore it must be called with
+‘\RequirePackage’ rather than ‘\usepackage’ (*note \RequirePackage::).
+
+ This support is still in development, so we will not try to list all
+the possible settings. Please see the ‘documentmetadata-support-doc’
+document, part of the ‘latex-lab’ package
+(<https://ctan.org/pkg/latex-lab>). Here is a simple example which
+enables most tagging currently implemented:
+
+ \DocumentMetadata{testphase={phase-III,firstaid}}
+ \documentclass{article}
+ ...
+
+ As you can see from the key name ‘testphase’, this is all still in an
+experimental phase. But the LaTeX developers strongly encourage users
+to give it a try and report problems.
+
+2.7 CTAN: The Comprehensive TeX Archive Network
===============================================
The Comprehensive TeX Archive Network, CTAN, is the TeX and LaTeX
@@ -698,13 +741,13 @@
3 Document classes
******************
-The document’s overall class is defined with this command, which is
-normally the first command in a LaTeX source file.
+The document’s overall class is defined with the ‘\documentclass’
+command, which is normally the first command in a LaTeX source file.
\documentclass[OPTIONS]{CLASS}
- The following document CLASS names are built into LaTeX. (Many other
-document classes are available as separate packages; *note Overview::.)
+ The following document CLASS names are built into LaTeX. Many other
+document classes are available as separate packages (*note Overview::).
‘article’
For a journal article, a presentation, and miscellaneous general
@@ -724,9 +767,9 @@
‘slides’
For slide presentations—rarely used nowadays. The ‘beamer’ package
- is perhaps the most prevalent (<https://ctan.org/pkg/beamer>).
- *Note beamer template::, for a small template for a beamer
- document.
+ is perhaps the most prevalent replacement
+ (<https://ctan.org/pkg/beamer>). *Note beamer template::, for a
+ small template for a beamer document.
Standard OPTIONS are described in the next section.
@@ -739,15 +782,18 @@
\documentclass[OPTION1,OPTION2,...]{CLASS}
+ LaTeX automatically passes options specified for ‘\documentclass’ on
+to any other loaded classes that can handle them.
+
Here is the list of the standard class options.
All of the standard classes except ‘slides’ accept the following
-options for selecting the typeface size (default is ‘10pt’):
+options for selecting the typeface size; the default is ‘10pt’:
10pt 11pt 12pt
All of the standard classes accept these options for selecting the
-paper size (these show height by width):
+paper size (dimensions are listed height by width):
‘a4paper’
210 by 297mm (about 8.25 by 11.75 inches)
@@ -769,7 +815,7 @@
When using one of the engines pdfLaTeX, LuaLaTeX, or XeLaTeX (*note
TeX engines::), options other than ‘letterpaper’ set the print area but
-you must also set the physical paper size. Usually, The ‘geometry’
+you must also set the physical paper size. Usually, the ‘geometry’
package is the best way to do that; it provides flexible ways of setting
the print area and physical page size. Otherwise, setting the paper
size is engine-dependent. For example, with pdfLaTeX, you could include
@@ -829,25 +875,35 @@
The ‘slides’ class offers the option ‘clock’ for printing the time at
the bottom of each note.
-3.2 Additional packages
-=======================
+3.2 ‘\usepackage’: Additional packages
+======================================
-Load a package PKG, with the package options given in the
-comma-separated list OPTIONS, as here.
+To load a package PKG, with the package options given in the
+comma-separated list OPTIONS:
- \usepackage[OPTIONS]{PKG}.
+ \usepackage[OPTIONS]{PKG}[MINDATE]
To specify more than one package you can separate them with a comma,
as in ‘\usepackage{PKG1,PKG2,...}’, or use multiple ‘\usepackage’
commands.
- Any options given in the ‘\documentclass’ command that are unknown to
-the selected document class are passed on to the packages loaded with
-‘\usepackage’.
+ If the MINDATE optional argument is given, LaTeX gives a warning if
+the loaded package has an earlier date, i.e., is too old. The MINDATE
+argument must be in the form ‘YYYY/MM/DD’. More info on this:
+<https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/47743>.
-3.3 Class and package construction
-==================================
+ ‘\usepackage’ must be used in the document preamble, between the
+‘\documentclass’ declaration and the ‘\begin{document}’. Occasionally
+it is necessary to load packages before the ‘\documentclass’; see
+‘\RequirePackage’ for that (*note \RequirePackage::).
+ Any options given in the global ‘\documentclass’ command that are
+unknown to the selected document class are passed on to the packages
+loaded with ‘\usepackage’.
+
+3.3 Class and package creation
+==============================
+
You can create new document classes and new packages. For instance, if
your memos must satisfy some local requirements, such as a standard
header for each page, then you could create a new class ‘smcmemo.cls’
@@ -856,22 +912,26 @@
What separates a package from a document class is that the commands
in a package are useful across classes while those in a document class
are specific to that class. Thus, a command to set page headers is for
-a package while a command to make the page headers say ‘Memo from the
-SMC Math Department’ is for a class.
+a package while a command to make the page headers be ‘Memo from the SMC
+Math Department’ is for a class.
- Inside of a class or package file you can use the at-sign ‘@’ as a
-character in command names without having to surround the code
-containing that command with ‘\makeatletter’ and ‘\makeatother’. *Note
-\makeatletter & \makeatother::. This allow you to create commands that
-users will not accidentally redefine. Another technique is to preface
-class- or package-specific commands with some string to prevent your
-class or package from interfering with others. For instance, the class
-‘smcmemo’ might have commands ‘\smc at tolist’, ‘\smc at fromlist’, etc.
+ Inside of a class or package definition you can use the at-sign ‘@’
+as a character in command names without having to surround the code
+containing that command with ‘\makeatletter’ and ‘\makeatother’ (*note
+\makeatletter & \makeatother::). This allows you to create commands
+that users will not accidentally redefine.
+ It is also highly desirable to prefix class- or package-specific
+commands with your package name or similar string, to prevent your
+definitions from clashing with those from other packages. For instance,
+the class ‘smcmemo’ might have commands ‘\smc at tolist’, ‘\smc at fromlist’,
+etc.
+
3.3.1 Class and package structure
---------------------------------
A class file or package file typically has four parts.
+
1. In the “identification part”, the file says that it is a LaTeX
package or class and describes itself, using the ‘\NeedsTeXFormat’
and ‘\ProvidesClass’ or ‘\ProvidesPackage’ commands.
@@ -910,356 +970,13 @@
class to provide the basis for this class’s code.
For more, see the official guide for class and package writers, the
-Class Guide, at
-<https://www.latex-project.org/help/documentation/clsguide.pdf> (much of
-the descriptions here derive from this document), or the tutorial
-<https://www.tug.org/TUGboat/tb26-3/tb84heff.pdf>.
+Class Guide, at <https://ctan.org/pkg/clsguide> (much of the description
+here derives from this document), or the tutorial at
+<https://tug.org/TUGboat/tb26-3/tb84heff.pdf>.
-3.3.2 Class and package commands
---------------------------------
+ *Note Class and package commands::, for some of the commands
+specifically intended for class and package writers.
-These are the commands designed to help writers of classes or packages.
-
-‘\AtBeginDvi{specials}’
- Save in a box register things that are written to the ‘.dvi’ file
- at the beginning of the shipout of the first page of the document.
-
-‘\AtEndOfClass{CODE}’
-‘\AtEndOfPackage{CODE}’
- Hook to insert CODE to be executed when LaTeX finishes processing
- the current class or package. You can use these hooks multiple
- times; the ‘code’ will be executed in the order that you called it.
- See also *note \AtBeginDocument::.
-
-‘\CheckCommand{CMD}[NUM][DEFAULT]{DEFINITION}’
-‘\CheckCommand*{CMD}[NUM][DEFAULT]{DEFINITION}’
- Like ‘\newcommand’ (*note \newcommand & \renewcommand::) but does
- not define CMD; instead it checks that the current definition of
- CMD is exactly as given by DEFINITION and is or is not “long” as
- expected. A long command is a command that accepts ‘\par’ within
- an argument. The CMD command is expected to be long with the
- unstarred version of ‘\CheckCommand’. Raises an error when the
- check fails. This allows you to check before you start redefining
- ‘cmd’ yourself that no other package has already redefined this
- command.
-
-‘\ClassError{CLASS NAME}{ERROR TEXT}{HELP TEXT}’
-‘\ClassWarning{CLASS NAME}{WARNING TEXT}’
-‘\ClassWarningNoLine{CLASS NAME}{WARNING TEXT}’
-‘\ClassInfo{CLASS NAME}{INFO TEXT}’
-‘\ClassInfoNoLine{CLASS NAME}{INFO TEXT}’
-‘\PackageError{PACKAGE NAME}{ERROR TEXT}{HELP TEXT}’
-‘\PackageWarning{PACKAGE NAME}{WARNING TEXT}’
-‘\PackageWarningNoLine{PACKAGE NAME}{WARNING TEXT}’
-‘\PackageInfo{PACKAGE NAME}{INFO TEXT}’
-‘\PackageInfoNoLine{PACKAGE NAME}{INFO TEXT}’
- Produce an error message, or warning or informational messages.
-
- For ‘\ClassError’ and ‘\PackageError’ the message is ERROR TEXT,
- followed by TeX’s ‘?’ error prompt. If the user then asks for help
- by typing ‘h’, they see the HELP TEXT.
-
- The four warning commands are similar except that they write
- WARNING TEXT on the screen with no error prompt. The four info
- commands write INFO TEXT only in the transcript file. The ‘NoLine’
- versions do not show the number of the line generating the message,
- while the other versions do show that number.
-
- To format the messages, including the HELP TEXT: use ‘\protect’ to
- stop a command from expanding, get a line break with
- ‘\MessageBreak’, and get a space with ‘\space’ when a space
- character does not allow it, like after a command. Note that LaTeX
- appends a period to the messages.
-
-‘\CurrentOption’
- Expands to the name of the currently-being-processed option. Can
- only be used within the CODE argument of either ‘\DeclareOption’ or
- ‘\DeclareOption*’.
-
-‘\DeclareOption{OPTION}{CODE}’
-‘\DeclareOption*{CODE}’
- Make an option available to a user to invoke in their
- ‘\documentclass’ command. For example, the ‘smcmemo’ class could
- have an option ‘\documentclass[logo]{smcmemo}’ allowing users to
- put the institutional logo on the first page. The class file must
- contain ‘\DeclareOption{logo}{CODE}’ (and later,
- ‘\ProcessOptions’).
-
- If you request an option that has not been declared, by default
- this will produce a warning like ‘Unused global option(s):
- [badoption].’ Change this behavior with the starred version
- ‘\DeclareOption*{CODE}’. For example, many classes extend an
- existing class, using a command such as ‘\LoadClass{article}’, and
- for passing extra options to the underlying class use code such as
- this.
-
- \DeclareOption*{%
- \PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}%
- }
-
- Another example is that the class ‘smcmemo’ may allow users to keep
- lists of memo recipients in external files. Then the user could
- invoke ‘\documentclass[math]{smcmemo}’ and it will read the file
- ‘math.memo’. This code handles the file if it exists and otherwise
- passes the option to the ‘article’ class.
-
- \DeclareOption*{\InputIfFileExists{\CurrentOption.memo}{}{%
- \PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}}}
-
-‘\DeclareRobustCommand{CMD}[NUM][DEFAULT]{DEFINITION}’
-‘* \DeclareRobustCommand*{CMD}[NUM][DEFAULT]{DEFINITION}’
- Like ‘\newcommand’ and ‘\newcommand*’ (*note \newcommand &
- \renewcommand::) but these declare a robust command, even if some
- code within the DEFINITION is fragile. (For a discussion of robust
- and fragile commands *note \protect::.) Use this command to define
- new robust commands or to redefine existing commands and make them
- robust. Unlike ‘\newcommand’ these do not give an error if macro
- CMD already exists; instead, a log message is put into the
- transcript file if a command is redefined.
-
- Commands defined this way are a bit less efficient than those
- defined using ‘\newcommand’ so unless the command’s data is fragile
- and the command is used within a moving argument, use
- ‘\newcommand’.
-
- The ‘etoolbox’ package offers the commands ‘\newrobustcmd’,
- ‘\newrobustcmd*’, as well as the commands ‘\renewrobustcmd’,
- ‘\renewrobustcmd*’, and the commands ‘\providerobustcmd’, and
- ‘\providerobustcmd*’. These are similar to ‘\newcommand’,
- ‘\newcommand*’, ‘\renewcommand’, ‘\renewcommand*’,
- ‘\providecommand’, and ‘\providecommand*’, but define a robust CMD
- with two advantages as compared to ‘\DeclareRobustCommand’:
- 1. They use the low-level e-TeX protection mechanism rather than
- the higher level LaTeX ‘\protect’ mechanism, so they do not
- incur the slight loss of performance mentioned above, and
- 2. They make the same distinction between ‘\new...’, ‘\renew...’,
- and ‘\provide...’, as the standard commands, so they do not
- just make a log message when you redefine CMD that already
- exists, in that case you need to use either ‘\renew...’ or
- ‘\provide...’ or you get an error.
-
-‘\IfFileExists{FILENAME}{TRUE CODE}{FALSE CODE}’
-‘\InputIfFileExists{FILENAME}{TRUE CODE}{FALSE CODE}’
- Execute TRUE CODE if LaTeX finds the file ‘FILE NAME’ or FALSE CODE
- otherwise. In the first case it executing TRUE CODE and then
- inputs the file. Thus the command
-
- \IfFileExists{img.pdf}{%
- \includegraphics{img.pdf}}{\typeout{!! img.pdf not found}
-
- will include the graphic ‘img.pdf’ if it is found and otherwise
- give a warning.
-
- This command looks for the file in all search paths that LaTeX
- uses, not only in the current directory. To look only in the
- current directory do something like ‘\IfFileExists{./filename}{TRUE
- CODE}{FALSE CODE}’. If you ask for a filename without a ‘.tex’
- extension then LaTeX will first look for the file by appending the
- ‘.tex’; for more on how LaTeX handles file extensions see *note
- \input::.
-
-‘\LoadClass[OPTIONS LIST]{CLASS NAME}[RELEASE DATE]’
-‘\LoadClassWithOptions{CLASS NAME}[RELEASE DATE]’
- Load a class, as with ‘\documentclass[OPTIONS LIST]{CLASS
- NAME}[RELEASE INFO]’. An example is
- ‘\LoadClass[twoside]{article}’.
-
- The OPTIONS LIST, if present, is a comma-separated list. The
- RELEASE DATE is optional. If present it must have the form
- YYYY/MM/DD.
-
- If you request a RELEASE DATE and the date of the package installed
- on your system is earlier, then you get a warning on the screen and
- in the log like this.
-
- You have requested, on input line 4, version `2038/01/19' of
- document class article, but only version `2014/09/29 v1.4h
- Standard LaTeX document class' is available.
-
- The command version ‘\LoadClassWithOptions’ uses the list of
- options for the current class. This means it ignores any options
- passed to it via ‘\PassOptionsToClass’. This is a convenience
- command that lets you build classes on existing ones, such as the
- standard ‘article’ class, without having to track which options
- were passed.
-
-‘\ExecuteOptions{OPTIONS-LIST}’
- For each option OPTION in the OPTIONS-LIST, in order, this command
- executes the command ‘\ds at OPTION’. If this command is not defined
- then that option is silently ignored.
-
- It can be used to provide a default option list before
- ‘\ProcessOptions’. For example, if in a class file you want the
- default to be 11pt fonts then you could specify
- ‘\ExecuteOptions{11pt}\ProcessOptions\relax’.
-
-‘\NeedsTeXFormat{FORMAT}[FORMAT DATE]’
- Specifies the format that this class must be run under. Often
- issued as the first line of a class file, and most often used as:
- ‘\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}’. When a document using that class is
- processed, the format name given here must match the format that is
- actually being run (including that the FORMAT string is case
- sensitive). If it does not match then execution stops with an
- error like ‘This file needs format `LaTeX2e' but this is `xxx'.’
-
- To specify a version of the format that you know to have certain
- features, include the optional FORMAT DATE on which those features
- were implemented. If present it must be in the form ‘YYYY/MM/DD’.
- If the format version installed on your system is earlier than
- FORMAT DATE then you get a warning like this.
-
- You have requested release `2038/01/20' of LaTeX, but only
- release `2016/02/01' is available.
-
-‘\OptionNotUsed’
- Adds the current option to the list of unused options. Can only be
- used within the CODE argument of either ‘\DeclareOption’ or
- ‘\DeclareOption*’.
-
-‘\PassOptionsToClass{OPTION LIST}{CLASS NAME}’
-‘\PassOptionsToPackage{OPTION LIST}{PACKAGE NAME}’
- Adds the options in the comma-separated list OPTION LIST to the
- options used by any future ‘\RequirePackage’ or ‘\usepackage’
- command for package PACKAGE NAME or the class CLASS NAME.
-
- The reason for these commands is: you may load a package any number
- of times with no options but if you want options then you may only
- supply them when you first load the package. Loading a package
- with options more than once will get you an error like ‘Option
- clash for package foo.’ (LaTeX throws an error even if there is no
- conflict between the options.)
-
- If your own code is bringing in a package twice then you can
- collapse that to once, for example replacing the two
- ‘\RequirePackage[landscape]{geometry}’ and
- ‘\RequirePackage[margins=1in]{geometry}’ with the single command
- ‘\RequirePackage[landscape,margins=1in]{geometry}’.
-
- However, imagine that you are loading ‘firstpkg’ and inside that
- package it loads ‘secondpkg’, and you need the second package to be
- loaded with option ‘draft’. Then before doing the first package
- you must queue up the options for the second package, like this.
-
- \PassOptionsToPackage{draft}{secondpkg}
- \RequirePackage{firstpkg}
-
- (If ‘firstpkg.sty’ loads an option in conflict with what you want
- then you may have to alter its source.)
-
- These commands are useful for general users as well as class and
- package writers. For instance, suppose a user wants to load the
- ‘graphicx’ package with the option ‘draft’ and also wants to use a
- class ‘foo’ that loads the ‘graphicx’ package, but without that
- option. The user could start their LaTeX file with
- ‘\PassOptionsToPackage{draft}{graphicx}\documentclass{foo}’.
-
-‘\ProcessOptions’
-‘\ProcessOptions*\@OPTIONS’
- Execute the code for each option that the user has invoked.
- Include it in the class file as ‘\ProcessOptions\relax’ (because of
- the existence of the starred command).
-
- Options come in two types. “Local options” have been specified for
- this particular package in the OPTIONS argument of
- ‘\PassOptionsToPackage{OPTIONS}’, ‘\usepackage[OPTIONS]’, or
- ‘\RequirePackage[OPTIONS]’. “Global options” are those given by
- the class user in ‘\documentclass[OPTIONS]’ (If an option is
- specified both locally and globally then it is local.)
-
- When ‘\ProcessOptions’ is called for a package ‘pkg.sty’, the
- following happens:
- 1. For each option OPTION so far declared with ‘\DeclareOption’,
- it looks to see if that option is either a global or a local
- option for ‘pkg’. If so then it executes the declared code.
- This is done in the order in which these options were given in
- ‘pkg.sty’.
- 2. For each remaining local option, it executes the command
- ‘\ds@’OPTION if it has been defined somewhere (other than by a
- ‘\DeclareOption’); otherwise, it executes the default option
- code given in ‘\DeclareOption*’. If no default option code
- has been declared then it gives an error message. This is
- done in the order in which these options were specified.
-
- When ‘\ProcessOptions’ is called for a class it works in the same
- way except that all options are local, and the default CODE for
- ‘\DeclareOption*’ is ‘\OptionNotUsed’ rather than an error.
-
- The starred version ‘\ProcessOptions*’ executes the options in the
- order specified in the calling commands, rather than in the order
- of declaration in the class or package. For a package this means
- that the global options are processed first.
-
-‘\ProvidesClass{CLASS NAME}[RELEASE DATE BRIEF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION]’
-‘\ProvidesClass{CLASS NAME}[RELEASE DATE]’
-‘\ProvidesPackage{PACKAGE NAME}[RELEASE DATE BRIEF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION]’
-‘\ProvidesPackage{PACKAGE NAME}[RELEASE DATE]’
- Identifies the class or package, printing a message to the screen
- and the log file.
-
- When you load a class or package, for example with
- ‘\documentclass{smcmemo}’ or ‘\usepackage{test}’, LaTeX inputs a
- file. If the name of the file does not match the class or package
- name declared in it then you get a warning. Thus, if you invoke
- ‘\documentclass{smcmemo}’, and the file ‘smcmemo.cls’ has the
- statement ‘\ProvidesClass{xxx}’ then you get a warning like ‘You
- have requested document class `smcmemo', but the document class
- provides 'xxx'.’ This warning does not prevent LaTeX from
- processing the rest of the class file normally.
-
- If you include the optional argument then you must include a date,
- before any spaces, of the form ‘YYYY/MM/DD’. The rest of the
- optional argument is free-form, although it traditionally
- identifies the class, and is written to the screen during
- compilation and to the log file. Thus, if your file ‘smcmemo.cls’
- contains the line ‘\ProvidesClass{smcmemo}[2008/06/01 v1.0 SMC memo
- class]’ and your document’s first line is ‘\documentclass{smcmemo}’
- then you will see ‘Document Class: smcmemo 2008/06/01 v1.0 SMC memo
- class’.
-
- The date in the optional argument allows class and package users to
- ask to be warned if the version of the class or package is earlier
- than RELEASE DATE. For instance, a user could enter
- ‘\documentclass{smcmemo}[2018/10/12]’ or
- ‘\usepackage{foo}[[2017/07/07]]’ to require a class or package with
- certain features by specifying that it must be released no earlier
- than the given date. (Although, in practice package users only
- rarely include a date, and class users almost never do.)
-
-‘\ProvidesFile{FILENAME}[ADDITIONAL INFORMATION]’
- Declare a file other than the main class and package files, such as
- configuration files or font definition files. Put this command in
- that file and you get in the log a string like ‘File: test.config
- 2017/10/12 config file for test.cls’ for FILENAME equal to
- ‘test.config’ and ADDITIONAL INFORMATION equal to ‘2017/10/12
- config file for test.cls’.
-
-‘\RequirePackage[OPTION LIST]{PACKAGE NAME}[RELEASE DATE]’
-‘\RequirePackageWithOptions{PACKAGE NAME}[RELEASE DATE]’
- Load a package, like the command ‘\usepackage’ (*note Additional
- packages::). The LaTeX development team strongly recommends use of
- these commands over Plain TeX’s ‘\input’; see the Class Guide. An
- example is ‘\RequirePackage[landscape,margin=1in]{geometry}’.
-
- The OPTION LIST, if present, is a comma-separated list. The
- RELEASE DATE, if present, must have the form YYYY/MM/DD. If the
- release date of the package as installed on your system is earlier
- than RELEASE DATE then you get a warning like ‘You have requested,
- on input line 9, version `2017/07/03' of package jhtest, but only
- version `2000/01/01' is available’.
-
- The ‘\RequirePackageWithOptions’ version uses the list of options
- for the current class. This means it ignores any options passed to
- it via ‘\PassOptionsToClass’. This is a convenience command to
- allow easily building classes on existing ones without having to
- track which options were passed.
-
- The difference between ‘\usepackage’ and ‘\RequirePackage’ is
- small. The ‘\usepackage’ command is intended for the document file
- while ‘\RequirePackage’ is intended for package and class files.
- Thus, using ‘\usepackage’ before the ‘\documentclass’ command
- causes LaTeX to give error like ‘\usepackage before
- \documentclass’, but you can use ‘\RequirePackage’ there.
-
4 Fonts
*******
@@ -3144,7 +2861,7 @@
*Note Larger book template::, for an example using these three
commands.
-6.8 ‘\@startsection’, typesetting sectional unit headings
+6.8 ‘\@startsection’: Typesetting sectional unit headings
=========================================================
Synopsis:
@@ -7197,7 +6914,7 @@
Little is known other than her death.}%
\stepcounter{mpFootnoteValueSaver}%
\footnotetext[\value{mpFootnoteValueSaver}]{%
- Relationship is unresolved in XXI.}
+ Relationship is unresolved.}
\end{center}
For a floating ‘table’ environment (*note table::), use the
@@ -7253,7 +6970,7 @@
\newcommand*{\CMD}[NARGS]{DEFN}
\newcommand*{\CMD}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{DEFN}
-or all the same possibilities with ‘\renewcommand’ instead of
+or the same six possibilities with ‘\renewcommand’ instead of
‘\newcommand’:
\renewcommand{\CMD}{DEFN}
@@ -7267,8 +6984,9 @@
*note Class and package commands::).
The starred form of these two forbids the arguments from containing
-multiple paragraphs of text (in plain TeX terms: the commands are not
-‘\long’). With the default form, arguments can be multiple paragraphs.
+multiple paragraphs of text (i.e., a ‘\par’ token; in plain TeX terms:
+the commands are not ‘\long’). With the default form, arguments can be
+multiple paragraphs.
These are the parameters (examples follow):
@@ -8063,10 +7781,10 @@
solution is to change to
‘\newenvironment{eq}{\begin{equation}}{\end{equation}\ignorespacesafterend}’.
-12.13 xspace package
-====================
+12.13 ‘xspace’ package
+======================
-Synopsis:
+This is an add-on package, not part of core LaTeX. Synopsis:
\usepackage{xspace}
...
@@ -8076,15 +7794,15 @@
adds a space unless the command is followed by certain punctuation
characters.
- After a command control sequence that is a control word (*note
-Control sequences::, as opposed to control symbols such as ‘\$’), TeX
-gobbles blank characters. Thus, in the first sentence below, the output
-has ‘Vermont’ placed snugly against the period, without any intervening
-space.
+ After a control sequence that is a control word (*note Control
+sequences::, as opposed to control symbols such as ‘\$’), TeX gobbles
+blank characters. Thus, in the first sentence below, the output has
+‘Vermont’ placed snugly against the period, without any intervening
+space, despite the space in the input.
\newcommand{\VT}{Vermont}
Our college is in \VT .
- The \VT{} summers are nice.
+ \VT{} summers are nice.
But because of the gobbling, the second sentence needs the empty
curly braces or else there would be no space separating ‘Vermont’ from
@@ -8103,9 +7821,9 @@
The default exception list contains the characters ‘,.'/?;:!~-)’, the
open curly brace and the backslash-space command discussed above, and
-the commands ‘\footnote’ or ‘\footnotemark’. Add to that list as with
-‘\xspaceaddexceptions{\myfni \myfnii}’ which adds ‘\myfni’ and ‘\myfnii’
-to the list, and remove from that list as with
+the commands ‘\footnote’ or ‘\footnotemark’. You can add to that list
+as with ‘\xspaceaddexceptions{\myfni \myfnii}’ which adds ‘\myfni’
+and ‘\myfnii’ to the list; and you can remove from that list as with
‘\xspaceremoveexception{!}’.
A comment: many experts prefer not to use ‘\xspace’. Putting it in a
@@ -8113,8 +7831,493 @@
But it isn’t easy to predict when to enter empty braces because
‘\xspace’ will get it wrong, such as when it is followed by another
command, and so ‘\xspace’ can make editing material harder and more
-error-prone than instead always inserting the empty braces.
+error-prone than instead of always inserting the empty braces.
+12.14 Class and package commands
+================================
+
+These are commands designed to help writers of classes or packages.
+
+12.14.1 ‘\AtBeginDvi’ & ‘\AtEndDvi’
+-----------------------------------
+
+Synopsis:
+
+ \AtBeginDvi{CODE}
+ \AtEndDvi{CODE}
+
+ ‘\AtBeginDvi’ saves, in a box register, CODE to be executed at the
+beginning of the shipout of the first page of the document. Despite the
+name, it applies to DVI, PDF, and XDV output. It fills the
+‘shipout/firstpage’ hook; new code should use that hook directly.
+
+ Similarly, ‘\AtEndDvi’ (previously available only with the ‘atenddvi’
+package) is code executed when finalizing the main output document.
+
+12.14.2 ‘\AtEndOfClass’ & ‘\AtEndOfPackage’
+-------------------------------------------
+
+Synopses:
+
+ \AtEndOfClass{CODE}
+ \AtEndOfPackage{CODE}
+
+ Hooks to insert CODE to be executed when LaTeX finishes processing
+the current class resp. package.
+
+ These hooks can be used multiple times; each ‘code’ segment will be
+executed in the order called. Many packages and classes use these
+commands.
+
+ See also *note \AtBeginDocument::.
+
+12.14.3 ‘\CheckCommand’
+-----------------------
+
+Synopsis:
+
+ \CheckCommand{CMD}[NUM][DEFAULT]{DEFINITION}
+ \CheckCommand* (same parameters)
+
+ Like ‘\newcommand’ (*note \newcommand & \renewcommand::) but does not
+define CMD; instead it checks that the current definition of CMD is
+exactly as given by DEFINITION and is or is not “‘\long’” as expected.
+A long command is a command that accepts ‘\par’ within an argument.
+
+ With the unstarred version of ‘\CheckCommand’, CMD is expected to be
+‘\long’; with the starred version, CMD must not be ‘\long’
+
+ ‘\CheckCommand’ raises an error when the check fails. This allows
+you to check before you start redefining ‘cmd’ yourself that no other
+package has already redefined this command.
+
+12.14.4 ‘\ClassError’ and ‘\PackageError’ and others
+----------------------------------------------------
+
+Produce error, warning, and informational messages for classes:
+
+‘\ClassError{CLASS NAME}{ERROR-TEXT}{HELP-TEXT}’
+‘\ClassWarning{CLASS NAME}{WARNING-TEXT}’
+‘\ClassWarningNoLine{CLASS NAME}{WARNING-TEXT}’
+‘\ClassInfo{CLASS NAME}{INFO-TEXT}’
+‘\ClassInfoNoLine{CLASS NAME}{INFO-TEXT}’
+
+and the same for packages:
+‘\PackageError{PACKAGE NAME}{ERROR-TEXT}{HELP-TEXT}’
+‘\PackageWarning{PACKAGE NAME}{WARNING-TEXT}’
+‘\PackageWarningNoLine{PACKAGE NAME}{WARNING-TEXT}’
+‘\PackageInfo{PACKAGE NAME}{INFO-TEXT}’
+‘\PackageInfoNoLine{PACKAGE NAME}{INFO-TEXT}’
+
+ For ‘\ClassError’ and ‘\PackageError’ the message is ERROR-TEXT,
+followed by TeX’s ‘‘?’’ error prompt. If the user then asks for help by
+typing ‘h’, they see the HELP TEXT.
+
+ The four ‘Warning’ commands are similar except that they write
+WARNING-TEXT on the screen with no error prompt. The four ‘Info’
+commands write INFO-TEXT only in the transcript file. The ‘NoLine’
+versions omit the number of the line generating the message, while the
+other versions do show that number.
+
+ To format the messages, including the HELP-TEXT: use ‘\protect’ to
+stop a command from expanding, get a line break with ‘\MessageBreak’,
+and get a space with ‘\space’ when a space character is ignore, most
+commonly after a command.
+
+ LaTeX appends a period to the messages.
+
+12.14.5 ‘\CurrentOption’
+------------------------
+
+Expands to the name of the option currently being processed. This can
+only be used within the CODE argument of either ‘\DeclareOption’ or
+‘\DeclareOption*’.
+
+12.14.6 ‘\DeclareOption’
+------------------------
+
+Synopsis:
+
+ \DeclareOption{OPTION}{CODE}
+ \DeclareOption*{OPTION}{CODE}
+
+ Define an option a user can include in their ‘\documentclass’
+command. For example, a class ‘smcmemo’ could have an option ‘logo’
+allowing users to put the institutional logo on the first page. The
+document would start with ‘\documentclass[logo]{smcmemo}’. To enable
+this, the class file must contain ‘\DeclareOption{logo}{CODE}’ (and
+later, ‘\ProcessOptions’).
+
+ If you request an option that has not been declared, by default this
+will produce a warning like ‘Unused global option(s): [badoption].’ This
+can be changed by using ‘\DeclareOption*{CODE}’, which executes CODE for
+any unknown option.
+
+ For example, many classes extend an existing class, using code such
+as ‘\LoadClass{article}’ (*note \LoadClass::). In this case, it makes
+sense to pass any otherwise-unknown options to the underlying class,
+like this:
+
+ \DeclareOption*{%
+ \PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}%
+ }
+
+ As another example, our class ‘smcmemo’ might allow users to keep
+lists of memo recipients in external files, so the user could invoke
+‘\documentclass[math]{smcmemo}’ and it will read the file ‘math.memo’.
+This code inputs the file if it exists, while if it doesn’t, the option
+is passed to the ‘article’ class:
+
+ \DeclareOption*{\InputIfFileExists{\CurrentOption.memo}
+ {}{%
+ \PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}}}
+
+12.14.7 ‘\DeclareRobustCommand’
+-------------------------------
+
+Synopsis:
+
+ \DeclareRobustCommand{CMD}[NUM][DEFAULT]{DEFINITION}
+ \DeclareRobustCommand* (same parameters
+
+ ‘\DeclareRobustCommand’ and its starred form are generally like
+‘\newcommand’ and ‘\newcommand*’ (*note \newcommand & \renewcommand::),
+with the addition that they define a so-called “robust” command, even if
+some code within the DEFINITION is fragile. (For a discussion of robust
+and fragile commands, *note \protect::.)
+
+ Also unlike ‘\newcommand’, these do not give an error if macro CMD
+already exists; instead, a log message is put into the transcript file
+if a command is redefined. Thus, ‘\DeclareRobustCommand’ can be used to
+define new robust commands or to redefine existing commands, making them
+robust.
+
+ The starred form, ‘\DeclareRobustCommand*’, disallows the arguments
+from containing multiple paragraphs, just like the starred form of
+‘\newcommand’ and ‘\renewcommand’. The meaning of the arguments is the
+same.
+
+ Commands defined this way are a bit less efficient than those defined
+using ‘\newcommand’ so unless the command’s data is fragile and the
+command is used within a moving argument, use ‘\newcommand’.
+
+ Related to this, the ‘etoolbox’ package offers three commands and
+their starred forms: ‘\newrobustcmd’(‘*’) ‘\renewrobustcmd’(‘*’), and
+‘\providerobustcmd’(‘*’). They are similar to ‘\newcommand’,
+‘\renewcommand’, and ‘\providecommand’ and their own starred forms, but
+define a robust CMD. They have two possible advantages compared to
+‘\DeclareRobustCommand’:
+
+ 1. They use the low-level e-TeX protection mechanism rather than the
+ higher-level LaTeX ‘\protect’ mechanism, so they do not incur the
+ slight loss of performance mentioned above, and
+
+ 2. They make the same distinction between ‘\new...’, ‘\renew...’, and
+ ‘\provide...’, as the standard commands. That is, they do not just
+ write a log message when you redefine CMD that already exists; you
+ need to use either ‘\renew...’ or ‘\provide...’, or you get an
+ error. This may or may not be a benefit.
+
+12.14.8 ‘\ExecuteOptions’
+-------------------------
+
+Synopsis:
+
+ \ExecuteOptions{OPTION-LIST}
+
+ For each option OPTION in OPTION-LIST, in order, this command
+executes the command ‘\ds at OPTION’. If this command is not defined then
+that option is silently ignored.
+
+ This can be used to provide a default option list before
+‘\ProcessOptions’. For example, if in a class file you want the default
+to be 11pt fonts then you could specify
+‘\ExecuteOptions{11pt}\ProcessOptions\relax’.
+
+12.14.9 ‘\IfFileExists’ & ‘\InputIfFileExists’
+----------------------------------------------
+
+Synopses:
+
+ \IfFileExists{FILENAME}{TRUE-CODE}{FALSE-CODE}
+ \InputIfFileExists{FILENAME}{TRUE-CODE}{FALSE-CODE}
+
+ ‘\IfFileExists’ executes TRUE-CODE if LaTeX finds the file ‘FILENAME’
+or FALSE-CODE otherwise. In the first case it executing TRUE-CODE and
+then inputs the file. Thus the command
+
+ \IfFileExists{img.pdf}{%
+ \includegraphics{img.pdf}}
+ {\typeout{!! img.pdf not found}
+
+will include the graphic ‘img.pdf’ if it is found and otherwise give a
+warning.
+
+ This command looks for the file in all search paths that LaTeX uses,
+not only in the current directory. To look only in the current
+directory do something like
+‘\IfFileExists{./FILENAME}{TRUE-CODE}{FALSE-CODE}’. If you ask for a
+filename without a ‘.tex’ extension then LaTeX will first look for the
+file by appending the ‘.tex’; for more on how LaTeX handles file
+extensions see *note \input::.
+
+ ‘\InputIfFileExists’ is similar, but, as the name states,
+automatically ‘\input’s FILENAME if it exists. The TRUE-CODE is
+executed just before the ‘\input’; if the file doesn’t exist, the
+FALSE-CODE is executed. An example:
+
+ \InputIfFileExists{mypkg.cfg}
+ {\PackageInfo{Loading mypkg.cfg for configuration information}}
+ {\PackageInfo{No mypkg.cfg found}}
+
+12.14.10 ‘\LoadClass’ & ‘\LoadClassWithOptions’
+-----------------------------------------------
+
+Synopses:
+
+ \LoadClass[OPTIONS-LIST]{CLASS-NAME}[RELEASE-DATE]
+ \LoadClassWithOptions{CLASS-NAME}[RELEASE-DATE]
+
+ Load a class, as with
+‘\documentclass[OPTIONS-LIST]{CLASS-NAME}[RELEASE-DATE]’. An example:
+‘\LoadClass[twoside]{article}’.
+
+ The OPTIONS-LIST, if present, is a comma-separated list. The
+RELEASE-DATE is also optional. If present it must have the form
+‘YYYY/MM/DD’.
+
+ If you request RELEASE-DATE and the date of the package installed on
+your system is earlier, then you get a warning on the screen and in the
+log like this:
+
+ You have requested, on input line 4, version `2038/01/19' of
+ document class article, but only version `2014/09/29 v1.4h
+ Standard LaTeX document class' is available.
+
+ The command version ‘\LoadClassWithOptions’ uses the list of options
+for the current class. This means it ignores any options passed to it
+via ‘\PassOptionsToClass’. This is a convenience command that lets you
+build classes on existing ones, such as the standard ‘article’ class,
+without having to track which options were passed.
+
+12.14.11 ‘\NeedsTeXFormat’
+--------------------------
+
+Synopsis:
+
+ \NeedsTeXFormat{FORMAT}[FORMAT-DATE]
+
+ Specifies the format that this class must be run under. Often issued
+as the first line of a class file, and most often used as:
+‘\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}’. When a document using that class is
+processed, the format being run must exactly match the FORMAT name
+given, including case. If it does not match then execution stops with
+an error like ‘This file needs format `LaTeX2e' but this is `plain'.’.
+
+ To require a version of the format that you know to have certain
+features, include the optional FORMAT-DATE on which those features were
+implemented. If present, it must be in the form ‘YYYY/MM/DD’. If the
+format version installed on your system is earlier than FORMAT DATE then
+you get a warning like this.
+
+ You have requested release `2038/01/20' of LaTeX, but only
+ release `2016/02/01' is available.
+
+12.14.12 ‘\OptionNotUsed’
+-------------------------
+
+Adds the current option to the list of unused options. Can only be used
+within the CODE argument of either ‘\DeclareOption’ or
+‘\DeclareOption*’.
+
+12.14.13 ‘\PassOptionsToClass’ & ‘\PassOptionsToPackage’
+--------------------------------------------------------
+
+Synopses:
+
+ \PassOptionsToClass{OPTIONS}{CLSNAME}
+ \PassOptionsToPackage{OPTION}{PKGNAME}
+
+ Adds the options in the comma-separated list OPTIONS to the options
+used by any future ‘\RequirePackage’ or ‘\usepackage’ command for the
+class CLSNAME or the package PKGNAME, respectively.
+
+ The reason for these commands is that although you may load a package
+any number of times with no options, if you can specify options only the
+first time you load the package. Loading a package with options more
+than once will get you an error like ‘Option clash for package foo.’.
+LaTeX throws an error even if there is no conflict between the options.
+
+ If your own code is bringing in a package twice then you can combine
+the calls; for example, replacing the two
+
+ \RequirePackage[landscape]{geometry}
+ \RequirePackage[margins=1in]{geometry}
+
+with the single command
+
+ \RequirePackage[landscape,margins=1in]{geometry}
+
+ However, suppose you are loading ‘firstpkg’ and inside that package
+it loads ‘secondpkg’, and you need ‘secondpkg’ to be loaded with option
+‘draft’. Then before load the first package you must tell LaTeX about
+the desired options for the second package, like this:
+
+ \PassOptionsToPackage{draft}{secondpkg}
+ \RequirePackage{firstpkg}
+
+If ‘firstpkg.sty’ loads an option in conflict with what you want then
+you may have to alter its source, or yours.
+
+ These commands are useful for general users as well as class and
+package writers. For instance, suppose a user wants to load the
+‘graphicx’ package with the option ‘draft’ and also wants to use a class
+‘foo’ that loads the ‘graphicx’ package, but without that option. The
+user could start their LaTeX file with
+‘\PassOptionsToPackage{draft}{graphicx} \documentclass{foo}’.
+
+12.14.14 ‘\ProcessOptions’
+--------------------------
+
+Synopsis:
+
+ \ProcessOptions\@OPTIONS
+ \ProcessOptions*\@OPTIONS
+
+ Execute the code for each option that the user has invoked. Invoke
+it in the class file as ‘\ProcessOptions\relax’ (because of the
+existence of the starred version, described below).
+
+ Options come in two types. “Local options” have been specified for
+this particular package in ‘\usepackage[OPTIONS]’,
+‘\RequirePackage[OPTIONS]’, or the OPTIONS argument of
+‘\PassOptionsToPackage{OPTIONS}’. “Global options” are those given by
+the class user in ‘\documentclass[OPTIONS]’. If an option is specified
+both locally and globally then it is local.
+
+ When ‘\ProcessOptions’ is called for a package ‘pkg.sty’, the
+following happens:
+
+ 1. For each option OPTION so far declared with ‘\DeclareOption’,
+ ‘\ProcessOptions’ looks to see if that option is either global or
+ local for ‘pkg’. If so, then it executes the declared code. This
+ is done in the order in which these options were given in
+ ‘pkg.sty’.
+
+ 2. For each remaining local option, it executes the command
+ ‘\ds@’OPTION if it has been defined somewhere (other than by a
+ ‘\DeclareOption’); otherwise, it executes the default option code
+ given in ‘\DeclareOption*’. If no default option code has been
+ declared then it gives an error message. This is done in the order
+ in which these options were specified.
+
+ When ‘\ProcessOptions’ is called for a class it works in the same way
+except that all options are local, and the default CODE for
+‘\DeclareOption*’ is ‘\OptionNotUsed’ rather than an error.
+
+ The starred version ‘\ProcessOptions*’ executes the options in the
+order specified in the calling commands, rather than in the order of
+declaration in the class or package. For a package, this means that the
+global options are processed first.
+
+12.14.15 ‘\ProvidesClass’ & ‘\ProvidesPackage’
+----------------------------------------------
+
+Synopses:
+
+ \ProvidesClass{CLSNAME}[RELEASE-DATE [INFO-TEXT]]
+ \ProvidesPackage{PKGNAME}[RELEASE-DATE [INFO-TEXT]]
+
+ Identifies the class or package being defined, printing a message to
+the screen and the log file.
+
+ When you load a class or package, for example with
+‘\documentclass{smcmemo}’ or ‘\usepackage{test}’, LaTeX inputs a file
+(‘smcmemo.cls’ and ‘test.sty’, respectively). If the name of the file
+does not match the class or package name declared in it then you get a
+warning. Thus, if you invoke ‘\documentclass{smcmemo}’, and the file
+‘smcmemo.cls’ has the statement ‘\ProvidesClass{foo}’ then you get a
+warning like ‘You have requested document class `smcmemo', but the
+document class provides 'foo'.’ This warning does not prevent LaTeX from
+processing the rest of the class file normally.
+
+ If you include the optional argument then you must include a date,
+before any spaces, of the form ‘YYYY/MM/DD’. The rest of the optional
+argument is free-form, although it traditionally identifies the class.
+It is written to the screen during compilation and to the log file.
+Thus, if your file ‘smcmemo.cls’ contains the line
+‘\ProvidesClass{smcmemo}[2008/06/01 v1.0 SMC memo class]’ and your
+document’s first line is ‘\documentclass{smcmemo}’ then you will see
+‘Document Class: smcmemo 2008/06/01 v1.0 SMC memo class’.
+
+ The date in the optional argument allows class and package users to
+ask to be warned if the version of the class or package is earlier than
+RELEASE DATE. For instance, a user could enter
+‘\documentclass{smcmemo}[2018/10/12]’ or
+‘\usepackage{foo}[[2017/07/07]]’ to require a class or package with
+certain features by specifying that it must be released no earlier than
+the given date. Perhaps more importantly, the date serves as
+documentation of the last release. (In practice, package users rarely
+include a date, and class users almost never do.)
+
+12.14.16 ‘\ProvidesFile’
+------------------------
+
+Synopsis:
+
+ \ProvidesFile{FILENAME}[INFO-TEXT]
+
+ Declare a file other than the main class and package files, such as a
+configuration or font definition file. It writes the given information
+to the log file, essentially like ‘\ProvidesClass’ and
+‘\ProvidesPackage’ (see the previous section).
+
+ For example:
+
+ \ProvidesFile{smcmemo.cfg}[2017/10/12 config file for smcmemo.cls]
+
+writes this into the log:
+
+ File: smcmemo.cfg 2017/10/12 config file for smcmemo.cls
+
+12.14.17 ‘\RequirePackage’ & ‘\RequirePackageWithOptions’
+---------------------------------------------------------
+
+Synopsis:
+
+ \RequirePackage[OPTION-LIST]{PKGNAME}[RELEASE-DATE]
+ \RequirePackageWithOptions{PKGNAME}[RELEASE-DATE]
+
+ Load a package, like the command ‘\usepackage’ (*note Additional
+packages::). An example:
+‘\RequirePackage[landscape,margin=1in]{geometry}’
+
+ The initial optional argument OPTION-LIST, if present, must be a
+comma-separated list. The trailing optional argument RELEASE-DATE, if
+present, must have the form ‘YYYY/MM/DD’. If the release date of the
+package as installed on your system is earlier than RELEASE-DATE then
+you get a warning like ‘You have requested, on input line 9, version
+`2017/07/03' of package jhtest, but only version `2000/01/01' is
+available’.
+
+ The ‘\RequirePackageWithOptions’ variant uses the list of options for
+the current class. This means it ignores any options passed to it via
+‘\PassOptionsToClass’. This is a convenience command to allow easily
+building classes on existing ones without having to track which options
+were passed.
+
+ The difference between ‘\usepackage’ and ‘\RequirePackage’ is small.
+The ‘\usepackage’ command is intended to be used in documents, while
+‘\RequirePackage’ is intended for package and class files. The most
+significant difference in practice is that ‘\RequirePackage’ can be used
+in a document before the ‘\documentclass’ command, while ‘\usepackage’
+gives an error there. The most common need for this nowadays is for the
+‘\DocumentMetadata’ command (*note \DocumentMetadata::).
+
+ The LaTeX development team strongly recommends use of these and
+related commands over Plain TeX’s ‘\input’; see the Class Guide
+(<https://ctan.org/pkg/clsguide>).
+
13 Counters
***********
@@ -8370,9 +8573,9 @@
\fboxsep=0pt\fbox{\hbox to #1{#2}}}
This next example uses those commands to show a black bar 100 points
-long between ‘XXX’ and ‘YYY’. This length is rigid.
+long between ‘ABC’ and ‘XYZ’. This length is rigid.
- XXX\showhbox{100pt}{\blackbar{100pt}}YYY
+ ABC\showhbox{100pt}{\blackbar{100pt}}XYZ
As for rubber lengths, shrinking is simpler one: with ‘1cm minus
0.05cm’, the natural length is 1cm but TeX can shrink it down as far as
@@ -8380,10 +8583,10 @@
first one works fine, producing a space of 98 points between the two
bars.
- XXX\showhbox{300pt}{%
+ ABC\showhbox{300pt}{%
\blackbar{101pt}\hspace{100pt minus 2pt}\blackbar{101pt}}YYY
- XXX\showhbox{300pt}{%
+ ABC\showhbox{300pt}{%
\blackbar{105pt}\hspace{100pt minus 1pt}\blackbar{105pt}}YYY
But the second one gets a warning like ‘Overfull \hbox (1.0pt too wide)
@@ -8396,10 +8599,10 @@
beyond the given amount, it will do it. Here the first line is fine,
producing a space of 110 points between the bars.
- XXX\showhbox{300pt}{%
+ ABC\showhbox{300pt}{%
\blackbar{95pt}\hspace{100pt plus 10pt}\blackbar{95pt}}YYY
- XXX\showhbox{300pt}{%
+ ABC\showhbox{300pt}{%
\blackbar{95pt}\hspace{100pt plus 1pt}\blackbar{95pt}}YYY
In the second line TeX needs a stretch of 10 points and only 1 point was
@@ -8413,7 +8616,7 @@
If TeX is setting two or more rubber lengths then it allocates the
stretch or shrink in proportion.
- XXX\showhbox{300pt}{%
+ ABC\showhbox{300pt}{%
\blackbar{100pt}% left
\hspace{0pt plus 50pt}\blackbar{80pt}\hspace{0pt plus 10pt}% middle
\blackbar{100pt}}YYY % right
@@ -10843,11 +11046,11 @@
if it starts a paragraph then you should first put a ‘\leavevmode’, as
in the bottom line below.
- xxx xxx xxx
+ Text above.
- \smash{yyy} % no paragraph indent
+ \smash{smashed, no indent} % no paragraph indent
- \leavevmode\smash{zzz} % usual paragraph indent
+ \leavevmode\smash{smashed, with indent} % usual paragraph indent
The package ‘mathtools’ has operators that provide even finer control
over smashing a subformula box.
@@ -11442,42 +11645,15 @@
redefine ‘\thepage’, which is the command LaTeX uses for the
representation of page numbers.
- For example, for the ‘TUGboat’ journal (<https://tug.org/TUGboat>),
-we often circulate draft versions of articles. For this, we change the
-page numbering to start at 901, but want to print the page numbers with
-a ‘?’, as in printing ‘?1’ for the first page. This helps avoid people
-from thinking that the page numbers are final. We want the ‘?’ to
-appear in the table of contents and cross-references as well as the
-headers; therefore, we redefine ‘\thepage’:
+ However, ‘\thepage’ should do any typesetting or other complicated
+maneuvers, but merely expand to the intended page number representation.
+The results of a complicated redefinition of ‘\thepage’ are not
+predictable, but LaTeX’s report of page numbers in diagnostic messages,
+at least, will become unusable.
- \renewcommand\thepage{%
- \ifnum\value{page}>900
- % In CM, numerals are exactly .5em,
- % so make our `?' have that width too.
- % The \texorpdfstring avoids the hyperref warning:
- % Token not allowed in a PDF string ... removing `\@ifnextchar'
- \texorpdfstring{\makebox[.5em][l]{\small ?}}{?}%
- %
- \textsl{\@arabic{\numexpr\value{page}-900\relax}}% assume e-TeX
- \else
- \@arabic{\value{page}}%
- \fi
- }
+ There is some discussion of this issue at
+<https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/687258>.
- There is another complication. Changing ‘\thepage’ will probably
-break ‘makeindex’, since it only understands a few kinds of basic
-counter representations. Thus, a method to extract a standard integer
-from the document’s special representation has to be provided.
-Continuing our ‘TUGboat’ example:
-
- \usepackage{index}
- ...
- \newcommand\specialthepage{\inteval{\value{page}-900}}
- \newindex[specialthepage]*{default}{idx}{ind}{Index}
-
- Thanks to Ulrike Fischer for providing this code. There is more
-discussion at <https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/687258>.
-
19 Spaces
*********
@@ -12676,263 +12852,7 @@
variable name BOX-CMD starts with a backslash, ‘\’.) This command is
robust (*note \protect::).
-21 Color
-********
-
-You can add color to text, rules, etc. You can also have color in a box
-or on an entire page and write text on top of it.
-
- Color support comes as an additional package. So put
-‘\usepackage{color}’ in your document preamble to use the commands
-described here.
-
- Many other packages also supplement LaTeX’s color abilities.
-Particularly worth mentioning is ‘xcolor’, which is widely used and
-significantly extends the capabilities described here, including adding
-‘HTML’ and ‘Hsb’ color models.
-
-21.1 ‘color’ package options
-============================
-
-Synopsis (must be in the document preamble):
-
- \usepackage[COMMA-SEPARATED OPTION LIST]{color}
-
- When you load the ‘color’ package there are two kinds of available
-options.
-
- The first specifies the “printer driver”. LaTeX doesn’t contain
-information about different output systems but instead depends on
-information stored in a file. Normally you should not specify the
-driver option in the document, and instead rely on your system’s
-default. One advantage of this is that it makes the document portable
-across systems. For completeness we include a list of the drivers. The
-currently relevant ones are: ‘dvipdfmx’, ‘dvips’, ‘dvisvgm’, ‘luatex’,
-‘pdftex’, ‘xetex’. The two ‘xdvi’ and ‘oztex’ are essentially aliases
-for ‘dvips’ (and ‘xdvi’ is monochrome). Ones that should not be used
-for new systems are: ‘dvipdf’, ‘dvipdfm’, ‘dviwin’, ‘dvipsone’, ‘emtex’,
-‘pctexps’, ‘pctexwin’, ‘pctexhp’, ‘pctex32’, ‘truetex’, ‘tcidvi’, ‘vtex’
-(and ‘dviwindo’ is an alias for ‘dvipsone’).
-
- The second kind of options, beyond the drivers, are below.
-
-‘monochrome’
- Disable the color commands, so that they do not generate errors but
- do not generate color either.
-
-‘dvipsnames’
- Make available a list of 68 color names that are often used,
- particularly in legacy documents. These color names were
- originally provided by the ‘dvips’ driver, giving the option name.
-
-‘nodvipsnames’
- Do not load that list of color names, saving LaTeX a tiny amount of
- memory space.
-
-21.2 Color models
-=================
-
-A “color model” is a way of representing colors. LaTeX’s capabilities
-depend on the printer driver. However, the ‘pdftex’, ‘xetex’, and
-‘luatex’ printer drivers are today by far the most commonly used. The
-models below work for those drivers. All but one of these is also
-supported by essentially all other printer drivers used today.
-
- Note that color combination can be additive or subtractive. Additive
-mixes colors of light, so that for instance combining full intensities
-of red, green, and blue produces white. Subtractive mixes pigments,
-such as with inks, so that combining full intensity of cyan, magenta,
-and yellow makes black.
-
-‘cmyk’
- A comma-separated list with four real numbers between 0 and 1,
- inclusive. The first number is the intensity of cyan, the second
- is magenta, and the others are yellow and black. A number value of
- 0 means minimal intensity, while a 1 is for full intensity. This
- model is often used in color printing. It is a subtractive model.
-
-‘gray’
- A single real number between 0 and 1, inclusive. The colors are
- shades of grey. The number 0 produces black while 1 gives white.
-
-‘rgb’
- A comma-separated list with three real numbers between 0 and 1,
- inclusive. The first number is the intensity of the red component,
- the second is green, and the third the blue. A number value of 0
- means that none of that component is added in, while a 1 means full
- intensity. This is an additive model.
-
-‘RGB’
- (‘pdftex’, ‘xetex’, ‘luatex’ drivers) A comma-separated list with
- three integers between 0 and 255, inclusive. This model is a
- convenience for using ‘rgb’ since outside of LaTeX colors are often
- described in a red-green-blue model using numbers in this range.
- The values entered here are converted to the ‘rgb’ model by
- dividing by 255.
-
-‘named’
- Colors are accessed by name, such as ‘PrussianBlue’. The list of
- names depends on the driver, but all support the names ‘black’,
- ‘blue’, ‘cyan’, ‘green’, ‘magenta’, ‘red’, ‘white’, and ‘yellow’
- (See the ‘dvipsnames’ option in *note Color package options::).
-
-21.3 Commands for color
-=======================
-
-These are the commands available with the ‘color’ package.
-
-21.3.1 Define colors
---------------------
-
-Synopsis:
-
- \definecolor{NAME}{MODEL}{SPECIFICATION}
-
- Give the name NAME to the color. For example, after this
-
- \definecolor{silver}{rgb}{0.75,0.75,0.74}
-
-you can use that color name with ‘Hi ho, \textcolor{silver}{Silver}!’.
-
- This example gives the color a more abstract name, so it could change
-and not be misleading.
-
- \definecolor{logocolor}{RGB}{145,92,131} % RGB needs pdflatex
- \newcommand{\logo}{\textcolor{logocolor}{Bob's Big Bagels}}
-
- Often a document’s colors are defined in the preamble, or in the
-class or style, rather than in the document body.
-
-21.3.2 Colored text
--------------------
-
-Synopses:
-
- \textcolor{NAME}{...}
- \textcolor[COLOR MODEL]{COLOR SPECIFICATION}{...}
-
-or
-
- \color{NAME}
- \color[COLOR MODEL]{COLOR SPECIFICATION}
-
- The affected text gets the color. This line
-
- \textcolor{magenta}{My name is Ozymandias, King of Kings;}
- Look on my works, ye Mighty, and despair!
-
-causes the first half to be in magenta while the rest is in black. You
-can use a color declared with ‘\definecolor’ in exactly the same way
-that we just used the builtin color ‘magenta’.
-
- \definecolor{MidlifeCrisisRed}{rgb}{1.0,0.11,0.0}
- I'm thinking about getting a \textcolor{MidlifeCrisisRed}{sports car}.
-
- The two ‘\textcolor’ and ‘\color’ differ in that the first is a
-command form, enclosing the text to be colored as an argument. Often
-this form is more convenient, or at least more explicit. The second
-form is a declaration, as in ‘The moon is made of {\color{green} green}
-cheese’, so it is in effect until the end of the current group or
-environment. This is sometimes useful when writing macros or as below
-where it colors everything inside the ‘center’ environment, including
-the vertical and horizontal lines.
-
- \begin{center} \color{blue}
- \begin{tabular}{l|r}
- UL &UR \\ \hline
- LL &LR
- \end{tabular}
- \end{center}
-
- You can use color in equations. A document might have this
-definition in the preamble
-
- \definecolor{highlightcolor}{RGB}{225,15,0}
-
-and then contain this equation.
-
- \begin{equation}
- \int_a^b \textcolor{highlightcolor}{f'(x)}\,dx=f(b)-f(a)
- \end{equation}
-
- Typically the colors used in a document are declared in a class or
-style but sometimes you want a one-off. Those are the second forms in
-the synopses.
-
- Colors of \textcolor[rgb]{0.33,0.14,0.47}{Purple} and
- {\color[rgb]{0.72,0.60,0.37}Gold} for the team.
-
- The format of COLOR SPECIFICATION depends on the color model (*note
-Color models::). For instance, while ‘rgb’ takes three numbers, ‘gray’
-takes only one.
-
- The selection was \textcolor[gray]{0.5}{grayed out}.
-
- Colors inside colors do not combine. Thus
-
- \textcolor{green}{kind of \textcolor{blue}{blue}}
-
-has a final word that is blue, not a combination of blue and green.
-
-21.3.3 Colored boxes
---------------------
-
-Synopses:
-
- \colorbox{NAME}{...}
- \colorbox[MODEL NAME]{BOX BACKGROUND COLOR}{...}
-
-or
-
- \fcolorbox{FRAME COLOR}{BOX BACKGROUND COLOR}{...}
- \fcolorbox[MODEL NAME]{FRAME COLOR}{BOX BACKGROUND COLOR}{...}
-
- Make a box with the stated background color. The ‘\fcolorbox’
-command puts a frame around the box. For instance this
-
- Name:~\colorbox{cyan}{\makebox[5cm][l]{\strut}}
-
-makes a cyan-colored box that is five centimeters long and gets its
-depth and height from the ‘\strut’ (so the depth is ‘-.3\baselineskip’
-and the height is ‘\baselineskip’). This puts white text on a blue
-background.
-
- \colorbox{blue}{\textcolor{white}{Welcome to the machine.}}
-
- The ‘\fcolorbox’ commands use the same parameters as ‘\fbox’ (*note
-\fbox & \framebox::), ‘\fboxrule’ and ‘\fboxsep’, to set the thickness
-of the rule and the boundary between the box interior and the
-surrounding rule. LaTeX’s defaults are ‘0.4pt’ and ‘3pt’, respectively.
-
- This example changes the thickness of the border to 0.8 points. Note
-that it is surrounded by curly braces so that the change ends at the end
-of the second line.
-
- {\setlength{\fboxrule}{0.8pt}
- \fcolorbox{black}{red}{Under no circumstances turn this knob.}}
-
-21.3.4 Colored pages
---------------------
-
-Synopses:
-
- \pagecolor{NAME}
- \pagecolor[COLOR MODEL]{COLOR SPECIFICATION}
- \nopagecolor
-
- The first two set the background of the page, and all subsequent
-pages, to the color. For an explanation of the specification in the
-second form *note Colored text::. The third returns the background to
-normal, which is a transparent background. (If that is not supported
-use ‘\pagecolor{white}’, although that will make a white background
-rather than the default transparent background.)
-
- ...
- \pagecolor{cyan}
- ...
- \nopagecolor
-
-22 Graphics
+21 Graphics
***********
You can use graphics such as PNG or PDF files in your LaTeX document.
@@ -12969,7 +12889,7 @@
Full description of these systems is outside the scope of this document;
see their documentation on CTAN.
-22.1 ‘graphics’ package options
+21.1 ‘graphics’ package options
===============================
Synopsis (must be in the document preamble):
@@ -13033,7 +12953,7 @@
multiples, such as 1.23, in ‘%%HiResBoundingBox’ lines. This
option has LaTeX to read the size from the latter.
-22.2 ‘graphics’ package configuration
+21.2 ‘graphics’ package configuration
=====================================
These commands configure the way LaTeX searches the file system for the
@@ -13045,7 +12965,7 @@
the documentation in ‘grfguide.pdf’, or the LaTeX source, or your TeX
distribution’s documentation.
-22.2.1 ‘\graphicspath’
+21.2.1 ‘\graphicspath’
----------------------
Synopsis:
@@ -13108,7 +13028,7 @@
‘\graphicspath{{plots/}}’ then LaTeX will not search for graphics in
‘book/chapters/plots’, but instead in ‘book/plots’.
-22.2.2 ‘\DeclareGraphicsExtensions’
+21.2.2 ‘\DeclareGraphicsExtensions’
-----------------------------------
Synopses:
@@ -13150,7 +13070,7 @@
more than once. Show its value with
‘\makeatletter\typeout{\Gin at extensions}\makeatother’.
-22.2.3 ‘\DeclareGraphicsRule’
+21.2.3 ‘\DeclareGraphicsRule’
-----------------------------
Synopsis:
@@ -13223,13 +13143,13 @@
explicitly allow it. See the documentation for your TeX
distribution.
-22.3 Commands for graphics
+21.3 Commands for graphics
==========================
These are the commands available with the ‘graphics’ and ‘graphicx’
packages.
-22.3.1 ‘\includegraphics’
+21.3.1 ‘\includegraphics’
-------------------------
Synopses for ‘graphics’ package:
@@ -13523,8 +13443,8 @@
These following options allow a user to override LaTeX’s method of
choosing the graphic type based on the filename extension. An example
-is that ‘\includegraphics[type=png,ext=.xxx,read=.xxx]{lion}’ will read
-the file ‘lion.xxx’ as though it were ‘lion.png’. For more on these,
+is that ‘\includegraphics[type=png,ext=.xyz,read=.xyz]{lion}’ will read
+the file ‘lion.xyz’ as though it were ‘lion.png’. For more on these,
*note \DeclareGraphicsRule::.
‘type’
@@ -13544,7 +13464,7 @@
for a discussion of enabling the ‘\write18’ functionality to run
external commands.
-22.3.2 ‘\rotatebox’
+21.3.2 ‘\rotatebox’
-------------------
Synopsis if you use the ‘graphics’ package:
@@ -13612,7 +13532,7 @@
degrees clockwise and setting ‘units=6.283185’ changes to radians
counterclockwise.
-22.3.3 ‘\scalebox’
+21.3.3 ‘\scalebox’
------------------
Synopses:
@@ -13644,7 +13564,7 @@
I’ immediately followed by its mirror reflection against a vertical
axis.
-22.3.4 ‘\resizebox’
+21.3.4 ‘\resizebox’
-------------------
Synopses:
@@ -13673,6 +13593,262 @@
wide but keep the original height with ‘\resizebox{2in}{\height}{Two
inches}’.
+22 Color
+********
+
+You can add color to text, rules, etc. You can also have color in a box
+or on an entire page and write text on top of it.
+
+ Color support comes as an additional package. So put
+‘\usepackage{color}’ in your document preamble to use the commands
+described here.
+
+ Many other packages also supplement LaTeX’s color abilities.
+Particularly worth mentioning is ‘xcolor’, which is widely used and
+significantly extends the capabilities described here, including adding
+‘HTML’ and ‘Hsb’ color models.
+
+22.1 ‘color’ package options
+============================
+
+Synopsis (must be in the document preamble):
+
+ \usepackage[COMMA-SEPARATED OPTION LIST]{color}
+
+ When you load the ‘color’ package there are two kinds of available
+options.
+
+ The first specifies the “printer driver”. LaTeX doesn’t contain
+information about different output systems but instead depends on
+information stored in a file. Normally you should not specify the
+driver option in the document, and instead rely on your system’s
+default. One advantage of this is that it makes the document portable
+across systems. For completeness we include a list of the drivers. The
+currently relevant ones are: ‘dvipdfmx’, ‘dvips’, ‘dvisvgm’, ‘luatex’,
+‘pdftex’, ‘xetex’. The two ‘xdvi’ and ‘oztex’ are essentially aliases
+for ‘dvips’ (and ‘xdvi’ is monochrome). Ones that should not be used
+for new systems are: ‘dvipdf’, ‘dvipdfm’, ‘dviwin’, ‘dvipsone’, ‘emtex’,
+‘pctexps’, ‘pctexwin’, ‘pctexhp’, ‘pctex32’, ‘truetex’, ‘tcidvi’, ‘vtex’
+(and ‘dviwindo’ is an alias for ‘dvipsone’).
+
+ The second kind of options, beyond the drivers, are below.
+
+‘monochrome’
+ Disable the color commands, so that they do not generate errors but
+ do not generate color either.
+
+‘dvipsnames’
+ Make available a list of 68 color names that are often used,
+ particularly in legacy documents. These color names were
+ originally provided by the ‘dvips’ driver, giving the option name.
+
+‘nodvipsnames’
+ Do not load that list of color names, saving LaTeX a tiny amount of
+ memory space.
+
+22.2 Color models
+=================
+
+A “color model” is a way of representing colors. LaTeX’s capabilities
+depend on the printer driver. However, the ‘pdftex’, ‘xetex’, and
+‘luatex’ printer drivers are today by far the most commonly used. The
+models below work for those drivers. All but one of these is also
+supported by essentially all other printer drivers used today.
+
+ Note that color combination can be additive or subtractive. Additive
+mixes colors of light, so that for instance combining full intensities
+of red, green, and blue produces white. Subtractive mixes pigments,
+such as with inks, so that combining full intensity of cyan, magenta,
+and yellow makes black.
+
+‘cmyk’
+ A comma-separated list with four real numbers between 0 and 1,
+ inclusive. The first number is the intensity of cyan, the second
+ is magenta, and the others are yellow and black. A number value of
+ 0 means minimal intensity, while a 1 is for full intensity. This
+ model is often used in color printing. It is a subtractive model.
+
+‘gray’
+ A single real number between 0 and 1, inclusive. The colors are
+ shades of grey. The number 0 produces black while 1 gives white.
+
+‘rgb’
+ A comma-separated list with three real numbers between 0 and 1,
+ inclusive. The first number is the intensity of the red component,
+ the second is green, and the third the blue. A number value of 0
+ means that none of that component is added in, while a 1 means full
+ intensity. This is an additive model.
+
+‘RGB’
+ (‘pdftex’, ‘xetex’, ‘luatex’ drivers) A comma-separated list with
+ three integers between 0 and 255, inclusive. This model is a
+ convenience for using ‘rgb’ since outside of LaTeX colors are often
+ described in a red-green-blue model using numbers in this range.
+ The values entered here are converted to the ‘rgb’ model by
+ dividing by 255.
+
+‘named’
+ Colors are accessed by name, such as ‘PrussianBlue’. The list of
+ names depends on the driver, but all support the names ‘black’,
+ ‘blue’, ‘cyan’, ‘green’, ‘magenta’, ‘red’, ‘white’, and ‘yellow’
+ (See the ‘dvipsnames’ option in *note Color package options::).
+
+22.3 Commands for color
+=======================
+
+These are the commands available with the ‘color’ package.
+
+22.3.1 Define colors
+--------------------
+
+Synopsis:
+
+ \definecolor{NAME}{MODEL}{SPECIFICATION}
+
+ Give the name NAME to the color. For example, after this
+
+ \definecolor{silver}{rgb}{0.75,0.75,0.74}
+
+you can use that color name with ‘Hi ho, \textcolor{silver}{Silver}!’.
+
+ This example gives the color a more abstract name, so it could change
+and not be misleading.
+
+ \definecolor{logocolor}{RGB}{145,92,131} % RGB needs pdflatex
+ \newcommand{\logo}{\textcolor{logocolor}{Bob's Big Bagels}}
+
+ Often a document’s colors are defined in the preamble, or in the
+class or style, rather than in the document body.
+
+22.3.2 Colored text
+-------------------
+
+Synopses:
+
+ \textcolor{NAME}{...}
+ \textcolor[COLOR MODEL]{COLOR SPECIFICATION}{...}
+
+or
+
+ \color{NAME}
+ \color[COLOR MODEL]{COLOR SPECIFICATION}
+
+ The affected text gets the color. This line
+
+ \textcolor{magenta}{My name is Ozymandias, King of Kings;}
+ Look on my works, ye Mighty, and despair!
+
+causes the first half to be in magenta while the rest is in black. You
+can use a color declared with ‘\definecolor’ in exactly the same way
+that we just used the builtin color ‘magenta’.
+
+ \definecolor{MidlifeCrisisRed}{rgb}{1.0,0.11,0.0}
+ I'm thinking about getting a \textcolor{MidlifeCrisisRed}{sports car}.
+
+ The two ‘\textcolor’ and ‘\color’ differ in that the first is a
+command form, enclosing the text to be colored as an argument. Often
+this form is more convenient, or at least more explicit. The second
+form is a declaration, as in ‘The moon is made of {\color{green} green}
+cheese’, so it is in effect until the end of the current group or
+environment. This is sometimes useful when writing macros or as below
+where it colors everything inside the ‘center’ environment, including
+the vertical and horizontal lines.
+
+ \begin{center} \color{blue}
+ \begin{tabular}{l|r}
+ UL &UR \\ \hline
+ LL &LR
+ \end{tabular}
+ \end{center}
+
+ You can use color in equations. A document might have this
+definition in the preamble
+
+ \definecolor{highlightcolor}{RGB}{225,15,0}
+
+and then contain this equation.
+
+ \begin{equation}
+ \int_a^b \textcolor{highlightcolor}{f'(x)}\,dx=f(b)-f(a)
+ \end{equation}
+
+ Typically the colors used in a document are declared in a class or
+style but sometimes you want a one-off. Those are the second forms in
+the synopses.
+
+ Colors of \textcolor[rgb]{0.33,0.14,0.47}{Purple} and
+ {\color[rgb]{0.72,0.60,0.37}Gold} for the team.
+
+ The format of COLOR SPECIFICATION depends on the color model (*note
+Color models::). For instance, while ‘rgb’ takes three numbers, ‘gray’
+takes only one.
+
+ The selection was \textcolor[gray]{0.5}{grayed out}.
+
+ Colors inside colors do not combine. Thus
+
+ \textcolor{green}{kind of \textcolor{blue}{blue}}
+
+has a final word that is blue, not a combination of blue and green.
+
+22.3.3 Colored boxes
+--------------------
+
+Synopses:
+
+ \colorbox{NAME}{...}
+ \colorbox[MODEL NAME]{BOX BACKGROUND COLOR}{...}
+
+or
+
+ \fcolorbox{FRAME COLOR}{BOX BACKGROUND COLOR}{...}
+ \fcolorbox[MODEL NAME]{FRAME COLOR}{BOX BACKGROUND COLOR}{...}
+
+ Make a box with the stated background color. The ‘\fcolorbox’
+command puts a frame around the box. For instance this
+
+ Name:~\colorbox{cyan}{\makebox[5cm][l]{\strut}}
+
+makes a cyan-colored box that is five centimeters long and gets its
+depth and height from the ‘\strut’ (so the depth is ‘-.3\baselineskip’
+and the height is ‘\baselineskip’). This puts white text on a blue
+background.
+
+ \colorbox{blue}{\textcolor{white}{Welcome to the machine.}}
+
+ The ‘\fcolorbox’ commands use the same parameters as ‘\fbox’ (*note
+\fbox & \framebox::), ‘\fboxrule’ and ‘\fboxsep’, to set the thickness
+of the rule and the boundary between the box interior and the
+surrounding rule. LaTeX’s defaults are ‘0.4pt’ and ‘3pt’, respectively.
+
+ This example changes the thickness of the border to 0.8 points. Note
+that it is surrounded by curly braces so that the change ends at the end
+of the second line.
+
+ {\setlength{\fboxrule}{0.8pt}
+ \fcolorbox{black}{red}{Under no circumstances turn this knob.}}
+
+22.3.4 Colored pages
+--------------------
+
+Synopses:
+
+ \pagecolor{NAME}
+ \pagecolor[COLOR MODEL]{COLOR SPECIFICATION}
+ \nopagecolor
+
+ The first two set the background of the page, and all subsequent
+pages, to the color. For an explanation of the specification in the
+second form *note Colored text::. The third returns the background to
+normal, which is a transparent background. (If that is not supported
+use ‘\pagecolor{white}’, although that will make a white background
+rather than the default transparent background.)
+
+ ...
+ \pagecolor{cyan}
+ ...
+ \nopagecolor
+
23 Special insertions
*********************
@@ -16357,8 +16533,8 @@
pdflatex -jobname=teachers "\def\teachers{}\input{main}"
The ‘jobname’ option is there because otherwise both files would be
-called ‘main.pdf’ and the second would overwrite the first. (*note
-Jobname::.)
+called ‘main.pdf’ and the second would overwrite the first (*note
+Jobname::).
In this example we use the command line to select which parts of a
document to include. For a book named ‘mybook.tex’ and structured like
@@ -16401,7 +16577,7 @@
There are two more possibilities for the jobname. It can be directly
specified with the ‘-jobname’ option, as in ‘pdflatex -jobname=myname’
-(*note Command line input:: for a real example).
+(*note Command line input:: for a practical example).
The final possibility is ‘texput’, which is the final fallback
default if no other name is available to TeX. That is, if no ‘-jobname’
@@ -16628,3119 +16804,3150 @@
* Menu:
-* $ inline math: math. (line 4762)
-* $$...$$ plain TeX display math: displaymath. (line 3868)
-* & (for table cells): tabular. (line 5734)
+* $ inline math: math. (line 4479)
+* $$...$$ plain TeX display math: displaymath. (line 3585)
+* & (for table cells): tabular. (line 5451)
* * prompt: Recovering from errors.
- (line 16466)
-* *, to \nocite all keys: Using BibTeX. (line 6265)
+ (line 16642)
+* *, to \nocite all keys: Using BibTeX. (line 5982)
* *-form of environment commands: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment.
- (line 7684)
-* *-form of sectioning commands: Sectioning. (line 2663)
+ (line 7402)
+* *-form of sectioning commands: Sectioning. (line 2380)
* *-form, defining new commands: \newcommand & \renewcommand.
- (line 7268)
+ (line 6985)
* --disable-write18 command-line option: Command line options.
- (line 16291)
+ (line 16467)
* --enable-write18 command-line option: Command line options.
- (line 16291)
+ (line 16467)
* --file-line-error command-line option: Command line options.
- (line 16312)
+ (line 16488)
* --halt-on-error command-line option: Command line options.
- (line 16309)
+ (line 16485)
* --help command-line option: Command line options.
- (line 16253)
+ (line 16429)
* --interaction command-line option: Command line options.
- (line 16256)
+ (line 16432)
* --jobname command-line option: Command line options.
- (line 16273)
+ (line 16449)
* --no-file-line-error command-line option: Command line options.
- (line 16312)
+ (line 16488)
* --no-shell-escape command-line option: Command line options.
- (line 16291)
+ (line 16467)
* --output-directory command-line option: Command line options.
- (line 16278)
+ (line 16454)
* --shell-escape command-line option: Command line options.
- (line 16291)
+ (line 16467)
* --version command-line option: Command line options.
- (line 16248)
-* -1, write stream number: \write. (line 15951)
-* .aux file: Output files. (line 494)
+ (line 16424)
+* -1, write stream number: \write. (line 16127)
+* .aux file: Output files. (line 512)
* .aux file and BibTeX commands: BibTeX error messages.
- (line 6272)
-* .dvi file: Output files. (line 471)
-* .fmt file: TeX engines. (line 513)
-* .glo file: Glossaries. (line 15350)
-* .idx file: Indexes. (line 14940)
-* .idx file <1>: makeindex. (line 15139)
-* .ind file: makeindex. (line 15139)
-* .isty file: makeindex. (line 15151)
-* .lof file: Output files. (line 504)
+ (line 5989)
+* .dvi file: Output files. (line 489)
+* .fmt file: TeX engines. (line 531)
+* .glo file: Glossaries. (line 15526)
+* .idx file: Indexes. (line 15116)
+* .idx file <1>: makeindex. (line 15315)
+* .ind file: makeindex. (line 15315)
+* .isty file: makeindex. (line 15327)
+* .lof file: Output files. (line 522)
* .lof file <1>: Table of contents etc..
- (line 14548)
-* .lof file <2>: \contentsline. (line 14843)
-* .log file: Output files. (line 489)
-* .lot file: Output files. (line 504)
+ (line 14724)
+* .lof file <2>: \contentsline. (line 15019)
+* .log file: Output files. (line 507)
+* .lot file: Output files. (line 522)
* .lot file <1>: Table of contents etc..
- (line 14548)
-* .lot file <2>: \contentsline. (line 14843)
-* .pdf file: Output files. (line 481)
+ (line 14724)
+* .lot file <2>: \contentsline. (line 15019)
+* .pdf file: Output files. (line 499)
* .tex, default extension: Command line interface.
- (line 16205)
-* .toc file: Output files. (line 504)
+ (line 16381)
+* .toc file: Output files. (line 522)
* .toc file <1>: Table of contents etc..
- (line 14548)
-* .toc file <2>: \contentsline. (line 14843)
-* .xdv file: TeX engines. (line 549)
-* /bin/sh, used by \write18: \write18. (line 16170)
+ (line 14724)
+* .toc file <2>: \contentsline. (line 15019)
+* .xdv file: TeX engines. (line 567)
+* /bin/sh, used by \write18: \write18. (line 16346)
* 10pt option: Document class options.
- (line 743)
+ (line 789)
* 11pt option: Document class options.
- (line 743)
+ (line 789)
* 12pt option: Document class options.
- (line 743)
+ (line 789)
* : (for math): Colon character & \colon.
- (line 11016)
+ (line 11219)
* [...] (for optional arguments): LaTeX command syntax.
- (line 599)
-* \ (backslash-space): \(SPACE). (line 11765)
+ (line 617)
+* \ (backslash-space): \(SPACE). (line 11941)
* \ character starting commands: LaTeX command syntax.
- (line 599)
+ (line 617)
* \!: Spacing in math mode.
- (line 10777)
-* \" (umlaut accent): Accents. (line 14022)
+ (line 10980)
+* \" (umlaut accent): Accents. (line 14198)
* \#: Reserved characters.
- (line 13691)
+ (line 13867)
* \$: Reserved characters.
- (line 13691)
+ (line 13867)
* \%: Reserved characters.
- (line 13691)
+ (line 13867)
* \&: Reserved characters.
- (line 13691)
-* \' (acute accent): Accents. (line 14026)
-* \' (tabbing): tabbing. (line 5582)
-* \(...\) inline math: math. (line 4762)
-* \*: \*. (line 11036)
-* \+: tabbing. (line 5574)
+ (line 13867)
+* \' (acute accent): Accents. (line 14202)
+* \' (tabbing): tabbing. (line 5299)
+* \(...\) inline math: math. (line 4479)
+* \*: \*. (line 11239)
+* \+: tabbing. (line 5291)
* \,: Spacing in math mode.
- (line 10763)
-* \-: tabbing. (line 5578)
-* \- (hyphenation): \- (hyphenation). (line 6641)
-* \. (dot-over accent): Accents. (line 14029)
-* \/: \/. (line 11914)
+ (line 10966)
+* \-: tabbing. (line 5295)
+* \- (hyphenation): \- (hyphenation). (line 6358)
+* \. (dot-over accent): Accents. (line 14205)
+* \/: \/. (line 12090)
* \:: Spacing in math mode.
- (line 10752)
+ (line 10955)
* \;: Spacing in math mode.
- (line 10739)
-* \<: tabbing. (line 5570)
-* \= (macron accent): Accents. (line 14033)
-* \= (tabbing): tabbing. (line 5564)
-* \>: tabbing. (line 5568)
+ (line 10942)
+* \<: tabbing. (line 5287)
+* \= (macron accent): Accents. (line 14209)
+* \= (tabbing): tabbing. (line 5281)
+* \>: tabbing. (line 5285)
* \> <1>: Spacing in math mode.
- (line 10752)
-* \> (tabbing): tabbing. (line 5567)
-* \@: \@. (line 11682)
-* \@auxout: \write. (line 15966)
-* \@beginparpenalty: list. (line 4644)
-* \@dottedtocline: \@dottedtocline. (line 14671)
-* \@endparpenalty: list. (line 4652)
-* \@fnsymbol: \footnote. (line 7016)
-* \@ifstar: \@ifstar. (line 7498)
-* \@itempenalty: list. (line 4648)
-* \@mainaux: \write. (line 15966)
-* \@startsection: \@startsection. (line 3149)
-* \a (tabbing): tabbing. (line 5597)
-* \a' (acute accent in tabbing): tabbing. (line 5598)
-* \a= (macron accent in tabbing): tabbing. (line 5598)
+ (line 10955)
+* \> (tabbing): tabbing. (line 5284)
+* \@: \@. (line 11858)
+* \@auxout: \write. (line 16142)
+* \@beginparpenalty: list. (line 4361)
+* \@dottedtocline: \@dottedtocline. (line 14847)
+* \@endparpenalty: list. (line 4369)
+* \@fnsymbol: \footnote. (line 6733)
+* \@ifstar: \@ifstar. (line 7216)
+* \@itempenalty: list. (line 4365)
+* \@mainaux: \write. (line 16142)
+* \@startsection: \@startsection. (line 2866)
+* \a (tabbing): tabbing. (line 5314)
+* \a' (acute accent in tabbing): tabbing. (line 5315)
+* \a= (macron accent in tabbing): tabbing. (line 5315)
* \aa (å): Additional Latin letters.
- (line 14146)
+ (line 14322)
* \AA (Å): Additional Latin letters.
- (line 14146)
-* \accent: \accent. (line 14095)
-* \acute: Math accents. (line 10633)
-* \addcontentsline: \addcontentsline. (line 14706)
-* \address: \address. (line 15528)
-* \addtocontents{EXT}{TEXT}: \addtocontents. (line 14785)
-* \addtocounter: \addtocounter. (line 8280)
-* \addtolength: \addtolength. (line 8538)
-* \addvspace: \addvspace. (line 12249)
+ (line 14322)
+* \accent: \accent. (line 14271)
+* \acute: Math accents. (line 10836)
+* \addcontentsline: \addcontentsline. (line 14882)
+* \address: \address. (line 15704)
+* \addtocontents{EXT}{TEXT}: \addtocontents. (line 14961)
+* \addtocounter: \addtocounter. (line 8483)
+* \addtolength: \addtolength. (line 8741)
+* \addvspace: \addvspace. (line 12425)
* \ae (æ): Additional Latin letters.
- (line 14150)
+ (line 14326)
* \AE (Æ): Additional Latin letters.
- (line 14150)
-* \aleph: Math symbols. (line 9168)
-* \Alph example: enumerate. (line 3979)
-* \alpha: Math symbols. (line 9171)
+ (line 14326)
+* \aleph: Math symbols. (line 9371)
+* \Alph example: enumerate. (line 3696)
+* \alpha: Math symbols. (line 9374)
* \alph{COUNTER}: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
- (line 8155)
+ (line 8358)
* \Alph{COUNTER}: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
- (line 8160)
-* \alsoname: \index. (line 15074)
-* \amalg: Math symbols. (line 9174)
-* \and (for \author): \maketitle. (line 11218)
-* \angle: Math symbols. (line 9177)
-* \appendix: \appendix. (line 3079)
-* \approx: Math symbols. (line 9181)
+ (line 8363)
+* \alsoname: \index. (line 15250)
+* \amalg: Math symbols. (line 9377)
+* \and (for \author): \maketitle. (line 11421)
+* \angle: Math symbols. (line 9380)
+* \appendix: \appendix. (line 2796)
+* \approx: Math symbols. (line 9384)
* \arabic{COUNTER}: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
- (line 8165)
-* \arccos: Math functions. (line 10516)
-* \arcsin: Math functions. (line 10519)
-* \arctan: Math functions. (line 10522)
-* \arg: Math functions. (line 10525)
-* \arraycolsep: array. (line 3665)
-* \arrayrulewidth: tabular. (line 5859)
-* \arraystretch: tabular. (line 5865)
-* \ast: Math symbols. (line 9184)
-* \asymp: Math symbols. (line 9191)
-* \AtBeginDocument: \AtBeginDocument. (line 3892)
-* \AtBeginDvi: Class and package commands.
- (line 923)
-* \AtEndDocument: \AtEndDocument. (line 3908)
-* \AtEndOfClass: Class and package commands.
- (line 928)
-* \AtEndOfPackage: Class and package commands.
- (line 928)
-* \author{NAME1 \and NAME2 \and ...}: \maketitle. (line 11217)
-* \a` (grave accent in tabbing): tabbing. (line 5598)
-* \b (bar-under accent): Accents. (line 14048)
+ (line 8368)
+* \arccos: Math functions. (line 10719)
+* \arcsin: Math functions. (line 10722)
+* \arctan: Math functions. (line 10725)
+* \arg: Math functions. (line 10728)
+* \arraycolsep: array. (line 3382)
+* \arrayrulewidth: tabular. (line 5576)
+* \arraystretch: tabular. (line 5582)
+* \ast: Math symbols. (line 9387)
+* \asymp: Math symbols. (line 9394)
+* \AtBeginDocument: \AtBeginDocument. (line 3609)
+* \AtBeginDvi: \AtBeginDvi & \AtEndDvi.
+ (line 7843)
+* \AtEndDocument: \AtEndDocument. (line 3625)
+* \AtEndDvi: \AtBeginDvi & \AtEndDvi.
+ (line 7843)
+* \AtEndOfClass: \AtEndOfClass & \AtEndOfPackage.
+ (line 7859)
+* \AtEndOfPackage: \AtEndOfClass & \AtEndOfPackage.
+ (line 7859)
+* \author{NAME1 \and NAME2 \and ...}: \maketitle. (line 11420)
+* \a` (grave accent in tabbing): tabbing. (line 5315)
+* \b (bar-under accent): Accents. (line 14224)
* \backmatter: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter.
- (line 3113)
-* \backslash: Math symbols. (line 9194)
-* \bar: Math accents. (line 10636)
+ (line 2830)
+* \backslash: Math symbols. (line 9397)
+* \bar: Math accents. (line 10839)
* \baselineskip: Low-level font commands.
- (line 1996)
+ (line 1713)
* \baselineskip <1>: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch.
- (line 2320)
+ (line 2037)
* \baselinestretch: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch.
- (line 2320)
-* \begin: Environments. (line 3557)
-* \beta: Math symbols. (line 9198)
-* \bf: Font styles. (line 1774)
-* \bfseries: Font styles. (line 1739)
+ (line 2037)
+* \begin: Environments. (line 3274)
+* \beta: Math symbols. (line 9401)
+* \bf: Font styles. (line 1491)
+* \bfseries: Font styles. (line 1456)
* \bibdata: BibTeX error messages.
- (line 6282)
-* \bibitem: \bibitem. (line 6087)
-* \bibliography: Using BibTeX. (line 6210)
+ (line 5999)
+* \bibitem: \bibitem. (line 5804)
+* \bibliography: Using BibTeX. (line 5927)
* \bibliography and internal \bibdata: BibTeX error messages.
- (line 6283)
-* \bibliographystyle: Using BibTeX. (line 6210)
+ (line 6000)
+* \bibliographystyle: Using BibTeX. (line 5927)
* \bibliographystyle and internal \bibstyle: BibTeX error messages.
- (line 6286)
-* \bibname: thebibliography. (line 6070)
+ (line 6003)
+* \bibname: thebibliography. (line 5787)
* \bibstyle: BibTeX error messages.
- (line 6285)
+ (line 6002)
* \bigbreak: \bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak.
- (line 12057)
-* \bigcap: Math symbols. (line 9201)
-* \bigcirc: Math symbols. (line 9205)
-* \bigcup: Math symbols. (line 9208)
+ (line 12233)
+* \bigcap: Math symbols. (line 9404)
+* \bigcirc: Math symbols. (line 9408)
+* \bigcup: Math symbols. (line 9411)
* \bigl: \bigl & \bigr etc..
- (line 10313)
-* \bigodot: Math symbols. (line 9212)
-* \bigoplus: Math symbols. (line 9215)
-* \bigotimes: Math symbols. (line 9218)
+ (line 10516)
+* \bigodot: Math symbols. (line 9415)
+* \bigoplus: Math symbols. (line 9418)
+* \bigotimes: Math symbols. (line 9421)
* \bigr: \bigl & \bigr etc..
- (line 10313)
+ (line 10516)
* \bigskip: \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip.
- (line 12008)
+ (line 12184)
* \bigskip <1>: \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip.
- (line 12030)
+ (line 12206)
* \bigskipamount: \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip.
- (line 12031)
-* \bigsqcup: Math symbols. (line 9229)
-* \bigtriangledown: Math symbols. (line 9221)
-* \bigtriangleup: Math symbols. (line 9225)
-* \biguplus: Math symbols. (line 9232)
-* \bigvee: Math symbols. (line 9236)
-* \bigwedge: Math symbols. (line 9239)
-* \bmod: Math functions. (line 10528)
+ (line 12207)
+* \bigsqcup: Math symbols. (line 9432)
+* \bigtriangledown: Math symbols. (line 9424)
+* \bigtriangleup: Math symbols. (line 9428)
+* \biguplus: Math symbols. (line 9435)
+* \bigvee: Math symbols. (line 9439)
+* \bigwedge: Math symbols. (line 9442)
+* \bmod: Math functions. (line 10731)
* \boldmath: \boldmath & \unboldmath.
- (line 10040)
+ (line 10243)
* \boldmath <1>: \boldmath & \unboldmath.
- (line 10048)
-* \bot: Math symbols. (line 9242)
-* \bottomfraction: Floats. (line 2502)
-* \bottomfraction <1>: Floats. (line 2503)
-* \bowtie: Math symbols. (line 9246)
-* \Box: Math symbols. (line 9249)
-* \breve: Math accents. (line 10639)
-* \bullet: Math symbols. (line 9254)
-* \c (cedilla accent): Accents. (line 14058)
-* \cal: Font styles. (line 1777)
-* \cap: Math symbols. (line 9257)
-* \capitalacute: Accents. (line 14026)
-* \capitalbreve: Accents. (line 14086)
-* \capitalcaron: Accents. (line 14090)
-* \capitalcedilla: Accents. (line 14058)
-* \capitalcircumflex: Accents. (line 14037)
-* \capitaldieresis: Accents. (line 14022)
-* \capitaldotaccent: Accents. (line 14062)
-* \capitalgrave: Accents. (line 14041)
-* \capitalhungarumlaut: Accents. (line 14066)
-* \capitalmacron: Accents. (line 14033)
-* \capitalnewtie: Accents. (line 14080)
-* \capitalogonek: Accents. (line 14070)
-* \capitalring: Accents. (line 14074)
-* \capitaltie: Accents. (line 14080)
-* \capitaltilde: Accents. (line 14045)
-* \caption: \caption. (line 2564)
-* \caption <1>: figure. (line 4102)
-* \caption <2>: table. (line 5686)
-* \cc: \cc. (line 15553)
-* \cdot: Math symbols. (line 9261)
-* \cdots: Dots. (line 10410)
-* \centering: \centering. (line 3744)
-* \chapter: Sectioning. (line 2638)
-* \chapter <1>: \chapter. (line 2779)
-* \check: Math accents. (line 10642)
-* \CheckCommand: Class and package commands.
- (line 935)
-* \CheckCommand*: Class and package commands.
- (line 935)
-* \chi: Math symbols. (line 9264)
-* \circ: Math symbols. (line 9267)
-* \circle: \circle. (line 5231)
+ (line 10251)
+* \bot: Math symbols. (line 9445)
+* \bottomfraction: Floats. (line 2219)
+* \bottomfraction <1>: Floats. (line 2220)
+* \bowtie: Math symbols. (line 9449)
+* \Box: Math symbols. (line 9452)
+* \breve: Math accents. (line 10842)
+* \bullet: Math symbols. (line 9457)
+* \c (cedilla accent): Accents. (line 14234)
+* \cal: Font styles. (line 1494)
+* \cap: Math symbols. (line 9460)
+* \capitalacute: Accents. (line 14202)
+* \capitalbreve: Accents. (line 14262)
+* \capitalcaron: Accents. (line 14266)
+* \capitalcedilla: Accents. (line 14234)
+* \capitalcircumflex: Accents. (line 14213)
+* \capitaldieresis: Accents. (line 14198)
+* \capitaldotaccent: Accents. (line 14238)
+* \capitalgrave: Accents. (line 14217)
+* \capitalhungarumlaut: Accents. (line 14242)
+* \capitalmacron: Accents. (line 14209)
+* \capitalnewtie: Accents. (line 14256)
+* \capitalogonek: Accents. (line 14246)
+* \capitalring: Accents. (line 14250)
+* \capitaltie: Accents. (line 14256)
+* \capitaltilde: Accents. (line 14221)
+* \caption: \caption. (line 2281)
+* \caption <1>: figure. (line 3819)
+* \caption <2>: table. (line 5403)
+* \cc: \cc. (line 15729)
+* \cdot: Math symbols. (line 9464)
+* \cdots: Dots. (line 10613)
+* \centering: \centering. (line 3461)
+* \chapter: Sectioning. (line 2355)
+* \chapter <1>: \chapter. (line 2496)
+* \check: Math accents. (line 10845)
+* \CheckCommand: \CheckCommand. (line 7876)
+* \chi: Math symbols. (line 9467)
+* \circ: Math symbols. (line 9470)
+* \circle: \circle. (line 4948)
* \citation: BibTeX error messages.
- (line 6288)
-* \cite: \cite. (line 6145)
+ (line 6005)
+* \cite: \cite. (line 5862)
* \cite and internal \citation: BibTeX error messages.
- (line 6289)
-* \ClassError: Class and package commands.
- (line 955)
-* \ClassInfo: Class and package commands.
- (line 955)
-* \ClassInfoNoLine: Class and package commands.
- (line 955)
-* \ClassWarning: Class and package commands.
- (line 955)
-* \ClassWarningNoLine: Class and package commands.
- (line 955)
+ (line 6006)
+* \ClassError: \ClassError and \PackageError and others.
+ (line 7903)
+* \ClassInfo: \ClassError and \PackageError and others.
+ (line 7903)
+* \ClassInfoNoLine: \ClassError and \PackageError and others.
+ (line 7903)
+* \ClassWarning: \ClassError and \PackageError and others.
+ (line 7903)
+* \ClassWarningNoLine: \ClassError and \PackageError and others.
+ (line 7903)
* \cleardoublepage: \clearpage & \cleardoublepage.
- (line 6833)
+ (line 6550)
* \clearpage: \clearpage & \cleardoublepage.
- (line 6833)
-* \cline: \cline. (line 5993)
+ (line 6550)
+* \cline: \cline. (line 5710)
* \closein: \openin & \openout.
- (line 15754)
+ (line 15930)
* \closeout: \openin & \openout.
- (line 15754)
-* \closing: \closing. (line 15569)
-* \clubsuit: Math symbols. (line 9271)
+ (line 15930)
+* \closing: \closing. (line 15745)
+* \clubsuit: Math symbols. (line 9474)
* \colon: Colon character & \colon.
- (line 11016)
-* \columnsep: \twocolumn. (line 2061)
+ (line 11219)
+* \columnsep: \twocolumn. (line 1778)
* \columnsep <1>: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2187)
+ (line 1904)
* \columnsep <2>: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2190)
-* \columnseprule: \twocolumn. (line 2067)
+ (line 1907)
+* \columnseprule: \twocolumn. (line 1784)
* \columnseprule <1>: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2188)
+ (line 1905)
* \columnseprule <2>: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2190)
-* \columnwidth: \twocolumn. (line 2074)
+ (line 1907)
+* \columnwidth: \twocolumn. (line 1791)
* \columnwidth <1>: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2189)
+ (line 1906)
* \columnwidth <2>: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2190)
-* \complement: Math symbols. (line 9274)
-* \cong: Math symbols. (line 9280)
+ (line 1907)
+* \complement: Math symbols. (line 9477)
+* \cong: Math symbols. (line 9483)
* \contentsline: Table of contents etc..
- (line 14604)
-* \contentsline <1>: \addcontentsline. (line 14710)
-* \contentsline <2>: \contentsline. (line 14843)
-* \coprod: Math symbols. (line 9283)
-* \copyright: Text symbols. (line 13786)
-* \cos: Math functions. (line 10531)
-* \cosh: Math functions. (line 10534)
-* \cot: Math functions. (line 10537)
-* \coth: Math functions. (line 10540)
-* \csc: Math functions. (line 10543)
-* \cup: Math symbols. (line 9286)
-* \CurrentOption: Class and package commands.
- (line 974)
-* \d (dot-under accent): Accents. (line 14062)
-* \dag: Text symbols. (line 13790)
-* \dagger: Math symbols. (line 9290)
-* \dashbox: \dashbox. (line 5441)
-* \dashv: Math symbols. (line 9293)
-* \date{TEXT}: \maketitle. (line 11225)
+ (line 14780)
+* \contentsline <1>: \addcontentsline. (line 14886)
+* \contentsline <2>: \contentsline. (line 15019)
+* \coprod: Math symbols. (line 9486)
+* \copyright: Text symbols. (line 13962)
+* \cos: Math functions. (line 10734)
+* \cosh: Math functions. (line 10737)
+* \cot: Math functions. (line 10740)
+* \coth: Math functions. (line 10743)
+* \csc: Math functions. (line 10746)
+* \cup: Math symbols. (line 9489)
+* \CurrentOption: \CurrentOption. (line 7931)
+* \d (dot-under accent): Accents. (line 14238)
+* \dag: Text symbols. (line 13966)
+* \dagger: Math symbols. (line 9493)
+* \dashbox: \dashbox. (line 5158)
+* \dashv: Math symbols. (line 9496)
+* \date{TEXT}: \maketitle. (line 11428)
* \day: \day & \month & \year.
- (line 8329)
-* \dblfloatpagefraction: \twocolumn. (line 2107)
-* \dblfloatsep: \twocolumn. (line 2113)
-* \dbltextfloatsep: \twocolumn. (line 2120)
-* \dbltopfraction: \twocolumn. (line 2086)
-* \dbltopnumber: \twocolumn. (line 2125)
-* \ddag: Text symbols. (line 13793)
-* \ddagger: Math symbols. (line 9297)
-* \ddot: Math accents. (line 10645)
-* \ddots: Dots. (line 10414)
+ (line 8532)
+* \dblfloatpagefraction: \twocolumn. (line 1824)
+* \dblfloatsep: \twocolumn. (line 1830)
+* \dbltextfloatsep: \twocolumn. (line 1837)
+* \dbltopfraction: \twocolumn. (line 1803)
+* \dbltopnumber: \twocolumn. (line 1842)
+* \ddag: Text symbols. (line 13969)
+* \ddagger: Math symbols. (line 9500)
+* \ddot: Math accents. (line 10848)
+* \ddots: Dots. (line 10617)
* \DeclareFontEncoding: \DeclareFontEncoding.
- (line 1388)
+ (line 1105)
* \DeclareGraphicsExtensions: \DeclareGraphicsExtensions.
- (line 13113)
+ (line 13033)
* \DeclareGraphicsRule: \DeclareGraphicsRule.
- (line 13155)
-* \DeclareOption: Class and package commands.
- (line 980)
-* \DeclareOption*: Class and package commands.
- (line 980)
-* \DeclareRobustCommand: Class and package commands.
- (line 1010)
-* \DeclareRobustCommand*: Class and package commands.
- (line 1010)
+ (line 13075)
+* \DeclareOption: \DeclareOption. (line 7938)
+* \DeclareRobustCommand: \DeclareRobustCommand.
+ (line 7977)
* \DeclareTextAccent: \DeclareTextAccent.
- (line 1422)
+ (line 1139)
* \DeclareTextAccent <1>: \DeclareTextAccentDefault.
- (line 1446)
+ (line 1163)
* \DeclareTextAccentDefault: \DeclareTextAccentDefault.
- (line 1446)
+ (line 1163)
* \DeclareTextCommand: \DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand.
- (line 1474)
+ (line 1191)
* \DeclareTextCommandDefault: \DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault.
- (line 1523)
+ (line 1240)
* \DeclareTextComposite: \DeclareTextComposite.
- (line 1555)
+ (line 1272)
* \DeclareTextCompositeCommand: \DeclareTextCompositeCommand.
- (line 1579)
+ (line 1296)
* \DeclareTextSymbol: \DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand.
- (line 1505)
+ (line 1222)
* \DeclareTextSymbol <1>: \DeclareTextSymbol.
- (line 1597)
+ (line 1314)
* \DeclareTextSymbol <2>: \DeclareTextSymbolDefault.
- (line 1624)
+ (line 1341)
* \DeclareTextSymbolDefault: \DeclareTextSymbolDefault.
- (line 1624)
-* \deg: Math functions. (line 10546)
-* \DelayedShellEscape: \write18. (line 16181)
-* \Delta: Math symbols. (line 9300)
-* \delta: Math symbols. (line 9303)
-* \det: Math functions. (line 10549)
+ (line 1341)
+* \deg: Math functions. (line 10749)
+* \DelayedShellEscape: \write18. (line 16357)
+* \Delta: Math symbols. (line 9503)
+* \delta: Math symbols. (line 9506)
+* \det: Math functions. (line 10752)
* \dh (ð): Additional Latin letters.
- (line 14154)
+ (line 14330)
* \DH (Ð): Additional Latin letters.
- (line 14154)
-* \Diamond: Math symbols. (line 9306)
-* \diamond: Math symbols. (line 9310)
-* \diamondsuit: Math symbols. (line 9314)
-* \dim: Math functions. (line 10552)
-* \displaystyle: Math styles. (line 10965)
-* \div: Math symbols. (line 9317)
+ (line 14330)
+* \Diamond: Math symbols. (line 9509)
+* \diamond: Math symbols. (line 9513)
+* \diamondsuit: Math symbols. (line 9517)
+* \dim: Math functions. (line 10755)
+* \displaystyle: Math styles. (line 11168)
+* \div: Math symbols. (line 9520)
* \dj: Additional Latin letters.
- (line 14160)
+ (line 14336)
* \DJ: Additional Latin letters.
- (line 14160)
-* \documentclass: Document classes. (line 700)
-* \documentclass, and texput jobname: Jobname. (line 16410)
-* \dot: Math accents. (line 10648)
-* \doteq: Math symbols. (line 9320)
+ (line 14336)
+* \documentclass: Document classes. (line 743)
+* \documentclass, and texput jobname: Jobname. (line 16586)
+* \DocumentMetadata: \DocumentMetadata. (line 690)
+* \dot: Math accents. (line 10851)
+* \doteq: Math symbols. (line 9523)
* \dotfill: \hrulefill & \dotfill.
- (line 11959)
-* \dots: Dots. (line 10419)
-* \dots <1>: Dots. (line 10442)
-* \dots <2>: Text symbols. (line 13815)
-* \dotsb: Dots. (line 10442)
-* \dotsc: Dots. (line 10442)
-* \dotsi: Dots. (line 10442)
-* \doublerulesep: tabular. (line 5870)
-* \downarrow: Math symbols. (line 9324)
-* \Downarrow: Math symbols. (line 9328)
-* \ell: Math symbols. (line 9332)
-* \emph: Font styles. (line 1759)
-* \emptyset: Math symbols. (line 9335)
-* \encl: \encl. (line 15582)
-* \end: Environments. (line 3557)
-* \endinput: \endinput. (line 14359)
-* \enlargethispage: \enlargethispage. (line 6908)
+ (line 12135)
+* \dots: Dots. (line 10622)
+* \dots <1>: Dots. (line 10645)
+* \dots <2>: Text symbols. (line 13991)
+* \dotsb: Dots. (line 10645)
+* \dotsc: Dots. (line 10645)
+* \dotsi: Dots. (line 10645)
+* \doublerulesep: tabular. (line 5587)
+* \downarrow: Math symbols. (line 9527)
+* \Downarrow: Math symbols. (line 9531)
+* \ds at OPTION: \ExecuteOptions. (line 8027)
+* \ell: Math symbols. (line 9535)
+* \emph: Font styles. (line 1476)
+* \emptyset: Math symbols. (line 9538)
+* \encl: \encl. (line 15758)
+* \end: Environments. (line 3274)
+* \endinput: \endinput. (line 14535)
+* \enlargethispage: \enlargethispage. (line 6625)
* \enspace: \enspace & \quad & \qquad.
- (line 11490)
-* \enumi: enumerate. (line 3965)
-* \enumii: enumerate. (line 3965)
-* \enumiii: enumerate. (line 3965)
-* \enumiv: enumerate. (line 3965)
-* \epsilon: Math symbols. (line 9338)
-* \equiv: Math symbols. (line 9344)
-* \eta: Math symbols. (line 9347)
+ (line 11666)
+* \enumi: enumerate. (line 3682)
+* \enumii: enumerate. (line 3682)
+* \enumiii: enumerate. (line 3682)
+* \enumiv: enumerate. (line 3682)
+* \epsilon: Math symbols. (line 9541)
+* \equiv: Math symbols. (line 9547)
+* \eta: Math symbols. (line 9550)
* \evensidemargin: Document class options.
- (line 813)
+ (line 859)
* \evensidemargin <1>: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2248)
+ (line 1965)
* \evensidemargin <2>: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2249)
-* \ExecuteOptions: Class and package commands.
- (line 1086)
-* \exists: Math symbols. (line 9350)
-* \exp: Math functions. (line 10555)
-* \externaldocument: xr package. (line 3503)
-* \extracolsep: tabular. (line 5810)
-* \fbox: \fbox & \framebox. (line 12395)
+ (line 1966)
+* \ExecuteOptions: \ExecuteOptions. (line 8023)
+* \exists: Math symbols. (line 9553)
+* \exp: Math functions. (line 10758)
+* \externaldocument: xr package. (line 3220)
+* \extracolsep: tabular. (line 5527)
+* \fbox: \fbox & \framebox. (line 12571)
* \fboxrule: \framebox (picture).
- (line 5418)
-* \fboxrule <1>: \fbox & \framebox. (line 12427)
-* \fboxrule <2>: \fbox & \framebox. (line 12426)
+ (line 5135)
+* \fboxrule <1>: \fbox & \framebox. (line 12603)
+* \fboxrule <2>: \fbox & \framebox. (line 12602)
* \fboxsep: \framebox (picture).
- (line 5418)
-* \fboxsep <1>: \fbox & \framebox. (line 12432)
-* \fboxsep <2>: \fbox & \framebox. (line 12431)
-* \fill: \hfill. (line 11576)
-* \flat: Math symbols. (line 9353)
-* \floatpagefraction: Floats. (line 2506)
-* \floatpagefraction <1>: Floats. (line 2507)
-* \floatsep: Floats. (line 2522)
-* \floatsep <1>: Floats. (line 2523)
-* \flushbottom: \flushbottom. (line 2154)
-* \fnsymbol, and footnotes: \footnote. (line 7016)
+ (line 5135)
+* \fboxsep <1>: \fbox & \framebox. (line 12608)
+* \fboxsep <2>: \fbox & \framebox. (line 12607)
+* \fill: \hfill. (line 11752)
+* \flat: Math symbols. (line 9556)
+* \floatpagefraction: Floats. (line 2223)
+* \floatpagefraction <1>: Floats. (line 2224)
+* \floatsep: Floats. (line 2239)
+* \floatsep <1>: Floats. (line 2240)
+* \flushbottom: \flushbottom. (line 1871)
+* \fnsymbol, and footnotes: \footnote. (line 6733)
* \fnsymbol{COUNTER}: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
- (line 8178)
-* \fontdimen1: \/. (line 11948)
+ (line 8381)
+* \fontdimen1: \/. (line 12124)
* \fontencoding: Low-level font commands.
- (line 1906)
+ (line 1623)
* \fontfamily: Low-level font commands.
- (line 1916)
+ (line 1633)
* \fontseries: Low-level font commands.
- (line 1943)
+ (line 1660)
* \fontshape: Low-level font commands.
- (line 1983)
+ (line 1700)
* \fontsize: Low-level font commands.
- (line 1996)
-* \footnote: \footnote. (line 6998)
-* \footnotemark: \footnotemark. (line 7064)
-* \footnoterule: \footnote. (line 7026)
-* \footnotesep: \footnote. (line 7038)
-* \footnotesize: Font sizes. (line 1849)
-* \footnotetext: \footnotetext. (line 7120)
+ (line 1713)
+* \footnote: \footnote. (line 6715)
+* \footnotemark: \footnotemark. (line 6781)
+* \footnoterule: \footnote. (line 6743)
+* \footnotesep: \footnote. (line 6755)
+* \footnotesize: Font sizes. (line 1566)
+* \footnotetext: \footnotetext. (line 6837)
* \footskip: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2207)
+ (line 1924)
* \footskip <1>: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2208)
-* \forall: Math symbols. (line 9356)
-* \frac: \frac. (line 11052)
-* \frame: \frame. (line 5429)
+ (line 1925)
+* \forall: Math symbols. (line 9559)
+* \frac: \frac. (line 11255)
+* \frame: \frame. (line 5146)
* \framebox: \framebox (picture).
- (line 5393)
-* \framebox <1>: \fbox & \framebox. (line 12395)
+ (line 5110)
+* \framebox <1>: \fbox & \framebox. (line 12571)
* \frenchspacing: \frenchspacing & \nonfrenchspacing.
- (line 11731)
+ (line 11907)
* \frontmatter: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter.
- (line 3113)
-* \frown: Math symbols. (line 9359)
-* \fussy: \fussy & \sloppy. (line 6709)
-* \Gamma: Math symbols. (line 9362)
-* \gamma: Math symbols. (line 9365)
-* \gcd: Math functions. (line 10558)
-* \ge: Math symbols. (line 9368)
-* \geq: Math symbols. (line 9372)
-* \gets: Math symbols. (line 9376)
-* \gg: Math symbols. (line 9379)
-* \gls: \gls. (line 15420)
-* \graphicspath: \graphicspath. (line 13050)
-* \graphpaper: \graphpaper. (line 5134)
-* \grave: Math accents. (line 10651)
-* \guillemetleft («): Text symbols. (line 13802)
-* \guillemetright (»): Text symbols. (line 13803)
-* \guillemotleft («): Text symbols. (line 13804)
-* \guillemotright (»): Text symbols. (line 13805)
-* \guilsinglleft (‹): Text symbols. (line 13806)
-* \guilsinglright (›): Text symbols. (line 13807)
-* \H (Hungarian umlaut accent): Accents. (line 14066)
-* \hat: Math accents. (line 10654)
-* \hbar: Math symbols. (line 9382)
+ (line 2830)
+* \frown: Math symbols. (line 9562)
+* \fussy: \fussy & \sloppy. (line 6426)
+* \Gamma: Math symbols. (line 9565)
+* \gamma: Math symbols. (line 9568)
+* \gcd: Math functions. (line 10761)
+* \ge: Math symbols. (line 9571)
+* \geq: Math symbols. (line 9575)
+* \gets: Math symbols. (line 9579)
+* \gg: Math symbols. (line 9582)
+* \gls: \gls. (line 15596)
+* \graphicspath: \graphicspath. (line 12970)
+* \graphpaper: \graphpaper. (line 4851)
+* \grave: Math accents. (line 10854)
+* \guillemetleft («): Text symbols. (line 13978)
+* \guillemetright (»): Text symbols. (line 13979)
+* \guillemotleft («): Text symbols. (line 13980)
+* \guillemotright (»): Text symbols. (line 13981)
+* \guilsinglleft (‹): Text symbols. (line 13982)
+* \guilsinglright (›): Text symbols. (line 13983)
+* \H (Hungarian umlaut accent): Accents. (line 14242)
+* \hat: Math accents. (line 10857)
+* \hbar: Math symbols. (line 9585)
* \headheight: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2195)
+ (line 1912)
* \headheight <1>: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2196)
+ (line 1913)
* \headsep: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2200)
+ (line 1917)
* \headsep <1>: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2201)
-* \heartsuit: Math symbols. (line 9385)
-* \hfill: \hfill. (line 11564)
-* \hline: \hline. (line 6015)
-* \hom: Math functions. (line 10561)
-* \hookleftarrow: Math symbols. (line 9388)
-* \hookrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 9391)
+ (line 1918)
+* \heartsuit: Math symbols. (line 9588)
+* \hfill: \hfill. (line 11740)
+* \hline: \hline. (line 5732)
+* \hom: Math functions. (line 10764)
+* \hookleftarrow: Math symbols. (line 9591)
+* \hookrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 9594)
* \hphantom: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
- (line 10857)
+ (line 11060)
* \hrulefill: \hrulefill & \dotfill.
- (line 11959)
+ (line 12135)
* \hsize: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2300)
+ (line 2017)
* \hsize <1>: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2301)
-* \hspace: \hspace. (line 11517)
-* \hss: \hss. (line 11597)
-* \huge: Font sizes. (line 1849)
-* \Huge: Font sizes. (line 1849)
-* \hyphenation: \hyphenation. (line 6751)
-* \i (dotless i): Accents. (line 14016)
-* \IfBeginWith* macro from xstring: Jobname. (line 16431)
-* \iff: Math symbols. (line 9394)
-* \IfFileExists: Class and package commands.
- (line 1042)
+ (line 2018)
+* \hspace: \hspace. (line 11693)
+* \hss: \hss. (line 11773)
+* \huge: Font sizes. (line 1566)
+* \Huge: Font sizes. (line 1566)
+* \hyphenation: \hyphenation. (line 6468)
+* \i (dotless i): Accents. (line 14192)
+* \IfBeginWith* macro from xstring: Jobname. (line 16607)
+* \iff: Math symbols. (line 9597)
+* \IfFileExists: \IfFileExists & \InputIfFileExists.
+ (line 8039)
* \ignorespaces: \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend.
- (line 7993)
+ (line 7711)
* \ignorespacesafterend: \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend.
- (line 7993)
+ (line 7711)
* \ij (ij): Additional Latin letters.
- (line 14166)
+ (line 14342)
* \IJ (IJ): Additional Latin letters.
- (line 14166)
-* \Im: Math symbols. (line 9398)
-* \imath: Math symbols. (line 9401)
-* \immediate\write: \write. (line 15981)
-* \in: Math symbols. (line 9405)
+ (line 14342)
+* \Im: Math symbols. (line 9601)
+* \imath: Math symbols. (line 9604)
+* \immediate\write: \write. (line 16157)
+* \in: Math symbols. (line 9608)
* \include: \include & \includeonly.
- (line 14391)
-* \includegraphics: \includegraphics. (line 13234)
+ (line 14567)
+* \includegraphics: \includegraphics. (line 13154)
* \includeonly: \include & \includeonly.
- (line 14391)
+ (line 14567)
* \indent: \indent & \noindent.
- (line 8893)
-* \index: Indexes. (line 14940)
-* \index <1>: \index. (line 15022)
-* \indexentry: \index. (line 15124)
+ (line 9096)
+* \index: Indexes. (line 15116)
+* \index <1>: \index. (line 15198)
+* \indexentry: \index. (line 15300)
* \indexspace: Produce the index manually.
- (line 15011)
-* \indexspace <1>: makeindex. (line 15192)
-* \inf: Math functions. (line 10564)
-* \infty: Math symbols. (line 9409)
-* \input: \input. (line 14510)
-* \inputencoding: inputenc package. (line 14241)
-* \InputIfFileExists: Class and package commands.
- (line 1042)
-* \int: Math symbols. (line 9412)
-* \intextsep: Floats. (line 2526)
-* \intextsep <1>: Floats. (line 2527)
-* \iota: Math symbols. (line 9415)
-* \it: Font styles. (line 1780)
-* \item: description. (line 3811)
-* \item <1>: enumerate. (line 3947)
-* \item <2>: itemize. (line 4297)
-* \item <3>: itemize. (line 4321)
+ (line 15187)
+* \indexspace <1>: makeindex. (line 15368)
+* \inf: Math functions. (line 10767)
+* \infty: Math symbols. (line 9612)
+* \input: \input. (line 14686)
+* \inputencoding: inputenc package. (line 14417)
+* \InputIfFileExists: \IfFileExists & \InputIfFileExists.
+ (line 8039)
+* \int: Math symbols. (line 9615)
+* \intextsep: Floats. (line 2243)
+* \intextsep <1>: Floats. (line 2244)
+* \iota: Math symbols. (line 9618)
+* \it: Font styles. (line 1497)
+* \item: description. (line 3528)
+* \item <1>: enumerate. (line 3664)
+* \item <2>: itemize. (line 4014)
+* \item <3>: itemize. (line 4038)
* \item <4>: Produce the index manually.
- (line 15011)
-* \itemindent: list. (line 4468)
-* \itemsep: list. (line 4472)
-* \itshape: Font styles. (line 1733)
-* \j (dotless j): Accents. (line 14016)
-* \jmath: Math symbols. (line 9421)
-* \jobname: Jobname. (line 16384)
-* \jobname <1>: Jobname. (line 16424)
-* \Join: Math symbols. (line 9418)
-* \k (ogonek): Accents. (line 14070)
-* \kappa: Math symbols. (line 9425)
-* \ker: Math functions. (line 10567)
-* \kill: tabbing. (line 5602)
+ (line 15187)
+* \itemindent: list. (line 4185)
+* \itemsep: list. (line 4189)
+* \itshape: Font styles. (line 1450)
+* \j (dotless j): Accents. (line 14192)
+* \jmath: Math symbols. (line 9624)
+* \jobname: Jobname. (line 16560)
+* \jobname <1>: Jobname. (line 16600)
+* \Join: Math symbols. (line 9621)
+* \k (ogonek): Accents. (line 14246)
+* \kappa: Math symbols. (line 9628)
+* \ker: Math functions. (line 10770)
+* \kill: tabbing. (line 5319)
* \l (ł): Additional Latin letters.
- (line 14170)
+ (line 14346)
* \L (Ł): Additional Latin letters.
- (line 14170)
-* \l at chapter: \contentsline. (line 14843)
-* \l at section: \contentsline. (line 14843)
-* \l at subsection: \contentsline. (line 14843)
-* \label: \label. (line 3392)
-* \labelenumi: enumerate. (line 3974)
-* \labelenumii: enumerate. (line 3974)
-* \labelenumiii: enumerate. (line 3974)
-* \labelenumiv: enumerate. (line 3974)
-* \labelitemi: itemize. (line 4333)
-* \labelitemii: itemize. (line 4333)
-* \labelitemiii: itemize. (line 4333)
-* \labelitemiv: itemize. (line 4333)
-* \labelsep: list. (line 4484)
-* \labelwidth: list. (line 4489)
-* \Lambda: Math symbols. (line 9428)
-* \lambda: Math symbols. (line 9431)
-* \land: Math symbols. (line 9434)
-* \langle: Math symbols. (line 9438)
-* \large: Font sizes. (line 1849)
-* \Large: Font sizes. (line 1849)
-* \LARGE: Font sizes. (line 1849)
+ (line 14346)
+* \l at chapter: \contentsline. (line 15019)
+* \l at section: \contentsline. (line 15019)
+* \l at subsection: \contentsline. (line 15019)
+* \label: \label. (line 3109)
+* \labelenumi: enumerate. (line 3691)
+* \labelenumii: enumerate. (line 3691)
+* \labelenumiii: enumerate. (line 3691)
+* \labelenumiv: enumerate. (line 3691)
+* \labelitemi: itemize. (line 4050)
+* \labelitemii: itemize. (line 4050)
+* \labelitemiii: itemize. (line 4050)
+* \labelitemiv: itemize. (line 4050)
+* \labelsep: list. (line 4201)
+* \labelwidth: list. (line 4206)
+* \Lambda: Math symbols. (line 9631)
+* \lambda: Math symbols. (line 9634)
+* \land: Math symbols. (line 9637)
+* \langle: Math symbols. (line 9641)
+* \large: Font sizes. (line 1566)
+* \Large: Font sizes. (line 1566)
+* \LARGE: Font sizes. (line 1566)
* \LastDeclaredEncoding: \LastDeclaredEncoding.
- (line 1650)
-* \LaTeX: Text symbols. (line 13796)
-* \LaTeXe: Text symbols. (line 13799)
-* \lbrace: Math symbols. (line 9442)
-* \lbrack: Math symbols. (line 9445)
-* \lceil: Math symbols. (line 9448)
-* \ldots: Dots. (line 10417)
-* \ldots <1>: Text symbols. (line 13813)
-* \le: Math symbols. (line 9452)
-* \leadsto: Math symbols. (line 9455)
-* \left: \left & \right. (line 10205)
-* \Leftarrow: Math symbols. (line 9461)
-* \leftarrow: Math symbols. (line 9465)
-* \lefteqn: eqnarray. (line 4029)
-* \leftharpoondown: Math symbols. (line 9469)
-* \leftharpoonup: Math symbols. (line 9472)
-* \leftmargin: itemize. (line 4349)
-* \leftmargin <1>: list. (line 4509)
-* \leftmargini: itemize. (line 4349)
-* \leftmarginii: itemize. (line 4349)
-* \leftmarginiii: itemize. (line 4349)
-* \leftmarginiv: itemize. (line 4349)
-* \leftmarginv: itemize. (line 4349)
-* \leftmarginvi: itemize. (line 4349)
-* \Leftrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 9475)
-* \leftrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 9479)
-* \leq: Math symbols. (line 9483)
-* \lfloor: Math symbols. (line 9486)
-* \lg: Math functions. (line 10570)
-* \lhd: Math symbols. (line 9489)
-* \lim: Math functions. (line 10573)
-* \liminf: Math functions. (line 10576)
-* \limsup: Math functions. (line 10579)
-* \line: \line. (line 5158)
+ (line 1367)
+* \LaTeX: Text symbols. (line 13972)
+* \LaTeXe: Text symbols. (line 13975)
+* \lbrace: Math symbols. (line 9645)
+* \lbrack: Math symbols. (line 9648)
+* \lceil: Math symbols. (line 9651)
+* \ldots: Dots. (line 10620)
+* \ldots <1>: Text symbols. (line 13989)
+* \le: Math symbols. (line 9655)
+* \leadsto: Math symbols. (line 9658)
+* \left: \left & \right. (line 10408)
+* \Leftarrow: Math symbols. (line 9664)
+* \leftarrow: Math symbols. (line 9668)
+* \lefteqn: eqnarray. (line 3746)
+* \leftharpoondown: Math symbols. (line 9672)
+* \leftharpoonup: Math symbols. (line 9675)
+* \leftmargin: itemize. (line 4066)
+* \leftmargin <1>: list. (line 4226)
+* \leftmargini: itemize. (line 4066)
+* \leftmarginii: itemize. (line 4066)
+* \leftmarginiii: itemize. (line 4066)
+* \leftmarginiv: itemize. (line 4066)
+* \leftmarginv: itemize. (line 4066)
+* \leftmarginvi: itemize. (line 4066)
+* \Leftrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 9678)
+* \leftrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 9682)
+* \leq: Math symbols. (line 9686)
+* \lfloor: Math symbols. (line 9689)
+* \lg: Math functions. (line 10773)
+* \lhd: Math symbols. (line 9692)
+* \lim: Math functions. (line 10776)
+* \liminf: Math functions. (line 10779)
+* \limsup: Math functions. (line 10782)
+* \line: \line. (line 4875)
* \linebreak: \linebreak & \nolinebreak.
- (line 6770)
+ (line 6487)
* \lineskip: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch.
- (line 2359)
+ (line 2076)
* \lineskiplimit: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch.
- (line 2359)
+ (line 2076)
* \linespread: Low-level font commands.
- (line 2007)
+ (line 1724)
* \linespread <1>: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch.
- (line 2320)
-* \linethickness: \linethickness. (line 5202)
+ (line 2037)
+* \linethickness: \linethickness. (line 4919)
* \linewidth: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2214)
+ (line 1931)
* \linewidth <1>: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2215)
+ (line 1932)
* \listoffigures: Table of contents etc..
- (line 14548)
-* \listoffigures <1>: \contentsline. (line 14843)
+ (line 14724)
+* \listoffigures <1>: \contentsline. (line 15019)
* \listoftables: Table of contents etc..
- (line 14548)
-* \listoftables <1>: \contentsline. (line 14843)
-* \listparindent: list. (line 4526)
-* \ll: Math symbols. (line 9495)
-* \ln: Math functions. (line 10582)
-* \lnot: Math symbols. (line 9498)
-* \LoadClass: Class and package commands.
- (line 1062)
-* \LoadClassWithOptions: Class and package commands.
- (line 1062)
-* \location: \location. (line 15597)
-* \log: Math functions. (line 10585)
-* \long: \newcommand & \renewcommand.
- (line 7268)
-* \longleftarrow: Math symbols. (line 9501)
-* \longleftrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 9505)
-* \longmapsto: Math symbols. (line 9509)
-* \longrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 9513)
-* \lor: Math symbols. (line 9517)
-* \lq: Text symbols. (line 13820)
+ (line 14724)
+* \listoftables <1>: \contentsline. (line 15019)
+* \listparindent: list. (line 4243)
+* \ll: Math symbols. (line 9698)
+* \ln: Math functions. (line 10785)
+* \lnot: Math symbols. (line 9701)
+* \LoadClass: \LoadClass & \LoadClassWithOptions.
+ (line 8075)
+* \LoadClassWithOptions: \LoadClass & \LoadClassWithOptions.
+ (line 8075)
+* \location: \location. (line 15773)
+* \log: Math functions. (line 10788)
+* \long command, checking for: \CheckCommand. (line 7876)
+* \long, not defining a command as: \newcommand & \renewcommand.
+ (line 6985)
+* \longleftarrow: Math symbols. (line 9704)
+* \longleftrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 9708)
+* \longmapsto: Math symbols. (line 9712)
+* \longrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 9716)
+* \lor: Math symbols. (line 9720)
+* \lq: Text symbols. (line 13996)
* \mainmatter: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter.
- (line 3113)
+ (line 2830)
* \makeatother: \makeatletter & \makeatother.
- (line 7452)
+ (line 7170)
* \makeatother <1>: \makeatletter & \makeatother.
- (line 7452)
-* \makebox: \mbox & \makebox. (line 12306)
+ (line 7170)
+* \makebox: \mbox & \makebox. (line 12482)
* \makebox (for picture): \makebox (picture).
- (line 5355)
-* \makeglossary: Glossaries. (line 15313)
-* \makeglossary <1>: Glossaries. (line 15350)
-* \makeindex: Indexes. (line 14940)
-* \makelabel: list. (line 4445)
-* \makelabels: \makelabels. (line 15607)
-* \maketitle: \maketitle. (line 11181)
-* \mapsto: Math symbols. (line 9521)
-* \marginpar: Marginal notes. (line 8974)
+ (line 5072)
+* \makeglossary: Glossaries. (line 15489)
+* \makeglossary <1>: Glossaries. (line 15526)
+* \makeindex: Indexes. (line 15116)
+* \makelabel: list. (line 4162)
+* \makelabels: \makelabels. (line 15783)
+* \maketitle: \maketitle. (line 11384)
+* \mapsto: Math symbols. (line 9724)
+* \marginpar: Marginal notes. (line 9177)
* \marginparpush: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2221)
+ (line 1938)
* \marginparpush <1>: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2224)
-* \marginparpush <2>: Marginal notes. (line 9003)
-* \marginparsep: Marginal notes. (line 9008)
+ (line 1941)
+* \marginparpush <2>: Marginal notes. (line 9206)
+* \marginparsep: Marginal notes. (line 9211)
* \marginparwidth: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2223)
+ (line 1940)
* \marginparwidth <1>: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2224)
-* \marginparwidth <2>: Marginal notes. (line 9012)
+ (line 1941)
+* \marginparwidth <2>: Marginal notes. (line 9215)
* \marginsep: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2222)
+ (line 1939)
* \marginsep <1>: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2224)
-* \markboth{LEFT-HEAD}{RIGHT-HEAD}: \pagestyle. (line 11390)
-* \markright{RIGHT-HEAD}: \pagestyle. (line 11399)
-* \mathbf: Font styles. (line 1810)
-* \mathcal: Font styles. (line 1826)
-* \mathdollar: Math symbols. (line 9981)
-* \mathellipsis: Dots. (line 10418)
-* \mathnormal: Font styles. (line 1823)
-* \mathparagraph: Math symbols. (line 9984)
-* \mathring: Math accents. (line 10657)
-* \mathrm: Font styles. (line 1807)
-* \mathsection: Math symbols. (line 9987)
-* \mathsf: Font styles. (line 1813)
-* \mathsterling: Math symbols. (line 9990)
-* \mathstrut: \mathstrut. (line 10920)
-* \mathtt: Font styles. (line 1816)
-* \mathunderscore: Math symbols. (line 9993)
-* \mathversion: Font styles. (line 1828)
-* \max: Math functions. (line 10588)
-* \mbox: \mbox & \makebox. (line 12306)
-* \mdseries: Font styles. (line 1736)
+ (line 1941)
+* \markboth{LEFT-HEAD}{RIGHT-HEAD}: \pagestyle. (line 11593)
+* \markright{RIGHT-HEAD}: \pagestyle. (line 11602)
+* \mathbf: Font styles. (line 1527)
+* \mathcal: Font styles. (line 1543)
+* \mathdollar: Math symbols. (line 10184)
+* \mathellipsis: Dots. (line 10621)
+* \mathnormal: Font styles. (line 1540)
+* \mathparagraph: Math symbols. (line 10187)
+* \mathring: Math accents. (line 10860)
+* \mathrm: Font styles. (line 1524)
+* \mathsection: Math symbols. (line 10190)
+* \mathsf: Font styles. (line 1530)
+* \mathsterling: Math symbols. (line 10193)
+* \mathstrut: \mathstrut. (line 11123)
+* \mathtt: Font styles. (line 1533)
+* \mathunderscore: Math symbols. (line 10196)
+* \mathversion: Font styles. (line 1545)
+* \max: Math functions. (line 10791)
+* \mbox: \mbox & \makebox. (line 12482)
+* \mdseries: Font styles. (line 1453)
* \medbreak: \bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak.
- (line 12057)
+ (line 12233)
* \medskip: \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip.
- (line 12008)
+ (line 12184)
* \medskip <1>: \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip.
- (line 12035)
+ (line 12211)
* \medskipamount: \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip.
- (line 12036)
+ (line 12212)
* \medspace: Spacing in math mode.
- (line 10752)
-* \message: \message. (line 16052)
-* \mho: Math symbols. (line 9525)
-* \mid: Math symbols. (line 9528)
-* \min: Math functions. (line 10591)
-* \models: Math symbols. (line 9538)
+ (line 10955)
+* \message: \message. (line 16228)
+* \MessageBreak, and message text: \ClassError and \PackageError and others.
+ (line 7921)
+* \mho: Math symbols. (line 9728)
+* \mid: Math symbols. (line 9731)
+* \min: Math functions. (line 10794)
+* \models: Math symbols. (line 9741)
* \month: \day & \month & \year.
- (line 8329)
-* \mp: Math symbols. (line 9542)
-* \mu: Math symbols. (line 9545)
-* \multicolumn: \multicolumn. (line 5885)
-* \multiput: \multiput. (line 5071)
-* \nabla: Math symbols. (line 9548)
-* \name: \name. (line 15664)
-* \natural: Math symbols. (line 9551)
-* \ne: Math symbols. (line 9554)
-* \nearrow: Math symbols. (line 9557)
-* \NeedsTeXFormat: Class and package commands.
- (line 1096)
-* \neg: Math symbols. (line 9560)
+ (line 8532)
+* \mp: Math symbols. (line 9745)
+* \mu: Math symbols. (line 9748)
+* \multicolumn: \multicolumn. (line 5602)
+* \multiput: \multiput. (line 4788)
+* \nabla: Math symbols. (line 9751)
+* \name: \name. (line 15840)
+* \natural: Math symbols. (line 9754)
+* \ne: Math symbols. (line 9757)
+* \nearrow: Math symbols. (line 9760)
+* \NeedsTeXFormat: \NeedsTeXFormat. (line 8105)
+* \neg: Math symbols. (line 9763)
* \negmedspace: Spacing in math mode.
- (line 10758)
+ (line 10961)
* \negthickspace: Spacing in math mode.
- (line 10746)
+ (line 10949)
* \negthinspace: Spacing in math mode.
- (line 10777)
+ (line 10980)
* \negthinspace <1>: \thinspace & \negthinspace.
- (line 11885)
-* \neq: Math symbols. (line 9564)
+ (line 12061)
+* \neq: Math symbols. (line 9767)
* \newcommand: \newcommand & \renewcommand.
- (line 7246)
-* \newcounter: \newcounter. (line 7570)
+ (line 6963)
+* \newcounter: \newcounter. (line 7288)
* \newenvironment: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment.
- (line 7663)
-* \newfont: \newfont. (line 7909)
-* \newglossaryentry: \newglossaryentry. (line 15361)
-* \newlength: \newlength. (line 7611)
-* \newline: \newline. (line 6617)
-* \<NEWLINE>: \(SPACE). (line 11765)
-* \newpage: \newpage. (line 6875)
-* \newsavebox: \newsavebox. (line 7635)
-* \newtheorem: \newtheorem. (line 7797)
-* \newtie: Accents. (line 14080)
-* \newwrite: \write. (line 15945)
+ (line 7381)
+* \newfont: \newfont. (line 7627)
+* \newglossaryentry: \newglossaryentry. (line 15537)
+* \newlength: \newlength. (line 7329)
+* \newline: \newline. (line 6334)
+* \<NEWLINE>: \(SPACE). (line 11941)
+* \newpage: \newpage. (line 6592)
+* \newrobustcmd (etoolbox package): \DeclareRobustCommand.
+ (line 8003)
+* \newsavebox: \newsavebox. (line 7353)
+* \newtheorem: \newtheorem. (line 7515)
+* \newtie: Accents. (line 14256)
+* \newwrite: \write. (line 16121)
* \ng: Additional Latin letters.
- (line 14174)
+ (line 14350)
* \NG: Additional Latin letters.
- (line 14174)
-* \ni: Math symbols. (line 9567)
-* \nobreakspace: ~. (line 11822)
-* \nocite: \nocite. (line 6195)
+ (line 14350)
+* \ni: Math symbols. (line 9770)
+* \nobreakspace: ~. (line 11998)
+* \nocite: \nocite. (line 5912)
* \nocite and internal \citation: BibTeX error messages.
- (line 6289)
-* \nocite {*}, for all keys: Using BibTeX. (line 6265)
-* \nocorr: Font styles. (line 1721)
-* \nocorrlist: Font styles. (line 1721)
-* \nofiles: \nofiles. (line 14884)
+ (line 6006)
+* \nocite {*}, for all keys: Using BibTeX. (line 5982)
+* \nocorr: Font styles. (line 1438)
+* \nocorrlist: Font styles. (line 1438)
+* \nofiles: \nofiles. (line 15060)
* \noindent: \indent & \noindent.
- (line 8893)
+ (line 9096)
* \nolinebreak: \linebreak & \nolinebreak.
- (line 6770)
+ (line 6487)
* \nonfrenchspacing: \frenchspacing & \nonfrenchspacing.
- (line 11731)
-* \nonumber: eqnarray. (line 4024)
+ (line 11907)
+* \nonumber: eqnarray. (line 3741)
* \nopagebreak: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak.
- (line 6933)
-* \normalfont: Font styles. (line 1757)
-* \normalmarginpar: Marginal notes. (line 8990)
-* \normalsfcodes: \normalsfcodes. (line 11755)
-* \normalsize: Font sizes. (line 1849)
-* \not: Math symbols. (line 9571)
-* \notin: Math symbols. (line 9579)
-* \nu: Math symbols. (line 9583)
-* \numberline: \numberline. (line 14909)
-* \nwarrow: Math symbols. (line 9586)
+ (line 6650)
+* \normalfont: Font styles. (line 1474)
+* \normalmarginpar: Marginal notes. (line 9193)
+* \normalsfcodes: \normalsfcodes. (line 11931)
+* \normalsize: Font sizes. (line 1566)
+* \not: Math symbols. (line 9774)
+* \notin: Math symbols. (line 9782)
+* \nu: Math symbols. (line 9786)
+* \numberline: \numberline. (line 15085)
+* \nwarrow: Math symbols. (line 9789)
* \o (ø): Additional Latin letters.
- (line 14178)
+ (line 14354)
* \O (Ø): Additional Latin letters.
- (line 14178)
+ (line 14354)
* \obeycr: \obeycr & \restorecr.
- (line 6577)
+ (line 6294)
* \oddsidemargin: Document class options.
- (line 813)
+ (line 859)
* \oddsidemargin <1>: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2247)
+ (line 1964)
* \oddsidemargin <2>: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2249)
-* \odot: Math symbols. (line 9589)
+ (line 1966)
+* \odot: Math symbols. (line 9792)
* \oe (œ): Additional Latin letters.
- (line 14182)
+ (line 14358)
* \OE (Œ): Additional Latin letters.
- (line 14182)
-* \oint: Math symbols. (line 9593)
-* \oldstylenums: Font styles. (line 1832)
-* \Omega: Math symbols. (line 9596)
-* \omega: Math symbols. (line 9599)
-* \ominus: Math symbols. (line 9602)
-* \onecolumn: \onecolumn. (line 2035)
+ (line 14358)
+* \oint: Math symbols. (line 9796)
+* \oldstylenums: Font styles. (line 1549)
+* \Omega: Math symbols. (line 9799)
+* \omega: Math symbols. (line 9802)
+* \ominus: Math symbols. (line 9805)
+* \onecolumn: \onecolumn. (line 1752)
* \openin: \openin & \openout.
- (line 15754)
-* \opening: \opening. (line 15674)
+ (line 15930)
+* \opening: \opening. (line 15850)
* \openout: \openin & \openout.
- (line 15754)
-* \oplus: Math symbols. (line 9605)
-* \OptionNotUsed: Class and package commands.
- (line 1114)
-* \oslash: Math symbols. (line 9609)
-* \otimes: Math symbols. (line 9612)
-* \oval: \oval. (line 5250)
+ (line 15930)
+* \oplus: Math symbols. (line 9808)
+* \OptionNotUsed: \OptionNotUsed. (line 8128)
+* \oslash: Math symbols. (line 9812)
+* \otimes: Math symbols. (line 9815)
+* \oval: \oval. (line 4967)
* \overbrace{MATH}: Over- and Underlining.
- (line 10711)
+ (line 10914)
* \overline{TEXT}: Over- and Underlining.
- (line 10692)
-* \owns: Math symbols. (line 9616)
-* \P: Text symbols. (line 13823)
-* \PackageError: Class and package commands.
- (line 955)
-* \PackageInfo: Class and package commands.
- (line 955)
-* \PackageInfoNoLine: Class and package commands.
- (line 955)
-* \PackageWarning: Class and package commands.
- (line 955)
-* \PackageWarningNoLine: Class and package commands.
- (line 955)
+ (line 10895)
+* \owns: Math symbols. (line 9819)
+* \P: Text symbols. (line 13999)
+* \PackageError: \ClassError and \PackageError and others.
+ (line 7910)
+* \PackageInfo: \ClassError and \PackageError and others.
+ (line 7910)
+* \PackageInfoNoLine: \ClassError and \PackageError and others.
+ (line 7910)
+* \PackageWarning: \ClassError and \PackageError and others.
+ (line 7910)
+* \PackageWarningNoLine: \ClassError and \PackageError and others.
+ (line 7910)
* \pagebreak: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak.
- (line 6933)
-* \pagenumbering: \pagenumbering. (line 11253)
-* \pageref: \pageref. (line 3450)
-* \pagestyle: \pagestyle. (line 11319)
+ (line 6650)
+* \pagenumbering: \pagenumbering. (line 11456)
+* \pageref: \pageref. (line 3167)
+* \pagestyle: \pagestyle. (line 11522)
* \paperheight: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2260)
+ (line 1977)
* \paperheight <1>: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2261)
+ (line 1978)
* \paperwidth: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2266)
+ (line 1983)
* \paperwidth <1>: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2267)
-* \par: \par. (line 8840)
-* \paragraph: Sectioning. (line 2638)
+ (line 1984)
+* \par: \par. (line 9043)
+* \paragraph: Sectioning. (line 2355)
* \paragraph <1>: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
- (line 3014)
-* \parallel: Math symbols. (line 9620)
-* \parbox: \parbox. (line 12462)
-* \parindent: minipage. (line 4865)
+ (line 2731)
+* \parallel: Math symbols. (line 9823)
+* \parbox: \parbox. (line 12638)
+* \parindent: minipage. (line 4582)
* \parindent <1>: \indent & \noindent.
- (line 8930)
+ (line 9133)
* \parindent <2>: \parindent & \parskip.
- (line 8942)
-* \parsep: list. (line 4532)
+ (line 9145)
+* \parsep: list. (line 4249)
* \parskip: \parindent & \parskip.
- (line 8942)
-* \parskip example: itemize. (line 4369)
-* \part: Sectioning. (line 2638)
-* \part <1>: \part. (line 2725)
-* \partial: Math symbols. (line 9623)
-* \partopsep: list. (line 4541)
-* \PassOptionsToClass: Class and package commands.
- (line 1120)
-* \PassOptionsToPackage: Class and package commands.
- (line 1120)
+ (line 9145)
+* \parskip example: itemize. (line 4086)
+* \part: Sectioning. (line 2355)
+* \part <1>: \part. (line 2442)
+* \partial: Math symbols. (line 9826)
+* \partopsep: list. (line 4258)
+* \PassOptionsToClass: \PassOptionsToClass & \PassOptionsToPackage.
+ (line 8135)
+* \PassOptionsToClass, ignoring: \LoadClass & \LoadClassWithOptions.
+ (line 8096)
+* \PassOptionsToPackage: \PassOptionsToClass & \PassOptionsToPackage.
+ (line 8135)
* \pdfpageheight: Document class options.
- (line 769)
+ (line 815)
* \pdfpagewidth: Document class options.
- (line 769)
-* \perp: Math symbols. (line 9626)
+ (line 815)
+* \perp: Math symbols. (line 9829)
* \phantom: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
- (line 10857)
-* \Phi: Math symbols. (line 9630)
-* \phi: Math symbols. (line 9633)
-* \Pi: Math symbols. (line 9637)
-* \pi: Math symbols. (line 9640)
-* \pm: Math symbols. (line 9644)
-* \pmod: Math functions. (line 10594)
-* \poptabs: tabbing. (line 5608)
-* \poptabs <1>: tabbing. (line 5609)
-* \pounds: Text symbols. (line 13827)
-* \Pr: Math functions. (line 10597)
-* \prec: Math symbols. (line 9647)
-* \preceq: Math symbols. (line 9650)
+ (line 11060)
+* \Phi: Math symbols. (line 9833)
+* \phi: Math symbols. (line 9836)
+* \Pi: Math symbols. (line 9840)
+* \pi: Math symbols. (line 9843)
+* \pm: Math symbols. (line 9847)
+* \pmod: Math functions. (line 10797)
+* \poptabs: tabbing. (line 5325)
+* \poptabs <1>: tabbing. (line 5326)
+* \pounds: Text symbols. (line 14003)
+* \Pr: Math functions. (line 10800)
+* \prec: Math symbols. (line 9850)
+* \preceq: Math symbols. (line 9853)
* \prevdepth: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch.
- (line 2359)
-* \prime: Math symbols. (line 9654)
-* \printglossaries: Glossaries. (line 15313)
-* \printglossaries <1>: Glossaries. (line 15350)
-* \printindex: \printindex. (line 15298)
-* \ProcessOptions: Class and package commands.
- (line 1157)
-* \ProcessOptions*: Class and package commands.
- (line 1157)
-* \prod: Math symbols. (line 9663)
-* \propto: Math symbols. (line 9666)
-* \protect: \protect. (line 7941)
-* \protected at write: \write. (line 15991)
-* \providecommand: \providecommand. (line 7423)
-* \ProvidesClass: Class and package commands.
- (line 1195)
-* \ProvidesFile: Class and package commands.
- (line 1228)
-* \ProvidesPackage: Class and package commands.
- (line 1195)
+ (line 2076)
+* \prime: Math symbols. (line 9857)
+* \printglossaries: Glossaries. (line 15489)
+* \printglossaries <1>: Glossaries. (line 15526)
+* \printindex: \printindex. (line 15474)
+* \ProcessOptions: \ProcessOptions. (line 8181)
+* \prod: Math symbols. (line 9866)
+* \propto: Math symbols. (line 9869)
+* \protect: \protect. (line 7659)
+* \protect, and message text: \ClassError and \PackageError and others.
+ (line 7921)
+* \protected at write: \write. (line 16167)
+* \providecommand: \providecommand. (line 7141)
+* \providerobustcmd (etoolbox package): \DeclareRobustCommand.
+ (line 8003)
+* \ProvidesClass: \ProvidesClass & \ProvidesPackage.
+ (line 8225)
+* \ProvidesFile: \ProvidesFile. (line 8265)
+* \ProvidesPackage: \ProvidesClass & \ProvidesPackage.
+ (line 8225)
* \ProvideTextCommand: \DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand.
- (line 1474)
+ (line 1191)
* \ProvideTextCommandDefault: \DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault.
- (line 1523)
-* \ps: \ps. (line 15686)
-* \Psi: Math symbols. (line 9669)
-* \psi: Math symbols. (line 9672)
-* \pushtabs: tabbing. (line 5611)
-* \put: \put. (line 5053)
-* \qbezier: \qbezier. (line 5094)
+ (line 1240)
+* \ps: \ps. (line 15862)
+* \Psi: Math symbols. (line 9872)
+* \psi: Math symbols. (line 9875)
+* \pushtabs: tabbing. (line 5328)
+* \put: \put. (line 4770)
+* \qbezier: \qbezier. (line 4811)
* \qquad: Spacing in math mode.
- (line 10791)
+ (line 10994)
* \qquad <1>: \enspace & \quad & \qquad.
- (line 11490)
+ (line 11666)
* \quad: Spacing in math mode.
- (line 10785)
+ (line 10988)
* \quad <1>: \enspace & \quad & \qquad.
- (line 11490)
-* \quotedblbase („): Text symbols. (line 13831)
-* \quotesinglbase (‚): Text symbols. (line 13832)
-* \r (ring accent): Accents. (line 14074)
-* \raggedbottom: \raggedbottom. (line 2176)
-* \raggedleft: \raggedleft. (line 4270)
-* \raggedright: \raggedright. (line 4217)
-* \raisebox: \raisebox. (line 12513)
-* \rangle: Math symbols. (line 9675)
-* \rbrace: Math symbols. (line 9679)
-* \rbrack: Math symbols. (line 9682)
-* \rceil: Math symbols. (line 9686)
-* \Re: Math symbols. (line 9689)
-* \read: \read. (line 15818)
-* \ref: \ref. (line 3474)
-* \reflectbox: \scalebox. (line 13617)
-* \refname: thebibliography. (line 6070)
-* \refstepcounter: \refstepcounter. (line 8296)
+ (line 11666)
+* \quotedblbase („): Text symbols. (line 14007)
+* \quotesinglbase (‚): Text symbols. (line 14008)
+* \r (ring accent): Accents. (line 14250)
+* \raggedbottom: \raggedbottom. (line 1893)
+* \raggedleft: \raggedleft. (line 3987)
+* \raggedright: \raggedright. (line 3934)
+* \raisebox: \raisebox. (line 12689)
+* \rangle: Math symbols. (line 9878)
+* \rbrace: Math symbols. (line 9882)
+* \rbrack: Math symbols. (line 9885)
+* \rceil: Math symbols. (line 9889)
+* \Re: Math symbols. (line 9892)
+* \read: \read. (line 15994)
+* \ref: \ref. (line 3191)
+* \reflectbox: \scalebox. (line 13537)
+* \refname: thebibliography. (line 5787)
+* \refstepcounter: \refstepcounter. (line 8499)
* \renewcommand: \newcommand & \renewcommand.
- (line 7246)
+ (line 6963)
* \renewenvironment: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment.
- (line 7663)
-* \RequirePackage: Class and package commands.
- (line 1237)
-* \RequirePackage, and texput jobname: Jobname. (line 16410)
-* \RequirePackageWithOptions: Class and package commands.
- (line 1237)
-* \resizebox: \resizebox. (line 13649)
+ (line 7381)
+* \renewrobustcmd (etoolbox package): \DeclareRobustCommand.
+ (line 8003)
+* \RequirePackage: \RequirePackage & \RequirePackageWithOptions.
+ (line 8285)
+* \RequirePackage, and texput jobname: Jobname. (line 16586)
+* \RequirePackageWithOptions: \RequirePackage & \RequirePackageWithOptions.
+ (line 8285)
+* \resizebox: \resizebox. (line 13569)
* \restorecr: \obeycr & \restorecr.
- (line 6577)
-* \restriction: Math symbols. (line 9694)
-* \revemptyset: Math symbols. (line 9699)
-* \reversemarginpar: Marginal notes. (line 8990)
-* \rfloor: Math symbols. (line 9704)
-* \rhd: Math symbols. (line 9708)
-* \rho: Math symbols. (line 9714)
-* \right: \left & \right. (line 10205)
-* \Rightarrow: Math symbols. (line 9718)
-* \rightarrow: Math symbols. (line 9722)
-* \rightharpoondown: Math symbols. (line 9726)
-* \rightharpoonup: Math symbols. (line 9729)
-* \rightleftharpoons: Math symbols. (line 9732)
-* \rightmargin: list. (line 4556)
-* \rm: Font styles. (line 1783)
-* \rmfamily: Font styles. (line 1730)
+ (line 6294)
+* \restriction: Math symbols. (line 9897)
+* \revemptyset: Math symbols. (line 9902)
+* \reversemarginpar: Marginal notes. (line 9193)
+* \rfloor: Math symbols. (line 9907)
+* \rhd: Math symbols. (line 9911)
+* \rho: Math symbols. (line 9917)
+* \right: \left & \right. (line 10408)
+* \Rightarrow: Math symbols. (line 9921)
+* \rightarrow: Math symbols. (line 9925)
+* \rightharpoondown: Math symbols. (line 9929)
+* \rightharpoonup: Math symbols. (line 9932)
+* \rightleftharpoons: Math symbols. (line 9935)
+* \rightmargin: list. (line 4273)
+* \rm: Font styles. (line 1500)
+* \rmfamily: Font styles. (line 1447)
* \roman{COUNTER}: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
- (line 8168)
+ (line 8371)
* \Roman{COUNTER}: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
- (line 8173)
-* \rotatebox: \rotatebox. (line 13549)
-* \rq: Text symbols. (line 13835)
-* \rule: \rule. (line 14250)
-* \S: Text symbols. (line 13838)
+ (line 8376)
+* \rotatebox: \rotatebox. (line 13469)
+* \rq: Text symbols. (line 14011)
+* \rule: \rule. (line 14426)
+* \S: Text symbols. (line 14014)
* \samepage: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak.
- (line 6971)
-* \savebox: \sbox & \savebox. (line 12559)
-* \sbox: \sbox & \savebox. (line 12559)
-* \sc: Font styles. (line 1786)
-* \scalebox: \scalebox. (line 13617)
-* \scriptscriptstyle: Math styles. (line 10965)
-* \scriptsize: Font sizes. (line 1849)
-* \scriptstyle: Math styles. (line 10965)
-* \scshape: Font styles. (line 1751)
-* \searrow: Math symbols. (line 9735)
-* \sec: Math functions. (line 10600)
-* \section: Sectioning. (line 2638)
-* \section <1>: \section. (line 2872)
-* \seename: \index. (line 15074)
+ (line 6688)
+* \savebox: \sbox & \savebox. (line 12735)
+* \sbox: \sbox & \savebox. (line 12735)
+* \sc: Font styles. (line 1503)
+* \scalebox: \scalebox. (line 13537)
+* \scriptscriptstyle: Math styles. (line 11168)
+* \scriptsize: Font sizes. (line 1566)
+* \scriptstyle: Math styles. (line 11168)
+* \scshape: Font styles. (line 1468)
+* \searrow: Math symbols. (line 9938)
+* \sec: Math functions. (line 10803)
+* \section: Sectioning. (line 2355)
+* \section <1>: \section. (line 2589)
+* \seename: \index. (line 15250)
* \selectfont: Low-level font commands.
- (line 2013)
-* \setcounter: \setcounter. (line 8262)
-* \setlength: \setlength. (line 8509)
-* \setminus: Math symbols. (line 9738)
-* \settodepth: \settodepth. (line 8573)
-* \settoheight: \settoheight. (line 8598)
-* \settowidth: \settowidth. (line 8623)
-* \sf: Font styles. (line 1789)
-* \sffamily: Font styles. (line 1748)
-* \sharp: Math symbols. (line 9743)
-* \ShellEscape: \write18. (line 16181)
-* \shipout and expansion: \write. (line 15986)
-* \shortstack: \shortstack. (line 5287)
-* \Sigma: Math symbols. (line 9746)
-* \sigma: Math symbols. (line 9749)
-* \signature: \signature. (line 15703)
-* \sim: Math symbols. (line 9753)
-* \simeq: Math symbols. (line 9756)
-* \sin: Math functions. (line 10603)
-* \sinh: Math functions. (line 10606)
-* \sl: Font styles. (line 1792)
-* \slash: \slash. (line 6675)
-* \sloppy: \fussy & \sloppy. (line 6709)
-* \slshape: Font styles. (line 1745)
-* \small: Font sizes. (line 1849)
+ (line 1730)
+* \setcounter: \setcounter. (line 8465)
+* \setlength: \setlength. (line 8712)
+* \setminus: Math symbols. (line 9941)
+* \settodepth: \settodepth. (line 8776)
+* \settoheight: \settoheight. (line 8801)
+* \settowidth: \settowidth. (line 8826)
+* \sf: Font styles. (line 1506)
+* \sffamily: Font styles. (line 1465)
+* \sharp: Math symbols. (line 9946)
+* \ShellEscape: \write18. (line 16357)
+* \shipout and expansion: \write. (line 16162)
+* \shortstack: \shortstack. (line 5004)
+* \Sigma: Math symbols. (line 9949)
+* \sigma: Math symbols. (line 9952)
+* \signature: \signature. (line 15879)
+* \sim: Math symbols. (line 9956)
+* \simeq: Math symbols. (line 9959)
+* \sin: Math functions. (line 10806)
+* \sinh: Math functions. (line 10809)
+* \sl: Font styles. (line 1509)
+* \slash: \slash. (line 6392)
+* \sloppy: \fussy & \sloppy. (line 6426)
+* \slshape: Font styles. (line 1462)
+* \small: Font sizes. (line 1566)
* \smallbreak: \bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak.
- (line 12057)
-* \smallint: Math symbols. (line 9759)
+ (line 12233)
+* \smallint: Math symbols. (line 9962)
* \smallskip: \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip.
- (line 12008)
+ (line 12184)
* \smallskip <1>: \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip.
- (line 12040)
+ (line 12216)
* \smallskipamount: \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip.
- (line 12041)
-* \smile: Math symbols. (line 9763)
-* \<SPACE>: \(SPACE). (line 11765)
-* \<SPACE> <1>: \(SPACE). (line 11765)
+ (line 12217)
+* \smile: Math symbols. (line 9966)
+* \<SPACE>: \(SPACE). (line 11941)
+* \<SPACE> <1>: \(SPACE). (line 11941)
* \space: \include & \includeonly.
- (line 14473)
-* \space <1>: \input. (line 14536)
-* \space <2>: \typeout. (line 15910)
-* \spacefactor: \spacefactor. (line 11623)
-* \spadesuit: Math symbols. (line 9766)
-* \sqcap: Math symbols. (line 9769)
-* \sqcup: Math symbols. (line 9773)
-* \sqrt: \sqrt. (line 11064)
-* \sqsubset: Math symbols. (line 9777)
-* \sqsubseteq: Math symbols. (line 9782)
-* \sqsupset: Math symbols. (line 9786)
-* \sqsupseteq: Math symbols. (line 9791)
+ (line 14649)
+* \space <1>: \input. (line 14712)
+* \space <2>: \typeout. (line 16086)
+* \space, and message text: \ClassError and \PackageError and others.
+ (line 7921)
+* \spacefactor: \spacefactor. (line 11799)
+* \spadesuit: Math symbols. (line 9969)
+* \sqcap: Math symbols. (line 9972)
+* \sqcup: Math symbols. (line 9976)
+* \sqrt: \sqrt. (line 11267)
+* \sqsubset: Math symbols. (line 9980)
+* \sqsubseteq: Math symbols. (line 9985)
+* \sqsupset: Math symbols. (line 9989)
+* \sqsupseteq: Math symbols. (line 9994)
* \ss (ß): Additional Latin letters.
- (line 14186)
+ (line 14362)
* \SS (SS): Additional Latin letters.
- (line 14186)
-* \stackrel: \stackrel. (line 11081)
-* \star: Math symbols. (line 9795)
-* \stepcounter: \stepcounter. (line 8314)
+ (line 14362)
+* \stackrel: \stackrel. (line 11284)
+* \star: Math symbols. (line 9998)
+* \stepcounter: \stepcounter. (line 8517)
* \stop: Recovering from errors.
- (line 16466)
-* \stretch: \stretch. (line 8648)
-* \strut: \strut. (line 12084)
+ (line 16642)
+* \stretch: \stretch. (line 8851)
+* \strut: \strut. (line 12260)
* \subitem: Produce the index manually.
- (line 15011)
-* \subparagraph: Sectioning. (line 2638)
+ (line 15187)
+* \subparagraph: Sectioning. (line 2355)
* \subparagraph <1>: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
- (line 3014)
-* \subsection: Sectioning. (line 2638)
-* \subsection <1>: \subsection. (line 2950)
-* \subset: Math symbols. (line 9802)
-* \subseteq: Math symbols. (line 9805)
+ (line 2731)
+* \subsection: Sectioning. (line 2355)
+* \subsection <1>: \subsection. (line 2667)
+* \subset: Math symbols. (line 10005)
+* \subseteq: Math symbols. (line 10008)
* \subsubitem: Produce the index manually.
- (line 15011)
-* \subsubsection: Sectioning. (line 2638)
+ (line 15187)
+* \subsubsection: Sectioning. (line 2355)
* \subsubsection <1>: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
- (line 3014)
-* \succ: Math symbols. (line 9808)
-* \succeq: Math symbols. (line 9811)
-* \sum: Math symbols. (line 9815)
-* \sup: Math functions. (line 10609)
-* \suppressfloats: Floats. (line 2495)
-* \supset: Math symbols. (line 9818)
-* \supseteq: Math symbols. (line 9821)
-* \surd: Math symbols. (line 9824)
-* \swarrow: Math symbols. (line 9829)
+ (line 2731)
+* \succ: Math symbols. (line 10011)
+* \succeq: Math symbols. (line 10014)
+* \sum: Math symbols. (line 10018)
+* \sup: Math functions. (line 10812)
+* \suppressfloats: Floats. (line 2212)
+* \supset: Math symbols. (line 10021)
+* \supseteq: Math symbols. (line 10024)
+* \surd: Math symbols. (line 10027)
+* \swarrow: Math symbols. (line 10032)
* \symbf: OpenType bold math.
- (line 10099)
+ (line 10302)
* \symbfit: OpenType bold math.
- (line 10099)
+ (line 10302)
* \symbol: Symbols by font position.
- (line 13767)
-* \t (tie-after accent): Accents. (line 14080)
-* \<TAB>: \(SPACE). (line 11765)
-* \tabbingsep: tabbing. (line 5616)
-* \tabcolsep: tabular. (line 5874)
+ (line 13943)
+* \t (tie-after accent): Accents. (line 14256)
+* \<TAB>: \(SPACE). (line 11941)
+* \tabbingsep: tabbing. (line 5333)
+* \tabcolsep: tabular. (line 5591)
* \tableofcontents: Table of contents etc..
- (line 14548)
-* \tableofcontents <1>: \contentsline. (line 14843)
-* \tan: Math functions. (line 10612)
-* \tanh: Math functions. (line 10615)
-* \tau: Math symbols. (line 9832)
-* \telephone: \telephone. (line 15733)
-* \TeX: Text symbols. (line 13842)
-* \textascendercompwordmark: Text symbols. (line 13887)
-* \textasciicircum: Text symbols. (line 13845)
-* \textasciitilde: Text symbols. (line 13848)
-* \textasteriskcentered: Text symbols. (line 13851)
+ (line 14724)
+* \tableofcontents <1>: \contentsline. (line 15019)
+* \tan: Math functions. (line 10815)
+* \tanh: Math functions. (line 10818)
+* \tau: Math symbols. (line 10035)
+* \telephone: \telephone. (line 15909)
+* \TeX: Text symbols. (line 14018)
+* \textascendercompwordmark: Text symbols. (line 14063)
+* \textasciicircum: Text symbols. (line 14021)
+* \textasciitilde: Text symbols. (line 14024)
+* \textasteriskcentered: Text symbols. (line 14027)
* \textbackslash: Reserved characters.
- (line 13696)
-* \textbackslash <1>: Text symbols. (line 13854)
-* \textbar: Text symbols. (line 13862)
-* \textbardbl: Text symbols. (line 13865)
-* \textbf: Font styles. (line 1739)
-* \textbigcircle: Text symbols. (line 13868)
-* \textbraceleft: Text symbols. (line 13871)
-* \textbraceright: Text symbols. (line 13875)
-* \textbullet: Text symbols. (line 13879)
-* \textcapitalcompwordmark: Text symbols. (line 13886)
-* \textcircled{LETTER}: Text symbols. (line 13882)
-* \textcompwordmark: Text symbols. (line 13885)
-* \textcopyright: Text symbols. (line 13787)
-* \textdagger: Text symbols. (line 13894)
-* \textdaggerdbl: Text symbols. (line 13897)
-* \textdollar (or \$): Text symbols. (line 13900)
-* \textellipsis: Text symbols. (line 13814)
-* \textemdash (or ---): Text symbols. (line 13903)
-* \textendash (or --): Text symbols. (line 13909)
-* \texteuro: Text symbols. (line 13912)
-* \textexclamdown (or !`): Text symbols. (line 13920)
-* \textfiguredash: Text symbols. (line 13923)
-* \textfloatsep: Floats. (line 2531)
-* \textfloatsep <1>: Floats. (line 2532)
-* \textfraction: Floats. (line 2510)
-* \textfraction <1>: Floats. (line 2511)
-* \textgreater: Text symbols. (line 13930)
+ (line 13872)
+* \textbackslash <1>: Text symbols. (line 14030)
+* \textbar: Text symbols. (line 14038)
+* \textbardbl: Text symbols. (line 14041)
+* \textbf: Font styles. (line 1456)
+* \textbigcircle: Text symbols. (line 14044)
+* \textbraceleft: Text symbols. (line 14047)
+* \textbraceright: Text symbols. (line 14051)
+* \textbullet: Text symbols. (line 14055)
+* \textcapitalcompwordmark: Text symbols. (line 14062)
+* \textcircled{LETTER}: Text symbols. (line 14058)
+* \textcompwordmark: Text symbols. (line 14061)
+* \textcopyright: Text symbols. (line 13963)
+* \textdagger: Text symbols. (line 14070)
+* \textdaggerdbl: Text symbols. (line 14073)
+* \textdollar (or \$): Text symbols. (line 14076)
+* \textellipsis: Text symbols. (line 13990)
+* \textemdash (or ---): Text symbols. (line 14079)
+* \textendash (or --): Text symbols. (line 14085)
+* \texteuro: Text symbols. (line 14088)
+* \textexclamdown (or !`): Text symbols. (line 14096)
+* \textfiguredash: Text symbols. (line 14099)
+* \textfloatsep: Floats. (line 2248)
+* \textfloatsep <1>: Floats. (line 2249)
+* \textfraction: Floats. (line 2227)
+* \textfraction <1>: Floats. (line 2228)
+* \textgreater: Text symbols. (line 14106)
* \textheight: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2272)
+ (line 1989)
* \textheight <1>: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2273)
-* \texthorizontalbar: Text symbols. (line 13933)
-* \textit: Font styles. (line 1733)
-* \textleftarrow: Text symbols. (line 13941)
-* \textless: Text symbols. (line 13938)
-* \textmd: Font styles. (line 1736)
-* \textnonbreakinghyphen: Text symbols. (line 13944)
-* \textnormal: Font styles. (line 1757)
-* \textordfeminine: Text symbols. (line 13950)
-* \textordmasculine: Text symbols. (line 13951)
-* \textparagraph: Text symbols. (line 13824)
-* \textperiodcentered: Text symbols. (line 13954)
-* \textquestiondown (or ?`): Text symbols. (line 13957)
-* \textquotedblleft (or ``): Text symbols. (line 13960)
-* \textquotedblright (or ''): Text symbols. (line 13963)
-* \textquoteleft (or `): Text symbols. (line 13966)
-* \textquoteright (or '): Text symbols. (line 13969)
-* \textquotesingle: Text symbols. (line 13972)
-* \textquotestraightbase: Text symbols. (line 13975)
-* \textquotestraightdblbase: Text symbols. (line 13976)
-* \textregistered: Text symbols. (line 13979)
-* \textrightarrow: Text symbols. (line 13982)
-* \textrm: Font styles. (line 1730)
-* \textsc: Font styles. (line 1751)
-* \textsection: Text symbols. (line 13839)
-* \textsf: Font styles. (line 1748)
-* \textsl: Font styles. (line 1745)
-* \textsterling: Text symbols. (line 13828)
-* \textstyle: Math styles. (line 10965)
-* \textthreequartersemdash: Text symbols. (line 13985)
-* \texttrademark: Text symbols. (line 13988)
-* \texttt: Font styles. (line 1754)
-* \texttwelveudash: Text symbols. (line 13991)
-* \textunderscore: Text symbols. (line 13994)
-* \textup: Font styles. (line 1742)
-* \textvisiblespace: Text symbols. (line 13997)
+ (line 1990)
+* \texthorizontalbar: Text symbols. (line 14109)
+* \textit: Font styles. (line 1450)
+* \textleftarrow: Text symbols. (line 14117)
+* \textless: Text symbols. (line 14114)
+* \textmd: Font styles. (line 1453)
+* \textnonbreakinghyphen: Text symbols. (line 14120)
+* \textnormal: Font styles. (line 1474)
+* \textordfeminine: Text symbols. (line 14126)
+* \textordmasculine: Text symbols. (line 14127)
+* \textparagraph: Text symbols. (line 14000)
+* \textperiodcentered: Text symbols. (line 14130)
+* \textquestiondown (or ?`): Text symbols. (line 14133)
+* \textquotedblleft (or ``): Text symbols. (line 14136)
+* \textquotedblright (or ''): Text symbols. (line 14139)
+* \textquoteleft (or `): Text symbols. (line 14142)
+* \textquoteright (or '): Text symbols. (line 14145)
+* \textquotesingle: Text symbols. (line 14148)
+* \textquotestraightbase: Text symbols. (line 14151)
+* \textquotestraightdblbase: Text symbols. (line 14152)
+* \textregistered: Text symbols. (line 14155)
+* \textrightarrow: Text symbols. (line 14158)
+* \textrm: Font styles. (line 1447)
+* \textsc: Font styles. (line 1468)
+* \textsection: Text symbols. (line 14015)
+* \textsf: Font styles. (line 1465)
+* \textsl: Font styles. (line 1462)
+* \textsterling: Text symbols. (line 14004)
+* \textstyle: Math styles. (line 11168)
+* \textthreequartersemdash: Text symbols. (line 14161)
+* \texttrademark: Text symbols. (line 14164)
+* \texttt: Font styles. (line 1471)
+* \texttwelveudash: Text symbols. (line 14167)
+* \textunderscore: Text symbols. (line 14170)
+* \textup: Font styles. (line 1459)
+* \textvisiblespace: Text symbols. (line 14173)
* \textwidth: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2280)
+ (line 1997)
* \textwidth <1>: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2281)
+ (line 1998)
* \th (þ): Additional Latin letters.
- (line 14190)
+ (line 14366)
* \TH (Þ): Additional Latin letters.
- (line 14190)
-* \thanks{TEXT}: \maketitle. (line 11231)
-* \thepage: \thepage. (line 11433)
-* \theta: Math symbols. (line 9835)
-* \thicklines: \thicklines. (line 5223)
+ (line 14366)
+* \thanks{TEXT}: \maketitle. (line 11434)
+* \thepage: \thepage. (line 11636)
+* \theta: Math symbols. (line 10038)
+* \thicklines: \thicklines. (line 4940)
* \thickspace: Spacing in math mode.
- (line 10739)
-* \thinlines: \thinlines. (line 5215)
+ (line 10942)
+* \thinlines: \thinlines. (line 4932)
* \thinspace: Spacing in math mode.
- (line 10763)
+ (line 10966)
* \thinspace <1>: \thinspace & \negthinspace.
- (line 11885)
-* \thispagestyle: \thispagestyle. (line 11405)
-* \tilde: Math accents. (line 10660)
-* \times: Math symbols. (line 9839)
-* \tiny: Font sizes. (line 1849)
-* \title{TEXT}: \maketitle. (line 11238)
-* \to: Math symbols. (line 9842)
-* \today: \today. (line 14285)
-* \top: Math symbols. (line 9846)
-* \topfraction: Floats. (line 2515)
-* \topfraction <1>: Floats. (line 2516)
+ (line 12061)
+* \thispagestyle: \thispagestyle. (line 11608)
+* \tilde: Math accents. (line 10863)
+* \times: Math symbols. (line 10042)
+* \tiny: Font sizes. (line 1566)
+* \title{TEXT}: \maketitle. (line 11441)
+* \to: Math symbols. (line 10045)
+* \today: \today. (line 14461)
+* \top: Math symbols. (line 10049)
+* \topfraction: Floats. (line 2232)
+* \topfraction <1>: Floats. (line 2233)
* \topmargin: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2305)
-* \topsep: list. (line 4561)
+ (line 2022)
+* \topsep: list. (line 4278)
* \topskip: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2312)
+ (line 2029)
* \topskip <1>: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2313)
-* \triangle: Math symbols. (line 9850)
-* \triangleleft: Math symbols. (line 9853)
-* \triangleright: Math symbols. (line 9859)
-* \tt: Font styles. (line 1795)
-* \ttfamily: Font styles. (line 1754)
-* \twocolumn: \twocolumn. (line 2047)
-* \typein: \typein. (line 15849)
-* \typeout: \typeout. (line 15894)
-* \u (breve accent): Accents. (line 14086)
+ (line 2030)
+* \triangle: Math symbols. (line 10053)
+* \triangleleft: Math symbols. (line 10056)
+* \triangleright: Math symbols. (line 10062)
+* \tt: Font styles. (line 1512)
+* \ttfamily: Font styles. (line 1471)
+* \twocolumn: \twocolumn. (line 1764)
+* \typein: \typein. (line 16025)
+* \typeout: \typeout. (line 16070)
+* \u (breve accent): Accents. (line 14262)
* \unboldmath: \boldmath & \unboldmath.
- (line 10040)
+ (line 10243)
* \unboldmath <1>: \boldmath & \unboldmath.
- (line 10048)
-* \underbar: Accents. (line 14050)
+ (line 10251)
+* \underbar: Accents. (line 14226)
* \underbrace{MATH}: Over- and Underlining.
- (line 10697)
+ (line 10900)
* \underline{TEXT}: Over- and Underlining.
- (line 10681)
-* \unitlength: picture. (line 4948)
-* \unlhd: Math symbols. (line 9865)
-* \unrhd: Math symbols. (line 9871)
-* \Uparrow: Math symbols. (line 9877)
-* \uparrow: Math symbols. (line 9881)
-* \Updownarrow: Math symbols. (line 9885)
-* \updownarrow: Math symbols. (line 9890)
-* \upharpoonright: Math symbols. (line 9895)
-* \uplus: Math symbols. (line 9900)
-* \upshape: Font styles. (line 1742)
-* \Upsilon: Math symbols. (line 9905)
-* \upsilon: Math symbols. (line 9908)
-* \usebox: \usebox. (line 12668)
-* \usecounter: \usecounter. (line 8203)
+ (line 10884)
+* \unitlength: picture. (line 4665)
+* \unlhd: Math symbols. (line 10068)
+* \unrhd: Math symbols. (line 10074)
+* \Uparrow: Math symbols. (line 10080)
+* \uparrow: Math symbols. (line 10084)
+* \Updownarrow: Math symbols. (line 10088)
+* \updownarrow: Math symbols. (line 10093)
+* \upharpoonright: Math symbols. (line 10098)
+* \uplus: Math symbols. (line 10103)
+* \upshape: Font styles. (line 1459)
+* \Upsilon: Math symbols. (line 10108)
+* \upsilon: Math symbols. (line 10111)
+* \usebox: \usebox. (line 12844)
+* \usecounter: \usecounter. (line 8406)
* \usefont: Low-level font commands.
- (line 2021)
-* \usepackage: Additional packages.
- (line 834)
+ (line 1738)
+* \usepackage: \usepackage. (line 880)
* \UseTextAccent: \UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent.
- (line 1667)
+ (line 1384)
* \UseTextSymbol: \UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent.
- (line 1667)
-* \v (breve accent): Accents. (line 14090)
-* \value: \value. (line 8229)
-* \vanothing: Math symbols. (line 9916)
-* \varepsilon: Math symbols. (line 9911)
-* \varphi: Math symbols. (line 9921)
-* \varpi: Math symbols. (line 9925)
-* \varrho: Math symbols. (line 9929)
-* \varsigma: Math symbols. (line 9933)
-* \vartheta: Math symbols. (line 9937)
-* \vbox (plain TeX): minipage. (line 4819)
-* \vdash: Math symbols. (line 9941)
-* \vdots: Dots. (line 10428)
-* \vec: Math accents. (line 10663)
-* \vector: \vector. (line 5333)
-* \vee: Math symbols. (line 9945)
-* \verb: \verb. (line 6411)
-* \Vert: Math symbols. (line 9949)
-* \vert: Math symbols. (line 9953)
-* \vfill: \vfill. (line 12220)
-* \vline: \vline. (line 5967)
+ (line 1384)
+* \v (breve accent): Accents. (line 14266)
+* \value: \value. (line 8432)
+* \vanothing: Math symbols. (line 10119)
+* \varepsilon: Math symbols. (line 10114)
+* \varphi: Math symbols. (line 10124)
+* \varpi: Math symbols. (line 10128)
+* \varrho: Math symbols. (line 10132)
+* \varsigma: Math symbols. (line 10136)
+* \vartheta: Math symbols. (line 10140)
+* \vbox (plain TeX): minipage. (line 4536)
+* \vdash: Math symbols. (line 10144)
+* \vdots: Dots. (line 10631)
+* \vec: Math accents. (line 10866)
+* \vector: \vector. (line 5050)
+* \vee: Math symbols. (line 10148)
+* \verb: \verb. (line 6128)
+* \Vert: Math symbols. (line 10152)
+* \vert: Math symbols. (line 10156)
+* \vfill: \vfill. (line 12396)
+* \vline: \vline. (line 5684)
* \vphantom: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
- (line 10857)
-* \vspace: \vspace. (line 12169)
-* \vtop plain TeX: minipage. (line 4815)
-* \wedge: Math symbols. (line 9959)
-* \widehat: Math accents. (line 10666)
-* \widetilde: Math accents. (line 10669)
-* \wlog: \wlog. (line 16098)
-* \wp: Math symbols. (line 9963)
-* \wr: Math symbols. (line 9966)
-* \write: \write. (line 15927)
+ (line 11060)
+* \vspace: \vspace. (line 12345)
+* \vtop plain TeX: minipage. (line 4532)
+* \wedge: Math symbols. (line 10162)
+* \widehat: Math accents. (line 10869)
+* \widetilde: Math accents. (line 10872)
+* \wlog: \wlog. (line 16274)
+* \wp: Math symbols. (line 10166)
+* \wr: Math symbols. (line 10169)
+* \write: \write. (line 16103)
* \write and security: \write and security.
- (line 16028)
-* \write streams 16, 17, 18: \write. (line 16007)
-* \write18: \write18. (line 16116)
+ (line 16204)
+* \write streams 16, 17, 18: \write. (line 16183)
+* \write18: \write18. (line 16292)
* \write18, enabling: Command line options.
- (line 16291)
-* \Xi: Math symbols. (line 9969)
-* \xi: Math symbols. (line 9972)
-* \xspace: xspace package. (line 8068)
+ (line 16467)
+* \Xi: Math symbols. (line 10172)
+* \xi: Math symbols. (line 10175)
+* \xspace: xspace package. (line 7786)
* \year: \day & \month & \year.
- (line 8329)
-* \zeta: Math symbols. (line 9975)
-* \[...\] display math: displaymath. (line 3862)
-* \\ (for center): center. (line 3706)
-* \\ (for eqnarray): eqnarray. (line 4014)
-* \\ (for flushleft): flushleft. (line 4196)
-* \\ (for flushright): flushright. (line 4256)
-* \\ (for letters): Letters. (line 15492)
-* \\ (for tabular): tabular. (line 5738)
-* \\ (for verse): verse. (line 6477)
-* \\ (for \author): \maketitle. (line 11218)
-* \\ (for \shortstack objects): \shortstack. (line 5316)
-* \\ (for \title): \maketitle. (line 11239)
-* \\ (force line break): \\. (line 6515)
-* \\ (tabbing): tabbing. (line 5561)
-* \\* (for eqnarray): eqnarray. (line 4020)
+ (line 8532)
+* \zeta: Math symbols. (line 10178)
+* \[...\] display math: displaymath. (line 3579)
+* \\ (for center): center. (line 3423)
+* \\ (for eqnarray): eqnarray. (line 3731)
+* \\ (for flushleft): flushleft. (line 3913)
+* \\ (for flushright): flushright. (line 3973)
+* \\ (for letters): Letters. (line 15668)
+* \\ (for tabular): tabular. (line 5455)
+* \\ (for verse): verse. (line 6194)
+* \\ (for \author): \maketitle. (line 11421)
+* \\ (for \shortstack objects): \shortstack. (line 5033)
+* \\ (for \title): \maketitle. (line 11442)
+* \\ (force line break): \\. (line 6232)
+* \\ (tabbing): tabbing. (line 5278)
+* \\* (for eqnarray): eqnarray. (line 3737)
* \^: Reserved characters.
- (line 13696)
-* \^ (circumflex accent): Accents. (line 14037)
+ (line 13872)
+* \^ (circumflex accent): Accents. (line 14213)
* \_: Reserved characters.
- (line 13691)
-* \` (grave accent): Accents. (line 14041)
-* \` (tabbing): tabbing. (line 5588)
+ (line 13867)
+* \` (grave accent): Accents. (line 14217)
+* \` (tabbing): tabbing. (line 5305)
* \{: Reserved characters.
- (line 13691)
-* \|: Math symbols. (line 9165)
+ (line 13867)
+* \|: Math symbols. (line 9368)
* \}: Reserved characters.
- (line 13691)
+ (line 13867)
* \~: Reserved characters.
- (line 13696)
-* \~ (tilde accent): Accents. (line 14045)
+ (line 13872)
+* \~ (tilde accent): Accents. (line 14221)
* ^ superscript: Subscripts & superscripts.
- (line 9090)
-* ^^J, in \write: \write. (line 16015)
+ (line 9293)
+* ^^J, in \write: \write. (line 16191)
* _ subscript: Subscripts & superscripts.
- (line 9090)
+ (line 9293)
* {...} (for required arguments): LaTeX command syntax.
- (line 599)
-* ~: ~. (line 11818)
+ (line 617)
+* ~: ~. (line 11994)
* a4paper option: Document class options.
- (line 748)
+ (line 794)
* a5paper option: Document class options.
- (line 748)
-* abstract environment: abstract. (line 3574)
-* abstract package: abstract. (line 3595)
-* abstracts: abstract. (line 3574)
-* accents: Accents. (line 14003)
+ (line 794)
+* abstract environment: abstract. (line 3291)
+* abstract package: abstract. (line 3312)
+* abstracts: abstract. (line 3291)
+* accents: Accents. (line 14179)
* accents, defining: \DeclareFontEncoding.
- (line 1388)
+ (line 1105)
* accents, defining <1>: \DeclareTextAccent.
- (line 1422)
+ (line 1139)
* accents, defining <2>: \DeclareTextAccentDefault.
- (line 1446)
+ (line 1163)
* accents, defining <3>: \DeclareTextComposite.
- (line 1555)
+ (line 1272)
* accents, defining <4>: \DeclareTextCompositeCommand.
- (line 1579)
+ (line 1296)
* accents, defining <5>: \DeclareTextSymbolDefault.
- (line 1624)
-* accents, mathematical: Math accents. (line 10629)
+ (line 1341)
+* accents, mathematical: Math accents. (line 10832)
+* accessibility: \DocumentMetadata. (line 690)
* accessing any character of a font: Symbols by font position.
- (line 13767)
-* acronyms, list of: Glossaries. (line 15313)
-* acute accent: Accents. (line 14026)
-* acute accent, math: Math accents. (line 10634)
-* additional packages, loading: Additional packages.
- (line 834)
-* adjustbox package: Boxes. (line 12300)
+ (line 13943)
+* acronyms, list of: Glossaries. (line 15489)
+* acute accent: Accents. (line 14202)
+* acute accent, math: Math accents. (line 10837)
+* additional packages, loading: \usepackage. (line 880)
+* adjustbox package: Boxes. (line 12476)
* ae ligature: Additional Latin letters.
- (line 14150)
-* algorithm2e package: tabbing. (line 5641)
-* align environment, from amsmath: eqnarray. (line 3991)
-* aligning equations: eqnarray. (line 3991)
-* alignment via tabbing: tabbing. (line 5501)
-* amscd package: Arrows. (line 10034)
-* amsfonts package: Math formulas. (line 9079)
-* amsfonts package <1>: Arrows. (line 9999)
-* amsmath package: array. (line 3669)
-* amsmath package <1>: array. (line 3677)
-* amsmath package <2>: displaymath. (line 3858)
-* amsmath package <3>: equation. (line 4059)
-* amsmath package <4>: theorem. (line 6321)
-* amsmath package <5>: Math formulas. (line 9079)
-* amsmath package <6>: \left & \right. (line 10229)
+ (line 14326)
+* algorithm2e package: tabbing. (line 5358)
+* align environment, from amsmath: eqnarray. (line 3708)
+* aligning equations: eqnarray. (line 3708)
+* alignment via tabbing: tabbing. (line 5218)
+* amscd package: Arrows. (line 10237)
+* amsfonts package: Math formulas. (line 9282)
+* amsfonts package <1>: Arrows. (line 10202)
+* amsmath package: array. (line 3386)
+* amsmath package <1>: array. (line 3394)
+* amsmath package <2>: displaymath. (line 3575)
+* amsmath package <3>: equation. (line 3776)
+* amsmath package <4>: theorem. (line 6038)
+* amsmath package <5>: Math formulas. (line 9282)
+* amsmath package <6>: \left & \right. (line 10432)
* amsmath package <7>: \bigl & \bigr etc..
- (line 10374)
-* amsmath package <8>: Dots. (line 10431)
-* amsmath package <9>: Math functions. (line 10618)
+ (line 10577)
+* amsmath package <8>: Dots. (line 10634)
+* amsmath package <9>: Math functions. (line 10821)
* amsmath package <10>: Spacing in math mode.
- (line 10739)
+ (line 10942)
* amsmath package <11>: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
- (line 10907)
+ (line 11110)
* amsmath package <12>: Colon character & \colon.
- (line 11025)
+ (line 11228)
* amsmath package <13>: Colon character & \colon.
- (line 11029)
+ (line 11232)
* amsmath package <14>: \thinspace & \negthinspace.
- (line 11905)
-* amsmath package, replacing eqnarray: eqnarray. (line 3991)
-* amsthm package: theorem. (line 6321)
-* amsthm package <1>: \rule. (line 14262)
-* answers package: \write. (line 16020)
-* appendices: \appendix. (line 3079)
-* appendix: \appendix. (line 3079)
-* appendix package: \appendix. (line 3103)
+ (line 12081)
+* amsmath package, replacing eqnarray: eqnarray. (line 3708)
+* amsthm package: theorem. (line 6038)
+* amsthm package <1>: \rule. (line 14438)
+* answers package: \write. (line 16196)
+* appendices: \appendix. (line 2796)
+* appendix: \appendix. (line 2796)
+* appendix package: \appendix. (line 2820)
* arguments, optional, defining and using: \newcommand & \renewcommand.
- (line 7289)
+ (line 7007)
* aring: Additional Latin letters.
- (line 14146)
-* array environment: array. (line 3620)
-* array package: array. (line 3688)
-* arrays, math: array. (line 3620)
-* arrow, left, in text: Text symbols. (line 13942)
-* arrow, right, in text: Text symbols. (line 13983)
-* arrows: Arrows. (line 9999)
-* article class: Document classes. (line 705)
-* ascender height: Text symbols. (line 13888)
-* ASCII circumflex, in text: Text symbols. (line 13846)
-* ASCII tilde, in text: Text symbols. (line 13849)
-* asterisk, centered, in text: Text symbols. (line 13852)
-* Asymptote package: \line. (line 5187)
-* Asymptote package <1>: \strut. (line 12140)
-* Asymptote package <2>: \mbox & \makebox. (line 12373)
-* Asymptote package <3>: \write18. (line 16123)
-* at clause, in font definitions: \newfont. (line 7922)
-* at-sign: \@. (line 11682)
-* author, for titlepage: \maketitle. (line 11218)
-* auxiliary file: Output files. (line 494)
+ (line 14322)
+* array environment: array. (line 3337)
+* array package: array. (line 3405)
+* arrays, math: array. (line 3337)
+* arrow, left, in text: Text symbols. (line 14118)
+* arrow, right, in text: Text symbols. (line 14159)
+* arrows: Arrows. (line 10202)
+* article class: Document classes. (line 748)
+* ascender height: Text symbols. (line 14064)
+* ASCII circumflex, in text: Text symbols. (line 14022)
+* ASCII tilde, in text: Text symbols. (line 14025)
+* asterisk, centered, in text: Text symbols. (line 14028)
+* Asymptote package: \line. (line 4904)
+* Asymptote package <1>: \strut. (line 12316)
+* Asymptote package <2>: \mbox & \makebox. (line 12549)
+* Asymptote package <3>: \write18. (line 16299)
+* at clause, in font definitions: \newfont. (line 7640)
+* at-sign: \@. (line 11858)
+* atenddvi package: \AtBeginDvi & \AtEndDvi.
+ (line 7853)
+* author, for titlepage: \maketitle. (line 11421)
+* auxiliary file: Output files. (line 512)
* b5paper option: Document class options.
- (line 748)
-* babel package: \chapter. (line 2844)
-* babel package <1>: thebibliography. (line 6079)
-* babel package <2>: Accents. (line 14003)
-* babel package <3>: \today. (line 14292)
+ (line 794)
+* babel package: \chapter. (line 2561)
+* babel package <1>: thebibliography. (line 5796)
+* babel package <2>: Accents. (line 14179)
+* babel package <3>: \today. (line 14468)
* babel package <4>: Table of contents etc..
- (line 14665)
-* babel package <5>: \index. (line 15074)
+ (line 14841)
+* babel package <5>: \index. (line 15250)
* back matter of a book: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter.
- (line 3113)
-* background, colored: Colored pages. (line 12916)
-* backslash, in text: Text symbols. (line 13855)
-* badness: Page breaking. (line 6807)
-* bar, double vertical, in text: Text symbols. (line 13866)
-* bar, vertical, in text: Text symbols. (line 13863)
-* bar-over accent: Accents. (line 14033)
-* bar-over accent, math: Math accents. (line 10637)
-* bar-under accent: Accents. (line 14048)
-* basics of LaTeX: Overview. (line 406)
+ (line 2830)
+* background, colored: Colored pages. (line 13833)
+* backslash, in text: Text symbols. (line 14031)
+* badness: Page breaking. (line 6524)
+* bar, double vertical, in text: Text symbols. (line 14042)
+* bar, vertical, in text: Text symbols. (line 14039)
+* bar-over accent: Accents. (line 14209)
+* bar-over accent, math: Math accents. (line 10840)
+* bar-under accent: Accents. (line 14224)
+* basics of LaTeX: Overview. (line 424)
* batchmode: Command line options.
- (line 16257)
-* beamer package: beamer template. (line 16494)
-* beamer template and class: beamer template. (line 16494)
-* beginning of document hook: \AtBeginDocument. (line 3892)
+ (line 16433)
+* beamer package: beamer template. (line 16670)
+* beamer template and class: beamer template. (line 16670)
+* beginning of document hook: \AtBeginDocument. (line 3609)
* bibliography format, open: Document class options.
- (line 796)
-* bibliography, creating (automatically): Using BibTeX. (line 6210)
-* bibliography, creating (manually): thebibliography. (line 6032)
+ (line 842)
+* bibliography, creating (automatically): Using BibTeX. (line 5927)
+* bibliography, creating (manually): thebibliography. (line 5749)
* BibTeX error messages: BibTeX error messages.
- (line 6272)
-* bibTeX, using: Using BibTeX. (line 6210)
-* big circle symbols, in text: Text symbols. (line 13869)
-* big point: Units of length. (line 8462)
+ (line 5989)
+* bibTeX, using: Using BibTeX. (line 5927)
+* big circle symbols, in text: Text symbols. (line 14045)
+* big point: Units of length. (line 8665)
* bigfoot package: Footnotes of footnotes.
- (line 7225)
+ (line 6942)
* black boxes, omitting: Document class options.
- (line 782)
-* blackboard bold: Blackboard bold. (line 10111)
+ (line 828)
+* blackboard bold: Blackboard bold. (line 10314)
* blanks, after control sequences: \newcommand & \renewcommand.
- (line 7327)
-* bm package: bm. (line 10070)
-* bold font: Font styles. (line 1775)
-* bold math: Font styles. (line 1828)
-* bold typewriter, avoiding: description. (line 3816)
+ (line 7045)
+* bm package: bm. (line 10273)
+* bold font: Font styles. (line 1492)
+* bold math: Font styles. (line 1545)
+* bold typewriter, avoiding: description. (line 3533)
* boldface mathematics: \boldmath & \unboldmath.
- (line 10040)
-* book class: Document classes. (line 705)
+ (line 10243)
+* book class: Document classes. (line 748)
* book, back matter: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter.
- (line 3113)
+ (line 2830)
* book, end matter: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter.
- (line 3113)
+ (line 2830)
* book, front matter: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter.
- (line 3113)
+ (line 2830)
* book, main matter: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter.
- (line 3113)
-* bottomnumber: Floats. (line 2538)
-* bottomnumber <1>: Floats. (line 2539)
-* bounding box: \includegraphics. (line 13349)
-* box: \mbox & \makebox. (line 12306)
-* box, allocating new: \newsavebox. (line 7635)
-* box, bounding: \includegraphics. (line 13349)
-* box, colored: Colored boxes. (line 12879)
-* box, save: \sbox & \savebox. (line 12559)
-* box, use saved box: \usebox. (line 12668)
-* boxes: Boxes. (line 12297)
-* bp: Units of length. (line 8461)
-* brace, left, in text: Text symbols. (line 13872)
-* brace, right, in text: Text symbols. (line 13876)
-* braces: Delimiters. (line 10155)
-* brackets: Delimiters. (line 10155)
-* breaking lines: Line breaking. (line 6498)
-* breaking pages: Page breaking. (line 6802)
-* breaks, multiplication discretionary: \*. (line 11036)
-* breve accent: Accents. (line 14086)
-* breve accent, math: Math accents. (line 10640)
+ (line 2830)
+* bottomnumber: Floats. (line 2255)
+* bottomnumber <1>: Floats. (line 2256)
+* bounding box: \includegraphics. (line 13269)
+* box: \mbox & \makebox. (line 12482)
+* box, allocating new: \newsavebox. (line 7353)
+* box, bounding: \includegraphics. (line 13269)
+* box, colored: Colored boxes. (line 13796)
+* box, save: \sbox & \savebox. (line 12735)
+* box, use saved box: \usebox. (line 12844)
+* boxes: Boxes. (line 12473)
+* bp: Units of length. (line 8664)
+* brace, left, in text: Text symbols. (line 14048)
+* brace, right, in text: Text symbols. (line 14052)
+* braces: Delimiters. (line 10358)
+* brackets: Delimiters. (line 10358)
+* breaking lines: Line breaking. (line 6215)
+* breaking pages: Page breaking. (line 6519)
+* breaks, multiplication discretionary: \*. (line 11239)
+* breve accent: Accents. (line 14262)
+* breve accent, math: Math accents. (line 10843)
* bug reporting: About this document.
- (line 382)
-* bullet lists: itemize. (line 4297)
-* bullet symbol: Math symbols. (line 9255)
-* bullet, in text: Text symbols. (line 13880)
-* bulleted lists: itemize. (line 4297)
-* calligraphic fonts: Calligraphic. (line 10138)
-* calligraphic letters for math: Font styles. (line 1778)
-* cap height: Text symbols. (line 13888)
-* caption package: \caption. (line 2630)
-* captions: \caption. (line 2564)
-* caron accent: Accents. (line 14090)
+ (line 400)
+* bullet lists: itemize. (line 4014)
+* bullet symbol: Math symbols. (line 9458)
+* bullet, in text: Text symbols. (line 14056)
+* bulleted lists: itemize. (line 4014)
+* calligraphic fonts: Calligraphic. (line 10341)
+* calligraphic letters for math: Font styles. (line 1495)
+* cap height: Text symbols. (line 14064)
+* caption package: \caption. (line 2347)
+* captions: \caption. (line 2281)
+* caron accent: Accents. (line 14266)
* catcode: \makeatletter & \makeatother.
- (line 7464)
+ (line 7182)
* category code, character: \makeatletter & \makeatother.
- (line 7464)
-* cc: Units of length. (line 8474)
-* cc list, in letters: \cc. (line 15553)
-* cedilla accent: Accents. (line 14058)
-* center environment: center. (line 3696)
-* centered asterisk, in text: Text symbols. (line 13852)
+ (line 7182)
+* cc: Units of length. (line 8677)
+* cc list, in letters: \cc. (line 15729)
+* cedilla accent: Accents. (line 14234)
+* center environment: center. (line 3413)
+* centered asterisk, in text: Text symbols. (line 14028)
* centered equations: Document class options.
- (line 786)
-* centered period, in text: Text symbols. (line 13955)
-* centering text, declaration for: \centering. (line 3744)
-* centering text, environment for: center. (line 3696)
-* centimeter: Units of length. (line 8469)
+ (line 832)
+* centered period, in text: Text symbols. (line 14131)
+* centering text, declaration for: \centering. (line 3461)
+* centering text, environment for: center. (line 3413)
+* centimeter: Units of length. (line 8672)
* changing case of characters: Upper and lower case.
- (line 13714)
-* chapter: Sectioning. (line 2638)
-* chapter <1>: \chapter. (line 2779)
-* chapter counter: Counters. (line 8129)
+ (line 13890)
+* chapter: Sectioning. (line 2355)
+* chapter <1>: \chapter. (line 2496)
+* chapter counter: Counters. (line 8332)
* character category code: \makeatletter & \makeatother.
- (line 7464)
-* character encoding: inputenc package. (line 14206)
+ (line 7182)
+* character encoding: inputenc package. (line 14382)
* character, invisible: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
- (line 10857)
-* character, invisible <1>: \mathstrut. (line 10920)
-* characters, accented: Accents. (line 14003)
+ (line 11060)
+* character, invisible <1>: \mathstrut. (line 11123)
+* characters, accented: Accents. (line 14179)
* characters, case of: Upper and lower case.
- (line 13714)
+ (line 13890)
* characters, non-English: Additional Latin letters.
- (line 14140)
+ (line 14316)
* characters, reserved: Reserved characters.
- (line 13684)
+ (line 13860)
* characters, special: Reserved characters.
- (line 13684)
-* check accent: Accents. (line 14090)
-* check accent, math: Math accents. (line 10643)
-* cicero: Units of length. (line 8475)
-* circle symbol, big, in text: Text symbols. (line 13869)
-* circled letter, in text: Text symbols. (line 13883)
-* circumflex accent: Accents. (line 14037)
-* circumflex accent, math: Math accents. (line 10655)
-* circumflex, ASCII, in text: Text symbols. (line 13846)
-* citation key: \bibitem. (line 6096)
+ (line 13860)
+* check accent: Accents. (line 14266)
+* check accent, math: Math accents. (line 10846)
+* cicero: Units of length. (line 8678)
+* circle symbol, big, in text: Text symbols. (line 14045)
+* circled letter, in text: Text symbols. (line 14059)
+* circumflex accent: Accents. (line 14213)
+* circumflex accent, math: Math accents. (line 10858)
+* circumflex, ASCII, in text: Text symbols. (line 14022)
+* citation key: \bibitem. (line 5813)
* class and package commands: Class and package commands.
- (line 920)
-* class and package difference: Class and package construction.
- (line 859)
+ (line 7838)
+* class and package difference: Class and package creation.
+ (line 911)
* class and package structure: Class and package structure.
- (line 873)
+ (line 932)
* class file example: Class and package structure.
- (line 906)
+ (line 957)
* class file layout: Class and package structure.
- (line 873)
+ (line 932)
+* Class Guide, document: Class and package structure.
+ (line 971)
* class options: Document class options.
- (line 735)
+ (line 778)
* class options <1>: Class and package structure.
- (line 873)
-* class options <2>: Class and package commands.
- (line 980)
-* classes of documents: Document classes. (line 700)
-* cleveref package: Cross references. (line 3384)
-* cleveref package <1>: \ref. (line 3497)
-* cleveref package <2>: \footnotemark. (line 7106)
+ (line 932)
+* class options <2>: \DeclareOption. (line 7938)
+* class writing tutorial document: Class and package structure.
+ (line 971)
+* classes of documents: Document classes. (line 743)
+* cleveref package: Cross references. (line 3101)
+* cleveref package <1>: \ref. (line 3214)
+* cleveref package <2>: \footnotemark. (line 6823)
* CLI: Command line interface.
- (line 16192)
+ (line 16368)
* clock option to slides class: Document class options.
- (line 828)
-* closing letters: \closing. (line 15569)
-* closing quote: Text symbols. (line 13836)
-* cm: Units of length. (line 8468)
-* cm-super package: fontenc package. (line 1332)
-* cmd.exe, used by \write18: \write18. (line 16170)
-* code, typesetting: verbatim. (line 6368)
+ (line 874)
+* closing letters: \closing. (line 15745)
+* closing quote: Text symbols. (line 14012)
+* clsguide document: Class and package structure.
+ (line 971)
+* cm: Units of length. (line 8671)
+* cm-super package: fontenc package. (line 1049)
+* cmd.exe, used by \write18: \write18. (line 16346)
+* code, typesetting: verbatim. (line 6085)
* colon character: Colon character & \colon.
- (line 11016)
-* color: Color. (line 12681)
-* color <1>: Define colors. (line 12786)
-* color <2>: Colored text. (line 12808)
-* color <3>: Colored boxes. (line 12879)
-* color <4>: Colored pages. (line 12916)
-* color models: Color models. (line 12734)
+ (line 11219)
+* color: Color. (line 13598)
+* color <1>: Define colors. (line 13703)
+* color <2>: Colored text. (line 13725)
+* color <3>: Colored boxes. (line 13796)
+* color <4>: Colored pages. (line 13833)
+* color models: Color models. (line 13651)
* color package commands: Commands for color.
- (line 12781)
+ (line 13698)
* color package options: Color package options.
- (line 12696)
-* color, define: Define colors. (line 12786)
-* colored boxes: Colored boxes. (line 12879)
-* colored page: Colored pages. (line 12916)
-* colored text: Colored text. (line 12808)
+ (line 13613)
+* color, define: Define colors. (line 13703)
+* colored boxes: Colored boxes. (line 13796)
+* colored page: Colored pages. (line 13833)
+* colored text: Colored text. (line 13725)
* command line interface: Command line interface.
- (line 16192)
+ (line 16368)
* command syntax: LaTeX command syntax.
- (line 599)
+ (line 617)
* commands, class and package: Class and package commands.
- (line 920)
+ (line 7838)
* commands, defining new ones: \newcommand & \renewcommand.
- (line 7246)
-* commands, defining new ones <1>: \providecommand. (line 7423)
-* commands, document class: Class and package construction.
- (line 850)
+ (line 6963)
+* commands, defining new ones <1>: \providecommand. (line 7141)
+* commands, document class: Class and package creation.
+ (line 906)
* commands, graphics package: Commands for graphics.
- (line 13228)
+ (line 13148)
* commands, ignore spaces: \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend.
- (line 7993)
-* commands, ignore spaces <1>: xspace package. (line 8068)
+ (line 7711)
+* commands, ignore spaces <1>: xspace package. (line 7786)
* commands, redefining: \newcommand & \renewcommand.
- (line 7246)
-* commands, run from LaTeX: \write18. (line 16116)
-* commands, star-variants: \@ifstar. (line 7498)
-* composite word mark, in text: Text symbols. (line 13888)
-* comprehensive package: Math symbols. (line 9153)
-* computer programs, typesetting: verbatim. (line 6368)
+ (line 6963)
+* commands, run from LaTeX: \write18. (line 16292)
+* commands, star-variants: \@ifstar. (line 7216)
+* composite word mark, in text: Text symbols. (line 14064)
+* comprehensive package: Math symbols. (line 9356)
+* computer programs, typesetting: verbatim. (line 6085)
* configuration, graphics package: Graphics package configuration.
- (line 13038)
-* contents file: Output files. (line 504)
-* control sequences: Control sequences. (line 7388)
-* control symbol, defined: Control sequences. (line 7399)
-* control word, defined: Control sequences. (line 7395)
-* copyright symbol: Text symbols. (line 13788)
-* counters, a list of: Counters. (line 8120)
-* counters, defining new: \newcounter. (line 7570)
-* counters, getting value of: \value. (line 8229)
+ (line 12958)
+* conflict between package options: \PassOptionsToClass & \PassOptionsToPackage.
+ (line 8144)
+* contents file: Output files. (line 522)
+* control sequences: Control sequences. (line 7106)
+* control symbol, defined: Control sequences. (line 7117)
+* control word, defined: Control sequences. (line 7113)
+* copyright symbol: Text symbols. (line 13964)
+* counters, a list of: Counters. (line 8323)
+* counters, defining new: \newcounter. (line 7288)
+* counters, getting value of: \value. (line 8432)
* counters, printing: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
- (line 8147)
-* counters, setting: \setcounter. (line 8262)
-* cprotect package: verbatim. (line 6387)
-* cprotect package <1>: \verb. (line 6450)
-* creating pictures: picture. (line 4926)
-* creating tables: table. (line 5650)
-* credit footnote: \maketitle. (line 11232)
-* cross references: Cross references. (line 3352)
-* cross references, resolving: Output files. (line 494)
-* cross referencing with page number: \pageref. (line 3450)
-* cross referencing, across documents: xr package. (line 3503)
-* cross referencing, symbolic: \ref. (line 3474)
-* cross-references, page numbers in: \thepage. (line 11438)
-* CTAN: CTAN. (line 672)
-* curly braces: Delimiters. (line 10155)
-* currency, dollar: Text symbols. (line 13901)
-* currency, euro: Text symbols. (line 13913)
-* dagger, double, in text: Text symbols. (line 13898)
-* dagger, in text: Text symbols. (line 13791)
-* dagger, in text <1>: Text symbols. (line 13895)
-* DANTE e.V.: CTAN. (line 686)
-* datatool package: \read. (line 15843)
-* date, for titlepage: \maketitle. (line 11226)
-* date, today’s: \today. (line 14285)
-* datetime package: \today. (line 14306)
-* dbltopnumber: Floats. (line 2542)
-* dbltopnumber <1>: Floats. (line 2543)
-* dcolumn package: array. (line 3688)
-* dd: Units of length. (line 8471)
-* declaration form of font size commands: Font sizes. (line 1862)
-* declaration form of font style commands: Font styles. (line 1707)
-* define color: Define colors. (line 12786)
+ (line 8350)
+* counters, setting: \setcounter. (line 8465)
+* cprotect package: verbatim. (line 6104)
+* cprotect package <1>: \verb. (line 6167)
+* creating pictures: picture. (line 4643)
+* creating tables: table. (line 5367)
+* credit footnote: \maketitle. (line 11435)
+* cross references: Cross references. (line 3069)
+* cross references, resolving: Output files. (line 512)
+* cross referencing with page number: \pageref. (line 3167)
+* cross referencing, across documents: xr package. (line 3220)
+* cross referencing, symbolic: \ref. (line 3191)
+* cross-references, page numbers in: \thepage. (line 11641)
+* CTAN: CTAN. (line 715)
+* curly braces: Delimiters. (line 10358)
+* currency, dollar: Text symbols. (line 14077)
+* currency, euro: Text symbols. (line 14089)
+* dagger, double, in text: Text symbols. (line 14074)
+* dagger, in text: Text symbols. (line 13967)
+* dagger, in text <1>: Text symbols. (line 14071)
+* DANTE e.V.: CTAN. (line 729)
+* datatool package: \read. (line 16019)
+* date of format, requiring: \NeedsTeXFormat. (line 8105)
+* date, for titlepage: \maketitle. (line 11429)
+* date, today’s: \today. (line 14461)
+* datetime package: \today. (line 14482)
+* dbltopnumber: Floats. (line 2259)
+* dbltopnumber <1>: Floats. (line 2260)
+* dcolumn package: array. (line 3405)
+* dd: Units of length. (line 8674)
+* declaration form of font size commands: Font sizes. (line 1579)
+* declaration form of font style commands: Font styles. (line 1424)
+* default option processing: \DeclareOption. (line 7950)
+* define color: Define colors. (line 13703)
* defining a new command: \newcommand & \renewcommand.
- (line 7246)
-* defining a new command <1>: \providecommand. (line 7423)
+ (line 6963)
+* defining a new command <1>: \providecommand. (line 7141)
* defining new environments: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment.
- (line 7663)
-* defining new fonts: \newfont. (line 7909)
-* defining new theorems: \newtheorem. (line 7797)
-* definitions: Definitions. (line 7241)
-* delayed \write: \write. (line 15986)
-* delimiters: Delimiters. (line 10155)
-* delimiters, paired: \left & \right. (line 10205)
-* delim_0: makeindex. (line 15242)
-* delim_1: makeindex. (line 15246)
-* delim_2: makeindex. (line 15250)
-* delim_n: makeindex. (line 15254)
-* delim_r: makeindex. (line 15258)
-* description: \newglossaryentry. (line 15401)
-* description environment: description. (line 3786)
-* description lists, creating: description. (line 3786)
-* design size, in font definitions: \newfont. (line 7922)
-* didot point: Units of length. (line 8472)
-* dieresis accent: Accents. (line 14022)
-* difference between class and package: Class and package construction.
- (line 859)
-* dimen plain TeX: Lengths. (line 8354)
-* directory listings, from system: \write18. (line 16175)
-* discretionary breaks, multiplication: \*. (line 11036)
-* discretionary hyphenation: \discretionary. (line 6686)
-* display math mode: Modes. (line 11116)
-* display style: Math styles. (line 10954)
+ (line 7381)
+* defining new fonts: \newfont. (line 7627)
+* defining new theorems: \newtheorem. (line 7515)
+* definitions: Definitions. (line 6958)
+* delayed \write: \write. (line 16162)
+* delimiters: Delimiters. (line 10358)
+* delimiters, paired: \left & \right. (line 10408)
+* delim_0: makeindex. (line 15418)
+* delim_1: makeindex. (line 15422)
+* delim_2: makeindex. (line 15426)
+* delim_n: makeindex. (line 15430)
+* delim_r: makeindex. (line 15434)
+* description: \newglossaryentry. (line 15577)
+* description environment: description. (line 3503)
+* description lists, creating: description. (line 3503)
+* design size, in font definitions: \newfont. (line 7640)
+* didot point: Units of length. (line 8675)
+* dieresis accent: Accents. (line 14198)
+* difference between class and package: Class and package creation.
+ (line 911)
+* dimen plain TeX: Lengths. (line 8557)
+* directory listings, from system: \write18. (line 16351)
+* discretionary breaks, multiplication: \*. (line 11239)
+* discretionary hyphenation: \discretionary. (line 6403)
+* display math mode: Modes. (line 11319)
+* display style: Math styles. (line 11157)
* displaying quoted text with paragraph indentation: quotation & quote.
- (line 5471)
+ (line 5188)
* displaying quoted text without paragraph indentation: quotation & quote.
- (line 5471)
-* displaymath environment: displaymath. (line 3842)
-* displaymath environment <1>: Math formulas. (line 9024)
-* document class commands: Class and package construction.
- (line 850)
+ (line 5188)
+* displaymath environment: displaymath. (line 3559)
+* displaymath environment <1>: Math formulas. (line 9227)
+* document class commands: Class and package creation.
+ (line 906)
* document class options: Document class options.
- (line 735)
+ (line 778)
* document class, defined: Starting and ending.
- (line 446)
-* document classes: Document classes. (line 700)
-* document environment: document. (line 3886)
-* document root name: Jobname. (line 16384)
+ (line 464)
+* document classes: Document classes. (line 743)
+* document environment: document. (line 3603)
+* document root name: Jobname. (line 16560)
* document templates: Document templates.
- (line 16487)
-* dollar sign: Text symbols. (line 13901)
-* dot accent: Accents. (line 14029)
-* dot over accent, math: Math accents. (line 10649)
-* dot-over accent: Accents. (line 14029)
-* dot-under accent: Accents. (line 14062)
-* dotless i: Accents. (line 14016)
-* dotless i, math: Math symbols. (line 9402)
-* dotless j: Accents. (line 14016)
-* dotless j, math: Math symbols. (line 9422)
-* dots: Dots. (line 10399)
-* double angle quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 13808)
-* double dagger, in text: Text symbols. (line 13794)
-* double dagger, in text <1>: Text symbols. (line 13898)
-* double dot accent, math: Math accents. (line 10646)
-* double guillemets: Text symbols. (line 13808)
-* double left quote: Text symbols. (line 13961)
-* double low-9 quotation mark: Text symbols. (line 13833)
-* double quote, straight base: Text symbols. (line 13977)
-* double right quote: Text symbols. (line 13964)
+ (line 16663)
+* documentmetadata-support-doc document: \DocumentMetadata. (line 698)
+* dollar sign: Text symbols. (line 14077)
+* dot accent: Accents. (line 14205)
+* dot over accent, math: Math accents. (line 10852)
+* dot-over accent: Accents. (line 14205)
+* dot-under accent: Accents. (line 14238)
+* dotless i: Accents. (line 14192)
+* dotless i, math: Math symbols. (line 9605)
+* dotless j: Accents. (line 14192)
+* dotless j, math: Math symbols. (line 9625)
+* dots: Dots. (line 10602)
+* double angle quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 13984)
+* double dagger, in text: Text symbols. (line 13970)
+* double dagger, in text <1>: Text symbols. (line 14074)
+* double dot accent, math: Math accents. (line 10849)
+* double guillemets: Text symbols. (line 13984)
+* double left quote: Text symbols. (line 14137)
+* double low-9 quotation mark: Text symbols. (line 14009)
+* double quote, straight base: Text symbols. (line 14153)
+* double right quote: Text symbols. (line 14140)
* double spacing: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch.
- (line 2320)
-* double vertical bar, in text: Text symbols. (line 13866)
-* doublestruck: Blackboard bold. (line 10111)
+ (line 2037)
+* double vertical bar, in text: Text symbols. (line 14042)
+* doublestruck: Blackboard bold. (line 10314)
* draft option: Document class options.
- (line 778)
-* dvilualatex-dev: TeX engines. (line 570)
-* dvipdfmx command: Output files. (line 471)
-* dvips command: Output files. (line 471)
-* dvitype command: Output files. (line 471)
-* e-dash: Text symbols. (line 13910)
-* e-TeX: TeX engines. (line 523)
-* ellipses: Dots. (line 10399)
-* ellipsis: Text symbols. (line 13816)
-* ellipsis, in Unicode (U+2026): Dots. (line 10459)
-* ellipsis, traditional (three periods): Dots. (line 10459)
-* em: Units of length. (line 8488)
-* em <1>: Units of length. (line 8487)
-* em-dash: Text symbols. (line 13904)
-* em-dash, three-quarters: Text symbols. (line 13986)
-* em-dash, two-thirds: Text symbols. (line 13992)
-* emphasis: Font styles. (line 1759)
-* enclosure list: \encl. (line 15582)
+ (line 824)
+* dvilualatex-dev: TeX engines. (line 588)
+* dvipdfmx command: Output files. (line 489)
+* dvips command: Output files. (line 489)
+* dvitype command: Output files. (line 489)
+* e-dash: Text symbols. (line 14086)
+* e-TeX: TeX engines. (line 541)
+* e-TeX, and robust commands: \DeclareRobustCommand.
+ (line 8003)
+* ellipses: Dots. (line 10602)
+* ellipsis: Text symbols. (line 13992)
+* ellipsis, in Unicode (U+2026): Dots. (line 10662)
+* ellipsis, traditional (three periods): Dots. (line 10662)
+* em: Units of length. (line 8690)
+* em <1>: Units of length. (line 8691)
+* em-dash: Text symbols. (line 14080)
+* em-dash, three-quarters: Text symbols. (line 14162)
+* em-dash, two-thirds: Text symbols. (line 14168)
+* emphasis: Font styles. (line 1476)
+* enclosure list: \encl. (line 15758)
* encoding, font: \DeclareFontEncoding.
- (line 1388)
-* encoding, of input files: inputenc package. (line 14206)
+ (line 1105)
+* encoding, of input files: inputenc package. (line 14382)
* end matter of a book: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter.
- (line 3113)
-* end of document hook: \AtEndDocument. (line 3908)
+ (line 2830)
+* end of document hook: \AtEndDocument. (line 3625)
* ending and starting: Starting and ending.
- (line 435)
-* engines, TeX: TeX engines. (line 513)
-* enlarge current page: \enlargethispage. (line 6908)
-* enumerate environment: enumerate. (line 3924)
-* enumi counter: Counters. (line 8129)
-* enumii counter: Counters. (line 8129)
-* enumiii counter: Counters. (line 8129)
-* enumitem package: itemize. (line 4357)
-* enumitem package <1>: list. (line 4656)
-* enumiv counter: Counters. (line 8129)
+ (line 453)
+* engines, TeX: TeX engines. (line 531)
+* enlarge current page: \enlargethispage. (line 6625)
+* enumerate environment: enumerate. (line 3641)
+* enumi counter: Counters. (line 8332)
+* enumii counter: Counters. (line 8332)
+* enumiii counter: Counters. (line 8332)
+* enumitem package: itemize. (line 4074)
+* enumitem package <1>: list. (line 4373)
+* enumiv counter: Counters. (line 8332)
* environment: Starting and ending.
- (line 454)
-* environment form of font size commands: Font sizes. (line 1885)
-* environment, abstract: abstract. (line 3574)
-* environment, array: array. (line 3620)
-* environment, center: center. (line 3696)
-* environment, description: description. (line 3786)
-* environment, displaymath: displaymath. (line 3842)
-* environment, displaymath <1>: Math formulas. (line 9024)
-* environment, document: document. (line 3886)
-* environment, enumerate: enumerate. (line 3924)
-* environment, eqnarray: eqnarray. (line 3991)
-* environment, equation: equation. (line 4045)
-* environment, equation <1>: Math formulas. (line 9024)
-* environment, figure: figure. (line 4065)
-* environment, filecontents: filecontents. (line 4123)
-* environment, filecontents*: filecontents. (line 4123)
-* environment, flushleft: flushleft. (line 4188)
-* environment, flushright: flushright. (line 4250)
-* environment, itemize: itemize. (line 4297)
-* environment, letter: letter. (line 4385)
-* environment, list: list. (line 4390)
-* environment, math: math. (line 4756)
-* environment, math <1>: Math formulas. (line 9024)
-* environment, minipage: minipage. (line 4768)
-* environment, picture: picture. (line 4926)
-* environment, quotation: quotation & quote. (line 5471)
-* environment, quote: quotation & quote. (line 5471)
-* environment, sloppypar: sloppypar. (line 6723)
-* environment, tabbing: tabbing. (line 5501)
-* environment, table: table. (line 5650)
-* environment, tabular: tabular. (line 5708)
-* environment, thebibliography: thebibliography. (line 6032)
+ (line 472)
+* environment form of font size commands: Font sizes. (line 1602)
+* environment, abstract: abstract. (line 3291)
+* environment, array: array. (line 3337)
+* environment, center: center. (line 3413)
+* environment, description: description. (line 3503)
+* environment, displaymath: displaymath. (line 3559)
+* environment, displaymath <1>: Math formulas. (line 9227)
+* environment, document: document. (line 3603)
+* environment, enumerate: enumerate. (line 3641)
+* environment, eqnarray: eqnarray. (line 3708)
+* environment, equation: equation. (line 3762)
+* environment, equation <1>: Math formulas. (line 9227)
+* environment, figure: figure. (line 3782)
+* environment, filecontents: filecontents. (line 3840)
+* environment, filecontents*: filecontents. (line 3840)
+* environment, flushleft: flushleft. (line 3905)
+* environment, flushright: flushright. (line 3967)
+* environment, itemize: itemize. (line 4014)
+* environment, letter: letter. (line 4102)
+* environment, list: list. (line 4107)
+* environment, math: math. (line 4473)
+* environment, math <1>: Math formulas. (line 9227)
+* environment, minipage: minipage. (line 4485)
+* environment, picture: picture. (line 4643)
+* environment, quotation: quotation & quote. (line 5188)
+* environment, quote: quotation & quote. (line 5188)
+* environment, sloppypar: sloppypar. (line 6440)
+* environment, tabbing: tabbing. (line 5218)
+* environment, table: table. (line 5367)
+* environment, tabular: tabular. (line 5425)
+* environment, thebibliography: thebibliography. (line 5749)
* environment, theindex: Produce the index manually.
- (line 14998)
-* environment, theorem: theorem. (line 6299)
-* environment, theorem-like: \newtheorem. (line 7797)
-* environment, titlepage: titlepage. (line 6329)
-* environment, verbatim: verbatim. (line 6368)
-* environment, verse: verse. (line 6462)
-* environments: Environments. (line 3557)
+ (line 15174)
+* environment, theorem: theorem. (line 6016)
+* environment, theorem-like: \newtheorem. (line 7515)
+* environment, titlepage: titlepage. (line 6046)
+* environment, verbatim: verbatim. (line 6085)
+* environment, verse: verse. (line 6179)
+* environments: Environments. (line 3274)
* environments, defining: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment.
- (line 7663)
-* envlab package: \makelabels. (line 15656)
-* EPS files: \includegraphics. (line 13234)
-* eqnarray environment: eqnarray. (line 3991)
-* equation counter: Counters. (line 8129)
-* equation environment: equation. (line 4045)
-* equation environment <1>: Math formulas. (line 9024)
-* equation number, cross referencing: \ref. (line 3474)
+ (line 7381)
+* envlab package: \makelabels. (line 15832)
+* EPS files: \includegraphics. (line 13154)
+* eqnarray environment: eqnarray. (line 3708)
+* equation counter: Counters. (line 8332)
+* equation environment: equation. (line 3762)
+* equation environment <1>: Math formulas. (line 9227)
+* equation number, cross referencing: \ref. (line 3191)
* equation numbers, left vs. right: Document class options.
- (line 792)
-* equation numbers, omitting: eqnarray. (line 4024)
-* equations, aligning: eqnarray. (line 3991)
-* equations, environment for: equation. (line 4045)
+ (line 838)
+* equation numbers, omitting: eqnarray. (line 3741)
+* equations, aligning: eqnarray. (line 3708)
+* equations, environment for: equation. (line 3762)
* equations, flush left vs. centered: Document class options.
- (line 786)
+ (line 832)
* error messages, from BibTeX: BibTeX error messages.
- (line 6272)
+ (line 5989)
* errorstopmode: Command line options.
- (line 16257)
+ (line 16433)
* es-zet German letter: Additional Latin letters.
- (line 14186)
-* etex command: TeX engines. (line 523)
+ (line 14362)
+* etex command: TeX engines. (line 541)
* eth, Icelandic letter: Additional Latin letters.
- (line 14154)
-* etoolbox package: Class and package commands.
- (line 1024)
-* euro symbol: Text symbols. (line 13913)
-* eurosym package: Text symbols. (line 13913)
-* eurosym package <1>: Text symbols. (line 13914)
-* ex: Units of length. (line 8484)
-* ex <1>: Units of length. (line 8483)
-* exclamation point, upside-down: Text symbols. (line 13921)
-* exclamation points, ending a sentence: \@. (line 11715)
+ (line 14330)
+* etoolbox package: \DeclareRobustCommand.
+ (line 8003)
+* euro symbol: Text symbols. (line 14089)
+* eurosym package: Text symbols. (line 14089)
+* eurosym package <1>: Text symbols. (line 14090)
+* ex: Units of length. (line 8686)
+* ex <1>: Units of length. (line 8687)
+* exclamation point, upside-down: Text symbols. (line 14097)
+* exclamation points, ending a sentence: \@. (line 11891)
* executivepaper option: Document class options.
- (line 748)
+ (line 794)
* expl3 package: LaTeX command syntax.
- (line 628)
+ (line 646)
* expl3 package <1>: Upper and lower case.
- (line 13756)
+ (line 13932)
* exponent: Subscripts & superscripts.
- (line 9090)
-* expressions: Expressions. (line 8684)
+ (line 9293)
+* expressions: Expressions. (line 8887)
* extended Latin: Additional Latin letters.
- (line 14140)
-* external commands: \write18. (line 16116)
-* external files, writing: filecontents. (line 4123)
-* fallback jobname: Jobname. (line 16405)
+ (line 14316)
+* external commands: \write18. (line 16292)
+* external files, writing: filecontents. (line 3840)
+* fallback jobname: Jobname. (line 16581)
* families, of fonts: Low-level font commands.
- (line 1916)
-* fancyhdr package: Page styles. (line 11175)
-* fancyhdr package <1>: \pagestyle. (line 11326)
-* fancyvrb package: tabbing. (line 5641)
-* fancyvrb package <1>: verbatim. (line 6403)
-* feminine ordinal symbol: Text symbols. (line 13952)
-* figure counter: Counters. (line 8129)
-* figure dash character: Text symbols. (line 13924)
-* figure environment: figure. (line 4065)
-* figure number, cross referencing: \ref. (line 3474)
-* figures, footnotes in: minipage. (line 4869)
-* figures, inserting: figure. (line 4065)
+ (line 1633)
+* fancyhdr package: Page styles. (line 11378)
+* fancyhdr package <1>: \pagestyle. (line 11529)
+* fancyvrb package: tabbing. (line 5358)
+* fancyvrb package <1>: verbatim. (line 6120)
+* feminine ordinal symbol: Text symbols. (line 14128)
+* figure counter: Counters. (line 8332)
+* figure dash character: Text symbols. (line 14100)
+* figure environment: figure. (line 3782)
+* figure number, cross referencing: \ref. (line 3191)
+* figures, footnotes in: minipage. (line 4586)
+* figures, inserting: figure. (line 3782)
* file, closing: \openin & \openout.
- (line 15754)
+ (line 15930)
* file, opening: \openin & \openout.
- (line 15754)
-* file, reading: \read. (line 15818)
+ (line 15930)
+* file, reading: \read. (line 15994)
* file, root: Splitting the input.
- (line 14320)
-* file, root <1>: Jobname. (line 16384)
-* filecontents environment: filecontents. (line 4123)
-* filecontents* environment: filecontents. (line 4123)
+ (line 14496)
+* file, root <1>: Jobname. (line 16560)
+* filecontents environment: filecontents. (line 3840)
+* filecontents* environment: filecontents. (line 3840)
* filename for current job: Command line options.
- (line 16273)
+ (line 16449)
* final option: Document class options.
- (line 778)
+ (line 824)
* first-latex-doc document: About this document.
- (line 394)
-* fixed-width font: Font styles. (line 1796)
-* flafter package: Floats. (line 2490)
+ (line 413)
+* fixed-width font: Font styles. (line 1513)
+* flafter package: Floats. (line 2207)
* fleqn option: Document class options.
- (line 778)
-* float package: Floats. (line 2460)
-* float page: Floats. (line 2466)
+ (line 824)
+* float package: Floats. (line 2177)
+* float page: Floats. (line 2183)
* flush left equations: Document class options.
- (line 786)
+ (line 832)
* flushing floats and starting a page: \clearpage & \cleardoublepage.
- (line 6833)
-* flushleft environment: flushleft. (line 4188)
-* flushright environment: flushright. (line 4250)
+ (line 6550)
+* flushleft environment: flushleft. (line 3905)
+* flushright environment: flushright. (line 3967)
* font catalogue: Low-level font commands.
- (line 1916)
+ (line 1633)
* font commands, low-level: Low-level font commands.
- (line 1901)
-* font dimension, slant: \/. (line 11948)
-* font encoding: fontenc package. (line 1302)
+ (line 1618)
+* font dimension, slant: \/. (line 12124)
+* font encoding: fontenc package. (line 1019)
* font encoding <1>: \DeclareTextAccent.
- (line 1422)
+ (line 1139)
* font encoding, declaring: \DeclareFontEncoding.
- (line 1388)
+ (line 1105)
* font size: Low-level font commands.
- (line 1996)
-* font sizes: Font sizes. (line 1844)
-* font styles: Font styles. (line 1705)
+ (line 1713)
+* font sizes: Font sizes. (line 1561)
+* font styles: Font styles. (line 1422)
* font symbols, by number: Symbols by font position.
- (line 13767)
-* fontenc: fontenc package. (line 1302)
-* fonts: Fonts. (line 1265)
-* fonts, new commands for: \newfont. (line 7909)
-* fonts, script: Calligraphic. (line 10138)
-* fontspec package: fontenc package. (line 1313)
+ (line 13943)
+* fontenc: fontenc package. (line 1019)
+* fonts: Fonts. (line 982)
+* fonts, new commands for: \newfont. (line 7627)
+* fonts, script: Calligraphic. (line 10341)
+* fontspec package: fontenc package. (line 1030)
* fontspec package <1>: OpenType bold math.
- (line 10085)
-* footer style: \pagestyle. (line 11319)
+ (line 10288)
+* footer style: \pagestyle. (line 11522)
* footer, parameters for: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2187)
-* footnote counter: Counters. (line 8129)
-* footnote number, cross referencing: \ref. (line 3474)
-* footnote parameters: \footnote. (line 7026)
+ (line 1904)
+* footnote counter: Counters. (line 8332)
+* footnote number, cross referencing: \ref. (line 3191)
+* footnote parameters: \footnote. (line 6743)
* footnote, in a table: Footnotes in a table.
- (line 7155)
+ (line 6872)
* footnote, in section headings: Footnotes in section headings.
- (line 7136)
+ (line 6853)
* footnote, of a footnote: Footnotes of footnotes.
- (line 7225)
-* footnotes in figures: minipage. (line 4869)
-* footnotes, creating: Footnotes. (line 6979)
-* footnotes, in a minipage: \footnote. (line 7054)
-* footnotes, symbols instead of numbers: \footnote. (line 7016)
-* force option for filecontents: filecontents. (line 4148)
-* format files, TeX: TeX engines. (line 513)
-* formulas, environment for: equation. (line 4045)
-* formulas, math: Math formulas. (line 9024)
-* forward reference: Cross references. (line 3373)
-* forward references, resolving: Output files. (line 494)
-* fraction: \frac. (line 11052)
-* fragile commands: \protect. (line 7941)
-* frame rule width: \fbox & \framebox. (line 12427)
-* frame, line width: \fbox & \framebox. (line 12427)
-* frame, separation from contents: \fbox & \framebox. (line 12432)
-* French quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 13808)
+ (line 6942)
+* footnotes in figures: minipage. (line 4586)
+* footnotes, creating: Footnotes. (line 6696)
+* footnotes, in a minipage: \footnote. (line 6771)
+* footnotes, symbols instead of numbers: \footnote. (line 6733)
+* force option for filecontents: filecontents. (line 3865)
+* format files, TeX: TeX engines. (line 531)
+* format, requiring: \NeedsTeXFormat. (line 8105)
+* formulas, environment for: equation. (line 3762)
+* formulas, math: Math formulas. (line 9227)
+* forward reference: Cross references. (line 3090)
+* forward references, resolving: Output files. (line 512)
+* fraction: \frac. (line 11255)
+* fragile commands: \protect. (line 7659)
+* frame rule width: \fbox & \framebox. (line 12603)
+* frame, line width: \fbox & \framebox. (line 12603)
+* frame, separation from contents: \fbox & \framebox. (line 12608)
+* French quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 13984)
* front matter of a book: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter.
- (line 3113)
-* functions, math: Math functions. (line 10513)
+ (line 2830)
+* functions, math: Math functions. (line 10716)
* geometry package: Document class options.
- (line 769)
+ (line 815)
* global options: Document class options.
- (line 735)
-* global options <1>: Additional packages.
- (line 843)
-* glossaries: Glossaries. (line 15313)
-* glossary: Glossaries. (line 15313)
-* glossary, entries: \newglossaryentry. (line 15361)
-* glossary, entry reference: \gls. (line 15420)
-* glue plain TeX: Lengths. (line 8354)
-* glue register, plain TeX: \newlength. (line 7611)
-* graphics: Graphics. (line 12937)
+ (line 778)
+* global options <1>: \usepackage. (line 899)
+* global options <2>: \ProcessOptions. (line 8190)
+* glossaries: Glossaries. (line 15489)
+* glossary: Glossaries. (line 15489)
+* glossary, entries: \newglossaryentry. (line 15537)
+* glossary, entry reference: \gls. (line 15596)
+* glue plain TeX: Lengths. (line 8557)
+* glue register, plain TeX: \newlength. (line 7329)
+* graphics: Graphics. (line 12857)
* graphics <1>: Graphics package configuration.
- (line 13038)
-* graphics <2>: \includegraphics. (line 13234)
-* graphics package: Graphics. (line 12937)
+ (line 12958)
+* graphics <2>: \includegraphics. (line 13154)
+* graphics package: Graphics. (line 12857)
* graphics package <1>: Graphics package configuration.
- (line 13038)
-* graphics package <2>: \includegraphics. (line 13234)
+ (line 12958)
+* graphics package <2>: \includegraphics. (line 13154)
* graphics package commands: Commands for graphics.
- (line 13228)
+ (line 13148)
* graphics package options: Graphics package options.
- (line 12974)
-* graphics packages: \line. (line 5187)
-* graphics, resizing: \scalebox. (line 13617)
-* graphics, resizing <1>: \resizebox. (line 13649)
-* graphics, scaling: \scalebox. (line 13617)
-* graphics, scaling <1>: \resizebox. (line 13649)
-* graphpap package: \graphpaper. (line 5139)
-* grave accent: Accents. (line 14041)
-* grave accent, math: Math accents. (line 10652)
-* greater than symbol, in text: Text symbols. (line 13931)
-* greek letters: Math symbols. (line 9153)
-* Greek letters: Greek letters. (line 10470)
+ (line 12894)
+* graphics packages: \line. (line 4904)
+* graphics, resizing: \scalebox. (line 13537)
+* graphics, resizing <1>: \resizebox. (line 13569)
+* graphics, scaling: \scalebox. (line 13537)
+* graphics, scaling <1>: \resizebox. (line 13569)
+* graphpap package: \graphpaper. (line 4856)
+* grave accent: Accents. (line 14217)
+* grave accent, math: Math accents. (line 10855)
+* greater than symbol, in text: Text symbols. (line 14107)
+* greek letters: Math symbols. (line 9356)
+* Greek letters: Greek letters. (line 10673)
* grfext package: \DeclareGraphicsExtensions.
- (line 13146)
-* group, and environments: Environments. (line 3569)
-* group_skip: makeindex. (line 15191)
-* guillemots, birds: Text symbols. (line 13808)
-* hacek accent: Accents. (line 14090)
-* Halmos symbol: \rule. (line 14257)
-* hard space: ~. (line 11818)
-* hat accent: Accents. (line 14037)
-* hat accent, math: Math accents. (line 10655)
-* header style: \pagestyle. (line 11319)
+ (line 13066)
+* group, and environments: Environments. (line 3286)
+* group_skip: makeindex. (line 15367)
+* guillemots, birds: Text symbols. (line 13984)
+* hacek accent: Accents. (line 14266)
+* Halmos symbol: \rule. (line 14433)
+* hard space: ~. (line 11994)
+* hat accent: Accents. (line 14213)
+* hat accent, math: Math accents. (line 10858)
+* header style: \pagestyle. (line 11522)
* header, parameters for: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2187)
+ (line 1904)
* hello, world: Starting and ending.
- (line 435)
-* here, putting floats: Floats. (line 2460)
+ (line 453)
+* here, putting floats: Floats. (line 2177)
* home page for manual: About this document.
- (line 364)
-* horizontal bar character: Text symbols. (line 13934)
+ (line 382)
+* horizontal bar character: Text symbols. (line 14110)
* horizontal paragraph indentation: \parindent & \parskip.
- (line 8942)
-* horizontal space: \hss. (line 11597)
-* horizontal space, stretchable: \hss. (line 11597)
+ (line 9145)
+* horizontal space: \hss. (line 11773)
+* horizontal space, stretchable: \hss. (line 11773)
* horizontal spacing: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
- (line 10857)
-* hungarian umlaut accent: Accents. (line 14066)
-* hyperref package: \footnotemark. (line 7106)
-* hyperref package <1>: \footnotemark. (line 7115)
-* hyperref package <2>: \pagenumbering. (line 11289)
-* hyperref package <3>: \contentsline. (line 14874)
+ (line 11060)
+* hungarian umlaut accent: Accents. (line 14242)
+* hyperref package: \footnotemark. (line 6823)
+* hyperref package <1>: \footnotemark. (line 6832)
+* hyperref package <2>: \pagenumbering. (line 11492)
+* hyperref package <3>: \contentsline. (line 15050)
* hyperref package <4>: Command line input.
- (line 16328)
-* hyphen character, non-breaking: Text symbols. (line 13945)
-* hyphenation, defining: \hyphenation. (line 6751)
-* hyphenation, discretionary: \discretionary. (line 6686)
-* hyphenation, forcing: \- (hyphenation). (line 6641)
-* hyphenation, preventing: \mbox & \makebox. (line 12306)
-* háček accent, math: Math accents. (line 10643)
+ (line 16504)
+* hyphen character, non-breaking: Text symbols. (line 14121)
+* hyphenation, defining: \hyphenation. (line 6468)
+* hyphenation, discretionary: \discretionary. (line 6403)
+* hyphenation, forcing: \- (hyphenation). (line 6358)
+* hyphenation, preventing: \mbox & \makebox. (line 12482)
+* háček accent, math: Math accents. (line 10846)
* Icelandic eth: Additional Latin letters.
- (line 14154)
+ (line 14330)
* Icelandic thorn: Additional Latin letters.
- (line 14190)
-* idx file: \index. (line 15124)
+ (line 14366)
+* idx file: \index. (line 15300)
* ij letter, Dutch: Additional Latin letters.
- (line 14166)
-* immediate \write: \write. (line 15981)
-* implementations of TeX: TeX engines. (line 513)
-* importing graphics: \includegraphics. (line 13234)
-* in: Units of length. (line 8458)
-* inch: Units of length. (line 8459)
-* including graphics: \includegraphics. (line 13234)
+ (line 14342)
+* immediate \write: \write. (line 16157)
+* implementations of TeX: TeX engines. (line 531)
+* importing graphics: \includegraphics. (line 13154)
+* in: Units of length. (line 8661)
+* inch: Units of length. (line 8662)
+* including graphics: \includegraphics. (line 13154)
* indent, forcing: \indent & \noindent.
- (line 8893)
-* indentation of paragraphs, in minipage: minipage. (line 4865)
-* indentfirst package: \part. (line 2769)
-* indentfirst package <1>: \chapter. (line 2831)
-* indentfirst package <2>: \section. (line 2926)
-* indentfirst package <3>: \subsection. (line 2992)
+ (line 9096)
+* indentation of paragraphs, in minipage: minipage. (line 4582)
+* indentfirst package: \part. (line 2486)
+* indentfirst package <1>: \chapter. (line 2548)
+* indentfirst package <2>: \section. (line 2643)
+* indentfirst package <3>: \subsection. (line 2709)
* indentfirst package <4>: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
- (line 3067)
+ (line 2784)
* indentfirst package <5>: \indent & \noindent.
- (line 8935)
-* indent_length: makeindex. (line 15270)
-* indent_space: makeindex. (line 15266)
-* index entries, subentries: \index. (line 15042)
-* index entries, ‘see’ and ‘see also’: \index. (line 15074)
-* index entry: \index. (line 15022)
-* index package: \index. (line 15119)
-* index, multiple: Indexes. (line 14985)
-* index, page range: \index. (line 15058)
-* index, printing: \printindex. (line 15298)
-* index, processing: makeindex. (line 15139)
+ (line 9138)
+* indent_length: makeindex. (line 15446)
+* indent_space: makeindex. (line 15442)
+* index entries, subentries: \index. (line 15218)
+* index entries, ‘see’ and ‘see also’: \index. (line 15250)
+* index entry: \index. (line 15198)
+* index package: \index. (line 15295)
+* index, multiple: Indexes. (line 15161)
+* index, page range: \index. (line 15234)
+* index, printing: \printindex. (line 15474)
+* index, processing: makeindex. (line 15315)
* index, producing manually: Produce the index manually.
- (line 14995)
-* index, style file: makeindex. (line 15151)
-* indexes: Indexes. (line 14940)
-* infinite horizontal stretch: \hfill. (line 11564)
-* infinite vertical stretch: \vfill. (line 12220)
-* inline formulas: math. (line 4756)
-* inner paragraph mode: Modes. (line 11136)
+ (line 15171)
+* index, style file: makeindex. (line 15327)
+* indexes: Indexes. (line 15116)
+* infinite horizontal stretch: \hfill. (line 11740)
+* infinite vertical stretch: \vfill. (line 12396)
+* inline formulas: math. (line 4473)
+* inner paragraph mode: Modes. (line 11339)
* input file: Splitting the input.
- (line 14316)
+ (line 14492)
* input, on command line: Command line input.
- (line 16320)
-* input/output: Input/output. (line 15745)
-* input/output, to terminal: Input/output. (line 15745)
-* inputenc: inputenc package. (line 14197)
-* inserting figures: figure. (line 4065)
+ (line 16496)
+* input/output: Input/output. (line 15921)
+* input/output, to terminal: Input/output. (line 15921)
+* inputenc: inputenc package. (line 14373)
+* inserting figures: figure. (line 3782)
* insertions of special characters: Special insertions.
- (line 13678)
+ (line 13854)
* interface, command line: Command line interface.
- (line 16192)
+ (line 16368)
* interline space: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch.
- (line 2320)
-* internal vertical mode: Modes. (line 11126)
+ (line 2037)
+* internal vertical mode: Modes. (line 11329)
* invisible character: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
- (line 10857)
-* invisible character <1>: \mathstrut. (line 10920)
-* italic correction: \/. (line 11914)
-* italic font: Font styles. (line 1781)
-* itemize environment: itemize. (line 4297)
-* item_0: makeindex. (line 15215)
-* item_01: makeindex. (line 15224)
-* item_1: makeindex. (line 15218)
-* item_12: makeindex. (line 15233)
-* item_2: makeindex. (line 15221)
-* item_x1: makeindex. (line 15228)
-* item_x2: makeindex. (line 15237)
+ (line 11060)
+* invisible character <1>: \mathstrut. (line 11123)
+* italic correction: \/. (line 12090)
+* italic font: Font styles. (line 1498)
+* itemize environment: itemize. (line 4014)
+* item_0: makeindex. (line 15391)
+* item_01: makeindex. (line 15400)
+* item_1: makeindex. (line 15394)
+* item_12: makeindex. (line 15409)
+* item_2: makeindex. (line 15397)
+* item_x1: makeindex. (line 15404)
+* item_x2: makeindex. (line 15413)
* jobname: Command line options.
- (line 16273)
-* jobname <1>: Jobname. (line 16384)
-* JPEG files: \includegraphics. (line 13234)
-* JPG files: \includegraphics. (line 13234)
-* justification, ragged left: \raggedleft. (line 4270)
-* justification, ragged right: \raggedright. (line 4217)
-* Knuth, Donald E.: Overview. (line 406)
-* label: Cross references. (line 3352)
-* labelled lists, creating: description. (line 3786)
-* Lamport TeX: Overview. (line 427)
-* Lamport, Leslie: Overview. (line 406)
+ (line 16449)
+* jobname <1>: Jobname. (line 16560)
+* JPEG files: \includegraphics. (line 13154)
+* JPG files: \includegraphics. (line 13154)
+* justification, ragged left: \raggedleft. (line 3987)
+* justification, ragged right: \raggedright. (line 3934)
+* Knuth, Donald E.: Overview. (line 424)
+* label: Cross references. (line 3069)
+* labelled lists, creating: description. (line 3503)
+* Lamport TeX: Overview. (line 445)
+* Lamport, Leslie: Overview. (line 424)
* landscape option: Document class options.
- (line 778)
+ (line 824)
* landscape orientation: Document class options.
- (line 789)
-* latex: TeX engines. (line 521)
-* latex command: Output files. (line 471)
-* LaTeX format (.fmt) files: TeX engines. (line 513)
-* LaTeX logo: Text symbols. (line 13797)
-* LaTeX overview: Overview. (line 406)
+ (line 835)
+* latex: TeX engines. (line 539)
+* latex command: Output files. (line 489)
+* LaTeX format (.fmt) files: TeX engines. (line 531)
+* LaTeX logo: Text symbols. (line 13973)
+* LaTeX overview: Overview. (line 424)
* LaTeX Project team: About this document.
- (line 378)
+ (line 396)
* LaTeX vs. LaTeX2e: About this document.
- (line 374)
-* latex-dev: TeX engines. (line 571)
+ (line 392)
+* latex-dev: TeX engines. (line 589)
* latex-doc-ptr document: About this document.
- (line 391)
-* LaTeX2e logo: Text symbols. (line 13800)
+ (line 410)
+* latex-lab package: \DocumentMetadata. (line 698)
+* LaTeX2e logo: Text symbols. (line 13976)
* LaTeX3 syntax: LaTeX command syntax.
- (line 628)
+ (line 646)
* <latexrefman at tug.org> email address: About this document.
- (line 378)
-* latexsym package: Arrows. (line 9999)
+ (line 396)
+* latexsym package: Arrows. (line 10202)
* Latin letters, additional: Additional Latin letters.
- (line 14140)
-* layout commands: Layout. (line 2030)
+ (line 14316)
+* layout commands: Layout. (line 1747)
* layout, page parameters for: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2187)
-* leaders, dots in table of contents: \@dottedtocline. (line 14692)
+ (line 1904)
+* leaders, dots in table of contents: \@dottedtocline. (line 14868)
* leading: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch.
- (line 2320)
-* left angle quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 13808)
-* left arrow, in text: Text symbols. (line 13942)
-* left brace, in text: Text symbols. (line 13872)
-* left quote: Text symbols. (line 13821)
-* left quote, double: Text symbols. (line 13961)
-* left quote, single: Text symbols. (line 13967)
+ (line 2037)
+* left angle quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 13984)
+* left arrow, in text: Text symbols. (line 14118)
+* left brace, in text: Text symbols. (line 14048)
+* left quote: Text symbols. (line 13997)
+* left quote, double: Text symbols. (line 14137)
+* left quote, single: Text symbols. (line 14143)
* left-hand equation numbers: Document class options.
- (line 792)
-* left-justifying text: \raggedright. (line 4217)
-* left-justifying text, environment for: flushleft. (line 4188)
-* left-to-right mode: Modes. (line 11103)
+ (line 838)
+* left-justifying text: \raggedright. (line 3934)
+* left-justifying text, environment for: flushleft. (line 3905)
+* left-to-right mode: Modes. (line 11306)
* legalpaper option: Document class options.
- (line 748)
-* lengths, adding to: \addtolength. (line 8538)
-* lengths, allocating new: \newlength. (line 7611)
-* lengths, defining and using: Lengths. (line 8351)
-* lengths, setting: \setlength. (line 8509)
+ (line 794)
+* lengths, adding to: \addtolength. (line 8741)
+* lengths, allocating new: \newlength. (line 7329)
+* lengths, defining and using: Lengths. (line 8554)
+* lengths, setting: \setlength. (line 8712)
* leqno option: Document class options.
- (line 778)
-* less than symbol, in text: Text symbols. (line 13939)
-* lethead_flag: makeindex. (line 15198)
-* lethead_prefix: makeindex. (line 15207)
-* lethead_suffix: makeindex. (line 15211)
-* letter class: Document classes. (line 705)
-* letter environment: letter. (line 4385)
+ (line 824)
+* less than symbol, in text: Text symbols. (line 14115)
+* lethead_flag: makeindex. (line 15374)
+* lethead_prefix: makeindex. (line 15383)
+* lethead_suffix: makeindex. (line 15387)
+* letter class: Document classes. (line 748)
+* letter environment: letter. (line 4102)
* letterpaper option: Document class options.
- (line 748)
-* letters, accented: Accents. (line 14003)
+ (line 794)
+* letters, accented: Accents. (line 14179)
* letters, additional Latin: Additional Latin letters.
- (line 14140)
-* letters, ending: \closing. (line 15569)
-* letters, starting: \opening. (line 15674)
-* letters, writing: Letters. (line 15450)
-* line break, forcing: \\. (line 6515)
-* line breaking: Line breaking. (line 6498)
-* line breaks, changing: \fussy & \sloppy. (line 6709)
+ (line 14316)
+* letters, ending: \closing. (line 15745)
+* letters, starting: \opening. (line 15850)
+* letters, writing: Letters. (line 15626)
+* line break, forcing: \\. (line 6232)
+* line breaking: Line breaking. (line 6215)
+* line breaks, changing: \fussy & \sloppy. (line 6426)
* line breaks, forcing: \linebreak & \nolinebreak.
- (line 6770)
-* line breaks, multiplication discretionary: \*. (line 11036)
+ (line 6487)
+* line breaks, multiplication discretionary: \*. (line 11239)
* line breaks, preventing: \linebreak & \nolinebreak.
- (line 6770)
-* lines in tables: tabular. (line 5708)
-* line_max: makeindex. (line 15262)
-* lining numerals: Font styles. (line 1832)
-* lining text up in tables: tabular. (line 5708)
-* lining text up using tab stops: tabbing. (line 5501)
-* list environment: list. (line 4390)
-* list items, specifying counter: \usecounter. (line 8203)
-* list of figures file: Output files. (line 504)
-* list of tables file: Output files. (line 504)
-* listings package: tabbing. (line 5641)
-* listings package <1>: verbatim. (line 6397)
-* listings package <2>: \verb. (line 6447)
-* lists of items: itemize. (line 4297)
-* lists of items, generic: list. (line 4390)
-* lists of items, numbered: enumerate. (line 3924)
-* lmodern package: fontenc package. (line 1332)
-* loading additional packages: Additional packages.
- (line 834)
-* locale information, from system: \write18. (line 16175)
-* log file: Output files. (line 489)
-* log file, writing to: \write. (line 15951)
-* logo, LaTeX: Text symbols. (line 13797)
-* logo, LaTeX2e: Text symbols. (line 13800)
-* logo, TeX: Text symbols. (line 13843)
-* long command: Class and package commands.
- (line 937)
-* low-9 quotation marks, single and double: Text symbols. (line 13833)
+ (line 6487)
+* lines in tables: tabular. (line 5425)
+* line_max: makeindex. (line 15438)
+* lining numerals: Font styles. (line 1549)
+* lining text up in tables: tabular. (line 5425)
+* lining text up using tab stops: tabbing. (line 5218)
+* list environment: list. (line 4107)
+* list items, specifying counter: \usecounter. (line 8406)
+* list of figures file: Output files. (line 522)
+* list of tables file: Output files. (line 522)
+* listings package: tabbing. (line 5358)
+* listings package <1>: verbatim. (line 6114)
+* listings package <2>: \verb. (line 6164)
+* lists of items: itemize. (line 4014)
+* lists of items, generic: list. (line 4107)
+* lists of items, numbered: enumerate. (line 3641)
+* lmodern package: fontenc package. (line 1049)
+* loading additional packages: \usepackage. (line 880)
+* local options: \ProcessOptions. (line 8190)
+* locale information, from system: \write18. (line 16351)
+* log file: Output files. (line 507)
+* log file, writing to: \write. (line 16127)
+* logo, LaTeX: Text symbols. (line 13973)
+* logo, LaTeX2e: Text symbols. (line 13976)
+* logo, TeX: Text symbols. (line 14019)
+* long command: \CheckCommand. (line 7876)
+* low-9 quotation marks, single and double: Text symbols. (line 14009)
* low-level font commands: Low-level font commands.
- (line 1901)
+ (line 1618)
* lowercase: Upper and lower case.
- (line 13714)
-* LR box: picture. (line 5013)
-* LR mode: Modes. (line 11103)
-* lrbox: lrbox. (line 12639)
+ (line 13890)
+* LR box: picture. (line 4730)
+* LR mode: Modes. (line 11306)
+* lrbox: lrbox. (line 12815)
* lshort document: About this document.
- (line 397)
-* lualatex: TeX engines. (line 539)
-* lualatex-dev: TeX engines. (line 572)
-* LuaTeX: TeX engines. (line 540)
-* LuaTeX, 256 output streams in: \write. (line 15963)
-* m-width: Units of length. (line 8488)
-* macron accent: Accents. (line 14033)
-* macron accent, math: Math accents. (line 10637)
+ (line 416)
+* lualatex: TeX engines. (line 557)
+* lualatex-dev: TeX engines. (line 590)
+* LuaTeX: TeX engines. (line 558)
+* LuaTeX, 256 output streams in: \write. (line 16139)
+* m-width: Units of length. (line 8691)
+* macron accent: Accents. (line 14209)
+* macron accent, math: Math accents. (line 10840)
* macros2e package: \makeatletter & \makeatother.
- (line 7484)
-* Madsen, Lars: eqnarray. (line 3991)
-* mail merges: \read. (line 15843)
+ (line 7202)
+* Madsen, Lars: eqnarray. (line 3708)
+* mail merges: \read. (line 16019)
* main matter of a book: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter.
- (line 3113)
-* make a box: \mbox & \makebox. (line 12306)
-* makeidx package: \printindex. (line 15304)
-* makeindex and special page numbers: \thepage. (line 11466)
-* makeindex program: makeindex. (line 15139)
-* makeindex, program: makeindex. (line 15139)
-* makeindex, style file: makeindex. (line 15151)
-* making a title page: titlepage. (line 6329)
-* making paragraphs: Making paragraphs. (line 8779)
-* marginal notes: Marginal notes. (line 8974)
-* masculine ordinal symbol: Text symbols. (line 13952)
-* matching brackets: \left & \right. (line 10205)
-* matching parentheses: \left & \right. (line 10205)
-* math accents: Math accents. (line 10629)
-* math environment: math. (line 4756)
-* math environment <1>: Math formulas. (line 9024)
-* math formulas: Math formulas. (line 9024)
-* math functions: Math functions. (line 10513)
-* math miscellany: Math miscellany. (line 11010)
-* math mode: Modes. (line 11113)
-* math mode, entering: Math formulas. (line 9024)
+ (line 2830)
+* make a box: \mbox & \makebox. (line 12482)
+* makeidx package: \printindex. (line 15480)
+* makeindex program: makeindex. (line 15315)
+* makeindex, program: makeindex. (line 15315)
+* makeindex, style file: makeindex. (line 15327)
+* making a title page: titlepage. (line 6046)
+* making paragraphs: Making paragraphs. (line 8982)
+* marginal notes: Marginal notes. (line 9177)
+* masculine ordinal symbol: Text symbols. (line 14128)
+* matching brackets: \left & \right. (line 10408)
+* matching parentheses: \left & \right. (line 10408)
+* math accents: Math accents. (line 10832)
+* math environment: math. (line 4473)
+* math environment <1>: Math formulas. (line 9227)
+* math formulas: Math formulas. (line 9227)
+* math functions: Math functions. (line 10716)
+* math miscellany: Math miscellany. (line 11213)
+* math mode: Modes. (line 11316)
+* math mode, entering: Math formulas. (line 9227)
* math mode, spacing: Spacing in math mode.
- (line 10722)
+ (line 10925)
* math mode, spacing <1>: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
- (line 10857)
-* math mode, spacing <2>: \mathstrut. (line 10920)
-* math mode, vertical space: \smash. (line 10797)
-* math styles: Math styles. (line 10942)
-* math symbols: Math symbols. (line 9153)
-* math, arrows: Arrows. (line 9999)
-* math, bold: Font styles. (line 1828)
+ (line 11060)
+* math mode, spacing <2>: \mathstrut. (line 11123)
+* math mode, vertical space: \smash. (line 11000)
+* math styles: Math styles. (line 11145)
+* math symbols: Math symbols. (line 9356)
+* math, arrows: Arrows. (line 10202)
+* math, bold: Font styles. (line 1545)
* mathematics, boldface: \boldmath & \unboldmath.
- (line 10040)
-* mathtools package: Math formulas. (line 9079)
-* mathtools package <1>: Delimiters. (line 10190)
-* mathtools package <2>: \left & \right. (line 10229)
+ (line 10243)
+* mathtools package: Math formulas. (line 9282)
+* mathtools package <1>: Delimiters. (line 10393)
+* mathtools package <2>: \left & \right. (line 10432)
* mathtools package <3>: Over- and Underlining.
- (line 10716)
-* mathtools package <4>: \smash. (line 10851)
+ (line 10919)
+* mathtools package <4>: \smash. (line 11054)
* mathtools package <5>: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
- (line 10899)
-* MetaPost package: \line. (line 5187)
+ (line 11102)
+* metadata, adding: \DocumentMetadata. (line 690)
+* MetaPost package: \line. (line 4904)
* mfirstuc package: Upper and lower case.
- (line 13753)
+ (line 13929)
* mhchem package: Subscripts & superscripts.
- (line 9146)
-* millimeter: Units of length. (line 8466)
-* minipage environment: minipage. (line 4768)
-* minipage, creating a: minipage. (line 4768)
-* minted package: tabbing. (line 5641)
-* minted package <1>: verbatim. (line 6397)
-* minted package <2>: \verb. (line 6447)
-* mirrors of CTAN: CTAN. (line 691)
-* mm: Units of length. (line 8465)
-* modes: Modes. (line 11091)
-* monospace font: Font styles. (line 1796)
-* moving arguments: \protect. (line 7954)
-* mpfootnote counter: \footnote. (line 7054)
-* mpfootnote counter <1>: Counters. (line 8129)
-* mu: Units of length. (line 8494)
-* mu, math unit: Units of length. (line 8495)
-* multicolumn text: \twocolumn. (line 2047)
-* multilingual support: Accents. (line 14003)
-* multind package: Indexes. (line 14985)
-* multiple indexes: Indexes. (line 14985)
-* multiplication, discretionary: \*. (line 11036)
-* name: \newglossaryentry. (line 15398)
-* name of document root: Jobname. (line 16384)
-* NBSP: ~. (line 11818)
+ (line 9349)
+* millimeter: Units of length. (line 8669)
+* minipage environment: minipage. (line 4485)
+* minipage, creating a: minipage. (line 4485)
+* minted package: tabbing. (line 5358)
+* minted package <1>: verbatim. (line 6114)
+* minted package <2>: \verb. (line 6164)
+* mirrors of CTAN: CTAN. (line 734)
+* mm: Units of length. (line 8668)
+* modes: Modes. (line 11294)
+* monospace font: Font styles. (line 1513)
+* moving arguments: \protect. (line 7672)
+* mpfootnote counter: \footnote. (line 6771)
+* mpfootnote counter <1>: Counters. (line 8332)
+* mu: Units of length. (line 8697)
+* mu, math unit: Units of length. (line 8698)
+* multicolumn text: \twocolumn. (line 1764)
+* multilingual support: Accents. (line 14179)
+* multind package: Indexes. (line 15161)
+* multiple indexes: Indexes. (line 15161)
+* multiplication, discretionary: \*. (line 11239)
+* name: \newglossaryentry. (line 15574)
+* name of document root: Jobname. (line 16560)
+* NBSP: ~. (line 11994)
* nested \include, not allowed: \include & \includeonly.
- (line 14491)
-* new class commands: Class and package construction.
- (line 850)
-* new command, checking: Class and package commands.
- (line 935)
-* new command, definition: Class and package commands.
- (line 1010)
+ (line 14667)
+* new class commands: Class and package creation.
+ (line 906)
+* new command, checking definition of: \CheckCommand. (line 7876)
+* new command, definition: \DeclareRobustCommand.
+ (line 7977)
* new commands, defining: \newcommand & \renewcommand.
- (line 7246)
-* new commands, defining <1>: \providecommand. (line 7423)
+ (line 6963)
+* new commands, defining <1>: \providecommand. (line 7141)
* new line, output as input: \obeycr & \restorecr.
- (line 6577)
-* new line, starting: \\. (line 6515)
-* new line, starting (paragraph mode): \newline. (line 6617)
-* new page, starting: \newpage. (line 6875)
-* newline, in \write: \write. (line 16015)
-* no-break space, Unicode U+00A0: ~. (line 11822)
-* noheader option for filecontents: filecontents. (line 4151)
-* non-breaking hyphen character: Text symbols. (line 13945)
+ (line 6294)
+* new line, starting: \\. (line 6232)
+* new line, starting (paragraph mode): \newline. (line 6334)
+* new page, starting: \newpage. (line 6592)
+* newline, in \write: \write. (line 16191)
+* no-break space, Unicode U+00A0: ~. (line 11998)
+* noheader option for filecontents: filecontents. (line 3868)
+* non-breaking hyphen character: Text symbols. (line 14121)
* non-English characters: Additional Latin letters.
- (line 14140)
-* non-sentence-ending punctuation: \@. (line 11682)
+ (line 14316)
+* non-sentence-ending punctuation: \@. (line 11858)
* nonstopmode: Command line options.
- (line 16257)
-* nosearch option for filecontents: filecontents. (line 4154)
-* notes in the margin: Marginal notes. (line 8974)
+ (line 16433)
+* nosearch option for filecontents: filecontents. (line 3871)
+* notes in the margin: Marginal notes. (line 9177)
* notitlepage option: Document class options.
- (line 778)
-* null delimiter: \left & \right. (line 10205)
-* numbered items, specifying counter: \usecounter. (line 8203)
-* numerals, old-style: Font styles. (line 1832)
-* oblique font: Font styles. (line 1793)
+ (line 824)
+* null delimiter: \left & \right. (line 10408)
+* numbered items, specifying counter: \usecounter. (line 8406)
+* numerals, old-style: Font styles. (line 1549)
+* oblique font: Font styles. (line 1510)
* oe ligature: Additional Latin letters.
- (line 14182)
-* ogonek: Accents. (line 14070)
-* old-style numerals: Font styles. (line 1832)
-* one-column output: \onecolumn. (line 2035)
+ (line 14358)
+* ogonek: Accents. (line 14246)
+* old-style numerals: Font styles. (line 1549)
+* one-column output: \onecolumn. (line 1752)
* onecolumn option: Document class options.
- (line 807)
+ (line 853)
* oneside option: Document class options.
- (line 807)
+ (line 853)
* open a file: \openin & \openout.
- (line 15754)
+ (line 15930)
* openany option: Document class options.
- (line 807)
+ (line 853)
* openbib option: Document class options.
- (line 778)
-* opening quote: Text symbols. (line 13821)
+ (line 824)
+* opening quote: Text symbols. (line 13997)
* openright option: Document class options.
- (line 807)
-* OpenType fonts: TeX engines. (line 513)
-* operating system information: \write18. (line 16175)
+ (line 853)
+* OpenType fonts: TeX engines. (line 531)
+* operating system information: \write18. (line 16351)
+* option clash: \PassOptionsToClass & \PassOptionsToPackage.
+ (line 8144)
+* option processing by default: \DeclareOption. (line 7950)
+* option, currently being processed: \CurrentOption. (line 7931)
* optional arguments, defining and using: \newcommand & \renewcommand.
- (line 7289)
-* options, class: Class and package commands.
- (line 980)
+ (line 7007)
+* options, class: \DeclareOption. (line 7938)
* options, color package: Color package options.
- (line 12696)
+ (line 13613)
* options, command line: Command line options.
- (line 16236)
+ (line 16412)
* options, document class: Document class options.
- (line 735)
+ (line 778)
* options, document class <1>: Class and package structure.
- (line 873)
-* options, global: Additional packages.
- (line 843)
+ (line 932)
+* options, global: \usepackage. (line 899)
+* options, global and local: \ProcessOptions. (line 8190)
* options, graphics package: Graphics package options.
- (line 12974)
+ (line 12894)
+* options, list of unused: \OptionNotUsed. (line 8128)
* options, package: Class and package structure.
- (line 873)
-* options, package <1>: Class and package commands.
- (line 980)
-* ordinals, feminine and masculine: Text symbols. (line 13952)
+ (line 932)
+* options, package <1>: \DeclareOption. (line 7938)
+* options, processing: \ProcessOptions. (line 8181)
+* ordinals, feminine and masculine: Text symbols. (line 14128)
* oslash: Additional Latin letters.
- (line 14178)
-* OT1: fontenc package. (line 1302)
-* outer paragraph mode: Modes. (line 11136)
+ (line 14354)
+* OT1: fontenc package. (line 1019)
+* outer paragraph mode: Modes. (line 11339)
* output directory for all external files: Command line options.
- (line 16278)
-* overbar accent: Accents. (line 14033)
-* overdot accent, math: Math accents. (line 10649)
+ (line 16454)
+* overbar accent: Accents. (line 14209)
+* overdot accent, math: Math accents. (line 10852)
* overlining: Over- and Underlining.
- (line 10678)
-* overview of LaTeX: Overview. (line 406)
-* overwrite option for filecontents: filecontents. (line 4148)
+ (line 10881)
+* overview of LaTeX: Overview. (line 424)
+* overwrite option for filecontents: filecontents. (line 3865)
+* package and class commands: Class and package commands.
+ (line 7838)
* package file layout: Class and package structure.
- (line 873)
+ (line 932)
* package options: Class and package structure.
- (line 873)
-* package options <1>: Class and package commands.
- (line 980)
-* package, abstract: abstract. (line 3595)
-* package, adjustbox: Boxes. (line 12300)
-* package, algorithm2e: tabbing. (line 5641)
-* package, amscd: Arrows. (line 10034)
-* package, amsfonts: Math formulas. (line 9079)
-* package, amsfonts <1>: Arrows. (line 9999)
-* package, amsmath: array. (line 3669)
-* package, amsmath <1>: array. (line 3677)
-* package, amsmath <2>: displaymath. (line 3858)
-* package, amsmath <3>: equation. (line 4059)
-* package, amsmath <4>: theorem. (line 6321)
-* package, amsmath <5>: Math formulas. (line 9079)
-* package, amsmath <6>: \left & \right. (line 10229)
+ (line 932)
+* package options <1>: \DeclareOption. (line 7938)
+* package, abstract: abstract. (line 3312)
+* package, adjustbox: Boxes. (line 12476)
+* package, algorithm2e: tabbing. (line 5358)
+* package, amscd: Arrows. (line 10237)
+* package, amsfonts: Math formulas. (line 9282)
+* package, amsfonts <1>: Arrows. (line 10202)
+* package, amsmath: array. (line 3386)
+* package, amsmath <1>: array. (line 3394)
+* package, amsmath <2>: displaymath. (line 3575)
+* package, amsmath <3>: equation. (line 3776)
+* package, amsmath <4>: theorem. (line 6038)
+* package, amsmath <5>: Math formulas. (line 9282)
+* package, amsmath <6>: \left & \right. (line 10432)
* package, amsmath <7>: \bigl & \bigr etc..
- (line 10374)
-* package, amsmath <8>: Dots. (line 10431)
-* package, amsmath <9>: Math functions. (line 10618)
+ (line 10577)
+* package, amsmath <8>: Dots. (line 10634)
+* package, amsmath <9>: Math functions. (line 10821)
* package, amsmath <10>: Spacing in math mode.
- (line 10739)
+ (line 10942)
* package, amsmath <11>: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
- (line 10907)
+ (line 11110)
* package, amsmath <12>: Colon character & \colon.
- (line 11025)
+ (line 11228)
* package, amsmath <13>: Colon character & \colon.
- (line 11029)
+ (line 11232)
* package, amsmath <14>: \thinspace & \negthinspace.
- (line 11905)
-* package, amsthm: theorem. (line 6321)
-* package, amsthm <1>: \rule. (line 14262)
-* package, answers: \write. (line 16020)
-* package, appendix: \appendix. (line 3103)
-* package, array: array. (line 3688)
-* package, Asymptote: \line. (line 5187)
-* package, Asymptote <1>: \strut. (line 12140)
-* package, Asymptote <2>: \mbox & \makebox. (line 12373)
-* package, Asymptote <3>: \write18. (line 16123)
-* package, babel: \chapter. (line 2844)
-* package, babel <1>: thebibliography. (line 6079)
-* package, babel <2>: Accents. (line 14003)
-* package, babel <3>: \today. (line 14292)
+ (line 12081)
+* package, amsthm: theorem. (line 6038)
+* package, amsthm <1>: \rule. (line 14438)
+* package, answers: \write. (line 16196)
+* package, appendix: \appendix. (line 2820)
+* package, array: array. (line 3405)
+* package, Asymptote: \line. (line 4904)
+* package, Asymptote <1>: \strut. (line 12316)
+* package, Asymptote <2>: \mbox & \makebox. (line 12549)
+* package, Asymptote <3>: \write18. (line 16299)
+* package, atenddvi: \AtBeginDvi & \AtEndDvi.
+ (line 7853)
+* package, babel: \chapter. (line 2561)
+* package, babel <1>: thebibliography. (line 5796)
+* package, babel <2>: Accents. (line 14179)
+* package, babel <3>: \today. (line 14468)
* package, babel <4>: Table of contents etc..
- (line 14665)
-* package, babel <5>: \index. (line 15074)
-* package, beamer: beamer template. (line 16494)
+ (line 14841)
+* package, babel <5>: \index. (line 15250)
+* package, beamer: beamer template. (line 16670)
* package, bigfoot: Footnotes of footnotes.
- (line 7225)
-* package, bm: bm. (line 10070)
-* package, caption: \caption. (line 2630)
-* package, cleveref: Cross references. (line 3384)
-* package, cleveref <1>: \ref. (line 3497)
-* package, cleveref <2>: \footnotemark. (line 7106)
-* package, cm-super: fontenc package. (line 1332)
-* package, comprehensive: Math symbols. (line 9153)
-* package, cprotect: verbatim. (line 6387)
-* package, cprotect <1>: \verb. (line 6450)
-* package, datatool: \read. (line 15843)
-* package, datetime: \today. (line 14306)
-* package, dcolumn: array. (line 3688)
-* package, enumitem: itemize. (line 4357)
-* package, enumitem <1>: list. (line 4656)
-* package, envlab: \makelabels. (line 15656)
-* package, etoolbox: Class and package commands.
- (line 1024)
-* package, eurosym: Text symbols. (line 13913)
-* package, eurosym <1>: Text symbols. (line 13914)
+ (line 6942)
+* package, bm: bm. (line 10273)
+* package, caption: \caption. (line 2347)
+* package, cleveref: Cross references. (line 3101)
+* package, cleveref <1>: \ref. (line 3214)
+* package, cleveref <2>: \footnotemark. (line 6823)
+* package, cm-super: fontenc package. (line 1049)
+* package, comprehensive: Math symbols. (line 9356)
+* package, cprotect: verbatim. (line 6104)
+* package, cprotect <1>: \verb. (line 6167)
+* package, datatool: \read. (line 16019)
+* package, datetime: \today. (line 14482)
+* package, dcolumn: array. (line 3405)
+* package, enumitem: itemize. (line 4074)
+* package, enumitem <1>: list. (line 4373)
+* package, envlab: \makelabels. (line 15832)
+* package, etoolbox: \DeclareRobustCommand.
+ (line 8003)
+* package, eurosym: Text symbols. (line 14089)
+* package, eurosym <1>: Text symbols. (line 14090)
* package, expl3: LaTeX command syntax.
- (line 628)
+ (line 646)
* package, expl3 <1>: Upper and lower case.
- (line 13756)
-* package, fancyhdr: Page styles. (line 11175)
-* package, fancyhdr <1>: \pagestyle. (line 11326)
-* package, fancyvrb: tabbing. (line 5641)
-* package, fancyvrb <1>: verbatim. (line 6403)
-* package, flafter: Floats. (line 2490)
-* package, float: Floats. (line 2460)
-* package, fontspec: fontenc package. (line 1313)
+ (line 13932)
+* package, fancyhdr: Page styles. (line 11378)
+* package, fancyhdr <1>: \pagestyle. (line 11529)
+* package, fancyvrb: tabbing. (line 5358)
+* package, fancyvrb <1>: verbatim. (line 6120)
+* package, flafter: Floats. (line 2207)
+* package, float: Floats. (line 2177)
+* package, fontspec: fontenc package. (line 1030)
* package, fontspec <1>: OpenType bold math.
- (line 10085)
+ (line 10288)
* package, geometry: Document class options.
- (line 769)
-* package, graphpap: \graphpaper. (line 5139)
+ (line 815)
+* package, graphpap: \graphpaper. (line 4856)
* package, grfext: \DeclareGraphicsExtensions.
- (line 13146)
-* package, hyperref: \footnotemark. (line 7106)
-* package, hyperref <1>: \footnotemark. (line 7115)
-* package, hyperref <2>: \pagenumbering. (line 11289)
-* package, hyperref <3>: \contentsline. (line 14874)
+ (line 13066)
+* package, hyperref: \footnotemark. (line 6823)
+* package, hyperref <1>: \footnotemark. (line 6832)
+* package, hyperref <2>: \pagenumbering. (line 11492)
+* package, hyperref <3>: \contentsline. (line 15050)
* package, hyperref <4>: Command line input.
- (line 16328)
-* package, indentfirst: \part. (line 2769)
-* package, indentfirst <1>: \chapter. (line 2831)
-* package, indentfirst <2>: \section. (line 2926)
-* package, indentfirst <3>: \subsection. (line 2992)
+ (line 16504)
+* package, indentfirst: \part. (line 2486)
+* package, indentfirst <1>: \chapter. (line 2548)
+* package, indentfirst <2>: \section. (line 2643)
+* package, indentfirst <3>: \subsection. (line 2709)
* package, indentfirst <4>: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
- (line 3067)
+ (line 2784)
* package, indentfirst <5>: \indent & \noindent.
- (line 8935)
-* package, index: \index. (line 15119)
-* package, latexsym: Arrows. (line 9999)
-* package, listings: tabbing. (line 5641)
-* package, listings <1>: verbatim. (line 6397)
-* package, listings <2>: \verb. (line 6447)
-* package, lmodern: fontenc package. (line 1332)
+ (line 9138)
+* package, index: \index. (line 15295)
+* package, latex-lab: \DocumentMetadata. (line 698)
+* package, latexsym: Arrows. (line 10202)
+* package, listings: tabbing. (line 5358)
+* package, listings <1>: verbatim. (line 6114)
+* package, listings <2>: \verb. (line 6164)
+* package, lmodern: fontenc package. (line 1049)
* package, macros2e: \makeatletter & \makeatother.
- (line 7484)
-* package, makeidx: \printindex. (line 15304)
-* package, mathtools: Math formulas. (line 9079)
-* package, mathtools <1>: Delimiters. (line 10190)
-* package, mathtools <2>: \left & \right. (line 10229)
+ (line 7202)
+* package, makeidx: \printindex. (line 15480)
+* package, mathtools: Math formulas. (line 9282)
+* package, mathtools <1>: Delimiters. (line 10393)
+* package, mathtools <2>: \left & \right. (line 10432)
* package, mathtools <3>: Over- and Underlining.
- (line 10716)
-* package, mathtools <4>: \smash. (line 10851)
+ (line 10919)
+* package, mathtools <4>: \smash. (line 11054)
* package, mathtools <5>: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
- (line 10899)
-* package, MetaPost: \line. (line 5187)
+ (line 11102)
+* package, MetaPost: \line. (line 4904)
* package, mfirstuc: Upper and lower case.
- (line 13753)
+ (line 13929)
* package, mhchem: Subscripts & superscripts.
- (line 9146)
-* package, minted: tabbing. (line 5641)
-* package, minted <1>: verbatim. (line 6397)
-* package, minted <2>: \verb. (line 6447)
-* package, multind: Indexes. (line 14985)
-* package, pict2e: \line. (line 5187)
-* package, polyglossia: Accents. (line 14003)
-* package, polyglossia <1>: \today. (line 14292)
+ (line 9349)
+* package, minted: tabbing. (line 5358)
+* package, minted <1>: verbatim. (line 6114)
+* package, minted <2>: \verb. (line 6164)
+* package, multind: Indexes. (line 15161)
+* package, pict2e: \line. (line 4904)
+* package, polyglossia: Accents. (line 14179)
+* package, polyglossia <1>: \today. (line 14468)
* package, polyglossia <2>: Table of contents etc..
- (line 14665)
-* package, polyglossia <3>: \index. (line 15074)
-* package, PSTricks: \line. (line 5187)
+ (line 14841)
+* package, polyglossia <3>: \index. (line 15250)
+* package, PSTricks: \line. (line 4904)
* package, setspace: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch.
- (line 2394)
-* package, shellesc: \write18. (line 16181)
-* package, showidx: Indexes. (line 14985)
-* package, siunitx: minipage. (line 4899)
-* package, siunitx <1>: ~. (line 11856)
-* package, suffix: \@ifstar. (line 7556)
+ (line 2111)
+* package, shellesc: \write18. (line 16357)
+* package, showidx: Indexes. (line 15161)
+* package, siunitx: minipage. (line 4616)
+* package, siunitx <1>: ~. (line 12032)
+* package, suffix: \@ifstar. (line 7274)
* package, tablefootnote: Footnotes in a table.
- (line 7202)
-* package, texosquery: \write18. (line 16175)
+ (line 6919)
+* package, texosquery: \write18. (line 16351)
* package, textcase: Upper and lower case.
- (line 13750)
-* package, textcomp: Text symbols. (line 13779)
-* package, TikZ: \line. (line 5187)
-* package, TikZ <1>: \strut. (line 12140)
-* package, TikZ <2>: \mbox & \makebox. (line 12373)
-* package, tikz-cd: Arrows. (line 10034)
-* package, titlesec: Sectioning. (line 2692)
-* package, titlesec <1>: \part. (line 2773)
-* package, titlesec <2>: \chapter. (line 2852)
-* package, titlesec <3>: \section. (line 2930)
-* package, titlesec <4>: \subsection. (line 2996)
+ (line 13926)
+* package, textcomp: Text symbols. (line 13955)
+* package, TikZ: \line. (line 4904)
+* package, TikZ <1>: \strut. (line 12316)
+* package, TikZ <2>: \mbox & \makebox. (line 12549)
+* package, tikz-cd: Arrows. (line 10237)
+* package, titlesec: Sectioning. (line 2409)
+* package, titlesec <1>: \part. (line 2490)
+* package, titlesec <2>: \chapter. (line 2569)
+* package, titlesec <3>: \section. (line 2647)
+* package, titlesec <4>: \subsection. (line 2713)
* package, titlesec <5>: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
- (line 3071)
+ (line 2788)
* package, tocbibbind: Table of contents etc..
- (line 14652)
+ (line 14828)
* package, tocloft: Table of contents etc..
- (line 14652)
-* package, tocloft <1>: \contentsline. (line 14871)
+ (line 14828)
+* package, tocloft <1>: \contentsline. (line 15047)
* package, ulem: Over- and Underlining.
- (line 10687)
+ (line 10890)
* package, unicode-math: OpenType bold math.
- (line 10099)
-* package, unicode-math <1>: Dots. (line 10452)
-* package, unicode-math <2>: Greek letters. (line 10501)
-* package, url: \verb. (line 6444)
-* package, verbatimbox: verbatim. (line 6403)
+ (line 10302)
+* package, unicode-math <1>: Dots. (line 10655)
+* package, unicode-math <2>: Greek letters. (line 10704)
+* package, url: \verb. (line 6161)
+* package, verbatimbox: verbatim. (line 6120)
* package, xparse: LaTeX command syntax.
- (line 628)
-* package, xparse <1>: \@ifstar. (line 7556)
-* package, xr: xr package. (line 3503)
-* package, xr-hyper: xr package. (line 3503)
-* package, xspace: xspace package. (line 8068)
-* package, xstring: Jobname. (line 16431)
-* packages, loading additional: Additional packages.
- (line 834)
+ (line 646)
+* package, xparse <1>: \@ifstar. (line 7274)
+* package, xr: xr package. (line 3220)
+* package, xr-hyper: xr package. (line 3220)
+* package, xspace: xspace package. (line 7786)
+* package, xstring: Jobname. (line 16607)
+* packages, loading additional: \usepackage. (line 880)
* page break, forcing: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak.
- (line 6933)
+ (line 6650)
* page break, preventing: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak.
- (line 6933)
-* page breaking: Page breaking. (line 6802)
-* page counter: Counters. (line 8129)
+ (line 6650)
+* page breaking: Page breaking. (line 6519)
+* page counter: Counters. (line 8332)
* page layout parameters: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2187)
-* page number representation: \thepage. (line 11438)
-* page number, cross referencing: \pageref. (line 3450)
-* page numbering style: \pagenumbering. (line 11253)
-* page style, this page: \thispagestyle. (line 11405)
-* page styles: Page styles. (line 11169)
-* page, colored: Colored pages. (line 12916)
-* page_precedence: makeindex. (line 15275)
-* paired delimiters: \left & \right. (line 10205)
-* paragraph: Sectioning. (line 2638)
+ (line 1904)
+* page number representation: \thepage. (line 11641)
+* page number, cross referencing: \pageref. (line 3167)
+* page numbering style: \pagenumbering. (line 11456)
+* page style, this page: \thispagestyle. (line 11608)
+* page styles: Page styles. (line 11372)
+* page, colored: Colored pages. (line 13833)
+* page_precedence: makeindex. (line 15451)
+* paired delimiters: \left & \right. (line 10408)
+* paragraph: Sectioning. (line 2355)
* paragraph <1>: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
- (line 3014)
-* paragraph counter: Counters. (line 8129)
+ (line 2731)
+* paragraph counter: Counters. (line 8332)
* paragraph indentation: \parindent & \parskip.
- (line 8942)
-* paragraph indentation, in minipage: minipage. (line 4865)
-* paragraph indentations in quoted text: quotation & quote. (line 5471)
+ (line 9145)
+* paragraph indentation, in minipage: minipage. (line 4582)
+* paragraph indentations in quoted text: quotation & quote. (line 5188)
* paragraph indentations in quoted text, omitting: quotation & quote.
- (line 5471)
-* paragraph mode: Modes. (line 11097)
-* paragraph mode <1>: \parbox. (line 12462)
-* paragraph symbol: Text symbols. (line 13825)
-* paragraph, ending: \par. (line 8840)
-* paragraph, in a box: \parbox. (line 12462)
-* paragraphs: Making paragraphs. (line 8779)
-* parameters, for footnotes: \footnote. (line 7026)
+ (line 5188)
+* paragraph mode: Modes. (line 11300)
+* paragraph mode <1>: \parbox. (line 12638)
+* paragraph symbol: Text symbols. (line 14001)
+* paragraph, ending: \par. (line 9043)
+* paragraph, in a box: \parbox. (line 12638)
+* paragraphs: Making paragraphs. (line 8982)
+* parameters, for footnotes: \footnote. (line 6743)
* parameters, page layout: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2187)
+ (line 1904)
* parameters, substituting: \newcommand & \renewcommand.
- (line 7321)
+ (line 7039)
* parent directories, cannot write to: \write and security.
- (line 16044)
-* parentheses: Delimiters. (line 10155)
-* parentheses and ends of sentences: \@. (line 11700)
-* part: Sectioning. (line 2638)
-* part <1>: \part. (line 2725)
-* part counter: Counters. (line 8129)
-* pattern, current tab stops, tabbing: tabbing. (line 5546)
-* pc: Units of length. (line 8455)
-* PDF graphic files: \includegraphics. (line 13234)
-* pdflatex: TeX engines. (line 522)
-* pdflatex command: Output files. (line 481)
-* pdflatex-dev: TeX engines. (line 573)
-* pdfTeX: Output files. (line 481)
-* pdfTeX engine: TeX engines. (line 523)
-* period, abbreviation-ending: \@. (line 11682)
-* period, centered, in text: Text symbols. (line 13955)
-* period, sentence-ending: \@. (line 11682)
-* period, spacing after: \@. (line 11682)
-* pica: Units of length. (line 8456)
-* pict2e package: \line. (line 5187)
-* picture environment: picture. (line 4926)
-* pictures, creating: picture. (line 4926)
-* pilcrow: Text symbols. (line 13825)
-* placement of floats: Floats. (line 2439)
-* platex: TeX engines. (line 561)
-* platex-dev: TeX engines. (line 574)
-* plural: \newglossaryentry. (line 15406)
-* PNG files: \includegraphics. (line 13234)
-* poetry, an environment for: verse. (line 6462)
-* point: Units of length. (line 8452)
+ (line 16220)
+* parentheses: Delimiters. (line 10358)
+* parentheses and ends of sentences: \@. (line 11876)
+* part: Sectioning. (line 2355)
+* part <1>: \part. (line 2442)
+* part counter: Counters. (line 8332)
+* pattern, current tab stops, tabbing: tabbing. (line 5263)
+* pc: Units of length. (line 8658)
+* PDF graphic files: \includegraphics. (line 13154)
+* PDF, tagged: \DocumentMetadata. (line 690)
+* pdflatex: TeX engines. (line 540)
+* pdflatex command: Output files. (line 499)
+* pdflatex-dev: TeX engines. (line 591)
+* pdfTeX: Output files. (line 499)
+* pdfTeX engine: TeX engines. (line 541)
+* period, abbreviation-ending: \@. (line 11858)
+* period, centered, in text: Text symbols. (line 14131)
+* period, sentence-ending: \@. (line 11858)
+* period, spacing after: \@. (line 11858)
+* pica: Units of length. (line 8659)
+* pict2e package: \line. (line 4904)
+* picture environment: picture. (line 4643)
+* pictures, creating: picture. (line 4643)
+* pilcrow: Text symbols. (line 14001)
+* placement of floats: Floats. (line 2156)
+* platex: TeX engines. (line 579)
+* platex-dev: TeX engines. (line 592)
+* plural: \newglossaryentry. (line 15582)
+* PNG files: \includegraphics. (line 13154)
+* poetry, an environment for: verse. (line 6179)
+* point: Units of length. (line 8655)
* polish l: Additional Latin letters.
- (line 14170)
-* polyglossia package: Accents. (line 14003)
-* polyglossia package <1>: \today. (line 14292)
+ (line 14346)
+* polyglossia package: Accents. (line 14179)
+* polyglossia package <1>: \today. (line 14468)
* polyglossia package <2>: Table of contents etc..
- (line 14665)
-* polyglossia package <3>: \index. (line 15074)
+ (line 14841)
+* polyglossia package <3>: \index. (line 15250)
* portrait orientation: Document class options.
- (line 789)
-* position, in picture: picture. (line 4984)
-* postamble: makeindex. (line 15187)
-* PostScript point: Units of length. (line 8462)
-* postscript, in letters: \ps. (line 15686)
-* pounds symbol: Text symbols. (line 13829)
-* preamble: makeindex. (line 15183)
+ (line 835)
+* position, in picture: picture. (line 4701)
+* postamble: makeindex. (line 15363)
+* PostScript point: Units of length. (line 8665)
+* postscript, in letters: \ps. (line 15862)
+* pounds symbol: Text symbols. (line 14005)
+* preamble: makeindex. (line 15359)
* preamble, defined: Starting and ending.
- (line 451)
-* prerelease testing: TeX engines. (line 577)
+ (line 469)
+* prerelease testing: TeX engines. (line 595)
+* processing options: \ProcessOptions. (line 8181)
* prompt, *: Recovering from errors.
- (line 16466)
-* pronunciation: Overview. (line 427)
-* PSTricks package: \line. (line 5187)
-* pt: Units of length. (line 8451)
-* punctuation, sentence-ending: \@. (line 11682)
+ (line 16642)
+* pronunciation: Overview. (line 445)
+* PSTricks package: \line. (line 4904)
+* pt: Units of length. (line 8654)
+* punctuation, sentence-ending: \@. (line 11858)
* quad: Spacing in math mode.
- (line 10785)
-* question mark, upside-down: Text symbols. (line 13958)
-* question marks, ending a sentence: \@. (line 11715)
-* quotation environment: quotation & quote. (line 5471)
-* quotation marks, French: Text symbols. (line 13808)
-* quote environment: quotation & quote. (line 5471)
-* quote, single straight: Text symbols. (line 13973)
-* quote, straight base: Text symbols. (line 13977)
+ (line 10988)
+* question mark, upside-down: Text symbols. (line 14134)
+* question marks, ending a sentence: \@. (line 11891)
+* quotation environment: quotation & quote. (line 5188)
+* quotation marks, French: Text symbols. (line 13984)
+* quote environment: quotation & quote. (line 5188)
+* quote, single straight: Text symbols. (line 14149)
+* quote, straight base: Text symbols. (line 14153)
* quoted text with paragraph indentation, displaying: quotation & quote.
- (line 5471)
+ (line 5188)
* quoted text without paragraph indentation, displaying: quotation & quote.
- (line 5471)
-* quotes and ends of sentences: \@. (line 11700)
-* radical: \sqrt. (line 11064)
-* ragged left text: \raggedleft. (line 4270)
-* ragged left text, environment for: flushright. (line 4250)
-* ragged right text: \raggedright. (line 4217)
-* ragged right text, environment for: flushleft. (line 4188)
-* read a file: \read. (line 15818)
+ (line 5188)
+* quotes and ends of sentences: \@. (line 11876)
+* radical: \sqrt. (line 11267)
+* ragged left text: \raggedleft. (line 3987)
+* ragged left text, environment for: flushright. (line 3967)
+* ragged right text: \raggedright. (line 3934)
+* ragged right text, environment for: flushleft. (line 3905)
+* read a file: \read. (line 15994)
* redefining a command: \newcommand & \renewcommand.
- (line 7246)
+ (line 6963)
* redefining environments: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment.
- (line 7663)
-* reference, forward: Cross references. (line 3373)
-* references, resolving forward: Output files. (line 494)
-* registered symbol: Text symbols. (line 13980)
-* relation, text above: \stackrel. (line 11081)
-* release candidates: TeX engines. (line 577)
-* remarks in the margin: Marginal notes. (line 8974)
-* report class: Document classes. (line 705)
+ (line 7381)
+* reference, forward: Cross references. (line 3090)
+* references, resolving forward: Output files. (line 512)
+* registered symbol: Text symbols. (line 14156)
+* relation, text above: \stackrel. (line 11284)
+* release candidates: TeX engines. (line 595)
+* remarks in the margin: Marginal notes. (line 9177)
+* report class: Document classes. (line 748)
* reporting bugs: About this document.
- (line 382)
+ (line 400)
* reserved characters: Reserved characters.
- (line 13684)
-* resizing: \scalebox. (line 13617)
-* resizing <1>: \resizebox. (line 13649)
-* restricted shell access: \write18. (line 16163)
-* right angle quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 13808)
-* right arrow, in text: Text symbols. (line 13983)
-* right brace, in text: Text symbols. (line 13876)
-* right parentheses/quotes, and spacing: \@. (line 11700)
-* right quote: Text symbols. (line 13836)
-* right quote, double: Text symbols. (line 13964)
-* right quote, single: Text symbols. (line 13970)
+ (line 13860)
+* resizing: \scalebox. (line 13537)
+* resizing <1>: \resizebox. (line 13569)
+* restricted shell access: \write18. (line 16339)
+* right angle quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 13984)
+* right arrow, in text: Text symbols. (line 14159)
+* right brace, in text: Text symbols. (line 14052)
+* right parentheses/quotes, and spacing: \@. (line 11876)
+* right quote: Text symbols. (line 14012)
+* right quote, double: Text symbols. (line 14140)
+* right quote, single: Text symbols. (line 14146)
* right-hand equation numbers: Document class options.
- (line 792)
-* right-justifying text: \raggedleft. (line 4270)
-* right-justifying text, environment for: flushright. (line 4250)
-* rigid lengths: Lengths. (line 8354)
-* ring accent: Accents. (line 14074)
-* ring accent, math: Math accents. (line 10658)
-* robust commands: \protect. (line 7941)
-* roman font: Font styles. (line 1784)
+ (line 838)
+* right-justifying text: \raggedleft. (line 3987)
+* right-justifying text, environment for: flushright. (line 3967)
+* rigid lengths: Lengths. (line 8557)
+* ring accent: Accents. (line 14250)
+* ring accent, math: Math accents. (line 10861)
+* robust command, defining: \DeclareRobustCommand.
+ (line 7977)
+* robust commands: \protect. (line 7659)
+* roman font: Font styles. (line 1501)
* root file: Splitting the input.
- (line 14320)
-* root file <1>: Jobname. (line 16384)
-* roots: \sqrt. (line 11064)
-* rotating graphics: \rotatebox. (line 13549)
-* rotating text: \rotatebox. (line 13549)
-* rotation: \rotatebox. (line 13549)
-* row, tabbing: tabbing. (line 5541)
-* rubber lengths: Lengths. (line 8354)
-* rubber lengths, defining new: \newlength. (line 7611)
+ (line 14496)
+* root file <1>: Jobname. (line 16560)
+* roots: \sqrt. (line 11267)
+* rotating graphics: \rotatebox. (line 13469)
+* rotating text: \rotatebox. (line 13469)
+* rotation: \rotatebox. (line 13469)
+* row, tabbing: tabbing. (line 5258)
+* rubber lengths: Lengths. (line 8557)
+* rubber lengths, defining new: \newlength. (line 7329)
* running header and footer: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2187)
-* running header and footer style: \pagestyle. (line 11319)
+ (line 1904)
+* running header and footer style: \pagestyle. (line 11522)
* samepage environment: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak.
- (line 6971)
-* sans serif font: Font styles. (line 1790)
-* scaled point: Units of length. (line 8478)
-* scaling: \scalebox. (line 13617)
-* scaling <1>: \resizebox. (line 13649)
-* script fonts: Calligraphic. (line 10138)
-* script letters for math: Font styles. (line 1778)
-* script style: Math styles. (line 10959)
-* scriptscript style: Math styles. (line 10962)
+ (line 6688)
+* sans serif font: Font styles. (line 1507)
+* scaled point: Units of length. (line 8681)
+* scaling: \scalebox. (line 13537)
+* scaling <1>: \resizebox. (line 13569)
+* script fonts: Calligraphic. (line 10341)
+* script letters for math: Font styles. (line 1495)
+* script style: Math styles. (line 11162)
+* scriptscript style: Math styles. (line 11165)
* scrollmode: Command line options.
- (line 16257)
-* secnumdepth: Sectioning. (line 2702)
-* secnumdepth counter: Sectioning. (line 2703)
-* section: Sectioning. (line 2638)
-* section <1>: \section. (line 2872)
-* section counter: Counters. (line 8129)
-* section number, cross referencing: \ref. (line 3474)
-* section numbers, printing: Sectioning. (line 2703)
-* section symbol: Text symbols. (line 13840)
-* section, redefining: \@startsection. (line 3149)
-* sectioning commands: Sectioning. (line 2638)
-* sectioning, part: \part. (line 2725)
+ (line 16433)
+* secnumdepth: Sectioning. (line 2419)
+* secnumdepth counter: Sectioning. (line 2420)
+* section: Sectioning. (line 2355)
+* section <1>: \section. (line 2589)
+* section counter: Counters. (line 8332)
+* section number, cross referencing: \ref. (line 3191)
+* section numbers, printing: Sectioning. (line 2420)
+* section symbol: Text symbols. (line 14016)
+* section, redefining: \@startsection. (line 2866)
+* sectioning commands: Sectioning. (line 2355)
+* sectioning, part: \part. (line 2442)
* security and \write: \write and security.
- (line 16028)
-* see and see also index entries: \index. (line 15074)
-* self-contained sources: filecontents. (line 4159)
-* sentence-ending punctuation: \@. (line 11682)
+ (line 16204)
+* see and see also index entries: \index. (line 15250)
+* self-contained sources: filecontents. (line 3876)
+* sentence-ending punctuation: \@. (line 11858)
* series, of fonts: Low-level font commands.
- (line 1943)
+ (line 1660)
* setspace package: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch.
- (line 2394)
-* setting counters: \setcounter. (line 8262)
-* sh, used by \write18: \write18. (line 16170)
+ (line 2111)
+* setting counters: \setcounter. (line 8465)
+* sh, used by \write18: \write18. (line 16346)
* shapes, of fonts: Low-level font commands.
- (line 1983)
+ (line 1700)
* sharp S letters: Additional Latin letters.
- (line 14186)
-* shell access: \write18. (line 16116)
+ (line 14362)
+* shell access: \write18. (line 16292)
* shell escape: Command line options.
- (line 16291)
-* SHELL, environment variables: \write18. (line 16170)
-* shellesc package: \write18. (line 16181)
-* showidx package: Indexes. (line 14985)
-* simulating typed text: verbatim. (line 6368)
-* single angle quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 13808)
-* single guillemets: Text symbols. (line 13808)
-* single left quote: Text symbols. (line 13967)
-* single low-9 quotation mark: Text symbols. (line 13833)
-* single quote, straight: Text symbols. (line 13973)
-* single right quote: Text symbols. (line 13970)
-* siunitx package: minipage. (line 4899)
-* siunitx package <1>: ~. (line 11856)
-* sizes of text: Font sizes. (line 1844)
-* skip plain TeX: Lengths. (line 8354)
-* skip register, plain TeX: \newlength. (line 7611)
-* slanted font: Font styles. (line 1793)
-* slash character, breakable: \slash. (line 6675)
-* slides class: Document classes. (line 705)
-* sloppypar environment: sloppypar. (line 6723)
-* sloppypar environment <1>: sloppypar. (line 6723)
+ (line 16467)
+* SHELL, environment variables: \write18. (line 16346)
+* shellesc package: \write18. (line 16357)
+* showidx package: Indexes. (line 15161)
+* simulating typed text: verbatim. (line 6085)
+* single angle quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 13984)
+* single guillemets: Text symbols. (line 13984)
+* single left quote: Text symbols. (line 14143)
+* single low-9 quotation mark: Text symbols. (line 14009)
+* single quote, straight: Text symbols. (line 14149)
+* single right quote: Text symbols. (line 14146)
+* siunitx package: minipage. (line 4616)
+* siunitx package <1>: ~. (line 12032)
+* sizes of text: Font sizes. (line 1561)
+* skip plain TeX: Lengths. (line 8557)
+* skip register, plain TeX: \newlength. (line 7329)
+* slanted font: Font styles. (line 1510)
+* slash character, breakable: \slash. (line 6392)
+* slides class: Document classes. (line 748)
+* sloppypar environment: sloppypar. (line 6440)
+* sloppypar environment <1>: sloppypar. (line 6440)
* slot, font: \DeclareTextAccent.
- (line 1429)
-* small caps font: Font styles. (line 1787)
-* sort: \newglossaryentry. (line 15410)
-* source files, making self-contained: filecontents. (line 4159)
-* sp: Units of length. (line 8477)
+ (line 1146)
+* small caps font: Font styles. (line 1504)
+* sort: \newglossaryentry. (line 15586)
+* source files, making self-contained: filecontents. (line 3876)
+* sp: Units of length. (line 8680)
* space between lines: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch.
- (line 2320)
-* space factor: \spacefactor. (line 11623)
-* space, inserting horizontal: \hss. (line 11597)
-* space, inserting vertical: \addvspace. (line 12249)
+ (line 2037)
+* space factor: \spacefactor. (line 11799)
+* space, inserting horizontal: \hss. (line 11773)
+* space, inserting vertical: \addvspace. (line 12425)
* space, negative thin: \thinspace & \negthinspace.
- (line 11885)
+ (line 12061)
* space, thin: \thinspace & \negthinspace.
- (line 11885)
-* space, unbreakable: ~. (line 11818)
-* space, vertical: \vspace. (line 12169)
-* spaces: Spaces. (line 11483)
+ (line 12061)
+* space, unbreakable: ~. (line 11994)
+* space, vertical: \vspace. (line 12345)
+* spaces: Spaces. (line 11659)
* spaces, ignore around commands: \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend.
- (line 7993)
-* spaces, ignore around commands <1>: xspace package. (line 8068)
+ (line 7711)
+* spaces, ignore around commands <1>: xspace package. (line 7786)
* spacing within math mode: Spacing in math mode.
- (line 10722)
+ (line 10925)
* spacing, inter-sentence: \frenchspacing & \nonfrenchspacing.
- (line 11731)
-* spacing, inter-sentence <1>: \normalsfcodes. (line 11755)
+ (line 11907)
+* spacing, inter-sentence <1>: \normalsfcodes. (line 11931)
* spacing, math mode: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
- (line 10857)
-* spacing, math mode <1>: \mathstrut. (line 10920)
-* Spanish ordinals, feminine and masculine: Text symbols. (line 13952)
+ (line 11060)
+* spacing, math mode <1>: \mathstrut. (line 11123)
+* Spanish ordinals, feminine and masculine: Text symbols. (line 14128)
* special characters: Reserved characters.
- (line 13684)
+ (line 13860)
* special characters <1>: Additional Latin letters.
- (line 14140)
+ (line 14316)
* special insertions: Special insertions.
- (line 13678)
-* specifier, float placement: Floats. (line 2439)
+ (line 13854)
+* specifier, float placement: Floats. (line 2156)
* splitting the input file: Splitting the input.
- (line 14316)
-* square root: \sqrt. (line 11064)
-* stack math: \stackrel. (line 11081)
-* star-variants, commands: \@ifstar. (line 7498)
+ (line 14492)
+* square root: \sqrt. (line 11267)
+* stack math: \stackrel. (line 11284)
+* star-variants, commands: \@ifstar. (line 7216)
* starred form, defining new commands: \newcommand & \renewcommand.
- (line 7268)
-* starting a new page: \newpage. (line 6875)
+ (line 6985)
+* starting a new page: \newpage. (line 6592)
* starting a new page and clearing floats: \clearpage & \cleardoublepage.
- (line 6833)
+ (line 6550)
* starting and ending: Starting and ending.
- (line 435)
+ (line 453)
* starting on a right-hand page: \clearpage & \cleardoublepage.
- (line 6833)
-* sterling symbol: Text symbols. (line 13829)
-* straight double quote, base: Text symbols. (line 13977)
-* straight quote, base: Text symbols. (line 13977)
-* straight single quote: Text symbols. (line 13973)
-* stretch, infinite horizontal: \hfill. (line 11564)
-* stretch, infinite vertical: \vfill. (line 12220)
-* stretch, omitting vertical: \raggedbottom. (line 2176)
-* strut: \footnote. (line 7039)
-* strut <1>: \strut. (line 12084)
-* strut, math: \mathstrut. (line 10920)
-* styles of text: Font styles. (line 1705)
-* styles, page: Page styles. (line 11169)
-* subparagraph: Sectioning. (line 2638)
+ (line 6550)
+* sterling symbol: Text symbols. (line 14005)
+* straight double quote, base: Text symbols. (line 14153)
+* straight quote, base: Text symbols. (line 14153)
+* straight single quote: Text symbols. (line 14149)
+* stretch, infinite horizontal: \hfill. (line 11740)
+* stretch, infinite vertical: \vfill. (line 12396)
+* stretch, omitting vertical: \raggedbottom. (line 1893)
+* strut: \footnote. (line 6756)
+* strut <1>: \strut. (line 12260)
+* strut, math: \mathstrut. (line 11123)
+* styles of text: Font styles. (line 1422)
+* styles, page: Page styles. (line 11372)
+* subparagraph: Sectioning. (line 2355)
* subparagraph <1>: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
- (line 3014)
-* subparagraph counter: Counters. (line 8129)
+ (line 2731)
+* subparagraph counter: Counters. (line 8332)
* subscript: Subscripts & superscripts.
- (line 9090)
-* subsection: Sectioning. (line 2638)
-* subsection <1>: \subsection. (line 2950)
-* subsection counter: Counters. (line 8129)
-* subsubsection: Sectioning. (line 2638)
+ (line 9293)
+* subsection: Sectioning. (line 2355)
+* subsection <1>: \subsection. (line 2667)
+* subsection counter: Counters. (line 8332)
+* subsubsection: Sectioning. (line 2355)
* subsubsection <1>: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
- (line 3014)
-* subsubsection counter: Counters. (line 8129)
-* suffix package: \@ifstar. (line 7556)
+ (line 2731)
+* subsubsection counter: Counters. (line 8332)
+* suffix package: \@ifstar. (line 7274)
* superscript: Subscripts & superscripts.
- (line 9090)
-* symbol: \newglossaryentry. (line 15414)
+ (line 9293)
+* symbol: \newglossaryentry. (line 15590)
* symbol, defining: \DeclareTextSymbol.
- (line 1597)
-* symbols, arrows: Arrows. (line 9999)
-* symbols, boldface: bm. (line 10070)
-* symbols, math: Math symbols. (line 9153)
-* symbols, text: Text symbols. (line 13779)
-* system commands, run from LaTeX: \write18. (line 16116)
-* system information: \write18. (line 16175)
-* T1: fontenc package. (line 1302)
-* tab stops, using: tabbing. (line 5501)
-* tabbing environment: tabbing. (line 5501)
-* table counter: Counters. (line 8129)
-* table environment: table. (line 5650)
-* table of contents: \contentsline. (line 14843)
+ (line 1314)
+* symbols, arrows: Arrows. (line 10202)
+* symbols, boldface: bm. (line 10273)
+* symbols, math: Math symbols. (line 9356)
+* symbols, text: Text symbols. (line 13955)
+* system commands, run from LaTeX: \write18. (line 16292)
+* system information: \write18. (line 16351)
+* T1: fontenc package. (line 1019)
+* tab stops, using: tabbing. (line 5218)
+* tabbing environment: tabbing. (line 5218)
+* table counter: Counters. (line 8332)
+* table environment: table. (line 5367)
+* table of contents: \contentsline. (line 15019)
* table of contents entry, create dotted line: \@dottedtocline.
- (line 14671)
+ (line 14847)
* table of contents entry, manually adding: \addcontentsline.
- (line 14706)
-* table of contents file: Output files. (line 504)
+ (line 14882)
+* table of contents file: Output files. (line 522)
* table of contents, avoiding footnotes: Footnotes in section headings.
- (line 7136)
+ (line 6853)
* table of contents, creating: Table of contents etc..
- (line 14548)
-* table of contents, page numbers in: \thepage. (line 11438)
+ (line 14724)
+* table of contents, page numbers in: \thepage. (line 11641)
* table of contents, sectioning numbers printed: Sectioning.
- (line 2714)
+ (line 2431)
* tablefootnote package: Footnotes in a table.
- (line 7202)
-* tables, creating: table. (line 5650)
-* tabular environment: tabular. (line 5708)
-* template (simple), article: article template. (line 16524)
-* template, beamer: beamer template. (line 16494)
-* template, book: book template. (line 16547)
+ (line 6919)
+* tables, creating: table. (line 5367)
+* tabular environment: tabular. (line 5425)
+* tagged PDF: \DocumentMetadata. (line 690)
+* template (simple), article: article template. (line 16700)
+* template, beamer: beamer template. (line 16670)
+* template, book: book template. (line 16723)
* template, book <1>: Larger book template.
- (line 16571)
+ (line 16747)
* templates, document: Document templates.
- (line 16487)
-* terminal input/output: Input/output. (line 15745)
-* terminal, writing to: \write. (line 15951)
-* TeX format (.fmt) files: TeX engines. (line 513)
-* TeX logo: Text symbols. (line 13843)
-* texosquery package: \write18. (line 16175)
-* texput, jobname default: Jobname. (line 16405)
-* text style: Math styles. (line 10957)
-* text symbols: Text symbols. (line 13779)
-* text, resizing: \scalebox. (line 13617)
-* text, resizing <1>: \resizebox. (line 13649)
-* text, scaling: \scalebox. (line 13617)
-* text, scaling <1>: \resizebox. (line 13649)
+ (line 16663)
+* terminal input/output: Input/output. (line 15921)
+* terminal, writing to: \write. (line 16127)
+* TeX format (.fmt) files: TeX engines. (line 531)
+* TeX logo: Text symbols. (line 14019)
+* texosquery package: \write18. (line 16351)
+* texput, jobname default: Jobname. (line 16581)
+* text style: Math styles. (line 11160)
+* text symbols: Text symbols. (line 13955)
+* text, resizing: \scalebox. (line 13537)
+* text, resizing <1>: \resizebox. (line 13569)
+* text, scaling: \scalebox. (line 13537)
+* text, scaling <1>: \resizebox. (line 13569)
* textcase package: Upper and lower case.
- (line 13750)
-* textcomp package: Text symbols. (line 13779)
-* thanks, for titlepage: \maketitle. (line 11232)
-* thebibliography environment: thebibliography. (line 6032)
+ (line 13926)
+* textcomp package: Text symbols. (line 13955)
+* thanks, for titlepage: \maketitle. (line 11435)
+* thebibliography environment: thebibliography. (line 5749)
* theindex: Produce the index manually.
- (line 14995)
+ (line 15171)
* theindex environment: Produce the index manually.
- (line 14998)
-* theorem environment: theorem. (line 6299)
-* theorem-like environment: \newtheorem. (line 7797)
-* theorems, defining: \newtheorem. (line 7797)
-* theorems, typesetting: theorem. (line 6299)
+ (line 15174)
+* theorem environment: theorem. (line 6016)
+* theorem-like environment: \newtheorem. (line 7515)
+* theorems, defining: \newtheorem. (line 7515)
+* theorems, typesetting: theorem. (line 6016)
* thin space: Spacing in math mode.
- (line 10763)
+ (line 10966)
* thin space <1>: \thinspace & \negthinspace.
- (line 11885)
+ (line 12061)
* thin space, negative: Spacing in math mode.
- (line 10777)
+ (line 10980)
* thin space, negative <1>: \thinspace & \negthinspace.
- (line 11885)
+ (line 12061)
* thorn, Icelandic letter: Additional Latin letters.
- (line 14190)
-* three-quarters em-dash: Text symbols. (line 13986)
-* tie: ~. (line 11818)
-* tie-after accent: Accents. (line 14080)
-* TikZ package: \line. (line 5187)
-* TikZ package <1>: \strut. (line 12140)
-* TikZ package <2>: \mbox & \makebox. (line 12373)
-* tikz-cd package: Arrows. (line 10034)
-* tilde accent: Accents. (line 14045)
-* tilde accent, math: Math accents. (line 10661)
-* tilde, ASCII, in text: Text symbols. (line 13849)
+ (line 14366)
+* three-quarters em-dash: Text symbols. (line 14162)
+* tie: ~. (line 11994)
+* tie-after accent: Accents. (line 14256)
+* TikZ package: \line. (line 4904)
+* TikZ package <1>: \strut. (line 12316)
+* TikZ package <2>: \mbox & \makebox. (line 12549)
+* tikz-cd package: Arrows. (line 10237)
+* tilde accent: Accents. (line 14221)
+* tilde accent, math: Math accents. (line 10864)
+* tilde, ASCII, in text: Text symbols. (line 14025)
* title page, separate or run-in: Document class options.
- (line 800)
-* title pages, creating: titlepage. (line 6329)
-* title, for titlepage: \maketitle. (line 11239)
-* titlepage environment: titlepage. (line 6329)
+ (line 846)
+* title pages, creating: titlepage. (line 6046)
+* title, for titlepage: \maketitle. (line 11442)
+* titlepage environment: titlepage. (line 6046)
* titlepage option: Document class options.
- (line 778)
-* titles, making: \maketitle. (line 11181)
-* titlesec package: Sectioning. (line 2692)
-* titlesec package <1>: \part. (line 2773)
-* titlesec package <2>: \chapter. (line 2852)
-* titlesec package <3>: \section. (line 2930)
-* titlesec package <4>: \subsection. (line 2996)
+ (line 824)
+* titles, making: \maketitle. (line 11384)
+* titlesec package: Sectioning. (line 2409)
+* titlesec package <1>: \part. (line 2490)
+* titlesec package <2>: \chapter. (line 2569)
+* titlesec package <3>: \section. (line 2647)
+* titlesec package <4>: \subsection. (line 2713)
* titlesec package <5>: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
- (line 3071)
+ (line 2788)
* tocbibbind package: Table of contents etc..
- (line 14652)
-* tocdepth: Sectioning. (line 2713)
-* tocdepth counter: Sectioning. (line 2714)
+ (line 14828)
+* tocdepth: Sectioning. (line 2430)
+* tocdepth counter: Sectioning. (line 2431)
* tocloft package: Table of contents etc..
- (line 14652)
-* tocloft package <1>: \contentsline. (line 14871)
-* today’s date: \today. (line 14285)
-* tombstone: \rule. (line 14257)
+ (line 14828)
+* tocloft package <1>: \contentsline. (line 15047)
+* today’s date: \today. (line 14461)
+* tombstone: \rule. (line 14433)
* topmargin: Page layout parameters.
- (line 2306)
-* topnumber: Floats. (line 2546)
-* topnumber <1>: Floats. (line 2547)
-* totalnumber: Floats. (line 2550)
-* totalnumber <1>: Floats. (line 2551)
-* trademark symbol: Text symbols. (line 13989)
-* transcript file: Output files. (line 489)
-* TrueType fonts: TeX engines. (line 513)
-* TS1 encoding: Text symbols. (line 13779)
-* two-column output: \twocolumn. (line 2047)
-* two-thirds em-dash: Text symbols. (line 13992)
+ (line 2023)
+* topnumber: Floats. (line 2263)
+* topnumber <1>: Floats. (line 2264)
+* totalnumber: Floats. (line 2267)
+* totalnumber <1>: Floats. (line 2268)
+* trademark symbol: Text symbols. (line 14165)
+* transcript file: Output files. (line 507)
+* TrueType fonts: TeX engines. (line 531)
+* TS1 encoding: Text symbols. (line 13955)
+* two-column output: \twocolumn. (line 1764)
+* two-thirds em-dash: Text symbols. (line 14168)
* twocolumn option: Document class options.
- (line 807)
+ (line 853)
* twoside option: Document class options.
- (line 807)
-* type styles: Font styles. (line 1705)
-* typed text, simulating: verbatim. (line 6368)
-* typeface sizes: Font sizes. (line 1844)
-* typefaces: Fonts. (line 1265)
-* typewriter font: Font styles. (line 1796)
-* typewriter labels in lists: description. (line 3816)
+ (line 853)
+* type styles: Font styles. (line 1422)
+* typed text, simulating: verbatim. (line 6085)
+* typeface sizes: Font sizes. (line 1561)
+* typefaces: Fonts. (line 982)
+* typewriter font: Font styles. (line 1513)
+* typewriter labels in lists: description. (line 3533)
* ulem package: Over- and Underlining.
- (line 10687)
-* umlaut accent: Accents. (line 14022)
-* unbreakable space: ~. (line 11818)
-* underbar: Accents. (line 14050)
+ (line 10890)
+* umlaut accent: Accents. (line 14198)
+* unbreakable space: ~. (line 11994)
+* underbar: Accents. (line 14226)
* underlining: Over- and Underlining.
- (line 10678)
-* underscore, in text: Text symbols. (line 13995)
-* Unicode: inputenc package. (line 14206)
-* Unicode input, native: TeX engines. (line 513)
+ (line 10881)
+* underscore, in text: Text symbols. (line 14171)
+* Unicode: inputenc package. (line 14382)
+* Unicode input, native: TeX engines. (line 531)
* unicode-math package: OpenType bold math.
- (line 10099)
-* unicode-math package <1>: Dots. (line 10452)
-* unicode-math package <2>: Greek letters. (line 10501)
-* units, of length: Units of length. (line 8448)
+ (line 10302)
+* unicode-math package <1>: Dots. (line 10655)
+* unicode-math package <2>: Greek letters. (line 10704)
+* units, of length: Units of length. (line 8651)
* unofficial nature of this manual: About this document.
- (line 378)
-* unordered lists: itemize. (line 4297)
-* uplatex: TeX engines. (line 562)
-* uplatex-dev: TeX engines. (line 575)
+ (line 396)
+* unordered lists: itemize. (line 4014)
+* Unused global option warning, handling: \DeclareOption. (line 7950)
+* unused options, adding to list: \OptionNotUsed. (line 8128)
+* uplatex: TeX engines. (line 580)
+* uplatex-dev: TeX engines. (line 593)
* uppercase: Upper and lower case.
- (line 13714)
-* url package: \verb. (line 6444)
-* using BibTeX: Using BibTeX. (line 6210)
-* UTF-8, default LaTeX input encoding: Overview. (line 412)
-* UTF-8, engine support for: TeX engines. (line 513)
-* UTF-8, font support for: fontenc package. (line 1302)
-* variables, a list of: Counters. (line 8120)
-* vector symbol, math: Math accents. (line 10664)
-* verbatim environment: verbatim. (line 6368)
-* verbatim text: verbatim. (line 6368)
-* verbatim text, inline: \verb. (line 6411)
-* verbatimbox package: verbatim. (line 6403)
-* verse environment: verse. (line 6462)
-* vertical bar, double, in text: Text symbols. (line 13866)
-* vertical bar, in text: Text symbols. (line 13863)
-* vertical mode: Modes. (line 11121)
-* vertical space: \vspace. (line 12169)
-* vertical space <1>: \addvspace. (line 12249)
+ (line 13890)
+* url package: \verb. (line 6161)
+* using BibTeX: Using BibTeX. (line 5927)
+* UTF-8, default LaTeX input encoding: Overview. (line 430)
+* UTF-8, engine support for: TeX engines. (line 531)
+* UTF-8, font support for: fontenc package. (line 1019)
+* variables, a list of: Counters. (line 8323)
+* vector symbol, math: Math accents. (line 10867)
+* verbatim environment: verbatim. (line 6085)
+* verbatim text: verbatim. (line 6085)
+* verbatim text, inline: \verb. (line 6128)
+* verbatimbox package: verbatim. (line 6120)
+* verse environment: verse. (line 6179)
+* version of format, requiring: \NeedsTeXFormat. (line 8105)
+* vertical bar, double, in text: Text symbols. (line 14042)
+* vertical bar, in text: Text symbols. (line 14039)
+* vertical mode: Modes. (line 11324)
+* vertical space: \vspace. (line 12345)
+* vertical space <1>: \addvspace. (line 12425)
* vertical space before paragraphs: \parindent & \parskip.
- (line 8942)
+ (line 9145)
* vertical spacing: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
- (line 10857)
-* vertical spacing <1>: \mathstrut. (line 10920)
-* vertical spacing, math mode: \smash. (line 10797)
-* visible space: \verb. (line 6436)
-* visible space symbol, in text: Text symbols. (line 13998)
+ (line 11060)
+* vertical spacing <1>: \mathstrut. (line 11123)
+* vertical spacing, math mode: \smash. (line 11000)
+* visible space: \verb. (line 6153)
+* visible space symbol, in text: Text symbols. (line 14174)
* weights, of fonts: Low-level font commands.
- (line 1953)
-* whatsit item: \write. (line 15986)
-* white space: Spaces. (line 11483)
-* wide hat accent, math: Math accents. (line 10667)
-* wide tilde accent, math: Math accents. (line 10670)
+ (line 1670)
+* whatsit item: \write. (line 16162)
+* white space: Spaces. (line 11659)
+* wide hat accent, math: Math accents. (line 10870)
+* wide tilde accent, math: Math accents. (line 10873)
* widths, of fonts: Low-level font commands.
- (line 1965)
+ (line 1682)
* Wright, Joseph: Upper and lower case.
- (line 13756)
-* writing external files: filecontents. (line 4123)
-* writing letters: Letters. (line 15450)
-* x-height: Units of length. (line 8484)
-* xdvi command: Output files. (line 471)
-* xdvipdfmx: TeX engines. (line 549)
-* xelatex: TeX engines. (line 548)
-* xelatex-dev: TeX engines. (line 576)
-* XeTeX: TeX engines. (line 549)
-* xindex program: makeindex. (line 15292)
-* xindy program: makeindex. (line 15285)
+ (line 13932)
+* writing external files: filecontents. (line 3840)
+* writing letters: Letters. (line 15626)
+* x-height: Units of length. (line 8687)
+* xdvi command: Output files. (line 489)
+* xdvipdfmx: TeX engines. (line 567)
+* xelatex: TeX engines. (line 566)
+* xelatex-dev: TeX engines. (line 594)
+* XeTeX: TeX engines. (line 567)
+* xindex program: makeindex. (line 15468)
+* xindy program: makeindex. (line 15461)
* xparse package: LaTeX command syntax.
- (line 628)
-* xparse package <1>: \@ifstar. (line 7556)
-* xr package: xr package. (line 3503)
-* xr-hyper package: xr package. (line 3503)
-* xspace package: xspace package. (line 8068)
-* xstring package: Jobname. (line 16431)
+ (line 646)
+* xparse package <1>: \@ifstar. (line 7274)
+* xr package: xr package. (line 3220)
+* xr-hyper package: xr package. (line 3220)
+* xspace package: xspace package. (line 7786)
+* xstring package: Jobname. (line 16607)
Modified: trunk/latex2e.xml
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e.xml 2023-09-30 16:43:58 UTC (rev 1159)
+++ trunk/latex2e.xml 2023-10-01 16:00:37 UTC (rev 1160)
@@ -3,10 +3,10 @@
<texinfo>
<filename file="latex2e.xml"></filename>
<preamblebeforebeginning>\input texinfo
-</preamblebeforebeginning><!-- c $Id: latex2e.texi 1155 2023-07-19 17:23:19Z karl $ -->
+</preamblebeforebeginning><!-- c $Id: latex2e.texi 1159 2023-09-30 16:43:58Z karl $ -->
<!-- comment %**start of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.) -->
<setfilename file="latex2e.info" spaces=" ">latex2e.info</setfilename>
-<set name="UPDATED" line=" UPDATED July 2023">July 2023</set>
+<set name="UPDATED" line=" UPDATED September 2023">September 2023</set>
<!-- c $Id: common.texi 1089 2022-08-12 20:30:20Z vincentb1 $ -->
<!-- c Public domain. -->
<set name="LTXREFMAN_HOME_PAGE" line=" LTXREFMAN_HOME_PAGE https://latexref.xyz">https://latexref.xyz</set>
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
<tex endspaces=" ">
</tex>
-<settitle spaces=" ">&latex;2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023)</settitle>
+<settitle spaces=" ">&latex;2e unofficial reference manual (September 2023)</settitle>
<!-- comment %**end of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.) -->
<!-- c latex 2.09 commands should all be present now, -->
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@
<copying endspaces=" ">
<para>This document is an unofficial reference manual for &latex;, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2023.
+document preparation system, version of September 2023.
</para>
<para>This manual was originally translated from <file>LATEX.HLP</file> v1.0a in the
VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@
<titlepage endspaces=" ">
<title spaces=" ">&latex;2e: An unofficial reference manual</title>
-<subtitle spaces=" ">July 2023</subtitle>
+<subtitle spaces=" ">September 2023</subtitle>
<author spaces=" "><url><urefurl>https://latexref.xyz</urefurl></url></author>
<page></page>
<vskip> 0pt plus 1filll</vskip>
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@
<top spaces=" "><sectiontitle>&latex;2e: An unofficial reference manual</sectiontitle>
<para>This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of
-July 2023) for &latex;2e, a document preparation system.
+September 2023) for &latex;2e, a document preparation system.
</para>
<menu endspaces=" ">
<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">About this document</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Bug reporting, etc.
@@ -175,8 +175,8 @@
</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Page styles</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Various styles of page layout.
</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Spaces</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Horizontal and vertical space.
</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Boxes</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Making boxes.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Graphics</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Importing graphics from outside &latex;.
</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Color</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Defining and using colors.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Graphics</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Importing graphics from outside &latex;.
</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Special insertions</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Inserting reserved and special characters.
</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Splitting the input</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Dealing with big files by splitting.
</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Front/back matter</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Tables of contents, glossaries, indexes.
@@ -219,6 +219,8 @@
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="6">reporting bugs</indexterm></cindex>
Do not send bug reports or anything else about this document to them.
Instead, please send all comments to <email><emailaddress>latexrefman&arobase;tug.org</emailaddress></email>.
+This is a public list; you can (un)subscribe, view the archives, etc.,
+at <url><urefurl>https://lists.tug.org/latexrefman</urefurl></url>.
</para>
<para>This document is a reference, not a tutorial. There is a vast array
of other information available about &latex;, at all levels. Here
@@ -238,8 +240,7 @@
<para>A longer introduction to &latex;, translated to many languages.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="url">https://tug.org/begin.html</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Introduction to the &tex; system, including &latex;, with further
-references.
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Overview of getting started with &tex; and &latex;.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry></table>
@@ -288,8 +289,8 @@
</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Output files</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Files produced.
</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">&tex; engines</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Programs that can compile &tex; and &latex;.
</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">&latex; command syntax</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">General syntax of &latex; commands.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Environment</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">An area of the source with distinct behavior.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">CTAN</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Our repository.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Environment syntax</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{envname} ... \end{envname}.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">CTAN</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">The TeX world&textrsquo;s general repository.
</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
@@ -540,7 +541,7 @@
</tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
</section>
-<node name="LaTeX-command-syntax" spaces=" "><nodename>&latex; command syntax</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Environment</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">&tex; engines</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Overview</nodeup></node>
+<node name="LaTeX-command-syntax" spaces=" "><nodename>&latex; command syntax</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Environment syntax</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">&tex; engines</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Overview</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>&latex; command syntax</sectiontitle>
<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="47">command syntax</indexterm></cindex>
@@ -592,8 +593,8 @@
package documentation and other &latex; manuals.
</para>
</section>
-<node name="Environment" spaces=" "><nodename>Environment</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">CTAN</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">&latex; command syntax</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Overview</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Environment</sectiontitle>
+<node name="Environment-syntax" spaces=" "><nodename>Environment syntax</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\DocumentMetadata</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">&latex; command syntax</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Overview</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Environment syntax</sectiontitle>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -636,10 +637,51 @@
</section>
-<node name="CTAN" spaces=" "><nodename>CTAN</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Environment</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Overview</nodeup></node>
+<node name="_005cDocumentMetadata" spaces=" "><nodename>\DocumentMetadata</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">CTAN</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Environment syntax</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Overview</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\DocumentMetadata</code>: Producing tagged PDF output</sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="38" mergedindex="cp">\DocumentMetadata</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="53">tagged PDF</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="54">PDF, tagged</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="55">metadata, adding</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="56">accessibility</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>The <code>\DocumentMetadata</code> command was added to &latex; in 2022.
+It enables so-called &textldquo;tagging&textrdquo; of the PDF output, aiding
+accessibility of the PDF.
+</para>
+<para>It is unlike nearly any other command in &latex; in that it must
+occur before the <code>\documentclass</code> command that starts a &latex;
+document proper (<pxref label="_005cdocumentclass"><xrefnodename>\documentclass</xrefnodename></pxref>). Therefore it must be
+called with <code>\RequirePackage</code> rather than <code>\usepackage</code>
+(<pxref label="_005cRequirePackage"><xrefnodename>\RequirePackage</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="57"><r>package</r>, <code>latex-lab</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="58"><code>latex-lab</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="39" mergedindex="cp">documentmetadata-support-doc <r>document</r></indexterm></findex>
+<para>This support is still in development, so we will not try to list all
+the possible settings. Please see the
+<code>documentmetadata-support-doc</code> document, part of the
+<code>latex-lab</code> package (<url><urefurl>https://ctan.org/pkg/latex-lab</urefurl></url>). Here
+is a simple example which enables most tagging currently implemented:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\DocumentMetadata{testphase={phase-III,firstaid}}
+\documentclass{article}
+...
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>As you can see from the key name <code>testphase</code>, this is all still
+in an experimental phase. But the &latex; developers strongly
+encourage users to give it a try and report problems.
+</para>
+
+</section>
+<node name="CTAN" spaces=" "><nodename>CTAN</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\DocumentMetadata</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Overview</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>CTAN: The Comprehensive &tex; Archive Network</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="53">CTAN</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="59">CTAN</indexterm></cindex>
<para>The Comprehensive &tex; Archive Network, CTAN, is the &tex; and
&latex; community&textrsquo;s repository of free material. It is a set of
@@ -655,7 +697,7 @@
<para>In addition to the massive holdings, the <code>ctan.org</code> web site
offers features such as search by name or by functionality.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="54">DANTE e.V.</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="60">DANTE e.V.</indexterm></cindex>
<para>CTAN is not a single host, but instead is a set of hosts, one of which
is the so-called &textldquo;master&textrdquo;. The master host actively manages the
material, for instance, by accepting uploads of new or updated
@@ -662,7 +704,7 @@
packages. For many years, it has been hosted by the German &tex;
group, DANTE e.V.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="55">mirrors of CTAN</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="61">mirrors of CTAN</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Other sites around the world help out by mirroring, that is,
automatically syncing their collections with the master site and then
in turn making their copies publicly available. This gives users close
@@ -675,25 +717,27 @@
<node name="Document-classes" spaces=" "><nodename>Document classes</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Fonts</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Overview</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Document classes</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="56">document classes</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="57">classes of documents</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="38" mergedindex="cp">\documentclass</indexterm></findex>
+<anchor name="_005cdocumentclass">\documentclass</anchor>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="62">document classes</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="63">classes of documents</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="40" mergedindex="cp">\documentclass</indexterm></findex>
-<para>The document&textrsquo;s overall class is defined with this command, which is
-normally the first command in a &latex; source file.
+<para>The document&textrsquo;s overall class is defined with the <code>\documentclass</code>
+command, which is normally the first command in a &latex; source
+file.
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
<pre xml:space="preserve">\documentclass[<var>options</var>]{<var>class</var>}
</pre></example>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="39" mergedindex="cp">article <r>class</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="40" mergedindex="cp">report <r>class</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="41" mergedindex="cp">book <r>class</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="42" mergedindex="cp">letter <r>class</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="43" mergedindex="cp">slides <r>class</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="41" mergedindex="cp">article <r>class</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="42" mergedindex="cp">report <r>class</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="43" mergedindex="cp">book <r>class</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="44" mergedindex="cp">letter <r>class</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="45" mergedindex="cp">slides <r>class</r></indexterm></findex>
<para>The following document <var>class</var> names are built into &latex;.
-(Many other document classes are available as separate packages;
-<pxref label="Overview"><xrefnodename>Overview</xrefnodename></pxref>.)
+Many other document classes are available as separate packages
+(<pxref label="Overview"><xrefnodename>Overview</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
<table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">article</itemformat></item>
@@ -719,7 +763,7 @@
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">slides</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="document-classes-slides">document classes slides</anchor>
<para>For slide presentations&textmdash;rarely used nowadays. The
-<code>beamer</code> package is perhaps the most prevalent
+<code>beamer</code> package is perhaps the most prevalent replacement
(<url><urefurl>https://ctan.org/pkg/beamer</urefurl></url>). <xref label="beamer-template"><xrefnodename>beamer template</xrefnodename></xref>, for a
small template for a beamer document.
</para>
@@ -728,19 +772,19 @@
<para>Standard <var>options</var> are described in the next section.
</para>
<menu endspaces=" ">
-<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Document class options</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Global options.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Additional packages</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Bring in packages.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Class and package construction</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Create new classes and packages.
+<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Document class options</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Global options.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\usepackage</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Bring in additional packages.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Class and package creation</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Writing new classes and packages.
</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
-<node name="Document-class-options" spaces=" "><nodename>Document class options</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Additional packages</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Document classes</nodeup></node>
+<node name="Document-class-options" spaces=" "><nodename>Document class options</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\usepackage</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Document classes</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Document class options</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="58">document class options</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="59">options, document class</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="60">class options</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="61">global options</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="64">document class options</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="65">options, document class</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="66">class options</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="67">global options</indexterm></cindex>
<para>You can specify <dfn>global options</dfn> or <dfn>class options</dfn> to the
<code>\documentclass</code> command by enclosing them in square brackets. To
@@ -750,26 +794,30 @@
<pre xml:space="preserve">\documentclass[<var>option1</var>,<var>option2</var>,...]{<var>class</var>}
</pre></example>
+<para>&latex; automatically passes options specified for
+<code>\documentclass</code> on to any other loaded classes that can handle
+them.
+</para>
<para>Here is the list of the standard class options.
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="44" mergedindex="cp">10pt <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="45" mergedindex="cp">11pt <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="46" mergedindex="cp">12pt <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="46" mergedindex="cp">10pt <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="47" mergedindex="cp">11pt <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="48" mergedindex="cp">12pt <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
<para>All of the standard classes except <code>slides</code> accept the following
-options for selecting the typeface size (default is <code>10pt</code>):
+options for selecting the typeface size; the default is <code>10pt</code>:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
<pre xml:space="preserve">10pt 11pt 12pt
</pre></example>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="47" mergedindex="cp">a4paper <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="48" mergedindex="cp">a5paper <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="49" mergedindex="cp">b5paper <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="50" mergedindex="cp">executivepaper <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="51" mergedindex="cp">legalpaper <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="52" mergedindex="cp">letterpaper <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="49" mergedindex="cp">a4paper <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="50" mergedindex="cp">a5paper <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="51" mergedindex="cp">b5paper <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="52" mergedindex="cp">executivepaper <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="53" mergedindex="cp">legalpaper <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="54" mergedindex="cp">letterpaper <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
<para>All of the standard classes accept these options for selecting the paper
-size (these show height by width):
+size (dimensions are listed height by width):
</para>
<table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">a4paper </itemformat></item>
@@ -791,61 +839,61 @@
</tableterm><tableitem><para>8.5 by 11 inches (the default)
</para></tableitem></tableentry></table>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="53" mergedindex="cp">\pdfpagewidth</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="54" mergedindex="cp">\pdfpageheight</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="62"><r>package</r>, <code>geometry</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="63"><code>geometry</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="55" mergedindex="cp">\pdfpagewidth</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="56" mergedindex="cp">\pdfpageheight</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="68"><r>package</r>, <code>geometry</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="69"><code>geometry</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>When using one of the engines pdf&latex;, Lua&latex;, or Xe&latex;
(<pxref label="TeX-engines"><xrefnodename>&tex; engines</xrefnodename></pxref>), options other than <code>letterpaper</code> set
the print area but you must also set the physical paper size. Usually,
-The <code>geometry</code> package is the best way to do that; it
+the <code>geometry</code> package is the best way to do that; it
provides flexible ways of setting the print area and physical page size.
Otherwise, setting the paper size is engine-dependent. For example,
with pdf&latex;, you could include <code>\pdfpagewidth=\paperwidth</code> and
<code>\pdfpageheight=\paperheight</code> in the preamble.
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="55" mergedindex="cp">draft <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="56" mergedindex="cp">final <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="57" mergedindex="cp">fleqn <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="58" mergedindex="cp">landscape <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="59" mergedindex="cp">leqno <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="60" mergedindex="cp">openbib <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="61" mergedindex="cp">titlepage <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="62" mergedindex="cp">notitlepage <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="57" mergedindex="cp">draft <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="58" mergedindex="cp">final <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="59" mergedindex="cp">fleqn <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="60" mergedindex="cp">landscape <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="61" mergedindex="cp">leqno <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="62" mergedindex="cp">openbib <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="63" mergedindex="cp">titlepage <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="64" mergedindex="cp">notitlepage <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
<para>Miscellaneous other options:
</para>
<table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">draft</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">final</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="64">black boxes, omitting</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="70">black boxes, omitting</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Mark (<code>draft</code>) or do not mark (<code>final</code>) overfull boxes with a
black box in the margin; default is <code>final</code>.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">fleqn</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="65">flush left equations</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="66">centered equations</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="67">equations, flush left vs.&noeos; centered</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="71">flush left equations</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="72">centered equations</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="73">equations, flush left vs.&noeos; centered</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Put displayed formulas flush left; default is centered.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">landscape</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="68">landscape orientation</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="69">portrait orientation</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="74">landscape orientation</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="75">portrait orientation</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Selects landscape format; default is portrait.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">leqno</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="70">left-hand equation numbers</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="71">right-hand equation numbers</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="72">equation numbers, left vs.&noeos; right</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="76">left-hand equation numbers</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="77">right-hand equation numbers</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="78">equation numbers, left vs.&noeos; right</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Put equation numbers on the left side of equations; default is the right side.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">openbib</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="73">bibliography format, open</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="79">bibliography format, open</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Use &textldquo;open&textrdquo; bibliography format.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">titlepage</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">notitlepage</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="74">title page, separate or run-in</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="80">title page, separate or run-in</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Specifies whether there is a separate page for the title information and
for the abstract also, if there is one. The default for the
<code>report</code> class is <code>titlepage</code>, for the other classes it is
@@ -854,12 +902,12 @@
<para>The following options are not available with the <code>slides</code> class.
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="63" mergedindex="cp">onecolumn <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="64" mergedindex="cp">twocolumn <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="65" mergedindex="cp">oneside <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="66" mergedindex="cp">twoside <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="67" mergedindex="cp">openright <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="68" mergedindex="cp">openany <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="65" mergedindex="cp">onecolumn <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="66" mergedindex="cp">twocolumn <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="67" mergedindex="cp">oneside <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="68" mergedindex="cp">twoside <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="69" mergedindex="cp">openright <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="70" mergedindex="cp">openany <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
<table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">onecolumn</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">twocolumn</itemformat></itemx>
@@ -867,8 +915,8 @@
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">oneside</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">twoside</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="69" mergedindex="cp">\evensidemargin</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="70" mergedindex="cp">\oddsidemargin</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="71" mergedindex="cp">\evensidemargin</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="72" mergedindex="cp">\oddsidemargin</indexterm></findex>
<!-- c xx TODO re-align on the French version which is more accurate. -->
<para>Selects one- or two-sided layout; default is <code>oneside</code>, except
that in the <code>book</code> class the default is <code>twoside</code>.
@@ -886,24 +934,25 @@
<code>openright</code> for <code>book</code>, and <code>openany</code> for <code>report</code>.
</para></tableitem></tableentry></table>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="71" mergedindex="cp">clock <r>option to <code>slides</code> class</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="73" mergedindex="cp">clock <r>option to <code>slides</code> class</r></indexterm></findex>
<para>The <code>slides</code> class offers the option <code>clock</code> for printing
the time at the bottom of each note.
</para>
</section>
-<node name="Additional-packages" spaces=" "><nodename>Additional packages</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Class and package construction</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Document class options</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Document classes</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Additional packages</sectiontitle>
+<node name="_005cusepackage" spaces=" "><nodename>\usepackage</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Class and package creation</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Document class options</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Document classes</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\usepackage</code>: Additional packages</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="75">loading additional packages</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="76">packages, loading additional</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="77">additional packages, loading</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="72" mergedindex="cp">\usepackage</indexterm></findex>
-<para>Load a package <var>pkg</var>, with the package options given in the comma-separated
-list <var>options</var>, as here.
+<anchor name="Additional-packages">Additional packages</anchor><!-- c original node name -->
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="81">loading additional packages</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="82">packages, loading additional</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="83">additional packages, loading</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="74" mergedindex="cp">\usepackage</indexterm></findex>
+<para>To load a package <var>pkg</var>, with the package options given in the
+comma-separated list <var>options</var>:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage[<var>options</var>]{<var>pkg</var>}.
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage[<var>options</var>]{<var>pkg</var>}[<var>mindate</var>]
</pre></example>
<para>To specify more than one package you can separate them with a comma,
@@ -910,20 +959,31 @@
as in <code>\usepackage{<var>pkg1</var>,<var>pkg2</var>,...}</code>, or use multiple
<code>\usepackage</code> commands.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="78">global options</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="79">options, global</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Any options given in the <code>\documentclass</code> command that are unknown
-to the selected document class are passed on to the packages loaded with
-<code>\usepackage</code>.
+<para>If the <var>mindate</var> optional argument is given, &latex; gives a
+warning if the loaded package has an earlier date, i.e., is too old.
+The <var>mindate</var> argument must be in the form <code>YYYY/MM/DD</code>.
+More info on this: <url><urefurl>https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/47743</urefurl></url>.
</para>
+<para><code>\usepackage</code> must be used in the document preamble, between the
+<code>\documentclass</code> declaration and the <code>\begin{document}</code>.
+Occasionally it is necessary to load packages before the
+<code>\documentclass</code>; see <code>\RequirePackage</code> for that
+(<pxref label="_005cRequirePackage"><xrefnodename>\RequirePackage</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="84">global options</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="85">options, global</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Any options given in the global <code>\documentclass</code> command that are
+unknown to the selected document class are passed on to the packages
+loaded with <code>\usepackage</code>.
+</para>
</section>
-<node name="Class-and-package-construction" spaces=" "><nodename>Class and package construction</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Additional packages</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Document classes</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Class and package construction</sectiontitle>
+<node name="Class-and-package-creation" spaces=" "><nodename>Class and package creation</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\usepackage</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Document classes</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Class and package creation</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="80">document class commands</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="81">commands, document class</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="82">new class commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="86">document class commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="87">commands, document class</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="88">new class commands</indexterm></cindex>
<para>You can create new document classes and new packages. For instance, if
your memos must satisfy some local requirements, such as a
@@ -931,44 +991,46 @@
<code>smcmemo.cls</code> and begin your documents with
<code>\documentclass{smcmemo}</code>.
</para>
-<para>What separates a package from a document class is that the commands in a
-package are useful across classes while those in a document class are
-specific to that class. Thus, a command to set page headers is for a
-package while a command to make the page headers say <code>Memo from the
-SMC Math Department</code> is for a class.
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="83">class and package difference</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="84">difference between class and package</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="89">class and package difference</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="90">difference between class and package</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>What separates a package from a document class is that the commands in
+a package are useful across classes while those in a document class
+are specific to that class. Thus, a command to set page headers is
+for a package while a command to make the page headers be
+<code>Memo from the SMC Math Department</code> is for a class.
</para>
-<para>Inside of a class or package file you can use the at-sign <code>&arobase;</code> as a
-character in command names without having to surround the code
-containing that command with <code>\makeatletter</code> and
-<code>\makeatother</code>. <xref label="_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother"><xrefnodename>\makeatletter & \makeatother</xrefnodename></xref>. This allow
-you to create commands that users will not accidentally redefine.
-Another technique is to preface class- or package-specific commands with
-some string to prevent your class or package from interfering with
-others. For instance, the class <code>smcmemo</code> might have commands
+<para>Inside of a class or package definition you can use the at-sign
+<code>&arobase;</code> as a character in command names without having to surround
+the code containing that command with <code>\makeatletter</code> and
+<code>\makeatother</code> (<pxref label="_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother"><xrefnodename>\makeatletter & \makeatother</xrefnodename></pxref>). This
+allows you to create commands that users will not accidentally
+redefine.
+</para>
+<para>It is also highly desirable to prefix class- or package-specific
+commands with your package name or similar string, to prevent your
+definitions from clashing with those from other packages. For
+instance, the class <code>smcmemo</code> might have commands
<code>\smc&arobase;tolist</code>, <code>\smc&arobase;fromlist</code>, etc.
</para>
-
<menu endspaces=" ">
<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Class and package structure</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Layout of the file.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Class and package commands</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">List of commands.
</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
-<node name="Class-and-package-structure" spaces=" "><nodename>Class and package structure</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Class and package commands</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Class and package construction</nodeup></node>
+<node name="Class-and-package-structure" spaces=" "><nodename>Class and package structure</nodename><nodeup automatic="on">Class and package creation</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Class and package structure</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="85">class and package structure</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="86">class file layout</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="87">package file layout</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="88">options, document class</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="89">options, package</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="90">class options</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="91">package options</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="91">class and package structure</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="92">class file layout</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="93">package file layout</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="94">options, document class</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="95">options, package</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="96">class options</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="97">package options</indexterm></cindex>
<para>A class file or package file typically has four parts.
-</para><enumerate first="1" endspaces=" ">
+</para>
+<enumerate first="1" endspaces=" ">
<listitem>
<para>In the <dfn>identification part</dfn>, the file says that it is a &latex;
package or class and describes itself, using the <code>\NeedsTeXFormat</code>
@@ -998,6 +1060,7 @@
fonts, and loading other files.
</para></listitem></enumerate>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="98">class file example</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Here is a starting class file, which should be saved as <file>stub.cls</file>
where &latex; can find it, for example in the same directory as the
<file>.tex</file> file.
@@ -1009,7 +1072,6 @@
\ProcessOptions\relax
\LoadClass{article}
</pre></example>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="92">class file example</indexterm></cindex>
<noindent></noindent>
<para>It identifies itself, handles the class options via the default of
@@ -1016,441 +1078,18 @@
passing them all to the <code>article</code> class, and then loads the
<code>article</code> class to provide the basis for this class&textrsquo;s code.
</para>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="75" mergedindex="cp">clsguide <r>document</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="99">Class Guide, document</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="100">class writing tutorial document</indexterm></cindex>
<para>For more, see the official guide for class and package writers, the
-Class Guide, at
-<url><urefurl>https://www.latex-project.org/help/documentation/clsguide.pdf</urefurl></url> (much
-of the descriptions here derive from this document), or the tutorial
-<url><urefurl>https://www.tug.org/TUGboat/tb26-3/tb84heff.pdf</urefurl></url>.
+Class Guide, at <url><urefurl>https://ctan.org/pkg/clsguide</urefurl></url> (much of the
+description here derives from this document), or the tutorial at
+<url><urefurl>https://tug.org/TUGboat/tb26-3/tb84heff.pdf</urefurl></url>.
</para>
-
-</subsection>
-<node name="Class-and-package-commands" spaces=" "><nodename>Class and package commands</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Class and package structure</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Class and package construction</nodeup></node>
-<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Class and package commands</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="93">class and package commands</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="94">commands, class and package</indexterm></cindex>
-
-<para>These are the commands designed to help writers of classes or packages.
+<para><xref label="Class-and-package-commands"><xrefnodename>Class and package commands</xrefnodename></xref>, for some of the commands
+specifically intended for class and package writers.
</para>
-<table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\AtBeginDvi{specials}</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="73" mergedindex="cp">\AtBeginDvi</indexterm></findex>
-<para>Save in a box register things that are written to the <file>.dvi</file> file
-at the beginning of the shipout of the first page of the document.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\AtEndOfClass{<var>code</var>}</itemformat></item>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\AtEndOfPackage{<var>code</var>}</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="74" mergedindex="cp">\AtEndOfClass</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="75" mergedindex="cp">\AtEndOfPackage</indexterm></findex>
-<para>Hook to insert <var>code</var> to be executed when &latex; finishes
-processing the current class or package. You can use these hooks
-multiple times; the <code>code</code> will be executed in the order that you
-called it. See also <ref label="_005cAtBeginDocument"><xrefnodename>\AtBeginDocument</xrefnodename></ref>.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\CheckCommand{<var>cmd</var>}[<var>num</var>][<var>default</var>]{<var>definition</var>}</itemformat></item>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\CheckCommand*{<var>cmd</var>}[<var>num</var>][<var>default</var>]{<var>definition</var>}</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="76" mergedindex="cp">\CheckCommand</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="77" mergedindex="cp">\CheckCommand*</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="95">new command, checking</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Like <code>\newcommand</code> (<pxref label="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand"><xrefnodename>\newcommand & \renewcommand</xrefnodename></pxref>) but does
-not define <var>cmd</var>; instead it checks that the current definition of
-<var>cmd</var> is exactly as given by <var>definition</var> and is or is not
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="96">long command</indexterm></cindex>
-<dfn>long</dfn> as expected. A long command is a command that accepts
-<code>\par</code> within an argument. The <var>cmd</var> command is expected to be
-long with the unstarred version of <code>\CheckCommand</code>. Raises an
-error when the check fails. This allows you to check before you start
-redefining <code>cmd</code> yourself that no other package has already
-redefined this command.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ClassError{<var>class name</var>}{<var>error text</var>}{<var>help text</var>}</itemformat></item>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ClassWarning{<var>class name</var>}{<var>warning text</var>}</itemformat></itemx>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ClassWarningNoLine{<var>class name</var>}{<var>warning text</var>}</itemformat></itemx>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ClassInfo{<var>class name</var>}{<var>info text</var>}</itemformat></itemx>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ClassInfoNoLine{<var>class name</var>}{<var>info text</var>}</itemformat></itemx>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\PackageError{<var>package name</var>}{<var>error text</var>}{<var>help text</var>}</itemformat></itemx>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\PackageWarning{<var>package name</var>}{<var>warning text</var>}</itemformat></itemx>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\PackageWarningNoLine{<var>package name</var>}{<var>warning text</var>}</itemformat></itemx>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\PackageInfo{<var>package name</var>}{<var>info text</var>}</itemformat></itemx>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\PackageInfoNoLine{<var>package name</var>}{<var>info text</var>}</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="78" mergedindex="cp">\ClassError</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="79" mergedindex="cp">\PackageError</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="80" mergedindex="cp">\ClassWarning</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="81" mergedindex="cp">\PackageWarning</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="82" mergedindex="cp">\ClassWarningNoLine</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="83" mergedindex="cp">\PackageWarningNoLine</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="84" mergedindex="cp">\ClassInfo</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="85" mergedindex="cp">\PackageInfo</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="86" mergedindex="cp">\ClassInfoNoLine</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="87" mergedindex="cp">\PackageInfoNoLine</indexterm></findex>
-<para>Produce an error message, or warning or informational messages.
-</para>
-<para>For <code>\ClassError</code> and <code>\PackageError</code> the message is
-<var>error text</var>, followed by &tex;&textrsquo;s <code>?</code> error prompt. If the
-user then asks for help by typing <code>h</code>, they see the <var>help
-text</var>.
-</para>
-<para>The four warning commands are similar except that they write
-<var>warning text</var> on the screen with no error prompt. The four info
-commands write <var>info text</var> only in the transcript file. The
-<code>NoLine</code> versions do not show the number of the line generating the
-message, while the other versions do show that number.
-</para>
-<para>To format the messages, including the <var>help text</var>: use
-<code>\protect</code> to stop a command from expanding, get a line break with
-<code>\MessageBreak</code>, and get a space with <code>\space</code> when a space
-character does not allow it, like after a command. Note that &latex;
-appends a period to the messages.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\CurrentOption</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="88" mergedindex="cp">\CurrentOption</indexterm></findex>
-<para>Expands to the name of the currently-being-processed option. Can only
-be used within the <var>code</var> argument of either <code>\DeclareOption</code>
-or <code>\DeclareOption*</code>.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\DeclareOption{<var>option</var>}{<var>code</var>}</itemformat></item>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\DeclareOption*{<var>code</var>}</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="89" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareOption</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="90" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareOption*</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="97">class options</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="98">package options</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="99">options, class</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="100">options, package</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Make an option available to a user to invoke in their
-<code>\documentclass</code> command. For example, the <code>smcmemo</code> class
-could have an option <code>\documentclass[logo]{smcmemo}</code> allowing
-users to put the institutional logo on the first page. The class file
-must contain <code>\DeclareOption{logo}{<var>code</var>}</code> (and later,
-<code>\ProcessOptions</code>).
-</para>
-<para>If you request an option that has not been declared, by default this
-will produce a warning like <code>Unused global option(s):
-[badoption].</code> Change this behavior with the starred version
-<code>\DeclareOption*{<var>code</var>}</code>. For example, many classes
-extend an existing class, using a command such as
-<code>\LoadClass{article}</code>, and for passing extra options to the
-underlying class use code such as this.
-</para>
-<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\DeclareOption*{%
-\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}%
-}
-</pre></example>
-<para>Another example is that the class <code>smcmemo</code> may allow users to keep
-lists of memo recipients in external files. Then the user could invoke
-<code>\documentclass[math]{smcmemo}</code> and it will read the file
-<code>math.memo</code>. This code handles the file if it exists and otherwise
-passes the option to the <code>article</code> class.
-</para>
-<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\DeclareOption*{\InputIfFileExists{\CurrentOption.memo}{}{%
- \PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}}}
-</pre></example>
-
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\DeclareRobustCommand{<var>cmd</var>}[<var>num</var>][<var>default</var>]{<var>definition</var>} </itemformat></item>
-</tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">* \DeclareRobustCommand*{<var>cmd</var>}[<var>num</var>][<var>default</var>]{<var>definition</var>}</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="91" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareRobustCommand</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="92" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareRobustCommand*</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="101">new command, definition</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Like <code>\newcommand</code> and <code>\newcommand*</code> (<pxref label="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand"><xrefnodename>\newcommand &
-\renewcommand</xrefnodename></pxref>) but these declare a robust command, even if some code
-within the <var>definition</var> is fragile. (For a discussion of robust and
-fragile commands <pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>.) Use this command to define new
-robust commands or to redefine existing commands and make them
-robust. Unlike <code>\newcommand</code> these do not give an error if macro
-<var>cmd</var> already exists; instead, a log message is put into the
-transcript file if a command is redefined.
-</para>
-<para>Commands defined this way are a bit less efficient than those defined
-using <code>\newcommand</code> so unless the command&textrsquo;s data is fragile and the
-command is used within a moving argument, use <code>\newcommand</code>.
-</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="102"><r>package</r>, <code>etoolbox</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="103"><code>etoolbox</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
- <para>The <code>etoolbox</code> package offers the commands
-<code>\newrobustcmd</code>, <code>\newrobustcmd*</code>, as well as the commands
-<code>\renewrobustcmd</code>, <code>\renewrobustcmd*</code>, and the commands
-<code>\providerobustcmd</code>, and <code>\providerobustcmd*</code>. These are
-similar to <code>\newcommand</code>, <code>\newcommand*</code>,
-<code>\renewcommand</code>, <code>\renewcommand*</code>, <code>\providecommand</code>, and
-<code>\providecommand*</code>, but define a robust <var>cmd</var> with two
-advantages as compared to <code>\DeclareRobustCommand</code>:
-</para><enumerate first="1" endspaces=" ">
-<listitem>
-<para>They use the low-level e-&tex; protection mechanism rather than the
-higher level &latex; <code>\protect</code> mechanism, so they do not incur
-the slight loss of performance mentioned above, and
-</para></listitem><listitem>
-<para>They make the same distinction between <code>\new&dots;</code>,
-<code>\renew&dots;</code>, and <code>\provide&dots;</code>, as the standard
-commands, so they do not just make a log message when you redefine
-<var>cmd</var> that already exists, in that case you need to use either
-<code>\renew&dots;</code> or <code>\provide&dots;</code> or you get an error.
-</para></listitem></enumerate>
-
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\IfFileExists{<var>filename</var>}{<var>true code</var>}{<var>false code</var>}</itemformat></item>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\InputIfFileExists{<var>filename</var>}{<var>true code</var>}{<var>false code</var>}</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="93" mergedindex="cp">\IfFileExists</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="94" mergedindex="cp">\InputIfFileExists</indexterm></findex>
-<para>Execute <var>true code</var> if &latex; finds the file <file><var>file
-name</var></file> or <var>false code</var> otherwise. In the first case it executing
-<var>true code</var> and then inputs the file. Thus the command
-</para>
-<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\IfFileExists{img.pdf}{%
- \includegraphics{img.pdf}}{\typeout{!! img.pdf not found}
-</pre></example>
-
-<noindent></noindent>
-<para>will include the graphic <file>img.pdf</file> if it is found and otherwise
-give a warning.
-</para>
-<para>This command looks for the file in all search paths that &latex; uses,
-not only in the current directory. To look only in the current
-directory do something like <code>\IfFileExists{./filename}{<var>true
-code</var>}{<var>false code</var>}</code>. If you ask for a filename without a
-<code>.tex</code> extension then &latex; will first look for the file by
-appending the <code>.tex</code>; for more on how &latex; handles file
-extensions see <ref label="_005cinput"><xrefnodename>\input</xrefnodename></ref>.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\LoadClass[<var>options list</var>]{<var>class name</var>}[<var>release date</var>]</itemformat></item>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\LoadClassWithOptions{<var>class name</var>}[<var>release date</var>]</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="95" mergedindex="cp">\LoadClass</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="96" mergedindex="cp">\LoadClassWithOptions</indexterm></findex>
-<para>Load a class, as with <code>\documentclass[<var>options
-list</var>]{<var>class name</var>}[<var>release info</var>]</code>. An example is
-<code>\LoadClass[twoside]{article}</code>.
-</para>
-<para>The <var>options list</var>, if present, is a comma-separated list. The
-<var>release date</var> is optional. If present it must have the form
-<var>YYYY/MM/DD</var>.
-<!-- c BTW, there are at-macros documented in macros2e.pdf to check the version -->
-<!-- c and do some actions conditionnally on version later or not to some -->
-<!-- c date. -->
-</para>
-<para>If you request a <var>release date</var> and the date of the package
-installed on your system is earlier, then you get a warning on the
-screen and in the log like this.
-</para>
-<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">You have requested, on input line 4, version `2038/01/19' of
-document class article, but only version `2014/09/29 v1.4h
-Standard LaTeX document class' is available.
-</pre></example>
-
-<para>The command version <code>\LoadClassWithOptions</code> uses the list of
-options for the current class. This means it ignores any options passed
-to it via <code>\PassOptionsToClass</code>. This is a convenience command
-that lets you build classes on existing ones, such as the standard
-<code>article</code> class, without having to track which options were passed.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ExecuteOptions{<var>options-list</var>}</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="97" mergedindex="cp">\ExecuteOptions</indexterm></findex>
-<para>For each option <var>option</var> in the <var>options-list</var>, in order, this command
-executes the command <code>\ds&arobase;<var>option</var></code>. If this command is not
-defined then that option is silently ignored.
-</para>
-<para>It can be used to provide a default option list before
-<code>\ProcessOptions</code>. For example, if in a class file you want the
-default to be 11pt fonts then you could specify
-<code>\ExecuteOptions{11pt}\ProcessOptions\relax</code>.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\NeedsTeXFormat{<var>format</var>}[<var>format date</var>]</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="98" mergedindex="cp">\NeedsTeXFormat</indexterm></findex>
-<para>Specifies the format that this class must be run under. Often issued
-as the first line of a class file, and most often used as:
-<code>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}</code>. When a document using that class is
-processed, the format name given here must match the format that is
-actually being run (including that the <var>format</var> string is case
-sensitive). If it does not match then execution stops with an error
-like <samp>This file needs format `LaTeX2e' but this is `xxx'.</samp>
-</para>
-<para>To specify a version of the format that you know to have certain
-features, include the optional <var>format date</var> on which those features
-were implemented. If present it must be in the form <code>YYYY/MM/DD</code>.
-If the format version installed on your system is earlier than
-<var>format date</var> then you get a warning like this.
-</para>
-<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">You have requested release `2038/01/20' of LaTeX, but only
-release `2016/02/01' is available.
-</pre></example>
-
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\OptionNotUsed</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="99" mergedindex="cp">\OptionNotUsed</indexterm></findex>
-<para>Adds the current option to the list of unused options. Can only be used
-within the <var>code</var> argument of either <code>\DeclareOption</code> or
-<code>\DeclareOption*</code>.
-</para>
-<!-- c I cannot reproduce this behavior as it is documented in clsguide. -->
-<!-- c In the absence of a @code{\DeclareOption*} declaration, @LaTeX{} issues -->
-<!-- c on the console a warning like @code{LaTeX Warning: Unused global -->
-<!-- c option(s): [unusedoption].} with the list of not-used options when it -->
-<!-- c reaches @code{\begin@{document@}}. -->
-
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\PassOptionsToClass{<var>option list</var>}{<var>class name</var>}</itemformat></item>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\PassOptionsToPackage{<var>option list</var>}{<var>package name</var>}</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="100" mergedindex="cp">\PassOptionsToClass</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="101" mergedindex="cp">\PassOptionsToPackage</indexterm></findex>
-<para>Adds the options in the comma-separated list <var>option list</var> to the
-options used by any future <code>\RequirePackage</code> or <code>\usepackage</code>
-command for package <var>package name</var> or the class <var>class name</var>.
-</para>
-<para>The reason for these commands is: you may load a package any number of
-times with no options but if you want options then you may only supply
-them when you first load the package. Loading a package with options
-more than once will get you an error like <code>Option clash for package
-foo.</code> (&latex; throws an error even if there is no conflict between the
-options.)
-</para>
-<para>If your own code is bringing in a package twice then you can collapse
-that to once, for example replacing the two
-<code>\RequirePackage[landscape]{geometry}</code> and
-<code>\RequirePackage[margins=1in]{geometry}</code> with the single command
-<code>\RequirePackage[landscape,margins=1in]{geometry}</code>.
-</para>
-<para>However, imagine that you are loading <file>firstpkg</file> and inside that
-package it loads <file>secondpkg</file>, and you need the second package to be
-loaded with option <code>draft</code>. Then before doing the first package
-you must queue up the options for the second package, like this.
-</para>
-<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\PassOptionsToPackage{draft}{secondpkg}
-\RequirePackage{firstpkg}
-</pre></example>
-
-<noindent></noindent>
-<para>(If <code>firstpkg.sty</code> loads an option in conflict with what you want
-then you may have to alter its source.)
-</para>
-<para>These commands are useful for general users as well as class and package
-writers. For instance, suppose a user wants to load the <code>graphicx</code>
-package with the option <code>draft</code> and also wants to use a class
-<code>foo</code> that loads the <code>graphicx</code> package, but without that
-option. The user could start their &latex; file with
-<code>\PassOptionsToPackage{draft}{graphicx}\documentclass{foo}</code>.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ProcessOptions</itemformat></item>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ProcessOptions*<var>\&arobase;options</var></itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="102" mergedindex="cp">\ProcessOptions</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="103" mergedindex="cp">\ProcessOptions*</indexterm></findex>
-<para>Execute the code for each option that the user has invoked. Include it
-in the class file as <code>\ProcessOptions\relax</code> (because of the
-existence of the starred command).
-</para>
-<para>Options come in two types. <dfn>Local options</dfn> have been specified for this
-particular package in the <var>options</var> argument of
-<code>\PassOptionsToPackage{<var>options</var>}</code>,
-<code>\usepackage[<var>options</var>]</code>, or
-<code>\RequirePackage[<var>options</var>]</code>. <dfn>Global options</dfn> are those given
-by the class user in <code>\documentclass[<var>options</var>]</code> (If an option
-is specified both locally and globally then it is local.)
-</para>
-<para>When <code>\ProcessOptions</code> is called for a package <file>pkg.sty</file>, the
-following happens:
-</para><enumerate first="1" endspaces=" ">
-<listitem>
-<para>For each option <var>option</var> so far declared
-with <code>\DeclareOption</code>, it looks to see if that option is either a
-global or a local option for <code>pkg</code>. If so then it executes the
-declared code. This is done in the order in which these options were
-given in <file>pkg.sty</file>.
-</para></listitem><listitem>
-<para>For each remaining local option, it executes the command
-<code>\ds&arobase;</code><var>option</var> if it has been defined somewhere (other than by
-a <code>\DeclareOption</code>); otherwise, it executes the default option code
-given in <code>\DeclareOption*</code>. If no default option code has been
-declared then it gives an error message. This is done in the order in
-which these options were specified.
-</para></listitem></enumerate>
-
-<para>When <code>\ProcessOptions</code> is called for a class it works in the same
-way except that all options are local, and the default <var>code</var> for
-<code>\DeclareOption*</code> is <code>\OptionNotUsed</code> rather than an error.
-</para>
-<para>The starred version <code>\ProcessOptions*</code> executes the
-options in the order specified in the calling commands, rather than in
-the order of declaration in the class or package. For a package this
-means that the global options are processed first.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ProvidesClass{<var>class name</var>}[<var>release date</var> <var>brief additional information</var>]</itemformat></item>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ProvidesClass{<var>class name</var>}[<var>release date</var>]</itemformat></itemx>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ProvidesPackage{<var>package name</var>}[<var>release date</var> <var>brief additional information</var>]</itemformat></itemx>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ProvidesPackage{<var>package name</var>}[<var>release date</var>]</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="104" mergedindex="cp">\ProvidesClass</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="105" mergedindex="cp">\ProvidesPackage</indexterm></findex>
-<para>Identifies the class or package, printing a message to the screen and
-the log file.
-</para>
-<para>When you load a class or package, for example with
-<code>\documentclass{smcmemo}</code> or <code>\usepackage{test}</code>, &latex;
-inputs a file. If the name of the file does not match the class or
-package name declared in it then you get a warning. Thus, if you invoke
-<code>\documentclass{smcmemo}</code>, and the file <file>smcmemo.cls</file> has
-the statement <code>\ProvidesClass{xxx}</code> then you get a warning like
-<code>You have requested document class `smcmemo', but the document
-class provides 'xxx'.</code> This warning does not prevent &latex; from
-processing the rest of the class file normally.
-</para>
-<para>If you include the optional argument then you must include a date,
-before any spaces, of the form <code>YYYY/MM/DD</code>. The rest of the
-optional argument is free-form, although it traditionally identifies the
-class, and is written to the screen during compilation and to the log
-file. Thus, if your file <file>smcmemo.cls</file> contains the line
-<code>\ProvidesClass{smcmemo}[2008/06/01 v1.0 SMC memo class]</code> and
-your document&textrsquo;s first line is <code>\documentclass{smcmemo}</code> then you
-will see <code>Document Class: smcmemo 2008/06/01 v1.0 SMC memo class</code>.
-</para>
-<para>The date in the optional argument allows class and package users to ask
-to be warned if the version of the class or package is earlier than
-<var>release date</var>. For instance, a user could enter
-<code>\documentclass{smcmemo}[2018/10/12]</code> or
-<code>\usepackage{foo}[[2017/07/07]]</code> to require a class or package
-with certain features by specifying that it must be released no earlier
-than the given date. (Although, in practice package users only rarely
-include a date, and class users almost never do.)
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ProvidesFile{<var>filename</var>}[<var>additional information</var>]</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="106" mergedindex="cp">\ProvidesFile</indexterm></findex>
-<para>Declare a file other than the main class and package files, such as
-configuration files or font definition files. Put this command in that
-file and you get in the log a string like <code>File: test.config
-2017/10/12 config file for test.cls</code> for <var>filename</var> equal to
-<samp>test.config</samp> and <var>additional information</var> equal to
-<samp>2017/10/12 config file for test.cls</samp>.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\RequirePackage[<var>option list</var>]{<var>package name</var>}[<var>release date</var>]</itemformat></item>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\RequirePackageWithOptions{<var>package name</var>}[<var>release date</var>]</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="107" mergedindex="cp">\RequirePackage</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="108" mergedindex="cp">\RequirePackageWithOptions</indexterm></findex>
-<para>Load a package, like the command <code>\usepackage</code> (<pxref label="Additional-packages"><xrefnodename>Additional
-packages</xrefnodename></pxref>). The &latex; development team strongly recommends use of
-these commands over Plain &tex;&textrsquo;s <code>\input</code>; see the Class
-Guide. An example is
-<code>\RequirePackage[landscape,margin=1in]{geometry}</code>.
-</para>
-<para>The <var>option list</var>, if present, is a comma-separated list. The
-<var>release date</var>, if present, must have the form <var>YYYY/MM/DD</var>. If
-the release date of the package as installed on your system is earlier
-than <var>release date</var> then you get a warning like <code>You have
-requested, on input line 9, version `2017/07/03' of package jhtest, but
-only version `2000/01/01' is available</code>.
-</para>
-<para>The <code>\RequirePackageWithOptions</code> version uses the list of options
-for the current class. This means it ignores any options passed to it
-via <code>\PassOptionsToClass</code>. This is a convenience command to allow
-easily building classes on existing ones without having to track which
-options were passed.
-</para>
-<para>The difference between <code>\usepackage</code> and <code>\RequirePackage</code> is
-small. The <code>\usepackage</code> command is intended for the document file
-while <code>\RequirePackage</code> is intended for package and class files.
-Thus, using <code>\usepackage</code> before the <code>\documentclass</code> command
-causes &latex; to give error like <code>\usepackage before
-\documentclass</code>, but you can use <code>\RequirePackage</code> there.
-</para></tableitem></tableentry></table>
-
-
</subsection>
</section>
</chapter>
@@ -1458,8 +1097,8 @@
<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Fonts</sectiontitle>
<anchor name="Typefaces">Typefaces</anchor><!-- c old name -->
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="104">typefaces</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="105">fonts</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="101">typefaces</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="102">fonts</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&latex; comes with powerful font capacities. For one thing, its New
Font Selection Scheme allows you to work easily with the font families
@@ -1509,11 +1148,11 @@
<node name="fontenc-package" spaces=" "><nodename>fontenc package</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Font styles</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Fonts</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>fontenc</code> package</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="106">font encoding</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="107">UTF-8, font support for</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="108">T1</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="109">OT1</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="109" mergedindex="cp">fontenc</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="103">font encoding</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="104">UTF-8, font support for</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="105">T1</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="106">OT1</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="76" mergedindex="cp">fontenc</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -1530,8 +1169,8 @@
<para>Specify the font encodings. A font encoding is a mapping of the
character codes to the font glyphs that are used to typeset your output.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="110"><r>package</r>, <code>fontspec</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="111"><code>fontspec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="107"><r>package</r>, <code>fontspec</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="108"><code>fontspec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>This package only applies if you use the <code>pdflatex</code> engine
(<pxref label="TeX-engines"><xrefnodename>&tex; engines</xrefnodename></pxref>). If you use the <command>xelatex</command> or
@@ -1555,10 +1194,10 @@
output can be copied and pasted. (The optional second line allows you
to directly enter accented characters into your source file.)
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="112"><r>package</r>, <code>lmodern</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="113"><code>lmodern</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
- <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="114"><r>package</r>, <code>cm-super</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="115"><code>cm-super</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="109"><r>package</r>, <code>lmodern</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="110"><code>lmodern</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="111"><r>package</r>, <code>cm-super</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="112"><code>cm-super</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>If you are using an encoding such as <code>T1</code> and the characters appear
blurry or do not magnify well then your fonts may be bitmapped,
@@ -1632,10 +1271,10 @@
<node name="_005cDeclareFontEncoding" spaces=" "><nodename>\DeclareFontEncoding</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\DeclareTextAccent</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">fontenc package</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\DeclareFontEncoding</code></sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="116">font encoding, declaring</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="117">encoding, font</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="118">accents, defining</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="110" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareFontEncoding</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="113">font encoding, declaring</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="114">encoding, font</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="115">accents, defining</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="77" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareFontEncoding</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -1680,9 +1319,9 @@
<node name="_005cDeclareTextAccent" spaces=" "><nodename>\DeclareTextAccent</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\DeclareTextAccentDefault</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\DeclareFontEncoding</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">fontenc package</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\DeclareTextAccent</code></sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="119">font encoding</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="120">accents, defining</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="111" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextAccent</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="116">font encoding</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="117">accents, defining</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="78" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextAccent</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -1693,7 +1332,7 @@
<para>Define an accent, to be put on top of other glyphs, in the encoding
<var>encoding</var> at the location <var>slot</var>.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="121">slot, font</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="118">slot, font</indexterm></cindex>
<para>A <dfn>slot</dfn> is the number identifying a glyph within a font.
</para>
<para>This line from <file>t1enc.def</file> declares that to make a circumflex
@@ -1716,9 +1355,9 @@
<node name="_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault" spaces=" "><nodename>\DeclareTextAccentDefault</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\DeclareTextAccent</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">fontenc package</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\DeclareTextAccentDefault</code></sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="122">accents, defining</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="112" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextAccent</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="113" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextAccentDefault</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="119">accents, defining</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="79" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextAccent</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="80" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextAccentDefault</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -1761,8 +1400,8 @@
<anchor name="_005cDeclareTextCommand">\DeclareTextCommand</anchor>
<anchor name="_005cProvideTextCommand">\ProvideTextCommand</anchor>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="114" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextCommand</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="115" mergedindex="cp">\ProvideTextCommand</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="81" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextCommand</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="82" mergedindex="cp">\ProvideTextCommand</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis, one of:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
@@ -1804,7 +1443,7 @@
<samp>LaTeX Error: Command \textperthousand unavailable in encoding
OT1</samp>.
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="116" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextSymbol</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="83" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextSymbol</indexterm></findex>
<para>The <code>\ProvideTextCommand</code> variant does the same, except that it
does nothing if <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> is already defined. The
<code>\DeclareTextSymbol</code> command is faster than this one for simple
@@ -1829,8 +1468,8 @@
<anchor name="_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault">\DeclareTextCommandDefault</anchor>
<anchor name="_005cProvideTextCommandDefault">\ProvideTextCommandDefault</anchor>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="117" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextCommandDefault</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="118" mergedindex="cp">\ProvideTextCommandDefault</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="84" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextCommandDefault</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="85" mergedindex="cp">\ProvideTextCommandDefault</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -1873,8 +1512,8 @@
<node name="_005cDeclareTextComposite" spaces=" "><nodename>\DeclareTextComposite</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">fontenc package</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\DeclareTextComposite</code></sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="123">accents, defining</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="119" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextComposite</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="120">accents, defining</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="86" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextComposite</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -1907,8 +1546,8 @@
<node name="_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand" spaces=" "><nodename>\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\DeclareTextSymbol</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\DeclareTextComposite</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">fontenc package</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</code></sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="124">accents, defining</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="120" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="121">accents, defining</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="87" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -1935,8 +1574,8 @@
<node name="_005cDeclareTextSymbol" spaces=" "><nodename>\DeclareTextSymbol</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">fontenc package</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\DeclareTextSymbol</code></sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="125">symbol, defining</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="121" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextSymbol</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="122">symbol, defining</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="88" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextSymbol</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -1974,9 +1613,9 @@
<node name="_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault" spaces=" "><nodename>\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\LastDeclaredEncoding</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\DeclareTextSymbol</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">fontenc package</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</code></sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="126">accents, defining</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="122" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextSymbol</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="123" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="123">accents, defining</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="89" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextSymbol</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="90" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -2012,7 +1651,7 @@
<node name="_005cLastDeclaredEncoding" spaces=" "><nodename>\LastDeclaredEncoding</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">fontenc package</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\LastDeclaredEncoding</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="124" mergedindex="cp">\LastDeclaredEncoding</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="91" mergedindex="cp">\LastDeclaredEncoding</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -2039,8 +1678,8 @@
<anchor name="_005cUseTextSymbol">\UseTextSymbol</anchor>
<anchor name="_005cUseTextAccent">\UseTextAccent</anchor>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="125" mergedindex="cp">\UseTextSymbol</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="126" mergedindex="cp">\UseTextAccent</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="92" mergedindex="cp">\UseTextSymbol</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="93" mergedindex="cp">\UseTextAccent</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -2097,13 +1736,13 @@
<node name="Font-styles" spaces=" "><nodename>Font styles</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Font sizes</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">fontenc package</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Fonts</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Font styles</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="127">font styles</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="128">type styles</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="129">styles of text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="124">font styles</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="125">type styles</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="126">styles of text</indexterm></cindex>
<para>The following type style commands are supported by &latex;.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="130">declaration form of font style commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="127">declaration form of font style commands</indexterm></cindex>
<para>In the table below the listed commands, the <code>\text...</code> commands,
are used with an argument as in <code>\textit{<var>text</var>}</code>. This is
the preferred form. But shown after it in parenthesis is the
@@ -2120,8 +1759,8 @@
</para>
<anchor name="_005cnocorrlist">\nocorrlist</anchor>
<anchor name="_005cnocorr">\nocorr</anchor>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="127" mergedindex="cp">\nocorrlist</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="128" mergedindex="cp">\nocorr</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="94" mergedindex="cp">\nocorrlist</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="95" mergedindex="cp">\nocorr</indexterm></findex>
<para>One advantage of these commands is that they automatically insert italic
corrections if needed (<pxref label="_005c_002f"><xrefnodename>\/</xrefnodename></pxref>). Specifically, they insert the
italic correction unless the following character is in the list
@@ -2132,59 +1771,59 @@
</para>
<table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\textrm (\rmfamily)</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="129" mergedindex="cp">\textrm</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="130" mergedindex="cp">\rmfamily</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="96" mergedindex="cp">\textrm</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="97" mergedindex="cp">\rmfamily</indexterm></findex>
<para>Roman.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\textit (\itshape)</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="131" mergedindex="cp">\textit</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="132" mergedindex="cp">\itshape</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="98" mergedindex="cp">\textit</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="99" mergedindex="cp">\itshape</indexterm></findex>
<para>Italics.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\textmd (\mdseries)</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="133" mergedindex="cp">\textmd</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="134" mergedindex="cp">\mdseries</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="100" mergedindex="cp">\textmd</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="101" mergedindex="cp">\mdseries</indexterm></findex>
<para>Medium weight (default).
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\textbf (\bfseries)</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="135" mergedindex="cp">\textbf</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="136" mergedindex="cp">\bfseries</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="102" mergedindex="cp">\textbf</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="103" mergedindex="cp">\bfseries</indexterm></findex>
<para>Boldface.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\textup (\upshape)</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="137" mergedindex="cp">\textup</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="138" mergedindex="cp">\upshape</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="104" mergedindex="cp">\textup</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="105" mergedindex="cp">\upshape</indexterm></findex>
<para>Upright (default).
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\textsl (\slshape)</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="139" mergedindex="cp">\textsl</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="140" mergedindex="cp">\slshape</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="106" mergedindex="cp">\textsl</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="107" mergedindex="cp">\slshape</indexterm></findex>
<para>Slanted.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\textsf (\sffamily)</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="141" mergedindex="cp">\textsf</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="142" mergedindex="cp">\sffamily</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="108" mergedindex="cp">\textsf</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="109" mergedindex="cp">\sffamily</indexterm></findex>
<para>Sans serif.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\textsc (\scshape)</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="143" mergedindex="cp">\textsc</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="144" mergedindex="cp">\scshape</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="110" mergedindex="cp">\textsc</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="111" mergedindex="cp">\scshape</indexterm></findex>
<para>Small caps.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\texttt (\ttfamily)</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="145" mergedindex="cp">\texttt</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="146" mergedindex="cp">\ttfamily</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="112" mergedindex="cp">\texttt</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="113" mergedindex="cp">\ttfamily</indexterm></findex>
<para>Typewriter.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\textnormal (\normalfont)</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="147" mergedindex="cp">\textnormal</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="148" mergedindex="cp">\normalfont</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="114" mergedindex="cp">\textnormal</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="115" mergedindex="cp">\normalfont</indexterm></findex>
<para>Main document font.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry></table>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="131">emphasis</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="149" mergedindex="cp">\emph</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="128">emphasis</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="116" mergedindex="cp">\emph</indexterm></findex>
<para>Although it also changes fonts, the <code>\emph{<var>text</var>}</code> command
is semantic, for <var>text</var> to be emphasized, and should not be used as a
substitute for <code>\textit</code>. For example, <code>\emph{<var>start
@@ -2203,40 +1842,40 @@
needed.)
</para>
<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="150" mergedindex="cp">\bf</indexterm>\bf</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="132">bold font</indexterm></cindex>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="117" mergedindex="cp">\bf</indexterm>\bf</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="129">bold font</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Switch to bold face.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="151" mergedindex="cp">\cal</indexterm>\cal</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="133">script letters for math</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="134">calligraphic letters for math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="118" mergedindex="cp">\cal</indexterm>\cal</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="130">script letters for math</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="131">calligraphic letters for math</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Switch to calligraphic letters for math.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="152" mergedindex="cp">\it</indexterm>\it</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="135">italic font</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="119" mergedindex="cp">\it</indexterm>\it</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="132">italic font</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Italics.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="153" mergedindex="cp">\rm</indexterm>\rm</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="136">roman font</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="120" mergedindex="cp">\rm</indexterm>\rm</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="133">roman font</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Roman.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="154" mergedindex="cp">\sc</indexterm>\sc</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="137">small caps font</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="121" mergedindex="cp">\sc</indexterm>\sc</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="134">small caps font</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Small caps.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="155" mergedindex="cp">\sf</indexterm>\sf</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="138">sans serif font</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="122" mergedindex="cp">\sf</indexterm>\sf</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="135">sans serif font</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Sans serif.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="156" mergedindex="cp">\sl</indexterm>\sl</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="139">slanted font</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="140">oblique font</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="123" mergedindex="cp">\sl</indexterm>\sl</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="136">slanted font</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="137">oblique font</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Slanted (oblique).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="157" mergedindex="cp">\tt</indexterm>\tt</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="141">typewriter font</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="142">monospace font</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="143">fixed-width font</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="124" mergedindex="cp">\tt</indexterm>\tt</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="138">typewriter font</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="139">monospace font</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="140">fixed-width font</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Typewriter (monospace, fixed-width).
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
@@ -2251,19 +1890,19 @@
</para>
<table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\mathrm</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="158" mergedindex="cp">\mathrm</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="125" mergedindex="cp">\mathrm</indexterm></findex>
<para>Roman, for use in math mode.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\mathbf</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="159" mergedindex="cp">\mathbf</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="126" mergedindex="cp">\mathbf</indexterm></findex>
<para>Boldface, for use in math mode.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\mathsf</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="160" mergedindex="cp">\mathsf</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="127" mergedindex="cp">\mathsf</indexterm></findex>
<para>Sans serif, for use in math mode.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\mathtt</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="161" mergedindex="cp">\mathtt</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="128" mergedindex="cp">\mathtt</indexterm></findex>
<para>Typewriter, for use in math mode.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\mathit</itemformat></item>
@@ -2271,28 +1910,28 @@
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Italics, for use in math mode.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\mathnormal</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="162" mergedindex="cp">\mathnormal</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="129" mergedindex="cp">\mathnormal</indexterm></findex>
<para>For use in math mode, e.g., inside another type style declaration.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\mathcal</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="163" mergedindex="cp">\mathcal</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="130" mergedindex="cp">\mathcal</indexterm></findex>
<para>Calligraphic letters, for use in math mode.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry></table>
<anchor name="_005cmathversion">\mathversion</anchor>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="164" mergedindex="cp">\mathversion</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="144">math, bold</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="145">bold math</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="131" mergedindex="cp">\mathversion</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="141">math, bold</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="142">bold math</indexterm></cindex>
<para>In addition, the command <code>\mathversion{bold}</code> can be used for
switching to bold letters and symbols in
formulas. <code>\mathversion{normal}</code> restores the default.
</para>
<anchor name="_005coldstylenums">\oldstylenums</anchor>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="165" mergedindex="cp">\oldstylenums</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="146">numerals, old-style</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="147">old-style numerals</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="148">lining numerals</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="132" mergedindex="cp">\oldstylenums</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="143">numerals, old-style</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="144">old-style numerals</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="145">lining numerals</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Finally, the command <code>\oldstylenums{<var>numerals</var>}</code> will
typeset so-called &textldquo;old-style&textrdquo; numerals, which have differing heights
and depths (and sometimes widths) from the standard &textldquo;lining&textrdquo;
@@ -2308,9 +1947,9 @@
<node name="Font-sizes" spaces=" "><nodename>Font sizes</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Low-level font commands</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Font styles</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Fonts</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Font sizes</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="149">font sizes</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="150">typeface sizes</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="151">sizes of text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="146">font sizes</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="147">typeface sizes</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="148">sizes of text</indexterm></cindex>
<para>The following standard type size commands are supported by &latex;.
The table shows the command name and the corresponding actual font
@@ -2318,16 +1957,16 @@
<samp>12pt</samp> document size options, respectively (<pxref label="Document-class-options"><xrefnodename>Document class
options</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="166" mergedindex="cp">\tiny</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="167" mergedindex="cp">\scriptsize</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="168" mergedindex="cp">\footnotesize</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="169" mergedindex="cp">\small</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="170" mergedindex="cp">\normalsize</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="171" mergedindex="cp">\large</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="172" mergedindex="cp">\Large</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="173" mergedindex="cp">\LARGE</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="174" mergedindex="cp">\huge</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="175" mergedindex="cp">\Huge</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="133" mergedindex="cp">\tiny</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="134" mergedindex="cp">\scriptsize</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="135" mergedindex="cp">\footnotesize</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="136" mergedindex="cp">\small</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="137" mergedindex="cp">\normalsize</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="138" mergedindex="cp">\large</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="139" mergedindex="cp">\Large</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="140" mergedindex="cp">\LARGE</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="141" mergedindex="cp">\huge</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="142" mergedindex="cp">\Huge</indexterm></findex>
<multitable spaces=" " endspaces=" "><columnprototypes><columnprototype bracketed="on"><code>\normalsize</code> (default)<spacecmd type="spc"/><spacecmd type="spc"/></columnprototype> <columnprototype bracketed="on">24.88<spacecmd type="spc"/><spacecmd type="spc"/></columnprototype> <columnprototype bracketed="on">24.88<spacecmd type="spc"/><spacecmd type="spc"/></columnprototype> <columnprototype bracketed="on">24.88</columnprototype></columnprototypes>
<thead><row><entry command="headitem"> <para>Command </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>10pt</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>11pt</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>12pt</code>
@@ -2353,7 +1992,7 @@
</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>24.88 </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>24.88 </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>24.88
</para></entry></row></tbody></multitable>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="152">declaration form of font size commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="149">declaration form of font size commands</indexterm></cindex>
<para>The commands are listed here in declaration (not environment) form,
since that is how they are typically used. For example.
</para>
@@ -2381,7 +2020,7 @@
latter also changes a number of other aspects of how mathematics is
typeset. <xref label="Math-styles"><xrefnodename>Math styles</xrefnodename></xref>.)
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="153">environment form of font size commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="150">environment form of font size commands</indexterm></cindex>
<para>An <dfn>environment form</dfn> of each of these commands is also defined; for
instance, <code>\begin{tiny}...\end{tiny}</code>. However, in practice
this form can easily lead to unwanted spaces at the beginning and/or
@@ -2400,8 +2039,8 @@
<node name="Low_002dlevel-font-commands" spaces=" "><nodename>Low-level font commands</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Font sizes</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Fonts</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Low-level font commands</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="154">low-level font commands</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="155">font commands, low-level</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="151">low-level font commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="152">font commands, low-level</indexterm></cindex>
<para>These commands are primarily intended for writers of macros and
packages. The commands listed here are only a subset of the available
@@ -2412,7 +2051,7 @@
<table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
<beforefirstitem><anchor name="low-level-font-commands-fontencoding">low level font commands fontencoding</anchor>
</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\fontencoding{<var>encoding</var>}</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="176" mergedindex="cp">\fontencoding</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="143" mergedindex="cp">\fontencoding</indexterm></findex>
<para>Select the font encoding, the encoding of the output font. There are a
large number of valid encodings. The most common are <code>OT1</code>,
Knuth&textrsquo;s original encoding for Computer Modern (the default), and
@@ -2424,9 +2063,9 @@
</para>
<anchor name="low-level-font-commands-fontfamily">low level font commands fontfamily</anchor>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\fontfamily{<var>family</var>}</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="177" mergedindex="cp">\fontfamily</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="156">families, of fonts</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="157">font catalogue</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="144" mergedindex="cp">\fontfamily</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="153">families, of fonts</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="154">font catalogue</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Select the font family. The web page
<url><urefurl>https://tug.org/FontCatalogue/</urefurl></url> provides one way to browse
through many of the fonts easily used with &latex;. Here are
@@ -2478,8 +2117,8 @@
<anchor name="low-level-font-commands-fontseries">low level font commands fontseries</anchor>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\fontseries{<var>series</var>}</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="178" mergedindex="cp">\fontseries</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="158">series, of fonts</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="145" mergedindex="cp">\fontseries</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="155">series, of fonts</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Select the font series. A <dfn>series</dfn> combines a <dfn>weight</dfn> and a
<dfn>width</dfn>. Typically, a font supports only a few of the possible
combinations. Some common combined series values include:
@@ -2497,7 +2136,7 @@
</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Bold extended
</para></entry></row></tbody></multitable>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="159">weights, of fonts</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="156">weights, of fonts</indexterm></cindex>
<para>The possible values for weight, individually, are:
</para>
<multitable spaces=" " endspaces=" "><columnprototypes><columnprototype bracketed="on">xx</columnprototype> <columnprototype bracketed="on">Medium (normal) xx</columnprototype></columnprototypes>
@@ -2521,7 +2160,7 @@
</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Ultra bold
</para></entry></row></tbody></multitable>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="160">widths, of fonts</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="157">widths, of fonts</indexterm></cindex>
<para>The possible values for width, individually, are (the meaning and
relationship of these terms varies with individual typefaces):
</para>
@@ -2553,8 +2192,8 @@
</para>
<anchor name="low-level-font-commands-fontshape">low level font commands fontshape</anchor>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\fontshape{<var>shape</var>}</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="179" mergedindex="cp">\fontshape</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="161">shapes, of fonts</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="146" mergedindex="cp">\fontshape</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="158">shapes, of fonts</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Select font shape. Valid shapes are:
</para>
<multitable spaces=" " endspaces=" "><columnprototypes><columnprototype bracketed="on">xx</columnprototype> <columnprototype bracketed="on">Slanted (oblique)xx</columnprototype></columnprototypes>
@@ -2577,9 +2216,9 @@
</para>
<anchor name="low-level-font-commands-fontsize">low level font commands fontsize</anchor>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\fontsize{<var>size</var>}{<var>skip</var>}</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="180" mergedindex="cp">\fontsize</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="162">font size</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="181" mergedindex="cp">\baselineskip</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="147" mergedindex="cp">\fontsize</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="159">font size</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="148" mergedindex="cp">\baselineskip</indexterm></findex>
<para>Set the font size and the line spacing. The unit of both parameters
defaults to points (<code>pt</code>). The line spacing is the nominal
vertical space between lines, baseline to baseline. It is stored in the
@@ -2591,7 +2230,7 @@
</para>
<anchor name="low-level-font-commands-linespread">low level font commands linespread</anchor>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\linespread{<var>factor</var>}</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="182" mergedindex="cp">\linespread</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="149" mergedindex="cp">\linespread</indexterm></findex>
<para>Equivalent to <code>\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{<var>factor</var>}</code>,
and therefore must be followed by <code>\selectfont</code> to have any
effect. Best specified in the preamble. <xref label="_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch"><xrefnodename>\baselineskip &
@@ -2599,7 +2238,7 @@
</para>
<anchor name="low-level-font-commands-selectfont">low level font commands selectfont</anchor>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\selectfont</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="183" mergedindex="cp">\selectfont</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="150" mergedindex="cp">\selectfont</indexterm></findex>
<para>The effects of the font commands described above do not happen until
<code>\selectfont</code> is called, as in
<code>\fontfamily{<var>familyname</var>}\selectfont</code>. It is often useful
@@ -2609,7 +2248,7 @@
</para>
<anchor name="low-level-font-commands-usefont">low level font commands usefont</anchor>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\usefont{<var>enc</var>}{<var>family</var>}{<var>series</var>}{<var>shape</var>}</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="184" mergedindex="cp">\usefont</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="151" mergedindex="cp">\usefont</indexterm></findex>
<para>The same as invoking <code>\fontencoding</code>, <code>\fontfamily</code>,
<code>\fontseries</code> and <code>\fontshape</code> with the given parameters,
followed by <code>\selectfont</code>. For example:
@@ -2626,7 +2265,7 @@
<node name="Layout" spaces=" "><nodename>Layout</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Sectioning</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Fonts</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Layout</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="163">layout commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="160">layout commands</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Commands for controlling the general page layout.
</para>
@@ -2644,8 +2283,8 @@
<node name="_005conecolumn" spaces=" "><nodename>\onecolumn</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\twocolumn</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Layout</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\onecolumn</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="185" mergedindex="cp">\onecolumn</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="164">one-column output</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="152" mergedindex="cp">\onecolumn</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="161">one-column output</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -2663,9 +2302,9 @@
<node name="_005ctwocolumn" spaces=" "><nodename>\twocolumn</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\flushbottom</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\onecolumn</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Layout</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\twocolumn</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="186" mergedindex="cp">\twocolumn</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="165">multicolumn text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="166">two-column output</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="153" mergedindex="cp">\twocolumn</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="162">multicolumn text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="163">two-column output</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopses:
</para>
@@ -2686,7 +2325,7 @@
<para>These parameters control typesetting in two-column output:
</para>
<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="187" mergedindex="cp">\columnsep</indexterm>\columnsep</itemformat></item>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="154" mergedindex="cp">\columnsep</indexterm>\columnsep</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="twocolumn-columnsep">twocolumn columnsep</anchor>
<para>The distance between columns. The default is 35pt. Change it with a
command such as <code>\setlength{\columnsep}{40pt}</code>. You must change
@@ -2693,7 +2332,7 @@
it before the two column mode starts; in the preamble is a good
place.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="188" mergedindex="cp">\columnseprule</indexterm>\columnseprule</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="155" mergedindex="cp">\columnseprule</indexterm>\columnseprule</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="twocolumn-columnseprule">twocolumn columnseprule</anchor>
<para>The width of the rule between columns. The default is 0pt, meaning that
there is no rule. Otherwise, the rule appears halfway between the two
@@ -2701,7 +2340,7 @@
<code>\setlength{\columnseprule}{0.4pt}</code>, before the two-column
mode starts.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="189" mergedindex="cp">\columnwidth</indexterm>\columnwidth</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="156" mergedindex="cp">\columnwidth</indexterm>\columnwidth</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="twocolumn-columnwidth">twocolumn columnwidth</anchor>
<para>The width of a single column. In one-column mode this is equal to
<code>\textwidth</code>. In two-column mode by default &latex; sets the
@@ -2718,7 +2357,7 @@
</para>
<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
<beforefirstitem><anchor name="twocolumn-dbltopfraction">twocolumn dbltopfraction</anchor>
-</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="190" mergedindex="cp">\dbltopfraction</indexterm>\dbltopfraction</itemformat></item>
+</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="157" mergedindex="cp">\dbltopfraction</indexterm>\dbltopfraction</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>The maximum fraction at the top of a two-column page that may be
occupied by two-column wide floats. The default is 0.7, meaning that
the height of a <code>table*</code> or <code>figure*</code> environment must not
@@ -2743,13 +2382,13 @@
<para>You can redefine it, as with
<code>\renewcommand{\dbltopfraction}{0.9}</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="191" mergedindex="cp">\dblfloatpagefraction</indexterm>\dblfloatpagefraction</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="158" mergedindex="cp">\dblfloatpagefraction</indexterm>\dblfloatpagefraction</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="twocolumn-dblfloatpagefraction">twocolumn dblfloatpagefraction</anchor>
<para>For a float page of two-column wide floats, this is the minimum fraction
that must be occupied by floats, limiting the amount of blank space.
&latex;&textrsquo;s default is <code>0.5</code>. Change it with <code>\renewcommand</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="192" mergedindex="cp">\dblfloatsep</indexterm>\dblfloatsep</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="159" mergedindex="cp">\dblfloatsep</indexterm>\dblfloatsep</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="twocolumn-dblfloatsep">twocolumn dblfloatsep</anchor>
<para>On a float page of two-column wide floats, this length is the distance
between floats, at both the top and bottom of the page. The default is
@@ -2757,13 +2396,13 @@
<code>11pt</code>, and <code>14pt plus2pt minus4pt</code> for a document set at
<code>12pt</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="193" mergedindex="cp">\dbltextfloatsep</indexterm>\dbltextfloatsep</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="160" mergedindex="cp">\dbltextfloatsep</indexterm>\dbltextfloatsep</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="twocolumn-dbltextfloatsep">twocolumn dbltextfloatsep</anchor>
<para>This length is the distance between a multi-column float at the top or
bottom of a page and the main text. The default is <code>20pt plus2pt
minus4pt</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="194" mergedindex="cp">\dbltopnumber</indexterm>\dbltopnumber</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="161" mergedindex="cp">\dbltopnumber</indexterm>\dbltopnumber</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="twocolumn-dbltopnumber">twocolumn dbltopnumber</anchor>
<para>On a float page of two-column wide floats, this counter gives the
maximum number of floats allowed at the top of the page. The &latex;
@@ -2800,7 +2439,7 @@
<node name="_005cflushbottom" spaces=" "><nodename>\flushbottom</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\raggedbottom</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\twocolumn</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Layout</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\flushbottom</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="195" mergedindex="cp">\flushbottom</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="162" mergedindex="cp">\flushbottom</indexterm></findex>
<para>Make all pages in the document after this declaration have the same
height, by stretching the vertical space where necessary to fill out the
@@ -2826,8 +2465,8 @@
<node name="_005craggedbottom" spaces=" "><nodename>\raggedbottom</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Page layout parameters</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\flushbottom</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Layout</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\raggedbottom</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="196" mergedindex="cp">\raggedbottom</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="167">stretch, omitting vertical</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="163" mergedindex="cp">\raggedbottom</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="164">stretch, omitting vertical</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Make all later pages the natural height of the material on that page; no
rubber vertical lengths will be stretched. Thus, in a two-sided
@@ -2842,20 +2481,20 @@
<node name="Page-layout-parameters" spaces=" "><nodename>Page layout parameters</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\baselineskip & \baselinestretch</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\raggedbottom</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Layout</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Page layout parameters</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="168">page layout parameters</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="169">parameters, page layout</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="170">layout, page parameters for</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="171">header, parameters for</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="172">footer, parameters for</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="173">running header and footer</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="165">page layout parameters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="166">parameters, page layout</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="167">layout, page parameters for</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="168">header, parameters for</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="169">footer, parameters for</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="170">running header and footer</indexterm></cindex>
<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="197" mergedindex="cp">\columnsep</indexterm>\columnsep</itemformat></item>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="198" mergedindex="cp">\columnseprule</indexterm>\columnseprule</itemformat></itemx>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="199" mergedindex="cp">\columnwidth</indexterm>\columnwidth</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="200" mergedindex="cp">\columnsep</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="201" mergedindex="cp">\columnseprule</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="202" mergedindex="cp">\columnwidth</indexterm></findex>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="164" mergedindex="cp">\columnsep</indexterm>\columnsep</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="165" mergedindex="cp">\columnseprule</indexterm>\columnseprule</itemformat></itemx>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="166" mergedindex="cp">\columnwidth</indexterm>\columnwidth</itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="167" mergedindex="cp">\columnsep</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="168" mergedindex="cp">\columnseprule</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="169" mergedindex="cp">\columnwidth</indexterm></findex>
<anchor name="page-layout-parameters-columnsep">page layout parameters columnsep</anchor>
<anchor name="page-layout-parameters-columnseprule">page layout parameters columnseprule</anchor>
<anchor name="page-layout-parameters-columnwidth">page layout parameters columnwidth</anchor>
@@ -2864,15 +2503,15 @@
<code>twocolumn</code> is in effect (<pxref label="Document-class-options"><xrefnodename>Document class options</xrefnodename></pxref>).
<xref label="_005ctwocolumn"><xrefnodename>\twocolumn</xrefnodename></xref>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="203" mergedindex="cp">\headheight</indexterm>\headheight</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="204" mergedindex="cp">\headheight</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="170" mergedindex="cp">\headheight</indexterm>\headheight</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="171" mergedindex="cp">\headheight</indexterm></findex>
<anchor name="page-layout-parameters-headheight">page layout parameters headheight</anchor>
<para>Height of the box that contains the running head. The default in the
<code>article</code>, <code>report</code>, and <code>book</code> classes is <samp>12pt</samp>,
at all type sizes.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="205" mergedindex="cp">\headsep</indexterm>\headsep</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="206" mergedindex="cp">\headsep</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="172" mergedindex="cp">\headsep</indexterm>\headsep</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="173" mergedindex="cp">\headsep</indexterm></findex>
<anchor name="page-layout-parameters-headsep">page layout parameters headsep</anchor>
<para>Vertical distance between the bottom of the header line and the top of
the main text. The default in the <code>article</code> and <code>report</code>
@@ -2880,8 +2519,8 @@
document is set at 10pt then it is <samp>0.25in</samp>, and at 11pt or 12pt
it is <samp>0.275in</samp>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="207" mergedindex="cp">\footskip</indexterm>\footskip</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="208" mergedindex="cp">\footskip</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="174" mergedindex="cp">\footskip</indexterm>\footskip</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="175" mergedindex="cp">\footskip</indexterm></findex>
<anchor name="page-layout-parameters-footskip">page layout parameters footskip</anchor>
<para>Distance from the baseline of the last line of text to the baseline of
the page footer. The default in the <code>article</code> and <code>report</code>
@@ -2889,8 +2528,8 @@
the type size is 10pt the default is <samp>0.35in</samp>, while at 11pt it is
<samp>0.38in</samp>, and at 12pt it is <samp>30pt</samp>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="209" mergedindex="cp">\linewidth</indexterm>\linewidth</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="210" mergedindex="cp">\linewidth</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="176" mergedindex="cp">\linewidth</indexterm>\linewidth</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="177" mergedindex="cp">\linewidth</indexterm></findex>
<anchor name="page-layout-parameters-linewidth">page layout parameters linewidth</anchor>
<para>Width of the current line, decreased for each nested <code>list</code>
(<pxref label="list"><xrefnodename>list</xrefnodename></pxref>). That is, the nominal value for <code>\linewidth</code> is to
@@ -2901,12 +2540,12 @@
<!-- c etc. For an @code{article} document set in 10pt, the default is -->
<!-- c @samp{345pt}, while in two-column mode that becomes @samp{229.5pt}. -->
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="211" mergedindex="cp">\marginparpush</indexterm>\marginparpush</itemformat></item>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="212" mergedindex="cp">\marginsep</indexterm>\marginsep</itemformat></itemx>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="213" mergedindex="cp">\marginparwidth</indexterm>\marginparwidth</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="214" mergedindex="cp">\marginparpush</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="215" mergedindex="cp">\marginsep</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="216" mergedindex="cp">\marginparwidth</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="178" mergedindex="cp">\marginparpush</indexterm>\marginparpush</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="179" mergedindex="cp">\marginsep</indexterm>\marginsep</itemformat></itemx>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="180" mergedindex="cp">\marginparwidth</indexterm>\marginparwidth</itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="181" mergedindex="cp">\marginparpush</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="182" mergedindex="cp">\marginsep</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="183" mergedindex="cp">\marginparwidth</indexterm></findex>
<anchor name="page-layout-parameters-marginparpush">page layout parameters marginparpush</anchor>
<anchor name="page-layout-parameters-marginsep">page layout parameters marginsep</anchor>
<anchor name="page-layout-parameters-marginparwidth">page layout parameters marginparwidth</anchor>
@@ -2934,10 +2573,10 @@
− \textwidth</code>, while in one-column mode it is 50% of that
distance.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="217" mergedindex="cp">\oddsidemargin</indexterm>\oddsidemargin</itemformat></item>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="218" mergedindex="cp">\evensidemargin</indexterm>\evensidemargin</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="219" mergedindex="cp">\oddsidemargin</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="220" mergedindex="cp">\evensidemargin</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="184" mergedindex="cp">\oddsidemargin</indexterm>\oddsidemargin</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="185" mergedindex="cp">\evensidemargin</indexterm>\evensidemargin</itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="186" mergedindex="cp">\oddsidemargin</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="187" mergedindex="cp">\evensidemargin</indexterm></findex>
<anchor name="page-layout-parameters-oddsidemargin">page layout parameters oddsidemargin</anchor>
<anchor name="page-layout-parameters-evensidemargin">page layout parameters evensidemargin</anchor>
<!-- c xx TODO re-align on French version that is more complete/accurate. -->
@@ -2952,8 +2591,8 @@
difference between <code>\paperwidth</code> and <code>\textwidth</code>, and
<code>\evensidemargin</code> is the remainder.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="221" mergedindex="cp">\paperheight</indexterm>\paperheight</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="222" mergedindex="cp">\paperheight</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="188" mergedindex="cp">\paperheight</indexterm>\paperheight</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="189" mergedindex="cp">\paperheight</indexterm></findex>
<anchor name="page-layout-parameters-paperheight">page layout parameters paperheight</anchor>
<para>The height of the paper, as distinct from the height of the print area.
Normally set with a document class option, as in
@@ -2960,8 +2599,8 @@
<code>\documentclass[a4paper]{article}</code> (<pxref label="Document-class-options"><xrefnodename>Document class
options</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="223" mergedindex="cp">\paperwidth</indexterm>\paperwidth</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="224" mergedindex="cp">\paperwidth</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="190" mergedindex="cp">\paperwidth</indexterm>\paperwidth</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="191" mergedindex="cp">\paperwidth</indexterm></findex>
<anchor name="page-layout-parameters-paperwidth">page layout parameters paperwidth</anchor>
<para>The width of the paper, as distinct from the width of the print area.
Normally set with a document class option, as in
@@ -2968,8 +2607,8 @@
<code>\documentclass[a4paper]{article}</code> (<pxref label="Document-class-options"><xrefnodename>Document class
options</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="225" mergedindex="cp">\textheight</indexterm>\textheight</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="226" mergedindex="cp">\textheight</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="192" mergedindex="cp">\textheight</indexterm>\textheight</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="193" mergedindex="cp">\textheight</indexterm></findex>
<anchor name="page-layout-parameters-textheight">page layout parameters textheight</anchor>
<para>The normal vertical height of the page body. If the document is set at
a nominal type size of 10pt then for an <code>article</code> or <code>report</code>
@@ -2978,8 +2617,8 @@
<samp>38\baselineskip</samp> for all document classes. At 12pt it is
<samp>36\baselineskip</samp> for all classes.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="227" mergedindex="cp">\textwidth</indexterm>\textwidth</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="228" mergedindex="cp">\textwidth</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="194" mergedindex="cp">\textwidth</indexterm>\textwidth</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="195" mergedindex="cp">\textwidth</indexterm></findex>
<anchor name="page-layout-parameters-textwidth">page layout parameters textwidth</anchor>
<para>The full horizontal width of the entire page body. For an
<code>article</code> or <code>report</code> document, the default is <samp>345pt</samp>
@@ -3000,15 +2639,15 @@
specified width, and revert to their normal values at the end of the
<code>minipage</code> or <code>\parbox</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="229" mergedindex="cp">\hsize</indexterm>\hsize</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="230" mergedindex="cp">\hsize</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="196" mergedindex="cp">\hsize</indexterm>\hsize</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="197" mergedindex="cp">\hsize</indexterm></findex>
<anchor name="page-layout-parameters-hsize">page layout parameters hsize</anchor>
<para>This entry is included for completeness: <code>\hsize</code> is the &tex;
primitive parameter used when text is broken into lines. It should not
be used in normal &latex; documents.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="231" mergedindex="cp">\topmargin</indexterm>\topmargin</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="232" mergedindex="cp">topmargin</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="198" mergedindex="cp">\topmargin</indexterm>\topmargin</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="199" mergedindex="cp">topmargin</indexterm></findex>
<anchor name="page-layout-parameters-topmargin">page layout parameters topmargin</anchor>
<!-- c xxx TODO re-align on French version that is more accurate. -->
<para>Space between the top of the &tex; page (one inch from the top of the
@@ -3017,8 +2656,8 @@
\headheight − \headsep − \textheight − \footskip</code>,
and then divided by two.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="233" mergedindex="cp">\topskip</indexterm>\topskip</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="234" mergedindex="cp">\topskip</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="200" mergedindex="cp">\topskip</indexterm>\topskip</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="201" mergedindex="cp">\topskip</indexterm></findex>
<anchor name="page-layout-parameters-topskip">page layout parameters topskip</anchor>
<para>Minimum distance between the top of the page body and the baseline of
the first line of text. For the standard classes, the default is the
@@ -3033,13 +2672,13 @@
<anchor name="_005cbaselineskip">\baselineskip</anchor>
<anchor name="_005cbaselinestretch">\baselinestretch</anchor>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="235" mergedindex="cp">\baselineskip</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="236" mergedindex="cp">\baselinestretch</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="237" mergedindex="cp">\linespread</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="174">space between lines</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="175">interline space</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="176">leading</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="177">double spacing</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="202" mergedindex="cp">\baselineskip</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="203" mergedindex="cp">\baselinestretch</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="204" mergedindex="cp">\linespread</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="171">space between lines</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="172">interline space</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="173">leading</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="174">double spacing</indexterm></cindex>
<para>The <code>\baselineskip</code> is a rubber length (<pxref label="Lengths"><xrefnodename>Lengths</xrefnodename></pxref>). It gives
the <dfn>leading</dfn>, the normal distance between lines in a paragraph, from
@@ -3084,9 +2723,9 @@
{\footnotesize $$a+b = c$$}
</pre></example>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="238" mergedindex="cp">\lineskip</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="239" mergedindex="cp">\lineskiplimit</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="240" mergedindex="cp">\prevdepth</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="205" mergedindex="cp">\lineskip</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="206" mergedindex="cp">\lineskiplimit</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="207" mergedindex="cp">\prevdepth</indexterm></findex>
<para>The process for making paragraphs is that when a new line is added, if
the depth of the previous line plus the height of the new line is less
than <code>\baselineskip</code> then &tex; inserts vertical glue to make up
@@ -3125,8 +2764,8 @@
place at the start of a document, so there you don&textrsquo;t need to follow it
with <code>\selectfont</code>.)
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="178"><r>package</r>, <code>setspace</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="179"><code>setspace</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="175"><r>package</r>, <code>setspace</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="176"><code>setspace</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>A simpler approach is the <code>setspace</code> package. The basic example:
</para>
@@ -3178,8 +2817,8 @@
event, because all floats in a class must appear in sequential order,
every following float in that class also appears at the end.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="180">placement of floats</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="181">specifier, float placement</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="177">placement of floats</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="178">specifier, float placement</indexterm></cindex>
<para>In addition to changing the parameters, for each float you can tweak
where the float placement algorithm tries to place it by using its
<var>placement</var> argument. The possible values are a sequence of the
@@ -3202,9 +2841,9 @@
appears. However, <code>h</code> is not allowed by itself; <code>t</code> is
automatically added.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="182">here, putting floats</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="183"><r>package</r>, <code>float</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="184"><code>float</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="179">here, putting floats</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="180"><r>package</r>, <code>float</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="181"><code>float</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>To absolutely force a float to appear &textldquo;here&textrdquo;, you can
<code>\usepackage{float}</code> and use the <code>H</code> specifier which it
@@ -3212,7 +2851,7 @@
<url><urefurl>https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-figurehere</urefurl></url>.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">p</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="185">float page</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="182">float page</indexterm></cindex>
<para>(Page of floats)&textmdash;on a separate <dfn>float page</dfn>, which is a page
containing no text, only floats.
</para>
@@ -3240,8 +2879,8 @@
<code>\afterpage{\clearpage}</code>. This will wait until the current page
is finished and then flush all outstanding floats.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="186"><r>package</r>, <code>flafter</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="187"><code>flafter</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="183"><r>package</r>, <code>flafter</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="184"><code>flafter</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>&latex; can typeset a float before where it appears in the source
(although on the same output page) if there is a <code>t</code> specifier in
@@ -3249,7 +2888,7 @@
the <code>t</code> is not acceptable as it keeps the float from being placed
at the top of the next page, then you can prevent it by either using
the <code>flafter</code> package or using the command
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="241" mergedindex="cp">\suppressfloats</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="208" mergedindex="cp">\suppressfloats</indexterm></findex>
<code>\suppressfloats[t]</code>, which causes floats for the top position on
this page to moved to the next page.
</para>
@@ -3258,27 +2897,27 @@
<code>\renewcommand{<var>parameter</var>}{<var>decimal between 0 and 1</var>}</code>):
</para>
<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="242" mergedindex="cp">\bottomfraction</indexterm>\bottomfraction</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="243" mergedindex="cp">\bottomfraction</indexterm></findex>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="209" mergedindex="cp">\bottomfraction</indexterm>\bottomfraction</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="210" mergedindex="cp">\bottomfraction</indexterm></findex>
<anchor name="floats-bottomfraction">floats bottomfraction</anchor>
<para>The maximum fraction of the page allowed to be occupied by floats at
the bottom; default <samp>.3</samp>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="244" mergedindex="cp">\floatpagefraction</indexterm>\floatpagefraction</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="245" mergedindex="cp">\floatpagefraction</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="211" mergedindex="cp">\floatpagefraction</indexterm>\floatpagefraction</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="212" mergedindex="cp">\floatpagefraction</indexterm></findex>
<anchor name="floats-floatpagefraction">floats floatpagefraction</anchor>
<para>The minimum fraction of a float page that must be occupied by floats;
default <samp>.5</samp>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="246" mergedindex="cp">\textfraction</indexterm>\textfraction</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="247" mergedindex="cp">\textfraction</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="213" mergedindex="cp">\textfraction</indexterm>\textfraction</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="214" mergedindex="cp">\textfraction</indexterm></findex>
<anchor name="floats-textfraction">floats textfraction</anchor>
<para>Minimum fraction of a page that must be text; if floats take up too
much space to preserve this much text, floats will be moved to a
different page. The default is <samp>.2</samp>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="248" mergedindex="cp">\topfraction</indexterm>\topfraction</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="249" mergedindex="cp">\topfraction</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="215" mergedindex="cp">\topfraction</indexterm>\topfraction</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="216" mergedindex="cp">\topfraction</indexterm></findex>
<anchor name="floats-topfraction">floats topfraction</anchor>
<para>Maximum fraction at the top of a page that may be occupied before
floats; default <samp>.7</samp>.
@@ -3289,21 +2928,21 @@
expression</var>}</code>):
</para>
<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="250" mergedindex="cp">\floatsep</indexterm>\floatsep</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="251" mergedindex="cp">\floatsep</indexterm></findex>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="217" mergedindex="cp">\floatsep</indexterm>\floatsep</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="218" mergedindex="cp">\floatsep</indexterm></findex>
<anchor name="floats-floatsep">floats floatsep</anchor>
<para>Space between floats at the top or bottom of a page; default
<samp>12pt plus2pt minus2pt</samp>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="252" mergedindex="cp">\intextsep</indexterm>\intextsep</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="253" mergedindex="cp">\intextsep</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="219" mergedindex="cp">\intextsep</indexterm>\intextsep</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="220" mergedindex="cp">\intextsep</indexterm></findex>
<anchor name="floats-intextsep">floats intextsep</anchor>
<para>Space above and below a float in the middle of the main text; default
<samp>12pt plus2pt minus2pt</samp> for 10 point and 11 point documents,
and <samp>14pt plus4pt minus4pt</samp> for 12 point documents.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="254" mergedindex="cp">\textfloatsep</indexterm>\textfloatsep</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="255" mergedindex="cp">\textfloatsep</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="221" mergedindex="cp">\textfloatsep</indexterm>\textfloatsep</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="222" mergedindex="cp">\textfloatsep</indexterm></findex>
<anchor name="floats-textfloatsep">floats textfloatsep</anchor>
<para>Space between the last (first) float at the top (bottom) of a page;
default <samp>20pt plus2pt minus4pt</samp>.
@@ -3314,26 +2953,26 @@
number</var>}</code>):
</para>
<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="256" mergedindex="cp">bottomnumber</indexterm>bottomnumber</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="257" mergedindex="cp">bottomnumber</indexterm></findex>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="223" mergedindex="cp">bottomnumber</indexterm>bottomnumber</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="224" mergedindex="cp">bottomnumber</indexterm></findex>
<anchor name="floats-bottomnumber">floats bottomnumber</anchor>
<para>Maximum number of floats that can appear at the bottom of a text page;
default 1.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="258" mergedindex="cp">dbltopnumber</indexterm>dbltopnumber</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="259" mergedindex="cp">dbltopnumber</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="225" mergedindex="cp">dbltopnumber</indexterm>dbltopnumber</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="226" mergedindex="cp">dbltopnumber</indexterm></findex>
<anchor name="floats-dbltopnumber">floats dbltopnumber</anchor>
<para>Maximum number of full-sized floats that can appear at the top of a
two-column page; default 2.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="260" mergedindex="cp">topnumber</indexterm>topnumber</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="261" mergedindex="cp">topnumber</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="227" mergedindex="cp">topnumber</indexterm>topnumber</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="228" mergedindex="cp">topnumber</indexterm></findex>
<anchor name="floats-topnumber">floats topnumber</anchor>
<para>Maximum number of floats that can appear at the top of a text page;
default 2.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="262" mergedindex="cp">totalnumber</indexterm>totalnumber</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="263" mergedindex="cp">totalnumber</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="229" mergedindex="cp">totalnumber</indexterm>totalnumber</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="230" mergedindex="cp">totalnumber</indexterm></findex>
<anchor name="floats-totalnumber">floats totalnumber</anchor>
<para>Maximum number of floats that can appear on a text page; default 3.
</para></tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
@@ -3355,8 +2994,8 @@
<node name="_005ccaption" spaces=" "><nodename>\caption</nodename><nodeup automatic="on">Floats</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\caption</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="264" mergedindex="cp">\caption</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="188">captions</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="231" mergedindex="cp">\caption</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="185">captions</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -3438,8 +3077,8 @@
\&arobase;caption has an extra }</samp> then you must put <code>\protect</code> in front
of any fragile commands. <xref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></xref>.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="189"><r>package</r>, <code>caption</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="190"><code>caption</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="186"><r>package</r>, <code>caption</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="187"><code>caption</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>The <code>caption</code> package has many options to adjust how the caption
appears, for example changing the font size, making the caption be
@@ -3453,21 +3092,21 @@
<node name="Sectioning" spaces=" "><nodename>Sectioning</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Cross references</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Layout</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Sectioning</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="191">sectioning commands</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="192">part</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="193">chapter</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="194">section</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="195">subsection</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="196">subsubsection</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="197">paragraph</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="198">subparagraph</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="265" mergedindex="cp">\part</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="266" mergedindex="cp">\chapter</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="267" mergedindex="cp">\section</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="268" mergedindex="cp">\subsection</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="269" mergedindex="cp">\subsubsection</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="270" mergedindex="cp">\paragraph</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="271" mergedindex="cp">\subparagraph</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="188">sectioning commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="189">part</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="190">chapter</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="191">section</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="192">subsection</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="193">subsubsection</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="194">paragraph</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="195">subparagraph</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="232" mergedindex="cp">\part</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="233" mergedindex="cp">\chapter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="234" mergedindex="cp">\section</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="235" mergedindex="cp">\subsection</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="236" mergedindex="cp">\subsubsection</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="237" mergedindex="cp">\paragraph</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="238" mergedindex="cp">\subparagraph</indexterm></findex>
<para>Structure your text into divisions: parts, chapters, sections, etc. All
sectioning commands have the same form, one of:
@@ -3505,7 +3144,7 @@
</para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\subparagraph</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>5
</para></entry></row></tbody></multitable>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="199"><code>*</code>-form of sectioning commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="196"><code>*</code>-form of sectioning commands</indexterm></cindex>
<para>All these commands have a <code>*</code>-form that prints <var>title</var> as usual
but does not number it and does not make an entry in the table of contents.
An example of using this is for an appendix in an <code>article</code>. The
@@ -3535,8 +3174,8 @@
<code>\section</code> you will have a <code>\chapter</code>. Otherwise you can get
something like a subsection numbered <samp>3.0.1</samp>.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="200"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="201"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="197"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="198"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>&latex; lets you change the appearance of the sectional units. As a
simple example, you can change the section numbering to uppercase
@@ -3549,9 +3188,9 @@
<para>Two counters relate to the appearance of headings made by sectioning commands.
</para>
<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="272" mergedindex="cp">secnumdepth</indexterm>secnumdepth</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="273" mergedindex="cp">secnumdepth <r>counter</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="202">section numbers, printing</indexterm></cindex>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="239" mergedindex="cp">secnumdepth</indexterm>secnumdepth</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="240" mergedindex="cp">secnumdepth <r>counter</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="199">section numbers, printing</indexterm></cindex>
<anchor name="sectioning-secnumdepth">sectioning secnumdepth</anchor>
<anchor name="Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth">Sectioning/secnumdepth</anchor>
<para>Controls which sectioning unit are numbered. Setting the counter with
@@ -3565,9 +3204,9 @@
default <code>secnumdepth</code> is 3 in <file>article</file> class and
2 in the <file>book</file> and <file>report</file> classes.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="274" mergedindex="cp">tocdepth</indexterm>tocdepth</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="275" mergedindex="cp">tocdepth <r>counter</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="203">table of contents, sectioning numbers printed</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="241" mergedindex="cp">tocdepth</indexterm>tocdepth</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="242" mergedindex="cp">tocdepth <r>counter</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="200">table of contents, sectioning numbers printed</indexterm></cindex>
<anchor name="sectioning-tocdepth">sectioning tocdepth</anchor>
<anchor name="Sectioning_002ftocdepth">Sectioning/tocdepth</anchor>
<para>Controls which sectioning units are listed in the table of contents.
@@ -3596,9 +3235,9 @@
<node name="_005cpart" spaces=" "><nodename>\part</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\chapter</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Sectioning</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\part</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="276" mergedindex="cp">\part</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="204">part</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="205">sectioning, part</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="243" mergedindex="cp">\part</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="201">part</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="202">sectioning, part</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis, one of:
</para>
@@ -3650,15 +3289,15 @@
the table of contents, the level number of a part is -1
(<pxref label="Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth"><xrefnodename>Sectioning/secnumdepth</xrefnodename></pxref>, and <ref label="Sectioning_002ftocdepth"><xrefnodename>Sectioning/tocdepth</xrefnodename></ref>).
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="206"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="207"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="203"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="204"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>In the class <code>article</code>, if a paragraph immediately follows the part
title then it is not indented. To get an indent you can use the package
<code>indentfirst</code>.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="208"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="209"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="205"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="206"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>One package to change the behavior of <code>\part</code> is <code>titlesec</code>.
See its documentation on CTAN.
@@ -3668,8 +3307,8 @@
<node name="_005cchapter" spaces=" "><nodename>\chapter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\section</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\part</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Sectioning</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\chapter</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="277" mergedindex="cp">\chapter</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="210">chapter</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="244" mergedindex="cp">\chapter</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="207">chapter</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis, one of:
</para>
@@ -3736,8 +3375,8 @@
the table of contents, the level number of a chapter is 0
(<pxref label="Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth"><xrefnodename>Sectioning/secnumdepth</xrefnodename></pxref> and <pxref label="Sectioning_002ftocdepth"><xrefnodename>Sectioning/tocdepth</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="211"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="212"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="208"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="209"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>The paragraph that follows the chapter title is not indented, as is a
standard typographical practice. To get an indent use the package
@@ -3754,8 +3393,8 @@
\makeatother
</pre></example>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="213"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="214"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="210"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="211"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<noindent></noindent> <para>To make this change because of the primary language for
the document, see the package <code>babel</code>.
@@ -3765,8 +3404,8 @@
running headers. To make that page completely blank,
see <ref label="_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage"><xrefnodename>\clearpage & \cleardoublepage</xrefnodename></ref>.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="215"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="216"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="212"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="213"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>To change the behavior of the <code>\chapter</code> command, you can copy its
definition from the &latex; format file and make adjustments. But
@@ -3793,8 +3432,8 @@
<node name="_005csection" spaces=" "><nodename>\section</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\subsection</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\chapter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Sectioning</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\section</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="278" mergedindex="cp">\section</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="217">section</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="245" mergedindex="cp">\section</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="214">section</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis, one of:
</para>
@@ -3862,15 +3501,15 @@
the table of contents, the level number of a section is 1
(<pxref label="Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth"><xrefnodename>Sectioning/secnumdepth</xrefnodename></pxref> and <pxref label="Sectioning_002ftocdepth"><xrefnodename>Sectioning/tocdepth</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="218"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="219"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="215"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="216"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>The paragraph that follows the section title is not indented, as is a
standard typographical practice. One way to get an indent is to use the
package <code>indentfirst</code>.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="220"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="221"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="217"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="218"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>In general, to change the behavior of the <code>\section</code> command, there
are a number of options. One is the <code>\&arobase;startsection</code> command
@@ -3898,8 +3537,8 @@
<node name="_005csubsection" spaces=" "><nodename>\subsection</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\section</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Sectioning</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\subsection</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="279" mergedindex="cp">\subsection</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="222">subsection</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="246" mergedindex="cp">\subsection</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="219">subsection</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis, one of:
</para>
@@ -3952,15 +3591,15 @@
the table of contents, the level number of a subsection is 2
(<pxref label="Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth"><xrefnodename>Sectioning/secnumdepth</xrefnodename></pxref> and <pxref label="Sectioning_002ftocdepth"><xrefnodename>Sectioning/tocdepth</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="223"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="224"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="220"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="221"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>The paragraph that follows the subsection title is not indented, as is a
standard typographical practice. One way to get an indent is to use the
package <code>indentfirst</code>.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="225"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="226"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="222"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="223"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>There are a number of ways to change the behavior of the
<code>\subsection</code> command. One is the <code>\&arobase;startsection</code> command
@@ -3987,16 +3626,16 @@
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\subsubsection</code>, <code>\paragraph</code>, <code>\subparagraph</code></sectiontitle>
<anchor name="_005csubsubsection">\subsubsection</anchor>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="280" mergedindex="cp">\subsubsection</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="227">subsubsection</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="247" mergedindex="cp">\subsubsection</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="224">subsubsection</indexterm></cindex>
<!-- c -->
<anchor name="_005cparagraph">\paragraph</anchor>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="281" mergedindex="cp">\paragraph</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="228">paragraph</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="248" mergedindex="cp">\paragraph</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="225">paragraph</indexterm></cindex>
<!-- c -->
<anchor name="_005csubparagraph">\subparagraph</anchor>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="282" mergedindex="cp">\subparagraph</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="229">subparagraph</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="249" mergedindex="cp">\subparagraph</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="226">subparagraph</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis, one of:
</para>
@@ -4062,15 +3701,15 @@
a paragraph is 4, and of a subparagraph is 5
(<pxref label="Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth"><xrefnodename>Sectioning/secnumdepth</xrefnodename></pxref> and <pxref label="Sectioning_002ftocdepth"><xrefnodename>Sectioning/tocdepth</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="230"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="231"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="227"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="228"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>The paragraph that follows the subsubsection title is not indented, as is a
standard typographical practice. One way to get an indent is to use the
package <code>indentfirst</code>.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="232"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="233"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="229"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="230"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>There are a number of ways to change the behavior of the these commands.
One is the <code>\&arobase;startsection</code> command (<pxref label="_005c_0040startsection"><xrefnodename>\&arobase;startsection</xrefnodename></pxref>).
@@ -4083,9 +3722,9 @@
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\appendix</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="283" mergedindex="cp">\appendix</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="234">appendix</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="235">appendices</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="250" mergedindex="cp">\appendix</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="231">appendix</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="232">appendices</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -4117,8 +3756,8 @@
<samp>Appendix A</samp> and <samp>Appendix B</samp>. <xref label="Larger-book-template"><xrefnodename>Larger book template</xrefnodename></xref>,
for another example.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="236"><r>package</r>, <code>appendix</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="237"><code>appendix</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="233"><r>package</r>, <code>appendix</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="234"><code>appendix</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>The <code>appendix</code> package adds the command
<code>\appendixpage</code> to put a separate <samp>Appendices</samp> in the document
@@ -4134,21 +3773,21 @@
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\frontmatter</code>, <code>\mainmatter</code>, <code>\backmatter</code></sectiontitle>
<anchor name="_005cfrontmatter">\frontmatter</anchor>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="284" mergedindex="cp">\frontmatter</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="238">book, front matter</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="239">front matter of a book</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="251" mergedindex="cp">\frontmatter</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="235">book, front matter</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="236">front matter of a book</indexterm></cindex>
<!-- c -->
<anchor name="_005cmainmatter">\mainmatter</anchor>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="285" mergedindex="cp">\mainmatter</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="240">book, main matter</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="241">main matter of a book</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="252" mergedindex="cp">\mainmatter</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="237">book, main matter</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="238">main matter of a book</indexterm></cindex>
<!-- c -->
<anchor name="_005cbackmatter">\backmatter</anchor>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="286" mergedindex="cp">\backmatter</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="242">book, back matter</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="243">book, end matter</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="244">back matter of a book</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="245">end matter of a book</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="253" mergedindex="cp">\backmatter</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="239">book, back matter</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="240">book, end matter</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="241">back matter of a book</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="242">end matter of a book</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis, one or more of:
</para>
@@ -4187,10 +3826,10 @@
</section>
<node name="_005c_0040startsection" spaces=" "><nodename>\&arobase;startsection</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Sectioning</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\&arobase;startsection</code>, typesetting sectional unit headings</sectiontitle>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\&arobase;startsection</code>: Typesetting sectional unit headings</sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="287" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;startsection</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="246">section, redefining</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="254" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;startsection</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="243">section, redefining</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -4440,9 +4079,9 @@
<node name="Cross-references" spaces=" "><nodename>Cross references</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Environments</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Sectioning</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Cross references</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="247">cross references</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="244">cross references</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="248">label</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="245">label</indexterm></cindex>
<para>We often want something like <samp>See Theorem~31</samp>. But by-hand typing
the 31 is poor practice. Instead you should write a <dfn>label</dfn> such as
<code>\label{eq:GreensThm}</code> and then <dfn>reference</dfn> it, as with
@@ -4466,8 +4105,8 @@
the information is in <file>calculus.aux</file>. &latex; puts the
information in that file every time it runs across a <code>\label</code>.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="249">forward reference</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="250">reference, forward</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="246">forward reference</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="247">reference, forward</indexterm></cindex>
<para>The behavior described in the prior paragraph results in a quirk that
happens when your document has a <dfn>forward reference</dfn>, a <code>\ref</code>
that appears before the associated <code>\label</code>. If this is the first
@@ -4479,8 +4118,8 @@
and the output contains the old reference information. In both cases,
resolve this by compiling the document a second time.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="251"><r>package</r>, <code>cleveref</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="252"><code>cleveref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="248"><r>package</r>, <code>cleveref</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="249"><code>cleveref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>The <code>cleveref</code> package enhances &latex;&textrsquo;s
cross referencing features. You can arrange that if you enter
<code>\begin{thm}\label{th:Nerode}...\end{thm}</code> then
@@ -4498,7 +4137,7 @@
<node name="_005clabel" spaces=" "><nodename>\label</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\pageref</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Cross references</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\label</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="288" mergedindex="cp">\label</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="255" mergedindex="cp">\label</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -4570,9 +4209,9 @@
<node name="_005cpageref" spaces=" "><nodename>\pageref</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\ref</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\label</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Cross references</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\pageref</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="289" mergedindex="cp">\pageref</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="253">cross referencing with page number</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="254">page number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="256" mergedindex="cp">\pageref</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="250">cross referencing with page number</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="251">page number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -4605,12 +4244,12 @@
<node name="_005cref" spaces=" "><nodename>\ref</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">xr package</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\pageref</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Cross references</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\ref</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="290" mergedindex="cp">\ref</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="255">cross referencing, symbolic</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="256">section number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="257">equation number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="258">figure number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="259">footnote number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="257" mergedindex="cp">\ref</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="252">cross referencing, symbolic</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="253">section number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="254">equation number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="255">figure number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="256">footnote number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -4640,8 +4279,8 @@
\end{enumerate}
</pre></example>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="260"><r>package</r>, <code>cleveref</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="261"><code>cleveref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="257"><r>package</r>, <code>cleveref</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="258"><code>cleveref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>The <code>cleveref</code> package includes text such as <samp>Theorem</samp> in the
reference. See the documentation on CTAN.
@@ -4651,14 +4290,14 @@
<node name="xr-package" spaces=" "><nodename>xr package</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\ref</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Cross references</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>xr</code> package</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="262"><r>package</r>, <code>xr</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="263"><code>xr</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="259"><r>package</r>, <code>xr</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="260"><code>xr</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="264"><r>package</r>, <code>xr-hyper</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="265"><code>xr-hyper</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="261"><r>package</r>, <code>xr-hyper</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="262"><code>xr-hyper</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="291" mergedindex="cp">\externaldocument</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="266">cross referencing, across documents</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="258" mergedindex="cp">\externaldocument</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="263">cross referencing, across documents</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -4736,9 +4375,9 @@
<node name="Environments" spaces=" "><nodename>Environments</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Line breaking</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Cross references</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Environments</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="267">environments</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="292" mergedindex="cp">\begin</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="293" mergedindex="cp">\end</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="264">environments</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="259" mergedindex="cp">\begin</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="260" mergedindex="cp">\end</indexterm></findex>
<para>&latex; provides many environments for delimiting certain behavior.
An environment begins with <code>\begin</code> and ends with <code>\end</code>,
@@ -4756,7 +4395,7 @@
<samp>! LaTeX Error: \begin{table*} on input line 5 ended by
\end{table}.</samp>
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="268">group, and environments</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="265">group, and environments</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Environments are executed within a group.
</para>
<menu endspaces=" ">
@@ -4794,10 +4433,10 @@
<node name="abstract" spaces=" "><nodename>abstract</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">array</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>abstract</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="294" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>abstract</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="295" mergedindex="cp"><code>abstract</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="261" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>abstract</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="262" mergedindex="cp"><code>abstract</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="269">abstracts</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="266">abstracts</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -4824,8 +4463,8 @@
\end{abstract}
</pre></example>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="270"><r>package</r>, <code>abstract</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="271"><code>abstract</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="267"><r>package</r>, <code>abstract</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="268"><code>abstract</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>The next example produces a one column abstract in a two column document (for
a more flexible solution, use the package <code>abstract</code>).
@@ -4857,10 +4496,10 @@
<node name="array" spaces=" "><nodename>array</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">center</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">abstract</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>array</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="296" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>array</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="297" mergedindex="cp"><code>array</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="263" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>array</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="264" mergedindex="cp"><code>array</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="272">arrays, math</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="269">arrays, math</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -4917,13 +4556,13 @@
text mode. The second is that, instead of <code>tabular</code>&textrsquo;s parameter
<code>\tabcolsep</code>, &latex;&textrsquo;s intercolumn space in an <code>array</code> is
governed by
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="298" mergedindex="cp">\arraycolsep</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="265" mergedindex="cp">\arraycolsep</indexterm></findex>
<code>\arraycolsep</code>, which gives half the width between columns. The
default for this is <samp>5pt</samp> so that between two columns comes
10<dmn>pt</dmn> of space.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="273"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="274"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="270"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="271"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>To obtain arrays with braces the standard is to use the <code>amsmath</code>
package. It comes with environments <code>pmatrix</code> for an array
@@ -4934,8 +4573,8 @@
<code>Vmatrix</code> for an array surrounded by double vertical
bars <code>||...||</code>, along with a number of other array constructs.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="275"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="276"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="272"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="273"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>The next example uses the <code>amsmath</code> package.
</para>
@@ -4950,11 +4589,11 @@
\end{equation}
</pre></example>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="277"><r>package</r>, <code>array</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="278"><code>array</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="274"><r>package</r>, <code>array</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="275"><code>array</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="279"><r>package</r>, <code>dcolumn</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="280"><code>dcolumn</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="276"><r>package</r>, <code>dcolumn</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="277"><code>dcolumn</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>There are many packages concerning arrays. The <code>array</code> package has
many useful extensions, including more column types. The <code>dcolumn</code>
@@ -4966,10 +4605,10 @@
<node name="center" spaces=" "><nodename>center</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">description</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">array</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>center</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="299" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>center</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="300" mergedindex="cp"><code>center</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="266" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>center</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="267" mergedindex="cp"><code>center</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="281">centering text, environment for</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="278">centering text, environment for</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -4984,7 +4623,7 @@
<para>Create a new paragraph consisting of a sequence of lines that are
centered within the left and right margins. Use
double-backslash, <code>\\</code>, to get a line break (<pxref label="_005c_005c"><xrefnodename>\\</xrefnodename></pxref>).
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="301" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(for <code>center</code>)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="268" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(for <code>center</code>)</r></indexterm></findex>
If some text is too long to fit on a line then &latex; will insert line
breaks that avoid hyphenation and avoid stretching or shrinking any
interword space.
@@ -5032,8 +4671,8 @@
<node name="_005ccentering" spaces=" "><nodename>\centering</nodename><nodeup automatic="on">center</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\centering</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="302" mergedindex="cp">\centering</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="282">centering text, declaration for</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="269" mergedindex="cp">\centering</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="279">centering text, declaration for</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -5089,11 +4728,11 @@
<node name="description" spaces=" "><nodename>description</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">displaymath</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">center</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>description</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="303" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>description</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="304" mergedindex="cp"><code>description</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="270" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>description</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="271" mergedindex="cp"><code>description</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="283">labelled lists, creating</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="284">description lists, creating</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="280">labelled lists, creating</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="281">description lists, creating</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -5124,14 +4763,14 @@
<para>The labels <samp>lama</samp> and <samp>llama</samp> are output in boldface, with the
left edge on the left margin.
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="305" mergedindex="cp">\item</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="272" mergedindex="cp">\item</indexterm></findex>
<para>Start list items with the <code>\item</code> command (<pxref label="_005citem"><xrefnodename>\item</xrefnodename></pxref>). Use the
optional labels, as in <code>\item[Main point]</code>, because there is
no sensible default. Following the <code>\item</code> is optional text, which
may contain multiple paragraphs.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="285">bold typewriter, avoiding</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="286">typewriter labels in lists</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="282">bold typewriter, avoiding</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="283">typewriter labels in lists</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Since the labels are in bold style, if the label text calls for a font
change given in argument style (see <ref label="Font-styles"><xrefnodename>Font styles</xrefnodename></ref>) then it will come
out bold. For instance, if the label text calls for typewriter with
@@ -5164,8 +4803,8 @@
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>displaymath</code></sectiontitle>
<!-- c http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/40492/what-are-the-differences-between-align-equation-and-displaymath -->
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="306" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>displaymath</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="307" mergedindex="cp"><code>displaymath</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="273" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>displaymath</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="274" mergedindex="cp"><code>displaymath</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
@@ -5186,14 +4825,14 @@
</para>
<para>&latex; will not break the <var>math text</var> across lines.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="287"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="288"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="284"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="285"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>Note that the <code>amsmath</code> package has significantly more extensive
displayed equation facilities. For example, there are a number of
ways in that package for having math text broken across lines.
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="308" mergedindex="cp">\[...\] <r>display math</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="275" mergedindex="cp">\[...\] <r>display math</r></indexterm></findex>
<para>The construct <code>\[ <var>math</var> \]</code> is a synonym for the environment
<code>\begin{displaymath} <var>math</var> \end{displaymath}</code> but the
latter is easier to work with in the source; for instance,
@@ -5200,7 +4839,7 @@
searching for a square bracket may get false positives but the word
<code>displaymath</code> will likely be unique.
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="309" mergedindex="cp">$$...$$ <r>plain &tex; display math</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="276" mergedindex="cp">$$...$$ <r>plain &tex; display math</r></indexterm></findex>
<para>The construct <code>$$<var>math</var>$$</code> from Plain &tex; is
sometimes used as a synonym for &latex;&textrsquo;s <code>displaymath</code>. It is
not a synonym, and is not officially supported in &latex; at all;
@@ -5225,8 +4864,8 @@
<node name="document" spaces=" "><nodename>document</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">enumerate</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">displaymath</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>document</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="310" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>document</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="311" mergedindex="cp"><code>document</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="277" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>document</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="278" mergedindex="cp"><code>document</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
<para>The <code>document</code> environment encloses the entire body of a document.
@@ -5241,8 +4880,8 @@
<node name="_005cAtBeginDocument" spaces=" "><nodename>\AtBeginDocument</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\AtEndDocument</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">document</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\AtBeginDocument</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="312" mergedindex="cp">\AtBeginDocument</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="289">beginning of document hook</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="279" mergedindex="cp">\AtBeginDocument</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="286">beginning of document hook</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -5264,8 +4903,8 @@
<node name="_005cAtEndDocument" spaces=" "><nodename>\AtEndDocument</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\AtBeginDocument</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">document</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\AtEndDocument</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="313" mergedindex="cp">\AtEndDocument</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="290">end of document hook</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="280" mergedindex="cp">\AtEndDocument</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="287">end of document hook</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -5289,10 +4928,10 @@
<node name="enumerate" spaces=" "><nodename>enumerate</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">eqnarray</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">document</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>enumerate</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="314" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>enumerate</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="315" mergedindex="cp"><code>enumerate</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="281" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>enumerate</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="282" mergedindex="cp"><code>enumerate</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="291">lists of items, numbered</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="288">lists of items, numbered</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -5322,7 +4961,7 @@
\end{enumerate}
</pre></example>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="316" mergedindex="cp">\item</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="283" mergedindex="cp">\item</indexterm></findex>
<para>Start list items with the <code>\item</code> command (<pxref label="_005citem"><xrefnodename>\item</xrefnodename></pxref>). If you
give <code>\item</code> an optional argument by following it with square
brackets, as in <code>\item[Interstitial label]</code>, then the next item
@@ -5344,10 +4983,10 @@
</para></listitem><listitem> <para>uppercase letter followed by a period: <samp>A.</samp>, <samp>B.</samp>, &dots;
</para></listitem></enumerate>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="317" mergedindex="cp">\enumi</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="318" mergedindex="cp">\enumii</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="319" mergedindex="cp">\enumiii</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="320" mergedindex="cp">\enumiv</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="284" mergedindex="cp">\enumi</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="285" mergedindex="cp">\enumii</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="286" mergedindex="cp">\enumiii</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="287" mergedindex="cp">\enumiv</indexterm></findex>
<anchor name="enumerate-enumi">enumerate enumi</anchor>
<anchor name="enumerate-enumii">enumerate enumii</anchor>
<anchor name="enumerate-enumiii">enumerate enumiii</anchor>
@@ -5361,10 +5000,10 @@
customizing list layout, see <ref label="list"><xrefnodename>list</xrefnodename></ref>. The package <code>enumitem</code> is
useful for customizing lists.
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="321" mergedindex="cp">\labelenumi</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="322" mergedindex="cp">\labelenumii</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="323" mergedindex="cp">\labelenumiii</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="324" mergedindex="cp">\labelenumiv</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="288" mergedindex="cp">\labelenumi</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="289" mergedindex="cp">\labelenumii</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="290" mergedindex="cp">\labelenumiii</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="291" mergedindex="cp">\labelenumiv</indexterm></findex>
<anchor name="enumerate-labelenumi">enumerate labelenumi</anchor>
<anchor name="enumerate-labelenumii">enumerate labelenumii</anchor>
<anchor name="enumerate-labelenumiii">enumerate labelenumiii</anchor>
@@ -5375,7 +5014,7 @@
labelled with uppercase letters, in boldface, and without a trailing
period.
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="325" mergedindex="cp">\Alph <r>example</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="292" mergedindex="cp">\Alph <r>example</r></indexterm></findex>
<example endspaces=" ">
<pre xml:space="preserve">\renewcommand{\labelenumi}{\textbf{\Alph{enumi}}}
\begin{enumerate}
@@ -5392,15 +5031,15 @@
<node name="eqnarray" spaces=" "><nodename>eqnarray</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">equation</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">enumerate</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>eqnarray</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="326" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>eqnarray</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="327" mergedindex="cp"><code>eqnarray</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="293" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>eqnarray</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="294" mergedindex="cp"><code>eqnarray</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="292">equations, aligning</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="293">aligning equations</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="289">equations, aligning</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="290">aligning equations</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="294">align <r>environment, from <code>amsmath</code></r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="295">amsmath <r>package, replacing <code>eqnarray</code></r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="296">Madsen, Lars</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="291">align <r>environment, from <code>amsmath</code></r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="292">amsmath <r>package, replacing <code>eqnarray</code></r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="293">Madsen, Lars</indexterm></cindex>
<para>The <code>eqnarray</code> environment is obsolete. It has infelicities,
including spacing that is inconsistent with other mathematics elements.
(See &textldquo;Avoid eqnarray!&textrdquo;&noeos; by Lars Madsen
@@ -5429,7 +5068,7 @@
\end{eqnarray*}
</pre></example>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="328" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(for <code>eqnarray</code>)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="295" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(for <code>eqnarray</code>)</r></indexterm></findex>
<para>Display a sequence of equations or inequalities. The left and right
sides are typeset in display mode, while the middle is typeset in text
mode.
@@ -5437,18 +5076,18 @@
<para>It is similar to a three-column <code>array</code> environment, with items
within a row separated by an ampersand (<code>&</code>), and with rows
separated by double backslash <code>\\</code>).
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="329" mergedindex="cp">\\* <r>(for <code>eqnarray</code>)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="296" mergedindex="cp">\\* <r>(for <code>eqnarray</code>)</r></indexterm></findex>
The starred form of line break (<code>\\*</code>) can also be used to separate
equations, and will disallow a page break there (<pxref label="_005c_005c"><xrefnodename>\\</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="330" mergedindex="cp">\nonumber</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="297">equation numbers, omitting</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="297" mergedindex="cp">\nonumber</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="294">equation numbers, omitting</indexterm></cindex>
<para>The unstarred form <code>eqnarray</code> places an equation number on every
line (using the <code>equation</code> counter), unless that line contains a
<code>\nonumber</code> command. The starred form <code>eqnarray*</code> omits
equation numbering, while otherwise being the same.
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="331" mergedindex="cp">\lefteqn</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="298" mergedindex="cp">\lefteqn</indexterm></findex>
<para>The command <code>\lefteqn</code> is used for splitting long formulas across
lines. It typesets its argument in display style flush left in a box of
zero width.
@@ -5469,11 +5108,11 @@
<node name="equation" spaces=" "><nodename>equation</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">figure</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">eqnarray</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>equation</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="332" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>equation</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="333" mergedindex="cp"><code>equation</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="299" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>equation</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="300" mergedindex="cp"><code>equation</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="298">equations, environment for</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="299">formulas, environment for</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="295">equations, environment for</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="296">formulas, environment for</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -5491,8 +5130,8 @@
<code>\end{equation}</code>, or &latex; will tell you that there is a
missing dollar sign.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="300"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="301"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="297"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="298"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>The package <code>amsmath</code> package has extensive displayed equation
facilities. New documents should include this package.
@@ -5502,11 +5141,11 @@
<node name="figure" spaces=" "><nodename>figure</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">filecontents</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">equation</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>figure</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="334" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>figure</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="335" mergedindex="cp"><code>figure</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="301" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>figure</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="302" mergedindex="cp"><code>figure</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="302">inserting figures</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="303">figures, inserting</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="299">inserting figures</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="300">figures, inserting</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -5550,7 +5189,7 @@
placing at a page bottom see the discussion of <var>placement</var> <code>b</code>
in <ref label="Floats"><xrefnodename>Floats</xrefnodename></ref>.
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="336" mergedindex="cp">\caption</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="303" mergedindex="cp">\caption</indexterm></findex>
<para>The label is optional; it is used for cross references (<pxref label="Cross-references"><xrefnodename>Cross
references</xrefnodename></pxref>). The optional <code>\caption</code> command specifies caption
text for the figure (<pxref label="_005ccaption"><xrefnodename>\caption</xrefnodename></pxref>). By default it is numbered.
@@ -5576,14 +5215,14 @@
<node name="filecontents" spaces=" "><nodename>filecontents</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">flushleft</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">figure</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>filecontents</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="337" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>filecontents</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="338" mergedindex="cp"><code>filecontents</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="304" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>filecontents</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="305" mergedindex="cp"><code>filecontents</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="339" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>filecontents*</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="340" mergedindex="cp"><code>filecontents*</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="306" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>filecontents*</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="307" mergedindex="cp"><code>filecontents*</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="304">external files, writing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="305">writing external files</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="301">external files, writing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="302">writing external files</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -5616,16 +5255,16 @@
<table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">force</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">overwrite</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="306"><code>force</code> option for <code>filecontents</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="307"><code>overwrite</code> option for <code>filecontents</code></indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="303"><code>force</code> option for <code>filecontents</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="304"><code>overwrite</code> option for <code>filecontents</code></indexterm></cindex>
<para>Overwrite an existing file.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">noheader</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="308"><code>noheader</code> option for <code>filecontents</code></indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="305"><code>noheader</code> option for <code>filecontents</code></indexterm></cindex>
<para>Omit the header. Equivalent to using <code>filecontents*</code>.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">nosearch</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="309"><code>nosearch</code> option for <code>filecontents</code></indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="306"><code>nosearch</code> option for <code>filecontents</code></indexterm></cindex>
<para>Only check the current directory (and the output directory, if
specified) for an existing file, not the entire search path.
</para>
@@ -5633,8 +5272,8 @@
<para>These options were added in a 2019 release of &latex;.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="310">self-contained sources</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="311">source files, making self-contained</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="307">self-contained sources</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="308">source files, making self-contained</indexterm></cindex>
<para>This environment can be used anywhere in the preamble, although it
often appears before the <code>\documentclass</code> command. It is
commonly used to create a <code>.bib</code> or other such data file from the
@@ -5671,11 +5310,11 @@
<node name="flushleft" spaces=" "><nodename>flushleft</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">flushright</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">filecontents</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>flushleft</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="341" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>flushleft</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="342" mergedindex="cp"><code>flushleft</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="308" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>flushleft</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="309" mergedindex="cp"><code>flushleft</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="312">left-justifying text, environment for</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="313">ragged right text, environment for</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="309">left-justifying text, environment for</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="310">ragged right text, environment for</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -5687,7 +5326,7 @@
\end{flushleft}
</pre></example>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="343" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(for <code>flushleft</code>)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="310" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(for <code>flushleft</code>)</r></indexterm></findex>
<para>An environment that creates a paragraph whose lines are flush to the
left-hand margin, and ragged right. If you have lines that are too long
then &latex; will linebreak them in a way that avoids hyphenation and
@@ -5717,10 +5356,10 @@
<node name="_005craggedright" spaces=" "><nodename>\raggedright</nodename><nodeup automatic="on">flushleft</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\raggedright</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="344" mergedindex="cp">\raggedright</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="314">ragged right text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="315">left-justifying text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="316">justification, ragged right</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="311" mergedindex="cp">\raggedright</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="311">ragged right text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="312">left-justifying text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="313">justification, ragged right</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopses:
</para>
@@ -5767,11 +5406,11 @@
<node name="flushright" spaces=" "><nodename>flushright</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">itemize</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">flushleft</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>flushright</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="345" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>flushright</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="346" mergedindex="cp"><code>flushright</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="312" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>flushright</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="313" mergedindex="cp"><code>flushright</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="317">ragged left text, environment for</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="318">right-justifying text, environment for</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="314">ragged left text, environment for</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="315">right-justifying text, environment for</indexterm></cindex>
<example endspaces=" ">
<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{flushright}
@@ -5781,7 +5420,7 @@
\end{flushright}
</pre></example>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="347" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(for <code>flushright</code>)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="314" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(for <code>flushright</code>)</r></indexterm></findex>
<para>An environment that creates a paragraph whose lines are flush to the
right-hand margin and ragged left. If you have lines that are too long
to fit the margins then &latex; will linebreak them in a way that
@@ -5801,10 +5440,10 @@
<node name="_005craggedleft" spaces=" "><nodename>\raggedleft</nodename><nodeup automatic="on">flushright</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\raggedleft</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="348" mergedindex="cp">\raggedleft</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="319">ragged left text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="320">justification, ragged left</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="321">right-justifying text</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="315" mergedindex="cp">\raggedleft</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="316">ragged left text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="317">justification, ragged left</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="318">right-justifying text</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopses:
</para>
@@ -5842,14 +5481,14 @@
<node name="itemize" spaces=" "><nodename>itemize</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">letter</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">flushright</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>itemize</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="349" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>itemize</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="350" mergedindex="cp"><code>itemize</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="316" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>itemize</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="317" mergedindex="cp"><code>itemize</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="351" mergedindex="cp">\item</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="322">lists of items</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="323">unordered lists</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="324">bulleted lists</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="325">bullet lists</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="318" mergedindex="cp">\item</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="319">lists of items</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="320">unordered lists</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="321">bulleted lists</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="322">bullet lists</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -5880,7 +5519,7 @@
would come out as a bullet, •. The format of the labeling
depends on the nesting level; see below.
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="352" mergedindex="cp">\item</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="319" mergedindex="cp">\item</indexterm></findex>
<para>Start list items with the <code>\item</code> command (<pxref label="_005citem"><xrefnodename>\item</xrefnodename></pxref>). If you
give <code>\item</code> an optional argument by following it with square
brackets, as in <code>\item[<var>Optional label</var>]</code>, then by default
@@ -5893,10 +5532,10 @@
They can also be nested within other paragraph-making environments, such
as <code>enumerate</code> (<pxref label="enumerate"><xrefnodename>enumerate</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="353" mergedindex="cp">\labelitemi</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="354" mergedindex="cp">\labelitemii</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="355" mergedindex="cp">\labelitemiii</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="356" mergedindex="cp">\labelitemiv</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="320" mergedindex="cp">\labelitemi</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="321" mergedindex="cp">\labelitemii</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="322" mergedindex="cp">\labelitemiii</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="323" mergedindex="cp">\labelitemiv</indexterm></findex>
<anchor name="itemize-labelitemi">itemize labelitemi</anchor>
<anchor name="itemize-labelitemii">itemize labelitemii</anchor>
<anchor name="itemize-labelitemiii">itemize labelitemiii</anchor>
@@ -5921,13 +5560,13 @@
<pre xml:space="preserve">\renewcommand{\labelitemi}{$\diamond$}
</pre></example>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="357" mergedindex="cp">\leftmargin</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="358" mergedindex="cp">\leftmargini</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="359" mergedindex="cp">\leftmarginii</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="360" mergedindex="cp">\leftmarginiii</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="361" mergedindex="cp">\leftmarginiv</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="362" mergedindex="cp">\leftmarginv</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="363" mergedindex="cp">\leftmarginvi</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="324" mergedindex="cp">\leftmargin</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="325" mergedindex="cp">\leftmargini</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="326" mergedindex="cp">\leftmarginii</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="327" mergedindex="cp">\leftmarginiii</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="328" mergedindex="cp">\leftmarginiv</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="329" mergedindex="cp">\leftmarginv</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="330" mergedindex="cp">\leftmarginvi</indexterm></findex>
<anchor name="itemize-leftmargin">itemize leftmargin</anchor>
<anchor name="itemize-leftmargini">itemize leftmargini</anchor>
<anchor name="itemize-leftmarginii">itemize leftmarginii</anchor>
@@ -5944,8 +5583,8 @@
level 2, <code>1.87em</code> in level 3, and <code>1.7em</code> in level 4, with
smaller values for more deeply nested levels.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="326"><r>package</r>, <code>enumitem</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="327"><code>enumitem</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="323"><r>package</r>, <code>enumitem</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="324"><code>enumitem</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>For other major &latex; labeled list environments, see
<ref label="description"><xrefnodename>description</xrefnodename></ref> and <ref label="enumerate"><xrefnodename>enumerate</xrefnodename></ref>. The <code>itemize</code>,
@@ -5961,7 +5600,7 @@
<pre xml:space="preserve">\setlength{\leftmargini}{1.25em} % default 2.5em
</pre></example>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="364" mergedindex="cp">\parskip <r>example</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="331" mergedindex="cp">\parskip <r>example</r></indexterm></findex>
<para>Especially for lists with short items, it may be desirable to elide
space between items. Here is an example defining an <code>itemize*</code>
environment with no extra spacing between items, or between paragraphs
@@ -5982,8 +5621,8 @@
<node name="letter" spaces=" "><nodename>letter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">list</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">itemize</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>letter</code> environment: writing letters</sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="365" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>letter</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="366" mergedindex="cp"><code>letter</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="332" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>letter</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="333" mergedindex="cp"><code>letter</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
<para>This environment is used for creating letters. <xref label="Letters"><xrefnodename>Letters</xrefnodename></xref>.
@@ -5993,10 +5632,10 @@
<node name="list" spaces=" "><nodename>list</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">math</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">letter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>list</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="367" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>list</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="368" mergedindex="cp"><code>list</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="334" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>list</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="335" mergedindex="cp"><code>list</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="328">lists of items, generic</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="325">lists of items, generic</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -6059,7 +5698,7 @@
and the counter is incremented by one each time &latex; encounters an
<code>\item</code> that does not have an optional argument.
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="369" mergedindex="cp">\makelabel</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="336" mergedindex="cp">\makelabel</indexterm></findex>
<anchor name="list-makelabel">list makelabel</anchor> <para>Another command that can go in <var>spacing</var> is
<code>\makelabel</code>, which constructs the label box. By default it puts
the contents flush right. Its only argument is the label, which it
@@ -6085,12 +5724,12 @@
For some effects these lengths should be zero or negative.
</para>
<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="370" mergedindex="cp">\itemindent</indexterm>\itemindent</itemformat></item>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="337" mergedindex="cp">\itemindent</indexterm>\itemindent</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-itemindent">list itemindent</anchor>
<para>Extra horizontal space indentation, beyond <code>leftmargin</code>, of the
first line each item. Its default value is <code>0pt</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="371" mergedindex="cp">\itemsep</indexterm>\itemsep</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="338" mergedindex="cp">\itemsep</indexterm>\itemsep</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-itemsep">list itemsep</anchor>
<para>Vertical space between items, beyond the <code>\parsep</code>. The defaults
for the first three levels in &latex;&textrsquo;s <samp>article</samp>, <samp>book</samp>,
@@ -6103,13 +5742,13 @@
minus1pt</code>, <code>\parsep</code> (that is, <code>2.5pt plus1pt minus1pt</code>), and
<code>\topsep</code> (that is, <code>2.5pt plus1pt minus1pt</code>).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="372" mergedindex="cp">\labelsep</indexterm>\labelsep</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="339" mergedindex="cp">\labelsep</indexterm>\labelsep</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-labelsep">list labelsep</anchor>
<para>Horizontal space between the label and text of an item.
The default for &latex;&textrsquo;s <samp>article</samp>, <samp>book</samp>,
and <samp>report</samp> classes is <code>0.5em</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="373" mergedindex="cp">\labelwidth</indexterm>\labelwidth</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="340" mergedindex="cp">\labelwidth</indexterm>\labelwidth</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-labelwidth">list labelwidth</anchor>
<para>Horizontal width. The box containing the label is nominally this wide.
If <code>\makelabel</code> returns text that is wider than this then the first
@@ -6131,7 +5770,7 @@
label&textrsquo;s left edge coincide with the left margin of the enclosing
environment.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="374" mergedindex="cp">\leftmargin</indexterm>\leftmargin</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="341" mergedindex="cp">\leftmargin</indexterm>\leftmargin</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-leftmargin">list leftmargin</anchor>
<para>Horizontal space between the left margin of the enclosing environment
(or the left margin of the page if this is a top-level list), and the
@@ -6149,7 +5788,7 @@
<code>2.5em</code> (in two column mode, <code>2em</code>), <code>\leftmarginii</code> is
<code>2.2em</code>, and <code>\leftmarginiii</code> is <code>1.87em</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="375" mergedindex="cp">\listparindent</indexterm>\listparindent</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="342" mergedindex="cp">\listparindent</indexterm>\listparindent</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-listparindent">list listparindent</anchor>
<para>Horizontal space of additional line indentation, beyond
<code>\leftmargin</code>, for second and subsequent paragraphs within a list
@@ -6156,7 +5795,7 @@
item. A negative value makes this an &textldquo;outdent&textrdquo;. Its default value
is <code>0pt</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="376" mergedindex="cp">\parsep</indexterm>\parsep</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="343" mergedindex="cp">\parsep</indexterm>\parsep</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-parsep">list parsep</anchor> <para>Vertical space between paragraphs within an item.
The defaults for the first three levels in &latex;&textrsquo;s <samp>article</samp>,
<samp>book</samp>, and <samp>report</samp> classes at 10 point size are: <code>4pt
@@ -6166,7 +5805,7 @@
size are: <code>5pt plus2.5pt minus1pt</code>, <code>2.5pt plus1pt
minus1pt</code>, and <code>0pt</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="377" mergedindex="cp">\partopsep</indexterm>\partopsep</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="344" mergedindex="cp">\partopsep</indexterm>\partopsep</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-partopsep">list partopsep</anchor>
<para>Vertical space added, beyond <code>\topsep</code>+<code>\parskip</code>, to the top
and bottom of the entire environment if the list instance is preceded by
@@ -6182,13 +5821,13 @@
defaults at 12 point are: <code>3pt plus2pt minus3pt</code>, <code>3pt plus2pt
minus2pt</code>, and <code>1pt plus0pt minus1pt</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="378" mergedindex="cp">\rightmargin</indexterm>\rightmargin</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="345" mergedindex="cp">\rightmargin</indexterm>\rightmargin</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-rightmargin">list rightmargin</anchor>
<para>Horizontal space between the right margin of the list and the right
margin of the enclosing environment. Its default value is <code>0pt</code>.
It must be non-negative.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="379" mergedindex="cp">\topsep</indexterm>\topsep</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="346" mergedindex="cp">\topsep</indexterm>\topsep</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-topsep">list topsep</anchor>
<para>Vertical space added to both the top and bottom of the list, in addition
to <code>\parskip</code> (<pxref label="_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip"><xrefnodename>\parindent & \parskip</xrefnodename></pxref>). The defaults for
@@ -6267,22 +5906,22 @@
page break.
</para>
<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="380" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;beginparpenalty</indexterm>\&arobase;beginparpenalty</itemformat></item>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="347" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;beginparpenalty</indexterm>\&arobase;beginparpenalty</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-beginparpenalty">list beginparpenalty</anchor>
<para>The page breaking penalty for breaking before the list (default <code>-51</code>).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="381" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;itempenalty</indexterm>\&arobase;itempenalty</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="348" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;itempenalty</indexterm>\&arobase;itempenalty</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-itempenalty">list itempenalty</anchor>
<para>The page breaking penalty for breaking before a list item (default <code>-51</code>).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="382" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;endparpenalty</indexterm>\&arobase;endparpenalty</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="349" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;endparpenalty</indexterm>\&arobase;endparpenalty</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-endparpenalty">list endparpenalty</anchor>
<para>The page breaking penalty for breaking after a list (default <code>-51</code>).
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="329"><r>package</r>, <code>enumitem</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="330"><code>enumitem</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="326"><r>package</r>, <code>enumitem</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="327"><code>enumitem</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>The package <code>enumitem</code> is useful for customizing lists.
</para>
@@ -6414,10 +6053,10 @@
<node name="math" spaces=" "><nodename>math</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">minipage</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">list</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>math</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="383" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>math</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="384" mergedindex="cp"><code>math</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="350" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>math</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="351" mergedindex="cp"><code>math</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="331">inline formulas</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="328">inline formulas</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -6427,8 +6066,8 @@
\end{math}
</pre></example>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="385" mergedindex="cp">$ <r>inline math</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="386" mergedindex="cp">\(...\) <r>inline math</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="352" mergedindex="cp">$ <r>inline math</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="353" mergedindex="cp">\(...\) <r>inline math</r></indexterm></findex>
<para>The <code>math</code> environment inserts given <var>math</var> material within
the running text. <code>\(...\)</code> and <code>$...$</code> are synonyms.
<xref label="Math-formulas"><xrefnodename>Math formulas</xrefnodename></xref>.
@@ -6438,10 +6077,10 @@
<node name="minipage" spaces=" "><nodename>minipage</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">picture</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">math</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>minipage</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="387" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>minipage</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="388" mergedindex="cp"><code>minipage</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="354" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>minipage</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="355" mergedindex="cp"><code>minipage</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="332">minipage, creating a</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="329">minipage, creating a</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopses:
</para>
@@ -6504,12 +6143,12 @@
vertical center lines up with the center of the adjacent text line.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">t</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="389" mergedindex="cp">\vtop <r>plain &tex;</r></indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="356" mergedindex="cp">\vtop <r>plain &tex;</r></indexterm></findex>
<para>Align the baseline of the top line in the <code>minipage</code> with the
baseline of the surrounding text (plain &tex;&textrsquo;s <code>\vtop</code>).
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">b</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="390" mergedindex="cp">\vbox <r>(plain &tex;)</r></indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="357" mergedindex="cp">\vbox <r>(plain &tex;)</r></indexterm></findex>
<para>Align the baseline of the bottom line in the <code>minipage</code> with the
baseline of the surrounding text (plain &tex;&textrsquo;s <code>\vbox</code>).
</para></tableitem></tableentry></table>
@@ -6568,15 +6207,15 @@
Text after
</pre></example>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="333">indentation of paragraphs, in minipage</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="334">paragraph indentation, in minipage</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="391" mergedindex="cp">\parindent</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="330">indentation of paragraphs, in minipage</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="331">paragraph indentation, in minipage</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="358" mergedindex="cp">\parindent</indexterm></findex>
<para>By default paragraphs are not indented in a <code>minipage</code>. Change
that with a command such as <code>\setlength{\parindent}{1pc}</code> at
the start of <var>contents</var>.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="335">footnotes in figures</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="336">figures, footnotes in</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="332">footnotes in figures</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="333">figures, footnotes in</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Footnotes in a <code>minipage</code> environment are handled in a way that is
particularly useful for putting footnotes in figures or tables. A
<code>\footnote</code> or <code>\footnotetext</code> command puts the footnote at
@@ -6609,8 +6248,8 @@
<para>This puts a table containing data side by side with a map graphic. They
are vertically centered.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="337"><r>package</r>, <code>siunitx</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="338"><code>siunitx</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="334"><r>package</r>, <code>siunitx</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="335"><code>siunitx</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<example endspaces=" ">
<pre xml:space="preserve">% siunitx to have the S column specifier,
@@ -6643,11 +6282,11 @@
<node name="picture" spaces=" "><nodename>picture</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">quotation & quote</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">minipage</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>picture</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="392" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>picture</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="393" mergedindex="cp"><code>picture</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="359" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>picture</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="360" mergedindex="cp"><code>picture</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="339">creating pictures</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="340">pictures, creating</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="336">creating pictures</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="337">pictures, creating</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopses:
</para><example endspaces=" ">
@@ -6676,7 +6315,7 @@
</para>
<para>To start, here&textrsquo;s an example showing the parallelogram law for adding vectors.
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="394" mergedindex="cp">\unitlength</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="361" mergedindex="cp">\unitlength</indexterm></findex>
<example endspaces=" ">
<pre xml:space="preserve">\setlength{\unitlength}{1cm}
\begin{picture}(6,6) % picture box will be 6cm wide by 6cm tall
@@ -6720,7 +6359,7 @@
picture by shifting everything, you can just add the appropriate
optional argument.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="341">position, in picture</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="338">position, in picture</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Each <var>picture command</var> tells &latex; where to put something by
providing its position. A <dfn>position</dfn> is a pair such as <code>(2.4,-5)</code>
giving the x- and y-coordinates. A <dfn>coordinate</dfn> is a not a length,
@@ -6756,7 +6395,7 @@
<para>places the object with its reference point at coordinates
<math>(11.3,-0.3)</math>. The reference points for various objects will be
described below.
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="395" mergedindex="cp">LR box</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="362" mergedindex="cp">LR box</indexterm></findex>
The <code>\put</code> command creates an <dfn>LR box</dfn> (<pxref label="Modes"><xrefnodename>Modes</xrefnodename></pxref>).
Anything that can go in an <code>\mbox</code> (<pxref label="_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox"><xrefnodename>\mbox & \makebox</xrefnodename></pxref>) can
go in the text argument of the <code>\put</code> command. The reference point
@@ -6823,7 +6462,7 @@
<node name="_005cput" spaces=" "><nodename>\put</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\multiput</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\put</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="396" mergedindex="cp">\put</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="363" mergedindex="cp">\put</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -6850,7 +6489,7 @@
<node name="_005cmultiput" spaces=" "><nodename>\multiput</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\qbezier</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\put</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\multiput</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="397" mergedindex="cp">\multiput</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="364" mergedindex="cp">\multiput</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -6881,7 +6520,7 @@
<node name="_005cqbezier" spaces=" "><nodename>\qbezier</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\graphpaper</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\multiput</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\qbezier</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="398" mergedindex="cp">\qbezier</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="365" mergedindex="cp">\qbezier</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -6933,7 +6572,7 @@
<node name="_005cgraphpaper" spaces=" "><nodename>\graphpaper</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\line</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\qbezier</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\graphpaper</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="399" mergedindex="cp">\graphpaper</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="366" mergedindex="cp">\graphpaper</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
@@ -6941,8 +6580,8 @@
\graphpaper[<var>spacing</var>](<var>x_init</var>,<var>y_init</var>)(<var>x_dimen</var>,<var>y_dimen</var>)
</pre></example>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="342"><r>package</r>, <code>graphpap</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="343"><code>graphpap</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="339"><r>package</r>, <code>graphpap</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="340"><code>graphpap</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>Draw a coordinate grid. Requires the <code>graphpap</code> package.
The grid&textrsquo;s origin is <code>(<var>x_init</var>,<var>y_init</var>)</code>.
@@ -6968,7 +6607,7 @@
<node name="_005cline" spaces=" "><nodename>\line</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\linethickness</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\graphpaper</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\line</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="400" mergedindex="cp">\line</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="367" mergedindex="cp">\line</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -7008,21 +6647,21 @@
<para>If <var>travel</var> is negative then you get <code>LaTeX Error: Bad \line or
\vector argument.</code>
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="344">graphics packages</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="345"><r>package</r>, <code>pict2e</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="346"><code>pict2e</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="341">graphics packages</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="342"><r>package</r>, <code>pict2e</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="343"><code>pict2e</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="347"><r>package</r>, <code>TikZ</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="348"><code>TikZ</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="344"><r>package</r>, <code>TikZ</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="345"><code>TikZ</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="349"><r>package</r>, <code>PSTricks</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="350"><code>PSTricks</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="346"><r>package</r>, <code>PSTricks</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="347"><code>PSTricks</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="351"><r>package</r>, <code>MetaPost</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="352"><code>MetaPost</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="348"><r>package</r>, <code>MetaPost</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="349"><code>MetaPost</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="353"><r>package</r>, <code>Asymptote</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="354"><code>Asymptote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="350"><r>package</r>, <code>Asymptote</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="351"><code>Asymptote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>Standard &latex; can only draw lines with a limited range of slopes
because these lines are made by putting together line segments from
@@ -7042,7 +6681,7 @@
<node name="_005clinethickness" spaces=" "><nodename>\linethickness</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\thinlines</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\line</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\linethickness</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="401" mergedindex="cp">\linethickness</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="368" mergedindex="cp">\linethickness</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -7061,7 +6700,7 @@
<node name="_005cthinlines" spaces=" "><nodename>\thinlines</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\thicklines</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\linethickness</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\thinlines</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="402" mergedindex="cp">\thinlines</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="369" mergedindex="cp">\thinlines</indexterm></findex>
<para>Declaration to set the thickness of subsequent lines, circles, and ovals
in a picture environment to be 0.4<dmn>pt</dmn>. This is the default
@@ -7073,7 +6712,7 @@
<node name="_005cthicklines" spaces=" "><nodename>\thicklines</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\circle</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\thinlines</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\thicklines</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="403" mergedindex="cp">\thicklines</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="370" mergedindex="cp">\thicklines</indexterm></findex>
<para>Declaration to set the thickness of subsequent lines, circles, and ovals
in a picture environment to be 0.8<dmn>pt</dmn>. See also
@@ -7085,7 +6724,7 @@
<node name="_005ccircle" spaces=" "><nodename>\circle</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\oval</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\thicklines</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\circle</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="404" mergedindex="cp">\circle</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="371" mergedindex="cp">\circle</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -7112,7 +6751,7 @@
<node name="_005coval" spaces=" "><nodename>\oval</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\shortstack</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\circle</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\oval</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="405" mergedindex="cp">\oval</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="372" mergedindex="cp">\oval</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -7160,7 +6799,7 @@
<node name="_005cshortstack" spaces=" "><nodename>\shortstack</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\vector</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\oval</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\shortstack</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="406" mergedindex="cp">\shortstack</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="373" mergedindex="cp">\shortstack</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -7199,7 +6838,7 @@
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Center objects (default)
</para></tableitem></tableentry></table>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="407" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(for <code>\shortstack</code> objects)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="374" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(for <code>\shortstack</code> objects)</r></indexterm></findex>
<para>Separate objects into lines with <code>\\</code>. These stacks are short in
that, unlike in a <code>tabular</code> or <code>array</code> environment, here the
rows are not spaced out to be of even baseline skips. Thus, in
@@ -7220,7 +6859,7 @@
<node name="_005cvector" spaces=" "><nodename>\vector</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\makebox (picture)</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\shortstack</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\vector</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="408" mergedindex="cp">\vector</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="375" mergedindex="cp">\vector</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -7249,7 +6888,7 @@
<node name="_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029" spaces=" "><nodename>\makebox (picture)</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\framebox (picture)</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\vector</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\makebox</code> (picture)</sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="409" mergedindex="cp">\makebox <r>(for <code>picture</code>)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="376" mergedindex="cp">\makebox <r>(for <code>picture</code>)</r></indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -7298,7 +6937,7 @@
<node name="_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029" spaces=" "><nodename>\framebox (picture)</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\frame</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\makebox (picture)</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\framebox</code> (picture)</sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="410" mergedindex="cp">\framebox</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="377" mergedindex="cp">\framebox</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -7330,8 +6969,8 @@
<var>text</var>; see <ref label="_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029"><xrefnodename>\makebox (picture)</xrefnodename></ref> for the values that it can
take.
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="411" mergedindex="cp">\fboxrule</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="412" mergedindex="cp">\fboxsep</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="378" mergedindex="cp">\fboxrule</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="379" mergedindex="cp">\fboxsep</indexterm></findex>
<para>The rule has thickness <code>\fboxrule</code> and there is a blank space
<code>\fboxsep</code> between the frame and the contents of the box.
</para>
@@ -7345,7 +6984,7 @@
<node name="_005cframe" spaces=" "><nodename>\frame</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\dashbox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\framebox (picture)</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\frame</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="413" mergedindex="cp">\frame</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="380" mergedindex="cp">\frame</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -7364,7 +7003,7 @@
<node name="_005cdashbox" spaces=" "><nodename>\dashbox</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\frame</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\dashbox</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="414" mergedindex="cp">\dashbox</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="381" mergedindex="cp">\dashbox</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -7406,19 +7045,19 @@
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>quotation</code> & <code>quote</code></sectiontitle>
<anchor name="quotation">quotation</anchor>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="415" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>quotation</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="416" mergedindex="cp"><code>quotation</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="382" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>quotation</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="383" mergedindex="cp"><code>quotation</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="355">quoted text with paragraph indentation, displaying</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="356">displaying quoted text with paragraph indentation</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="357">paragraph indentations in quoted text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="352">quoted text with paragraph indentation, displaying</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="353">displaying quoted text with paragraph indentation</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="354">paragraph indentations in quoted text</indexterm></cindex>
<anchor name="quote">quote</anchor>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="417" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>quote</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="418" mergedindex="cp"><code>quote</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="384" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>quote</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="385" mergedindex="cp"><code>quote</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="358">quoted text without paragraph indentation, displaying</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="359">displaying quoted text without paragraph indentation</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="360">paragraph indentations in quoted text, omitting</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="355">quoted text without paragraph indentation, displaying</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="356">displaying quoted text without paragraph indentation</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="357">paragraph indentations in quoted text, omitting</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -7461,12 +7100,12 @@
<!-- c xx TODO align on the French which is more precise and has more illustrative examples. -->
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="419" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>tabbing</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="420" mergedindex="cp"><code>tabbing</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="386" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>tabbing</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="387" mergedindex="cp"><code>tabbing</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="361">tab stops, using</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="362">lining text up using tab stops</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="363">alignment via tabbing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="358">tab stops, using</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="359">lining text up using tab stops</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="360">alignment via tabbing</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -7514,7 +7153,7 @@
the end of line, so that the width of the environment is
<code>\linewidth</code>.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="364">row, <r>tabbing</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="361">row, <r>tabbing</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>The <code>tabbing</code> environment contains a sequence of <dfn>tabbed
rows</dfn>. The first tabbed row begins immediately after
<code>\begin{tabbing}</code> and each row ends with <code>\\</code> or
@@ -7521,7 +7160,7 @@
<code>\kill</code>. The last row may omit the <code>\\</code> and end with just
<code>\end{tabbing}</code>.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="365">pattern, current tab stops, <r>tabbing</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="362">pattern, current tab stops, <r>tabbing</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>At any point the <code>tabbing</code> environment has a <dfn>current tab stop
pattern</dfn>, a sequence of <math><var>n</var> > 0</math> tab stops, numbered 0, 1,
etc. These create <var>n</var> corresponding columns. Tab stop 0 is
@@ -7539,37 +7178,37 @@
They are all fragile (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="421" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\\ <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="388" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\\ <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>End a tabbed line and typeset it.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="422" mergedindex="cp">\= <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\= <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="389" mergedindex="cp">\= <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\= <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Sets a tab stop at the current position.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="423" mergedindex="cp">\> <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\> <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="424" mergedindex="cp">\></indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="390" mergedindex="cp">\> <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\> <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="391" mergedindex="cp">\></indexterm></findex>
<para>Advances to the next tab stop.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="425" mergedindex="cp">\<</indexterm>\<</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="392" mergedindex="cp">\<</indexterm>\<</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Put following text to the left of the local margin (without changing
the margin). Can only be used at the start of the line.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="426" mergedindex="cp">\+</indexterm>\+</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="393" mergedindex="cp">\+</indexterm>\+</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Moves the left margin of the next and all the
following commands one tab stop to the right, beginning tabbed line if
necessary.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="427" mergedindex="cp">\-</indexterm>\-</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="394" mergedindex="cp">\-</indexterm>\-</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Moves the left margin of the next and all the
following commands one tab stop to the left, beginning tabbed line if
necessary.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="428" mergedindex="cp">\' <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\' <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="395" mergedindex="cp">\' <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\' <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Moves everything that you have typed so far in the current column, i.e.,
everything from the most recent <code>\></code>, <code>\<</code>, <code>\'</code>,
<code>\\</code>, or <code>\kill</code> command, to the previous column and aligned
to the right, flush against the current column&textrsquo;s tab stop.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="429" mergedindex="cp">\` <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\` <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="396" mergedindex="cp">\` <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\` <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Allows you to put text flush right against any tab stop, including tab
stop 0. However, it can&textrsquo;t move text to the right of the last
column because there&textrsquo;s no tab stop there. The <code>\`</code> command moves
@@ -7579,29 +7218,29 @@
<code>\'</code> command between the <code>\`</code> and the <code>\\</code> or
<code>\end{tabbing}</code> command that ends the line.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="430" mergedindex="cp">\a <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\a <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="431" mergedindex="cp">\a' <r>(acute accent in tabbing)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="432" mergedindex="cp">\a` <r>(grave accent in tabbing)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="433" mergedindex="cp">\a= <r>(macron accent in tabbing)</r></indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="397" mergedindex="cp">\a <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\a <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="398" mergedindex="cp">\a' <r>(acute accent in tabbing)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="399" mergedindex="cp">\a` <r>(grave accent in tabbing)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="400" mergedindex="cp">\a= <r>(macron accent in tabbing)</r></indexterm></findex>
<para>In a <code>tabbing</code> environment, the commands <code>\=</code>, <code>\'</code> and
<code>\`</code> do not produce accents as usual (<pxref label="Accents"><xrefnodename>Accents</xrefnodename></pxref>). Instead,
use the commands <code>\a=</code>, <code>\a'</code> and <code>\a`</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="434" mergedindex="cp">\kill</indexterm>\kill</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="401" mergedindex="cp">\kill</indexterm>\kill</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Sets tab stops without producing text. Works just like <code>\\</code> except
that it throws away the current line instead of producing output for it.
Any <code>\=</code>, <code>\+</code> or <code>\-</code> commands in that line remain in
effect.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="435" mergedindex="cp">\poptabs</indexterm>\poptabs</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="436" mergedindex="cp">\poptabs</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="402" mergedindex="cp">\poptabs</indexterm>\poptabs</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="403" mergedindex="cp">\poptabs</indexterm></findex>
<para>Restores the tab stop positions saved by the last <code>\pushtabs</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="437" mergedindex="cp">\pushtabs</indexterm>\pushtabs</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="404" mergedindex="cp">\pushtabs</indexterm>\pushtabs</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Saves all current tab stop positions. Useful for temporarily changing
tab stop positions in the middle of a <code>tabbing</code> environment.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="438" mergedindex="cp">\tabbingsep</indexterm>\tabbingsep</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="405" mergedindex="cp">\tabbingsep</indexterm>\tabbingsep</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Distance of the text moved by <code>\'</code> to left of current tab stop.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
@@ -7633,15 +7272,15 @@
end;
</pre></example>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="366"><r>package</r>, <code>algorithm2e</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="367"><code>algorithm2e</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
- <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="368"><r>package</r>, <code>listings</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="369"><code>listings</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
- <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="370"><r>package</r>, <code>minted</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="371"><code>minted</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="363"><r>package</r>, <code>algorithm2e</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="364"><code>algorithm2e</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="365"><r>package</r>, <code>listings</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="366"><code>listings</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="367"><r>package</r>, <code>minted</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="368"><code>minted</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="372"><r>package</r>, <code>fancyvrb</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="373"><code>fancyvrb</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="369"><r>package</r>, <code>fancyvrb</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="370"><code>fancyvrb</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<noindent></noindent>
<para>This example is just for illustration of the environment. To actually
@@ -7655,11 +7294,11 @@
<node name="table" spaces=" "><nodename>table</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">tabular</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">tabbing</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>table</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="439" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>table</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="440" mergedindex="cp"><code>table</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="406" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>table</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="407" mergedindex="cp"><code>table</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="374">tables, creating</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="375">creating tables</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="371">tables, creating</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="372">creating tables</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -7702,7 +7341,7 @@
</para>
<para>The label is optional; it is used for cross references (<pxref label="Cross-references"><xrefnodename>Cross
references</xrefnodename></pxref>).
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="441" mergedindex="cp">\caption</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="408" mergedindex="cp">\caption</indexterm></findex>
The <code>\caption</code> command is also optional. It specifies caption
text <var>title</var> for the table (<pxref label="_005ccaption"><xrefnodename>\caption</xrefnodename></pxref>). By default it is
numbered. If its optional <var>lottitle</var> is present then that text is
@@ -7730,11 +7369,11 @@
<node name="tabular" spaces=" "><nodename>tabular</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">thebibliography</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">table</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>tabular</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="442" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>tabular</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="443" mergedindex="cp"><code>tabular</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="409" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>tabular</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="410" mergedindex="cp"><code>tabular</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="376">lines in tables</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="377">lining text up in tables</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="373">lines in tables</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="374">lining text up in tables</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -7772,12 +7411,12 @@
<para>The output will have two left-aligned columns with a vertical bar
between them. This is specified in <code>tabular</code>&textrsquo;s argument
<code>{l|l}</code>.
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="444" mergedindex="cp">& <r>(for table cells)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="411" mergedindex="cp">& <r>(for table cells)</r></indexterm></findex>
Put the entries into different columns by separating them with an
ampersand, <code>&</code>. The end of each row is marked with a double
backslash, <code>\\</code>. Put a horizontal rule below a row, after a double
backslash, with <code>\hline</code>.
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="445" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(for <code>tabular</code>)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="412" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(for <code>tabular</code>)</r></indexterm></findex>
After the last row the <code>\\</code> is optional, unless an <code>\hline</code>
command follows to put a rule below the table.
</para>
@@ -7856,7 +7495,7 @@
</pre></example>
<anchor name="_005cextracolsep">\extracolsep</anchor>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="446" mergedindex="cp">\extracolsep</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="413" mergedindex="cp">\extracolsep</indexterm></findex>
<para>An <code>\extracolsep{<var>wd</var>}</code> command in an &arobase;-expression causes an
extra space of width <var>wd</var> to appear to the left of all subsequent
columns, until countermanded by another <code>\extracolsep</code>. Unlike
@@ -7915,7 +7554,7 @@
<!-- c xx defaults, own node (xref from array)? -->
</para>
<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="447" mergedindex="cp">\arrayrulewidth</indexterm>\arrayrulewidth</itemformat></item>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="414" mergedindex="cp">\arrayrulewidth</indexterm>\arrayrulewidth</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="tabular-arrayrulewidth">tabular arrayrulewidth</anchor>
<para>A length that is the thickness of the rule created by <code>|</code>,
<code>\hline</code>, and <code>\vline</code> in the <code>tabular</code> and <code>array</code>
@@ -7922,18 +7561,18 @@
environments. The default is <samp>.4pt</samp>. Change it as in
<code>\setlength{\arrayrulewidth}{0.8pt}</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="448" mergedindex="cp">\arraystretch</indexterm>\arraystretch</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="415" mergedindex="cp">\arraystretch</indexterm>\arraystretch</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="tabular-arraystrech">tabular arraystrech</anchor>
<para>A factor by which the spacing between rows in the <code>tabular</code> and
<code>array</code> environments is multiplied. The default is <samp>1</samp>, for
no scaling. Change it as <code>\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.2}</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="449" mergedindex="cp">\doublerulesep</indexterm>\doublerulesep</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="416" mergedindex="cp">\doublerulesep</indexterm>\doublerulesep</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="tabular-doublerulesep">tabular doublerulesep</anchor>
<para>A length that is the distance between the vertical rules produced by the
<code>||</code> specifier. The default is <samp>2pt</samp>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="450" mergedindex="cp">\tabcolsep</indexterm>\tabcolsep</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="417" mergedindex="cp">\tabcolsep</indexterm>\tabcolsep</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="tabular-tabcolsep">tabular tabcolsep</anchor>
<para>A length that is half of the space between columns. The default is
<samp>6pt</samp>. Change it with <code>\setlength</code>.
@@ -7955,7 +7594,7 @@
<node name="_005cmulticolumn" spaces=" "><nodename>\multicolumn</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\vline</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">tabular</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\multicolumn</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="451" mergedindex="cp">\multicolumn</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="418" mergedindex="cp">\multicolumn</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -8055,7 +7694,7 @@
<node name="_005cvline" spaces=" "><nodename>\vline</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\cline</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\multicolumn</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">tabular</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\vline</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="452" mergedindex="cp">\vline</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="419" mergedindex="cp">\vline</indexterm></findex>
<para>Draw a vertical line in a <code>tabular</code> or <code>array</code> environment
extending the full height and depth of an entry&textrsquo;s row. Can also be
used in an &arobase;-expression, although its synonym vertical
@@ -8088,7 +7727,7 @@
<node name="_005ccline" spaces=" "><nodename>\cline</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\hline</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\vline</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">tabular</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\cline</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="453" mergedindex="cp">\cline</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="420" mergedindex="cp">\cline</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -8118,7 +7757,7 @@
<node name="_005chline" spaces=" "><nodename>\hline</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\cline</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">tabular</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\hline</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="454" mergedindex="cp">\hline</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="421" mergedindex="cp">\hline</indexterm></findex>
<para>Draw a horizontal line the width of the enclosing <code>tabular</code> or
<code>array</code> environment. It&textrsquo;s most commonly used to draw a line at the
@@ -8143,10 +7782,10 @@
<node name="thebibliography" spaces=" "><nodename>thebibliography</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">theorem</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">tabular</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>thebibliography</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="455" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>thebibliography</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="456" mergedindex="cp"><code>thebibliography</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="422" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>thebibliography</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="423" mergedindex="cp"><code>thebibliography</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="378">bibliography, creating (manually)</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="375">bibliography, creating (manually)</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -8191,8 +7830,8 @@
commands. The tradition is to use <code>9</code> for bibliographies with less
than 10 references, <code>99</code> for ones with less than 100, etc.
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="457" mergedindex="cp">\bibname</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="458" mergedindex="cp">\refname</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="424" mergedindex="cp">\bibname</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="425" mergedindex="cp">\refname</indexterm></findex>
<para>The bibliographic list is headed by a title such as <samp>Bibliography</samp>.
To change it there are two cases. In the <file>book</file> and <file>report</file>
classes, where the top level sectioning is <code>\chapter</code> and the
@@ -8203,8 +7842,8 @@
as with <code>\renewcommand{\refname}{Cited references}</code>, after
<code>\begin{document}</code>.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="379"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="380"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="376"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="377"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>Language support packages such as <code>babel</code> will automatically
redefine <code>\refname</code> or <code>\bibname</code> to fit the selected
@@ -8223,7 +7862,7 @@
<node name="_005cbibitem" spaces=" "><nodename>\bibitem</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\cite</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">thebibliography</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\bibitem</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="459" mergedindex="cp">\bibitem</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="426" mergedindex="cp">\bibitem</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -8240,7 +7879,7 @@
<para>Generate an entry labeled by default by a number generated using the
<code>enumi</code> counter. The <dfn>citation key</dfn>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="381">citation key</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="378">citation key</indexterm></cindex>
<var>cite_key</var> can be any string of
letters, numbers, and punctuation symbols (but not comma).
</para>
@@ -8297,7 +7936,7 @@
<node name="_005ccite" spaces=" "><nodename>\cite</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\nocite</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\bibitem</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">thebibliography</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\cite</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="460" mergedindex="cp">\cite</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="427" mergedindex="cp">\cite</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -8360,7 +7999,7 @@
<node name="_005cnocite" spaces=" "><nodename>\nocite</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Using BibTeX</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\cite</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">thebibliography</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\nocite</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="461" mergedindex="cp">\nocite</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="428" mergedindex="cp">\nocite</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -8381,11 +8020,11 @@
<node name="Using-BibTeX" spaces=" "><nodename>Using BibTeX</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\nocite</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">thebibliography</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Using Bib&tex;</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="382">using Bib&tex;</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="383">bib&tex;, using</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="384">bibliography, creating (automatically)</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="462" mergedindex="cp">\bibliographystyle</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="463" mergedindex="cp">\bibliography</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="379">using Bib&tex;</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="380">bib&tex;, using</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="381">bibliography, creating (automatically)</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="429" mergedindex="cp">\bibliographystyle</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="430" mergedindex="cp">\bibliography</indexterm></findex>
<para>As described in <code>thebibliography</code> (<pxref label="thebibliography"><xrefnodename>thebibliography</xrefnodename></pxref>), a
sophisticated approach to managing bibliographies is provided by the
@@ -8451,8 +8090,8 @@
files, and rely on Bib&tex; to include in this document only those that
you used.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="385"><samp>*</samp>, to <code>\nocite</code> all keys</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="464" mergedindex="cp">\nocite <r>{*}, for all keys</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="382"><samp>*</samp>, to <code>\nocite</code> all keys</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="431" mergedindex="cp">\nocite <r>{*}, for all keys</r></indexterm></findex>
<para>With Bib&tex;, the <var>keys</var> argument to <code>\nocite</code> can also be
the single character <samp>*</samp>. This means to implicitly cite all
entries from all given bibliographies.
@@ -8464,9 +8103,9 @@
<node name="BibTeX-error-messages" spaces=" "><nodename>Bib&tex; error messages</nodename><nodeup automatic="on">Using BibTeX</nodeup></node>
<subsubsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Bib&tex; error messages</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="386">Bib&tex; error messages</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="387">error messages, from Bib&tex;</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="465" mergedindex="cp">.aux <r>file and Bib&tex; commands</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="383">Bib&tex; error messages</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="384">error messages, from Bib&tex;</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="432" mergedindex="cp">.aux <r>file and Bib&tex; commands</r></indexterm></findex>
<para>If you forget to use <code>\bibliography</code> or <code>\bibliographystyle</code>
in your document (or, less likely, any <code>\cite</code> or <code>\nocite</code>
@@ -8479,17 +8118,17 @@
errors, and the corresponding user-level commands.
</para>
<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="466" mergedindex="cp">\bibdata</indexterm>\bibdata</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="467" mergedindex="cp">\bibliography <r>and internal <code>\bibdata</code></r></indexterm></findex>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="433" mergedindex="cp">\bibdata</indexterm>\bibdata</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="434" mergedindex="cp">\bibliography <r>and internal <code>\bibdata</code></r></indexterm></findex>
<para><code>\bibliography</code>
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="468" mergedindex="cp">\bibstyle</indexterm>\bibstyle</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="469" mergedindex="cp">\bibliographystyle <r>and internal <code>\bibstyle</code></r></indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="435" mergedindex="cp">\bibstyle</indexterm>\bibstyle</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="436" mergedindex="cp">\bibliographystyle <r>and internal <code>\bibstyle</code></r></indexterm></findex>
<para><code>\bibliographystyle</code>
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="470" mergedindex="cp">\citation</indexterm>\citation</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="471" mergedindex="cp">\cite <r>and internal <code>\citation</code></r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="472" mergedindex="cp">\nocite <r>and internal <code>\citation</code></r></indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="437" mergedindex="cp">\citation</indexterm>\citation</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="438" mergedindex="cp">\cite <r>and internal <code>\citation</code></r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="439" mergedindex="cp">\nocite <r>and internal <code>\citation</code></r></indexterm></findex>
<para><code>\cite</code>, <code>\nocite</code>
</para></tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
@@ -8507,10 +8146,10 @@
<node name="theorem" spaces=" "><nodename>theorem</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">titlepage</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">thebibliography</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>theorem</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="473" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>theorem</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="474" mergedindex="cp"><code>theorem</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="440" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>theorem</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="441" mergedindex="cp"><code>theorem</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="388">theorems, typesetting</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="385">theorems, typesetting</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -8538,11 +8177,11 @@
\end{thm}
</pre></example>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="389"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="390"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="386"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="387"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="391"><r>package</r>, <code>amsthm</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="392"><code>amsthm</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="388"><r>package</r>, <code>amsthm</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="389"><code>amsthm</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>Most new documents use the packages <code>amsthm</code> and <code>amsmath</code>
from the American Mathematical Society. Among other things these
@@ -8554,11 +8193,11 @@
<node name="titlepage" spaces=" "><nodename>titlepage</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">verbatim</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">theorem</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>titlepage</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="475" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>titlepage</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="476" mergedindex="cp"><code>titlepage</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="442" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>titlepage</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="443" mergedindex="cp"><code>titlepage</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="393">making a title page</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="394">title pages, creating</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="390">making a title page</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="391">title pages, creating</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -8605,14 +8244,14 @@
<node name="verbatim" spaces=" "><nodename>verbatim</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">verse</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">titlepage</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>verbatim</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="477" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>verbatim</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="478" mergedindex="cp"><code>verbatim</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="444" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>verbatim</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="445" mergedindex="cp"><code>verbatim</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="395">verbatim text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="396">simulating typed text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="397">typed text, simulating</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="398">code, typesetting</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="399">computer programs, typesetting</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="392">verbatim text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="393">simulating typed text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="394">typed text, simulating</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="395">code, typesetting</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="396">computer programs, typesetting</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -8638,8 +8277,8 @@
<para>The only restriction on <code>literal-text</code> is that it cannot include
the string <code>\end{verbatim}</code>.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="400"><r>package</r>, <code>cprotect</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="401"><code>cprotect</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="397"><r>package</r>, <code>cprotect</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="398"><code>cprotect</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>You cannot use the verbatim environment in the argument to macros, for
instance in the argument to a <code>\section</code>. This is not the same as
@@ -8651,11 +8290,11 @@
when the macro was called. However, the <code>cprotect</code> package can
help with this.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="402"><r>package</r>, <code>listings</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="403"><code>listings</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="399"><r>package</r>, <code>listings</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="400"><code>listings</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="404"><r>package</r>, <code>minted</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="405"><code>minted</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="401"><r>package</r>, <code>minted</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="402"><code>minted</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>One common use of verbatim input is to typeset computer code. There are
packages that are an improvement the <code>verbatim</code> environment. For
@@ -8663,11 +8302,11 @@
files, or parts of those files. Such packages include <code>listings</code>,
and <code>minted</code>.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="406"><r>package</r>, <code>fancyvrb</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="407"><code>fancyvrb</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="403"><r>package</r>, <code>fancyvrb</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="404"><code>fancyvrb</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="408"><r>package</r>, <code>verbatimbox</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="409"><code>verbatimbox</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="405"><r>package</r>, <code>verbatimbox</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="406"><code>verbatimbox</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>A package that provides many more options for verbatim environments is
<code>fancyvrb</code>. Another is <code>verbatimbox</code>.
@@ -8682,8 +8321,8 @@
<node name="_005cverb" spaces=" "><nodename>\verb</nodename><nodeup automatic="on">verbatim</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\verb</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="479" mergedindex="cp">\verb</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="410">verbatim text, inline</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="446" mergedindex="cp">\verb</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="407">verbatim text, inline</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -8716,7 +8355,7 @@
other). The delimiter must not appear in <var>literal-text</var>. The
<var>literal-text</var> cannot include a line break.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="411">visible space</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="408">visible space</indexterm></cindex>
<para>The <code>*</code>-form differs only in that spaces are printed with a visible
space character.
<tex endspaces=" ">
@@ -8729,24 +8368,24 @@
<pre xml:space="preserve">The command's first argument is \verb*!filename with extension! and ...
</pre></example>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="412"><r>package</r>, <code>url</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="413"><code>url</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="409"><r>package</r>, <code>url</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="410"><code>url</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>For typesetting Internet addresses, urls, the package <code>url</code>
is a better option than the <code>\verb</code> command, since
it allows line breaks.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="414"><r>package</r>, <code>listings</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="415"><code>listings</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="411"><r>package</r>, <code>listings</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="412"><code>listings</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="416"><r>package</r>, <code>minted</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="417"><code>minted</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="413"><r>package</r>, <code>minted</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="414"><code>minted</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>For computer code there are many packages with advantages over
<code>\verb</code>. One is <code>listings</code>, another is <code>minted</code>.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="418"><r>package</r>, <code>cprotect</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="419"><code>cprotect</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="415"><r>package</r>, <code>cprotect</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="416"><code>cprotect</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>You cannot use <code>\verb</code> in the argument to a macro, for instance in
the argument to a <code>\section</code>. It is not a question of <code>\verb</code>
@@ -8763,10 +8402,10 @@
<node name="verse" spaces=" "><nodename>verse</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">verbatim</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>verse</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="480" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>verse</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="481" mergedindex="cp"><code>verse</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="447" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>verse</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="448" mergedindex="cp"><code>verse</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="420">poetry, an environment for</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="417">poetry, an environment for</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -8787,7 +8426,7 @@
On the fair daughter of rich Capulet.
</pre></example>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="482" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(for <code>verse</code>)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="449" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(for <code>verse</code>)</r></indexterm></findex>
<para>Separate the lines of each stanza with <code>\\</code>, and use one or more
blank lines to separate the stanzas.
</para>
@@ -8815,8 +8454,8 @@
<node name="Line-breaking" spaces=" "><nodename>Line breaking</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Page breaking</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Environments</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Line breaking</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="421">line breaking</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="422">breaking lines</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="418">line breaking</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="419">breaking lines</indexterm></cindex>
<para>The first thing &latex; does when processing ordinary text is to
translate your input file into a sequence of glyphs and spaces. To
@@ -8865,9 +8504,9 @@
<node name="_005c_005c" spaces=" "><nodename>\\</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\obeycr & \restorecr</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\\</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="483" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(force line break)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="423">new line, starting</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="424">line break, forcing</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="450" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(force line break)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="420">new line, starting</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="421">line break, forcing</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis, one of:
</para>
@@ -8952,9 +8591,9 @@
<anchor name="_005cobeycr">\obeycr</anchor>
<anchor name="_005crestorecr">\restorecr</anchor>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="484" mergedindex="cp">\obeycr</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="485" mergedindex="cp">\restorecr</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="425">new line, output as input</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="451" mergedindex="cp">\obeycr</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="452" mergedindex="cp">\restorecr</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="422">new line, output as input</indexterm></cindex>
<para>The <code>\obeycr</code> command makes a return in the input file (<samp>^^M</samp>,
internally) the same as <code>\\</code>, followed by <code>\relax</code>. So each
@@ -9004,8 +8643,8 @@
<node name="_005cnewline" spaces=" "><nodename>\newline</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\- (hyphenation)</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\obeycr & \restorecr</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newline</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="486" mergedindex="cp">\newline</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="426">new line, starting (paragraph mode)</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="453" mergedindex="cp">\newline</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="423">new line, starting (paragraph mode)</indexterm></cindex>
<para>In ordinary text, this ends a line in a way that does not right-justify
it, so the text before the end of line is not stretched. That is, in
@@ -9037,8 +8676,8 @@
<node name="_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029" spaces=" "><nodename>\- (hyphenation)</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\slash</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newline</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\-</code> (discretionary hyphen)</sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="487" mergedindex="cp">\- <r>(hyphenation)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="427">hyphenation, forcing</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="454" mergedindex="cp">\- <r>(hyphenation)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="424">hyphenation, forcing</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Tell &latex; that it may hyphenate the word at that point. When you
insert <code>\-</code> commands in a word, the word will only be hyphenated at
@@ -9081,8 +8720,8 @@
<node name="_005cslash" spaces=" "><nodename>\slash</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\discretionary</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\- (hyphenation)</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\slash</code>: breakable <samp>/</samp></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="488" mergedindex="cp">\slash</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="428">slash character, breakable</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="455" mergedindex="cp">\slash</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="425">slash character, breakable</indexterm></cindex>
<para>The <code>\slash</code> command produces a <samp>/</samp> character and then a
penalty of the same value as an explicit <samp>-</samp> character
@@ -9098,8 +8737,8 @@
</section>
<node name="_005cdiscretionary" spaces=" "><nodename>\discretionary</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\fussy & \sloppy</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\slash</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\discretionary</code> (generalized hyphenation point)</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="429">hyphenation, discretionary</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="430">discretionary hyphenation</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="426">hyphenation, discretionary</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="427">discretionary hyphenation</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -9173,9 +8812,9 @@
<anchor name="_005cfussy">\fussy</anchor>
<anchor name="_005csloppy">\sloppy</anchor>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="489" mergedindex="cp">\fussy</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="490" mergedindex="cp">\sloppy</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="431">line breaks, changing</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="456" mergedindex="cp">\fussy</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="457" mergedindex="cp">\sloppy</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="428">line breaks, changing</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Declarations to make &tex; more picky or less picky about line
breaking. Declaring <code>\fussy</code> usually avoids too much space between
@@ -9197,10 +8836,10 @@
<node name="sloppypar" spaces=" "><nodename>sloppypar</nodename><nodeup automatic="on">\fussy & \sloppy</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>sloppypar</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="491" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>sloppypar</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="492" mergedindex="cp"><code>sloppypar</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="458" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>sloppypar</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="459" mergedindex="cp"><code>sloppypar</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="432">sloppypar environment</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="429">sloppypar environment</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -9237,8 +8876,8 @@
<node name="_005chyphenation" spaces=" "><nodename>\hyphenation</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\linebreak & \nolinebreak</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\fussy & \sloppy</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\hyphenation</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="493" mergedindex="cp">\hyphenation</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="433">hyphenation, defining</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="460" mergedindex="cp">\hyphenation</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="430">hyphenation, defining</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -9271,10 +8910,10 @@
<anchor name="_005clinebreak">\linebreak</anchor>
<anchor name="_005cnolinebreak">\nolinebreak</anchor>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="494" mergedindex="cp">\linebreak</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="495" mergedindex="cp">\nolinebreak</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="434">line breaks, forcing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="435">line breaks, preventing</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="461" mergedindex="cp">\linebreak</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="462" mergedindex="cp">\nolinebreak</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="431">line breaks, forcing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="432">line breaks, preventing</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopses, one of:
</para>
@@ -9318,8 +8957,8 @@
<node name="Page-breaking" spaces=" "><nodename>Page breaking</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Footnotes</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Page breaking</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="436">page breaking</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="437">breaking pages</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="433">page breaking</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="434">breaking pages</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Ordinarily &latex; automatically takes care of breaking output into
pages with its usual aplomb. But if you are writing commands, or
@@ -9327,7 +8966,7 @@
understand how to influence its actions.
</para>
<!-- c credit: H Vogt https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/115563 -->
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="438">badness</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="435">badness</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&latex;&textrsquo;s algorithm for splitting a document into pages is more complex
than just waiting until there is enough material to fill a page and
outputting the result. Instead, &latex; typesets more material than
@@ -9364,12 +9003,12 @@
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\clearpage</code> & <code>\cleardoublepage</code> </sectiontitle>
<anchor name="_005cclearpage">\clearpage</anchor>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="496" mergedindex="cp">\clearpage</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="439">flushing floats and starting a page</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="440">starting a new page and clearing floats</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="463" mergedindex="cp">\clearpage</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="436">flushing floats and starting a page</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="437">starting a new page and clearing floats</indexterm></cindex>
<anchor name="_005ccleardoublepage">\cleardoublepage</anchor>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="497" mergedindex="cp">\cleardoublepage</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="441">starting on a right-hand page</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="464" mergedindex="cp">\cleardoublepage</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="438">starting on a right-hand page</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -9426,9 +9065,9 @@
<node name="_005cnewpage" spaces=" "><nodename>\newpage</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\enlargethispage</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\clearpage & \cleardoublepage</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Page breaking</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newpage</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="498" mergedindex="cp">\newpage</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="442">new page, starting</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="443">starting a new page</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="465" mergedindex="cp">\newpage</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="439">new page, starting</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="440">starting a new page</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -9471,8 +9110,8 @@
<node name="_005cenlargethispage" spaces=" "><nodename>\enlargethispage</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\pagebreak & \nopagebreak</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newpage</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Page breaking</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\enlargethispage</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="499" mergedindex="cp">\enlargethispage</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="444">enlarge current page</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="466" mergedindex="cp">\enlargethispage</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="441">enlarge current page</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis, one of:
</para>
@@ -9507,10 +9146,10 @@
<anchor name="_005cpagebreak">\pagebreak</anchor>
<anchor name="_005cnopagebreak">\nopagebreak</anchor>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="500" mergedindex="cp">\pagebreak</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="501" mergedindex="cp">\nopagebreak</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="445">page break, forcing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="446">page break, preventing</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="467" mergedindex="cp">\pagebreak</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="468" mergedindex="cp">\nopagebreak</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="442">page break, forcing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="443">page break, preventing</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopses:
</para>
@@ -9560,8 +9199,8 @@
occurred while \output is active</samp>. <xref label="_005cnewpage"><xrefnodename>\newpage</xrefnodename></xref>, for a command that
does not have these effects.
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="502" mergedindex="cp">\samepage</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="503" mergedindex="cp">samepage <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="469" mergedindex="cp">\samepage</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="470" mergedindex="cp">samepage <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
<para>A declaration <code>\samepage</code> and corresponding <code>samepage</code>
environment try to only allow breaks between paragraphs. They are not
perfectly reliable. For more on keeping material on the same page,
@@ -9573,7 +9212,7 @@
<node name="Footnotes" spaces=" "><nodename>Footnotes</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Definitions</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Page breaking</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Footnotes</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="447">footnotes, creating</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="444">footnotes, creating</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Place a footnote at the bottom of the current page, as here.
</para>
@@ -9607,7 +9246,7 @@
<node name="_005cfootnote" spaces=" "><nodename>\footnote</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\footnotemark</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Footnotes</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\footnote</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="504" mergedindex="cp">\footnote</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="471" mergedindex="cp">\footnote</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis, one of:
</para>
@@ -9631,9 +9270,9 @@
the footnote. If you use this then &latex; does not increment the
<code>footnote</code> counter.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="448">footnotes, symbols instead of numbers</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="505" mergedindex="cp">\fnsymbol<r>, and footnotes</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="506" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;fnsymbol</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="445">footnotes, symbols instead of numbers</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="472" mergedindex="cp">\fnsymbol<r>, and footnotes</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="473" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;fnsymbol</indexterm></findex>
<para>By default, &latex; uses arabic numbers as footnote markers. Change
this with something like
<code>\renewcommand{\thefootnote}{\fnsymbol{footnote}}</code>, which
@@ -9644,11 +9283,11 @@
</para>
<para>&latex; determines the spacing of footnotes with two parameters.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="449">footnote parameters</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="450">parameters, for footnotes</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="446">footnote parameters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="447">parameters, for footnotes</indexterm></cindex>
<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="507" mergedindex="cp">\footnoterule</indexterm>\footnoterule</itemformat></item>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="474" mergedindex="cp">\footnoterule</indexterm>\footnoterule</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="footnote-footnoterule">footnote footnoterule</anchor>
<para>Produces the rule separating the main text on a page from the page&textrsquo;s
footnotes. Default dimensions in the standard document classes (except
@@ -9664,9 +9303,9 @@
\kern 2pt} % and this 2
</pre></example>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="508" mergedindex="cp">\footnotesep</indexterm>\footnotesep</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="475" mergedindex="cp">\footnotesep</indexterm>\footnotesep</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="footnote-footnotesep">footnote footnotesep</anchor>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="451">strut</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="448">strut</indexterm></cindex>
<para>The height of the strut placed at the beginning of the footnote
(<pxref label="_005cstrut"><xrefnodename>\strut</xrefnodename></pxref>). By default, this is set to the normal strut for
<code>\footnotesize</code> fonts (<pxref label="Font-sizes"><xrefnodename>Font sizes</xrefnodename></pxref>), therefore there is no
@@ -9684,8 +9323,8 @@
paragraph mode; <pxref label="Modes"><xrefnodename>Modes</xrefnodename></pxref>). There are some workarounds; see
following sections.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="452">footnotes, in a minipage</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="453">mpfootnote counter</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="449">footnotes, in a minipage</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="450">mpfootnote counter</indexterm></cindex>
<para>In a <code>minipage</code> environment the <code>\footnote</code> command uses the
<code>mpfootnote</code> counter instead of the <code>footnote</code> counter, so
they are numbered independently. They are shown at the bottom of the
@@ -9697,7 +9336,7 @@
<node name="_005cfootnotemark" spaces=" "><nodename>\footnotemark</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\footnotetext</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\footnote</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Footnotes</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\footnotemark</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="509" mergedindex="cp">\footnotemark</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="476" mergedindex="cp">\footnotemark</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis, one of:
</para>
@@ -9751,11 +9390,11 @@
Therefore, anyone who can manage a crocodile is not a baby.
</pre></example>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="454"><r>package</r>, <code>cleveref</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="455"><code>cleveref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="451"><r>package</r>, <code>cleveref</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="452"><code>cleveref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="456"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="457"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="453"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="454"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>This example accomplishes the same by using the package <code>cleveref</code>.
</para>
@@ -9769,8 +9408,8 @@
But the key lemma is from Tinker.\cref{fn:TE}
</pre></example>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="458"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="459"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="455"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="456"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>It will work with the package <code>hyperref</code>.
</para>
@@ -9779,7 +9418,7 @@
<node name="_005cfootnotetext" spaces=" "><nodename>\footnotetext</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Footnotes in section headings</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\footnotemark</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Footnotes</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\footnotetext</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="510" mergedindex="cp">\footnotetext</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="477" mergedindex="cp">\footnotetext</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis, one of:
</para>
@@ -9802,8 +9441,8 @@
<node name="Footnotes-in-section-headings" spaces=" "><nodename>Footnotes in section headings</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Footnotes in a table</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\footnotetext</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Footnotes</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Footnotes in section headings</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="460">footnote, in section headings</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="461">table of contents, avoiding footnotes</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="457">footnote, in section headings</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="458">table of contents, avoiding footnotes</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Putting a footnote in a section heading, as in:
</para>
@@ -9832,7 +9471,7 @@
<node name="Footnotes-in-a-table" spaces=" "><nodename>Footnotes in a table</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Footnotes of footnotes</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Footnotes in section headings</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Footnotes</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Footnotes in a table</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="462">footnote, in a table</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="459">footnote, in a table</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Inside a <code>tabular</code> or <code>array</code> environment the <code>\footnote</code>
command does not work; there is a footnote mark in the table cell but
@@ -9881,12 +9520,12 @@
Little is known other than her death.}%
\stepcounter{mpFootnoteValueSaver}%
\footnotetext[\value{mpFootnoteValueSaver}]{%
- Relationship is unresolved in XXI.}
+ Relationship is unresolved.}
\end{center}
</pre></example>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="463"><r>package</r>, <code>tablefootnote</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="464"><code>tablefootnote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="460"><r>package</r>, <code>tablefootnote</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="461"><code>tablefootnote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>For a floating <code>table</code> environment (<pxref label="table"><xrefnodename>table</xrefnodename></pxref>), use the
<code>tablefootnote</code> package.
@@ -9916,10 +9555,10 @@
<node name="Footnotes-of-footnotes" spaces=" "><nodename>Footnotes of footnotes</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Footnotes in a table</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Footnotes</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Footnotes of footnotes</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="465">footnote, of a footnote</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="462">footnote, of a footnote</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="466"><r>package</r>, <code>bigfoot</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="467"><code>bigfoot</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="463"><r>package</r>, <code>bigfoot</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="464"><code>bigfoot</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>Particularly in the humanities, authors can have multiple classes of
footnotes, including having footnotes of footnotes. The package
@@ -9942,7 +9581,7 @@
<node name="Definitions" spaces=" "><nodename>Definitions</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Counters</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Footnotes</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Definitions</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="468">definitions</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="465">definitions</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&latex; has support for making new commands of many different kinds.
</para>
@@ -9968,13 +9607,13 @@
<anchor name="_005cnewcommand">\newcommand</anchor>
<anchor name="_005crenewcommand">\renewcommand</anchor>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="511" mergedindex="cp">\newcommand</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="512" mergedindex="cp">\renewcommand</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="469">commands, defining new ones</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="470">commands, redefining</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="471">defining a new command</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="472">redefining a command</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="473">new commands, defining</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="478" mergedindex="cp">\newcommand</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="479" mergedindex="cp">\renewcommand</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="466">commands, defining new ones</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="467">commands, redefining</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="468">defining a new command</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="469">redefining a command</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="470">new commands, defining</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopses, one of (three regular forms, three starred forms):
</para>
@@ -9988,7 +9627,7 @@
</pre></example>
<noindent></noindent>
-<para>or all the same possibilities with <code>\renewcommand</code> instead of
+<para>or the same six possibilities with <code>\renewcommand</code> instead of
<code>\newcommand</code>:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
@@ -10004,13 +9643,13 @@
<para>Define or redefine a command (see also <code>\DeclareRobustCommand</code> in
<ref label="Class-and-package-commands"><xrefnodename>Class and package commands</xrefnodename></ref>).
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="474">starred form, defining new commands</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="475">*-form, defining new commands</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="513" mergedindex="cp">\long</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="471">starred form, defining new commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="472">*-form, defining new commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="480" mergedindex="cp">\long<r>, not defining a command as</r></indexterm></findex>
<para>The starred form of these two forbids the arguments from containing
-multiple paragraphs of text (in plain &tex; terms: the commands
-are not <code>\long</code>). With the default form, arguments can be
-multiple paragraphs.
+multiple paragraphs of text (i.e., a <code>\par</code> token; in plain
+&tex; terms: the commands are not <code>\long</code>). With the default
+form, arguments can be multiple paragraphs.
</para>
<para>These are the parameters (examples follow):
</para>
@@ -10029,8 +9668,8 @@
different number of arguments than the old version.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">optargdefault</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="476">optional arguments, defining and using</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="477">arguments, optional, defining and using</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="473">optional arguments, defining and using</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="474">arguments, optional, defining and using</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Optional; if this argument is present then the first argument of
<code>\<var>cmd</var></code> is optional, with default value <var>optargdefault</var>
(which may be the empty string). If <var>optargdefault</var> is not present
@@ -10063,7 +9702,7 @@
may be a &latex; error, there may be incorrect typeset output, or both.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">defn</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="478">parameters, substituting</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="475">parameters, substituting</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Required; the text to be substituted for every occurrence of
<code>\<var>cmd</var></code>. The parameters <code>#1</code>, <code>#2</code>,
&dots;, <code>#<var>nargs</var></code> are replaced by the values supplied when
@@ -10072,7 +9711,7 @@
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry></table>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="479">blanks, after control sequences</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="476">blanks, after control sequences</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&tex; ignores blanks in the source following a control word
(<pxref label="Control-sequences"><xrefnodename>Control sequences</xrefnodename></pxref>), as in <samp>\cmd </samp>. If you want a space
there, one solution is to type <code>{}</code> after the command
@@ -10155,7 +9794,7 @@
<node name="Control-sequences" spaces=" "><nodename>Control sequences</nodename><nodeup automatic="on">\newcommand & \renewcommand</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Control sequence, control word and control symbol</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="480">control sequences</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="477">control sequences</indexterm></cindex>
<para>When reading input &tex; converts the stream of read characters into a
sequence of <dfn>tokens</dfn>. When &tex; sees a backslash <code>\</code>, it will
@@ -10166,13 +9805,13 @@
</para>
<itemize commandarg="bullet" endspaces=" "><itemprepend><formattingcommand command="bullet" automatic="on"/></itemprepend>
<listitem><prepend>•</prepend>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="481">control word, defined</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="478">control word, defined</indexterm></cindex>
<para><dfn>control word</dfn>, when the control sequence is gathered from a
<code>\</code> followed by at least one ASCII letter (<code>A-Z</code> and
<code>a-z</code>), followed by at least one non-letter.
</para>
</listitem><listitem><prepend>•</prepend>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="482">control symbol, defined</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="479">control symbol, defined</indexterm></cindex>
<para><dfn>control symbol</dfn>, when the control sequence is gathered from a
<code>\</code> followed by one non-letter character.
</para></listitem></itemize>
@@ -10202,10 +9841,10 @@
<node name="_005cprovidecommand" spaces=" "><nodename trailingspaces=" ">\providecommand</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\makeatletter & \makeatother</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newcommand & \renewcommand</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\providecommand</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="514" mergedindex="cp">\providecommand</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="483">commands, defining new ones</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="484">defining a new command</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="485">new commands, defining</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="481" mergedindex="cp">\providecommand</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="480">commands, defining new ones</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="481">defining a new command</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="482">new commands, defining</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopses, one of:
</para>
@@ -10244,8 +9883,8 @@
<anchor name="_005cmakeatletter">\makeatletter</anchor>
<anchor name="_005cmakeatother">\makeatother</anchor>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="515" mergedindex="cp">\makeatother</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="516" mergedindex="cp">\makeatother</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="482" mergedindex="cp">\makeatother</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="483" mergedindex="cp">\makeatother</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -10262,9 +9901,9 @@
category code of the at-sign to code 12, its default value.
</para>
<para>As &tex; reads characters, it assigns each one a category code, or
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="486">catcode</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="487">character category code</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="488">category code, character</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="483">catcode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="484">character category code</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="485">category code, character</indexterm></cindex>
<dfn>catcode</dfn>. For instance, it assigns the backslash
character <samp><code>\</code></samp> the catcode 0. Command names
consist of a category 0 character, ordinarily backslash, followed
@@ -10286,8 +9925,8 @@
arrange that the at-sign has the character code of a letter,
catcode 11.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="489"><r>package</r>, <code>macros2e</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="490"><code>macros2e</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="486"><r>package</r>, <code>macros2e</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="487"><code>macros2e</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>For a comprehensive list of macros with an at-sign in their names see
<url><urefurl>https://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e</urefurl></url>.
@@ -10308,9 +9947,9 @@
<node name="_005c_0040ifstar" spaces=" "><nodename>\&arobase;ifstar</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newcounter</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\makeatletter & \makeatother</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\&arobase;ifstar</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="517" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;ifstar</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="491">commands, star-variants</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="492">star-variants, commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="484" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;ifstar</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="488">commands, star-variants</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="489">star-variants, commands</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -10378,11 +10017,11 @@
<code>\agentsecret<w> *</w>{Bond}</code> are equivalent. However, the
standard practice is not to insert any such spaces.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="493"><r>package</r>, <code>suffix</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="494"><code>suffix</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="490"><r>package</r>, <code>suffix</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="491"><code>suffix</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="495"><r>package</r>, <code>xparse</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="496"><code>xparse</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="492"><r>package</r>, <code>xparse</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="493"><code>xparse</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>There are two alternative ways to accomplish the work of
<code>\&arobase;ifstar</code>. (1) The <code>suffix</code> package allows the
@@ -10404,8 +10043,8 @@
<node name="_005cnewcounter" spaces=" "><nodename>\newcounter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newlength</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\&arobase;ifstar</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newcounter</code>: Allocating a counter</sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="518" mergedindex="cp">\newcounter</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="497">counters, defining new</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="485" mergedindex="cp">\newcounter</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="494">counters, defining new</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis, one of:
</para>
@@ -10457,11 +10096,11 @@
<node name="_005cnewlength" spaces=" "><nodename>\newlength</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newsavebox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newcounter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newlength</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="519" mergedindex="cp">\newlength</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="498">lengths, allocating new</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="499">rubber lengths, defining new</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="500">skip register, plain &tex;</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="501">glue register, plain &tex;</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="486" mergedindex="cp">\newlength</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="495">lengths, allocating new</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="496">rubber lengths, defining new</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="497">skip register, plain &tex;</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="498">glue register, plain &tex;</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -10494,8 +10133,8 @@
<node name="_005cnewsavebox" spaces=" "><nodename>\newsavebox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newenvironment & \renewenvironment</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newlength</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newsavebox</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="520" mergedindex="cp">\newsavebox</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="502">box, allocating new</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="487" mergedindex="cp">\newsavebox</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="499">box, allocating new</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -10534,11 +10173,11 @@
<anchor name="_005cnewenvironment">\newenvironment</anchor>
<anchor name="_005crenewenvironment">\renewenvironment</anchor>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="521" mergedindex="cp">\newenvironment</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="522" mergedindex="cp">\renewenvironment</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="503">environments, defining</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="504">defining new environments</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="505">redefining environments</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="488" mergedindex="cp">\newenvironment</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="489" mergedindex="cp">\renewenvironment</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="500">environments, defining</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="501">defining new environments</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="502">redefining environments</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopses, one of:
</para>
@@ -10566,7 +10205,7 @@
<para>Define or redefine the environment <var>env</var>, that is, create the
construct <code>\begin{<var>env</var>} ... <var>body</var> ... \end{<var>env</var>}</code>.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="506"><code>*</code>-form of environment commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="503"><code>*</code>-form of environment commands</indexterm></cindex>
<para>The starred form of these commands requires that the arguments not
contain multiple paragraphs of text. However, the body of these
environments can contain multiple paragraphs.
@@ -10698,12 +10337,12 @@
<node name="_005cnewtheorem" spaces=" "><nodename>\newtheorem</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newfont</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newenvironment & \renewenvironment</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newtheorem</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="523" mergedindex="cp">\newtheorem</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="507">theorems, defining</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="508">defining new theorems</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="490" mergedindex="cp">\newtheorem</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="504">theorems, defining</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="505">defining new theorems</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="509">theorem-like environment</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="510">environment, theorem-like</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="506">theorem-like environment</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="507">environment, theorem-like</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopses:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
@@ -10833,9 +10472,9 @@
<node name="_005cnewfont" spaces=" "><nodename>\newfont</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\protect</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newtheorem</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newfont</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="524" mergedindex="cp">\newfont</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="511">fonts, new commands for</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="512">defining new fonts</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="491" mergedindex="cp">\newfont</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="508">fonts, new commands for</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="509">defining new fonts</indexterm></cindex>
<!-- c @findex .fd @r{file} -->
<para>This command is obsolete. This description is here only to help with old
@@ -10856,8 +10495,8 @@
The control sequence must not already be defined. It must begin with a
backslash, <code>\</code>.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="513">at clause, in font definitions</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="514">design size, in font definitions</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="510">at clause, in font definitions</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="511">design size, in font definitions</indexterm></cindex>
<para>The <var>font description</var> consists of a <var>fontname</var> and an optional
<dfn>at clause</dfn>. &latex; will look on your system for a file named
<file><var>fontname</var>.tfm</file>. The at clause can have the form either
@@ -10881,9 +10520,9 @@
<node name="_005cprotect" spaces=" "><nodename>\protect</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newfont</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\protect</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="525" mergedindex="cp">\protect</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="515">fragile commands</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="516">robust commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="492" mergedindex="cp">\protect</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="512">fragile commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="513">robust commands</indexterm></cindex>
<para>All &latex; commands are either <dfn>fragile</dfn> or <dfn>robust</dfn>. A
fragile command can break when it is used in the argument to certain
@@ -10901,7 +10540,7 @@
document such as in the table of contents. Any argument that is
internally expanded by &latex; without typesetting it directly is
referred to as a
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="517">moving arguments</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="514">moving arguments</indexterm></cindex>
<dfn>moving argument</dfn>. A command is fragile if it can
expand during this process into invalid &tex; code. Some examples of
moving arguments are those that appear in the <code>\caption{...}</code>
@@ -10949,10 +10588,10 @@
<anchor name="_005cignorespaces">\ignorespaces</anchor>
<anchor name="_005cignorespacesafterend">\ignorespacesafterend</anchor>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="526" mergedindex="cp">\ignorespaces</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="527" mergedindex="cp">\ignorespacesafterend</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="518">spaces, ignore around commands</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="519">commands, ignore spaces</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="493" mergedindex="cp">\ignorespaces</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="494" mergedindex="cp">\ignorespacesafterend</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="515">spaces, ignore around commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="516">commands, ignore spaces</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -11044,17 +10683,17 @@
</para>
</section>
-<node name="xspace-package" spaces=" "><nodename>xspace package</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>xspace package</sectiontitle>
+<node name="xspace-package" spaces=" "><nodename>xspace package</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Class and package commands</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>xspace</code> package</sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="528" mergedindex="cp">\xspace</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="520"><r>package</r>, <code>xspace</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="521"><code>xspace</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="495" mergedindex="cp">\xspace</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="517"><r>package</r>, <code>xspace</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="518"><code>xspace</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="522">spaces, ignore around commands</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="523">commands, ignore spaces</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="519">spaces, ignore around commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="520">commands, ignore spaces</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Synopsis:
+<para>This is an add-on package, not part of core &latex;. Synopsis:
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage{xspace}
@@ -11066,16 +10705,16 @@
adds a space unless the command is followed by certain punctuation
characters.
</para>
-<para>After a command control sequence that is a control word (<pxref label="Control-sequences"><xrefnodename>Control
+<para>After a control sequence that is a control word (<pxref label="Control-sequences"><xrefnodename>Control
sequences</xrefnodename></pxref>, as opposed to control symbols such as <code>\$</code>), &tex;
-gobbles blank characters. Thus, in the first sentence below, the output
-has <samp>Vermont</samp> placed snugly against the period, without any
-intervening space.
+gobbles blank characters. Thus, in the first sentence below, the
+output has <samp>Vermont</samp> placed snugly against the period, without
+any intervening space, despite the space in the input.
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
<pre xml:space="preserve">\newcommand{\VT}{Vermont}
Our college is in \VT .
-The \VT{} summers are nice.
+\VT{} summers are nice.
</pre></example>
<para>But because of the gobbling, the second sentence needs the empty curly
@@ -11097,10 +10736,10 @@
<para>The default exception list contains the characters <code>,.'/?;:!~-)</code>,
the open curly brace and the backslash-space command discussed above,
-and the commands <code>\footnote</code> or <code>\footnotemark</code>. Add to that
-list as with <code>\xspaceaddexceptions{\myfni \myfnii}</code> which adds
-<code>\myfni</code> and <code>\myfnii</code> to the list, and remove from that
-list as with <code>\xspaceremoveexception{!}</code>.
+and the commands <code>\footnote</code> or <code>\footnotemark</code>. You can
+add to that list as with <code>\xspaceaddexceptions{\myfni \myfnii}</code>
+which adds <code>\myfni</code> and <code>\myfnii</code> to the list; and you
+can remove from that list as with <code>\xspaceremoveexception{!}</code>.
</para>
<!-- c David Carlisle https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/86620/339 -->
<para>A comment: many experts prefer not to use <code>\xspace</code>. Putting it in
@@ -11108,16 +10747,751 @@
But it isn&textrsquo;t easy to predict when to enter empty braces because
<code>\xspace</code> will get it wrong, such as when it is followed by another
command, and so <code>\xspace</code> can make editing material harder and more
-error-prone than instead always inserting the empty braces.
+error-prone than instead of always inserting the empty braces.
</para>
</section>
+<node name="Class-and-package-commands" spaces=" "><nodename>Class and package commands</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">xspace package</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Class and package commands</sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="521">class and package commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="522">package and class commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="523">commands, class and package</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>These are commands designed to help writers of classes or packages.
+</para>
+<menu endspaces=" ">
+</menu>
+
+<node name="_005cAtBeginDvi-_0026-_005cAtEndDvi" spaces=" "><nodename>\AtBeginDvi & \AtEndDvi</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\AtEndOfClass & \AtEndOfPackage</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Class and package commands</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\AtBeginDvi</code> & <code>\AtEndDvi</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<anchor name="_005cAtBeginDvi">\AtBeginDvi</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005cAtEndDvi">\AtEndDvi</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="496" mergedindex="cp">\AtBeginDvi</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="497" mergedindex="cp">\AtEndDvi</indexterm></findex>
+
+<para>Synopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\AtBeginDvi{<var>code</var>}
+\AtEndDvi{<var>code</var>}
+</pre></example>
+
+<para><code>\AtBeginDvi</code> saves, in a box register, <var>code</var> to be executed
+at the beginning of the shipout of the first page of the document.
+Despite the name, it applies to DVI, PDF, and XDV output. It fills
+the <code>shipout/firstpage</code> hook; new code should use that hook
+directly.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="524"><r>package</r>, <code>atenddvi</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="525"><code>atenddvi</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Similarly, <code>\AtEndDvi</code> (previously available only with the
+<code>atenddvi</code> package) is code executed when finalizing the main
+output document.
+</para>
+
+</subsection>
+<node name="_005cAtEndOfClass-_0026-_005cAtEndOfPackage" spaces=" "><nodename>\AtEndOfClass & \AtEndOfPackage</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\CheckCommand</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\AtBeginDvi & \AtEndDvi</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Class and package commands</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\AtEndOfClass</code> & <code>\AtEndOfPackage</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<anchor name="_005cAtEndOfClass">\AtEndOfClass</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005cAtEndOfPackage">\AtEndOfPackage</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="498" mergedindex="cp">\AtEndOfClass</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="499" mergedindex="cp">\AtEndOfPackage</indexterm></findex>
+
+<para>Synopses:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\AtEndOfClass{<var>code</var>}
+\AtEndOfPackage{<var>code</var>}
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Hooks to insert <var>code</var> to be executed when &latex; finishes
+processing the current class resp.&noeos; package.
+</para>
+<para>These hooks can be used multiple times; each <code>code</code> segment will
+be executed in the order called. Many packages and classes use these
+commands.
+</para>
+<para>See also <ref label="_005cAtBeginDocument"><xrefnodename>\AtBeginDocument</xrefnodename></ref>.
+</para>
+
+</subsection>
+<node name="_005cCheckCommand" spaces=" "><nodename>\CheckCommand</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\ClassError and \PackageError and others</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\AtEndOfClass & \AtEndOfPackage</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Class and package commands</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\CheckCommand</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="500" mergedindex="cp">\CheckCommand</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="526">new command, checking definition of</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="527">long command</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="528"><code>\long</code> command, checking for</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Synopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\CheckCommand{<var>cmd</var>}[<var>num</var>][<var>default</var>]{<var>definition</var>}
+\CheckCommand* <r>(same parameters)</r>
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Like <code>\newcommand</code> (<pxref label="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand"><xrefnodename>\newcommand & \renewcommand</xrefnodename></pxref>) but does
+not define <var>cmd</var>; instead it checks that the current definition of
+<var>cmd</var> is exactly as given by <var>definition</var> and is or is not
+<dfn><code>\long</code></dfn> as expected. A long command is a command that
+accepts <code>\par</code> within an argument.
+</para>
+<para>With the unstarred version of <code>\CheckCommand</code>, <var>cmd</var> is
+expected to be <code>\long</code>; with the starred version, <var>cmd</var> must
+not be <code>\long</code>
+</para>
+<para><code>\CheckCommand</code> raises an error when the check fails. This
+allows you to check before you start redefining <code>cmd</code> yourself
+that no other package has already redefined this command.
+</para>
+
+</subsection>
+<node name="_005cClassError-and-_005cPackageError-and-others" spaces=" "><nodename>\ClassError and \PackageError and others</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\CurrentOption</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\CheckCommand</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Class and package commands</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\ClassError</code> and <code>\PackageError</code> and others</sectiontitle>
+
+<anchor name="_005cClassError">\ClassError</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005cClassWarning">\ClassWarning</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005cClassWarningNoLine">\ClassWarningNoLine</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005cClassInfo">\ClassInfo</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005cClassInfoNoLine">\ClassInfoNoLine</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005cPackageError">\PackageError</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005cPackageWarning">\PackageWarning</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005cPackageWarningNoLine">\PackageWarningNoLine</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005cPackageInfo">\PackageInfo</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005cPackageInfoNoLine">\PackageInfoNoLine</anchor>
+
+<para>Produce error, warning, and informational messages for classes:
+</para>
+<table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ClassError{<var>class name</var>}{<var>error-text</var>}{<var>help-text</var>}</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ClassWarning{<var>class name</var>}{<var>warning-text</var>}</itemformat></itemx>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ClassWarningNoLine{<var>class name</var>}{<var>warning-text</var>}</itemformat></itemx>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ClassInfo{<var>class name</var>}{<var>info-text</var>}</itemformat></itemx>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ClassInfoNoLine{<var>class name</var>}{<var>info-text</var>}</itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="501" mergedindex="cp">\ClassError</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="502" mergedindex="cp">\ClassWarning</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="503" mergedindex="cp">\ClassWarningNoLine</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="504" mergedindex="cp">\ClassInfo</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="505" mergedindex="cp">\ClassInfoNoLine</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry></table>
+
+<noindent></noindent> <para>and the same for packages:
+</para><table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\PackageError{<var>package name</var>}{<var>error-text</var>}{<var>help-text</var>}</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\PackageWarning{<var>package name</var>}{<var>warning-text</var>}</itemformat></itemx>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\PackageWarningNoLine{<var>package name</var>}{<var>warning-text</var>}</itemformat></itemx>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\PackageInfo{<var>package name</var>}{<var>info-text</var>}</itemformat></itemx>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\PackageInfoNoLine{<var>package name</var>}{<var>info-text</var>}</itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="506" mergedindex="cp">\PackageError</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="507" mergedindex="cp">\PackageWarning</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="508" mergedindex="cp">\PackageWarningNoLine</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="509" mergedindex="cp">\PackageInfo</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="510" mergedindex="cp">\PackageInfoNoLine</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry></table>
+
+<para>For <code>\ClassError</code> and <code>\PackageError</code> the message is
+<var>error-text</var>, followed by &tex;&textrsquo;s &textlsquo;<code>?</code>&textrsquo; error prompt. If the
+user then asks for help by typing <code>h</code>, they see the <var>help
+text</var>.
+</para>
+<para>The four <code>Warning</code> commands are similar except that they write
+<var>warning-text</var> on the screen with no error prompt. The four
+<code>Info</code> commands write <var>info-text</var> only in the transcript
+file. The <code>NoLine</code> versions omit the number of the line
+generating the message, while the other versions do show that number.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="529"><code>\protect</code>, and message text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="530"><code>\space</code>, and message text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="531"><code>\MessageBreak</code>, and message text</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>To format the messages, including the <var>help-text</var>: use
+<code>\protect</code> to stop a command from expanding, get a line break
+with <code>\MessageBreak</code>, and get a space with <code>\space</code> when a
+space character is ignore, most commonly after a command.
+</para>
+<para>&latex; appends a period to the messages.
+</para>
+
+</subsection>
+<node name="_005cCurrentOption" spaces=" "><nodename>\CurrentOption</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\DeclareOption</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\ClassError and \PackageError and others</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Class and package commands</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\CurrentOption</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="511" mergedindex="cp">\CurrentOption</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="532">option, currently being processed</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Expands to the name of the option currently being processed. This can
+only be used within the <var>code</var> argument of either
+<code>\DeclareOption</code> or <code>\DeclareOption*</code>.
+</para>
+
+</subsection>
+<node name="_005cDeclareOption" spaces=" "><nodename>\DeclareOption</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\DeclareRobustCommand</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\CurrentOption</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Class and package commands</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\DeclareOption</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="512" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareOption</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="533">class options</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="534">package options</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="535">options, class</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="536">options, package</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Synopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\DeclareOption{<var>option</var>}{<var>code</var>}
+\DeclareOption*{<var>option</var>}{<var>code</var>}
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Define an option a user can include in their <code>\documentclass</code>
+command. For example, a class <code>smcmemo</code> could have an option
+<code>logo</code> allowing users to put the institutional logo on the first
+page. The document would start with
+<code>\documentclass[logo]{smcmemo}</code>. To enable this, the class file
+must contain <code>\DeclareOption{logo}{<var>code</var>}</code> (and later,
+<code>\ProcessOptions</code>).
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="537">default option processing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="538">option processing by default</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="539"><code>Unused global option</code> warning, handling</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>If you request an option that has not been declared, by default this
+will produce a warning like <code>Unused global option(s):
+[badoption].</code> This can be changed by using
+<code>\DeclareOption*{<var>code</var>}</code>, which executes <var>code</var> for
+any unknown option.
+</para>
+<para>For example, many classes extend an existing class, using code such as
+<code>\LoadClass{article}</code> (<pxref label="_005cLoadClass"><xrefnodename>\LoadClass</xrefnodename></pxref>). In this case, it
+makes sense to pass any otherwise-unknown options to the underlying
+class, like this:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\DeclareOption*{%
+ \PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}%
+}
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>As another example, our class <code>smcmemo</code> might allow users to keep
+lists of memo recipients in external files, so the user could invoke
+<code>\documentclass[math]{smcmemo}</code> and it will read the file
+<code>math.memo</code>. This code inputs the file if it exists, while if it
+doesn&textrsquo;t, the option is passed to the <code>article</code> class:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\DeclareOption*{\InputIfFileExists{\CurrentOption.memo}
+ {}{%
+ \PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}}}
+</pre></example>
+
+
+</subsection>
+<node name="_005cDeclareRobustCommand" spaces=" "><nodename>\DeclareRobustCommand</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\ExecuteOptions</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\DeclareOption</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Class and package commands</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\DeclareRobustCommand</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="513" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareRobustCommand</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="540">new command, definition</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="541">robust command, defining</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Synopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\DeclareRobustCommand{<var>cmd</var>}[<var>num</var>][<var>default</var>]&slashbreak;{<var>definition</var>}
+\DeclareRobustCommand* <r>(same parameters</r>
+</pre></example>
+
+<para><code>\DeclareRobustCommand</code> and its starred form are generally like
+<code>\newcommand</code> and <code>\newcommand*</code> (<pxref label="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand"><xrefnodename>\newcommand &
+\renewcommand</xrefnodename></pxref>), with the addition that they define a so-called
+<dfn>robust</dfn> command, even if some code within the <var>definition</var> is
+fragile. (For a discussion of robust and fragile commands,
+<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>.)
+</para>
+<para>Also unlike <code>\newcommand</code>, these do not give an error if macro
+<var>cmd</var> already exists; instead, a log message is put into the
+transcript file if a command is redefined. Thus,
+<code>\DeclareRobustCommand</code> can be used to define new robust commands
+or to redefine existing commands, making them robust.
+</para>
+<para>The starred form, <code>\DeclareRobustCommand*</code>, disallows the
+arguments from containing multiple paragraphs, just like the starred
+form of <code>\newcommand</code> and <code>\renewcommand</code>. The meaning of
+the arguments is the same.
+</para>
+<para>Commands defined this way are a bit less efficient than those defined
+using <code>\newcommand</code> so unless the command&textrsquo;s data is fragile and the
+command is used within a moving argument, use <code>\newcommand</code>.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="542"><r>package</r>, <code>etoolbox</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="543"><code>etoolbox</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="544">e-&tex;, and robust commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="514" mergedindex="cp">\newrobustcmd <r>(<t>etoolbox</t> package)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="515" mergedindex="cp">\renewrobustcmd <r>(<t>etoolbox</t> package)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="516" mergedindex="cp">\providerobustcmd <r>(<t>etoolbox</t> package)</r></indexterm></findex>
+
+<para>Related to this, the <code>etoolbox</code> package offers three commands
+and their starred forms: <code>\newrobustcmd</code>(<code>*</code>)
+<code>\renewrobustcmd</code>(<code>*</code>), and
+<code>\providerobustcmd</code>(<code>*</code>). They are similar to
+<code>\newcommand</code>, <code>\renewcommand</code>, and <code>\providecommand</code>
+and their own starred forms, but define a robust <var>cmd</var>. They have
+two possible advantages compared to <code>\DeclareRobustCommand</code>:
+</para>
+<enumerate first="1" endspaces=" ">
+<listitem>
+<para>They use the low-level e-&tex; protection mechanism rather than the
+higher-level &latex; <code>\protect</code> mechanism, so they do not incur
+the slight loss of performance mentioned above, and
+</para>
+</listitem><listitem>
+<para>They make the same distinction between <code>\new&dots;</code>,
+<code>\renew&dots;</code>, and <code>\provide&dots;</code>, as the standard
+commands. That is, they do not just write a log message when you
+redefine <var>cmd</var> that already exists; you need to use either
+<code>\renew&dots;</code> or <code>\provide&dots;</code>, or you get an error.
+This may or may not be a benefit.
+</para></listitem></enumerate>
+
+
+</subsection>
+<node name="_005cExecuteOptions" spaces=" "><nodename>\ExecuteOptions</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\IfFileExists & \InputIfFileExists</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\DeclareRobustCommand</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Class and package commands</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\ExecuteOptions</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="517" mergedindex="cp">\ExecuteOptions</indexterm></findex>
+
+<para>Synopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\ExecuteOptions{<var>option-list</var>}
+</pre></example>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="518" mergedindex="cp">\ds&arobase;<var>option</var></indexterm></findex>
+<para>For each option <var>option</var> in <var>option-list</var>, in order, this
+command executes the command <code>\ds&arobase;<var>option</var></code>. If this
+command is not defined then that option is silently ignored.
+</para>
+<para>This can be used to provide a default option list before
+<code>\ProcessOptions</code>. For example, if in a class file you want the
+default to be 11pt fonts then you could specify
+<code>\ExecuteOptions{11pt}\ProcessOptions\relax</code>.
+</para>
+
+</subsection>
+<node name="_005cIfFileExists-_0026-_005cInputIfFileExists" spaces=" "><nodename>\IfFileExists & \InputIfFileExists</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\LoadClass & \LoadClassWithOptions</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\ExecuteOptions</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Class and package commands</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\IfFileExists</code> & <code>\InputIfFileExists</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<anchor name="_005cIfFileExists">\IfFileExists</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005cInputIfFileExists">\InputIfFileExists</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="519" mergedindex="cp">\IfFileExists</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="520" mergedindex="cp">\InputIfFileExists</indexterm></findex>
+
+<para>Synopses:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\IfFileExists{<var>filename</var>}{<var>true-code</var>}{<var>false-code</var>}
+\InputIfFileExists{<var>filename</var>}{<var>true-code</var>}{<var>false-code</var>}
+</pre></example>
+
+<para><code>\IfFileExists</code> executes <var>true-code</var> if &latex; finds the
+file <file><var>filename</var></file> or <var>false-code</var> otherwise. In the
+first case it executing <var>true-code</var> and then inputs the file.
+Thus the command
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\IfFileExists{img.pdf}{%
+ \includegraphics{img.pdf}}
+ {\typeout{!! img.pdf not found}
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>will include the graphic <file>img.pdf</file> if it is found and otherwise
+give a warning.
+</para>
+<para>This command looks for the file in all search paths that &latex;
+uses, not only in the current directory. To look only in the current
+directory do something like
+<code>\IfFileExists{./<var>filename</var>}{<var>true-code</var>}{<var>false-code</var>}</code>.
+If you ask for a filename without a <code>.tex</code> extension then
+&latex; will first look for the file by appending the <code>.tex</code>;
+for more on how &latex; handles file extensions see <ref label="_005cinput"><xrefnodename>\input</xrefnodename></ref>.
+</para>
+<para><code>\InputIfFileExists</code> is similar, but, as the name states,
+automatically <code>\input</code>s <var>filename</var> if it exists. The
+<var>true-code</var> is executed just before the <code>\input</code>; if the file
+doesn&textrsquo;t exist, the <var>false-code</var> is executed. An example:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\InputIfFileExists{mypkg.cfg}
+ {\PackageInfo{Loading mypkg.cfg for configuration information}}
+ {\PackageInfo{No mypkg.cfg found}}
+</pre></example>
+
+
+</subsection>
+<node name="_005cLoadClass-_0026-_005cLoadClassWithOptions" spaces=" "><nodename>\LoadClass & \LoadClassWithOptions</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\NeedsTeXFormat</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\IfFileExists & \InputIfFileExists</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Class and package commands</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\LoadClass</code> & <code>\LoadClassWithOptions</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<anchor name="_005cLoadClass">\LoadClass</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005cLoadClassWithOptions">\LoadClassWithOptions</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="521" mergedindex="cp">\LoadClass</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="522" mergedindex="cp">\LoadClassWithOptions</indexterm></findex>
+
+<para>Synopses:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\LoadClass[<var>options-list</var>]{<var>class-name</var>}[<var>release-date</var>]
+\LoadClassWithOptions{<var>class-name</var>}[<var>release-date</var>]
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Load a class, as with
+<code>\documentclass[<var>options-list</var>]{<var>class-name</var>}[<var>release-date</var>]</code>.
+An example: <code>\LoadClass[twoside]{article}</code>.
+</para>
+<para>The <var>options-list</var>, if present, is a comma-separated list. The
+<var>release-date</var> is also optional. If present it must have the form
+<code>YYYY/MM/DD</code>.
+<!-- c BTW, there are at-macros documented in macros2e.pdf to check the version -->
+<!-- c and do some actions conditionnally on version later or not to some -->
+<!-- c date. -->
+</para>
+<para>If you request <var>release-date</var> and the date of the package
+installed on your system is earlier, then you get a warning on the
+screen and in the log like this:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">You have requested, on input line 4, version `2038/01/19' of
+document class article, but only version `2014/09/29 v1.4h
+Standard LaTeX document class' is available.
+</pre></example>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="523" mergedindex="cp">\PassOptionsToClass<r>, ignoring</r></indexterm></findex>
+<para>The command version <code>\LoadClassWithOptions</code> uses the list of
+options for the current class. This means it ignores any options passed
+to it via <code>\PassOptionsToClass</code>. This is a convenience command
+that lets you build classes on existing ones, such as the standard
+<code>article</code> class, without having to track which options were passed.
+</para>
+
+</subsection>
+<node name="_005cNeedsTeXFormat" spaces=" "><nodename>\NeedsTeXFormat</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\OptionNotUsed</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\LoadClass & \LoadClassWithOptions</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Class and package commands</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\NeedsTeXFormat</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="524" mergedindex="cp">\NeedsTeXFormat</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="545">format, requiring</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="546">version of format, requiring</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="547">date of format, requiring</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Synopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\NeedsTeXFormat{<var>format</var>}[<var>format-date</var>]
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Specifies the format that this class must be run under. Often issued
+as the first line of a class file, and most often used as:
+<code>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}</code>. When a document using that class
+is processed, the format being run must exactly match the <var>format</var>
+name given, including case. If it does not match then execution stops
+with an error like <samp>This file needs format `LaTeX2e' but this is
+`plain'.</samp>.
+</para>
+<para>To require a version of the format that you know to have certain
+features, include the optional <var>format-date</var> on which those
+features were implemented. If present, it must be in the form
+<code>YYYY/MM/DD</code>. If the format version installed on your system is
+earlier than <var>format date</var> then you get a warning like this.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">You have requested release `2038/01/20' of LaTeX, but only
+release `2016/02/01' is available.
+</pre></example>
+
+
+</subsection>
+<node name="_005cOptionNotUsed" spaces=" "><nodename>\OptionNotUsed</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\PassOptionsToClass & \PassOptionsToPackage</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\NeedsTeXFormat</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Class and package commands</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\OptionNotUsed</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="525" mergedindex="cp">\OptionNotUsed</indexterm></findex>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="548">unused options, adding to list</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="549">options, list of unused</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Adds the current option to the list of unused options. Can only be used
+within the <var>code</var> argument of either <code>\DeclareOption</code> or
+<code>\DeclareOption*</code>.
+</para>
+<!-- c xx I cannot reproduce this behavior as it is documented in clsguide. -->
+<!-- c In the absence of a @code{\DeclareOption*} declaration, @LaTeX{} issues -->
+<!-- c on the console a warning like @code{LaTeX Warning: Unused global -->
+<!-- c option(s): [unusedoption].} with the list of not-used options when it -->
+<!-- c reaches @code{\begin@{document@}}. -->
+
+
+</subsection>
+<node name="_005cPassOptionsToClass-_0026-_005cPassOptionsToPackage" spaces=" "><nodename>\PassOptionsToClass & \PassOptionsToPackage</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\ProcessOptions</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\OptionNotUsed</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Class and package commands</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\PassOptionsToClass</code> & <code>\PassOptionsToPackage</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<anchor name="_005cPassOptionsToClass">\PassOptionsToClass</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005cPassOptionsToPackage">\PassOptionsToPackage</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="526" mergedindex="cp">\PassOptionsToClass</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="527" mergedindex="cp">\PassOptionsToPackage</indexterm></findex>
+
+<para>Synopses:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\PassOptionsToClass{<var>options</var>}{<var>clsname</var>}
+\PassOptionsToPackage{<var>option</var>}{<var>pkgname</var>}
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Adds the options in the comma-separated list <var>options</var> to the
+options used by any future <code>\RequirePackage</code> or
+<code>\usepackage</code> command for the class <var>clsname</var> or the package
+<var>pkgname</var>, respectively.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="550">option clash</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="551">conflict between package options</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>The reason for these commands is that although you may load a package
+any number of times with no options, if you can specify options only
+the first time you load the package. Loading a package with options
+more than once will get you an error like <code>Option clash for
+package foo.</code>. &latex; throws an error even if there is no conflict
+between the options.
+</para>
+<para>If your own code is bringing in a package twice then you can combine
+the calls; for example, replacing the two
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\RequirePackage[landscape]{geometry}
+\RequirePackage[margins=1in]{geometry}
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent> <para>with the single command
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\RequirePackage[landscape,margins=1in]{geometry}
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>However, suppose you are loading <file>firstpkg</file> and inside that
+package it loads <file>secondpkg</file>, and you need <code>secondpkg</code> to be
+loaded with option <code>draft</code>. Then before load the first package
+you must tell &latex; about the desired options for the second
+package, like this:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\PassOptionsToPackage{draft}{secondpkg}
+\RequirePackage{firstpkg}
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>If <code>firstpkg.sty</code> loads an option in conflict with what you want
+then you may have to alter its source, or yours.
+</para>
+<para>These commands are useful for general users as well as class and package
+writers. For instance, suppose a user wants to load the <code>graphicx</code>
+package with the option <code>draft</code> and also wants to use a class
+<code>foo</code> that loads the <code>graphicx</code> package, but without that
+option. The user could start their &latex; file with
+<code>\PassOptionsToPackage{draft}{graphicx} \documentclass{foo}</code>.
+</para>
+
+</subsection>
+<node name="_005cProcessOptions" spaces=" "><nodename>\ProcessOptions</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\ProvidesClass & \ProvidesPackage</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\PassOptionsToClass & \PassOptionsToPackage</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Class and package commands</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\ProcessOptions</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="528" mergedindex="cp">\ProcessOptions</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="552">processing options</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="553">options, processing</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Synopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\ProcessOptions<var>\&arobase;options</var>
+\ProcessOptions*<var>\&arobase;options</var>
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Execute the code for each option that the user has invoked. Invoke it
+in the class file as <code>\ProcessOptions\relax</code> (because of the
+existence of the starred version, described below).
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="554">options, global and local</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="555">local options</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="556">global options</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Options come in two types. <dfn>Local options</dfn> have been specified
+for this particular package in <code>\usepackage[<var>options</var>]</code>,
+<code>\RequirePackage[<var>options</var>]</code>, or the <var>options</var> argument
+of <code>\PassOptionsToPackage{<var>options</var>}</code>. <dfn>Global options</dfn>
+are those given by the class user in
+<code>\documentclass[<var>options</var>]</code>. If an option is specified both
+locally and globally then it is local.
+</para>
+<para>When <code>\ProcessOptions</code> is called for a package <file>pkg.sty</file>, the
+following happens:
+</para>
+<enumerate first="1" endspaces=" ">
+<listitem>
+<para>For each option <var>option</var> so far declared with
+<code>\DeclareOption</code>, <code>\ProcessOptions</code> looks to see if that
+option is either global or local for <code>pkg</code>. If so, then it
+executes the declared code. This is done in the order in which these
+options were given in <file>pkg.sty</file>.
+</para>
+</listitem><listitem>
+<para>For each remaining local option, it executes the command
+<code>\ds&arobase;</code><var>option</var> if it has been defined somewhere (other than by
+a <code>\DeclareOption</code>); otherwise, it executes the default option code
+given in <code>\DeclareOption*</code>. If no default option code has been
+declared then it gives an error message. This is done in the order in
+which these options were specified.
+</para></listitem></enumerate>
+
+<para>When <code>\ProcessOptions</code> is called for a class it works in the same
+way except that all options are local, and the default <var>code</var> for
+<code>\DeclareOption*</code> is <code>\OptionNotUsed</code> rather than an error.
+</para>
+<para>The starred version <code>\ProcessOptions*</code> executes the
+options in the order specified in the calling commands, rather than in
+the order of declaration in the class or package. For a package, this
+means that the global options are processed first.
+</para>
+
+</subsection>
+<node name="_005cProvidesClass-_0026-_005cProvidesPackage" spaces=" "><nodename>\ProvidesClass & \ProvidesPackage</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\ProvidesFile</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\ProcessOptions</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Class and package commands</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\ProvidesClass</code> & <code>\ProvidesPackage</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<anchor name="_005cProvidesClass">\ProvidesClass</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005cProvidesPackage">\ProvidesPackage</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="529" mergedindex="cp">\ProvidesClass</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="530" mergedindex="cp">\ProvidesPackage</indexterm></findex>
+
+<para>Synopses:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\ProvidesClass{<var>clsname</var>}[<var>release-date</var> <r>[</r><var>info-text</var><r>]</r>]
+\ProvidesPackage{<var>pkgname</var>}[<var>release-date</var> <r>[</r><var>info-text</var><r>]</r>]
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Identifies the class or package being defined, printing a message to
+the screen and the log file.
+</para>
+<para>When you load a class or package, for example with
+<code>\documentclass{smcmemo}</code> or <code>\usepackage{test}</code>,
+&latex; inputs a file (<file>smcmemo.cls</file> and <file>test.sty</file>,
+respectively). If the name of the file does not match the class or
+package name declared in it then you get a warning. Thus, if you
+invoke <code>\documentclass{smcmemo}</code>, and the file
+<file>smcmemo.cls</file> has the statement <code>\ProvidesClass{foo}</code> then
+you get a warning like <code>You have requested document class
+`smcmemo', but the document class provides 'foo'.</code> This warning does
+not prevent &latex; from processing the rest of the class file
+normally.
+</para>
+<para>If you include the optional argument then you must include a date,
+before any spaces, of the form <code>YYYY/MM/DD</code>. The rest of the
+optional argument is free-form, although it traditionally identifies
+the class. It is written to the screen during compilation and to the
+log file. Thus, if your file <file>smcmemo.cls</file> contains the line
+<code>\ProvidesClass{smcmemo}[2008/06/01 v1.0 SMC memo class]</code> and
+your document&textrsquo;s first line is <code>\documentclass{smcmemo}</code> then
+you will see <code>Document Class: smcmemo 2008/06/01 v1.0 SMC memo
+class</code>.
+</para>
+<para>The date in the optional argument allows class and package users to
+ask to be warned if the version of the class or package is earlier
+than <var>release date</var>. For instance, a user could enter
+<code>\documentclass{smcmemo}[2018/10/12]</code> or
+<code>\usepackage{foo}[[2017/07/07]]</code> to require a class or package
+with certain features by specifying that it must be released no
+earlier than the given date. Perhaps more importantly, the date
+serves as documentation of the last release. (In practice, package
+users rarely include a date, and class users almost never do.)
+</para>
+
+</subsection>
+<node name="_005cProvidesFile" spaces=" "><nodename>\ProvidesFile</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\RequirePackage & \RequirePackageWithOptions</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\ProvidesClass & \ProvidesPackage</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Class and package commands</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\ProvidesFile</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="531" mergedindex="cp">\ProvidesFile</indexterm></findex>
+
+<para>Synopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\ProvidesFile{<var>filename</var>}[<var>info-text</var>]
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Declare a file other than the main class and package files, such as a
+configuration or font definition file. It writes the given
+information to the log file, essentially like <code>\ProvidesClass</code>
+and <code>\ProvidesPackage</code> (see the previous section).
+</para>
+<para>For example:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\ProvidesFile{smcmemo.cfg}[2017/10/12 config file for smcmemo.cls]
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent> <para>writes this into the log:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">File: smcmemo.cfg 2017/10/12 config file for smcmemo.cls
+</pre></example>
+
+
+</subsection>
+<node name="_005cRequirePackage-_0026-_005cRequirePackageWithOptions" spaces=" "><nodename>\RequirePackage & \RequirePackageWithOptions</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\ProvidesFile</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Class and package commands</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\RequirePackage</code> & <code>\RequirePackageWithOptions</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<anchor name="_005cRequirePackage">\RequirePackage</anchor>
+<anchor name="_005cRequirePackageWithOptions">\RequirePackageWithOptions</anchor>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="532" mergedindex="cp">\RequirePackage</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="533" mergedindex="cp">\RequirePackageWithOptions</indexterm></findex>
+
+<para>Synopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\RequirePackage[<var>option-list</var>]{<var>pkgname</var>}[<var>release-date</var>]
+\RequirePackageWithOptions{<var>pkgname</var>}[<var>release-date</var>]
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Load a package, like the command <code>\usepackage</code> (<pxref label="Additional-packages"><xrefnodename>Additional
+packages</xrefnodename></pxref>). An example:&linebreak;
+<code>\RequirePackage[landscape,margin=1in]{geometry}</code>
+</para>
+<para>The initial optional argument <var>option-list</var>, if present, must be a
+comma-separated list. The trailing optional argument
+<var>release-date</var>, if present, must have the form <code>YYYY/MM/DD</code>.
+If the release date of the package as installed on your system is
+earlier than <var>release-date</var> then you get a warning like <samp>You
+have requested, on input line 9, version `2017/07/03' of package
+jhtest, but only version `2000/01/01' is available</samp>.
+</para>
+<para>The <code>\RequirePackageWithOptions</code> variant uses the list of options
+for the current class. This means it ignores any options passed to it
+via <code>\PassOptionsToClass</code>. This is a convenience command to
+allow easily building classes on existing ones without having to track
+which options were passed.
+</para>
+<para>The difference between <code>\usepackage</code> and <code>\RequirePackage</code>
+is small. The <code>\usepackage</code> command is intended to be used in
+documents, while <code>\RequirePackage</code> is intended for package and
+class files. The most significant difference in practice is that
+<code>\RequirePackage</code> can be used in a document before the
+<code>\documentclass</code> command, while <code>\usepackage</code> gives an error
+there. The most common need for this nowadays is for the
+<code>\DocumentMetadata</code> command (<pxref label="_005cDocumentMetadata"><xrefnodename>\DocumentMetadata</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>The &latex; development team strongly recommends use of these and
+related commands over Plain &tex;&textrsquo;s <code>\input</code>; see the Class
+Guide (<url><urefurl>https://ctan.org/pkg/clsguide</urefurl></url>).
+</para>
+
+</subsection>
+</section>
</chapter>
<node name="Counters" spaces=" "><nodename>Counters</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Lengths</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Definitions</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Counters</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="524">counters, a list of</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="525">variables, a list of</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="557">counters, a list of</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="558">variables, a list of</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Everything &latex; numbers for you has a counter associated with
it. The name of the counter is often the same as the name of the
@@ -11129,23 +11503,23 @@
<para>Below is a list of the counters used in &latex;&textrsquo;s standard document
classes to control numbering.
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="529" mergedindex="cp">part counter</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="530" mergedindex="cp">chapter counter</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="531" mergedindex="cp">section counter</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="532" mergedindex="cp">subsection counter</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="533" mergedindex="cp">subsubsection counter</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="534" mergedindex="cp">paragraph counter</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="535" mergedindex="cp">subparagraph counter</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="536" mergedindex="cp">page counter</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="537" mergedindex="cp">equation counter</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="538" mergedindex="cp">figure counter</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="539" mergedindex="cp">table counter</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="540" mergedindex="cp">footnote counter</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="541" mergedindex="cp">mpfootnote counter</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="542" mergedindex="cp">enumi counter</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="543" mergedindex="cp">enumii counter</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="544" mergedindex="cp">enumiii counter</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="545" mergedindex="cp">enumiv counter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="534" mergedindex="cp">part counter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="535" mergedindex="cp">chapter counter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="536" mergedindex="cp">section counter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="537" mergedindex="cp">subsection counter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="538" mergedindex="cp">subsubsection counter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="539" mergedindex="cp">paragraph counter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="540" mergedindex="cp">subparagraph counter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="541" mergedindex="cp">page counter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="542" mergedindex="cp">equation counter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="543" mergedindex="cp">figure counter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="544" mergedindex="cp">table counter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="545" mergedindex="cp">footnote counter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="546" mergedindex="cp">mpfootnote counter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="547" mergedindex="cp">enumi counter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="548" mergedindex="cp">enumii counter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="549" mergedindex="cp">enumiii counter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="550" mergedindex="cp">enumiv counter</indexterm></findex>
<example endspaces=" ">
<pre xml:space="preserve">part paragraph figure enumi
chapter subparagraph table enumii
@@ -11179,7 +11553,7 @@
<node name="_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol" spaces=" "><nodename>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\usecounter</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Counters</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</code>: Printing counters</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="526">counters, printing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="559">counters, printing</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Print the value of a counter, in a specified style. For instance, if
the counter <var>counter</var> has the value 1 then a
@@ -11191,30 +11565,30 @@
start with a backslash.
</para>
<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="546" mergedindex="cp">\alph{<var>counter</var>}</indexterm>\alph{<var>counter</var>}</itemformat></item>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="551" mergedindex="cp">\alph{<var>counter</var>}</indexterm>\alph{<var>counter</var>}</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Print the value of <var>counter</var> in lowercase letters: &textlsquo;a&textrsquo;, &textlsquo;b&textrsquo;,
&enddots; If the counter&textrsquo;s value is less than 1 or more than 26 then
you get <samp>LaTeX Error: Counter too large.</samp>
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="547" mergedindex="cp">\Alph{<var>counter</var>}</indexterm>\Alph{<var>counter</var>}</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="552" mergedindex="cp">\Alph{<var>counter</var>}</indexterm>\Alph{<var>counter</var>}</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Print in uppercase letters: &textlsquo;A&textrsquo;, &textlsquo;B&textrsquo;, &enddots; If the counter&textrsquo;s value
is less than 1 or more than 26 then you get <samp>LaTeX Error: Counter
too large.</samp>
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="548" mergedindex="cp">\arabic{<var>counter</var>}</indexterm>\arabic{<var>counter</var>}</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="553" mergedindex="cp">\arabic{<var>counter</var>}</indexterm>\arabic{<var>counter</var>}</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Print in Arabic numbers such as <samp>5</samp> or <samp>-2</samp>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="549" mergedindex="cp">\roman{<var>counter</var>}</indexterm>\roman{<var>counter</var>}</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="554" mergedindex="cp">\roman{<var>counter</var>}</indexterm>\roman{<var>counter</var>}</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Print in lowercase roman numerals: &textlsquo;i&textrsquo;, &textlsquo;ii&textrsquo;, &enddots; If the
counter&textrsquo;s value is less than 1 then you get no warning or error but
&latex; does not print anything in the output.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="550" mergedindex="cp">\Roman{<var>counter</var>}</indexterm>\Roman{<var>counter</var>}</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="555" mergedindex="cp">\Roman{<var>counter</var>}</indexterm>\Roman{<var>counter</var>}</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Print in uppercase roman numerals: &textlsquo;I&textrsquo;, &textlsquo;II&textrsquo;, &enddots; If the
counter&textrsquo;s value is less than 1 then you get no warning or error but
&latex; does not print anything in the output.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="551" mergedindex="cp">\fnsymbol{<var>counter</var>}</indexterm>\fnsymbol{<var>counter</var>}</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="556" mergedindex="cp">\fnsymbol{<var>counter</var>}</indexterm>\fnsymbol{<var>counter</var>}</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Prints the value of <var>counter</var> using a sequence of nine symbols that
are traditionally used for labeling footnotes. The value of
<var>counter</var> should be between 1 and 9, inclusive. If the
@@ -11255,9 +11629,9 @@
<node name="_005cusecounter" spaces=" "><nodename>\usecounter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\value</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Counters</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\usecounter</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="552" mergedindex="cp">\usecounter</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="527">list items, specifying counter</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="528">numbered items, specifying counter</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="557" mergedindex="cp">\usecounter</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="560">list items, specifying counter</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="561">numbered items, specifying counter</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -11292,8 +11666,8 @@
<node name="_005cvalue" spaces=" "><nodename>\value</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\setcounter</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\usecounter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Counters</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\value</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="553" mergedindex="cp">\value</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="529">counters, getting value of</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="558" mergedindex="cp">\value</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="562">counters, getting value of</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -11336,9 +11710,9 @@
<node name="_005csetcounter" spaces=" "><nodename>\setcounter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\addtocounter</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\value</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Counters</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\setcounter</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="554" mergedindex="cp">\setcounter</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="530">counters, setting</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="531">setting counters</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="559" mergedindex="cp">\setcounter</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="563">counters, setting</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="564">setting counters</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -11364,7 +11738,7 @@
<node name="_005caddtocounter" spaces=" "><nodename>\addtocounter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\refstepcounter</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\setcounter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Counters</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\addtocounter</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="555" mergedindex="cp">\addtocounter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="560" mergedindex="cp">\addtocounter</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -11388,7 +11762,7 @@
<node name="_005crefstepcounter" spaces=" "><nodename>\refstepcounter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\stepcounter</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\addtocounter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Counters</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\refstepcounter</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="556" mergedindex="cp">\refstepcounter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="561" mergedindex="cp">\refstepcounter</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -11412,7 +11786,7 @@
<node name="_005cstepcounter" spaces=" "><nodename>\stepcounter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\day & \month & \year</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\refstepcounter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Counters</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\stepcounter</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="557" mergedindex="cp">\stepcounter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="562" mergedindex="cp">\stepcounter</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -11437,9 +11811,9 @@
<anchor name="_005cday">\day</anchor>
<anchor name="_005cmonth">\month</anchor>
<anchor name="_005cyear">\year</anchor>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="558" mergedindex="cp">\day</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="559" mergedindex="cp">\month</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="560" mergedindex="cp">\year</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="563" mergedindex="cp">\day</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="564" mergedindex="cp">\month</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="565" mergedindex="cp">\year</indexterm></findex>
<para>&latex; defines the counter <code>\day</code> for the day of the month
(nominally with value between 1 and 31), <code>\month</code> for the month of
@@ -11468,16 +11842,16 @@
<node name="Lengths" spaces=" "><nodename>Lengths</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Making paragraphs</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Counters</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Lengths</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="532">lengths, defining and using</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="565">lengths, defining and using</indexterm></cindex>
<para>A <dfn>length</dfn> is a measure of distance. Many &latex; commands take a
length as an argument.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="533">rigid lengths</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="534">rubber lengths</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="535">dimen <r>plain &tex;</r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="536">skip <r>plain &tex;</r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="537">glue <r>plain &tex;</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="566">rigid lengths</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="567">rubber lengths</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="568">dimen <r>plain &tex;</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="569">skip <r>plain &tex;</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="570">glue <r>plain &tex;</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>Lengths come in two types. A <dfn>rigid length</dfn> such as <code>10pt</code>
does not contain a <code>plus</code> or <code>minus</code> component. (Plain
&tex; calls this a <dfn>dimen</dfn>.) A <dfn>rubber length</dfn> (what plain
@@ -11501,10 +11875,10 @@
<noindent></noindent>
<para>This next example uses those commands to show a black bar 100 points
-long between <samp>XXX</samp> and <samp>YYY</samp>. This length is rigid.
+long between <samp>ABC</samp> and <samp>XYZ</samp>. This length is rigid.
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">XXX\showhbox{100pt}{\blackbar{100pt}}YYY
+<pre xml:space="preserve">ABC\showhbox{100pt}{\blackbar{100pt}}XYZ
</pre></example>
<para>As for rubber lengths, shrinking is simpler one: with <code>1cm minus
@@ -11514,10 +11888,10 @@
98 points between the two bars.
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">XXX\showhbox{300pt}{%
+<pre xml:space="preserve">ABC\showhbox{300pt}{%
\blackbar{101pt}\hspace{100pt minus 2pt}\blackbar{101pt}}YYY
-XXX\showhbox{300pt}{%
+ABC\showhbox{300pt}{%
\blackbar{105pt}\hspace{100pt minus 1pt}\blackbar{105pt}}YYY
</pre></example>
@@ -11533,10 +11907,10 @@
producing a space of 110 points between the bars.
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">XXX\showhbox{300pt}{%
+<pre xml:space="preserve">ABC\showhbox{300pt}{%
\blackbar{95pt}\hspace{100pt plus 10pt}\blackbar{95pt}}YYY
-XXX\showhbox{300pt}{%
+ABC\showhbox{300pt}{%
\blackbar{95pt}\hspace{100pt plus 1pt}\blackbar{95pt}}YYY
</pre></example>
@@ -11553,7 +11927,7 @@
stretch or shrink in proportion.
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">XXX\showhbox{300pt}{%
+<pre xml:space="preserve">ABC\showhbox{300pt}{%
\blackbar{100pt}% left
\hspace{0pt plus 50pt}\blackbar{80pt}\hspace{0pt plus 10pt}% middle
\blackbar{100pt}}YYY % right
@@ -11605,57 +11979,57 @@
<node name="Units-of-length" spaces=" "><nodename>Units of length</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\setlength</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Lengths</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Units of length</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="538">units, of length</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="571">units, of length</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&tex; and &latex; know about these units both inside and outside of
math mode.
</para>
<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="561" mergedindex="cp">pt</indexterm>pt </itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="539">point</indexterm></cindex>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="566" mergedindex="cp">pt</indexterm>pt </itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="572">point</indexterm></cindex>
<anchor name="units-of-length-pt">units of length pt</anchor>
<para>Point, 1/72.27 inch. The (approximate) conversion to metric units
is 1<dmn>point</dmn> = .35146<dmn>mm</dmn> = .035146<dmn>cm</dmn>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="562" mergedindex="cp">pc</indexterm>pc</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="540">pica</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="567" mergedindex="cp">pc</indexterm>pc</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="573">pica</indexterm></cindex>
<anchor name="units-of-length-pc">units of length pc</anchor>
<para>Pica, 12 pt
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="563" mergedindex="cp">in</indexterm>in </itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="541">inch</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="568" mergedindex="cp">in</indexterm>in </itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="574">inch</indexterm></cindex>
<anchor name="units-of-length-in">units of length in</anchor>
<para>Inch, 72.27 pt
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="564" mergedindex="cp">bp</indexterm>bp </itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="542">big point</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="543">PostScript point</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="569" mergedindex="cp">bp</indexterm>bp </itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="575">big point</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="576">PostScript point</indexterm></cindex>
<anchor name="units-of-length-bp">units of length bp</anchor>
<para>Big point, 1/72 inch. This length is the definition of a point in
PostScript and many desktop publishing systems.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="565" mergedindex="cp">mm</indexterm>mm </itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="544">millimeter</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="570" mergedindex="cp">mm</indexterm>mm </itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="577">millimeter</indexterm></cindex>
<anchor name="units-of-length-mm">units of length mm</anchor>
<para>Millimeter, 2.845<dmn>pt</dmn>
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="566" mergedindex="cp">cm</indexterm>cm </itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="545">centimeter</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="571" mergedindex="cp">cm</indexterm>cm </itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="578">centimeter</indexterm></cindex>
<anchor name="units-of-length-cm">units of length cm</anchor>
<para>Centimeter, 10<dmn>mm</dmn>
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="567" mergedindex="cp">dd</indexterm>dd </itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="546">didot point</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="572" mergedindex="cp">dd</indexterm>dd </itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="579">didot point</indexterm></cindex>
<anchor name="units-of-length-dd">units of length dd</anchor>
<para>Didot point, 1.07 pt
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="568" mergedindex="cp">cc</indexterm>cc </itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="547">cicero</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="573" mergedindex="cp">cc</indexterm>cc </itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="580">cicero</indexterm></cindex>
<anchor name="units-of-length-cc">units of length cc</anchor>
<para>Cicero, 12 dd
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="569" mergedindex="cp">sp</indexterm>sp </itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="548">scaled point</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="574" mergedindex="cp">sp</indexterm>sp </itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="581">scaled point</indexterm></cindex>
<anchor name="units-of-length-sp">units of length sp</anchor>
<para>Scaled point, 1/65536 pt
</para>
@@ -11665,9 +12039,9 @@
than being an absolute dimension.
</para>
<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="570" mergedindex="cp">ex</indexterm>ex</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="549">x-height</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="550">ex</indexterm></cindex>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="575" mergedindex="cp">ex</indexterm>ex</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="582">x-height</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="583">ex</indexterm></cindex>
<anchor name="Lengths_002fex">Lengths/ex</anchor>
<anchor name="units-of-length-ex">units of length ex</anchor>
<para>The x-height of the current font <dfn>ex</dfn>, traditionally the
@@ -11674,9 +12048,9 @@
height of the lowercase letter x, is often used for vertical
lengths.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="571" mergedindex="cp">em</indexterm>em</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="551">m-width</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="552">em</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="576" mergedindex="cp">em</indexterm>em</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="584">m-width</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="585">em</indexterm></cindex>
<anchor name="Lengths_002fem">Lengths/em</anchor>
<anchor name="units-of-length-em">units of length em</anchor>
<para>Similarly <dfn>em</dfn>, traditionally the width of the capital
@@ -11685,8 +12059,8 @@
have 1<dmn>em</dmn> = 10<dmn>pt</dmn>. &latex; has several commands to produce
horizontal spaces based on the em (<pxref label="_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad"><xrefnodename>\enspace & \quad & \qquad</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="572" mergedindex="cp">mu</indexterm>mu</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="553">mu, math unit</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="577" mergedindex="cp">mu</indexterm>mu</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="586">mu, math unit</indexterm></cindex>
<anchor name="units-of-length-mu">units of length mu</anchor>
<para>Finally, in math mode, many definitions are expressed in terms
of the math unit <dfn>mu</dfn>, defined by 1<dmn>em</dmn> = 18<dmn>mu</dmn>, where the
@@ -11705,8 +12079,8 @@
<node name="_005csetlength" spaces=" "><nodename>\setlength</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\addtolength</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Units of length</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Lengths</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\setlength</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="573" mergedindex="cp">\setlength</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="554">lengths, setting</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="578" mergedindex="cp">\setlength</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="587">lengths, setting</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -11742,8 +12116,8 @@
<node name="_005caddtolength" spaces=" "><nodename>\addtolength</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\settodepth</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\setlength</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Lengths</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\addtolength</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="574" mergedindex="cp">\addtolength</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="555">lengths, adding to</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="579" mergedindex="cp">\addtolength</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="588">lengths, adding to</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -11786,7 +12160,7 @@
<node name="_005csettodepth" spaces=" "><nodename>\settodepth</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\settoheight</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\addtolength</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Lengths</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\settodepth</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="575" mergedindex="cp">\settodepth</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="580" mergedindex="cp">\settodepth</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -11819,7 +12193,7 @@
<node name="_005csettoheight" spaces=" "><nodename>\settoheight</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\settowidth</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\settodepth</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Lengths</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\settoheight</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="576" mergedindex="cp">\settoheight</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="581" mergedindex="cp">\settoheight</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -11853,7 +12227,7 @@
<node name="_005csettowidth" spaces=" "><nodename>\settowidth</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\stretch</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\settoheight</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Lengths</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\settowidth</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="577" mergedindex="cp">\settowidth</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="582" mergedindex="cp">\settowidth</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -11887,7 +12261,7 @@
<node name="_005cstretch" spaces=" "><nodename>\stretch</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Expressions</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\settowidth</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Lengths</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\stretch</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="578" mergedindex="cp">\stretch</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="583" mergedindex="cp">\stretch</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -11934,7 +12308,7 @@
<node name="Expressions" spaces=" "><nodename>Expressions</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\stretch</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Lengths</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Expressions</sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="579" mergedindex="cp">expressions</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="584" mergedindex="cp">expressions</indexterm></findex>
<!-- c Much from Joseph Wright's https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/245663/339 -->
<para>Synopsis, one of:
@@ -12046,8 +12420,8 @@
<node name="Making-paragraphs" spaces=" "><nodename>Making paragraphs</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Math formulas</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Lengths</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Making paragraphs</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="556">making paragraphs</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="557">paragraphs</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="589">making paragraphs</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="590">paragraphs</indexterm></cindex>
<para>To start a paragraph, just type some text. To end the current
paragraph, put an empty line. This is three paragraphs, the
@@ -12130,8 +12504,8 @@
<node name="_005cpar" spaces=" "><nodename>\par</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\indent & \noindent</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Making paragraphs</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\par</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="580" mergedindex="cp">\par</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="558">paragraph, ending</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="585" mergedindex="cp">\par</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="591">paragraph, ending</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis (note that while reading the input &tex; converts any sequence
of one or more blank lines to a <code>\par</code>, <ref label="Making-paragraphs"><xrefnodename>Making paragraphs</xrefnodename></ref>):
@@ -12197,9 +12571,9 @@
<anchor name="_005cindent">\indent</anchor>
<anchor name="_005cnoindent">\noindent</anchor>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="581" mergedindex="cp">\indent</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="582" mergedindex="cp">\noindent</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="559">indent, forcing</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="586" mergedindex="cp">\indent</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="587" mergedindex="cp">\noindent</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="592">indent, forcing</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -12247,14 +12621,14 @@
\noindent shows this clearly.
</pre></example>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="583" mergedindex="cp">\parindent</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="588" mergedindex="cp">\parindent</indexterm></findex>
<para>To omit indentation in the entire document put
<code>\setlength{\parindent}{0pt}</code> in the preamble. If you do that,
you may want to also set the length of spaces between paragraphs,
<code>\parskip</code> (<pxref label="_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip"><xrefnodename>\parindent & \parskip</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="560"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="561"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="593"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="594"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>Default &latex; styles have the first paragraph after a section that is
not indented, as is traditional typesetting in English. To change that,
@@ -12267,11 +12641,11 @@
<anchor name="_005cparindent">\parindent</anchor>
<anchor name="_005cparskip">\parskip</anchor>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="584" mergedindex="cp">\parindent</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="585" mergedindex="cp">\parskip</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="562">paragraph indentation</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="563">horizontal paragraph indentation</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="564">vertical space before paragraphs</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="589" mergedindex="cp">\parindent</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="590" mergedindex="cp">\parskip</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="595">paragraph indentation</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="596">horizontal paragraph indentation</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="597">vertical space before paragraphs</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -12315,10 +12689,10 @@
<node name="Marginal-notes" spaces=" "><nodename>Marginal notes</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\parindent & \parskip</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Making paragraphs</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Marginal notes</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="565">marginal notes</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="566">notes in the margin</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="567">remarks in the margin</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="586" mergedindex="cp">\marginpar</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="598">marginal notes</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="599">notes in the margin</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="600">remarks in the margin</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="591" mergedindex="cp">\marginpar</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis, one of:
</para>
@@ -12339,8 +12713,8 @@
outside margin. If you are in two-column layout (document option
<code>twocolumn</code>) then it goes in the nearest margin.
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="587" mergedindex="cp">\reversemarginpar</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="588" mergedindex="cp">\normalmarginpar</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="592" mergedindex="cp">\reversemarginpar</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="593" mergedindex="cp">\normalmarginpar</indexterm></findex>
<para>If you declare <code>\reversemarginpar</code> then &latex; will place
subsequent marginal notes in the opposite margin to that given in the
prior paragraph. Revert that to the default position with
@@ -12357,18 +12731,18 @@
<para>These parameters affect the formatting of the note:
</para>
<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="589" mergedindex="cp">\marginparpush</indexterm>\marginparpush</itemformat></item>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="594" mergedindex="cp">\marginparpush</indexterm>\marginparpush</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="marginal-notes-marginparpush">marginal notes marginparpush</anchor>
<para>Minimum vertical space between notes; default <samp>7pt</samp> for <samp>12pt</samp>
documents, <samp>5pt</samp> else. See also <ref label="page-layout-parameters-marginparpush"><xrefnodename>page layout parameters
marginparpush</xrefnodename></ref>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="590" mergedindex="cp">\marginparsep</indexterm>\marginparsep</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="595" mergedindex="cp">\marginparsep</indexterm>\marginparsep</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="marginal-notes-marginparsep">marginal notes marginparsep</anchor>
<para>Horizontal space between the main text and the note; default
<samp>11pt</samp> for <samp>10pt</samp> documents, <samp>10pt</samp> else.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="591" mergedindex="cp">\marginparwidth</indexterm>\marginparwidth</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="596" mergedindex="cp">\marginparwidth</indexterm>\marginparwidth</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="marginal-notes-marginparwidth">marginal notes marginparwidth</anchor>
<para>Width of the note itself; default for a one-sided <samp>10pt</samp> document
is <samp>90pt</samp>, <samp>83pt</samp> for <samp>11pt</samp>, and <samp>68pt</samp> for
@@ -12389,17 +12763,17 @@
<node name="Math-formulas" spaces=" "><nodename>Math formulas</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Modes</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Making paragraphs</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Math formulas</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="568">math formulas</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="569">formulas, math</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="570">math mode, entering</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="592" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>math</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="593" mergedindex="cp"><code>math</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="601">math formulas</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="602">formulas, math</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="603">math mode, entering</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="597" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>math</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="598" mergedindex="cp"><code>math</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="594" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>displaymath</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="595" mergedindex="cp"><code>displaymath</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="599" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>displaymath</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="600" mergedindex="cp"><code>displaymath</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="596" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>equation</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="597" mergedindex="cp"><code>equation</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="601" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>equation</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="602" mergedindex="cp"><code>equation</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
<para>Produce mathematical text by putting &latex; into math mode or display
@@ -12473,14 +12847,14 @@
\end{displaymath}</code>. These environments can only be used in paragraph
mode (<pxref label="Modes"><xrefnodename>Modes</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="571"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="572"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="604"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="605"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="573"><r>package</r>, <code>amsfonts</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="574"><code>amsfonts</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="606"><r>package</r>, <code>amsfonts</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="607"><code>amsfonts</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="575"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="576"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="608"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="609"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>The American Mathematical Society has made freely available a set of
packages that greatly expand your options for writing mathematics,
@@ -12507,11 +12881,11 @@
<anchor name="superscript">superscript</anchor>
<anchor name="subscript">subscript</anchor>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="577">superscript</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="578">subscript</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="598" mergedindex="cp">^ <r>superscript</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="599" mergedindex="cp">_ <r>subscript</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="579">exponent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="610">superscript</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="611">subscript</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="603" mergedindex="cp">^ <r>superscript</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="604" mergedindex="cp">_ <r>subscript</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="612">exponent</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis (in math mode or display math mode), one of:
</para>
@@ -12583,8 +12957,8 @@
display math mode, as in <code>the expression x^2</code>, will get you
the &tex; error <samp>Missing $ inserted</samp>.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="580"><r>package</r>, <code>mhchem</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="581"><code>mhchem</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="613"><r>package</r>, <code>mhchem</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="614"><code>mhchem</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>A common reason to want subscripts outside of a mathematics mode is to
typeset chemical formulas. There are packages for that, such as
@@ -12595,12 +12969,12 @@
<node name="Math-symbols" spaces=" "><nodename>Math symbols</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Math functions</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Subscripts & superscripts</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Math symbols</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="582">math symbols</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="583">symbols, math</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="584">greek letters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="615">math symbols</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="616">symbols, math</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="617">greek letters</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="585"><r>package</r>, <code>comprehensive</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="586"><code>comprehensive</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="618"><r>package</r>, <code>comprehensive</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="619"><code>comprehensive</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>&latex; provides almost any mathematical or technical symbol that
@@ -12620,26 +12994,26 @@
<!-- c Useful: http://www.w3.org/TR/WD-math-970515/section6.html -->
<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="600" mergedindex="cp">\|</indexterm>\|</itemformat></item>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="605" mergedindex="cp">\|</indexterm>\|</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2225</U> Parallel (relation). Synonym: <code>\parallel</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="601" mergedindex="cp">\aleph</indexterm>\aleph</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="606" mergedindex="cp">\aleph</indexterm>\aleph</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2135</U> Aleph, transfinite cardinal (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="602" mergedindex="cp">\alpha</indexterm>\alpha</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="607" mergedindex="cp">\alpha</indexterm>\alpha</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03B1</U> Lowercase Greek letter alpha (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="603" mergedindex="cp">\amalg</indexterm>\amalg</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="608" mergedindex="cp">\amalg</indexterm>\amalg</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2A3F</U> Disjoint union (binary)
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="604" mergedindex="cp">\angle</indexterm>\angle</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="609" mergedindex="cp">\angle</indexterm>\angle</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2220</U> Geometric angle (ordinary). Similar: less-than
sign <code><</code> and angle bracket <code>\langle</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="605" mergedindex="cp">\approx</indexterm>\approx</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="610" mergedindex="cp">\approx</indexterm>\approx</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2248</U> Almost equal to (relation).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="606" mergedindex="cp">\ast</indexterm>\ast</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="611" mergedindex="cp">\ast</indexterm>\ast</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2217</U> Asterisk operator, convolution, six-pointed
(binary). Synonym: <code>*</code>, which is often a superscript or
subscript, as in the Kleene star. Similar: <code>\star</code>, which is
@@ -12646,159 +13020,159 @@
five-pointed, and is sometimes used as a general binary operation, and
sometimes reserved for cross-correlation.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="607" mergedindex="cp">\asymp</indexterm>\asymp</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="612" mergedindex="cp">\asymp</indexterm>\asymp</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>224D</U> Asymptotically equivalent (relation).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="608" mergedindex="cp">\backslash</indexterm>\backslash</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="613" mergedindex="cp">\backslash</indexterm>\backslash</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>\ Backslash (ordinary). Similar: set minus <code>\setminus</code>, and
<code>\textbackslash</code> for backslash outside of math mode.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="609" mergedindex="cp">\beta</indexterm>\beta</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="614" mergedindex="cp">\beta</indexterm>\beta</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03B2</U> Lowercase Greek letter beta (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="610" mergedindex="cp">\bigcap</indexterm>\bigcap</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="615" mergedindex="cp">\bigcap</indexterm>\bigcap</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22C2</U> Variable-sized, or n-ary, intersection (operator). Similar:
binary intersection <code>\cap</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="611" mergedindex="cp">\bigcirc</indexterm>\bigcirc</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="616" mergedindex="cp">\bigcirc</indexterm>\bigcirc</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>26AA</U> Circle, larger (binary). Similar: function
composition <code>\circ</code>.
<!-- c bb Best unicode symbol for this? -->
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="612" mergedindex="cp">\bigcup</indexterm>\bigcup</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="617" mergedindex="cp">\bigcup</indexterm>\bigcup</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22C3</U> Variable-sized, or n-ary, union (operator). Similar: binary
union <code>\cup</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="613" mergedindex="cp">\bigodot</indexterm>\bigodot</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="618" mergedindex="cp">\bigodot</indexterm>\bigodot</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2A00</U> Variable-sized, or n-ary, circled dot operator (operator).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="614" mergedindex="cp">\bigoplus</indexterm>\bigoplus</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="619" mergedindex="cp">\bigoplus</indexterm>\bigoplus</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2A01</U> Variable-sized, or n-ary, circled plus operator (operator).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="615" mergedindex="cp">\bigotimes</indexterm>\bigotimes</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="620" mergedindex="cp">\bigotimes</indexterm>\bigotimes</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2A02</U> Variable-sized, or n-ary, circled times operator (operator).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="616" mergedindex="cp">\bigtriangledown</indexterm>\bigtriangledown</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="621" mergedindex="cp">\bigtriangledown</indexterm>\bigtriangledown</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25BD</U> Variable-sized, or n-ary, open triangle
pointing down (binary). Synonym: <var>\varbigtriangledown</var>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="617" mergedindex="cp">\bigtriangleup</indexterm>\bigtriangleup</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="622" mergedindex="cp">\bigtriangleup</indexterm>\bigtriangleup</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25B3</U> Variable-sized, or n-ary, open triangle
pointing up (binary). Synonym: <var>\varbigtriangleup</var>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="618" mergedindex="cp">\bigsqcup</indexterm>\bigsqcup</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="623" mergedindex="cp">\bigsqcup</indexterm>\bigsqcup</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2A06</U> Variable-sized, or n-ary, square union (operator).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="619" mergedindex="cp">\biguplus</indexterm>\biguplus</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="624" mergedindex="cp">\biguplus</indexterm>\biguplus</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2A04</U> Variable-sized, or n-ary, union operator with a plus
(operator). (Note that the name has only one p.)
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="620" mergedindex="cp">\bigvee</indexterm>\bigvee</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="625" mergedindex="cp">\bigvee</indexterm>\bigvee</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22C1</U> Variable-sized, or n-ary, logical-or (operator).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="621" mergedindex="cp">\bigwedge</indexterm>\bigwedge</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="626" mergedindex="cp">\bigwedge</indexterm>\bigwedge</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22C0</U> Variable-sized, or n-ary, logical-and (operator).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="622" mergedindex="cp">\bot</indexterm>\bot</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="627" mergedindex="cp">\bot</indexterm>\bot</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22A5</U>, Up tack, bottom, least element of a partially ordered
set, or a contradiction (ordinary). See also <code>\top</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="623" mergedindex="cp">\bowtie</indexterm>\bowtie</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="628" mergedindex="cp">\bowtie</indexterm>\bowtie</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22C8</U> Natural join of two relations (relation).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="624" mergedindex="cp">\Box</indexterm>\Box</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="629" mergedindex="cp">\Box</indexterm>\Box</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25A1</U> Modal operator for necessity; square open box
(ordinary). Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package.
<!-- c bb Best Unicode equivalent? -->
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="625" mergedindex="cp">\bullet</indexterm>\bullet</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="587">bullet symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="630" mergedindex="cp">\bullet</indexterm>\bullet</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="620">bullet symbol</indexterm></cindex>
<para><U>2022</U> Bullet (binary). Similar: multiplication
dot <code>\cdot</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="626" mergedindex="cp">\cap</indexterm>\cap</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="631" mergedindex="cp">\cap</indexterm>\cap</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2229</U> Intersection of two sets (binary). Similar: variable-sized
operator <code>\bigcap</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="627" mergedindex="cp">\cdot</indexterm>\cdot</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="632" mergedindex="cp">\cdot</indexterm>\cdot</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22C5</U> Multiplication (binary). Similar: Bullet
dot <code>\bullet</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="628" mergedindex="cp">\chi</indexterm>\chi</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="633" mergedindex="cp">\chi</indexterm>\chi</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03C7</U> Lowercase Greek chi (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="629" mergedindex="cp">\circ</indexterm>\circ</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="634" mergedindex="cp">\circ</indexterm>\circ</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2218</U> Function composition, ring operator (binary). Similar:
variable-sized operator <code>\bigcirc</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="630" mergedindex="cp">\clubsuit</indexterm>\clubsuit</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="635" mergedindex="cp">\clubsuit</indexterm>\clubsuit</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2663</U> Club card suit (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="631" mergedindex="cp">\complement</indexterm>\complement</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="636" mergedindex="cp">\complement</indexterm>\complement</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2201</U>, Set complement, used as a superscript as in
<code>$S^\complement$</code> (ordinary). Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package. Also used:
<code>$S^{\mathsf{c}}$</code> or <code>$\bar{S}$</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="632" mergedindex="cp">\cong</indexterm>\cong</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="637" mergedindex="cp">\cong</indexterm>\cong</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2245</U> Congruent (relation).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="633" mergedindex="cp">\coprod</indexterm>\coprod</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="638" mergedindex="cp">\coprod</indexterm>\coprod</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2210</U> Coproduct (operator).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="634" mergedindex="cp">\cup</indexterm>\cup</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="639" mergedindex="cp">\cup</indexterm>\cup</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>222A</U> Union of two sets (binary). Similar: variable-sized
operator <code>\bigcup</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="635" mergedindex="cp">\dagger</indexterm>\dagger</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="640" mergedindex="cp">\dagger</indexterm>\dagger</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2020</U> Dagger relation (binary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="636" mergedindex="cp">\dashv</indexterm>\dashv</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="641" mergedindex="cp">\dashv</indexterm>\dashv</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22A3</U> Dash with vertical, reversed turnstile (relation). Similar:
turnstile <code>\vdash</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="637" mergedindex="cp">\ddagger</indexterm>\ddagger</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="642" mergedindex="cp">\ddagger</indexterm>\ddagger</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2021</U> Double dagger relation (binary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="638" mergedindex="cp">\Delta</indexterm>\Delta</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="643" mergedindex="cp">\Delta</indexterm>\Delta</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>0394</U> Greek uppercase delta, used for increment (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="639" mergedindex="cp">\delta</indexterm>\delta</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="644" mergedindex="cp">\delta</indexterm>\delta</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03B4</U> Greek lowercase delta (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="640" mergedindex="cp">\Diamond</indexterm>\Diamond</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="645" mergedindex="cp">\Diamond</indexterm>\Diamond</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25C7</U> Large diamond operator (ordinary). Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="641" mergedindex="cp">\diamond</indexterm>\diamond</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="646" mergedindex="cp">\diamond</indexterm>\diamond</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22C4</U> Diamond operator (binary). Similar: large
diamond <code>\Diamond</code>, circle bullet <code>\bullet</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="642" mergedindex="cp">\diamondsuit</indexterm>\diamondsuit</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="647" mergedindex="cp">\diamondsuit</indexterm>\diamondsuit</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2662</U> Diamond card suit (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="643" mergedindex="cp">\div</indexterm>\div</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="648" mergedindex="cp">\div</indexterm>\div</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>00F7</U> Division sign (binary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="644" mergedindex="cp">\doteq</indexterm>\doteq</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="649" mergedindex="cp">\doteq</indexterm>\doteq</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2250</U> Approaches the limit (relation). Similar: geometrically equal
to <code>\Doteq</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="645" mergedindex="cp">\downarrow</indexterm>\downarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="650" mergedindex="cp">\downarrow</indexterm>\downarrow</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2193</U> Down arrow, converges (relation). Similar:
<code>\Downarrow</code> double line down arrow.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="646" mergedindex="cp">\Downarrow</indexterm>\Downarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="651" mergedindex="cp">\Downarrow</indexterm>\Downarrow</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21D3</U> Double line down arrow (relation). Similar:
<code>\downarrow</code> single line down arrow.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="647" mergedindex="cp">\ell</indexterm>\ell</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="652" mergedindex="cp">\ell</indexterm>\ell</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2113</U> Lowercase cursive letter l (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="648" mergedindex="cp">\emptyset</indexterm>\emptyset</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="653" mergedindex="cp">\emptyset</indexterm>\emptyset</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2205</U> Empty set symbol (ordinary). The variant form is
<code>\varnothing</code>.
<!-- c bb Why Unicode has \revemptyset but no \emptyset? -->
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="649" mergedindex="cp">\epsilon</indexterm>\epsilon</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="654" mergedindex="cp">\epsilon</indexterm>\epsilon</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03F5</U> Lowercase lunate epsilon (ordinary). Similar to
Greek text letter. More widely used in mathematics is the script small
letter epsilon <code>\varepsilon</code> <U>03B5</U>. Related:
@@ -12806,127 +13180,127 @@
<!-- c src: David Carlisle http://tex.stackexchange.com/a/98018/339 and -->
<!-- c Unicode referenced there asserts varepsilon is much more widely used. -->
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="650" mergedindex="cp">\equiv</indexterm>\equiv</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="655" mergedindex="cp">\equiv</indexterm>\equiv</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2261</U> Equivalence (relation).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="651" mergedindex="cp">\eta</indexterm>\eta</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="656" mergedindex="cp">\eta</indexterm>\eta</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03B7</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="652" mergedindex="cp">\exists</indexterm>\exists</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="657" mergedindex="cp">\exists</indexterm>\exists</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2203</U> Existential quantifier (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="653" mergedindex="cp">\flat</indexterm>\flat</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="658" mergedindex="cp">\flat</indexterm>\flat</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>266D</U> Musical flat (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="654" mergedindex="cp">\forall</indexterm>\forall</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="659" mergedindex="cp">\forall</indexterm>\forall</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2200</U> Universal quantifier (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="655" mergedindex="cp">\frown</indexterm>\frown</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="660" mergedindex="cp">\frown</indexterm>\frown</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2322</U> Downward curving arc (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="656" mergedindex="cp">\Gamma</indexterm>\Gamma</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="661" mergedindex="cp">\Gamma</indexterm>\Gamma</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>0393</U> uppercase Greek letter (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="657" mergedindex="cp">\gamma</indexterm>\gamma</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="662" mergedindex="cp">\gamma</indexterm>\gamma</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03B3</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="658" mergedindex="cp">\ge</indexterm>\ge</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="663" mergedindex="cp">\ge</indexterm>\ge</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2265</U> Greater than or equal to (relation). This is a synonym
for <code>\geq</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="659" mergedindex="cp">\geq</indexterm>\geq</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="664" mergedindex="cp">\geq</indexterm>\geq</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2265</U> Greater than or equal to (relation). This is a synonym
for <code>\ge</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="660" mergedindex="cp">\gets</indexterm>\gets</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="665" mergedindex="cp">\gets</indexterm>\gets</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2190</U> Is assigned the value (relation).
Synonym: <code>\leftarrow</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="661" mergedindex="cp">\gg</indexterm>\gg</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="666" mergedindex="cp">\gg</indexterm>\gg</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>226B</U> Much greater than (relation). Similar: much less
than <code>\ll</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="662" mergedindex="cp">\hbar</indexterm>\hbar</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="667" mergedindex="cp">\hbar</indexterm>\hbar</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>210F</U> Planck constant over two pi (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="663" mergedindex="cp">\heartsuit</indexterm>\heartsuit</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="668" mergedindex="cp">\heartsuit</indexterm>\heartsuit</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2661</U> Heart card suit (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="664" mergedindex="cp">\hookleftarrow</indexterm>\hookleftarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="669" mergedindex="cp">\hookleftarrow</indexterm>\hookleftarrow</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21A9</U> Hooked left arrow (relation).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="665" mergedindex="cp">\hookrightarrow</indexterm>\hookrightarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="670" mergedindex="cp">\hookrightarrow</indexterm>\hookrightarrow</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21AA</U> Hooked right arrow (relation).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="666" mergedindex="cp">\iff</indexterm>\iff</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="671" mergedindex="cp">\iff</indexterm>\iff</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>27F7</U> If and only if (relation). It is <code>\Longleftrightarrow</code>
with a <code>\thickmuskip</code> on either side.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="667" mergedindex="cp">\Im</indexterm>\Im</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="672" mergedindex="cp">\Im</indexterm>\Im</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2111</U> Imaginary part (ordinary). See: real part <code>\Re</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="668" mergedindex="cp">\imath</indexterm>\imath</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="588">dotless i, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="673" mergedindex="cp">\imath</indexterm>\imath</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="621">dotless i, math</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Dotless i; used when you are putting an accent on an i (<pxref label="Math-accents"><xrefnodename>Math
accents</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="669" mergedindex="cp">\in</indexterm>\in</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="674" mergedindex="cp">\in</indexterm>\in</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2208</U> Set element (relation). See also: lowercase lunate
epsilon <code>\epsilon</code><U>03F5</U> and small letter script
epsilon <code>\varepsilon</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="670" mergedindex="cp">\infty</indexterm>\infty</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="675" mergedindex="cp">\infty</indexterm>\infty</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>221E</U> Infinity (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="671" mergedindex="cp">\int</indexterm>\int</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="676" mergedindex="cp">\int</indexterm>\int</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>222B</U> Integral (operator).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="672" mergedindex="cp">\iota</indexterm>\iota</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="677" mergedindex="cp">\iota</indexterm>\iota</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03B9</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="673" mergedindex="cp">\Join</indexterm>\Join</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="678" mergedindex="cp">\Join</indexterm>\Join</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2A1D</U> Condensed bowtie symbol (relation). Not available in Plain
&tex;.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="674" mergedindex="cp">\jmath</indexterm>\jmath</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="589">dotless j, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="679" mergedindex="cp">\jmath</indexterm>\jmath</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="622">dotless j, math</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Dotless j; used when you are putting an accent on a j (<pxref label="Math-accents"><xrefnodename>Math
accents</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="675" mergedindex="cp">\kappa</indexterm>\kappa</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="680" mergedindex="cp">\kappa</indexterm>\kappa</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03BA</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="676" mergedindex="cp">\Lambda</indexterm>\Lambda</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="681" mergedindex="cp">\Lambda</indexterm>\Lambda</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>039B</U> uppercase Greek letter (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="677" mergedindex="cp">\lambda</indexterm>\lambda</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="682" mergedindex="cp">\lambda</indexterm>\lambda</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03BB</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="678" mergedindex="cp">\land</indexterm>\land</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="683" mergedindex="cp">\land</indexterm>\land</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2227</U> Logical and (binary). Synonym: <code>\wedge</code>.
See also logical or <code>\lor</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="679" mergedindex="cp">\langle</indexterm>\langle</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="684" mergedindex="cp">\langle</indexterm>\langle</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>27E8</U> Left angle, or sequence, bracket (opening). Similar:
less-than <code><</code>. Matches <code>\rangle</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="680" mergedindex="cp">\lbrace</indexterm>\lbrace</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="685" mergedindex="cp">\lbrace</indexterm>\lbrace</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>007B</U> Left curly brace
(opening). Synonym: <code>\{</code>. Matches <code>\rbrace</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="681" mergedindex="cp">\lbrack</indexterm>\lbrack</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="686" mergedindex="cp">\lbrack</indexterm>\lbrack</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>005B</U> Left square bracket (opening).
Synonym: <code>[</code>. Matches <code>\rbrack</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="682" mergedindex="cp">\lceil</indexterm>\lceil</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="687" mergedindex="cp">\lceil</indexterm>\lceil</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2308</U> Left ceiling bracket, like a square bracket but with the bottom
shaved off (opening). Matches <code>\rceil</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="683" mergedindex="cp">\le</indexterm>\le</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="688" mergedindex="cp">\le</indexterm>\le</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2264</U> Less than or equal to (relation). This is a synonym
for <code>\leq</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="684" mergedindex="cp">\leadsto</indexterm>\leadsto</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="689" mergedindex="cp">\leadsto</indexterm>\leadsto</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21DD</U> Squiggly right arrow (relation).
To get this symbol outside of math mode you can put
<code>\newcommand*{\Leadsto}{\ensuremath{\leadsto}}</code> in the
@@ -12933,78 +13307,78 @@
preamble and then use <code>\Leadsto</code> instead.
<!-- c bb Best Unicode equivalent? -->
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="685" mergedindex="cp">\Leftarrow</indexterm>\Leftarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="690" mergedindex="cp">\Leftarrow</indexterm>\Leftarrow</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21D0</U> Is implied by, double-line left arrow (relation). Similar:
single-line left arrow <code>\leftarrow</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="686" mergedindex="cp">\leftarrow</indexterm>\leftarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="691" mergedindex="cp">\leftarrow</indexterm>\leftarrow</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2190</U> Single-line left arrow (relation).
Synonym: <code>\gets</code>. Similar: double-line left
arrow <code>\Leftarrow</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="687" mergedindex="cp">\leftharpoondown</indexterm>\leftharpoondown</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="692" mergedindex="cp">\leftharpoondown</indexterm>\leftharpoondown</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21BD</U> Single-line left harpoon, barb under bar (relation).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="688" mergedindex="cp">\leftharpoonup</indexterm>\leftharpoonup</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="693" mergedindex="cp">\leftharpoonup</indexterm>\leftharpoonup</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21BC</U> Single-line left harpoon, barb over bar (relation).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="689" mergedindex="cp">\Leftrightarrow</indexterm>\Leftrightarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="694" mergedindex="cp">\Leftrightarrow</indexterm>\Leftrightarrow</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21D4</U> Bi-implication; double-line double-headed arrow (relation).
Similar: single-line double headed arrow <code>\leftrightarrow</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="690" mergedindex="cp">\leftrightarrow</indexterm>\leftrightarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="695" mergedindex="cp">\leftrightarrow</indexterm>\leftrightarrow</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2194</U> Single-line double-headed arrow (relation). Similar:
double-line double headed arrow <code>\Leftrightarrow</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="691" mergedindex="cp">\leq</indexterm>\leq</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="696" mergedindex="cp">\leq</indexterm>\leq</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2264</U> Less than or equal to (relation). This is a synonym
for <code>\le</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="692" mergedindex="cp">\lfloor</indexterm>\lfloor</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="697" mergedindex="cp">\lfloor</indexterm>\lfloor</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>230A</U> Left floor bracket (opening). Matches: <code>\floor</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="693" mergedindex="cp">\lhd</indexterm>\lhd</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="698" mergedindex="cp">\lhd</indexterm>\lhd</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25C1</U> Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing left (binary).
For the normal subgroup symbol you should load
<code>amssymb</code> and use <code>\vartriangleleft</code> (which is a relation
and so gives better spacing).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="694" mergedindex="cp">\ll</indexterm>\ll</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="699" mergedindex="cp">\ll</indexterm>\ll</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>226A</U> Much less than (relation). Similar: much greater
than <code>\gg</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="695" mergedindex="cp">\lnot</indexterm>\lnot</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="700" mergedindex="cp">\lnot</indexterm>\lnot</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>00AC</U> Logical negation (ordinary). Synonym: <code>\neg</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="696" mergedindex="cp">\longleftarrow</indexterm>\longleftarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="701" mergedindex="cp">\longleftarrow</indexterm>\longleftarrow</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>27F5</U> Long single-line left arrow (relation). Similar: long
double-line left arrow <code>\Longleftarrow</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="697" mergedindex="cp">\longleftrightarrow</indexterm>\longleftrightarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="702" mergedindex="cp">\longleftrightarrow</indexterm>\longleftrightarrow</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>27F7</U> Long single-line double-headed arrow (relation). Similar: long
double-line double-headed arrow <code>\Longleftrightarrow</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="698" mergedindex="cp">\longmapsto</indexterm>\longmapsto</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="703" mergedindex="cp">\longmapsto</indexterm>\longmapsto</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>27FC</U> Long single-line left arrow starting with vertical bar
(relation). Similar: shorter version <code>\mapsto</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="699" mergedindex="cp">\longrightarrow</indexterm>\longrightarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="704" mergedindex="cp">\longrightarrow</indexterm>\longrightarrow</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>27F6</U> Long single-line right arrow (relation). Similar: long
double-line right arrow <code>\Longrightarrow</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="700" mergedindex="cp">\lor</indexterm>\lor</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="705" mergedindex="cp">\lor</indexterm>\lor</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2228</U> Logical or (binary). Synonym: <code>\vee</code>.
See also logical and <code>\land</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="701" mergedindex="cp">\mapsto</indexterm>\mapsto</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="706" mergedindex="cp">\mapsto</indexterm>\mapsto</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21A6</U> Single-line left arrow starting with vertical bar
(relation).
Similar: longer version <code>\longmapsto</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="702" mergedindex="cp">\mho</indexterm>\mho</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="707" mergedindex="cp">\mho</indexterm>\mho</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2127</U> Conductance, half-circle rotated capital omega (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="703" mergedindex="cp">\mid</indexterm>\mid</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="708" mergedindex="cp">\mid</indexterm>\mid</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2223</U> Single-line vertical bar (relation). A typical use of
<code>\mid</code> is for a set <code>\{\, x \mid x\geq 5 \,\}</code>.
</para>
@@ -13014,42 +13388,42 @@
ordinals, i.e., footnote symbols. For absolute value, see the entry
for <code>\vert</code> and for norm see the entry for <code>\Vert</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="704" mergedindex="cp">\models</indexterm>\models</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="709" mergedindex="cp">\models</indexterm>\models</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22A8</U> Entails, or satisfies; double turnstile, short double dash
(relation). Similar: long double dash <code>\vDash</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="705" mergedindex="cp">\mp</indexterm>\mp</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="710" mergedindex="cp">\mp</indexterm>\mp</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2213</U> Minus or plus (relation).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="706" mergedindex="cp">\mu</indexterm>\mu</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="711" mergedindex="cp">\mu</indexterm>\mu</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03BC</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="707" mergedindex="cp">\nabla</indexterm>\nabla</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="712" mergedindex="cp">\nabla</indexterm>\nabla</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2207</U> Hamilton&textrsquo;s del, or differential, operator (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="708" mergedindex="cp">\natural</indexterm>\natural</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="713" mergedindex="cp">\natural</indexterm>\natural</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>266E</U> Musical natural notation (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="709" mergedindex="cp">\ne</indexterm>\ne</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="714" mergedindex="cp">\ne</indexterm>\ne</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2260</U> Not equal (relation). Synonym: <code>\neq</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="710" mergedindex="cp">\nearrow</indexterm>\nearrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="715" mergedindex="cp">\nearrow</indexterm>\nearrow</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2197</U> North-east arrow (relation).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="711" mergedindex="cp">\neg</indexterm>\neg</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="716" mergedindex="cp">\neg</indexterm>\neg</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>00AC</U> Logical negation (ordinary).
Synonym: <code>\lnot</code>. Sometimes instead used for
negation: <code>\sim</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="712" mergedindex="cp">\neq</indexterm>\neq</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="717" mergedindex="cp">\neq</indexterm>\neq</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2260</U> Not equal (relation). Synonym: <code>\ne</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="713" mergedindex="cp">\ni</indexterm>\ni</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="718" mergedindex="cp">\ni</indexterm>\ni</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>220B</U> Reflected membership epsilon; has the member
(relation). Synonym: <code>\owns</code>. Similar: is a member
of <code>\in</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="714" mergedindex="cp">\not</indexterm>\not</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="719" mergedindex="cp">\not</indexterm>\not</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><!-- c the "@ "s put in spaces so the not slash doesn't hit the next char. -->
<para><U>0020</U><spacecmd type="spc"/><spacecmd type="spc"/><spacecmd type="spc"/><spacecmd type="spc"/>Long solidus, or slash, used to overstrike a
following operator (relation).
@@ -13058,85 +13432,85 @@
particularly with the <code>amssymb</code> package. For example, <code>\notin</code>
is typographically preferable to <code>\not\in</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="715" mergedindex="cp">\notin</indexterm>\notin</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="720" mergedindex="cp">\notin</indexterm>\notin</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2209</U> Not an element of (relation). Similar: not subset
of <code>\nsubseteq</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="716" mergedindex="cp">\nu</indexterm>\nu</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="721" mergedindex="cp">\nu</indexterm>\nu</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03BD</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="717" mergedindex="cp">\nwarrow</indexterm>\nwarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="722" mergedindex="cp">\nwarrow</indexterm>\nwarrow</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2196</U> North-west arrow (relation).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="718" mergedindex="cp">\odot</indexterm>\odot</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="723" mergedindex="cp">\odot</indexterm>\odot</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2299</U> Dot inside a circle (binary). Similar: variable-sized
operator <code>\bigodot</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="719" mergedindex="cp">\oint</indexterm>\oint</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="724" mergedindex="cp">\oint</indexterm>\oint</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>222E</U> Contour integral, integral with circle in the middle
(operator).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="720" mergedindex="cp">\Omega</indexterm>\Omega</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="725" mergedindex="cp">\Omega</indexterm>\Omega</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03A9</U> uppercase Greek letter (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="721" mergedindex="cp">\omega</indexterm>\omega</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="726" mergedindex="cp">\omega</indexterm>\omega</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03C9</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="722" mergedindex="cp">\ominus</indexterm>\ominus</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="727" mergedindex="cp">\ominus</indexterm>\ominus</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2296</U> Minus sign, or dash, inside a circle (binary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="723" mergedindex="cp">\oplus</indexterm>\oplus</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="728" mergedindex="cp">\oplus</indexterm>\oplus</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2295</U> Plus sign inside a circle (binary). Similar: variable-sized
operator <code>\bigoplus</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="724" mergedindex="cp">\oslash</indexterm>\oslash</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="729" mergedindex="cp">\oslash</indexterm>\oslash</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2298</U> Solidus, or slash, inside a circle (binary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="725" mergedindex="cp">\otimes</indexterm>\otimes</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="730" mergedindex="cp">\otimes</indexterm>\otimes</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2297</U> Times sign, or cross, inside a circle (binary). Similar:
variable-sized operator <code>\bigotimes</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="726" mergedindex="cp">\owns</indexterm>\owns</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="731" mergedindex="cp">\owns</indexterm>\owns</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>220B</U> Reflected membership epsilon; has the member
(relation). Synonym: <code>\ni</code>. Similar: is a member
of <code>\in</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="727" mergedindex="cp">\parallel</indexterm>\parallel</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="732" mergedindex="cp">\parallel</indexterm>\parallel</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2225</U> Parallel (relation). Synonym: <code>\|</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="728" mergedindex="cp">\partial</indexterm>\partial</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="733" mergedindex="cp">\partial</indexterm>\partial</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2202</U> Partial differential (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="729" mergedindex="cp">\perp</indexterm>\perp</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="734" mergedindex="cp">\perp</indexterm>\perp</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>27C2</U> Perpendicular (relation). Similar: <code>\bot</code> uses the
same glyph but the spacing is different because it is in the class
ordinary.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="730" mergedindex="cp">\Phi</indexterm>\Phi</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="735" mergedindex="cp">\Phi</indexterm>\Phi</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03A6</U> Uppercase Greek letter (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="731" mergedindex="cp">\phi</indexterm>\phi</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="736" mergedindex="cp">\phi</indexterm>\phi</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03D5</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The variant form is
<code>\varphi</code> <U>03C6</U>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="732" mergedindex="cp">\Pi</indexterm>\Pi</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="737" mergedindex="cp">\Pi</indexterm>\Pi</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03A0</U> uppercase Greek letter (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="733" mergedindex="cp">\pi</indexterm>\pi</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="738" mergedindex="cp">\pi</indexterm>\pi</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03C0</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The variant form is
<code>\varpi</code> <U>03D6</U>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="734" mergedindex="cp">\pm</indexterm>\pm</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="739" mergedindex="cp">\pm</indexterm>\pm</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>00B1</U> Plus or minus (binary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="735" mergedindex="cp">\prec</indexterm>\prec</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="740" mergedindex="cp">\prec</indexterm>\prec</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>227A</U> Precedes (relation). Similar: less than <code><</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="736" mergedindex="cp">\preceq</indexterm>\preceq</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="741" mergedindex="cp">\preceq</indexterm>\preceq</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2AAF</U> Precedes or equals (relation). Similar: less than or
equals <code>\leq</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="737" mergedindex="cp">\prime</indexterm>\prime</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="742" mergedindex="cp">\prime</indexterm>\prime</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2032</U> Prime, or minute in a time expression (ordinary).
Typically used as a superscript: <code>$f^\prime$</code>; <code>$f^\prime$</code>
and <code>$f'$</code> produce the same result. An advantage of the second
@@ -13146,141 +13520,141 @@
single quote <code>'</code> in text mode produces a different character
(apostrophe).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="738" mergedindex="cp">\prod</indexterm>\prod</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="743" mergedindex="cp">\prod</indexterm>\prod</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>220F</U> Product (operator).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="739" mergedindex="cp">\propto</indexterm>\propto</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="744" mergedindex="cp">\propto</indexterm>\propto</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>221D</U> Is proportional to (relation)
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="740" mergedindex="cp">\Psi</indexterm>\Psi</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="745" mergedindex="cp">\Psi</indexterm>\Psi</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03A8</U> uppercase Greek letter (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="741" mergedindex="cp">\psi</indexterm>\psi</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="746" mergedindex="cp">\psi</indexterm>\psi</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03C8</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="742" mergedindex="cp">\rangle</indexterm>\rangle</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="747" mergedindex="cp">\rangle</indexterm>\rangle</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>27E9</U> Right angle, or sequence, bracket (closing).
Similar: greater than <code>></code>. Matches:<code>\langle</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="743" mergedindex="cp">\rbrace</indexterm>\rbrace</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="748" mergedindex="cp">\rbrace</indexterm>\rbrace</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>007D</U> Right curly brace
(closing). Synonym: <code>\}</code>. Matches <code>\lbrace</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="744" mergedindex="cp">\rbrack</indexterm>\rbrack</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="749" mergedindex="cp">\rbrack</indexterm>\rbrack</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>005D</U> Right square bracket
(closing). Synonym: <code>]</code>. Matches <code>\lbrack</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="745" mergedindex="cp">\rceil</indexterm>\rceil</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="750" mergedindex="cp">\rceil</indexterm>\rceil</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2309</U> Right ceiling bracket (closing). Matches <code>\lceil</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="746" mergedindex="cp">\Re</indexterm>\Re</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="751" mergedindex="cp">\Re</indexterm>\Re</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>211C</U> Real part, real numbers, cursive capital R (ordinary). Related:
double-line, or blackboard bold, R <code>\mathbb{R}</code>; to access
this, load the <code>amsfonts</code> package.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="747" mergedindex="cp">\restriction</indexterm>\restriction</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="752" mergedindex="cp">\restriction</indexterm>\restriction</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21BE</U>, Restriction of a function (relation). Synonym:
<code>\upharpoonright</code>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="748" mergedindex="cp">\revemptyset</indexterm>\revemptyset</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="753" mergedindex="cp">\revemptyset</indexterm>\revemptyset</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>29B0</U>, Reversed empty set symbol (ordinary). Related:
<code>\varnothing</code>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <file>stix</file> package.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="749" mergedindex="cp">\rfloor</indexterm>\rfloor</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="754" mergedindex="cp">\rfloor</indexterm>\rfloor</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>230B</U> Right floor bracket, a right square bracket with the top cut
off (closing). Matches <code>\lfloor</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="750" mergedindex="cp">\rhd</indexterm>\rhd</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="755" mergedindex="cp">\rhd</indexterm>\rhd</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25C1</U> Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing right (binary).
For the normal subgroup symbol you should instead
load <code>amssymb</code> and use <code>\vartriangleright</code> (which is a
relation and so gives better spacing).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="751" mergedindex="cp">\rho</indexterm>\rho</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="756" mergedindex="cp">\rho</indexterm>\rho</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03C1</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The variant form is
<code>\varrho</code> <U>03F1</U>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="752" mergedindex="cp">\Rightarrow</indexterm>\Rightarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="757" mergedindex="cp">\Rightarrow</indexterm>\Rightarrow</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21D2</U> Implies, right-pointing double line arrow
(relation). Similar: right single-line arrow <code>\rightarrow</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="753" mergedindex="cp">\rightarrow</indexterm>\rightarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="758" mergedindex="cp">\rightarrow</indexterm>\rightarrow</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2192</U> Right-pointing single line arrow (relation).
Synonym: <code>\to</code>. Similar: right double line
arrow <code>\Rightarrow</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="754" mergedindex="cp">\rightharpoondown</indexterm>\rightharpoondown</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="759" mergedindex="cp">\rightharpoondown</indexterm>\rightharpoondown</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21C1</U> Right-pointing harpoon with barb below
the line (relation).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="755" mergedindex="cp">\rightharpoonup</indexterm>\rightharpoonup</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="760" mergedindex="cp">\rightharpoonup</indexterm>\rightharpoonup</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21C0</U> Right-pointing harpoon with barb above the
line (relation).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="756" mergedindex="cp">\rightleftharpoons</indexterm>\rightleftharpoons</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="761" mergedindex="cp">\rightleftharpoons</indexterm>\rightleftharpoons</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21CC</U> Right harpoon up above left harpoon down
(relation).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="757" mergedindex="cp">\searrow</indexterm>\searrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="762" mergedindex="cp">\searrow</indexterm>\searrow</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2198</U> Arrow pointing southeast (relation).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="758" mergedindex="cp">\setminus</indexterm>\setminus</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="763" mergedindex="cp">\setminus</indexterm>\setminus</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>29F5</U> Set difference, reverse solidus or reverse slash,
like \ (binary). Similar: backslash <code>\backslash</code> and also
<code>\textbackslash</code> outside of math mode.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="759" mergedindex="cp">\sharp</indexterm>\sharp</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="764" mergedindex="cp">\sharp</indexterm>\sharp</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>266F</U> Musical sharp (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="760" mergedindex="cp">\Sigma</indexterm>\Sigma</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="765" mergedindex="cp">\Sigma</indexterm>\Sigma</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03A3</U> uppercase Greek letter (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="761" mergedindex="cp">\sigma</indexterm>\sigma</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="766" mergedindex="cp">\sigma</indexterm>\sigma</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03C3</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The variant form is
<code>\varsigma</code> <U>03C2</U>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="762" mergedindex="cp">\sim</indexterm>\sim</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="767" mergedindex="cp">\sim</indexterm>\sim</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>223C</U> Similar, in a relation (relation).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="763" mergedindex="cp">\simeq</indexterm>\simeq</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="768" mergedindex="cp">\simeq</indexterm>\simeq</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2243</U> Similar or equal to, in a relation (relation).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="764" mergedindex="cp">\smallint</indexterm>\smallint</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="769" mergedindex="cp">\smallint</indexterm>\smallint</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>222B</U> Integral sign that does not change to a larger size in a
display (operator).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="765" mergedindex="cp">\smile</indexterm>\smile</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="770" mergedindex="cp">\smile</indexterm>\smile</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2323</U> Upward curving arc, smile (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="766" mergedindex="cp">\spadesuit</indexterm>\spadesuit</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="771" mergedindex="cp">\spadesuit</indexterm>\spadesuit</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2660</U> Spade card suit (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="767" mergedindex="cp">\sqcap</indexterm>\sqcap</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="772" mergedindex="cp">\sqcap</indexterm>\sqcap</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2293</U> Square intersection symbol (binary). Similar:
intersection <code>cap</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="768" mergedindex="cp">\sqcup</indexterm>\sqcup</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="773" mergedindex="cp">\sqcup</indexterm>\sqcup</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2294</U> Square union symbol (binary). Similar:
union <code>cup</code>. Related: variable-sized
operator <code>\bigsqcup</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="769" mergedindex="cp">\sqsubset</indexterm>\sqsubset</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="774" mergedindex="cp">\sqsubset</indexterm>\sqsubset</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>228F</U>, Square subset symbol (relation). Similar:
subset <code>\subset</code>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="770" mergedindex="cp">\sqsubseteq</indexterm>\sqsubseteq</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="775" mergedindex="cp">\sqsubseteq</indexterm>\sqsubseteq</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2291</U> Square subset or equal symbol (binary). Similar: subset or
equal to <code>\subseteq</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="771" mergedindex="cp">\sqsupset</indexterm>\sqsupset</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="776" mergedindex="cp">\sqsupset</indexterm>\sqsupset</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2290</U>, Square superset symbol (relation). Similar:
superset <code>\supset</code>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="772" mergedindex="cp">\sqsupseteq</indexterm>\sqsupseteq</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="777" mergedindex="cp">\sqsupseteq</indexterm>\sqsupseteq</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2292</U> Square superset or equal symbol (binary).
Similar: superset or equal <code>\supseteq</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="773" mergedindex="cp">\star</indexterm>\star</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="778" mergedindex="cp">\star</indexterm>\star</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22C6</U> Five-pointed star, sometimes used as a general binary
operation but sometimes reserved for cross-correlation (binary).
Similar: the synonyms asterisk <code>*</code> and <code>\ast</code>, which
@@ -13287,73 +13661,73 @@
are six-pointed, and more often appear as a superscript or subscript,
as with the Kleene star.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="774" mergedindex="cp">\subset</indexterm>\subset</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="779" mergedindex="cp">\subset</indexterm>\subset</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2282</U> Subset (occasionally, is implied by) (relation).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="775" mergedindex="cp">\subseteq</indexterm>\subseteq</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="780" mergedindex="cp">\subseteq</indexterm>\subseteq</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2286</U> Subset or equal to (relation).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="776" mergedindex="cp">\succ</indexterm>\succ</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="781" mergedindex="cp">\succ</indexterm>\succ</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>227B</U> Comes after, succeeds (relation). Similar: is less
than <code>></code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="777" mergedindex="cp">\succeq</indexterm>\succeq</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="782" mergedindex="cp">\succeq</indexterm>\succeq</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2AB0</U> Succeeds or is equal to (relation). Similar: less
than or equal to <code>\leq</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="778" mergedindex="cp">\sum</indexterm>\sum</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="783" mergedindex="cp">\sum</indexterm>\sum</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2211</U> Summation (operator). Similar: Greek capital
sigma <code>\Sigma</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="779" mergedindex="cp">\supset</indexterm>\supset</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="784" mergedindex="cp">\supset</indexterm>\supset</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2283</U> Superset (relation).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="780" mergedindex="cp">\supseteq</indexterm>\supseteq</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="785" mergedindex="cp">\supseteq</indexterm>\supseteq</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2287</U> Superset or equal to (relation).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="781" mergedindex="cp">\surd</indexterm>\surd</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="786" mergedindex="cp">\surd</indexterm>\surd</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>221A</U> Radical symbol (ordinary). The &latex; command
<code>\sqrt{...}</code> typesets the square root of the argument, with a bar
that extends to cover the argument.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="782" mergedindex="cp">\swarrow</indexterm>\swarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="787" mergedindex="cp">\swarrow</indexterm>\swarrow</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2199</U> Southwest-pointing arrow (relation).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="783" mergedindex="cp">\tau</indexterm>\tau</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="788" mergedindex="cp">\tau</indexterm>\tau</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03C4</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="784" mergedindex="cp">\theta</indexterm>\theta</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="789" mergedindex="cp">\theta</indexterm>\theta</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03B8</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The variant form is
<code>\vartheta</code> <U>03D1</U>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="785" mergedindex="cp">\times</indexterm>\times</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="790" mergedindex="cp">\times</indexterm>\times</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>00D7</U> Primary school multiplication sign (binary). See
also <code>\cdot</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="786" mergedindex="cp">\to</indexterm>\to</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="791" mergedindex="cp">\to</indexterm>\to</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2192</U> Right-pointing single line arrow (relation).
Synonym: <code>\rightarrow</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="787" mergedindex="cp">\top</indexterm>\top</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="792" mergedindex="cp">\top</indexterm>\top</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22A4</U> Top, greatest element of a partially ordered set
(ordinary). See also <code>\bot</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="788" mergedindex="cp">\triangle</indexterm>\triangle</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="793" mergedindex="cp">\triangle</indexterm>\triangle</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25B3</U> Triangle (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="789" mergedindex="cp">\triangleleft</indexterm>\triangleleft</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="794" mergedindex="cp">\triangleleft</indexterm>\triangleleft</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25C1</U> Not-filled triangle pointing left
(binary). Similar: <code>\lhd</code>. For the normal subgroup symbol you
should load <code>amssymb</code> and use <code>\vartriangleleft</code> (which
is a relation and so gives better spacing).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="790" mergedindex="cp">\triangleright</indexterm>\triangleright</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="795" mergedindex="cp">\triangleright</indexterm>\triangleright</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25B7</U> Not-filled triangle pointing right
(binary). For the normal subgroup symbol you should instead load
<code>amssymb</code> and use <code>\vartriangleright</code> (which is a
relation and so gives better spacing).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="791" mergedindex="cp">\unlhd</indexterm>\unlhd</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="796" mergedindex="cp">\unlhd</indexterm>\unlhd</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22B4</U> Left-pointing not-filled underlined arrowhead, that is,
triangle, with a line under (binary). For the
normal subgroup symbol load <code>amssymb</code> and
@@ -13360,7 +13734,7 @@
use <code>\vartrianglelefteq</code> (which is a relation and so gives
better spacing).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="792" mergedindex="cp">\unrhd</indexterm>\unrhd</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="797" mergedindex="cp">\unrhd</indexterm>\unrhd</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22B5</U> Right-pointing not-filled underlined arrowhead, that is,
triangle, with a line under (binary). For the
normal subgroup symbol load <code>amssymb</code> and
@@ -13367,113 +13741,113 @@
use <code>\vartrianglerighteq</code> (which is a relation and so gives
better spacing).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="793" mergedindex="cp">\Uparrow</indexterm>\Uparrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="798" mergedindex="cp">\Uparrow</indexterm>\Uparrow</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21D1</U> Double-line upward-pointing arrow
(relation). Similar: single-line up-pointing
arrow <code>\uparrow</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="794" mergedindex="cp">\uparrow</indexterm>\uparrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="799" mergedindex="cp">\uparrow</indexterm>\uparrow</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2191</U> Single-line upward-pointing arrow, diverges
(relation). Similar: double-line up-pointing
arrow <code>\Uparrow</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="795" mergedindex="cp">\Updownarrow</indexterm>\Updownarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="800" mergedindex="cp">\Updownarrow</indexterm>\Updownarrow</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21D5</U> Double-line upward-and-downward-pointing arrow
(relation). Similar: single-line upward-and-downward-pointing
arrow <code>\updownarrow</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="796" mergedindex="cp">\updownarrow</indexterm>\updownarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="801" mergedindex="cp">\updownarrow</indexterm>\updownarrow</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2195</U> Single-line upward-and-downward-pointing arrow
(relation). Similar: double-line upward-and-downward-pointing
arrow <code>\Updownarrow</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="797" mergedindex="cp">\upharpoonright</indexterm>\upharpoonright</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="802" mergedindex="cp">\upharpoonright</indexterm>\upharpoonright</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21BE</U>, Up harpoon, with barb on right side
(relation). Synonym: <code>&backslashchar;restriction</code>.
Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="798" mergedindex="cp">\uplus</indexterm>\uplus</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="803" mergedindex="cp">\uplus</indexterm>\uplus</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>228E</U> Multiset union, a union symbol with a plus symbol in
the middle (binary). Similar: union <code>\cup</code>. Related:
variable-sized operator <code>\biguplus</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="799" mergedindex="cp">\Upsilon</indexterm>\Upsilon</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="804" mergedindex="cp">\Upsilon</indexterm>\Upsilon</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03A5</U> uppercase Greek letter (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="800" mergedindex="cp">\upsilon</indexterm>\upsilon</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="805" mergedindex="cp">\upsilon</indexterm>\upsilon</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03C5</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="801" mergedindex="cp">\varepsilon</indexterm>\varepsilon</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="806" mergedindex="cp">\varepsilon</indexterm>\varepsilon</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03B5</U> Small letter script epsilon (ordinary). This is
more widely used in mathematics than the non-variant lunate epsilon form
<code>\epsilon</code> <U>03F5</U>. Related: set
membership <code>\in</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="802" mergedindex="cp">\vanothing</indexterm>\vanothing</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="807" mergedindex="cp">\vanothing</indexterm>\vanothing</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2205</U>, Empty set symbol. Similar: <code>\emptyset</code>. Related:
<code>\revemptyset</code>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="803" mergedindex="cp">\varphi</indexterm>\varphi</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="808" mergedindex="cp">\varphi</indexterm>\varphi</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03C6</U> Variant on the lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
The non-variant form is <code>\phi</code> <U>03D5</U>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="804" mergedindex="cp">\varpi</indexterm>\varpi</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="809" mergedindex="cp">\varpi</indexterm>\varpi</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03D6</U> Variant on the lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
The non-variant form is <code>\pi</code> <U>03C0</U>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="805" mergedindex="cp">\varrho</indexterm>\varrho</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="810" mergedindex="cp">\varrho</indexterm>\varrho</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03F1</U> Variant on the lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
The non-variant form is <code>\rho</code> <U>03C1</U>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="806" mergedindex="cp">\varsigma</indexterm>\varsigma</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="811" mergedindex="cp">\varsigma</indexterm>\varsigma</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03C2</U> Variant on the lowercase Greek letter
(ordinary). The non-variant form is
<code>\sigma</code> <U>03C3</U>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="807" mergedindex="cp">\vartheta</indexterm>\vartheta</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="812" mergedindex="cp">\vartheta</indexterm>\vartheta</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03D1</U> Variant on the lowercase Greek letter
(ordinary). The non-variant form is
<code>\theta</code> <U>03B8</U>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="808" mergedindex="cp">\vdash</indexterm>\vdash</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="813" mergedindex="cp">\vdash</indexterm>\vdash</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22A2</U> Provable; turnstile, vertical and a dash
(relation). Similar: turnstile rotated a
half-circle <code>\dashv</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="809" mergedindex="cp">\vee</indexterm>\vee</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="814" mergedindex="cp">\vee</indexterm>\vee</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2228</U> Logical or; a downwards v shape (binary). Related:
logical and <code>\wedge</code>. Similar: variable-sized
operator <code>\bigvee</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="810" mergedindex="cp">\Vert</indexterm>\Vert</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="815" mergedindex="cp">\Vert</indexterm>\Vert</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2016</U> Vertical double bar (ordinary). <xref label="Delimiters"><xrefnodename>Delimiters</xrefnodename></xref>,
for how to use the <code>mathtools</code> package to create flexibly-sized
norm symbols.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="811" mergedindex="cp">\vert</indexterm>\vert</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="816" mergedindex="cp">\vert</indexterm>\vert</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>007C</U> Single line vertical bar (ordinary). For &textldquo;such
that&textrdquo;, as in the definition of a set, use <code>\mid</code> because it
is a relation. <xref label="Delimiters"><xrefnodename>Delimiters</xrefnodename></xref>, for how to use the <code>mathtools</code>
package to create flexibly-sized absolute-value symbols.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="812" mergedindex="cp">\wedge</indexterm>\wedge</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="817" mergedindex="cp">\wedge</indexterm>\wedge</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2227</U> Logical and (binary). Synonym: <code>\land</code>. See also
logical or <code>\vee</code>. Similar: variable-sized
operator <code>\bigwedge</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="813" mergedindex="cp">\wp</indexterm>\wp</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="818" mergedindex="cp">\wp</indexterm>\wp</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2118</U> Weierstrass p (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="814" mergedindex="cp">\wr</indexterm>\wr</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="819" mergedindex="cp">\wr</indexterm>\wr</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2240</U> Wreath product (binary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="815" mergedindex="cp">\Xi</indexterm>\Xi</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="820" mergedindex="cp">\Xi</indexterm>\Xi</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>039E</U> uppercase Greek letter (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="816" mergedindex="cp">\xi</indexterm>\xi</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="821" mergedindex="cp">\xi</indexterm>\xi</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03BE</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="817" mergedindex="cp">\zeta</indexterm>\zeta</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="822" mergedindex="cp">\zeta</indexterm>\zeta</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03B6</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
@@ -13482,19 +13856,19 @@
provides versions to use in mathematical text.
</para>
<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="818" mergedindex="cp">\mathdollar</indexterm>\mathdollar</itemformat></item>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="823" mergedindex="cp">\mathdollar</indexterm>\mathdollar</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Dollar sign in math mode: $.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="819" mergedindex="cp">\mathparagraph</indexterm>\mathparagraph</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="824" mergedindex="cp">\mathparagraph</indexterm>\mathparagraph</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Paragraph sign (pilcrow) in math mode, <U>00B6</U>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="820" mergedindex="cp">\mathsection</indexterm>\mathsection</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="825" mergedindex="cp">\mathsection</indexterm>\mathsection</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Section sign in math mode: <U>00A7</U>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="821" mergedindex="cp">\mathsterling</indexterm>\mathsterling</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="826" mergedindex="cp">\mathsterling</indexterm>\mathsterling</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Sterling sign in math mode: £.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="822" mergedindex="cp">\mathunderscore</indexterm>\mathunderscore</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="827" mergedindex="cp">\mathunderscore</indexterm>\mathunderscore</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Underscore in math mode: _.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
@@ -13513,15 +13887,15 @@
<node name="Arrows" spaces=" "><nodename>Arrows</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\boldmath & \unboldmath</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Math symbols</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Arrows</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="590">arrows</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="591">symbols, arrows</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="823" mergedindex="cp">math, arrows</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="623">arrows</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="624">symbols, arrows</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="828" mergedindex="cp">math, arrows</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="592"><r>package</r>, <code>amsfonts</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="593"><code>amsfonts</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="625"><r>package</r>, <code>amsfonts</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="626"><code>amsfonts</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="594"><r>package</r>, <code>latexsym</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="595"><code>latexsym</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="627"><r>package</r>, <code>latexsym</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="628"><code>latexsym</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>These are the arrows that come with standard &latex;. The
<code>latexsym</code> and <code>amsfonts</code> packages contain many more.
@@ -13585,11 +13959,11 @@
<para>An example of the difference between <code>\to</code> and <code>\mapsto</code>
is: <code>\( f\colon D\to C \) given by \( n\mapsto n^2 \)</code>.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="596"><r>package</r>, <code>amscd</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="597"><code>amscd</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="629"><r>package</r>, <code>amscd</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="630"><code>amscd</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="598"><r>package</r>, <code>tikz-cd</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="599"><code>tikz-cd</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="631"><r>package</r>, <code>tikz-cd</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="632"><code>tikz-cd</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>For commutative diagrams there are a number of packages, including
<code>tikz-cd</code> and <code>amscd</code>.
@@ -13601,10 +13975,10 @@
<anchor name="_005cboldmath">\boldmath</anchor>
<anchor name="_005cunboldmath">\unboldmath</anchor>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="824" mergedindex="cp">\boldmath</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="825" mergedindex="cp">\unboldmath</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="600">boldface mathematics</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="601">mathematics, boldface</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="829" mergedindex="cp">\boldmath</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="830" mergedindex="cp">\unboldmath</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="633">boldface mathematics</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="634">mathematics, boldface</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis (used in paragraph mode or LR mode):
</para>
@@ -13619,8 +13993,8 @@
<pre xml:space="preserve">\unboldmath \( <var>math</var> \)
</pre></example>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="826" mergedindex="cp">\boldmath</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="827" mergedindex="cp">\unboldmath</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="831" mergedindex="cp">\boldmath</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="832" mergedindex="cp">\unboldmath</indexterm></findex>
<para>Declarations to change the letters and symbols in <var>math</var> to be in
a bold font, or to countermand that and bring back the regular
(non-bold) default, respectively. They must be used when <emph>not</emph> in
@@ -13652,10 +14026,10 @@
<node name="bm" spaces=" "><nodename>bm</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">OpenType bold math</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">\boldmath & \unboldmath</nodeup></node>
<subsubsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>bm</code>: Individual bold math symbols</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="602"><r>package</r>, <code>bm</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="603"><code>bm</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="635"><r>package</r>, <code>bm</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="636"><code>bm</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="604">symbols, boldface</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="637">symbols, boldface</indexterm></cindex>
<!-- c https://github.com/latex3/latex2e/issues/974 -->
<para>Specifying <code>\boldmath</code> is the best method for typesetting a whole
@@ -13677,8 +14051,8 @@
<node name="OpenType-bold-math" spaces=" "><nodename>OpenType bold math</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">bm</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">\boldmath & \unboldmath</nodeup></node>
<subsubsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>OpenType bold math</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="605"><r>package</r>, <code>fontspec</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="606"><code>fontspec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="638"><r>package</r>, <code>fontspec</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="639"><code>fontspec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>Unfortunately, when using the Unicode engines (Xe&latex;,
@@ -13697,11 +14071,11 @@
drafting or informal distribution, but the results are far from a true
bold font.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="607"><r>package</r>, <code>unicode-math</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="608"><code>unicode-math</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="640"><r>package</r>, <code>unicode-math</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="641"><code>unicode-math</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="828" mergedindex="cp">\symbf</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="829" mergedindex="cp">\symbfit</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="833" mergedindex="cp">\symbf</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="834" mergedindex="cp">\symbfit</indexterm></findex>
<para>Another alternative to handling bold for OpenType math fonts is to use
the <code>\symbf</code> (bold), <code>\symbfit</code> (bold italic), and related
commands from the <code>unicode-math</code> package. These do not change
@@ -13716,8 +14090,8 @@
<node name="Blackboard-bold" spaces=" "><nodename>Blackboard bold</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Calligraphic</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\boldmath & \unboldmath</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math symbols</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Blackboard bold</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="609">blackboard bold</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="610">doublestruck</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="642">blackboard bold</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="643">doublestruck</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -13753,9 +14127,9 @@
<node name="Calligraphic" spaces=" "><nodename>Calligraphic</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Delimiters</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Blackboard bold</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math symbols</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Calligraphic</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="611">calligraphic fonts</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="612">script fonts</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="613">fonts, script</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="644">calligraphic fonts</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="645">script fonts</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="646">fonts, script</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -13780,11 +14154,11 @@
<node name="Delimiters" spaces=" "><nodename>Delimiters</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Dots</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Calligraphic</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math symbols</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Delimiters</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="614">delimiters</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="615">parentheses</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="616">braces</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="617">curly braces</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="618">brackets</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="647">delimiters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="648">parentheses</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="649">braces</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="650">curly braces</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="651">brackets</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Delimiters are parentheses, braces, or other characters used to mark
the start and end of subformulas. This formula has three sets of
@@ -13835,8 +14209,8 @@
<para><U>2016</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\|</code> or <code>\Vert</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Double vertical bar
</para></entry></row></tbody></multitable>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="619"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="620"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="652"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="653"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>The <code>mathtools</code> package allows you to create commands for paired
delimiters. For instance, if you put
@@ -13863,13 +14237,13 @@
<anchor name="_005cleft">\left</anchor>
<anchor name="_005cright">\right</anchor>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="830" mergedindex="cp">\left</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="831" mergedindex="cp">\right</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="621">delimiters, paired</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="622">paired delimiters</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="623">matching parentheses</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="624">matching brackets</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="625">null delimiter</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="835" mergedindex="cp">\left</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="836" mergedindex="cp">\right</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="654">delimiters, paired</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="655">paired delimiters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="656">matching parentheses</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="657">matching brackets</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="658">null delimiter</indexterm></cindex>
<!-- c Credit: SE userPhilipp https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/12793 -->
@@ -13902,11 +14276,11 @@
<samp>Extra \right</samp>. Leaving out the <code>\right)</code> gets <samp>You
can't use `\eqno' in math mode</samp>.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="626"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="627"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="659"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="660"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="628"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="629"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="661"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="662"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>However, <var>delimiter1</var> and <var>delimiter2</var> need not match. A common
case is that you want an unmatched brace, as below. Use a period,
@@ -14017,8 +14391,8 @@
<anchor name="_005cbigl">\bigl</anchor>
<anchor name="_005cbigr">\bigr</anchor>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="832" mergedindex="cp">\bigl</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="833" mergedindex="cp">\bigr</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="837" mergedindex="cp">\bigl</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="838" mergedindex="cp">\bigr</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis, one of:
</para>
@@ -14099,8 +14473,8 @@
\end{equation}
</pre></example>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="630"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="631"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="663"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="664"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<noindent></noindent>
<para>(many authors would replace <code>\frac</code> with the <code>\tfrac</code> command
@@ -14141,8 +14515,8 @@
<node name="Dots" spaces=" "><nodename>Dots</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Greek letters</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Delimiters</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math symbols</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Dots, horizontal or vertical</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="632">ellipses</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="633">dots</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="665">ellipses</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="666">dots</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Ellipses are the three dots (usually three) indicating that a pattern
continues.
@@ -14159,20 +14533,20 @@
</para>
<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
<beforefirstitem><anchor name="ellipses-cdots">ellipses cdots</anchor>
-</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="834" mergedindex="cp">\cdots</indexterm>\cdots</itemformat></item>
+</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="839" mergedindex="cp">\cdots</indexterm>\cdots</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Horizontal ellipsis with the dots raised to the center of the line, as
in <U>22EF</U>. Used as: <code>\( a_0\cdot a_1\cdots a_{n-1}
\)</code>.
</para>
<anchor name="ellipses-ddots">ellipses ddots</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="835" mergedindex="cp">\ddots</indexterm>\ddots</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="840" mergedindex="cp">\ddots</indexterm>\ddots</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Diagonal ellipsis, <U>22F1</U>. See the above array example for a
usage.
</para>
<anchor name="ellipses-ldots">ellipses ldots</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="836" mergedindex="cp">\ldots</indexterm>\ldots</itemformat></item>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="837" mergedindex="cp">\mathellipsis</indexterm>\mathellipsis</itemformat></itemx>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="838" mergedindex="cp">\dots</indexterm>\dots</itemformat></itemx>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="841" mergedindex="cp">\ldots</indexterm>\ldots</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="842" mergedindex="cp">\mathellipsis</indexterm>\mathellipsis</itemformat></itemx>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="843" mergedindex="cp">\dots</indexterm>\dots</itemformat></itemx>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Ellipsis on the baseline, <U>2026</U>. Used as: <code>\(
x_0,\ldots x_{n-1} \)</code>. Another example is the above array example.
Synonyms are <code>\mathellipsis</code> and <code>\dots</code>. A synonym from
@@ -14182,14 +14556,14 @@
<code>The gears, brakes, \ldots{} are all broken</code>.
</para>
<anchor name="ellipses-vdots">ellipses vdots</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="839" mergedindex="cp">\vdots</indexterm>\vdots</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="844" mergedindex="cp">\vdots</indexterm>\vdots</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Vertical ellipsis, <U>22EE</U>. See the above array example for a
usage.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="634"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="635"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="667"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="668"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>The <code>amsmath</code> package has the command <code>\dots</code> to semantically
mark up ellipses. This example produces two different-looking outputs
@@ -14204,10 +14578,10 @@
Conclusion: there are infinitely many primes \( p_0, p_1, \dotsc \).
</pre></example>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="840" mergedindex="cp">\dotsc</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="841" mergedindex="cp">\dotsb</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="842" mergedindex="cp">\dotsi</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="843" mergedindex="cp">\dots</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="845" mergedindex="cp">\dotsc</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="846" mergedindex="cp">\dotsb</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="847" mergedindex="cp">\dotsi</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="848" mergedindex="cp">\dots</indexterm></findex>
<noindent></noindent>
<para>In the first line &latex; looks to the comma following <code>\dots</code> to
determine that it should output an ellipsis on the baseline. The second
@@ -14221,8 +14595,8 @@
<code>\dotso</code> for others.
</para>
<!-- c https://github.com/latex3/latex2e/issues/976 -->
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="636"><r>package</r>, <code>unicode-math</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="637"><code>unicode-math</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="669"><r>package</r>, <code>unicode-math</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="670"><code>unicode-math</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>The <code>\dots</code> command from <code>amsmath</code> differs from the
&latex; kernel&textrsquo;s <code>\dots</code> command in another way: it outputs a
@@ -14231,8 +14605,8 @@
<code>\dots</code> may be active even when you did not explicitly load it,
thus changing the output from <code>\dots</code> in both text and math mode.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="638">ellipsis, in Unicode (U+2026)</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="639">ellipsis, traditional (three periods)</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="671">ellipsis, in Unicode (U+2026)</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="672">ellipsis, traditional (three periods)</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Yet more about the ellipsis commands: when running under Unicode
engines (<code>lualatex</code>, <code>xelatex</code>), &latex; will use the
Unicode ellipsis character (U+2026) in the font if it&textrsquo;s available;
@@ -14247,7 +14621,7 @@
<node name="Greek-letters" spaces=" "><nodename>Greek letters</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Dots</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math symbols</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Greek letters</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="640">Greek letters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="673">Greek letters</indexterm></cindex>
<para>The upper case versions of these Greek letters are only shown when they
differ from Roman upper case letters.
@@ -14304,8 +14678,8 @@
<para><U>03C9</U>, <U>03A9</U></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\omega</code>, <code>\Omega</code></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Omega
</para></entry></row></tbody></multitable>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="641"><r>package</r>, <code>unicode-math</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="642"><code>unicode-math</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="674"><r>package</r>, <code>unicode-math</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="675"><code>unicode-math</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>For omicron, if you are using &latex;&textrsquo;s default Computer Modern font
then enter omicron just as <samp>o</samp> or <samp>O</samp>. If you like having the
@@ -14323,107 +14697,107 @@
<node name="Math-functions" spaces=" "><nodename>Math functions</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Math accents</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Math symbols</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Math functions</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="643">math functions</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="644">functions, math</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="676">math functions</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="677">functions, math</indexterm></cindex>
<para>These commands produce roman function names in math mode with proper
spacing.
</para>
<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="844" mergedindex="cp">\arccos</indexterm>\arccos</itemformat></item>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="849" mergedindex="cp">\arccos</indexterm>\arccos</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Inverse cosine
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="845" mergedindex="cp">\arcsin</indexterm>\arcsin</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="850" mergedindex="cp">\arcsin</indexterm>\arcsin</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Inverse sine
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="846" mergedindex="cp">\arctan</indexterm>\arctan</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="851" mergedindex="cp">\arctan</indexterm>\arctan</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Inverse tangent
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="847" mergedindex="cp">\arg</indexterm>\arg</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="852" mergedindex="cp">\arg</indexterm>\arg</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Angle between the real axis and a point in the complex plane
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="848" mergedindex="cp">\bmod</indexterm>\bmod</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="853" mergedindex="cp">\bmod</indexterm>\bmod</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Binary modulo operator, used as in <code>\( 5\bmod 3=2 \)</code>
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="849" mergedindex="cp">\cos</indexterm>\cos</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="854" mergedindex="cp">\cos</indexterm>\cos</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Cosine
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="850" mergedindex="cp">\cosh</indexterm>\cosh</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="855" mergedindex="cp">\cosh</indexterm>\cosh</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Hyperbolic cosine
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="851" mergedindex="cp">\cot</indexterm>\cot</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="856" mergedindex="cp">\cot</indexterm>\cot</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Cotangent
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="852" mergedindex="cp">\coth</indexterm>\coth</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="857" mergedindex="cp">\coth</indexterm>\coth</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Hyperbolic cotangent
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="853" mergedindex="cp">\csc</indexterm>\csc</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="858" mergedindex="cp">\csc</indexterm>\csc</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Cosecant
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="854" mergedindex="cp">\deg</indexterm>\deg</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="859" mergedindex="cp">\deg</indexterm>\deg</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Degrees
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="855" mergedindex="cp">\det</indexterm>\det</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="860" mergedindex="cp">\det</indexterm>\det</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Determinant
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="856" mergedindex="cp">\dim</indexterm>\dim</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="861" mergedindex="cp">\dim</indexterm>\dim</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Dimension
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="857" mergedindex="cp">\exp</indexterm>\exp</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="862" mergedindex="cp">\exp</indexterm>\exp</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Exponential
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="858" mergedindex="cp">\gcd</indexterm>\gcd</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="863" mergedindex="cp">\gcd</indexterm>\gcd</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Greatest common divisor
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="859" mergedindex="cp">\hom</indexterm>\hom</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="864" mergedindex="cp">\hom</indexterm>\hom</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Homomorphism
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="860" mergedindex="cp">\inf</indexterm>\inf</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="865" mergedindex="cp">\inf</indexterm>\inf</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Infimum
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="861" mergedindex="cp">\ker</indexterm>\ker</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="866" mergedindex="cp">\ker</indexterm>\ker</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Kernel
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="862" mergedindex="cp">\lg</indexterm>\lg</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="867" mergedindex="cp">\lg</indexterm>\lg</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Base 2 logarithm
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="863" mergedindex="cp">\lim</indexterm>\lim</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="868" mergedindex="cp">\lim</indexterm>\lim</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Limit
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="864" mergedindex="cp">\liminf</indexterm>\liminf</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="869" mergedindex="cp">\liminf</indexterm>\liminf</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Limit inferior
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="865" mergedindex="cp">\limsup</indexterm>\limsup</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="870" mergedindex="cp">\limsup</indexterm>\limsup</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Limit superior
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="866" mergedindex="cp">\ln</indexterm>\ln</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="871" mergedindex="cp">\ln</indexterm>\ln</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Natural logarithm
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="867" mergedindex="cp">\log</indexterm>\log</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="872" mergedindex="cp">\log</indexterm>\log</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Logarithm
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="868" mergedindex="cp">\max</indexterm>\max</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="873" mergedindex="cp">\max</indexterm>\max</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Maximum
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="869" mergedindex="cp">\min</indexterm>\min</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="874" mergedindex="cp">\min</indexterm>\min</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Minimum
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="870" mergedindex="cp">\pmod</indexterm>\pmod</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="875" mergedindex="cp">\pmod</indexterm>\pmod</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Parenthesized modulus, as used in <code>\( 5\equiv 2\pmod 3 \)</code>
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="871" mergedindex="cp">\Pr</indexterm>\Pr</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="876" mergedindex="cp">\Pr</indexterm>\Pr</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Probability
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="872" mergedindex="cp">\sec</indexterm>\sec</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="877" mergedindex="cp">\sec</indexterm>\sec</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Secant
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="873" mergedindex="cp">\sin</indexterm>\sin</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="878" mergedindex="cp">\sin</indexterm>\sin</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Sine
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="874" mergedindex="cp">\sinh</indexterm>\sinh</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="879" mergedindex="cp">\sinh</indexterm>\sinh</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Hyperbolic sine
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="875" mergedindex="cp">\sup</indexterm>\sup</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="880" mergedindex="cp">\sup</indexterm>\sup</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Supremum
sup
<!-- c don't try to use \sup with dvi/pdf output since that turned into a -->
@@ -14430,16 +14804,16 @@
<!-- c Texinfo command and it's not worth hassling with different versions -->
<!-- c when it's just three roman letters anyway. -->
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="876" mergedindex="cp">\tan</indexterm>\tan</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="881" mergedindex="cp">\tan</indexterm>\tan</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Tangent
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="877" mergedindex="cp">\tanh</indexterm>\tanh</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="882" mergedindex="cp">\tanh</indexterm>\tanh</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Hyperbolic tangent
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="645"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="646"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="678"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="679"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>The <code>amsmath</code> package adds improvements on some of these, and
also allows you to define your own. The full documentation is on CTAN,
@@ -14455,8 +14829,8 @@
<node name="Math-accents" spaces=" "><nodename>Math accents</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Over- and Underlining</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Math functions</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Math accents</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="647">math accents</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="648">accents, mathematical</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="680">math accents</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="681">accents, mathematical</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&latex; provides a variety of commands for producing accented letters
in math. These are different from accents in normal text
@@ -14463,60 +14837,60 @@
(<pxref label="Accents"><xrefnodename>Accents</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="878" mergedindex="cp">\acute</indexterm>\acute</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="649">acute accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="883" mergedindex="cp">\acute</indexterm>\acute</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="682">acute accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Math acute accent
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="879" mergedindex="cp">\bar</indexterm>\bar</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="650">bar-over accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="651">macron accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="884" mergedindex="cp">\bar</indexterm>\bar</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="683">bar-over accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="684">macron accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Math bar-over accent
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="880" mergedindex="cp">\breve</indexterm>\breve</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="652">breve accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="885" mergedindex="cp">\breve</indexterm>\breve</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="685">breve accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Math breve accent
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="881" mergedindex="cp">\check</indexterm>\check</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="653">check accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="654">h<accent type="acute" bracketed="off">a</accent><accent type="caron">c</accent>ek accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="886" mergedindex="cp">\check</indexterm>\check</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="686">check accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="687">h<accent type="acute" bracketed="off">a</accent><accent type="caron">c</accent>ek accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Math h<accent type="acute" bracketed="off">a</accent><accent type="caron">c</accent>ek (check) accent
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="882" mergedindex="cp">\ddot</indexterm>\ddot</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="655">double dot accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="887" mergedindex="cp">\ddot</indexterm>\ddot</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="688">double dot accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Math dieresis accent
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="883" mergedindex="cp">\dot</indexterm>\dot</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="656">overdot accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="657">dot over accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="888" mergedindex="cp">\dot</indexterm>\dot</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="689">overdot accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="690">dot over accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Math dot accent
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="884" mergedindex="cp">\grave</indexterm>\grave</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="658">grave accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="889" mergedindex="cp">\grave</indexterm>\grave</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="691">grave accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Math grave accent
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="885" mergedindex="cp">\hat</indexterm>\hat</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="659">hat accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="660">circumflex accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="890" mergedindex="cp">\hat</indexterm>\hat</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="692">hat accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="693">circumflex accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Math hat (circumflex) accent
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="886" mergedindex="cp">\mathring</indexterm>\mathring</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="661">ring accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="891" mergedindex="cp">\mathring</indexterm>\mathring</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="694">ring accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Math ring accent <!-- c don't bother implementing in texinfo -->
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="887" mergedindex="cp">\tilde</indexterm>\tilde</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="662">tilde accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="892" mergedindex="cp">\tilde</indexterm>\tilde</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="695">tilde accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Math tilde accent
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="888" mergedindex="cp">\vec</indexterm>\vec</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="663">vector symbol, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="893" mergedindex="cp">\vec</indexterm>\vec</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="696">vector symbol, math</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Math vector symbol
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="889" mergedindex="cp">\widehat</indexterm>\widehat</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="664">wide hat accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="894" mergedindex="cp">\widehat</indexterm>\widehat</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="697">wide hat accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Math wide hat accent
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="890" mergedindex="cp">\widetilde</indexterm>\widetilde</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="665">wide tilde accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="895" mergedindex="cp">\widetilde</indexterm>\widetilde</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="698">wide tilde accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Math wide tilde accent
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
@@ -14529,8 +14903,8 @@
<node name="Over_002d-and-Underlining" spaces=" "><nodename>Over- and Underlining</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Spacing in math mode</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Math accents</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Over- and Underlining</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="666">overlining</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="667">underlining</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="699">overlining</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="700">underlining</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&latex; provides commands for making overlines or underlines, or
putting braces over or under some material.
@@ -14537,14 +14911,14 @@
</para>
<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
<beforefirstitem>
-</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="891" mergedindex="cp">\underline{<var>text</var>}</indexterm>\underline{<var>text</var>}</itemformat></item>
+</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="896" mergedindex="cp">\underline{<var>text</var>}</indexterm>\underline{<var>text</var>}</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Underline <var>text</var>. Works inside math mode, and outside.
The line is always completely below the text, taking account of
descenders, so in <code>\(\underline{y}\)</code> the line is lower than in
<code>\(\underline{x}\)</code>. This command is fragile (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="668"><r>package</r>, <code>ulem</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="669"><code>ulem</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="701"><r>package</r>, <code>ulem</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="702"><code>ulem</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>Note that the package <code>ulem</code> does text mode underlining and allows
line breaking as well as a number of other features. See the
@@ -14551,13 +14925,13 @@
documentation on CTAN. See also <ref label="_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill"><xrefnodename>\hrulefill & \dotfill</xrefnodename></ref> for
producing a line, for such things as a signature.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="892" mergedindex="cp">\overline{<var>text</var>}</indexterm>\overline{<var>text</var>}</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="897" mergedindex="cp">\overline{<var>text</var>}</indexterm>\overline{<var>text</var>}</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Put a horizontal line over <var>text</var>. Works inside math mode, and
outside. For example, <code>\overline{x+y}</code>.
Note that this differs from the command <code>\bar</code> (<pxref label="Math-accents"><xrefnodename>Math
accents</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="893" mergedindex="cp">\underbrace{<var>math</var>}</indexterm>\underbrace{<var>math</var>}</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="898" mergedindex="cp">\underbrace{<var>math</var>}</indexterm>\underbrace{<var>math</var>}</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Put a brace under <var>math</var>. For example, this
<code>(1-\underbrace{1/2)+(1/2}-1/3)</code> emphasizes the telescoping part.
Attach text to the brace by using the subscript command, <code>_</code>, or
@@ -14573,7 +14947,7 @@
<para>The superscript appears on top of the expression, and so can look
unconnected to the underbrace.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="894" mergedindex="cp">\overbrace{<var>math</var>}</indexterm>\overbrace{<var>math</var>}</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="899" mergedindex="cp">\overbrace{<var>math</var>}</indexterm>\overbrace{<var>math</var>}</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Put a brace over <var>math</var>, as with
<code>\overbrace{x+x+\cdots+x}^{\mbox{\(k\) times}}</code>. See also
<code>\underbrace</code>.
@@ -14580,8 +14954,8 @@
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="670"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="671"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="703"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="704"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>The package <code>mathtools</code> adds an over- and underbrace, as well as
some improvements on the braces. See the documentation on CTAN.
@@ -14591,8 +14965,8 @@
<node name="Spacing-in-math-mode" spaces=" "><nodename>Spacing in math mode</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Math styles</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Over- and Underlining</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Spacing in math mode</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="672">spacing within math mode</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="673">math mode, spacing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="705">spacing within math mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="706">math mode, spacing</indexterm></cindex>
<para>When typesetting mathematics, &latex; puts in spacing according to the
normal rules for mathematics texts. If you enter <code>y=m x</code> then
@@ -14616,11 +14990,11 @@
</para>
<table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\;</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="895" mergedindex="cp">\;</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="896" mergedindex="cp">\thickspace</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="900" mergedindex="cp">\;</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="901" mergedindex="cp">\thickspace</indexterm></findex>
<anchor name="spacing-in-math-mode-thickspace">spacing in math mode thickspace</anchor>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="674"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="675"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="707"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="708"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synonym: <code>\thickspace</code>. Normally <code>5.0mu plus 5.0mu</code>. With
the <code>amsmath</code> package, or as of the 2020-10-01 &latex; release,
@@ -14628,7 +15002,7 @@
only.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\negthickspace</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="897" mergedindex="cp">\negthickspace</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="902" mergedindex="cp">\negthickspace</indexterm></findex>
<para>Normally <code>-5.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu</code>. With the <code>amsmath</code>
package, or as of the 2020-10-01 &latex; release, can be used in text
mode as well as math mode; otherwise, in math mode only.
@@ -14635,9 +15009,9 @@
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\:</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\></itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="898" mergedindex="cp">\:</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="899" mergedindex="cp">\></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="900" mergedindex="cp">\medspace</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="903" mergedindex="cp">\:</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="904" mergedindex="cp">\></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="905" mergedindex="cp">\medspace</indexterm></findex>
<anchor name="spacing-in-math-mode-medspace">spacing in math mode medspace</anchor>
<para>Synonym: <code>\medspace</code>. Normally <code>4.0mu plus 2.0mu minus
4.0mu</code>. With the <code>amsmath</code> package, or as of the 2020-10-01
@@ -14645,15 +15019,15 @@
that, in math mode only.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\negmedspace</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="901" mergedindex="cp">\negmedspace</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="906" mergedindex="cp">\negmedspace</indexterm></findex>
<para>Normally <code>-4.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu</code>. With the <code>amsmath</code>
package, or as of the 2020-10-01 &latex; release, can be used in text
mode as well as math mode; before that, in math mode only.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\,</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="902" mergedindex="cp">\,</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="903" mergedindex="cp">\thinspace</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="676">thin space</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="907" mergedindex="cp">\,</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="908" mergedindex="cp">\thinspace</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="709">thin space</indexterm></cindex>
<anchor name="Spacing-in-math-mode_002f_005cthinspace">Spacing in math mode/\thinspace</anchor>
<anchor name="spacing-in-math-mode-thinspace">spacing in math mode thinspace</anchor>
<para>Synonym: <code>\thinspace</code>. Normally <code>3mu</code>, which is 1/6<dmn>em</dmn>.
@@ -14672,9 +15046,9 @@
</pre></example>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\!</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="904" mergedindex="cp">\!</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="905" mergedindex="cp">\negthinspace</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="677">thin space, negative</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="909" mergedindex="cp">\!</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="910" mergedindex="cp">\negthinspace</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="710">thin space, negative</indexterm></cindex>
<anchor name="spacing-in-math-mode-negthinspace">spacing in math mode negthinspace</anchor>
<para>Synonym: <code>\negthinspace</code>. A negative thin space. Normally
<code>-3mu</code>. With the <code>amsmath</code> package, or as of the 2020-10-01
@@ -14684,8 +15058,8 @@
(<pxref label="_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace"><xrefnodename>\thinspace & \negthinspace</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\quad</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="678">quad</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="906" mergedindex="cp">\quad</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="711">quad</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="911" mergedindex="cp">\quad</indexterm></findex>
<anchor name="spacing-in-math-mode-quad">spacing in math mode quad</anchor>
<para>This is 18<dmn>mu</dmn>, that is, 1<dmn>em</dmn>. This is often used for space
surrounding equations or expressions, for instance for the space between
@@ -14693,7 +15067,7 @@
in both text and math mode.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\qquad</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="907" mergedindex="cp">\qquad</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="912" mergedindex="cp">\qquad</indexterm></findex>
<anchor name="spacing-in-math-mode-qquad">spacing in math mode qquad</anchor>
<para>A length of 2 quads, that is, 36<dmn>mu</dmn> = 2<dmn>em</dmn>. It is available in
both text and math mode.
@@ -14709,8 +15083,8 @@
<node name="_005csmash" spaces=" "><nodename>\smash</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Spacing in math mode</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\smash</code></sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="679">vertical spacing, math mode</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="680">math mode, vertical space</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="712">vertical spacing, math mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="713">math mode, vertical space</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -14770,15 +15144,15 @@
<code>\leavevmode</code>, as in the bottom line below.
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">xxx xxx xxx
+<pre xml:space="preserve">Text above.
-\smash{yyy} % no paragraph indent
+\smash{smashed, no indent} % no paragraph indent
-\leavevmode\smash{zzz} % usual paragraph indent
+\leavevmode\smash{smashed, with indent} % usual paragraph indent
</pre></example>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="681"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="682"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="714"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="715"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>The package <code>mathtools</code> has operators that provide even finer
control over smashing a subformula box.
@@ -14791,16 +15165,16 @@
<anchor name="_005cphantom">\phantom</anchor>
<anchor name="_005cvphantom">\vphantom</anchor>
<anchor name="_005chphantom">\hphantom</anchor>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="908" mergedindex="cp">\phantom</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="909" mergedindex="cp">\vphantom</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="910" mergedindex="cp">\hphantom</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="913" mergedindex="cp">\phantom</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="914" mergedindex="cp">\vphantom</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="915" mergedindex="cp">\hphantom</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="683">spacing, math mode</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="684">horizontal spacing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="685">vertical spacing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="686">math mode, spacing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="687">invisible character</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="688">character, invisible</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="716">spacing, math mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="717">horizontal spacing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="718">vertical spacing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="719">math mode, spacing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="720">invisible character</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="721">character, invisible</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -14854,8 +15228,8 @@
<para>These commands are often used in conjunction with <code>\smash</code>.
<xref label="_005csmash"><xrefnodename>\smash</xrefnodename></xref>, which includes another example of <code>\vphantom</code>.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="689"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="690"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="722"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="723"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>The three phantom commands appear often but note that &latex; provides
a suite of other commands to work with box sizes that may be more
@@ -14865,8 +15239,8 @@
In addition, the <code>mathtools</code> package has many commands that offer
fine-grained control over spacing.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="691"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="692"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="724"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="725"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>All three commands produce an ordinary box, without any special
mathematics status. So to do something like attaching a superscript you
@@ -14883,13 +15257,13 @@
<node name="_005cmathstrut" spaces=" "><nodename>\mathstrut</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spacing in math mode</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\mathstrut</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="911" mergedindex="cp"><code>\mathstrut</code></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="693">spacing, math mode</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="694">vertical spacing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="695">math mode, spacing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="696">invisible character</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="697">character, invisible</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="698">strut, math</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="916" mergedindex="cp"><code>\mathstrut</code></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="726">spacing, math mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="727">vertical spacing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="728">math mode, spacing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="729">invisible character</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="730">character, invisible</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="731">strut, math</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -14918,7 +15292,7 @@
<node name="Math-styles" spaces=" "><nodename>Math styles</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Math miscellany</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Spacing in math mode</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Math styles</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="699">math styles</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="732">math styles</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&tex;&textrsquo;s rules for typesetting a formula depend on the context. For
example, inside a displayed equation, the input <code>\sum_{0\leq
@@ -14934,20 +15308,20 @@
</para>
<itemize commandarg="bullet" spaces=" " endspaces=" "><itemprepend><formattingcommand command="bullet"/></itemprepend>
<beforefirstitem>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="700">display style</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="733">display style</indexterm></cindex>
</beforefirstitem><listitem><prepend>•</prepend>
<para>Display style is for a formula displayed on a line by itself, such as
with <code>\begin{equation} ... \end{equation}</code>.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="701">text style</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="734">text style</indexterm></cindex>
</listitem><listitem><prepend>•</prepend>
<para>Text style is for an inline formula, as with <samp>so we have $ ... $</samp>.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="702">script style</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="735">script style</indexterm></cindex>
</listitem><listitem><prepend>•</prepend>
<para>Script style is for parts of a formula in a subscript or superscript.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="703">scriptscript style</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="736">scriptscript style</indexterm></cindex>
</listitem><listitem><prepend>•</prepend>
<para>Scriptscript style is for parts of a formula at a second level (or more)
of subscript or superscript.
@@ -14954,10 +15328,10 @@
</para>
</listitem></itemize>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="912" mergedindex="cp">\displaystyle</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="913" mergedindex="cp">\textstyle</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="914" mergedindex="cp">\scriptstyle</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="915" mergedindex="cp">\scriptscriptstyle</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="917" mergedindex="cp">\displaystyle</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="918" mergedindex="cp">\textstyle</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="919" mergedindex="cp">\scriptstyle</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="920" mergedindex="cp">\scriptscriptstyle</indexterm></findex>
<para>&tex; determines a default math style but you can override it with a
declaration of <code>\displaystyle</code>, or <code>\textstyle</code>, or
<code>\scriptstyle</code>, or <code>\scriptscriptstyle</code>.
@@ -15014,7 +15388,7 @@
<node name="Math-miscellany" spaces=" "><nodename>Math miscellany</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Math styles</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Math miscellany</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="704">math miscellany</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="737">math miscellany</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&latex; contains a wide variety of mathematics facilities. Here are
some that don&textrsquo;t fit into other categories.
@@ -15032,9 +15406,9 @@
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Colon character <code>:</code> & <code>\colon</code></sectiontitle>
<anchor name="colon">colon</anchor>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="705">colon character</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="916" mergedindex="cp">: <r>(for math)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="917" mergedindex="cp">\colon</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="738">colon character</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="921" mergedindex="cp">: <r>(for math)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="922" mergedindex="cp">\colon</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis, one of:
</para>
@@ -15049,8 +15423,8 @@
<pre xml:space="preserve">With side ratios \( 3:4 \) and \( 4:5 \), the triangle is right.
</pre></example>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="706"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="707"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="739"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="740"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<noindent></noindent>
<para>Ordinary &latex; defines <code>\colon</code> to produce the colon character
@@ -15057,8 +15431,8 @@
with the spacing appropriate for punctuation, as in set-builder notation
<code>\{x\colon 0\leq x<1\}</code>.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="708"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="709"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="741"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="742"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>But the widely-used <code>amsmath</code> package defines <code>\colon</code> for use
in the definition of functions <code>f\colon D\to C</code>. So if you want
@@ -15069,11 +15443,11 @@
<node name="_005c_002a" spaces=" "><nodename trailingspaces=" ">\*</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\frac</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Colon character & \colon</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math miscellany</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\*</code></sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="710">multiplication, discretionary</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="711">breaks, multiplication discretionary</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="712">line breaks, multiplication discretionary</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="713">discretionary breaks, multiplication</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="918" mergedindex="cp">\*</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="743">multiplication, discretionary</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="744">breaks, multiplication discretionary</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="745">line breaks, multiplication discretionary</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="746">discretionary breaks, multiplication</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="923" mergedindex="cp">\*</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -15096,8 +15470,8 @@
<node name="_005cfrac" spaces=" "><nodename>\frac</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\sqrt</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\*</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math miscellany</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\frac</code> </sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="714">fraction</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="919" mergedindex="cp">\frac</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="747">fraction</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="924" mergedindex="cp">\frac</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -15115,10 +15489,10 @@
<node name="_005csqrt" spaces=" "><nodename>\sqrt</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\stackrel</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\frac</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math miscellany</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\sqrt</code></sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="715">square root</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="716">roots</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="717">radical</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="920" mergedindex="cp">\sqrt</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="748">square root</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="749">roots</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="750">radical</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="925" mergedindex="cp">\sqrt</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis, one of:
</para>
@@ -15142,9 +15516,9 @@
<node name="_005cstackrel" spaces=" "><nodename>\stackrel</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\sqrt</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math miscellany</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\stackrel</code></sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="718">stack math</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="719">relation, text above</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="921" mergedindex="cp">\stackrel</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="751">stack math</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="752">relation, text above</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="926" mergedindex="cp">\stackrel</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -15162,7 +15536,7 @@
<node name="Modes" spaces=" "><nodename>Modes</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Page styles</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Modes</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="720">modes</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="753">modes</indexterm></cindex>
<para>As &latex; processes your document, at any point it is in one of six
modes. They fall into three categories of two each, the horizontal
@@ -15173,7 +15547,7 @@
<itemize commandarg="bullet" endspaces=" "><itemprepend><formattingcommand command="bullet" automatic="on"/></itemprepend>
<listitem><prepend>•</prepend>
<anchor name="modes-paragraph-mode">modes paragraph mode</anchor>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="721">paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="754">paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex>
<para><dfn>Paragraph mode</dfn> (in plain &tex; this is called <dfn>horizontal
mode</dfn>) is what &latex; is in when processing ordinary text. It breaks
the input text into lines and finds the positions of line breaks, so that
@@ -15180,8 +15554,8 @@
in vertical mode page breaks can be done. This is the mode &latex; is
in most of the time.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="722">left-to-right mode</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="723">LR mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="755">left-to-right mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="756">LR mode</indexterm></cindex>
<anchor name="modes-lr-mode">modes lr mode</anchor>
<para><dfn>LR mode</dfn> (for left-to-right mode; in plain &tex; this is called
<dfn>restricted horizontal mode</dfn>) is in effect when &latex; starts
@@ -15194,11 +15568,11 @@
box won&textrsquo;t fit there.)
</para>
</listitem><listitem><prepend>•</prepend>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="724">math mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="757">math mode</indexterm></cindex>
<anchor name="modes-math-mode">modes math mode</anchor> <para><dfn>Math mode</dfn> is when &latex; is generating
an inline mathematical formula.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="725">display math mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="758">display math mode</indexterm></cindex>
<para><dfn>Display math mode</dfn> is when &latex; is generating a displayed
mathematical formula. (Displayed formulas differ somewhat from inline
ones. One example is that the placement of the subscript on <code>\int</code>
@@ -15205,13 +15579,13 @@
differs in the two situations.)
</para>
</listitem><listitem><prepend>•</prepend>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="726">vertical mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="759">vertical mode</indexterm></cindex>
<anchor name="modes-vertical-mode">modes vertical mode</anchor> <para><dfn>Vertical mode</dfn> is when &latex; is
building the list of lines and other material making the output page,
which comprises insertion of page breaks. This is the mode &latex; is
in when it starts a document.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="727">internal vertical mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="760">internal vertical mode</indexterm></cindex>
<anchor name="modes-internal-vertical-mode">modes internal vertical mode</anchor>
<para><dfn>Internal vertical mode</dfn> is in effect when &latex; starts making a
<code>\vbox</code>. It has not such thing as page breaks, and as such is the
@@ -15227,8 +15601,8 @@
changes to math mode, and then when it leaves the formula it pops
back to paragraph mode.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="728">inner paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="729">outer paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="761">inner paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="762">outer paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex>
<anchor name="modes-inner-paragraph-mode">modes inner paragraph mode</anchor>
<anchor name="modes-outer-paragraph-mode">modes outer paragraph mode</anchor>
<para>Paragraph mode has two subcases. If you use a <code>\parbox</code> command
@@ -15278,8 +15652,8 @@
<node name="Page-styles" spaces=" "><nodename>Page styles</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Spaces</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Modes</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Page styles</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="730">styles, page</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="731">page styles</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="763">styles, page</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="764">page styles</indexterm></cindex>
<para>The style of a page determines where &latex; places the components of
that page, such as headers and footers, and the text body. This
@@ -15287,8 +15661,8 @@
special pages such as the title page of a book, a page from an index, or
the first page of an article.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="732"><r>package</r>, <code>fancyhdr</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="733"><code>fancyhdr</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="765"><r>package</r>, <code>fancyhdr</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="766"><code>fancyhdr</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>The package <code>fancyhdr</code> is commonly used for constructing page
styles. See its documentation.
@@ -15305,8 +15679,8 @@
<node name="_005cmaketitle" spaces=" "><nodename>\maketitle</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\pagenumbering</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Page styles</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\maketitle</code></sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="734">titles, making</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="922" mergedindex="cp">\maketitle</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="767">titles, making</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="927" mergedindex="cp">\maketitle</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -15349,10 +15723,10 @@
<code>\maketitle</code>, either in the preamble or in the document body.
</para>
<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="923" mergedindex="cp">\author{<var>name1</var> \and <var>name2</var> \and ...}</indexterm>\author{<var>name1</var> \and <var>name2</var> \and ...}</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="735">author, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="924" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(for <code>\author</code>)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="925" mergedindex="cp">\and <r>(for <code>\author</code>)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="928" mergedindex="cp">\author{<var>name1</var> \and <var>name2</var> \and ...}</indexterm>\author{<var>name1</var> \and <var>name2</var> \and ...}</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="768">author, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="929" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(for <code>\author</code>)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="930" mergedindex="cp">\and <r>(for <code>\author</code>)</r></indexterm></findex>
<para>Required. Declare the document author or authors. The argument is a
list of authors separated by <code>\and</code> commands. To separate lines
within a single author&textrsquo;s entry, for instance to give the author&textrsquo;s
@@ -15360,16 +15734,16 @@
the <code>\author</code> declaration then you get <samp>LaTeX Warning: No
\author given</samp>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="926" mergedindex="cp">\date{<var>text</var>}</indexterm>\date{<var>text</var>}</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="736">date, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="931" mergedindex="cp">\date{<var>text</var>}</indexterm>\date{<var>text</var>}</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="769">date, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Optional. Declare <var>text</var> to be the document&textrsquo;s date. The <var>text</var>
doesn&textrsquo;t need to be in a date format; it can be any text at all. If you
omit <code>\date</code> then &latex; uses the current date (<pxref label="_005ctoday"><xrefnodename>\today</xrefnodename></pxref>).
To have no date, instead use <code>\date{}</code>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="927" mergedindex="cp">\thanks{<var>text</var>}</indexterm>\thanks{<var>text</var>}</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="737">thanks, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="738">credit footnote</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="932" mergedindex="cp">\thanks{<var>text</var>}</indexterm>\thanks{<var>text</var>}</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="770">thanks, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="771">credit footnote</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Optional. Produce a footnote. You can use it in the author
information for acknowledgements as illustrated above, but you can
also use it in the title, or anywhere that a footnote mark makes
@@ -15376,9 +15750,9 @@
sense. It can be any text at all so you can use it for any purpose,
such as to print an email address.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="928" mergedindex="cp">\title{<var>text</var>}</indexterm>\title{<var>text</var>}</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="739">title, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="929" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(for <code>\title</code>)</r></indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="933" mergedindex="cp">\title{<var>text</var>}</indexterm>\title{<var>text</var>}</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="772">title, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="934" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(for <code>\title</code>)</r></indexterm></findex>
<para>Required. Declare <var>text</var> to be the title of the document. Get line
breaks inside <var>text</var> with a double backslash, <code>\\</code>. If you
omit the <code>\title</code> declaration then the <code>\maketitle</code> command
@@ -15397,8 +15771,8 @@
<node name="_005cpagenumbering" spaces=" "><nodename>\pagenumbering</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\pagestyle</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\maketitle</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Page styles</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\pagenumbering</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="930" mergedindex="cp">\pagenumbering</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="740">page numbering style</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="935" mergedindex="cp">\pagenumbering</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="773">page numbering style</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -15440,8 +15814,8 @@
</tableterm><tableitem><para>no page number is output, though the number is still reset.
References to that page also are blank.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="741"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="742"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="774"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="775"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>This setting does not work with the popular package <code>hyperref</code>,
so to omit page numbers you may want to instead use
@@ -15479,10 +15853,10 @@
<node name="_005cpagestyle" spaces=" "><nodename>\pagestyle</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\thispagestyle</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\pagenumbering</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Page styles</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\pagestyle</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="931" mergedindex="cp">\pagestyle</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="743">header style</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="744">footer style</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="745">running header and footer style</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="936" mergedindex="cp">\pagestyle</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="776">header style</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="777">footer style</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="778">running header and footer style</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -15493,8 +15867,8 @@
<para>Declaration that specifies how the page headers and footers are typeset,
from the current page onwards.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="746"><r>package</r>, <code>fancyhdr</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="747"><code>fancyhdr</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="779"><r>package</r>, <code>fancyhdr</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="780"><code>fancyhdr</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>A discussion with an example is below. First, however: the package
<code>fancyhdr</code> is now the standard way to manipulate headers and
@@ -15567,7 +15941,7 @@
<para>Here are the descriptions of <code>\markboth</code> and <code>\markright</code>:
</para>
<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="932" mergedindex="cp">\markboth{<var>left-head</var>}{<var>right-head</var>}</indexterm>\markboth{<var>left-head</var>}{<var>right-head</var>}</itemformat></item>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="937" mergedindex="cp">\markboth{<var>left-head</var>}{<var>right-head</var>}</indexterm>\markboth{<var>left-head</var>}{<var>right-head</var>}</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Sets both the right hand and left hand heading information for either a
page style of <code>headings</code> or <code>myheadings</code>. A left hand page
heading <var>left-head</var> is generated by the last <code>\markboth</code>
@@ -15576,7 +15950,7 @@
<code>\markright</code> that comes on the page if there is one, otherwise by
the last one that came before that page.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="933" mergedindex="cp">\markright{<var>right-head</var>}</indexterm>\markright{<var>right-head</var>}</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="938" mergedindex="cp">\markright{<var>right-head</var>}</indexterm>\markright{<var>right-head</var>}</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Sets the right hand page heading, leaving the left unchanged.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
@@ -15586,8 +15960,8 @@
<node name="_005cthispagestyle" spaces=" "><nodename>\thispagestyle</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\thepage</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\pagestyle</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Page styles</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\thispagestyle</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="934" mergedindex="cp">\thispagestyle</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="748">page style, this page</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="939" mergedindex="cp">\thispagestyle</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="781">page style, this page</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -15626,7 +16000,7 @@
<node name="_005cthepage" spaces=" "><nodename>\thepage</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\thispagestyle</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Page styles</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\thepage</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="935" mergedindex="cp">\thepage</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="940" mergedindex="cp">\thepage</indexterm></findex>
<para>If you want to change the appearance of page numbers only in the page
headers, for example by adding an ornament, typesetting in small caps,
@@ -15633,9 +16007,9 @@
etc., then the <code>fancyhdr</code> package, as mentioned in a previous
section, is the best approach.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="749">page number representation</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="750">table of contents, page numbers in</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="751">cross-references, page numbers in</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="782">page number representation</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="783">table of contents, page numbers in</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="784">cross-references, page numbers in</indexterm></cindex>
<para>On the other hand, you may want to change how page numbers are denoted
everywhere, including the table of contents and cross-references, as
well as the page headers. In this case, you should redefine
@@ -15642,57 +16016,23 @@
<code>\thepage</code>, which is the command &latex; uses for the
representation of page numbers.
</para>
-<para>For example, for the <cite>TUGboat</cite> journal
-(<url><urefurl>https://tug.org/TUGboat</urefurl></url>), we often circulate draft versions of
-articles. For this, we change the page numbering to start at 901, but
-want to print the page numbers with a &textlsquo;?&textrsquo;, as in printing &textlsquo;?1&textrsquo; for the
-first page. This helps avoid people from thinking that the page
-numbers are final. We want the &textlsquo;?&textrsquo;<spacecmd type="spc"/>to appear in the table of contents
-and cross-references as well as the headers; therefore, we redefine
-<code>\thepage</code>:
+<para>However, <code>\thepage</code> should do any typesetting or other
+complicated maneuvers, but merely expand to the intended page number
+representation. The results of a complicated redefinition of
+<code>\thepage</code> are not predictable, but &latex;&textrsquo;s report of page
+numbers in diagnostic messages, at least, will become unusable.
</para>
-<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\renewcommand\thepage{%
- \ifnum\value{page}>900
- % In CM, numerals are exactly .5em,
- % so make our `?' have that width too.
- % The \texorpdfstring avoids the hyperref warning:
- % Token not allowed in a PDF string ... removing `\&arobase;ifnextchar'
- \texorpdfstring{\makebox[.5em][l]{\small ?}}{?}%
- %
- \textsl{\&arobase;arabic{\numexpr\value{page}-900\relax}}% assume e-TeX
- \else
- \&arobase;arabic{\value{page}}%
- \fi
-}
-</pre></example>
-
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="752"><command>makeindex</command> and special page numbers</indexterm></cindex>
-
-<para>There is another complication. Changing <code>\thepage</code> will probably
-break <command>makeindex</command>, since it only understands a few kinds of
-basic counter representations. Thus, a method to extract a standard
-integer from the document&textrsquo;s special representation has to be
-provided. Continuing our <cite>TUGboat</cite> example:
+<para>There is some discussion of this issue at
+<url><urefurl>https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/687258</urefurl></url>.
</para>
-<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage{index}
-...
-\newcommand\specialthepage{\inteval{\value{page}-900}}
-\newindex[specialthepage]*{default}{idx}{ind}{Index}
-</pre></example>
-<para>Thanks to Ulrike Fischer for providing this code.
-There is more discussion at
-<url><urefurl>https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/687258</urefurl></url>.
-</para>
</section>
</chapter>
<node name="Spaces" spaces=" "><nodename>Spaces</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Boxes</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Page styles</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Spaces</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="753">spaces</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="754">white space</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="785">spaces</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="786">white space</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&latex; has many ways to produce white space, or filled space. Some of
these are best suited to mathematical text; for these
@@ -15727,9 +16067,9 @@
<anchor name="_005censpace">\enspace</anchor>
<anchor name="_005cquad">\quad</anchor>
<anchor name="_005cqquad">\qquad</anchor>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="936" mergedindex="cp">\enspace</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="937" mergedindex="cp">\quad</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="938" mergedindex="cp">\qquad</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="941" mergedindex="cp">\enspace</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="942" mergedindex="cp">\quad</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="943" mergedindex="cp">\qquad</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis, one of:
</para>
@@ -15765,7 +16105,7 @@
<node name="_005chspace" spaces=" "><nodename>\hspace</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\hfill</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\enspace & \quad & \qquad</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\hspace</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="939" mergedindex="cp">\hspace</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="944" mergedindex="cp">\hspace</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis, one of:
</para>
@@ -15827,10 +16167,10 @@
<node name="_005chfill" spaces=" "><nodename>\hfill</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\hss</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\hspace</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\hfill</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="940" mergedindex="cp">\hfill</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="945" mergedindex="cp">\hfill</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="755">stretch, infinite horizontal</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="756">infinite horizontal stretch</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="787">stretch, infinite horizontal</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="788">infinite horizontal stretch</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -15848,7 +16188,7 @@
<pre xml:space="preserve">\noindent Name:\hfill Quiz One
</pre></example>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="941" mergedindex="cp">\fill</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="946" mergedindex="cp">\fill</indexterm></findex>
<para>The <code>\hfill</code> command is equivalent to <code>\hspace{\fill}</code> and
so the space can be discarded at line breaks. To avoid that instead use
<code>\hspace*{\fill}</code> (<pxref label="_005chspace"><xrefnodename>\hspace</xrefnodename></pxref>).
@@ -15875,10 +16215,10 @@
<node name="_005chss" spaces=" "><nodename>\hss</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\spacefactor</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\hfill</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\hss</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="942" mergedindex="cp">\hss</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="757">horizontal space</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="758">horizontal space, stretchable</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="759">space, inserting horizontal</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="947" mergedindex="cp">\hss</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="789">horizontal space</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="790">horizontal space, stretchable</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="791">space, inserting horizontal</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -15915,8 +16255,8 @@
<pre xml:space="preserve">\spacefactor=<var>integer</var>
</pre></example>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="943" mergedindex="cp">\spacefactor</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="760">space factor</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="948" mergedindex="cp">\spacefactor</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="792">space factor</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Influence &latex;&textrsquo;s stretching and shrinking of glue. Few user-level
documents need to use this.
</para>
@@ -15984,14 +16324,14 @@
<node name="_005c_0040" spaces=" "><nodename trailingspaces=" ">\&arobase;</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\frenchspacing & \nonfrenchspacing</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">\spacefactor</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\&arobase;</code> </sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="944" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="945" mergedindex="cp">at-sign</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="761">period, sentence-ending</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="762">period, abbreviation-ending</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="763">period, spacing after</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="764">sentence-ending punctuation</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="765">non-sentence-ending punctuation</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="766">punctuation, sentence-ending</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="949" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="950" mergedindex="cp">at-sign</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="793">period, sentence-ending</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="794">period, abbreviation-ending</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="795">period, spacing after</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="796">sentence-ending punctuation</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="797">non-sentence-ending punctuation</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="798">punctuation, sentence-ending</indexterm></cindex>
<anchor name="_005cAT">\AT</anchor><!-- c old name -->
<para>Synopsis:
@@ -16019,9 +16359,9 @@
by a capital letter. We tell &latex; that it ends the sentence by
putting <code>\&arobase;</code> before it.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="767">right parentheses/quotes, and spacing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="768">parentheses and ends of sentences</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="769">quotes and ends of sentences</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="799">right parentheses/quotes, and spacing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="800">parentheses and ends of sentences</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="801">quotes and ends of sentences</indexterm></cindex>
<para>So: if you have a capital letter followed by a period that ends the
sentence, then put <code>\&arobase;</code> before the period. This holds even if
there is an intervening right parenthesis or bracket, or right single or
@@ -16040,8 +16380,8 @@
of a text mode then you get the error <samp>You can't use
`\spacefactor' in vertical mode</samp> (<pxref label="Modes"><xrefnodename>Modes</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="770">question marks, ending a sentence</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="771">exclamation points, ending a sentence</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="802">question marks, ending a sentence</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="803">exclamation points, ending a sentence</indexterm></cindex>
<para>All the above applies equally to question marks and exclamation points
as periods, since all are sentence-ending punctuation, and &latex;
increases the space after each in the same way, when they end a
@@ -16062,9 +16402,9 @@
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\frenchspacing</code> & <code>\nonfrenchspacing</code></sectiontitle>
<anchor name="_005cnonfrenchspacing">\nonfrenchspacing</anchor>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="946" mergedindex="cp">\frenchspacing</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="947" mergedindex="cp">\nonfrenchspacing</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="772">spacing, inter-sentence</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="951" mergedindex="cp">\frenchspacing</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="952" mergedindex="cp">\nonfrenchspacing</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="804">spacing, inter-sentence</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis, one of:
</para>
@@ -16094,8 +16434,8 @@
<node name="_005cnormalsfcodes" spaces=" "><nodename>\normalsfcodes</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\frenchspacing & \nonfrenchspacing</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">\spacefactor</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\normalsfcodes</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="948" mergedindex="cp">\normalsfcodes</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="773">spacing, inter-sentence</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="953" mergedindex="cp">\normalsfcodes</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="805">spacing, inter-sentence</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -16112,11 +16452,11 @@
<node name="_005c_0028SPACE_0029" spaces=" "><nodename trailingspaces=" ">\(SPACE)</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">~</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\spacefactor</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Backslash-space, <code>\ </code></sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="774">\<key>NEWLINE</key></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="775">\<key>SPACE</key></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="776">\<key>TAB</key></indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="949" mergedindex="cp">\<w> </w> <r>(backslash-space)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="950" mergedindex="cp">\<key>SPACE</key></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="806">\<key>NEWLINE</key></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="807">\<key>SPACE</key></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="808">\<key>TAB</key></indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="954" mergedindex="cp">\<w> </w> <r>(backslash-space)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="955" mergedindex="cp">\<key>SPACE</key></indexterm></findex>
<para>This section refers to the command consisting of two characters, a
backslash followed by a space. Synopsis:
@@ -16188,12 +16528,12 @@
<node name="_007e" spaces=" "><nodename>~</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\thinspace & \negthinspace</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\(SPACE)</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>~</code>, <code>\nobreakspace</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="951" mergedindex="cp">~</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="777">tie</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="778">space, unbreakable</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="779">hard space</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="780">unbreakable space</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="781">NBSP</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="956" mergedindex="cp">~</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="809">tie</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="810">space, unbreakable</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="811">hard space</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="812">unbreakable space</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="813">NBSP</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -16201,8 +16541,8 @@
<pre xml:space="preserve"><var>before</var>~<var>after</var>
</pre></example>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="952" mergedindex="cp">\nobreakspace</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="782">no-break space, Unicode U+00A0</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="957" mergedindex="cp">\nobreakspace</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="814">no-break space, Unicode U+00A0</indexterm></cindex>
<para>The <dfn>tie</dfn> character, <code>~</code>, produces a space between <var>before</var> and
<var>after</var> at which the line will not be broken. By default the white
space has length 3.33333<dmn>pt</dmn> plus 1.66666<dmn>pt</dmn> minus
@@ -16246,8 +16586,8 @@
<para>When cases are enumerated inline: <code>(b)~Show that $f(x)$ is
(1)~continuous, and (2)~bounded</code>.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="783"><r>package</r>, <code>siunitx</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="784"><code>siunitx</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="815"><r>package</r>, <code>siunitx</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="816"><code>siunitx</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
</listitem><listitem><prepend>•</prepend>
<para>Between a number and its unit: <code>$745.7.8$~watts</code> (the
@@ -16290,12 +16630,12 @@
<anchor name="_005cthinspace">\thinspace</anchor>
<anchor name="_005cnegthinspace">\negthinspace</anchor>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="953" mergedindex="cp">\thinspace</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="954" mergedindex="cp">\negthinspace</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="785">thin space</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="786">space, thin</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="787">thin space, negative</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="788">space, negative thin</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="958" mergedindex="cp">\thinspace</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="959" mergedindex="cp">\negthinspace</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="817">thin space</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="818">space, thin</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="819">thin space, negative</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="820">space, negative thin</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis, one of:
</para>
@@ -16324,8 +16664,8 @@
style-specific use is between initials, as in <code>D.\thinspace E.\
Knuth</code>.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="789"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="790"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="821"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="822"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>&latex; provides a variety of similar spacing commands for math mode
(<pxref label="Spacing-in-math-mode"><xrefnodename>Spacing in math mode</xrefnodename></pxref>). With the <code>amsmath</code> package, or as
@@ -16337,8 +16677,8 @@
<node name="_005c_002f" spaces=" "><nodename>\/</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\hrulefill & \dotfill</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\thinspace & \negthinspace</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\/</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="955" mergedindex="cp">\/</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="791">italic correction</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="960" mergedindex="cp">\/</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="823">italic correction</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -16380,8 +16720,8 @@
upright characters have a zero italic correction. Some font creators
do not include italic correction values even for italic fonts.
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="956" mergedindex="cp">\fontdimen1</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="792">font dimension, slant</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="961" mergedindex="cp">\fontdimen1</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="824">font dimension, slant</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Technically, &latex; uses another font-specific value, the so-called
<dfn>slant parameter</dfn> (namely <code>\fontdimen1</code>), to determine whether
to possibly insert an italic correction, rather than tying the action to
@@ -16397,8 +16737,8 @@
<anchor name="_005chrulefill">\hrulefill</anchor>
<anchor name="_005cdotfill">\dotfill</anchor>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="957" mergedindex="cp">\hrulefill</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="958" mergedindex="cp">\dotfill</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="962" mergedindex="cp">\hrulefill</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="963" mergedindex="cp">\dotfill</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis, one of:
</para>
@@ -16470,9 +16810,9 @@
<anchor name="_005cbigskip">\bigskip</anchor>
<anchor name="_005cmedskip">\medskip</anchor>
<anchor name="_005csmallskip">\smallskip</anchor>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="959" mergedindex="cp">\bigskip</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="960" mergedindex="cp">\medskip</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="961" mergedindex="cp">\smallskip</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="964" mergedindex="cp">\bigskip</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="965" mergedindex="cp">\medskip</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="966" mergedindex="cp">\smallskip</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis, one of:
</para>
@@ -16502,22 +16842,22 @@
</para>
<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
<beforefirstitem><anchor name="bigskip">bigskip</anchor>
-</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="962" mergedindex="cp">\bigskip</indexterm>\bigskip</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="963" mergedindex="cp">\bigskipamount</indexterm></findex>
+</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="967" mergedindex="cp">\bigskip</indexterm>\bigskip</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="968" mergedindex="cp">\bigskipamount</indexterm></findex>
<para>The same as <code>\vspace{\bigskipamount}</code>, ordinarily about one line
space, with stretch and shrink. The default for the <code>book</code> and
<code>article</code> classes is <code>12pt plus 4pt minus 4pt</code>.
</para>
<anchor name="medskip">medskip</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="964" mergedindex="cp">\medskip</indexterm>\medskip</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="965" mergedindex="cp">\medskipamount</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="969" mergedindex="cp">\medskip</indexterm>\medskip</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="970" mergedindex="cp">\medskipamount</indexterm></findex>
<para>The same as <code>\vspace{\medskipamount}</code>, ordinarily about half of a
line space, with stretch and shrink. The default for the <code>book</code>
and <code>article</code> classes is <code>6pt plus 2pt minus 2pt</code>.
</para>
<anchor name="smallskip">smallskip</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="966" mergedindex="cp">\smallskip</indexterm>\smallskip</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="967" mergedindex="cp">\smallskipamount</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="971" mergedindex="cp">\smallskip</indexterm>\smallskip</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="972" mergedindex="cp">\smallskipamount</indexterm></findex>
<para>The same as <code>\vspace{\smallskipamount}</code>, ordinarily about a
quarter of a line space, with stretch and shrink. The default for the
<code>book</code> and <code>article</code> classes is <code>3pt plus 1pt minus 1pt</code>.
@@ -16541,9 +16881,9 @@
<anchor name="_005cbigbreak">\bigbreak</anchor>
<anchor name="_005cmedbreak">\medbreak</anchor>
<anchor name="_005csmallbreak">\smallbreak</anchor>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="968" mergedindex="cp">\bigbreak</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="969" mergedindex="cp">\medbreak</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="970" mergedindex="cp">\smallbreak</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="973" mergedindex="cp">\bigbreak</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="974" mergedindex="cp">\medbreak</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="975" mergedindex="cp">\smallbreak</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis, one of:
</para>
@@ -16580,8 +16920,8 @@
<node name="_005cstrut" spaces=" "><nodename>\strut</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\vspace</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\strut</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="971" mergedindex="cp">\strut</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="793">strut</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="976" mergedindex="cp">\strut</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="825">strut</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -16646,10 +16986,10 @@
descend below the baseline. The fourth list adds the strut that gives
the needed extra below-baseline space.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="794"><r>package</r>, <code>TikZ</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="795"><code>TikZ</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
- <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="796"><r>package</r>, <code>Asymptote</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="797"><code>Asymptote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="826"><r>package</r>, <code>TikZ</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="827"><code>TikZ</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="828"><r>package</r>, <code>Asymptote</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="829"><code>Asymptote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>The <code>\strut</code> command is often useful in graphics, such as in
<code>TikZ</code> or <code>Asymptote</code>. For instance, you may have a command
@@ -16685,9 +17025,9 @@
<node name="_005cvspace" spaces=" "><nodename>\vspace</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\vfill</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\strut</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\vspace</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="972" mergedindex="cp">\vspace</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="798">vertical space</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="799">space, vertical</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="977" mergedindex="cp">\vspace</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="830">vertical space</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="831">space, vertical</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis, one of:
</para>
@@ -16752,10 +17092,10 @@
<node name="_005cvfill" spaces=" "><nodename>\vfill</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\addvspace</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\vspace</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\vfill</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="973" mergedindex="cp">\vfill</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="978" mergedindex="cp">\vfill</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="800">stretch, infinite vertical</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="801">infinite vertical stretch</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="832">stretch, infinite vertical</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="833">infinite vertical stretch</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -16793,9 +17133,9 @@
<node name="_005caddvspace" spaces=" "><nodename>\addvspace</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\vfill</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\addvspace</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="974" mergedindex="cp">\addvspace</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="802">vertical space</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="803">space, inserting vertical</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="979" mergedindex="cp">\addvspace</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="834">vertical space</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="835">space, inserting vertical</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -16852,17 +17192,17 @@
</section>
</chapter>
-<node name="Boxes" spaces=" "><nodename>Boxes</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Color</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Spaces</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
+<node name="Boxes" spaces=" "><nodename>Boxes</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Graphics</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Spaces</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Boxes</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="804">boxes</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="836">boxes</indexterm></cindex>
<!-- c xx Expand on boxes and glue, for xref from elsewhere. -->
<para>At its core, &latex; puts things in boxes and then puts the boxes on a
page. So these commands are central.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="805"><r>package</r>, <code>adjustbox</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="806"><code>adjustbox</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="837"><r>package</r>, <code>adjustbox</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="838"><code>adjustbox</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>There are many packages on CTAN that are useful for manipulating boxes.
One useful adjunct to the commands here is <code>adjustbox</code>.
@@ -16883,11 +17223,11 @@
<anchor name="_005cmbox">\mbox</anchor>
<anchor name="_005cmakebox">\makebox</anchor>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="975" mergedindex="cp">\mbox</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="976" mergedindex="cp">\makebox</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="807">box</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="808">make a box</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="809">hyphenation, preventing</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="980" mergedindex="cp">\mbox</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="981" mergedindex="cp">\makebox</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="839">box</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="840">make a box</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="841">hyphenation, preventing</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis, one of:
</para>
@@ -16981,11 +17321,11 @@
</pre></example>
<noindent></noindent>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="810"><r>package</r>, <code>TikZ</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="811"><code>TikZ</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="842"><r>package</r>, <code>TikZ</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="843"><code>TikZ</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="812"><r>package</r>, <code>Asymptote</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="813"><code>Asymptote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="844"><r>package</r>, <code>Asymptote</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="845"><code>Asymptote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>The right edge of the output <samp>10 points </samp> (note the ending space
after <samp>points</samp>) will be just before the <samp>What</samp>. You can use
@@ -17014,8 +17354,8 @@
<anchor name="_005cfbox">\fbox</anchor>
<anchor name="_005cframebox">\framebox</anchor>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="977" mergedindex="cp">\fbox</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="978" mergedindex="cp">\framebox</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="982" mergedindex="cp">\fbox</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="983" mergedindex="cp">\framebox</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopses, one of:
</para>
@@ -17059,18 +17399,18 @@
</para>
<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
<beforefirstitem><anchor name="fbox-framebox-fboxrule">fbox framebox fboxrule</anchor>
-</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="979" mergedindex="cp">\fboxrule</indexterm>\fboxrule</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="980" mergedindex="cp">frame, line width</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="981" mergedindex="cp">frame rule width</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="814">\fboxrule</indexterm></cindex>
+</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="984" mergedindex="cp">\fboxrule</indexterm>\fboxrule</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="985" mergedindex="cp">frame, line width</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="986" mergedindex="cp">frame rule width</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="846">\fboxrule</indexterm></cindex>
<para>The thickness of the rules around the enclosed box. The default is
0.2<dmn>pt</dmn>. Change it with a command such as
<code>\setlength{\fboxrule}{0.8pt}</code> (<pxref label="_005csetlength"><xrefnodename>\setlength</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
<anchor name="fbox-framebox-fboxsep">fbox framebox fboxsep</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="982" mergedindex="cp">\fboxsep</indexterm>\fboxsep</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="983" mergedindex="cp">frame, separation from contents</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="815">\fboxsep</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="987" mergedindex="cp">\fboxsep</indexterm>\fboxsep</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="988" mergedindex="cp">frame, separation from contents</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="847">\fboxsep</indexterm></cindex>
<para>The distance from the frame to the enclosed box. The default is 3<dmn>pt</dmn>.
Change it with a command such as <code>\setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt}</code>
(<pxref label="_005csetlength"><xrefnodename>\setlength</xrefnodename></pxref>). Setting it to 0<dmn>pt</dmn> is useful sometimes:
@@ -17110,9 +17450,9 @@
<node name="_005cparbox" spaces=" "><nodename>\parbox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\raisebox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\fbox & \framebox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Boxes</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\parbox</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="984" mergedindex="cp">\parbox</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="816">paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="817">paragraph, in a box</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="989" mergedindex="cp">\parbox</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="848">paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="849">paragraph, in a box</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopses, one of:
</para>
@@ -17174,7 +17514,7 @@
<node name="_005craisebox" spaces=" "><nodename>\raisebox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\sbox & \savebox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\parbox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Boxes</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\raisebox</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="985" mergedindex="cp">\raisebox</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="990" mergedindex="cp">\raisebox</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis, one of:
</para>
@@ -17241,9 +17581,9 @@
<anchor name="_005csbox">\sbox</anchor>
<anchor name="_005csavebox">\savebox</anchor>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="986" mergedindex="cp">\sbox</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="987" mergedindex="cp">\savebox</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="818">box, save</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="991" mergedindex="cp">\sbox</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="992" mergedindex="cp">\savebox</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="850">box, save</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis, one of:
</para>
@@ -17341,7 +17681,7 @@
<node name="lrbox" spaces=" "><nodename>lrbox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\usebox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\sbox & \savebox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Boxes</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>lrbox</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="988" mergedindex="cp">lrbox</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="993" mergedindex="cp">lrbox</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -17379,8 +17719,8 @@
<node name="_005cusebox" spaces=" "><nodename>\usebox</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">lrbox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Boxes</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\usebox</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="989" mergedindex="cp">\usebox</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="819">box, use saved box</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="994" mergedindex="cp">\usebox</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="851">box, use saved box</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -17397,390 +17737,11 @@
</section>
</chapter>
-<node name="Color" spaces=" "><nodename>Color</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Graphics</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Boxes</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
-<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Color</sectiontitle>
-
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="820">color</indexterm></cindex>
-
-<para>You can add color to text, rules, etc. You can also have color in a box
-or on an entire page and write text on top of it.
-</para>
-<para>Color support comes as an additional package. So put
-<code>\usepackage{color}</code> in your document preamble to use the
-commands described here.
-</para>
-<para>Many other packages also supplement &latex;&textrsquo;s color abilities.
-Particularly worth mentioning is <file>xcolor</file>, which is widely used and
-significantly extends the capabilities described here, including adding
-<samp>HTML</samp> and <samp>Hsb</samp> color models.
-</para>
-<menu endspaces=" ">
-<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Color package options</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Options when you load the standard package.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Color models</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">How colors are represented.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Commands for color</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">The available commands.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
-
-
-<node name="Color-package-options" spaces=" "><nodename>Color package options</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Color models</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Color</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>color</code> package options</sectiontitle>
-
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="821">color package options</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="822">options, color package</indexterm></cindex>
-
-<para>Synopsis (must be in the document preamble):
-</para>
-<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage[<var>comma-separated option list</var>]{color}
-</pre></example>
-
-<para>When you load the <file>color</file> package there are two kinds of available
-options.
-</para>
-<para>The first specifies the <dfn>printer driver</dfn>. &latex; doesn&textrsquo;t contain
-information about different output systems but instead depends on
-information stored in a file. Normally you should not specify the
-driver option in the document, and instead rely on your system&textrsquo;s
-default. One advantage of this is that it makes the document portable
-across systems. For completeness we include a list of the drivers. The
-currently relevant ones are: <file>dvipdfmx</file>, <file>dvips</file>,
-<file>dvisvgm</file>, <file>luatex</file>, <file>pdftex</file>, <file>xetex</file>. The two
-<file>xdvi</file> and <file>oztex</file> are essentially aliases for <file>dvips</file>
-(and <file>xdvi</file> is monochrome). Ones that should not be used for new
-systems are: <file>dvipdf</file>, <file>dvipdfm</file>, <file>dviwin</file>,
-<file>dvipsone</file>, <file>emtex</file>, <file>pctexps</file>, <file>pctexwin</file>,
-<file>pctexhp</file>, <file>pctex32</file>, <file>truetex</file>, <file>tcidvi</file>,
-<file>vtex</file> (and <file>dviwindo</file> is an alias for <file>dvipsone</file>).
-</para>
-<para>The second kind of options, beyond the drivers, are below.
-</para>
-<table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<beforefirstitem>
-</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">monochrome</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Disable the color commands, so that they do not generate errors but do
-not generate color either.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">dvipsnames</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Make available a list of 68 color names that are often used,
-particularly in legacy documents. These color names were originally
-provided by the <file>dvips</file> driver, giving the option name.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">nodvipsnames</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Do not load that list of color names, saving &latex; a tiny amount of
-memory space.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry></table>
-
-
-</section>
-<node name="Color-models" spaces=" "><nodename>Color models</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Commands for color</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Color package options</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Color</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Color models</sectiontitle>
-
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="823">color models</indexterm></cindex>
-
-<para>A <dfn>color model</dfn> is a way of representing colors. &latex;&textrsquo;s
-capabilities depend on the printer driver. However, the <file>pdftex</file>,
-<file>xetex</file>, and <file>luatex</file> printer drivers are today by far the
-most commonly used. The models below work for those drivers. All but
-one of these is also supported by essentially all other printer drivers
-used today.
-</para>
-<para>Note that color combination can be additive or subtractive. Additive
-mixes colors of light, so that for instance combining full intensities
-of red, green, and blue produces white. Subtractive mixes pigments,
-such as with inks, so that combining full intensity of cyan, magenta,
-and yellow makes black.
-</para>
-<table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<beforefirstitem><anchor name="color-models-cmyk">color models cmyk</anchor>
-</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">cmyk</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>A comma-separated list with four real numbers between 0 and 1,
-inclusive. The first number is the intensity of cyan, the second is
-magenta, and the others are yellow and black. A number value of 0 means
-minimal intensity, while a 1 is for full intensity. This model is often
-used in color printing. It is a subtractive model.
-</para>
-<anchor name="color-models-gray">color models gray</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">gray</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>A single real number between 0 and 1, inclusive. The colors are shades
-of grey. The number 0 produces black while 1 gives white.
-</para>
-<anchor name="color-models-rgb">color models rgb</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">rgb</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>A comma-separated list with three real numbers between 0 and 1,
-inclusive. The first number is the intensity of the red component, the
-second is green, and the third the blue. A number value of 0 means that
-none of that component is added in, while a 1 means full intensity.
-This is an additive model.
-</para>
-<anchor name="color-models-RGB">color models RGB</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">RGB</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>(<file>pdftex</file>, <file>xetex</file>, <file>luatex</file> drivers) A comma-separated
-list with three integers between 0 and 255, inclusive. This model is a
-convenience for using <code>rgb</code> since outside of &latex; colors are
-often described in a red-green-blue model using numbers in this range.
-The values entered here are converted to the <code>rgb</code> model by
-dividing by 255.
-</para>
-<anchor name="color-models-named">color models named</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">named</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>Colors are accessed by name, such as <samp>PrussianBlue</samp>. The list of
-names depends on the driver, but all support the names <samp>black</samp>,
-<samp>blue</samp>, <samp>cyan</samp>, <samp>green</samp>, <samp>magenta</samp>, <samp>red</samp>,
-<samp>white</samp>, and <samp>yellow</samp> (See the <code>dvipsnames</code> option in
-<ref label="Color-package-options"><xrefnodename>Color package options</xrefnodename></ref>).
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry></table>
-
-
-</section>
-<node name="Commands-for-color" spaces=" "><nodename>Commands for color</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Color models</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Color</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Commands for color</sectiontitle>
-
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="824">color package commands</indexterm></cindex>
-
-<para>These are the commands available with the <file>color</file> package.
-</para>
-<menu endspaces=" ">
-<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Define colors</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Give a color a name.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Colored text</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Text or rules in color.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Colored boxes</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">A box of color, to write over.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Colored pages</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">A whole page colored.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
-
-
-<node name="Define-colors" spaces=" "><nodename>Define colors</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Colored text</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for color</nodeup></node>
-<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Define colors</sectiontitle>
-
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="825">color</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="826">define color</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="827">color, define</indexterm></cindex>
-
-<para>Synopsis:
-</para>
-<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\definecolor{<var>name</var>}{<var>model</var>}{<var>specification</var>}
-</pre></example>
-
-<para>Give the name <var>name</var> to the color. For example, after this
-</para>
-<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\definecolor{silver}{rgb}{0.75,0.75,0.74}
-</pre></example>
-
-<noindent></noindent>
-<para>you can use that color name with <code>Hi ho,
-\textcolor{silver}{Silver}!</code>.
-</para>
-<para>This example gives the color a more abstract name, so it could change and
-not be misleading.
-</para>
-<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\definecolor{logocolor}{RGB}{145,92,131} % RGB needs pdflatex
-\newcommand{\logo}{\textcolor{logocolor}{Bob's Big Bagels}}
-</pre></example>
-
-<para>Often a document&textrsquo;s colors are defined in the preamble, or in the class
-or style, rather than in the document body.
-</para>
-
-</subsection>
-<node name="Colored-text" spaces=" "><nodename>Colored text</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Colored boxes</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Define colors</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for color</nodeup></node>
-<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Colored text</sectiontitle>
-
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="828">color</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="829">colored text</indexterm></cindex>
-
-<para>Synopses:
-</para>
-<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\textcolor{<var>name</var>}{...}
-\textcolor[<var>color model</var>]{<var>color specification</var>}{...}
-</pre></example>
-
-<noindent></noindent>
-<para>or
-</para>
-<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\color{<var>name</var>}
-\color[<var>color model</var>]{<var>color specification</var>}
-</pre></example>
-
-<para>The affected text gets the color. This line
-</para>
-<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\textcolor{magenta}{My name is Ozymandias, King of Kings;}
-Look on my works, ye Mighty, and despair!
-</pre></example>
-
-<noindent></noindent>
-<para>causes the first half to be in magenta while the rest is in black. You
-can use a color declared with <code>\definecolor</code> in exactly the same
-way that we just used the builtin color <samp>magenta</samp>.
-</para>
-<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\definecolor{MidlifeCrisisRed}{rgb}{1.0,0.11,0.0}
-I'm thinking about getting a \textcolor{MidlifeCrisisRed}{sports car}.
-</pre></example>
-
-<para>The two <code>\textcolor</code> and <code>\color</code> differ in that the first is
-a command form, enclosing the text to be colored as an argument. Often
-this form is more convenient, or at least more explicit. The second
-form is a declaration, as in <code>The moon is made of {\color{green}
-green} cheese</code>, so it is in effect until the end of the current group
-or environment. This is sometimes useful when writing macros or as
-below where it colors everything inside the <code>center</code> environment,
-including the vertical and horizontal lines.
-</para>
-<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{center} \color{blue}
- \begin{tabular}{l|r}
- UL &UR \\ \hline
- LL &LR
- \end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-</pre></example>
-
-<para>You can use color in equations. A document might have this definition
-in the preamble
-</para>
-<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\definecolor{highlightcolor}{RGB}{225,15,0}
-</pre></example>
-
-<noindent></noindent>
-<para>and then contain this equation.
-</para>
-<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{equation}
- \int_a^b \textcolor{highlightcolor}{f'(x)}\,dx=f(b)-f(a)
-\end{equation}
-</pre></example>
-
-<para>Typically the colors used in a document are declared in a class or style
-but sometimes you want a one-off. Those are the second forms in the
-synopses.
-</para>
-<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">Colors of \textcolor[rgb]{0.33,0.14,0.47}{Purple} and
-{\color[rgb]{0.72,0.60,0.37}Gold} for the team.
-</pre></example>
-
-<para>The format of <var>color specification</var> depends on the color model
-(<pxref label="Color-models"><xrefnodename>Color models</xrefnodename></pxref>). For instance, while <code>rgb</code> takes three
-numbers, <code>gray</code> takes only one.
-</para>
-<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">The selection was \textcolor[gray]{0.5}{grayed out}.
-</pre></example>
-
-<para>Colors inside colors do not combine. Thus
-</para>
-<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\textcolor{green}{kind of \textcolor{blue}{blue}}
-</pre></example>
-
-<noindent></noindent>
-<para>has a final word that is blue, not a combination of blue and green.
-</para>
-<!-- c xx address coloring a line of a table? -->
-
-
-</subsection>
-<node name="Colored-boxes" spaces=" "><nodename>Colored boxes</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Colored pages</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Colored text</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for color</nodeup></node>
-<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Colored boxes</sectiontitle>
-
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="830">color</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="831">colored boxes</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="832">box, colored</indexterm></cindex>
-
-<para>Synopses:
-</para>
-<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\colorbox{<var>name</var>}{...}
-\colorbox[<var>model name</var>]{<var>box background color</var>}{...}
-</pre></example>
-
-<noindent></noindent>
-<para>or
-</para>
-<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\fcolorbox{<var>frame color</var>}{<var>box background color</var>}{...}
-\fcolorbox[<var>model name</var>]{<var>frame color</var>}{<var>box background color</var>}{...}
-</pre></example>
-
-<para>Make a box with the stated background color. The <code>\fcolorbox</code>
-command puts a frame around the box. For instance this
-</para>
-<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">Name:~\colorbox{cyan}{\makebox[5cm][l]{\strut}}
-</pre></example>
-
-<noindent></noindent>
-<para>makes a cyan-colored box that is five centimeters long and gets its
-depth and height from the <code>\strut</code> (so the depth is
-<code>-.3\baselineskip</code> and the height is <code>\baselineskip</code>). This
-puts white text on a blue background.
-</para>
-<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\colorbox{blue}{\textcolor{white}{Welcome to the machine.}}
-</pre></example>
-
-<para>The <code>\fcolorbox</code> commands use the same parameters as <code>\fbox</code>
-(<pxref label="_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox"><xrefnodename>\fbox & \framebox</xrefnodename></pxref>), <code>\fboxrule</code> and <code>\fboxsep</code>, to
-set the thickness of the rule and the boundary between the box interior
-and the surrounding rule. &latex;&textrsquo;s defaults are <code>0.4pt</code> and
-<code>3pt</code>, respectively.
-</para>
-<para>This example changes the thickness of the border to 0.8 points. Note
-that it is surrounded by curly braces so that the change ends at the end
-of the second line.
-</para>
-<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">{\setlength{\fboxrule}{0.8pt}
-\fcolorbox{black}{red}{Under no circumstances turn this knob.}}
-</pre></example>
-
-
-</subsection>
-<node name="Colored-pages" spaces=" "><nodename>Colored pages</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Colored boxes</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for color</nodeup></node>
-<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Colored pages</sectiontitle>
-
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="833">color</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="834">colored page</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="835">page, colored</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="836">background, colored</indexterm></cindex>
-
-<para>Synopses:
-</para>
-<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\pagecolor{<var>name</var>}
-\pagecolor[<var>color model</var>]{<var>color specification</var>}
-\nopagecolor
-</pre></example>
-
-<para>The first two set the background of the page, and all subsequent pages,
-to the color. For an explanation of the specification in the second
-form <pxref label="Colored-text"><xrefnodename>Colored text</xrefnodename></pxref>. The third returns the background to normal,
-which is a transparent background. (If that is not supported use
-<code>\pagecolor{white}</code>, although that will make a white background
-rather than the default transparent background.)
-</para>
-<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve"> ...
-\pagecolor{cyan}
- ...
-\nopagecolor
-</pre></example>
-
-
-</subsection>
-</section>
-</chapter>
-<node name="Graphics" spaces=" "><nodename>Graphics</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Special insertions</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Color</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
+<node name="Graphics" spaces=" "><nodename>Graphics</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Color</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Boxes</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Graphics</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="837">graphics</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="838">graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="852">graphics</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="853">graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
<para>You can use graphics such as PNG or PDF files in your &latex; document.
You need an additional package, which comes standard with &latex;.
@@ -17829,8 +17790,8 @@
<node name="Graphics-package-options" spaces=" "><nodename>Graphics package options</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Graphics package configuration</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Graphics</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>graphics</code> package options</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="839">graphics package options</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="840">options, graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="854">graphics package options</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="855">options, graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis (must be in the document preamble):
</para>
@@ -17910,9 +17871,9 @@
<node name="Graphics-package-configuration" spaces=" "><nodename>Graphics package configuration</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Commands for graphics</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Graphics package options</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Graphics</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>graphics</code> package configuration</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="841">graphics</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="842">graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="843">configuration, graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="856">graphics</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="857">graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="858">configuration, graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
<para>These commands configure the way &latex; searches the file system for
the graphic.
@@ -17933,7 +17894,7 @@
<node name="_005cgraphicspath" spaces=" "><nodename>\graphicspath</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Graphics package configuration</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\graphicspath</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="990" mergedindex="cp">\graphicspath</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="995" mergedindex="cp">\graphicspath</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -18011,7 +17972,7 @@
<node name="_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions" spaces=" "><nodename>\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\DeclareGraphicsRule</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\graphicspath</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Graphics package configuration</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="991" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="996" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopses:
</para>
@@ -18054,8 +18015,8 @@
<pre xml:space="preserve">.pdf,.png,.jpg,.mps,.jpeg,.jbig2,.jb2,.PDF,.PNG,.JPG,.JPEG,.JBIG2,.JB2
</pre></example>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="844"><r>package</r>, <code>grfext</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="845"><code>grfext</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="859"><r>package</r>, <code>grfext</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="860"><code>grfext</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>To change the order, use the <code>grfext</code> package.
</para>
@@ -18068,7 +18029,7 @@
<node name="_005cDeclareGraphicsRule" spaces=" "><nodename>\DeclareGraphicsRule</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Graphics package configuration</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\DeclareGraphicsRule</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="992" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareGraphicsRule</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="997" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareGraphicsRule</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -18153,8 +18114,8 @@
<node name="Commands-for-graphics" spaces=" "><nodename>Commands for graphics</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Graphics package configuration</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Graphics</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Commands for graphics</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="846">graphics package commands</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="847">commands, graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="861">graphics package commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="862">commands, graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
<para>These are the commands available with the <code>graphics</code> and
<code>graphicx</code> packages.
@@ -18170,16 +18131,16 @@
<node name="_005cincludegraphics" spaces=" "><nodename>\includegraphics</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\rotatebox</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for graphics</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\includegraphics</code></sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="848">graphics</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="849">graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="850">including graphics</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="851">importing graphics</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="852">EPS files</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="853">JPEG files</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="854">JPG files</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="855">PDF graphic files</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="856">PNG files</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="993" mergedindex="cp">\includegraphics</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="863">graphics</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="864">graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="865">including graphics</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="866">importing graphics</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="867">EPS files</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="868">JPEG files</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="869">JPG files</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="870">PDF graphic files</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="871">PNG files</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="998" mergedindex="cp">\includegraphics</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopses for <code>graphics</code> package:
</para>
@@ -18314,8 +18275,8 @@
</para>
<para>There are many options. The primary ones are listed first.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="857">bounding box</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="858">box, bounding</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="872">bounding box</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="873">box, bounding</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Note that a graphic is placed by &latex; into a box, which is
traditionally referred to as its <dfn>bounding box</dfn> (distinct from the
PostScript BoundingBox described below). The graphic&textrsquo;s printed area may
@@ -18538,8 +18499,8 @@
<para>These following options allow a user to override &latex;&textrsquo;s method of
choosing the graphic type based on the filename extension. An example
-is that <code>\includegraphics[type=png,ext=.xxx,read=.xxx]{lion}</code>
-will read the file <file>lion.xxx</file> as though it were
+is that <code>\includegraphics[type=png,ext=.xyz,read=.xyz]{lion}</code>
+will read the file <file>lion.xyz</file> as though it were
<file>lion.png</file>. For more on these, <pxref label="_005cDeclareGraphicsRule"><xrefnodename>\DeclareGraphicsRule</xrefnodename></pxref>.
</para>
<table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
@@ -18571,10 +18532,10 @@
<node name="_005crotatebox" spaces=" "><nodename>\rotatebox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\scalebox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\includegraphics</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for graphics</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\rotatebox</code></sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="859">rotation</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="860">rotating graphics</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="861">rotating text</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="994" mergedindex="cp">\rotatebox</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="874">rotation</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="875">rotating graphics</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="876">rotating text</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="999" mergedindex="cp">\rotatebox</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis if you use the <code>graphics</code> package:
</para>
@@ -18662,14 +18623,14 @@
<node name="_005cscalebox" spaces=" "><nodename>\scalebox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\resizebox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\rotatebox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for graphics</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\scalebox</code></sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="862">graphics, scaling</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="863">graphics, resizing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="864">scaling</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="865">resizing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="866">text, scaling</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="867">text, resizing</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="995" mergedindex="cp">\scalebox</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="996" mergedindex="cp">\reflectbox</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="877">graphics, scaling</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="878">graphics, resizing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="879">scaling</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="880">resizing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="881">text, scaling</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="882">text, resizing</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1000" mergedindex="cp">\scalebox</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1001" mergedindex="cp">\reflectbox</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopses:
</para>
@@ -18712,13 +18673,13 @@
<node name="_005cresizebox" spaces=" "><nodename>\resizebox</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\scalebox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for graphics</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\resizebox</code></sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="868">graphics, scaling</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="869">graphics, resizing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="870">scaling</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="871">resizing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="872">text, scaling</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="873">text, resizing</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="997" mergedindex="cp">\resizebox</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="883">graphics, scaling</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="884">graphics, resizing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="885">scaling</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="886">resizing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="887">text, scaling</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="888">text, resizing</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1002" mergedindex="cp">\resizebox</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopses:
</para>
@@ -18754,11 +18715,389 @@
</subsection>
</section>
</chapter>
-<node name="Special-insertions" spaces=" "><nodename>Special insertions</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Splitting the input</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Graphics</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
+<node name="Color" spaces=" "><nodename>Color</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Special insertions</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Graphics</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
+<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Color</sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="889">color</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>You can add color to text, rules, etc. You can also have color in a box
+or on an entire page and write text on top of it.
+</para>
+<para>Color support comes as an additional package. So put
+<code>\usepackage{color}</code> in your document preamble to use the
+commands described here.
+</para>
+<para>Many other packages also supplement &latex;&textrsquo;s color abilities.
+Particularly worth mentioning is <file>xcolor</file>, which is widely used and
+significantly extends the capabilities described here, including adding
+<samp>HTML</samp> and <samp>Hsb</samp> color models.
+</para>
+<menu endspaces=" ">
+<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Color package options</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Options when you load the standard package.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Color models</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">How colors are represented.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Commands for color</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">The available commands.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
+
+
+<node name="Color-package-options" spaces=" "><nodename>Color package options</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Color models</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Color</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>color</code> package options</sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="890">color package options</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="891">options, color package</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Synopsis (must be in the document preamble):
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage[<var>comma-separated option list</var>]{color}
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>When you load the <file>color</file> package there are two kinds of available
+options.
+</para>
+<para>The first specifies the <dfn>printer driver</dfn>. &latex; doesn&textrsquo;t contain
+information about different output systems but instead depends on
+information stored in a file. Normally you should not specify the
+driver option in the document, and instead rely on your system&textrsquo;s
+default. One advantage of this is that it makes the document portable
+across systems. For completeness we include a list of the drivers. The
+currently relevant ones are: <file>dvipdfmx</file>, <file>dvips</file>,
+<file>dvisvgm</file>, <file>luatex</file>, <file>pdftex</file>, <file>xetex</file>. The two
+<file>xdvi</file> and <file>oztex</file> are essentially aliases for <file>dvips</file>
+(and <file>xdvi</file> is monochrome). Ones that should not be used for new
+systems are: <file>dvipdf</file>, <file>dvipdfm</file>, <file>dviwin</file>,
+<file>dvipsone</file>, <file>emtex</file>, <file>pctexps</file>, <file>pctexwin</file>,
+<file>pctexhp</file>, <file>pctex32</file>, <file>truetex</file>, <file>tcidvi</file>,
+<file>vtex</file> (and <file>dviwindo</file> is an alias for <file>dvipsone</file>).
+</para>
+<para>The second kind of options, beyond the drivers, are below.
+</para>
+<table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">monochrome</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Disable the color commands, so that they do not generate errors but do
+not generate color either.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">dvipsnames</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Make available a list of 68 color names that are often used,
+particularly in legacy documents. These color names were originally
+provided by the <file>dvips</file> driver, giving the option name.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">nodvipsnames</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Do not load that list of color names, saving &latex; a tiny amount of
+memory space.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry></table>
+
+
+</section>
+<node name="Color-models" spaces=" "><nodename>Color models</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Commands for color</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Color package options</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Color</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Color models</sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="892">color models</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>A <dfn>color model</dfn> is a way of representing colors. &latex;&textrsquo;s
+capabilities depend on the printer driver. However, the <file>pdftex</file>,
+<file>xetex</file>, and <file>luatex</file> printer drivers are today by far the
+most commonly used. The models below work for those drivers. All but
+one of these is also supported by essentially all other printer drivers
+used today.
+</para>
+<para>Note that color combination can be additive or subtractive. Additive
+mixes colors of light, so that for instance combining full intensities
+of red, green, and blue produces white. Subtractive mixes pigments,
+such as with inks, so that combining full intensity of cyan, magenta,
+and yellow makes black.
+</para>
+<table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
+<beforefirstitem><anchor name="color-models-cmyk">color models cmyk</anchor>
+</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">cmyk</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>A comma-separated list with four real numbers between 0 and 1,
+inclusive. The first number is the intensity of cyan, the second is
+magenta, and the others are yellow and black. A number value of 0 means
+minimal intensity, while a 1 is for full intensity. This model is often
+used in color printing. It is a subtractive model.
+</para>
+<anchor name="color-models-gray">color models gray</anchor>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">gray</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>A single real number between 0 and 1, inclusive. The colors are shades
+of grey. The number 0 produces black while 1 gives white.
+</para>
+<anchor name="color-models-rgb">color models rgb</anchor>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">rgb</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>A comma-separated list with three real numbers between 0 and 1,
+inclusive. The first number is the intensity of the red component, the
+second is green, and the third the blue. A number value of 0 means that
+none of that component is added in, while a 1 means full intensity.
+This is an additive model.
+</para>
+<anchor name="color-models-RGB">color models RGB</anchor>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">RGB</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>(<file>pdftex</file>, <file>xetex</file>, <file>luatex</file> drivers) A comma-separated
+list with three integers between 0 and 255, inclusive. This model is a
+convenience for using <code>rgb</code> since outside of &latex; colors are
+often described in a red-green-blue model using numbers in this range.
+The values entered here are converted to the <code>rgb</code> model by
+dividing by 255.
+</para>
+<anchor name="color-models-named">color models named</anchor>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">named</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Colors are accessed by name, such as <samp>PrussianBlue</samp>. The list of
+names depends on the driver, but all support the names <samp>black</samp>,
+<samp>blue</samp>, <samp>cyan</samp>, <samp>green</samp>, <samp>magenta</samp>, <samp>red</samp>,
+<samp>white</samp>, and <samp>yellow</samp> (See the <code>dvipsnames</code> option in
+<ref label="Color-package-options"><xrefnodename>Color package options</xrefnodename></ref>).
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry></table>
+
+
+</section>
+<node name="Commands-for-color" spaces=" "><nodename>Commands for color</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Color models</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Color</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Commands for color</sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="893">color package commands</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>These are the commands available with the <file>color</file> package.
+</para>
+<menu endspaces=" ">
+<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Define colors</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Give a color a name.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Colored text</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Text or rules in color.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Colored boxes</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">A box of color, to write over.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Colored pages</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">A whole page colored.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
+
+
+<node name="Define-colors" spaces=" "><nodename>Define colors</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Colored text</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for color</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Define colors</sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="894">color</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="895">define color</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="896">color, define</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Synopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\definecolor{<var>name</var>}{<var>model</var>}{<var>specification</var>}
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Give the name <var>name</var> to the color. For example, after this
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\definecolor{silver}{rgb}{0.75,0.75,0.74}
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>you can use that color name with <code>Hi ho,
+\textcolor{silver}{Silver}!</code>.
+</para>
+<para>This example gives the color a more abstract name, so it could change and
+not be misleading.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\definecolor{logocolor}{RGB}{145,92,131} % RGB needs pdflatex
+\newcommand{\logo}{\textcolor{logocolor}{Bob's Big Bagels}}
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Often a document&textrsquo;s colors are defined in the preamble, or in the class
+or style, rather than in the document body.
+</para>
+
+</subsection>
+<node name="Colored-text" spaces=" "><nodename>Colored text</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Colored boxes</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Define colors</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for color</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Colored text</sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="897">color</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="898">colored text</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Synopses:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\textcolor{<var>name</var>}{...}
+\textcolor[<var>color model</var>]{<var>color specification</var>}{...}
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>or
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\color{<var>name</var>}
+\color[<var>color model</var>]{<var>color specification</var>}
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>The affected text gets the color. This line
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\textcolor{magenta}{My name is Ozymandias, King of Kings;}
+Look on my works, ye Mighty, and despair!
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>causes the first half to be in magenta while the rest is in black. You
+can use a color declared with <code>\definecolor</code> in exactly the same
+way that we just used the builtin color <samp>magenta</samp>.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\definecolor{MidlifeCrisisRed}{rgb}{1.0,0.11,0.0}
+I'm thinking about getting a \textcolor{MidlifeCrisisRed}{sports car}.
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>The two <code>\textcolor</code> and <code>\color</code> differ in that the first is
+a command form, enclosing the text to be colored as an argument. Often
+this form is more convenient, or at least more explicit. The second
+form is a declaration, as in <code>The moon is made of {\color{green}
+green} cheese</code>, so it is in effect until the end of the current group
+or environment. This is sometimes useful when writing macros or as
+below where it colors everything inside the <code>center</code> environment,
+including the vertical and horizontal lines.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{center} \color{blue}
+ \begin{tabular}{l|r}
+ UL &UR \\ \hline
+ LL &LR
+ \end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>You can use color in equations. A document might have this definition
+in the preamble
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\definecolor{highlightcolor}{RGB}{225,15,0}
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>and then contain this equation.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{equation}
+ \int_a^b \textcolor{highlightcolor}{f'(x)}\,dx=f(b)-f(a)
+\end{equation}
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Typically the colors used in a document are declared in a class or style
+but sometimes you want a one-off. Those are the second forms in the
+synopses.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">Colors of \textcolor[rgb]{0.33,0.14,0.47}{Purple} and
+{\color[rgb]{0.72,0.60,0.37}Gold} for the team.
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>The format of <var>color specification</var> depends on the color model
+(<pxref label="Color-models"><xrefnodename>Color models</xrefnodename></pxref>). For instance, while <code>rgb</code> takes three
+numbers, <code>gray</code> takes only one.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">The selection was \textcolor[gray]{0.5}{grayed out}.
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Colors inside colors do not combine. Thus
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\textcolor{green}{kind of \textcolor{blue}{blue}}
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>has a final word that is blue, not a combination of blue and green.
+</para>
+<!-- c xx address coloring a line of a table? -->
+
+
+</subsection>
+<node name="Colored-boxes" spaces=" "><nodename>Colored boxes</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Colored pages</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Colored text</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for color</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Colored boxes</sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="899">color</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="900">colored boxes</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="901">box, colored</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Synopses:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\colorbox{<var>name</var>}{...}
+\colorbox[<var>model name</var>]{<var>box background color</var>}{...}
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>or
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\fcolorbox{<var>frame color</var>}{<var>box background color</var>}{...}
+\fcolorbox[<var>model name</var>]{<var>frame color</var>}{<var>box background color</var>}{...}
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Make a box with the stated background color. The <code>\fcolorbox</code>
+command puts a frame around the box. For instance this
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">Name:~\colorbox{cyan}{\makebox[5cm][l]{\strut}}
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>makes a cyan-colored box that is five centimeters long and gets its
+depth and height from the <code>\strut</code> (so the depth is
+<code>-.3\baselineskip</code> and the height is <code>\baselineskip</code>). This
+puts white text on a blue background.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\colorbox{blue}{\textcolor{white}{Welcome to the machine.}}
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>The <code>\fcolorbox</code> commands use the same parameters as <code>\fbox</code>
+(<pxref label="_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox"><xrefnodename>\fbox & \framebox</xrefnodename></pxref>), <code>\fboxrule</code> and <code>\fboxsep</code>, to
+set the thickness of the rule and the boundary between the box interior
+and the surrounding rule. &latex;&textrsquo;s defaults are <code>0.4pt</code> and
+<code>3pt</code>, respectively.
+</para>
+<para>This example changes the thickness of the border to 0.8 points. Note
+that it is surrounded by curly braces so that the change ends at the end
+of the second line.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">{\setlength{\fboxrule}{0.8pt}
+\fcolorbox{black}{red}{Under no circumstances turn this knob.}}
+</pre></example>
+
+
+</subsection>
+<node name="Colored-pages" spaces=" "><nodename>Colored pages</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Colored boxes</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for color</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Colored pages</sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="902">color</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="903">colored page</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="904">page, colored</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="905">background, colored</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Synopses:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\pagecolor{<var>name</var>}
+\pagecolor[<var>color model</var>]{<var>color specification</var>}
+\nopagecolor
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>The first two set the background of the page, and all subsequent pages,
+to the color. For an explanation of the specification in the second
+form <pxref label="Colored-text"><xrefnodename>Colored text</xrefnodename></pxref>. The third returns the background to normal,
+which is a transparent background. (If that is not supported use
+<code>\pagecolor{white}</code>, although that will make a white background
+rather than the default transparent background.)
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve"> ...
+\pagecolor{cyan}
+ ...
+\nopagecolor
+</pre></example>
+
+
+</subsection>
+</section>
+</chapter>
+<node name="Special-insertions" spaces=" "><nodename>Special insertions</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Splitting the input</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Color</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Special insertions</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="874">special insertions</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="875">insertions of special characters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="906">special insertions</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="907">insertions of special characters</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&latex; provides commands for inserting characters that have a
special meaning do not correspond to simple characters you can type.
@@ -18779,10 +19118,10 @@
<node name="Reserved-characters" spaces=" "><nodename>Reserved characters</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Upper and lower case</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Reserved characters</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="876">reserved characters</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="877">characters, reserved</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="878">special characters</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="879">characters, special</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="908">reserved characters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="909">characters, reserved</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="910">special characters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="911">characters, special</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&latex; sets aside the following characters for special purposes. For
example, the percent sign <code>%</code> is for comments. They are
called <dfn>reserved characters</dfn> or <dfn>special characters</dfn>. They are
@@ -18792,21 +19131,21 @@
<pre xml:space="preserve"># $ % & { } _ ~ ^ \
</pre></example>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="998" mergedindex="cp">\#</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="999" mergedindex="cp">\$</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1000" mergedindex="cp">\%</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1001" mergedindex="cp">\&</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1002" mergedindex="cp">\_</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1003" mergedindex="cp">\{</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1004" mergedindex="cp">\}</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1003" mergedindex="cp">\#</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1004" mergedindex="cp">\$</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1005" mergedindex="cp">\%</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1006" mergedindex="cp">\&</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1007" mergedindex="cp">\_</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1008" mergedindex="cp">\{</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1009" mergedindex="cp">\}</indexterm></findex>
<para>If you want a reserved character to be printed as itself, in the text
body font, for all but the final three characters in that list simply
put a backslash <code>\</code> in front of the character. Thus,
typing <code>\$1.23</code> will produce <code>$1.23</code> in your output.
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1005" mergedindex="cp">\~</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1006" mergedindex="cp">\^</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1007" mergedindex="cp">\textbackslash</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1010" mergedindex="cp">\~</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1011" mergedindex="cp">\^</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1012" mergedindex="cp">\textbackslash</indexterm></findex>
<para>As to the last three characters, to get a tilde in the text body font
use <code>\~{}</code> (omitting the curly braces would result in the next
character receiving a tilde accent). Similarly, to get a text body
@@ -18829,10 +19168,10 @@
<node name="Upper-and-lower-case" spaces=" "><nodename>Upper and lower case</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Symbols by font position</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Reserved characters</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Upper and lower case</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="880">uppercase</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="881">lowercase</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="882">characters, case of</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="883">changing case of characters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="912">uppercase</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="913">lowercase</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="914">characters, case of</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="915">changing case of characters</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -18875,23 +19214,23 @@
<w> </w>\expandafter{\schoolname}}
</pre></example>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="884"><r>package</r>, <code>textcase</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="885"><code>textcase</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="916"><r>package</r>, <code>textcase</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="917"><code>textcase</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>The <code>textcase</code> package brings some of the missing feature of the
standard &latex; commands <code>\MakeUppercase</code> and
<code>\MakeLowerCase</code>.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="886"><r>package</r>, <code>mfirstuc</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="887"><code>mfirstuc</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="918"><r>package</r>, <code>mfirstuc</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="919"><code>mfirstuc</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>To uppercase only the first letter of words, you can use the package
<code>mfirstuc</code>.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="888"><r>package</r>, <code>expl3</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="889"><code>expl3</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="920"><r>package</r>, <code>expl3</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="921"><code>expl3</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="890">Wright, Joseph</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="922">Wright, Joseph</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Handling all the casing rules specified by Unicode, e.g., for
non-Latin scripts, is a much bigger job than anything envisioned in
the original &tex; and &latex;. It has been implemented in the
@@ -18906,9 +19245,9 @@
<node name="Symbols-by-font-position" spaces=" "><nodename>Symbols by font position</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Text symbols</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Upper and lower case</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Symbols by font position</sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1008" mergedindex="cp">\symbol</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="891">accessing any character of a font</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="892">font symbols, by number</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1013" mergedindex="cp">\symbol</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="923">accessing any character of a font</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="924">font symbols, by number</indexterm></cindex>
<para>You can access any character of the current font using its number with
the <code>\symbol</code> command. For example, the visible space character
@@ -18926,13 +19265,13 @@
<node name="Text-symbols" spaces=" "><nodename>Text symbols</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Accents</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Symbols by font position</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Text symbols</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="893">text symbols</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="894">symbols, text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="925">text symbols</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="926">symbols, text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="895"><r>package</r>, <code>textcomp</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="896"><code>textcomp</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="927"><r>package</r>, <code>textcomp</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="928"><code>textcomp</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="897">TS1 encoding</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="929">TS1 encoding</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&latex; provides commands to generate a number of non-letter symbols
in running text. Some of these, especially the more obscure ones, are
not available in OT1. As of the &latex; February 2020 release, all
@@ -18941,44 +19280,44 @@
<code>TS1</code> font encoding).
</para>
<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1009" mergedindex="cp">\copyright</indexterm>\copyright</itemformat></item>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1010" mergedindex="cp">\textcopyright</indexterm>\textcopyright</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="898">copyright symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1014" mergedindex="cp">\copyright</indexterm>\copyright</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1015" mergedindex="cp">\textcopyright</indexterm>\textcopyright</itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="930">copyright symbol</indexterm></cindex>
<para>©right; The copyright symbol.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1011" mergedindex="cp">\dag</indexterm>\dag</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="899">dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1016" mergedindex="cp">\dag</indexterm>\dag</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="931">dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex>
<para><U>2020</U> The dagger symbol (in text).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1012" mergedindex="cp">\ddag</indexterm>\ddag</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="900">double dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1017" mergedindex="cp">\ddag</indexterm>\ddag</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="932">double dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex>
<para><U>2021</U> The double dagger symbol (in text).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1013" mergedindex="cp">\LaTeX</indexterm>\LaTeX</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="901">&latex; logo</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="902">logo, &latex;</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1018" mergedindex="cp">\LaTeX</indexterm>\LaTeX</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="933">&latex; logo</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="934">logo, &latex;</indexterm></cindex>
<para>The &latex; logo.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1014" mergedindex="cp">\LaTeXe</indexterm>\LaTeXe</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="903">&latex;2e logo</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="904">logo, &latex;2e</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1019" mergedindex="cp">\LaTeXe</indexterm>\LaTeXe</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="935">&latex;2e logo</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="936">logo, &latex;2e</indexterm></cindex>
<para>The &latex;2e logo.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1015" mergedindex="cp">\guillemetleft <r>(«)</r></indexterm>\guillemetleft <r>(«)</r></itemformat></item>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1016" mergedindex="cp">\guillemetright <r>(»)</r></indexterm>\guillemetright <r>(»)</r></itemformat></itemx>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1017" mergedindex="cp">\guillemotleft <r>(&guillemotleft;)</r></indexterm>\guillemotleft <r>(&guillemotleft;)</r></itemformat></itemx>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1018" mergedindex="cp">\guillemotright <r>(&guillemotright;)</r></indexterm>\guillemotright <r>(&guillemotright;)</r></itemformat></itemx>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1019" mergedindex="cp">\guilsinglleft <r>(‹)</r></indexterm>\guilsinglleft <r>(‹)</r></itemformat></itemx>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1020" mergedindex="cp">\guilsinglright <r>(›)</r></indexterm>\guilsinglright <r>(›)</r></itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="905">double guillemets</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="906">single guillemets</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="907">left angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="908">right angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="909">double angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="910">single angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="911">French quotation marks</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="912">quotation marks, French</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="913">guillemots, birds</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1020" mergedindex="cp">\guillemetleft <r>(«)</r></indexterm>\guillemetleft <r>(«)</r></itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1021" mergedindex="cp">\guillemetright <r>(»)</r></indexterm>\guillemetright <r>(»)</r></itemformat></itemx>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1022" mergedindex="cp">\guillemotleft <r>(&guillemotleft;)</r></indexterm>\guillemotleft <r>(&guillemotleft;)</r></itemformat></itemx>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1023" mergedindex="cp">\guillemotright <r>(&guillemotright;)</r></indexterm>\guillemotright <r>(&guillemotright;)</r></itemformat></itemx>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1024" mergedindex="cp">\guilsinglleft <r>(‹)</r></indexterm>\guilsinglleft <r>(‹)</r></itemformat></itemx>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1025" mergedindex="cp">\guilsinglright <r>(›)</r></indexterm>\guilsinglright <r>(›)</r></itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="937">double guillemets</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="938">single guillemets</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="939">left angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="940">right angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="941">double angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="942">single angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="943">French quotation marks</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="944">quotation marks, French</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="945">guillemots, birds</indexterm></cindex>
<para>«, », ‹, ›
Double and single angle quotation marks, commonly used in French.
The commands <code>&arobase;guillemotleft</code> and <code>&arobase;guillemotright</code> are
@@ -18985,71 +19324,71 @@
synonyms for <code>&arobase;guillemet...</code>; these are misspellings inherited
from Adobe. (Guillemots are seabirds; guillemets are French quotes.)
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1021" mergedindex="cp">\ldots</indexterm>\ldots</itemformat></item>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1022" mergedindex="cp">\textellipsis</indexterm>\textellipsis</itemformat></itemx>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1023" mergedindex="cp">\dots</indexterm>\dots</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="914">ellipsis</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1026" mergedindex="cp">\ldots</indexterm>\ldots</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1027" mergedindex="cp">\textellipsis</indexterm>\textellipsis</itemformat></itemx>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1028" mergedindex="cp">\dots</indexterm>\dots</itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="946">ellipsis</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&dots; An ellipsis (three dots at the baseline): <code>\ldots</code> and
<code>\dots</code> also work in math mode (<pxref label="Dots"><xrefnodename>Dots</xrefnodename></pxref>). See that math
mode ellipsis description for additional general information.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1024" mergedindex="cp">\lq</indexterm>\lq</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="915">left quote</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="916">opening quote</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1029" mergedindex="cp">\lq</indexterm>\lq</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="947">left quote</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="948">opening quote</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&textlsquo; Left (opening) quote.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1025" mergedindex="cp">\P</indexterm>\P</itemformat></item>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1026" mergedindex="cp">\textparagraph</indexterm>\textparagraph</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="917">paragraph symbol</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="918">pilcrow</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1030" mergedindex="cp">\P</indexterm>\P</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1031" mergedindex="cp">\textparagraph</indexterm>\textparagraph</itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="949">paragraph symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="950">pilcrow</indexterm></cindex>
<para><U>00B6</U> Paragraph sign (pilcrow).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1027" mergedindex="cp">\pounds</indexterm>\pounds</itemformat></item>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1028" mergedindex="cp">\textsterling</indexterm>\textsterling</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="919">pounds symbol</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="920">sterling symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1032" mergedindex="cp">\pounds</indexterm>\pounds</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1033" mergedindex="cp">\textsterling</indexterm>\textsterling</itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="951">pounds symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="952">sterling symbol</indexterm></cindex>
<para>£ English pounds sterling.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1029" mergedindex="cp">\quotedblbase <r>(„)</r></indexterm>\quotedblbase <r>(„)</r></itemformat></item>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1030" mergedindex="cp">\quotesinglbase <r>(‚)</r></indexterm>\quotesinglbase <r>(‚)</r></itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="921">double low-9 quotation mark</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="922">single low-9 quotation mark</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="923">low-9 quotation marks, single and double</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1034" mergedindex="cp">\quotedblbase <r>(„)</r></indexterm>\quotedblbase <r>(„)</r></itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1035" mergedindex="cp">\quotesinglbase <r>(‚)</r></indexterm>\quotesinglbase <r>(‚)</r></itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="953">double low-9 quotation mark</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="954">single low-9 quotation mark</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="955">low-9 quotation marks, single and double</indexterm></cindex>
<para>„ and ‚
Double and single quotation marks on the baseline.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1031" mergedindex="cp">\rq</indexterm>\rq</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="924">right quote</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="925">closing quote</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1036" mergedindex="cp">\rq</indexterm>\rq</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="956">right quote</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="957">closing quote</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&textrsquo; Right (closing) quote.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1032" mergedindex="cp">\S</indexterm>\S</itemformat></item>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1033" mergedindex="cp">\textsection</indexterm>\textsection</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="926">section symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1037" mergedindex="cp">\S</indexterm>\S</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1038" mergedindex="cp">\textsection</indexterm>\textsection</itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="958">section symbol</indexterm></cindex>
<para><U>00A7</U> Section sign.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1034" mergedindex="cp">\TeX</indexterm>\TeX</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="927">&tex; logo</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="928">logo, &tex;</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1039" mergedindex="cp">\TeX</indexterm>\TeX</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="959">&tex; logo</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="960">logo, &tex;</indexterm></cindex>
<para>The &tex; logo.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1035" mergedindex="cp">\textasciicircum</indexterm>\textasciicircum</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="929">circumflex, ASCII, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="930">ASCII circumflex, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1040" mergedindex="cp">\textasciicircum</indexterm>\textasciicircum</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="961">circumflex, ASCII, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="962">ASCII circumflex, in text</indexterm></cindex>
<para>^ ASCII circumflex.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1036" mergedindex="cp">\textasciitilde</indexterm>\textasciitilde</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="931">tilde, ASCII, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="932">ASCII tilde, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1041" mergedindex="cp">\textasciitilde</indexterm>\textasciitilde</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="963">tilde, ASCII, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="964">ASCII tilde, in text</indexterm></cindex>
<para>~ ASCII tilde.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1037" mergedindex="cp">\textasteriskcentered</indexterm>\textasteriskcentered</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="933">asterisk, centered, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="934">centered asterisk, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1042" mergedindex="cp">\textasteriskcentered</indexterm>\textasteriskcentered</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="965">asterisk, centered, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="966">centered asterisk, in text</indexterm></cindex>
<para>* Centered asterisk.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1038" mergedindex="cp">\textbackslash</indexterm>\textbackslash</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="935">backslash, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1043" mergedindex="cp">\textbackslash</indexterm>\textbackslash</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="967">backslash, in text</indexterm></cindex>
<para>\ Backslash. However, <code>\texttt{\textbackslash}</code> produces a roman
(not typewriter) backslash by default; for a typewriter backslash, it
is necessary to use the T1 (or other non-default) font encoding, as
@@ -19060,48 +19399,48 @@
</pre></example>
<!-- c https://github.com/latex3/latex2e/issues/824 -->
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1039" mergedindex="cp">\textbar</indexterm>\textbar</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="936">vertical bar, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="937">bar, vertical, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1044" mergedindex="cp">\textbar</indexterm>\textbar</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="968">vertical bar, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="969">bar, vertical, in text</indexterm></cindex>
<para>| Vertical bar.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1040" mergedindex="cp">\textbardbl</indexterm>\textbardbl</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="938">vertical bar, double, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="939">bar, double vertical, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="940">double vertical bar, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1045" mergedindex="cp">\textbardbl</indexterm>\textbardbl</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="970">vertical bar, double, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="971">bar, double vertical, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="972">double vertical bar, in text</indexterm></cindex>
<para><U>23F8</U> Double vertical bar.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1041" mergedindex="cp">\textbigcircle</indexterm>\textbigcircle</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="941">big circle symbols, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="942">circle symbol, big, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1046" mergedindex="cp">\textbigcircle</indexterm>\textbigcircle</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="973">big circle symbols, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="974">circle symbol, big, in text</indexterm></cindex>
<para><U>25EF</U>, Big circle symbol.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1042" mergedindex="cp">\textbraceleft</indexterm>\textbraceleft</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="943">left brace, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="944">brace, left, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1047" mergedindex="cp">\textbraceleft</indexterm>\textbraceleft</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="975">left brace, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="976">brace, left, in text</indexterm></cindex>
<para>{ Left brace. See remarks at <code>\textbackslash</code> above about
making <code>\texttt{\textbraceleft}</code> produce a typewriter brace.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1043" mergedindex="cp">\textbraceright</indexterm>\textbraceright</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="945">right brace, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="946">brace, right, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1048" mergedindex="cp">\textbraceright</indexterm>\textbraceright</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="977">right brace, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="978">brace, right, in text</indexterm></cindex>
<para>} Right brace. See remarks at <code>\textbackslash</code> above about
making <code>\texttt{\textbraceright}</code> produce a typewriter brace.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1044" mergedindex="cp">\textbullet</indexterm>\textbullet</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="947">bullet, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1049" mergedindex="cp">\textbullet</indexterm>\textbullet</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="979">bullet, in text</indexterm></cindex>
<para>• Bullet.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1045" mergedindex="cp">\textcircled{<var>letter</var>}</indexterm>\textcircled{<var>letter</var>}</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="948">circled letter, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1050" mergedindex="cp">\textcircled{<var>letter</var>}</indexterm>\textcircled{<var>letter</var>}</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="980">circled letter, in text</indexterm></cindex>
<para><U>24B6</U>, Circle around <var>letter</var>.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1046" mergedindex="cp">\textcompwordmark</indexterm>\textcompwordmark</itemformat></item>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1047" mergedindex="cp">\textcapitalcompwordmark</indexterm>\textcapitalcompwordmark</itemformat></itemx>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1048" mergedindex="cp">\textascendercompwordmark</indexterm>\textascendercompwordmark</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="949">composite word mark, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="950">cap height</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="951">ascender height</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1051" mergedindex="cp">\textcompwordmark</indexterm>\textcompwordmark</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1052" mergedindex="cp">\textcapitalcompwordmark</indexterm>\textcapitalcompwordmark</itemformat></itemx>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1053" mergedindex="cp">\textascendercompwordmark</indexterm>\textascendercompwordmark</itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="981">composite word mark, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="982">cap height</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="983">ascender height</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Used to separate letters that would normally ligature. For example,
<code>f\textcompwordmark i</code> produces <samp>fi</samp> without a ligature. This
is most useful in non-English languages. The
@@ -19108,22 +19447,22 @@
<code>\textcapitalcompwordmark</code> form has the cap height of the font
while the <code>\textascendercompwordmark</code> form has the ascender height.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1049" mergedindex="cp">\textdagger</indexterm>\textdagger</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="952">dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1054" mergedindex="cp">\textdagger</indexterm>\textdagger</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="984">dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex>
<para><U>2020</U> Dagger.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1050" mergedindex="cp">\textdaggerdbl</indexterm>\textdaggerdbl</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="953">dagger, double, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="954">double dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1055" mergedindex="cp">\textdaggerdbl</indexterm>\textdaggerdbl</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="985">dagger, double, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="986">double dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex>
<para><U>2021</U> Double dagger.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1051" mergedindex="cp">\textdollar <r>(or <code>\$</code>)</r></indexterm>\textdollar <r>(or <code>\$</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="955">dollar sign</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="956">currency, dollar</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1056" mergedindex="cp">\textdollar <r>(or <code>\$</code>)</r></indexterm>\textdollar <r>(or <code>\$</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="987">dollar sign</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="988">currency, dollar</indexterm></cindex>
<para>$ Dollar sign.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1052" mergedindex="cp">\textemdash <r>(or <code>---</code>)</r></indexterm>\textemdash <r>(or <code>---</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="957">em-dash</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1057" mergedindex="cp">\textemdash <r>(or <code>---</code>)</r></indexterm>\textemdash <r>(or <code>---</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="989">em-dash</indexterm></cindex>
<raggedright endspaces=" ">
<para>&textmdash; Em-dash. Used for punctuation, usually similar to commas or
parentheses, as in &textlsquo;<code>The playoffs---if you're lucky
@@ -19131,30 +19470,30 @@
for spacing around em-dashes vary widely.
</para></raggedright>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1053" mergedindex="cp">\textendash <r>(or <code>--</code>)</r></indexterm>\textendash <r>(or <code>--</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="958">e-dash</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1058" mergedindex="cp">\textendash <r>(or <code>--</code>)</r></indexterm>\textendash <r>(or <code>--</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="990">e-dash</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&textndash; En-dash. Used for ranges, as in &textlsquo;<code>see pages 12--14</code>&textrsquo;.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1054" mergedindex="cp">\texteuro</indexterm>\texteuro</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="959">euro symbol</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="960">currency, euro</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="961"><r>package</r>, <code>eurosym</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="962"><code>eurosym</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1059" mergedindex="cp">\texteuro</indexterm>\texteuro</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="991">euro symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="992">currency, euro</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="993"><r>package</r>, <code>eurosym</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="994"><code>eurosym</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>The Euro currency symbol: €.
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="963"><r>package</r>, <code>eurosym</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="964"><code>eurosym</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="995"><r>package</r>, <code>eurosym</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="996"><code>eurosym</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
</para>
<para>For an alternative glyph design, try the
<code>eurosym</code> package; also, most fonts nowadays come with their own
Euro symbol (Unicode U+20AC).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1055" mergedindex="cp">\textexclamdown <r>(or <code>!`</code>)</r></indexterm>\textexclamdown <r>(or <code>!`</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="965">exclamation point, upside-down</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1060" mergedindex="cp">\textexclamdown <r>(or <code>!`</code>)</r></indexterm>\textexclamdown <r>(or <code>!`</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="997">exclamation point, upside-down</indexterm></cindex>
<para>¡ Upside down exclamation point.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1056" mergedindex="cp">\textfiguredash</indexterm>\textfiguredash</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="966">figure dash character</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1061" mergedindex="cp">\textfiguredash</indexterm>\textfiguredash</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="998">figure dash character</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Dash used between numerals, Unicode U+2012. Defined in the June 2021
release of &latex;. When used in pdf&tex;, approximated by an
en-dash; with a Unicode engine, either typesets the glyph if available
@@ -19161,115 +19500,115 @@
in the current font, or writes the usual &textldquo;Missing character&textrdquo; warning
to the log file.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1057" mergedindex="cp">\textgreater</indexterm>\textgreater</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="967">greater than symbol, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1062" mergedindex="cp">\textgreater</indexterm>\textgreater</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="999">greater than symbol, in text</indexterm></cindex>
<para>> Greater than symbol.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1058" mergedindex="cp">\texthorizontalbar</indexterm>\texthorizontalbar</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="968">horizontal bar character</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1063" mergedindex="cp">\texthorizontalbar</indexterm>\texthorizontalbar</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1000">horizontal bar character</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Horizontal bar character, Unicode U+2015. Defined in the June 2021
release of &latex;. Behavior as with <code>\textfiguredash</code> above;
the pdf&tex; approximation is an em-dash.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1059" mergedindex="cp">\textless</indexterm>\textless</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="969">less than symbol, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1064" mergedindex="cp">\textless</indexterm>\textless</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1001">less than symbol, in text</indexterm></cindex>
<para>< Less than symbol.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1060" mergedindex="cp">\textleftarrow</indexterm>\textleftarrow</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="970">arrow, left, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="971">left arrow, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1065" mergedindex="cp">\textleftarrow</indexterm>\textleftarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1002">arrow, left, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1003">left arrow, in text</indexterm></cindex>
<para><U>2190</U>, Left arrow.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1061" mergedindex="cp">\textnonbreakinghyphen</indexterm>\textnonbreakinghyphen</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="972">non-breaking hyphen character</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="973">hyphen character, non-breaking</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1066" mergedindex="cp">\textnonbreakinghyphen</indexterm>\textnonbreakinghyphen</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1004">non-breaking hyphen character</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1005">hyphen character, non-breaking</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Non-breaking hyphen character, Unicode U+2011. Defined in the June
2021 release of &latex;. Behavior as with <code>\textfiguredash</code>
above; the pdf&tex; approximation is a regular ASCII hyphen (with
breaks disallowed after).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1062" mergedindex="cp">\textordfeminine</indexterm>\textordfeminine</itemformat></item>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1063" mergedindex="cp">\textordmasculine</indexterm>\textordmasculine</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="974">feminine ordinal symbol</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="975">masculine ordinal symbol</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="976">ordinals, feminine and masculine</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="977">Spanish ordinals, feminine and masculine</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1067" mergedindex="cp">\textordfeminine</indexterm>\textordfeminine</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1068" mergedindex="cp">\textordmasculine</indexterm>\textordmasculine</itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1006">feminine ordinal symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1007">masculine ordinal symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1008">ordinals, feminine and masculine</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1009">Spanish ordinals, feminine and masculine</indexterm></cindex>
<para>ª, º Feminine and masculine ordinal symbols.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1064" mergedindex="cp">\textperiodcentered</indexterm>\textperiodcentered</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="978">period, centered, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="979">centered period, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1069" mergedindex="cp">\textperiodcentered</indexterm>\textperiodcentered</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1010">period, centered, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1011">centered period, in text</indexterm></cindex>
<para><U>00B7</U> Centered period.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1065" mergedindex="cp">\textquestiondown <r>(or <code>?`</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquestiondown <r>(or <code>?`</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="980">question mark, upside-down</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1070" mergedindex="cp">\textquestiondown <r>(or <code>?`</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquestiondown <r>(or <code>?`</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1012">question mark, upside-down</indexterm></cindex>
<para>¿ Upside down question mark.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1066" mergedindex="cp">\textquotedblleft <r>(or <code>``</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquotedblleft <r>(or <code>``</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="981">left quote, double</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="982">double left quote</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1071" mergedindex="cp">\textquotedblleft <r>(or <code>``</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquotedblleft <r>(or <code>``</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1013">left quote, double</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1014">double left quote</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&textldquo; Double left quote.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1067" mergedindex="cp">\textquotedblright <r>(or <code>''</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquotedblright <r>(or <code>''</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="983">right quote, double</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="984">double right quote</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1072" mergedindex="cp">\textquotedblright <r>(or <code>''</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquotedblright <r>(or <code>''</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1015">right quote, double</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1016">double right quote</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&textrdquo; Double right quote.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1068" mergedindex="cp">\textquoteleft <r>(or <code>`</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquoteleft <r>(or <code>`</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="985">left quote, single</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="986">single left quote</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1073" mergedindex="cp">\textquoteleft <r>(or <code>`</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquoteleft <r>(or <code>`</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1017">left quote, single</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1018">single left quote</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&textlsquo; Single left quote.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1069" mergedindex="cp">\textquoteright <r>(or <code>'</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquoteright <r>(or <code>'</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="987">right quote, single</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="988">single right quote</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1074" mergedindex="cp">\textquoteright <r>(or <code>'</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquoteright <r>(or <code>'</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1019">right quote, single</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1020">single right quote</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&textrsquo; Single right quote.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1070" mergedindex="cp">\textquotesingle</indexterm>\textquotesingle</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="989">quote, single straight</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="990">straight single quote</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="991">single quote, straight</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1075" mergedindex="cp">\textquotesingle</indexterm>\textquotesingle</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1021">quote, single straight</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1022">straight single quote</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1023">single quote, straight</indexterm></cindex>
<para><U>0027</U>, Straight single quote. (From TS1 encoding.)
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1071" mergedindex="cp">\textquotestraightbase</indexterm>\textquotestraightbase</itemformat></item>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1072" mergedindex="cp">\textquotestraightdblbase</indexterm>\textquotestraightdblbase</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="992">quote, straight base</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="993">straight quote, base</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="994">double quote, straight base</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="995">straight double quote, base</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1076" mergedindex="cp">\textquotestraightbase</indexterm>\textquotestraightbase</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1077" mergedindex="cp">\textquotestraightdblbase</indexterm>\textquotestraightdblbase</itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1024">quote, straight base</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1025">straight quote, base</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1026">double quote, straight base</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1027">straight double quote, base</indexterm></cindex>
<!-- c Unicode doesn't have these https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Quotation_mark -->
<para>Single and double straight quotes on the baseline.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1073" mergedindex="cp">\textregistered</indexterm>\textregistered</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="996">registered symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1078" mergedindex="cp">\textregistered</indexterm>\textregistered</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1028">registered symbol</indexterm></cindex>
<para>®istered; Registered symbol.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1074" mergedindex="cp">\textrightarrow</indexterm>\textrightarrow</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="997">arrow, right, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="998">right arrow, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1079" mergedindex="cp">\textrightarrow</indexterm>\textrightarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1029">arrow, right, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1030">right arrow, in text</indexterm></cindex>
<para><U>2192</U>, Right arrow.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1075" mergedindex="cp">\textthreequartersemdash</indexterm>\textthreequartersemdash</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="999">three-quarters em-dash</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1000">em-dash, three-quarters</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1080" mergedindex="cp">\textthreequartersemdash</indexterm>\textthreequartersemdash</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1031">three-quarters em-dash</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1032">em-dash, three-quarters</indexterm></cindex>
<para><U>FE58</U>, &textldquo;Three-quarters&textrdquo; em-dash, between en-dash and em-dash.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1076" mergedindex="cp">\texttrademark</indexterm>\texttrademark</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1001">trademark symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1081" mergedindex="cp">\texttrademark</indexterm>\texttrademark</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1033">trademark symbol</indexterm></cindex>
<para><U>2122</U> Trademark symbol.
</para>
<!-- c ?? Diff from \textthreequartersemdash? In Unicode? -->
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1077" mergedindex="cp">\texttwelveudash</indexterm>\texttwelveudash</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1002">two-thirds em-dash</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1003">em-dash, two-thirds</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1082" mergedindex="cp">\texttwelveudash</indexterm>\texttwelveudash</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1034">two-thirds em-dash</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1035">em-dash, two-thirds</indexterm></cindex>
<para><U>FE58</U>, &textldquo;Two-thirds&textrdquo; em-dash, between en-dash and em-dash.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1078" mergedindex="cp">\textunderscore</indexterm>\textunderscore</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1004">underscore, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1083" mergedindex="cp">\textunderscore</indexterm>\textunderscore</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1036">underscore, in text</indexterm></cindex>
<para>_ Underscore.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1079" mergedindex="cp">\textvisiblespace</indexterm>\textvisiblespace</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1005">visible space symbol, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1084" mergedindex="cp">\textvisiblespace</indexterm>\textvisiblespace</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1037">visible space symbol, in text</indexterm></cindex>
<para><U>2423</U>, Visible space symbol.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
@@ -19279,17 +19618,17 @@
<node name="Accents" spaces=" "><nodename>Accents</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Additional Latin letters</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Text symbols</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Accents</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1006">accents</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1007">characters, accented</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1008">letters, accented</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1038">accents</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1039">characters, accented</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1040">letters, accented</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1009"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1010"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1041"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1042"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1011"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1012"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1043"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1044"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1013">multilingual support</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1045">multilingual support</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&latex; has wide support for many of the world&textrsquo;s scripts and
languages, provided through the core <code>babel</code> package, which
supports pdf&latex;, Xe&latex; and Lua&latex;. The
@@ -19304,12 +19643,12 @@
<para>Below, to make them easier to find, the accents are all illustrated with
lowercase <samp>o</samp>.
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1080" mergedindex="cp">\i <r>(dotless i)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1014">dotless i</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1085" mergedindex="cp">\i <r>(dotless i)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1046">dotless i</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Note that <code>\i</code> produces a dotless i,
<!-- c @dotless{i}, -->
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1081" mergedindex="cp">\j <r>(dotless j)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1015">dotless j</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1086" mergedindex="cp">\j <r>(dotless j)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1047">dotless j</indexterm></cindex>
and <code>\j</code> produces a dotless j.
<!-- c @dotless{j}. -->
These are often used in place of their dotted counterparts when they are
@@ -19318,63 +19657,63 @@
<table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\"</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitaldieresis</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1082" mergedindex="cp">\" <r>(umlaut accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1083" mergedindex="cp">\capitaldieresis</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1016">umlaut accent</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1017">dieresis accent</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1087" mergedindex="cp">\" <r>(umlaut accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1088" mergedindex="cp">\capitaldieresis</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1048">umlaut accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1049">dieresis accent</indexterm></cindex>
<para><accent type="uml">o</accent> Umlaut (dieresis).
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\'</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalacute</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1084" mergedindex="cp">\' <r>(acute accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1085" mergedindex="cp">\capitalacute</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1018">acute accent</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1089" mergedindex="cp">\' <r>(acute accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1090" mergedindex="cp">\capitalacute</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1050">acute accent</indexterm></cindex>
<para><accent type="acute">o</accent> Acute accent.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\.</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1086" mergedindex="cp">\. <r>(dot-over accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1019">dot accent</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1020">dot-over accent</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1091" mergedindex="cp">\. <r>(dot-over accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1051">dot accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1052">dot-over accent</indexterm></cindex>
<para><accent type="dotaccent">o</accent> Dot accent.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\=</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalmacron</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1087" mergedindex="cp">\= <r>(macron accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1088" mergedindex="cp">\capitalmacron</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1021">macron accent</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1022">overbar accent</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1023">bar-over accent</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1092" mergedindex="cp">\= <r>(macron accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1093" mergedindex="cp">\capitalmacron</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1053">macron accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1054">overbar accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1055">bar-over accent</indexterm></cindex>
<para><accent type="macr">o</accent> Macron (overbar) accent.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\^</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalcircumflex</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1089" mergedindex="cp">\^ <r>(circumflex accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1090" mergedindex="cp">\capitalcircumflex</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1024">circumflex accent</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1025">hat accent</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1094" mergedindex="cp">\^ <r>(circumflex accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1095" mergedindex="cp">\capitalcircumflex</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1056">circumflex accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1057">hat accent</indexterm></cindex>
<para><accent type="circ">o</accent> Circumflex (hat) accent.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\`</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalgrave</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1091" mergedindex="cp">\` <r>(grave accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1092" mergedindex="cp">\capitalgrave</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1026">grave accent</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1096" mergedindex="cp">\` <r>(grave accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1097" mergedindex="cp">\capitalgrave</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1058">grave accent</indexterm></cindex>
<para><accent type="grave">o</accent> Grave accent.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\~</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitaltilde</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1093" mergedindex="cp">\~ <r>(tilde accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1094" mergedindex="cp">\capitaltilde</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1027">tilde accent</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1098" mergedindex="cp">\~ <r>(tilde accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1099" mergedindex="cp">\capitaltilde</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1059">tilde accent</indexterm></cindex>
<para><accent type="tilde">n</accent> Tilde accent.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\b</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1095" mergedindex="cp">\b <r>(bar-under accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1028">bar-under accent</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1100" mergedindex="cp">\b <r>(bar-under accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1060">bar-under accent</indexterm></cindex>
<para><accent type="ubaraccent">o</accent> Bar accent underneath.
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1096" mergedindex="cp">\underbar</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1029">underbar</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1101" mergedindex="cp">\underbar</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1061">underbar</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Related to this, <code>\underbar{<var>text</var>}</code> produces a bar under
<var>text</var>. The argument is always processed in LR mode
(<pxref label="Modes"><xrefnodename>Modes</xrefnodename></pxref>). The bar is always a fixed position under the baseline,
@@ -19383,37 +19722,37 @@
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\c</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalcedilla</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1097" mergedindex="cp">\c <r>(cedilla accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1098" mergedindex="cp">\capitalcedilla</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1030">cedilla accent</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1102" mergedindex="cp">\c <r>(cedilla accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1103" mergedindex="cp">\capitalcedilla</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1062">cedilla accent</indexterm></cindex>
<para><accent type="cedil">c</accent> Cedilla accent underneath.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\d</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitaldotaccent</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1099" mergedindex="cp">\d <r>(dot-under accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1100" mergedindex="cp">\capitaldotaccent</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1031">dot-under accent</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1104" mergedindex="cp">\d <r>(dot-under accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1105" mergedindex="cp">\capitaldotaccent</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1063">dot-under accent</indexterm></cindex>
<para><accent type="udotaccent">o</accent> Dot accent underneath.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\H</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalhungarumlaut</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1101" mergedindex="cp">\H <r>(Hungarian umlaut accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1102" mergedindex="cp">\capitalhungarumlaut</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1032">hungarian umlaut accent</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1106" mergedindex="cp">\H <r>(Hungarian umlaut accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1107" mergedindex="cp">\capitalhungarumlaut</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1064">hungarian umlaut accent</indexterm></cindex>
<para><accent type="doubleacute">o</accent> Long Hungarian umlaut accent.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\k</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalogonek</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1103" mergedindex="cp">\k <r>(ogonek)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1104" mergedindex="cp">\capitalogonek</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1033">ogonek</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1108" mergedindex="cp">\k <r>(ogonek)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1109" mergedindex="cp">\capitalogonek</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1065">ogonek</indexterm></cindex>
<para><accent type="ogon">o</accent> Ogonek. Not available in the OT1 encoding.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\r</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalring</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1105" mergedindex="cp">\r <r>(ring accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1106" mergedindex="cp">\capitalring</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1034">ring accent</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1110" mergedindex="cp">\r <r>(ring accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1111" mergedindex="cp">\capitalring</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1066">ring accent</indexterm></cindex>
<para><accent type="ring">o</accent> Ring accent.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\t</itemformat></item>
@@ -19420,11 +19759,11 @@
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitaltie</itemformat></itemx>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\newtie</itemformat></itemx>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalnewtie</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1107" mergedindex="cp">\t <r>(tie-after accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1108" mergedindex="cp">\capitaltie</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1109" mergedindex="cp">\newtie</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1110" mergedindex="cp">\capitalnewtie</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1035">tie-after accent</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1112" mergedindex="cp">\t <r>(tie-after accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1113" mergedindex="cp">\capitaltie</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1114" mergedindex="cp">\newtie</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1115" mergedindex="cp">\capitalnewtie</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1067">tie-after accent</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Tie-after accent (used for transliterating from Cyrillic, such as in the
ALA-LC romanization). It expects that the argument has two characters.
The <code>\newtie</code> form is centered in its box.
@@ -19431,18 +19770,18 @@
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\u</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalbreve</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1111" mergedindex="cp">\u <r>(breve accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1112" mergedindex="cp">\capitalbreve</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1036">breve accent</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1116" mergedindex="cp">\u <r>(breve accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1117" mergedindex="cp">\capitalbreve</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1068">breve accent</indexterm></cindex>
<para><accent type="breve">o</accent> Breve accent.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\v</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalcaron</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1113" mergedindex="cp">\v <r>(breve accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1114" mergedindex="cp">\capitalcaron</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1037">hacek accent</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1038">check accent</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1039">caron accent</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1118" mergedindex="cp">\v <r>(breve accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1119" mergedindex="cp">\capitalcaron</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1069">hacek accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1070">check accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1071">caron accent</indexterm></cindex>
<para><accent type="caron">o</accent> H<accent type="acute" bracketed="off">a</accent><accent type="caron">c</accent>ek (check, caron) accent.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry></table>
@@ -19454,7 +19793,7 @@
<node name="_005caccent" spaces=" "><nodename>\accent</nodename><nodeup automatic="on">Accents</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\accent</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1115" mergedindex="cp">\accent</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1120" mergedindex="cp">\accent</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -19510,12 +19849,12 @@
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Additional Latin letters</sectiontitle>
<anchor name="Non_002dEnglish-characters">Non-English characters</anchor>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1040">Latin letters, additional</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1041">letters, additional Latin</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1042">extended Latin</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1043">special characters</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1044">non-English characters</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1045">characters, non-English</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1072">Latin letters, additional</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1073">letters, additional Latin</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1074">extended Latin</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1075">special characters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1076">non-English characters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1077">characters, non-English</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Here are the basic &latex; commands for inserting letters beyond
A&textndash;Z that extend the Latin alphabet, used primarily in languages other
@@ -19524,24 +19863,24 @@
<table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\aa</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\AA</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1116" mergedindex="cp">\aa <r>(å)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1117" mergedindex="cp">\AA <r>(Å)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1046">aring</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1121" mergedindex="cp">\aa <r>(å)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1122" mergedindex="cp">\AA <r>(Å)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1078">aring</indexterm></cindex>
<para>å and Å.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ae</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\AE</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1118" mergedindex="cp">\ae <r>(æ)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1119" mergedindex="cp">\AE <r>(Æ)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1047">ae ligature</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1123" mergedindex="cp">\ae <r>(æ)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1124" mergedindex="cp">\AE <r>(Æ)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1079">ae ligature</indexterm></cindex>
<para>æ and Æ.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\dh</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\DH</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1120" mergedindex="cp">\dh <r>(ð)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1121" mergedindex="cp">\DH <r>(Ð)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1048">Icelandic eth</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1049">eth, Icelandic letter</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1125" mergedindex="cp">\dh <r>(ð)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1126" mergedindex="cp">\DH <r>(Ð)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1080">Icelandic eth</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1081">eth, Icelandic letter</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Icelandic letter eth: ð and Ð. Not available with <sc>OT1</sc>
encoding, you need the <file>fontenc</file> package to select an alternate
font encoding, such as <sc>T1</sc>.
@@ -19548,8 +19887,8 @@
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\dj</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\DJ</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1122" mergedindex="cp">\dj</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1123" mergedindex="cp">\DJ</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1127" mergedindex="cp">\dj</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1128" mergedindex="cp">\DJ</indexterm></findex>
<para>Crossed d and D, a.k.a.&noeos; capital and small letter d with stroke. Not
available with <sc>OT1</sc> encoding, you need the <file>fontenc</file> package to
select an alternate font encoding, such as <sc>T1</sc>.
@@ -19556,52 +19895,52 @@
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ij</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\IJ</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1124" mergedindex="cp">\ij <r>(ij)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1125" mergedindex="cp">\IJ <r>(IJ)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1050">ij letter, Dutch</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1129" mergedindex="cp">\ij <r>(ij)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1130" mergedindex="cp">\IJ <r>(IJ)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1082">ij letter, Dutch</indexterm></cindex>
<para>ij and IJ (except somewhat closer together than appears here).
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\l</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\L</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1126" mergedindex="cp">\l <r>(&lslash;)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1127" mergedindex="cp">\L <r>(&Lslash;)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1051">polish l</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1131" mergedindex="cp">\l <r>(&lslash;)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1132" mergedindex="cp">\L <r>(&Lslash;)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1083">polish l</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&lslash; and &Lslash;.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ng</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\NG</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1128" mergedindex="cp">\ng</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1129" mergedindex="cp">\NG</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1133" mergedindex="cp">\ng</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1134" mergedindex="cp">\NG</indexterm></findex>
<para>Lappish letter eng, also used in phonetics.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\o</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\O</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1130" mergedindex="cp">\o <r>(ø)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1131" mergedindex="cp">\O <r>(Ø)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1052">oslash</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1135" mergedindex="cp">\o <r>(ø)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1136" mergedindex="cp">\O <r>(Ø)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1084">oslash</indexterm></cindex>
<para>ø and Ø.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\oe</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\OE</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1132" mergedindex="cp">\oe <r>(œ)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1133" mergedindex="cp">\OE <r>(Œ)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1053">oe ligature</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1137" mergedindex="cp">\oe <r>(œ)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1138" mergedindex="cp">\OE <r>(Œ)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1085">oe ligature</indexterm></cindex>
<para>œ and Œ.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ss</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\SS</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1134" mergedindex="cp">\ss <r>(ß)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1135" mergedindex="cp">\SS <r>(SS)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1054">es-zet German letter</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1055">sharp S letters</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1139" mergedindex="cp">\ss <r>(ß)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1140" mergedindex="cp">\SS <r>(SS)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1086">es-zet German letter</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1087">sharp S letters</indexterm></cindex>
<para>ß and SS.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\th</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\TH</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1136" mergedindex="cp">\th <r>(þ)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1137" mergedindex="cp">\TH <r>(Þ)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1056">Icelandic thorn</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1057">thorn, Icelandic letter</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1141" mergedindex="cp">\th <r>(þ)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1142" mergedindex="cp">\TH <r>(Þ)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1088">Icelandic thorn</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1089">thorn, Icelandic letter</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Icelandic letter thorn: þ and Þ. Not available with <sc>OT1</sc>
encoding, you need the <file>fontenc</file> package to select an alternate
font encoding, such as <sc>T1</sc>.
@@ -19613,7 +19952,7 @@
<node name="inputenc-package" spaces=" "><nodename>inputenc package</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\rule</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Additional Latin letters</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>inputenc</code> package</sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1138" mergedindex="cp">inputenc</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1143" mergedindex="cp">inputenc</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -19626,9 +19965,9 @@
specifying the encoding name is optional, but in practice it is not
useful to omit it.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1058">encoding, of input files</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1059">character encoding</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1060">Unicode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1090">encoding, of input files</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1091">character encoding</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1092">Unicode</indexterm></cindex>
<para>In a computer file, the characters are stored according to a scheme
called the <dfn>encoding</dfn>. There are many different encodings. The
simplest is ASCII, which supports 95 printable characters, not enough
@@ -19667,7 +20006,7 @@
replace the non-UTF-8 character with its UTF-8 equivalent, or use a
&latex; equivalent command or character.
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1139" mergedindex="cp">\inputencoding</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1144" mergedindex="cp">\inputencoding</indexterm></findex>
<anchor name="_005cinputencoding">\inputencoding</anchor>
<para>In some documents, such as a collection of journal articles from a
variety of authors, changing the encoding in mid-document may be
@@ -19682,7 +20021,7 @@
<node name="_005crule" spaces=" "><nodename>\rule</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\today</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">inputenc package</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\rule</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1140" mergedindex="cp">\rule</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1145" mergedindex="cp">\rule</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis, one of:
</para>
@@ -19693,8 +20032,8 @@
<para>Produce a <dfn>rule</dfn>, a filled-in rectangle.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1061">Halmos symbol</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1062">tombstone</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1093">Halmos symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1094">tombstone</indexterm></cindex>
<para>This example produces a rectangular blob, sometimes called a Halmos symbol,
or just &textldquo;qed&textrdquo;, often used to mark the end of a proof:
</para>
@@ -19702,8 +20041,8 @@
<pre xml:space="preserve">\newcommand{\qedsymbol}{\rule{0.4em}{2ex}}
</pre></example>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1063"><r>package</r>, <code>amsthm</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1064"><code>amsthm</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1095"><r>package</r>, <code>amsthm</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1096"><code>amsthm</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<noindent></noindent>
<para>The <code>amsthm</code> package includes this command, with a somewhat
@@ -19734,9 +20073,9 @@
<node name="_005ctoday" spaces=" "><nodename>\today</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\rule</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\today</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1141" mergedindex="cp">\today</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1065">date, today&textrsquo;s</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1066">today&textrsquo;s date</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1146" mergedindex="cp">\today</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1097">date, today&textrsquo;s</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1098">today&textrsquo;s date</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -19748,11 +20087,11 @@
<var>yyyy</var></samp>. An example of a date in that format is <samp>July 4,
1976</samp>.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1067"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1068"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1099"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1100"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1069"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1070"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1101"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1102"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>Multilingual packages such as <code>babel</code> or <code>polyglossia</code>, or
classes such as <file>lettre</file>, will localize <code>\today</code>. For example,
@@ -19771,8 +20110,8 @@
<para><code>\today</code> uses the counters <code>\day</code>, <code>\month</code>, and
<code>\year</code> (<pxref label="_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear"><xrefnodename>\day & \month & \year</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1071"><r>package</r>, <code>datetime</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1072"><code>datetime</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1103"><r>package</r>, <code>datetime</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1104"><code>datetime</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>A number of package on CTAN work with dates. One is <code>datetime</code> package
which can produce a wide variety of date formats, including ISO standards.
@@ -19786,8 +20125,8 @@
<node name="Splitting-the-input" spaces=" "><nodename>Splitting the input</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Front/back matter</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Splitting the input</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1073">splitting the input file</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1074">input file</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1105">splitting the input file</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1106">input file</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&latex; lets you split a large document into several smaller ones.
This can simplify editing or allow multiple authors to work on the
@@ -19794,8 +20133,8 @@
document. It can also speed processing.
</para>
<para>Regardless of how many separate files you use, there is always one
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1075">root file</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1076">file, root</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1107">root file</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1108">file, root</indexterm></cindex>
<dfn>root file</dfn>, on which &latex; compilation starts. This shows such
a file with five included files.
</para>
@@ -19846,7 +20185,7 @@
<node name="_005cendinput" spaces=" "><nodename>\endinput</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\include & \includeonly</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Splitting the input</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\endinput</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1142" mergedindex="cp">\endinput</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1147" mergedindex="cp">\endinput</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -19890,8 +20229,8 @@
<anchor name="_005cinclude">\include</anchor>
<anchor name="_005cincludeonly">\includeonly</anchor>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1143" mergedindex="cp">\include</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1144" mergedindex="cp">\includeonly</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1148" mergedindex="cp">\include</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1149" mergedindex="cp">\includeonly</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -19990,7 +20329,7 @@
dashes or underscores. Nevertheless, for the name <samp>amo amas amat</samp>,
this works under &tex; Live on GNU/Linux:
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1145" mergedindex="cp">\space</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1150" mergedindex="cp">\space</indexterm></findex>
<example endspaces=" ">
<pre xml:space="preserve">\documentclass{book}
\includeonly{
@@ -20013,7 +20352,7 @@
\end{document}
</pre></example>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1077">nested <code>\include</code>, not allowed</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1109">nested <code>\include</code>, not allowed</indexterm></cindex>
<para>You cannot use <code>\include</code> inside a file that is being included or
you get <samp>LaTeX Error: \include cannot be nested.</samp> The
<code>\include</code> command cannot appear in the document preamble; you will
@@ -20035,7 +20374,7 @@
<node name="_005cinput" spaces=" "><nodename>\input</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\include & \includeonly</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Splitting the input</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\input</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1146" mergedindex="cp">\input</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1151" mergedindex="cp">\input</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -20070,7 +20409,7 @@
dashes or underscores. Nevertheless, for the name <samp>amo amas amat</samp>,
this works under &tex; Live on GNU/Linux:
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1147" mergedindex="cp">\space</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1152" mergedindex="cp">\space</indexterm></findex>
<example endspaces=" ">
<pre xml:space="preserve">\input{"amo\space amas\space amat"}
</pre></example>
@@ -20097,14 +20436,14 @@
<node name="Table-of-contents-etc_002e" spaces=" "><nodename>Table of contents etc.</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Indexes</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Front/back matter</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Table of contents, list of figures, list of tables</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1078">table of contents, creating</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1110">table of contents, creating</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1148" mergedindex="cp">\tableofcontents</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1149" mergedindex="cp">.toc <r>file</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1150" mergedindex="cp">\listoffigures</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1151" mergedindex="cp">\listoftables</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1152" mergedindex="cp">.lof <r>file</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1153" mergedindex="cp">.lot <r>file</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1153" mergedindex="cp">\tableofcontents</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1154" mergedindex="cp">.toc <r>file</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1155" mergedindex="cp">\listoffigures</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1156" mergedindex="cp">\listoftables</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1157" mergedindex="cp">.lof <r>file</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1158" mergedindex="cp">.lot <r>file</r></indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis, one of:
</para>
@@ -20173,7 +20512,7 @@
\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {1.1}First subsection}{2}
</pre></example>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1154" mergedindex="cp">\contentsline</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1159" mergedindex="cp">\contentsline</indexterm></findex>
<noindent></noindent>
<para>Each line contains a single command, <code>\contentsline</code>
(<pxref label="_005ccontentsline"><xrefnodename>\contentsline</xrefnodename></pxref>). The first argument, the <code>section</code> or
@@ -20228,11 +20567,11 @@
<code>1.55em</code>. Change these as with
<code>\renewcommand{\&arobase;tocrmarg}{3.5em}</code>.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1079"><r>package</r>, <code>tocloft</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1080"><code>tocloft</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1111"><r>package</r>, <code>tocloft</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1112"><code>tocloft</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1081"><r>package</r>, <code>tocbibbind</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1082"><code>tocbibbind</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1113"><r>package</r>, <code>tocbibbind</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1114"><code>tocbibbind</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>CTAN has many packages for the table of contents and lists of figures
and tables (<pxref label="CTAN"><xrefnodename>CTAN</xrefnodename></pxref>). The package <code>tocloft</code> is convenient for
@@ -20250,11 +20589,11 @@
</pre></example>
<noindent></noindent>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1083"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1084"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1115"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1116"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1085"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1086"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1117"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1118"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>Internationalization packages such as <code>babel</code> or <code>polyglossia</code>
will change these headers depending on the chosen base language.
@@ -20272,8 +20611,8 @@
<node name="_005c_0040dottedtocline" spaces=" "><nodename>\&arobase;dottedtocline</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\addcontentsline</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Table of contents etc.</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\&arobase;dottedtocline</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1155" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;dottedtocline</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1087">table of contents entry, create dotted line</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1160" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;dottedtocline</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1119">table of contents entry, create dotted line</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -20301,7 +20640,7 @@
the final <var>text</var> and <var>pagenumber</var> arguments in the synopsis
from a call to <code>\contentsline</code> (<pxref label="_005ccontentsline"><xrefnodename>\contentsline</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1088">leaders, dots in table of contents</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1120">leaders, dots in table of contents</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Between the box for the title text of a section and the right margin
box, these <code>\&arobase;dottedtocline</code> commands insert <dfn>leaders</dfn>, that
is, evenly-spaced dots. The dot-to-dot space is given by the command
@@ -20318,8 +20657,8 @@
<node name="_005caddcontentsline" spaces=" "><nodename>\addcontentsline</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\addtocontents</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\&arobase;dottedtocline</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Table of contents etc.</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\addcontentsline</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1156" mergedindex="cp">\addcontentsline</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1089">table of contents entry, manually adding</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1161" mergedindex="cp">\addcontentsline</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1121">table of contents entry, manually adding</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -20327,7 +20666,7 @@
<pre xml:space="preserve">\addcontentsline{<var>ext</var>}{<var>unit</var>}{<var>text</var>}
</pre></example>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1157" mergedindex="cp">\contentsline</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1162" mergedindex="cp">\contentsline</indexterm></findex>
<para>Add an entry to the auxiliary file with extension <var>ext</var>.
</para>
<para>The following will result in an <samp>Appendices</samp> line in the table of
@@ -20422,7 +20761,7 @@
<node name="_005caddtocontents" spaces=" "><nodename>\addtocontents</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\contentsline</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\addcontentsline</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Table of contents etc.</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\addtocontents</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1158" mergedindex="cp">\addtocontents{<var>ext</var>}{<var>text</var>}</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1163" mergedindex="cp">\addtocontents{<var>ext</var>}{<var>text</var>}</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -20498,17 +20837,17 @@
<node name="_005ccontentsline" spaces=" "><nodename>\contentsline</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\nofiles</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\addtocontents</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Table of contents etc.</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\contentsline</code></sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1090">table of contents</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1159" mergedindex="cp">\contentsline</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1160" mergedindex="cp">\tableofcontents</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1161" mergedindex="cp">.toc <r>file</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1162" mergedindex="cp">\listoffigures</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1163" mergedindex="cp">\listoftables</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1164" mergedindex="cp">.lof <r>file</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1165" mergedindex="cp">.lot <r>file</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1166" mergedindex="cp">\l&arobase;chapter</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1167" mergedindex="cp">\l&arobase;section</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1168" mergedindex="cp">\l&arobase;subsection</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1122">table of contents</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1164" mergedindex="cp">\contentsline</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1165" mergedindex="cp">\tableofcontents</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1166" mergedindex="cp">.toc <r>file</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1167" mergedindex="cp">\listoffigures</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1168" mergedindex="cp">\listoftables</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1169" mergedindex="cp">.lof <r>file</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1170" mergedindex="cp">.lot <r>file</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1171" mergedindex="cp">\l&arobase;chapter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1172" mergedindex="cp">\l&arobase;section</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1173" mergedindex="cp">\l&arobase;subsection</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -20545,14 +20884,14 @@
where <var>filetype</var> is <code>toc</code>, <code>lof</code>, or <code>lot</code>
(<pxref label="_005caddcontentsline"><xrefnodename>\addcontentsline</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1091"><r>package</r>, <code>tocloft</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1092"><code>tocloft</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1123"><r>package</r>, <code>tocloft</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1124"><code>tocloft</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>For manipulating how the <code>\contentline</code> material is typeset, see
the <code>tocloft</code> package.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1093"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1094"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1125"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1126"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>Note that the <code>hyperref</code> package changes the definition of
<code>\contentsline</code> (and <code>\addcontentsline</code>) to add more
@@ -20567,7 +20906,7 @@
<node name="_005cnofiles" spaces=" "><nodename>\nofiles</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\numberline</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\contentsline</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Table of contents etc.</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\nofiles</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1169" mergedindex="cp">\nofiles</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1174" mergedindex="cp">\nofiles</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -20602,7 +20941,7 @@
<node name="_005cnumberline" spaces=" "><nodename>\numberline</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\nofiles</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Table of contents etc.</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\numberline</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1170" mergedindex="cp">\numberline</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1175" mergedindex="cp">\numberline</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -20648,11 +20987,11 @@
<node name="Indexes" spaces=" "><nodename>Indexes</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Glossaries</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Table of contents etc.</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Front/back matter</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Indexes</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1095">indexes</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1127">indexes</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1171" mergedindex="cp">\makeindex</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1172" mergedindex="cp">\index</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1096"><file>.idx</file> file</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1176" mergedindex="cp">\makeindex</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1177" mergedindex="cp">\index</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1128"><file>.idx</file> file</indexterm></cindex>
<para>If you tell &latex; what terms you want to appear in an index then it
can produce that index, alphabetized and with the page numbers
@@ -20702,14 +21041,14 @@
index entries to the auxiliary file. Leaving out the <code>\printindex</code>
will cause &latex; to not show the index in the document output.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1097"><r>package</r>, <code>showidx</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1098"><code>showidx</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1129"><r>package</r>, <code>showidx</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1130"><code>showidx</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1099"><r>package</r>, <code>multind</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1100"><code>multind</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1131"><r>package</r>, <code>multind</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1132"><code>multind</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1101">index, multiple</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1102">multiple indexes</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1133">index, multiple</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1134">multiple indexes</indexterm></cindex>
<para>There are many packages in the area of indexing. The <code>showidx</code>
package causes each index entries to be shown in the margin on the
page where the <code>\index</code> appears. This can help in preparing the index.
@@ -20729,15 +21068,15 @@
<node name="Produce-the-index-manually" spaces=" "><nodename>Produce the index manually</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\index</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Indexes</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Produce the index manually</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1103">index, producing manually</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1173" mergedindex="cp">theindex</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1135">index, producing manually</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1178" mergedindex="cp">theindex</indexterm></findex>
<para>Documents that are small and static can have a manually produced index.
This will make a separate page labeled <samp>Index</samp>, in twocolumn
format.
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1174" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>theindex</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1175" mergedindex="cp"><code>theindex</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1179" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>theindex</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1180" mergedindex="cp"><code>theindex</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
<example endspaces=" ">
<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{theindex}
@@ -20754,10 +21093,10 @@
in most cases automated methods such as <command>makeindex</command> are best.
<xref label="Indexes"><xrefnodename>Indexes</xrefnodename></xref>.
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1176" mergedindex="cp">\item</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1177" mergedindex="cp">\subitem</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1178" mergedindex="cp">\subsubitem</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1179" mergedindex="cp">\indexspace</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1181" mergedindex="cp">\item</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1182" mergedindex="cp">\subitem</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1183" mergedindex="cp">\subsubitem</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1184" mergedindex="cp">\indexspace</indexterm></findex>
<para>However we cover the commands for completeness, and because the
automated methods are based on these commands. There are three levels
of entries. As the example shows, a main entry uses <code>\item</code>,
@@ -20772,8 +21111,8 @@
<node name="_005cindex" spaces=" "><nodename>\index</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">makeindex</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Produce the index manually</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Indexes</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\index</code></sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1104">index entry</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1180" mergedindex="cp">\index</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1136">index entry</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1185" mergedindex="cp">\index</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -20799,7 +21138,7 @@
rate of growth\index{Ackermann!function!growth rate}
</pre></example>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1105">index entries, subentries</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1137">index entries, subentries</indexterm></cindex>
<noindent></noindent>
<para>All three index entries will get a page number, such as <samp>Ackermann,
22</samp>. &latex; will format the second as a subitem of the first, on the
@@ -20819,7 +21158,7 @@
instance <code>\index{Ackermann!function}</code> could come before
<code>\index{Ackermann}</code>.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1106">index, page range</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1138">index, page range</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Get a page range in the output, like <samp>Hilbert, 23--27</samp>, as here.
</para>
<example endspaces=" ">
@@ -20840,14 +21179,14 @@
followed by two subitems, like <samp>program, 50</samp> and <samp>results,
51</samp>.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1107">see and see also index entries</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1108">index entries, &textlsquo;see&textrsquo; and &textlsquo;see also&textrsquo;</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1181" mergedindex="cp">\seename</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1182" mergedindex="cp">\alsoname</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1109"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1110"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
- <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1111"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1112"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1139">see and see also index entries</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1140">index entries, &textlsquo;see&textrsquo; and &textlsquo;see also&textrsquo;</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1186" mergedindex="cp">\seename</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1187" mergedindex="cp">\alsoname</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1141"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1142"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1143"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1144"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>Generate a index entry that says <samp>see</samp> by using a vertical bar
@@ -20904,8 +21243,8 @@
an index entry, escape it by preceding it with a double quote, <code>"</code>.
(The double quote gets deleted before alphabetization.)
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1113"><r>package</r>, <code>index</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1114"><code>index</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1145"><r>package</r>, <code>index</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1146"><code>index</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>A number of packages on CTAN have additional functionality beyond that
provided by <code>makeidx</code>. One is <code>index</code>, which allows for
@@ -20913,8 +21252,8 @@
<code>\index*{<var>index-entry-string</var>}</code> that prints the
<var>index-entry-string</var> as well as indexing it.
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1183" mergedindex="cp">\indexentry</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1115">idx file</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1188" mergedindex="cp">\indexentry</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1147">idx file</indexterm></cindex>
<para>The <code>\index</code> command writes the indexing information to the file
<file><var>root-name</var>.idx</file> file. Specifically, it writes text of the
command
@@ -20936,11 +21275,11 @@
<node name="makeindex" spaces=" "><nodename>makeindex</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\printindex</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\index</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Indexes</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><command>makeindex</command></sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1116">index, processing</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1184" mergedindex="cp">makeindex, <r>program</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1117"><command>makeindex</command> program</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1118"><file>.ind</file> file</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1119"><file>.idx</file> file</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1148">index, processing</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1189" mergedindex="cp">makeindex, <r>program</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1149"><command>makeindex</command> program</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1150"><file>.ind</file> file</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1151"><file>.idx</file> file</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis, one of:
</para>
@@ -20956,9 +21295,9 @@
actual index file, the <file><var>filename</var>.ind</file> file that is input by
<code>\printindex</code> (<pxref label="_005cprintindex"><xrefnodename>\printindex</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1120"><file>.isty</file> file</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1185" mergedindex="cp">index, style file</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1186" mergedindex="cp">makeindex, style file</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1152"><file>.isty</file> file</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1190" mergedindex="cp">index, style file</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1191" mergedindex="cp">makeindex, style file</indexterm></findex>
<para>The first form of the command suffices for many uses. The second allows
you to format the index by using an <dfn>index style file</dfn>, a
<file>.isty</file> file. The third form is the most general; see the full
@@ -20996,17 +21335,17 @@
</para>
<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
<beforefirstitem><anchor name="makeindex-preamble">makeindex preamble</anchor>
-</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1187" mergedindex="cp">preamble</indexterm>preamble</itemformat></item>
+</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1192" mergedindex="cp">preamble</indexterm>preamble</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Preamble of the output index file. Defines the context in which the index is
formatted. Default: <code>"\\begin{theindex}\n"</code>.
</para>
<anchor name="makeindex-postamble">makeindex postamble</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1188" mergedindex="cp">postamble</indexterm>postamble</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1193" mergedindex="cp">postamble</indexterm>postamble</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Postamble of the output index file. Default: <code>"\n\n\\end{theindex}\n"</code>.
</para>
<anchor name="makeindex-group-skip">makeindex group skip</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1189" mergedindex="cp">group_skip</indexterm>group_skip</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1190" mergedindex="cp">\indexspace</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1194" mergedindex="cp">group_skip</indexterm>group_skip</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1195" mergedindex="cp">\indexspace</indexterm></findex>
<para>Traditionally index items are broken into groups, typically a group for
entries starting with letter <samp>a</samp>, etc. This specifier gives what
is inserted when a new group begins. Default: <code>"\n\n
@@ -21014,7 +21353,7 @@
length, by default <code>10pt plus5pt minus3pt</code>).
</para>
<anchor name="makeindex-letheadflag">makeindex letheadflag</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1191" mergedindex="cp">lethead_flag</indexterm>lethead_flag</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1196" mergedindex="cp">lethead_flag</indexterm>lethead_flag</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>An integer. It governs what is inserted for a new group or letter. If
it is 0 (which is the default) then other than <code>group_skip</code> nothing
will be inserted before the group. If it is positive then at a new
@@ -21024,93 +21363,93 @@
is 0.
</para>
<anchor name="makeindex-lethead-prefix">makeindex lethead prefix</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1192" mergedindex="cp">lethead_prefix</indexterm>lethead_prefix</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1197" mergedindex="cp">lethead_prefix</indexterm>lethead_prefix</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>If a new group begins with a different letter then this is the prefix
inserted before the new letter header. Default: <code>""</code>
</para>
<anchor name="makeindex-lethead-suffix">makeindex lethead suffix</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1193" mergedindex="cp">lethead_suffix</indexterm>lethead_suffix</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1198" mergedindex="cp">lethead_suffix</indexterm>lethead_suffix</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>If a group begins with a different letter then this is the suffix
inserted after the new letter header. Default: <code>""</code>.
</para>
<anchor name="makeindex-item-0">makeindex item 0</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1194" mergedindex="cp">item_0</indexterm>item_0 </itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1199" mergedindex="cp">item_0</indexterm>item_0 </itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>What is put between two level 0 items. Default: <code>"\n \\item
"</code>.
</para>
<anchor name="makeindex-item-1">makeindex item 1</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1195" mergedindex="cp">item_1</indexterm>item_1</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1200" mergedindex="cp">item_1</indexterm>item_1</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Put between two level 1 items. Default: <code>"\n \\subitem "</code>.
</para>
<anchor name="makeindex-item-2">makeindex item 2</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1196" mergedindex="cp">item_2</indexterm>item_2</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1201" mergedindex="cp">item_2</indexterm>item_2</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>put between two level 2 items. Default: <code>"\n \\subsubitem "</code>.
</para>
<anchor name="makeindex-item-01">makeindex item 01</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1197" mergedindex="cp">item_01</indexterm>item_01</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1202" mergedindex="cp">item_01</indexterm>item_01</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>What is put between a level 0 item and a level 1 item.
Default: <code>"\n \\subitem "</code>.
</para>
<anchor name="makeindex-item-x1">makeindex item x1</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1198" mergedindex="cp">item_x1</indexterm>item_x1</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1203" mergedindex="cp">item_x1</indexterm>item_x1</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>What is put between a level 0 item and a level 1 item in the
case that the level 0 item doesn&textrsquo;t have any page numbers (as in
<code>\index{aaa|see{bbb}}</code>). Default: <code>"\n \\subitem "</code>.
</para>
<anchor name="makeindex-item-12">makeindex item 12</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1199" mergedindex="cp">item_12</indexterm>item_12</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1204" mergedindex="cp">item_12</indexterm>item_12</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>What is put between a level 1 item and a level 2 item.
Default: <code>"\n \\subsubitem "</code>.
</para>
<anchor name="makeindex-item-x2">makeindex item x2</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1200" mergedindex="cp">item_x2</indexterm>item_x2</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1205" mergedindex="cp">item_x2</indexterm>item_x2</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>What is put between a level 1 item and a level 2 item, if the
level 1 item doesn&textrsquo;t have page numbers. Default: <code>"\n
\\subsubitem "</code>.
</para>
<anchor name="makeindex-delim-0">makeindex delim 0</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1201" mergedindex="cp">delim_0</indexterm>delim_0</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1206" mergedindex="cp">delim_0</indexterm>delim_0</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Delimiter put between a level 0 key and its first page
number. Default: a comma followed by a blank, <code>", "</code>.
</para>
<anchor name="makeindex-delim-1">makeindex delim 1</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1202" mergedindex="cp">delim_1</indexterm>delim_1</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1207" mergedindex="cp">delim_1</indexterm>delim_1</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Delimiter put between a level 1 key and its first page
number. Default: a comma followed by a blank, <code>", "</code>.
</para>
<anchor name="makeindex-delim-2">makeindex delim 2</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1203" mergedindex="cp">delim_2</indexterm>delim_2</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1208" mergedindex="cp">delim_2</indexterm>delim_2</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Delimiter between a level 2 key and its first page number. Default:
a comma followed by a blank, <code>", "</code>.
</para>
<anchor name="makeindex-delim-n">makeindex delim n</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1204" mergedindex="cp">delim_n</indexterm>delim_n</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1209" mergedindex="cp">delim_n</indexterm>delim_n</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Delimiter between two page numbers for the same key (at any
level). Default: a comma followed by a blank, <code>", "</code>.
</para>
<anchor name="makeindex-delim-r">makeindex delim r</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1205" mergedindex="cp">delim_r</indexterm>delim_r</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1210" mergedindex="cp">delim_r</indexterm>delim_r</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>What is put between the starting and ending page numbers of a range.
Default: <code>"--"</code>.
</para>
<anchor name="makeindex-line-max">makeindex line max</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1206" mergedindex="cp">line_max</indexterm>line_max</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1211" mergedindex="cp">line_max</indexterm>line_max</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>An integer. Maximum length of an index entry&textrsquo;s line in the output,
beyond which the line wraps. Default: <code>72</code>.
</para>
<anchor name="makeindex-indent-space">makeindex indent space</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1207" mergedindex="cp">indent_space</indexterm>indent_space</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1212" mergedindex="cp">indent_space</indexterm>indent_space</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>What is inserted at the start of a wrapped line. Default:
<code>"\t\t"</code>.
</para>
<anchor name="makeindex-indent-length">makeindex indent length</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1208" mergedindex="cp">indent_length</indexterm>indent_length</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1213" mergedindex="cp">indent_length</indexterm>indent_length</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>A number. The length of the wrapped line indentation. The default
<code>indent_space</code> is two tabs and each tab is eight spaces so the
default here is <code>16</code>.
</para>
<anchor name="makeindex-page-precedence">makeindex page precedence</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1209" mergedindex="cp">page_precedence</indexterm>page_precedence</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1214" mergedindex="cp">page_precedence</indexterm>page_precedence</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>A document may have pages numbered in different ways. For example, a
book may have front matter pages numbered in lowercase roman while main
matter pages are in arabic. This string specifies the order in which
@@ -21122,7 +21461,7 @@
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1210" mergedindex="cp">xindy <r>program</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1215" mergedindex="cp">xindy <r>program</r></indexterm></findex>
<para>There are a number of other programs that do the job
<command>makeindex</command> does. One is <command>xindy</command>
(<uref><urefurl>https://ctan.org/pkg/xindy</urefurl></uref>), which does internationalization and can
@@ -21131,7 +21470,7 @@
markup terms and in terms of the collating order of the text, as
described in its documentation.
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1211" mergedindex="cp">xindex <r>program</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1216" mergedindex="cp">xindex <r>program</r></indexterm></findex>
<para>A more recent indexing program supporting Unicode is <code>xindex</code>,
written in Lua (<url><urefurl>https://ctan.org/pkg/xindex</urefurl></url>).
</para>
@@ -21140,8 +21479,8 @@
<node name="_005cprintindex" spaces=" "><nodename>\printindex</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">makeindex</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Indexes</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><command>\printindex</command></sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1121">index, printing</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1212" mergedindex="cp">\printindex</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1153">index, printing</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1217" mergedindex="cp">\printindex</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -21151,8 +21490,8 @@
<para>Place the index into the output.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1122"><r>package</r>, <code>makeidx</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1123"><code>makeidx</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1154"><r>package</r>, <code>makeidx</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1155"><code>makeidx</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>To get an index you must first include
<code>\usepackage{makeidx}\makeindex</code> in the document preamble and
@@ -21166,11 +21505,11 @@
<node name="Glossaries" spaces=" "><nodename>Glossaries</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Indexes</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Front/back matter</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Glossaries</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1124">glossary</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1125">glossaries</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1126">acronyms, list of</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1213" mergedindex="cp">\makeglossary</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1214" mergedindex="cp">\printglossaries</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1156">glossary</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1157">glossaries</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1158">acronyms, list of</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1218" mergedindex="cp">\makeglossary</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1219" mergedindex="cp">\printglossaries</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -21214,9 +21553,9 @@
<samp>Turing machine</samp> and the rest of the item says in normal type
<samp>A model of a machine &dots; Computer Science</samp>.
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1215" mergedindex="cp">\makeglossary</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1216" mergedindex="cp">\printglossaries</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1127"><file>.glo</file> file</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1220" mergedindex="cp">\makeglossary</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1221" mergedindex="cp">\printglossaries</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1159"><file>.glo</file> file</indexterm></cindex>
<para>The command <code>\makeglossary</code> opens the file that will contain the
entry information, <file><var>root-file</var>.glo</file>. Put the
<code>\printglossaries</code> command where you want the glossaries to appear
@@ -21236,8 +21575,8 @@
<node name="_005cnewglossaryentry" spaces=" "><nodename>\newglossaryentry</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\gls</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Glossaries</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newglossaryentry</code></sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1128">glossary, entries</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1217" mergedindex="cp">\newglossaryentry</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1160">glossary, entries</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1222" mergedindex="cp">\newglossaryentry</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis, one of:
</para>
@@ -21283,22 +21622,22 @@
here are a few.
</para>
<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1218" mergedindex="cp">name</indexterm>name</itemformat></item>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1223" mergedindex="cp">name</indexterm>name</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>(Required.) The word, phrase, or symbol that you are defining.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1219" mergedindex="cp">description</indexterm>description</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1224" mergedindex="cp">description</indexterm>description</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>(Required.) The description that will appear in the glossary.
If this has more than one paragraph then you must use the second command
form given in the synopsis.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1220" mergedindex="cp">plural</indexterm>plural</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1225" mergedindex="cp">plural</indexterm>plural</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>The plural form of <var>name</var>. Refer to the plural form using
<code>\glspl</code> or <code>\Glspl</code> (<pxref label="_005cgls"><xrefnodename>\gls</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1221" mergedindex="cp">sort</indexterm>sort</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1226" mergedindex="cp">sort</indexterm>sort</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>How to place this entry in the list of entries that the glossary holds.
</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1222" mergedindex="cp">symbol</indexterm>symbol</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1227" mergedindex="cp">symbol</indexterm>symbol</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>A symbol, such as a mathematical symbol, besides the name.
</para>
</tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
@@ -21308,8 +21647,8 @@
<node name="_005cgls" spaces=" "><nodename>\gls</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\newglossaryentry</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Glossaries</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\gls</code></sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1129">glossary, entry reference</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1223" mergedindex="cp">\gls</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1161">glossary, entry reference</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1228" mergedindex="cp">\gls</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis, one of:
</para>
@@ -21350,8 +21689,8 @@
<node name="Letters" spaces=" "><nodename>Letters</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Input/output</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Front/back matter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Letters</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1130">letters, writing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1131">writing letters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1162">letters, writing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1163">writing letters</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -21401,7 +21740,7 @@
Each <code>letter</code> environment body typically ends with a
<code>\closing</code> command such as <code>\closing{Yours,}</code>.
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1224" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(for letters)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1229" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(for letters)</r></indexterm></findex>
<para>Additional material may come after the <code>\closing</code>. You can say who
is receiving a copy of the letter with a command like <code>\cc{the
Boss \\ the Boss's Boss}</code>. There&textrsquo;s a similar <code>\encl</code> command for
@@ -21455,7 +21794,7 @@
<node name="_005caddress" spaces=" "><nodename>\address</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\cc</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\address</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1225" mergedindex="cp">\address</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1230" mergedindex="cp">\address</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -21488,8 +21827,8 @@
<node name="_005ccc" spaces=" "><nodename>\cc</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\closing</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\address</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\cc</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1226" mergedindex="cp">\cc</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1132">cc list, in letters</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1231" mergedindex="cp">\cc</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1164">cc list, in letters</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -21513,9 +21852,9 @@
<node name="_005cclosing" spaces=" "><nodename>\closing</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\encl</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\cc</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\closing</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1227" mergedindex="cp">\closing</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1133">letters, ending</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1134">closing letters</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1232" mergedindex="cp">\closing</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1165">letters, ending</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1166">closing letters</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -21535,8 +21874,8 @@
<node name="_005cencl" spaces=" "><nodename>\encl</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\location</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\closing</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\encl</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1228" mergedindex="cp">\encl</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1135">enclosure list</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1233" mergedindex="cp">\encl</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1167">enclosure list</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -21559,7 +21898,7 @@
<node name="_005clocation" spaces=" "><nodename>\location</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\makelabels</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\encl</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\location</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1229" mergedindex="cp">\location</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1234" mergedindex="cp">\location</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -21575,7 +21914,7 @@
<node name="_005cmakelabels" spaces=" "><nodename>\makelabels</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\name</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\location</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\makelabels</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1230" mergedindex="cp">\makelabels</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1235" mergedindex="cp">\makelabels</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -21632,8 +21971,8 @@
<para>The first column contains the return address twice. The second column
contains the address for each recipient.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1136"><r>package</r>, <code>envlab</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1137"><code>envlab</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1168"><r>package</r>, <code>envlab</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1169"><code>envlab</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>The package <code>envlab</code> makes formatting the labels easier, with
standard sizes already provided. The preamble lines
@@ -21645,7 +21984,7 @@
<node name="_005cname" spaces=" "><nodename>\name</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\opening</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\makelabels</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\name</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1231" mergedindex="cp">\name</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1236" mergedindex="cp">\name</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -21661,8 +22000,8 @@
<node name="_005copening" spaces=" "><nodename>\opening</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\ps</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\name</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\opening</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1232" mergedindex="cp">\opening</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1138">letters, starting</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1237" mergedindex="cp">\opening</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1170">letters, starting</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -21681,8 +22020,8 @@
</section>
<node name="_005cps" spaces=" "><nodename>\ps</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\signature</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\opening</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\ps</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1233" mergedindex="cp">\ps</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1139">postscript, in letters</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1238" mergedindex="cp">\ps</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1171">postscript, in letters</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -21709,7 +22048,7 @@
... }
</pre></example>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1234" mergedindex="cp">\signature</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1239" mergedindex="cp">\signature</indexterm></findex>
<para>The sender&textrsquo;s name. This command is optional, although its inclusion is
usual.
@@ -21750,7 +22089,7 @@
<node name="_005ctelephone" spaces=" "><nodename>\telephone</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\signature</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\telephone</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1235" mergedindex="cp">\telephone</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1240" mergedindex="cp">\telephone</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -21769,9 +22108,9 @@
<node name="Input_002foutput" spaces=" "><nodename>Input/output</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Command line interface</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Letters</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Input/output</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1140">input/output, to terminal</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1141">terminal input/output</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1142">input/output</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1172">input/output, to terminal</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1173">terminal input/output</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1174">input/output</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&latex; uses the ability to write to a file and later read it back in
to build document components such as a table of contents or index. You
@@ -21795,13 +22134,13 @@
<anchor name="_005copenout">\openout</anchor>
<anchor name="_005cclosein">\closein</anchor>
<anchor name="_005ccloseout">\closeout</anchor>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1236" mergedindex="cp">\openin</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1237" mergedindex="cp">\openout</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1238" mergedindex="cp">\closein</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1239" mergedindex="cp">\closeout</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1143">file, opening</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1144">file, closing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1145">open a file</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1241" mergedindex="cp">\openin</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1242" mergedindex="cp">\openout</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1243" mergedindex="cp">\closein</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1244" mergedindex="cp">\closeout</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1175">file, opening</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1176">file, closing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1177">open a file</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -21883,9 +22222,9 @@
<node name="_005cread" spaces=" "><nodename>\read</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\typein</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\openin & \openout</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Input/output</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\read</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1240" mergedindex="cp">\read</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1146">file, reading</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1147">read a file</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1245" mergedindex="cp">\read</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1178">file, reading</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1179">read a file</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -21918,10 +22257,10 @@
<code>\input</code> (<pxref label="_005cinput"><xrefnodename>\input</xrefnodename></pxref>) or <code>\include</code> (<pxref label="_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly"><xrefnodename>\include &
\includeonly</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1148"><r>package</r>, <code>datatool</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1149"><code>datatool</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1180"><r>package</r>, <code>datatool</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1181"><code>datatool</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1150">mail merges</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1182">mail merges</indexterm></cindex>
<para>A common reason to want to read from a data file is to do mail merges.
CTAN has a number of packages for that; one is <code>datatool</code>.
</para>
@@ -21930,7 +22269,7 @@
<node name="_005ctypein" spaces=" "><nodename>\typein</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\typeout</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\read</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Input/output</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\typein</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1241" mergedindex="cp">\typein</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1246" mergedindex="cp">\typein</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis, one of:
</para>
@@ -21993,7 +22332,7 @@
<node name="_005ctypeout" spaces=" "><nodename>\typeout</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\write</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\typein</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Input/output</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\typeout</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1242" mergedindex="cp">\typeout</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1247" mergedindex="cp">\typeout</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -22016,7 +22355,7 @@
<code>\renewcommand</code> (among others) are replaced by their definitions
before being printed.
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1243" mergedindex="cp">\space</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1248" mergedindex="cp">\space</indexterm></findex>
<para>&latex;&textrsquo;s usual rules for treating multiple spaces as a single space
and ignoring spaces after a command name apply to <code>msg</code>. Use the
command <code>\space</code> to get a single space, independent of surrounding
@@ -22039,7 +22378,7 @@
<node name="_005cwrite" spaces=" "><nodename>\write</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\typeout</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Input/output</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\write</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1244" mergedindex="cp">\write</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1249" mergedindex="cp">\write</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -22064,7 +22403,7 @@
\immediate\closeout\myfile
</pre></example>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1245" mergedindex="cp">\newwrite</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1250" mergedindex="cp">\newwrite</indexterm></findex>
<noindent></noindent>
<para>The <code>\newwrite</code> allocates a stream number, giving it a symbolic
name to make life easier, so that <code>stream
@@ -22073,9 +22412,9 @@
name. &tex; ultimately executed <code>\write3</code> which puts the string
in the file.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1151">log file, writing to</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1152">terminal, writing to</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1153"><math>-1</math>, write stream number</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1183">log file, writing to</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1184">terminal, writing to</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1185"><math>-1</math>, write stream number</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Typically <var>number</var> is between 0 and 15, because typically
&latex; authors follow the prior example and the number is allocated
by the system. If <var>number</var> is outside the range from 0 to 15 or
@@ -22090,12 +22429,12 @@
followed by a newline in the terminal output. (But 16, 17, and 18 are
special as <var>number</var>; see below.)
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1154">Lua&tex;, 256 output streams in</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1186">Lua&tex;, 256 output streams in</indexterm></cindex>
<para>In Lua&tex;, instead of 16 output streams there are 256
(<pxref label="TeX-engines"><xrefnodename>&tex; engines</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1246" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;auxout</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1247" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;mainaux</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1251" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;auxout</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1252" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;mainaux</indexterm></findex>
<para>Use <code>\write\&arobase;auxout{<var>string</var>}</code> to write to the current
<file>.aux</file> file, which is associated with either the root file or
with the current include file; and use
@@ -22118,8 +22457,8 @@
<enumerate first="1" endspaces=" ">
<listitem>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1155">immediate <code>\write</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1248" mergedindex="cp">\immediate\write</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1187">immediate <code>\write</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1253" mergedindex="cp">\immediate\write</indexterm></findex>
<para>With the first, &latex; writes <var>string</var> to the file immediately.
Any macros in <var>string</var> are fully expanded (just as in
<code>\edef</code>) so to prevent expansion you must use <code>\noexpand</code>,
@@ -22127,9 +22466,9 @@
<code>##</code>).
</para>
</listitem><listitem>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1156">delayed <code>\write</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1157">whatsit item</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1249" mergedindex="cp">\shipout <r>and expansion</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1188">delayed <code>\write</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1189">whatsit item</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1254" mergedindex="cp">\shipout <r>and expansion</r></indexterm></findex>
<para>With the second, <var>string</var> is stored on the current list of things
(as a &tex; &textldquo;whatsit&textrdquo; item) and kept until the page is shipped out
and likewise the macros are unexpanded until <code>\shipout</code>. At
@@ -22136,7 +22475,7 @@
<code>\shipout</code>, <var>string</var> is fully expanded.
</para>
</listitem><listitem>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1250" mergedindex="cp">\protected&arobase;write</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1255" mergedindex="cp">\protected&arobase;write</indexterm></findex>
<para>The third, <code>\protected&arobase;write</code>, is like the second except that
you can use <code>\protect</code> to avoid expansion. The extra first
argument allows you to locally insert extra definitions to make more
@@ -22159,7 +22498,7 @@
<para>This results in the file <file>test.jh</file> containing the text
<samp>test XYZtest</samp> followed by a newline.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1158"><code>\write</code> streams 16, 17, 18</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1190"><code>\write</code> streams 16, 17, 18</indexterm></cindex>
<para>The cases where <var>number</var> is 16, 17, or 18 are special. Because of
<code>\write</code>&textrsquo;s behavior when <var>number</var> is outside the range from 0
to 15 described above, in Plain &tex; <code>\write16</code> and
@@ -22169,8 +22508,8 @@
even more special; modern &tex; systems use it for giving commands to
the operating system (<pxref label="_005cwrite18"><xrefnodename>\write18</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1159">newline, in <code>\write</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1160"><code>^^J</code>, in <code>\write</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1191">newline, in <code>\write</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1192"><code>^^J</code>, in <code>\write</code></indexterm></cindex>
<para>Ordinarily <code>\write</code> outputs a single line. You can include a
newline with <code>^^J</code>. Thus, this produces two lines in the log
file:
@@ -22179,8 +22518,8 @@
<pre xml:space="preserve">\wlog{Parallel lines have a lot in common.^^JBut they never meet.}
</pre></example>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1161"><r>package</r>, <code>answers</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1162"><code>answers</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1193"><r>package</r>, <code>answers</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1194"><code>answers</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>A common case where authors need to write their own file is for
answers to exercises, or another situation where you want to write
@@ -22198,8 +22537,8 @@
<node name="_005cwrite-and-security" spaces=" "><nodename>\write and security</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\message</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">\write</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\write</code> and security</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1163">security and <code>\write</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1164"><code>\write</code> and security</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1195">security and <code>\write</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1196"><code>\write</code> and security</indexterm></cindex>
<para>The ability to write files raises security issues. If you compiled a
downloaded &latex; file and it overwrote your password file then you
@@ -22222,7 +22561,7 @@
! I can't write on file `../test.jh'
</pre></example>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1165">parent directories, cannot write to</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1197">parent directories, cannot write to</indexterm></cindex>
<para>You can get just such an error when using commands such as
<code>\include{../filename}</code> because &latex; will try to open
<file>../filename.aux</file>. The simplest solution is to put the included
@@ -22233,7 +22572,7 @@
<node name="_005cmessage" spaces=" "><nodename>\message</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\wlog</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\write and security</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">\write</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\message</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1251" mergedindex="cp">\message</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1256" mergedindex="cp">\message</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -22294,7 +22633,7 @@
<node name="_005cwlog" spaces=" "><nodename>\wlog</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\write18</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\message</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">\write</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\wlog</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1252" mergedindex="cp">\wlog</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1257" mergedindex="cp">\wlog</indexterm></findex>
<para>Synopsis:
</para>
@@ -22322,11 +22661,11 @@
<node name="_005cwrite18" spaces=" "><nodename>\write18</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\wlog</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">\write</nodeup></node>
<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\write18</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1253" mergedindex="cp">\write18</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1166">external commands</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1167">commands, run from &latex;</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1168">system commands, run from &latex;</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1169">shell access</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1258" mergedindex="cp">\write18</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1198">external commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1199">commands, run from &latex;</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1200">system commands, run from &latex;</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1201">shell access</indexterm></cindex>
<!-- c Derived from: Joseph Wright: https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/20446/121234 -->
<para>Synopsis:
@@ -22339,8 +22678,8 @@
runs the command and &latex;&textrsquo;s execution is blocked until that
finishes.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1170"><r>package</r>, <code>Asymptote</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1171"><code>Asymptote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1202"><r>package</r>, <code>Asymptote</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1203"><code>Asymptote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>This sequence (on Unix)
</para>
@@ -22389,7 +22728,7 @@
(<pxref label="Command-line-options"><xrefnodename>Command line options</xrefnodename></pxref>). (The <code>--shell-escape</code> option is
a synonym, in &tex; Live.)
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1172">restricted shell access</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1204">restricted shell access</indexterm></cindex>
<para>In the place of full shell access, modern distributions by default use
a restricted version that allows some commands to work, such as those
that run Metafont to generate missing fonts, even if you do not use
@@ -22398,22 +22737,22 @@
control of the distribution maintainers (<pxref label="Command-line-options"><xrefnodename>Command line
options</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1254" mergedindex="cp">/bin/sh<r>, used by <code>\write18</code></r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1255" mergedindex="cp">sh<r>, used by <code>\write18</code></r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1256" mergedindex="cp">cmd.exe<r>, used by <code>\write18</code></r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1257" mergedindex="cp">SHELL<r>, environment variables</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1259" mergedindex="cp">/bin/sh<r>, used by <code>\write18</code></r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1260" mergedindex="cp">sh<r>, used by <code>\write18</code></r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1261" mergedindex="cp">cmd.exe<r>, used by <code>\write18</code></r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1262" mergedindex="cp">SHELL<r>, environment variables</r></indexterm></findex>
<para>The <var>shell_command</var> text is always passed to <file>/bin/sh</file> on
Unix-like operating systems, and the DOS command interpreter
<file>cmd.exe</file> on Windows. Any different shell set by the user, and
the <code>SHELL</code> environment variable, is ignored.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1173"><r>package</r>, <code>texosquery</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1174"><code>texosquery</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1205"><r>package</r>, <code>texosquery</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1206"><code>texosquery</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1175">system information</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1176">operating system information</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1177">locale information, from system</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1178">directory listings, from system</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1207">system information</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1208">operating system information</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1209">locale information, from system</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1210">directory listings, from system</indexterm></cindex>
<para>If what you need is system information, such as the operating system
name, locale information, or directory contents, take a look at the
<code>texosquery</code> package, which provides a convenient and secure
@@ -22420,11 +22759,11 @@
interface for this, unlike the above examples using the raw
<code>\write18</code>: <url><urefurl>https://ctan.org/pkg/texosquery</urefurl></url>.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1179"><r>package</r>, <code>shellesc</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1180"><code>shellesc</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1211"><r>package</r>, <code>shellesc</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1212"><code>shellesc</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1258" mergedindex="cp">\ShellEscape</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1259" mergedindex="cp">\DelayedShellEscape</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1263" mergedindex="cp">\ShellEscape</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1264" mergedindex="cp">\DelayedShellEscape</indexterm></findex>
<para>&latex; provides a package <code>shellesc</code> on top of the primitive
<code>\write18</code> command. Its primary purpose is to provide a command
<code>\ShellEscape</code> which works identically on all &tex; engines;
@@ -22442,9 +22781,9 @@
<chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Command line interface</sectiontitle>
<anchor name="Command-line">Command line</anchor><!-- c old name -->
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1181">command line interface</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1182">interface, command line</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1183">CLI</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1213">command line interface</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1214">interface, command line</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1215">CLI</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Synopsis (from a terminal command line):
</para>
@@ -22465,7 +22804,7 @@
</pre></example>
<noindent></noindent>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1260" mergedindex="cp">.tex, <r>default extension</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1265" mergedindex="cp">.tex, <r>default extension</r></indexterm></findex>
<para>Note that <file>.tex</file> is the default file name extension.
</para>
<para>pdf&tex; is an extension of the original &tex; program, as are
@@ -22508,7 +22847,7 @@
<node name="Command-line-options" spaces=" "><nodename>Command line options</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Command line input</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Command line interface</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Command line options</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1184">options, command line</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1216">options, command line</indexterm></cindex>
<para>These are the command-line options relevant to ordinary document
authoring. For a full list, try running <samp>latex --help</samp> from the
@@ -22523,23 +22862,23 @@
spaces around the <samp>=</samp>. We will generally use the <samp>=</samp> syntax.
</para>
<table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<beforefirstitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1261" mergedindex="cp">--version <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<beforefirstitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1266" mergedindex="cp">--version <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">-version</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Show the current version, like <samp>pdfTeX 3.14159265-2.6-1.40.16 (TeX
Live 2015/Debian)</samp> along with a small amount of additional information,
and exit.
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1262" mergedindex="cp">--help <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1267" mergedindex="cp">--help <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">-help</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Give a brief usage message that is useful as a prompt and exit.
</para>
<anchor name="interaction-modes">interaction modes</anchor>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1263" mergedindex="cp">--interaction <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1268" mergedindex="cp">--interaction <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">-interaction=<var>mode</var></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1185">batchmode</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1186">scrollmode</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1187">errorstopmode</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1188">nonstopmode</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1217">batchmode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1218">scrollmode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1219">errorstopmode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1220">nonstopmode</indexterm></cindex>
<para>&tex; compiles a document in one of four interaction modes:
<code>batchmode</code>, <code>nonstopmode</code>, <code>scrollmode</code>,
<code>errorstopmode</code>. In <dfn>errorstopmode</dfn> (the default), &tex;
@@ -22560,9 +22899,9 @@
<noindent></noindent>
<para>eliminates most terminal output.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1189">jobname</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1190">filename for current job</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1264" mergedindex="cp">--jobname <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1221">jobname</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1222">filename for current job</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1269" mergedindex="cp">--jobname <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">-jobname=<var>string</var></itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Set the value of &tex;&textrsquo;s <dfn>jobname</dfn> to the string. The log file
and output file will then be named <file><var>string</var>.log</file> and
@@ -22569,8 +22908,8 @@
<file><var>string</var>.pdf</file>. <pxref label="Jobname"><xrefnodename>Jobname</xrefnodename></pxref>.
</para>
<anchor name="output-directory">output directory</anchor>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1191">output directory for all external files</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1265" mergedindex="cp">--output-directory <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1223">output directory for all external files</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1270" mergedindex="cp">--output-directory <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">-output-directory=<var>directory</var></itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Write files in the directory <var>directory</var>. It must already exist.
This applies to all external files created by &tex; or &latex;, such
@@ -22584,12 +22923,12 @@
directory (in which &latex; was run) remains unchanged, and is also
checked for input files.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1192">shell escape</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1193"><code>\write18</code>, enabling</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1266" mergedindex="cp">--enable-write18 <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1267" mergedindex="cp">--disable-write18 <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1268" mergedindex="cp">--shell-escape <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1269" mergedindex="cp">--no-shell-escape <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1224">shell escape</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1225"><code>\write18</code>, enabling</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1271" mergedindex="cp">--enable-write18 <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1272" mergedindex="cp">--disable-write18 <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1273" mergedindex="cp">--shell-escape <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1274" mergedindex="cp">--no-shell-escape <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">--enable-write18</itemformat></item>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">--disable-write18</itemformat></itemx>
<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">--shell-escape</itemformat></itemx>
@@ -22610,12 +22949,12 @@
<code>\write18{ls -l}</code>, then you do not get an error but the log
file says <samp>runsystem(ls -l)...disabled</samp>.
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1270" mergedindex="cp">--halt-on-error <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1275" mergedindex="cp">--halt-on-error <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">-halt-on-error</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Stop processing at the first error.
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1271" mergedindex="cp">--file-line-error <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1272" mergedindex="cp">--no-file-line-error <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1276" mergedindex="cp">--file-line-error <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1277" mergedindex="cp">--no-file-line-error <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">-file-line-error</itemformat></item>
</tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">-no-file-line-error</itemformat></item>
</tableterm><tableitem><para>Enable or disable <code><var>filename</var>:<var>lineno</var>:<var>error</var></code>-style
@@ -22627,7 +22966,7 @@
<node name="Command-line-input" spaces=" "><nodename>Command line input</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Jobname</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Command line options</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Command line interface</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Command line input</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1194">input, on command line</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1226">input, on command line</indexterm></cindex>
<para>As part of the command line invocation
</para>
@@ -22639,8 +22978,8 @@
<var>argument</var> with a backslash. (All the engines support this.) This
allows you to do some special effects.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1195"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1196"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1227"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1228"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>For example, this file (which uses the
<code>hyperref</code> package for hyperlinks) can produce two kinds of
output, one to be read on physical paper and one to be read online.
@@ -22684,7 +23023,7 @@
<noindent></noindent>
<para>The <code>jobname</code> option is there because otherwise both files would be
called <file>main.pdf</file> and the second would overwrite the
-first. (<pxref label="Jobname"><xrefnodename>Jobname</xrefnodename></pxref>.)
+first (<pxref label="Jobname"><xrefnodename>Jobname</xrefnodename></pxref>).
</para>
<para>In this example we use the command line to select which parts of a
document to include. For a book named <file>mybook.tex</file> and structured
@@ -22716,12 +23055,12 @@
<node name="Jobname" spaces=" "><nodename>Jobname</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Recovering from errors</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Command line input</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Command line interface</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Jobname</sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1273" mergedindex="cp"><code>\jobname</code></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1197">jobname</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1198">document root name</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1199">name of document root</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1200">root file</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1201">file, root</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1278" mergedindex="cp"><code>\jobname</code></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1229">jobname</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1230">document root name</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1231">name of document root</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1232">root file</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1233">file, root</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Running &latex; creates a number of files, including the main PDF (or
DVI) output but also including others. These files are named with the
@@ -22732,22 +23071,23 @@
</para>
<para>In general, &latex; is invoked as <code><var>latex-engine</var>
<var>options</var> <var>argument</var></code>, where <var>latex-engine</var> is
-<command>pdflatex</command>, <command>lualatex</command>, etc.&noeos; (<pxref label="TeX-engines"><xrefnodename>&tex; engines</xrefnodename></pxref>).
-If <var>argument</var> does not start with a backslash, as is the case above
-with <code>thesis</code>, then &tex; considers it to be the name of the file
-to input as the main document. This file is referred to as the <dfn>root
-file</dfn> (<pxref label="Splitting-the-input"><xrefnodename>Splitting the input</xrefnodename></pxref>, and <ref label="_005cinput"><xrefnodename>\input</xrefnodename></ref>). The name of
-that root file, without the <file>.tex</file> extension if any, is the
-jobname. If <var>argument</var> does start with a backslash, or if &tex; is
-in interactive mode, then it waits for the first <code>\input</code> command,
-and the jobname is the argument to <code>\input</code>.
+<command>pdflatex</command>, <command>lualatex</command>, etc.&noeos; (<pxref label="TeX-engines"><xrefnodename>&tex;
+engines</xrefnodename></pxref>). If <var>argument</var> does not start with a backslash, as is
+the case above with <code>thesis</code>, then &tex; considers it to be the
+name of the file to input as the main document. This file is referred
+to as the <dfn>root file</dfn> (<pxref label="Splitting-the-input"><xrefnodename>Splitting the input</xrefnodename></pxref>, and
+<ref label="_005cinput"><xrefnodename>\input</xrefnodename></ref>). The name of that root file, without the <file>.tex</file>
+extension if any, is the jobname. If <var>argument</var> does start with a
+backslash, or if &tex; is in interactive mode, then it waits for the
+first <code>\input</code> command, and the jobname is the argument to
+<code>\input</code>.
</para>
<para>There are two more possibilities for the jobname. It can be directly
specified with the <code>-jobname</code> option, as in <code>pdflatex
--jobname=myname</code> (<pxref label="Command-line-input"><xrefnodename>Command line input</xrefnodename></pxref> for a real example).
+-jobname=myname</code> (<pxref label="Command-line-input"><xrefnodename>Command line input</xrefnodename></pxref> for a practical example).
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1274" mergedindex="cp">texput<r>, jobname default</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1202">fallback jobname</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1279" mergedindex="cp">texput<r>, jobname default</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1234">fallback jobname</indexterm></cindex>
<para>The final possibility is <file>texput</file>, which is the final fallback
default if no other name is available to &tex;. That is, if no
<code>-jobname</code> option was specified, and the compilation stops before
@@ -22754,8 +23094,8 @@
any input file is met, then the log file will be named
<file>texput.log</file>.
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1275" mergedindex="cp">\documentclass<r>, and <code>texput</code> jobname</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1276" mergedindex="cp">\RequirePackage<r>, and <code>texput</code> jobname</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1280" mergedindex="cp">\documentclass<r>, and <code>texput</code> jobname</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1281" mergedindex="cp">\RequirePackage<r>, and <code>texput</code> jobname</r></indexterm></findex>
<para>A special case of this is that in &latex; versions of (approximately)
2020 or later, the jobname is also <file>texput</file> if the first
<code>\input</code> occurs as a result of being called by either
@@ -22777,7 +23117,7 @@
<para>the output file is <file>lipsum.pdf</file>, as <code>\usepackage</code> calls
<code>\input</code>.
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1277" mergedindex="cp">\jobname</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1282" mergedindex="cp">\jobname</indexterm></findex>
<para>Within the document, the macro <code>\jobname</code> expands to the jobname.
(When you run &latex; on a file whose name contains spaces, the string
returned by <code>\jobname</code> contains matching start and end quotes.)
@@ -22785,9 +23125,9 @@
catcode 12 (other) except that spaces are category 10,
including letters that are normally catcode 11.
</para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1278" mergedindex="cp">\IfBeginWith*<r> macro from <file>xstring</file></r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1203"><r>package</r>, <code>xstring</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1204"><code>xstring</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1283" mergedindex="cp">\IfBeginWith*<r> macro from <file>xstring</file></r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1235"><r>package</r>, <code>xstring</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1236"><code>xstring</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>Because of this catcode situation, using the jobname in a conditional
can become complicated. One solution is to use the macro
@@ -22836,9 +23176,9 @@
typo. You could instead enter <kbd>?</kbd> and <kbd>RETURN</kbd> to see other
options.
</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1205"><samp>*</samp> prompt</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1206">prompt, <samp>*</samp></indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1279" mergedindex="cp">\stop</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1237"><samp>*</samp> prompt</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1238">prompt, <samp>*</samp></indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1284" mergedindex="cp">\stop</indexterm></findex>
<para>There are two other error scenarios. The first is that you forgot to
include the <code>\end{document}</code> or misspelled it. In this case
&latex; gives you a <samp>*</samp> prompt. You can get back to the command
@@ -22866,8 +23206,8 @@
<node name="Document-templates" spaces=" "><nodename>Document templates</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Index</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Command line interface</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
<appendix spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Document templates</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1207">document templates</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1208">templates, document</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1239">document templates</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1240">templates, document</indexterm></cindex>
<para>Although illustrative material, perhaps these document templates will
be useful. Additional template resources are listed at
@@ -22884,10 +23224,10 @@
<node name="beamer-template" spaces=" "><nodename>beamer template</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">article template</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Document templates</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>beamer</code> template</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1209"><code>beamer</code> template and class</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1210">template, <code>beamer</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1211"><r>package</r>, <code>beamer</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1212"><code>beamer</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1241"><code>beamer</code> template and class</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1242">template, <code>beamer</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1243"><r>package</r>, <code>beamer</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1244"><code>beamer</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
<para>The <code>beamer</code> class creates presentation slides. It has a vast
@@ -22924,7 +23264,7 @@
<node name="article-template" spaces=" "><nodename>article template</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">book template</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">beamer template</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Document templates</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>article</code> template</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1213">template (simple), <code>article</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1245">template (simple), <code>article</code></indexterm></cindex>
<para>A simple template for an article.
</para>
@@ -22953,7 +23293,7 @@
<node name="book-template" spaces=" "><nodename>book template</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Larger book template</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">article template</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Document templates</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>book</code> template</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1214">template, <code>book</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1246">template, <code>book</code></indexterm></cindex>
<para>This is a straightforward template for a book. <xref label="Larger-book-template"><xrefnodename>Larger book
template</xrefnodename></xref>, for a more elaborate one.
@@ -22983,7 +23323,7 @@
<node name="Larger-book-template" spaces=" "><nodename>Larger book template</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">book template</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Document templates</nodeup></node>
<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Larger <code>book</code> template</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1215">template, <code>book</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1247">template, <code>book</code></indexterm></cindex>
<para>This is a somewhat elaborate template for a book. <xref label="book-template"><xrefnodename>book template</xrefnodename></xref>,
for a simpler one.
More information about the latexrefman-commits
mailing list.